ŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОď KINGDOM OF CAMBODIA

ďijЊ ⅜₤Ĝ ŪĮйņΉ˝℮Ūij NATION RELIGION KING

Ū˝ņĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź аĕ

ŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОď

CODE OF CRIMINAL PROCEDURE

OF

THE KINGDOM OF CAMBODIA

Ġ˝ЯŪĠ ļ⅜ЯŠŊũ - Β₣сЮÐų₤ ЮģйĮНņįЮŲЧ˝◦БņУŎ ЯŠ˝Ŕň ĂĖ еƯƠƠ7 KHMER - ENGLISH TRANSLATION

FIRST PUBLICATION - SEPTEMBER 2008

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval

system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means for commercial purposes or

financial gain. Exceptions are allowed for the purposes of research, teaching,

seminars, private study, or for work-related purposes. Enquiries concerning

reproduction outside these terms should be sent to ccp.feedback@gmail.com.

ũ˝⅝₤Њ◦ċЊŪÐĠсŗл ₣¤ Βij□Ġ◦Ĉе₣Β₤сЯřŲŌĕЮĝ ĖО₣Ю₤ЬŷЮŅЮĕй ĕЕ₣ņЊĕŪijСŷģĕĩŲЊijЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ ũ˝⅝◦Н˝ĖО₣ŪĠĮњĕċĩĀО˝ĮњijхŌĕ ιĠŃąСĕ″ņ◦Ūņ₣сЮĩ℮₣6 ι″ņņЮĊŜģŎ₧ņУŎ ŚБ ₤ŪŌĠсЮýŲĠе‗₣

ĵ‗ЊĄą˝ņŊ ιŁũşеЮ‗ŀĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕч ЊũŃňŷij□О¤ ˝ũ‗БЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ÐЙ₤ŪŌĠсЯijЮýŲĠе‗₣Ū⅜ŷŪďŷ ĠЮŪ₣Эĕ ₤ЊŁš ⅜ŵ Łũ₤Њ˝⅝υ˝Ąĕ ι₤ŪŌĠсЮýŲĠе‗₣Łũİũ¤ Łũ⅜˝₤УũĈе₣ΐŎĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũĩŲЊijЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ ЮĝЮŪłĮБŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ž₣ЮŲЧ ΖşЮĩńЧņ˝ΒНБЯņлŲ ccp.feedback@gmail.com¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition

ŪģũĮċǻ◦ şеЮĵйŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠşĤĠс

Ū˝ņĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź аĕŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОďŪijСŷģĕũřť₤ļΒĕНņњijŁŲĮБаℓĞ◦Б ЯŠņЊℓНĜ ĂĖ еƯƠƠ¤ ŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠŪ˝ņЮĕйďļ⅜Β₣сЮÐų₤ÐЙďŁũČеģşс ЮřЧņġБďĄеĕУŎřŲсĄĕďijЊĠũЮ◦₤ ďЮčŪ˝ņ ЮņēŷВ ΒĖ˝ŪĠ˝Ġ ŷЋďą ĄБŷк ĕЊ₣ĠНÐðŲ ŪĮņĈе₣⅜□ Ġњĕĵ сĮњĕċĜĜ ďĮЊЮ₤₤ ЮčŪ˝ņ ЮņēŷВ ĕЊ₣ĠНÐðŲЊ˝ΒĕʼnũďijЊ ЮĊſЧŁũЮĝ ĖО₣Β₣ðĄеĕНеĄŪņй ŷЋ⅜ņŃň ĖО₣ijНŵŁũ˝ņįОď (Β.ŷ.ij.˝.)¤ Β.ŷ.ij.˝. ÐЙďijНŵŁũşŪņОй ЮŢŎŌĕĠНÐðŲЊ˝ďijЊ ĕЊ₣ΒĕʼnũďijЊ ЮĊſЧŁũũУņýĖ ЮřЧņġБŁijсЮ₤ş ŚБ ЮņřЕ ĜеďĕсŠį₤саĕũĠĠ˝ņįОďŪĠďĊЊĠЮijŎŏ ĕЊ₣ĄĕĈе₣ΐŎЯřŲ◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷŠį₤сĠеĩНij şеЮĵйΧŪ˝Њřť˝ņŊ ЯřŲģĕŪĠŪĮЕijʼn ĖО₣ΒņųО₣аℓĞ ơ Юņ⅜ ơt řŲсаℓĞ ņ˝Ŭ ơtt¤ ЮŎЧ₣ŌĕŁũũжĮЕ₣ĩ₣Яřũ▫ ŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠşĤĠсЮĕйĕЕ₣ĄУŎ₤ŪņФŲřŲсŁũİũũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ ЮņēŷВЯŠŊũ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņх ŪĮņĈе₣ĄĕĈе₣ΐŎЯřŲЮĊſЧŁũ ĖО₣ ŷЋ₤њŎşĤĠс¤ Ю₤ЬŷЮŅЮĕйΖşĕЕ₣ĄУŎ₤ŪņФŲŗл ₣ЮŪşЧĕřŲс˝ЊşĆ₤΅ŪĠijЊĠijʼnЊŁũĕЊ₣ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ũĠ₤сĮУ˝ЮÐďņУŎаřÐРΒĕʼnũďijЊ¤

ЮŢŎЯĩ∆˝ЮŲЧŪĠŷijʼnЊаĕЮ₤ş ŚБŪĵ₣şĤĠс ŷЋĊБ⅜ū₤Ś аĕŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠũĠ₤сЮŎЧ₣ŪijСŷģĕЮĊſЧďĮБũřе₧˝сŁŲ¤ Юŵ˝ ĄЕ₣ ĠпНĕЮΌ₣ ģĕЮũЬĠşеŁũİũďņРŲŢť ĕ ЮŢŎģĕЮĊſЧŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠĮБΒij□Ġ◦şĤĠсďļ⅜ЯŠŊũ¤

Юŵ˝ģĕЮĊſЧŁũďΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠĬĀ ŲсŌijс ĕЊ₣Ġ˝ЯŪĠυ˝⅜ũ Β₤сũŎкЮĮŲĄЊij ƯƠĂĖ еņ˝Ю΅ЧŎ¤ ЮĝĂĖ еơtt Юŵ˝ģĕ◦◦УŲ₤Ŕň ĠњŪij▫Ė ˝сΒĕНĠ‗Ź Њij ĮБ⅜˝ŲŷЋ◦ŜŲњŎЮþĕЮĠŬм ŪĠЮ◦₤ΒРū⅜Ś ŲБ ЯĩĖ˝

ĠЮŪ₣Эĕļ⅜Β₣сЮÐų₤₤ŪŌĠсΒĖ˝ĕЊŗŎļ⅜řа◦Ю◦Ьij¤ Юŵ˝ÐЙďņĕН₤℮ŌĖ с ĖО₣şеЮ₧ņΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠĬĀ ŲсŌijс ĕЊ₣Ġ˝ЯŪĠυ˝⅜ũ ņУŎşеĕУĕijРş ЯřŲ⅜□ ĠњĕďijЊ₤ŪŌĠсĩŚŲсĕБijЊ₤ņġĈũĠ₤сŪĠЮ◦₤ΒРū⅜Ś ŲБ ЮΊŁijс▫ ₧ĊБ (NAATI) ĩŚŲсĕБijЊ₤ņġĈĄРĕ¤ ₧ĊБ ÐЙď⅜□ ĠњĕЯijņУŎÐijсЮĝ ĖО₣ŪĠЮ◦₤ΒРū⅜Ś ŲБ ₤ŪŌĠсĩʼnŲсĕБijЊ₤ņġĈ Ю΅ЧŎĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮĕйŌĕŁũ◦◦УŲ⅜ð Ųс◦РĈе₣ĮЊķĮЮŵ˝¤

ЮŢŎ⅜ũЮ₤ş ŚБŪĵ₣şĤĠсЮřЧņďļ⅜ģŬе₣ Юŵ˝ ŎР ð Њĕ Ζ⅜Ŋ ĕс ģĕЮĊſЧ₤НŠřНņĕБŎ˝ņŊŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠļ⅜Β₣сЮÐų₤ďņУŎĕЕ₣ļ⅜ģŬе₣¤ ĠşĆОĠġĕĖЮĕй Юŵ˝ŌĕijУĜ◦Бď◦БŪĠЕ˝⅝şĤĠсаĕŁũЋŗŲњŎ₤΅ŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮĝ ĖО₣ Β.ŷ.ij.˝.¤ ĠĜĀ ĠсĮБģĕ₤Њ˝⅝şĤĠсЮĝŪĠЮ◦₤ΖΌЙņл₣с ĕЊ₣ģŬе₣ņ˝ ЮĝĂĖ еƯƠƠƯ Юŵ˝ģĕŁų ŎďũřťΖďńЮĝ◦БŪ˝О₣ ΉеЮĠпГ˝ ŪĠЮ◦₤ΖΌЙņл₣с¤ ČĠс″е₣ĮБĂĖ еƯƠƠņ˝ ņĄęņ‗Ź ŲΒķЊŷűΘĕчĕЊ₣Ю◦₤ĕʼnũŪĠЮŷ₤ĕчΒĕʼnũďijЊģĕĠŃąСĕЮŵ˝ņ˝ĠеЮĮŀŁũİũЮĝ ĖО₣ŪĠЮ◦₤˝ņįОď¤ ņĄęņ‗Ź ŲЮĕйďЯĩĖ˝ņУŎаĕĠ₧Ś ŀĊе◦РŵŎũĠ₤с ЊşĆ₤΅ŪĠijЊĠijʼnЊŁũΒķЊŷűΘĕчΖΌЙņл₣сЮĝ ĖО₣ŪĠЮ◦₤˝ņįОď ģĕĩŚŲсĄеĕУŎ΅ЊũŃňŷij□ОřŲсЮŎЧ₣ ĖО₣ŁũЮģйĮНņįĩ⅝ŎЮŲЧ˝◦БơЮĕй¤

ЮŎЧ₣ģĕşе₧ŎЮĮŲЮŷŵĬĀ ŲсŠųФĕΒ₤сďЮŪşЧĕЮŌл ₣ Ю΅ЧŎŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠŪ˝ņЮĕй ĮЊijďĮНеΖş₤ЮŪņşģĕ ЮΌЧŎ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮŎЧ₣ĮНеģĕ◦◦УŲĄеĕУŎřєŪĠЮ₤ЧũĮБ₤΅Ł ũВ ЯřŲЮĊſЧŁũũУņýĖ Юĝ Β.ŷ.ij.˝.¤ ďĠŤņ ЮŎЧ₣₤РņЯℓų₣Βе‗ũÐН‗řŲс Юŵ˝ ″ĕс Ю₤₧ũмН₣ ₤΅ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ũ₣ Β.ŷ.ij.˝. şеЮĵйŁũĩŚŲсņijЊЮŗĠŲс ĕЊ₣ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝řєŌĕijаņų ЮŲЧŪ˝ņĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź Юĕй¤ ЮŎЧ₣₤РņЯℓų₣Βе‗ũÐН‗ĩ₣ЯřũřŲс Юŵ˝ ũВЮĘЧř ЮΒũЖĕ şеЮĵйŁũЯ˝₤ŪņФŲЮŲЧЮ₤ş ŚБŪĵ₣ ĖО₣Ĝņď ãΒĖ˝ĕЊŗŎļ⅜Β₣сЮÐų₤ЮřЧņå¤ ◦ĕĀЕņĕЕ₣ЮĜй ЮŎЧ₣˝є₤РņЯℓų₣Βе‗ũÐН‗

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition ii

řŲс Юŵ˝ Ю₤₣ ĩŲųБ şеЮĵйŁũĮЊĕЊijŏЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ ЯřŲşеЮ‗йřЕ₣ ĖО₣ ŷЋ₤њŎşĤĠсũĠ₤сЮŵ˝ ģĕĩʼnŲсďĄеĕУŎŗл ₣ЮŪşЧĕЮĝ ĖО₣ŁũЯ˝ijŪņСŷΒij□Ġ◦Ġ˝ЯŪĠЮĕй¤ ЮŲЧ₤ĮБЮĜй ЮŎЧ₣˝є₤РņЯℓų₣Βе‗ũÐН‗řŲс Юŵ˝ ˝Н ⅜ũНĕ ЯřŲģĕĄУŎΖĕЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀ ijс¤ ЮĈйĠБďЮŎЧ₣ģĕĮŜŗņĕЊ₣Ŏ˝şЊijʼn◦Н˝Ţ˝с ĖО₣ŁũЮũЬĠşеЮ₤ş ŚБŪĵ₣ŗл ₣₧ ŚБ єýijсģĕũ˝ЮþЧŀ е΅Н₤ijРş6ďЮŪşЧĕ ЯřŲЮĕйďŁũũУņŷЋļÐĈĕřєŪĠЮ₤ЧũĠеĩНij¤ ďşН₣ЮŪŁŎ ЮŎЧ₣˝є₤РņЯℓų₣Βе‗ũÐН‗řєŪďŲЮŪĐřŲс ˝Ŕň ŲБ ₤НĈċ ũВ ЯřŲģĕşе₧ŎЮĮŲřєŌĕijаņų ĄУŎЯĩĖ˝ĠЮşĆ Ю◦₤ НеĮŏС◦њũ¤ ýijсģĕĩŚŲсĄеĜŀЯĩĖ˝˝НеĮŏС◦њũ ĖО₣ŁũЮũЬĠЮũЬ₣υ˝⅜ũĠ˝ЯŪĠЯřŲŌĕļĮ₤ŊО Ð⅜Ŋ ŀЮĕй ďĮЊЮ₤₤ŁũЮũЬĠşе″Ŭ₣ŌijЊŁЮŢŎ₤ſ њŎŪĠŷijʼnЊ¤ ĠşĆОĠġĕĖ ýijсďĜŎЊŁŪĠijЊĠijʼnЊаĕΒ₣ðŁũЯℓĈе₤НŠļĮ НŌũ (ЮΒş ₤НБ ₤НБ)¤

ΒĖ˝ΖĕŪÐĠсũРĠÐУũЯijΖĕ˝е‗ijс₤Ōð ŲсаĕŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠŪ˝ņЮĕйďņНĕ¤ ˝е‗ijс₤Ōð ŲсŌĕĩʼnŲсĮњijхŌĕĈ с◦₣ĕЕ₣ǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀŠųй ЮŪĠЧЮĝ ĖО₣ŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠ ĕЊ₣Ю₤ş ŚБĠŔą сЮŲЧĠũЋĠ◦аĕŌŪ″ņУŎşеĕУĕ¤

ЮŎЧ₣◦◦УŲ⅜ð ŲсĮБļĮŲеģ˝ ĖО₣ŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠŪ˝ņĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź Юĕй ĮБЮŪĵйļ⅜ЮřЧņаĕЮ₤ş ŚБŪĵ₣şĤĠсЮĕйÐЙďļ⅜ģŬе₣ Ю΅ЧŎĠĜĀ Ġсņ˝ŪijСŷģĕĠ˝ЯŪĠďļ⅜ЯŠŊũ ņНĕĕЕ₣ũřť₤ļģĕΒĕНņњij¤ Ю₤ЬŷЮŅĠ˝ЯŪĠĮБũļ⅜ЮĕйņЊĕЯņĕŲ∆ΟijЮžĆ йЮĜйЮ◦ ЮĈйĠБďЮŎЧ₣ģĕŪĠЕ₣ЯŪĠ₣Β₤сĮБ₤ņij□ļĮ ŚБ¤ ЮŎЧ₣ŌĕЮ₤ş ŚБЮŪij˝ΒũĠеĩНijĕЕ₣◦◦УŲŎ˝ĕРŷņijЊЮŗĠŲс ũЋйÐĕсĕЊ₣⅜□ ĠĜ ĮБŪĠЊŎņЊijʼnΒĖ˝ΖĕĈе₣Β₤с¤ ₤РņЮĩńЧ₤еЮ‗Ч″ņũŎкΒНБЯņлŲ ccp.feedback@gmail.com¤

ЮĊſЧЮĝķĖеЮĮŀ аℓĞ◦БƠt ЯŠ˝Ŕň ĂĖ еƯƠƠ�

ŎР ð Њĕ Ζ⅜Ŋ ĕс ĄЕ₣ ĠпНĕЮΌ₣ ◦БŪĠЕ˝⅝şĤĠс ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ Β.ŷ.ij.˝.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition iii

Preface To The Translation Of This Law

The Law entitled ‘Code of Criminal Procedure of the Kingdom of Cambodia’ was adopted by the National Assembly on 7th June 2007. It is necessary to have the law translated into English in order to assist foreign judges, lawyers, professionals and interested individuals or institutions, especially those working in the Extraordinary Chambers in the Courts of Cambodia (ECCC). The ECCC is a mixed tribunal composed of both national and international staff to bring to trial senior leaders of Democratic Kampuchea and those who were most responsible for the crimes committed during the period from 17 April 1975 to 6 January 1979. The translation will hopefully also facilitate the work of all the Cambodian judges, prosecutors, lawyers, judicial police officers and those working in the legal education. Their cooperation and discussions with international counterparts should become significantly easier with this book.

Our translation approach was two-fold, taking into account the drafting history of the law. Mr. Bunleng CHEUNG has laid the groundwork by producing a draft translation from the

Khmer legal text. He has been working as an English-Khmer translator/interpreter for almost 20 years.

In 1997, Mr. CHEUNG received his Masters Degree in TESOL (Teaching English to

Speakers of Other Languages) from the University of Canberra – Australia. He is also one of a few translators/interpreters recognized and certified by NAATI (National Accreditation Authority for Translators and Interpreters) as a professional translator/interpreter in both directions (formerly NAATI Level 3). NAATI is the sole institution in Australia that provides accreditation to translators/interpreters and the accreditation is recognized worldwide.

Given that the original drafting language of the Law is French, Mr. Jürgen ASSMANN has

then harmonized the draft English translation with the French version. He is currently working as a Legal Advisor at the Office of the Co-Prosecutors in the ECCC. After his studies of Law in Germany and France, he became a German state prosecutor for the city of Hamburg in 2002. Since 2006, he is seconded to Cambodia by the Centre for International Migration and Development (CIM). The financial support of the Centre, which is part of the wider network of German Development Cooperation in Cambodia, enabled us to publish this first edition of our work.

The translation has taken many hours of personal time and it goes without saying that we

would not have been able to achieve it if we had not received the wonderful assistance from our colleagues at the ECCC. First of all, we would like to thank Mr. Senarong TAN, ECCC Deputy Co-Prosecutor, for his invaluable inputs and discussions on the law. Second, we would like to thank Mr. Richard ARANT for his ‘native’ touch and corrections to the draft. Third, we would like to thank Mr. Phally SENG for his review of the draft as his legal background certainly helped a great deal. We also would like to thank Mr. Sarun KOC for his proof reading. Although we have tried to be careful in producing the draft, he still could spot many minor mistakes. Finally, we would like to extend our profound thanks to Ms. Sotheary LY for her invaluable technical contribution. She provided her computer skills in formatting this rather complicated document, especially the automatic formatting of the Table of Contents. Ms. LY is currently the Executive Director of Healthcare Center for Children (HCC).

Every user is encouraged to read the Note on the Translation of the Law first. It provides

background information to certain terms used in the translation and clarifications on the context of certain articles.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition iv

We have to acknowledge the difficulty in translating this Law. This difficulty rests mainly

in the fact that the original drafting language was French, which was then translated into the Khmer version to be adopted by the National Assembly. We are aware that this bilingual book is not perfect despite all our best efforts. We would be grateful to receive constructive feedback and comments from all readers. Any suggestions are welcome under ccp.feedback@gmail.com.

Phnom Penh, 9th September 2008

Jürgen ASSMANN Bunleng CHEUNG

Legal Advisor UNAKRT/ECCC Translator

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition v

˝е‗ijс₤Ōð ŲсЮŲЧŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠşĤĠс

ď◦РЮĉ şĤĠсÐЙďΒij□Ġ◦ņУŎЯřŲŪĠďĄĕ⅜ņŃňΖşŎŲсģĕ¤ ЮýŲĠе‗₣₤еžĕсũĠ₤сşĤĠсÐЙĩʼnŲсĕРŷŁũЯ‗ĜеΒеĮБşũЋijŲ˝š‗кũĠ₤сǻ ЮřЧņġБЯℓũ˝⅝Łũĵũ₤₧Ś ĠсēĖ Ġс₤₣ðņ ĕЊ₣Łũũ₤сЮĝŪĠ˝ĠЮŢŎ₤ĕŚЊļĮ₤ŪŌĠсĠНÐðŲŪÐĠс6ũРĠ¤ ЮýŲĠе‗₣₤еžĕс◦БĮБũũĠ₤сşĤĠс ďĮЊЮ₤₤ ÐЙŪ˝ņĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź Юĕй ģĕĩʼnŲсďΧĠ˝ũ‗чņУŎřŲсЮčŪ˝ņ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ ЮřЧņġБΒĕНŷijʼnĕРŷÐН‗ijаņų₤ĖС Ųаĕ₤₣ðņ ЮřЧņġБŢ с◦‗Ź ˝ņŊЮŢŎŌĕŪĠ₤Њ◦ċЊļĮřŲсĄĕЮŲŊЧ₤ ĠĜĀ ĠсĮБŌĕřеЮ‗ЧũŁũЮŢŎŎНijʼnЊĊņх ЯřŲ ĖО₣ЮĜй ŁũŪĠŪĮЕijʼnЊĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ĕЊ₣ĮЊũН◦ċļĮ ŪijСŷģĕũ˝ЮþЧŀЮŢŎýŊ ĕņĕĀЊŲ₤₣℮њŎ¤

Ų˝š‗кĊņŊďijЊаĕşĤĠсĕБņУŎ6ÐЙЮĠЧ şе΅₤ŪŌĠсŁũĠ˝Ū⅜Ŏ¤ ЮĕйďşũЋijŲ˝š‗к˝₧Ś ŲаĕŁũЮĊſЧЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ ЯřŲĕЊŎņĕњŎаĕĠ◦ĠġŃňijʼnЊşĤĠсďņРŲŢť ĕŪijСŷģĕ˝е‗ijсŁĕсЯijşĤ₤с₤ŪŌĠсŪÐĠсřБŁĈе₣Β₤с¤ ĠĜĀ ĠсĮБŪijСŷģĕΒĕНŷijʼnΒ₤сũŎкЮĮŲďЮŪşЧĕĂĖ е ĕЊ₣ЮŪŁŎЮĮŲ ЮčŪ˝ņ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ ЮŪĠЧŪģ₤сΒ₤сũŎкЮĮŲЮŪşЧĕĄеĜĕс ŎНijʼnЊ⅜ū₤ŚŌĕŲеĕЕ₣ņУŎĕЕ₣ŪijСŷģĕΒķЊŷűΘ¤ şĤĠсĜЮĮŲĠşĆОĠġĕĖ ˝єřРşďşĤĠсřа◦Ю◦ЬijЯřũÐЙ ŌĕļĮņЊĕ₤НБ₤İſ с ĕЊ₣ļĮņЊĕşĤ₤сŵ₤с¤ ŗл ₣₧ņНЊŀ ЮŎЧ₣ģĕĮŜŗņЮĊſЧόŏΒij□Ġ◦Ġ˝ЯŪĠЮĕйΖşĕЕ₣ŎŲсģĕЮŢŎŠųФĕυ₣ ЮŢŎŁũЮĊſЧ₤НŠřНņĕБŎ˝ņŊũǻ₣ŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠďļ⅜Β₣сЮÐų₤şН₣ЮŪŁŎ ďņУŎĕЕ₣Βij□Ġ◦ņРŲŢť ĕ ďļ⅜ЯŠŊũĕЊ₣ģŬе₣¤ ЮŢŎЮ΅ijН▫şĤĠсЮĕйŪijСŷģĕũřť₤ļΒĕНņњijďļ⅜ЯŠŊũ Βij□Ġ◦ďļ⅜ЯŠŊũÐЙďņÐðОЮ◦Ā₤˝чŠį₤сĠеĩНijũĠ₤сЮŎЧ₣¤

ЮřЧņġБ₤ŪņФŲřŲсŁũŎŲсřЕ₣şĤĠсЮĕй ˝е‗ijс₤Ōð Ųсž₣ЮŪŁņΖşĕЕ₣ŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕчк ǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ “judicial authorities” Юĝ ĖО₣Βij□Ġ◦Ġ˝ЯŪĠ ďĕЊşĆďŁŲ ÐЙ₤еЮţĈе₣ЮčŪ˝ņ ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ЮĈйĠБďЮĝ ĖО₣Βij□Ġ◦Ū˝ņЮřЧņďļ⅜ЯŠŊũ ŌĕŁũЮŪĠЧǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀĮБũЮĩ℮₣ýĖ ₤еŬĠсЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤с

⅜ŵřеĠР₣ ĕЊ₣⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч єЮŢŎ ˝є ĖО₣ļ⅜Β₣сЮÐų₤ ŌĕЮŪĠЧǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀЯijņУŎĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤ ďĮЊЮ₤₤ şе‗НşЮĕйĈ˝с◦₣ЮĉĕЕ₣ǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ “indictment” ЯřŲЮĝ ĖО₣ŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠ ŪijСŷģĕЮŪĠЧ₤ŪŌĠсřБŁ ЯřŲЮşŀЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ₤ŪŌĠсĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņй¤ Юĝ ĖО₣ŪĠĄНе₤њĮĀĠЮşĆ˝Ю◦₤ ЯřŲЮŎЧ₣ЮŪĠЧ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ņЊĕЯřŲЮşŀřБŁ₤ЮŪņşĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮ◦¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŪĮйŬĄΖďń ₤ЮŪņşņЊĕĵ˝сĮњĕċďņУŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Юĝ ĖО₣ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ijĮБĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ďĊņŊ″ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЕ₣ĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉijНŵŁũ ″ņũŎкřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс “citation”¤

ŪĠĄНе₤њĮĀĠЮşĆ˝Ю◦₤şĤĠсďļ⅜ģŬе₣ ЮŪĠЧǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀũУņ₤ŪŌĠс ЮčŪ˝ņ ĕЊ₣ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ÐЙĵ˝ŏ “Magistrats”¤ ЮŢŎ⅜ũņЊĕŌĕǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀũУņЯĠĠЮĕйЮĝ ĖО₣ļ⅜Β₣сЮÐų₤ ЮŎЧ₣ŪijСŷŪĠĘņņНŠЮŢйŪ⅜ŎĠŔΆ ▫ЮijЧЮŎЧ₣ŪijСŷЮŪĠЧǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ₧όŏģĕŪijЕņŪijСŷ şеЮĵйŁũЮŪĠЧǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀЮĕйşеĕУĕ �ơ ř₣ Юĝ ĖО₣Βij□Ġ◦şĤĠсďļ⅜ģŬе₣¤ ĖО₣ŁũЯ₤ſ ₣ũ˝řеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ ÐЙЮŎЧ₣ĮŜŗņĠŔą ˝сЮĝ ĖО₣Ġ◦ĠġŃňijЊʼnĵ сĮњĕċĕБņУŎ6 ▫ЮijЧǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀЮĜй ЮŪĠЧ₤ŪŌĠсЮčŪ˝ņ ιŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ЮŢŎ⅜ũ ЊşĆŁũЮĕйď ЊşĆŁũĮЊģ˝ ЮŎЧ₣₤РņόŏΒĖ˝ΖĕĮЊĕЊijŏЮŲЧĠũЋĠ◦аĕĠ◦

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition vi

ĠġŃňijʼnЊĵ˝сĮњĕċĕБņУŎ6¤ ЮŎЧ₣₤₣−Еņ▫ЮĝЮĮŲΒĖ˝ΖĕģĕĮЊĕЊijŏ ĕЕ₣ЮþЧŀ▫ ЮŎЧ₣ЮĊſЧģĕŪijЕņŪijСŷЮ₤Ā ЧũŪÐĠс ũ‗БĈе₣Β₤с¤ ďΧĈũ‗ч ÐЙŌŪ″ ơƠơ (ЮŪĠЧǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ “magistrat” ЯřŲŌĕĕњŎ▫ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЯřŲΖşĮĕŜũЮĮŲĠĕʼnŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĮЊЮ₤₤) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ ơtơ (ЮŪĠЧǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ “magistrat” ЯřŲŌĕĕњŎ▫ ЮčŪ˝ņ ЯřŲşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŲЧřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕ)¤

₤ŪŌĠсǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ order ĕЊ₣ warrant ņЊĕŌĕŁũĩʼnŲсΒij□ĕњŎЮĩ℮₣ýĖ Ю◦¤ şеЮĵйǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ “writ” ŷЋŀ ÐЙЮŪĠЧ₤ŪŌĠсĮ‗хĜΒеĮБ řБŁĄРĕřе‗Е₣ ĖО₣◦Ūņ₣сĮЊЮ₤₤ЯijĠлНЮ₧‼ й řРşĮ‗хĜЮĝ ĖО₣ Ðĕ□Б ŌijЊŁ◦Б ¤ ŌŪ″ ưƠ ЮŲЧ˝ЮΌЧ₣▫ ǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ “judgment” ŌĕĕњŎ▫ ijНŵŁũģĕЮşŀЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş (ņЊĕЯņĕŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ю◦)¤

ǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ “confrontation” ₤еЮţřŲс ŷЋēĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲ ĖО₣ЮĜй ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ⅜˝℮Б ĕЊ₣/ι ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ŪijСŷģĕЮčŪ˝ņ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎũУņýĖ ЯřŲřеЮ‗ЧũŁũЮĕй ĩʼnŲсŲ◦ċļĮόŏЮčŪ˝ņΖşЮĊſЧŁũĠŔą сЮŲЧşе‗НşЯŠſ₣ýĖ Юĝ ĖО₣şЮņųЧŎĈе₣ЮĜй ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсЯijņʼn₣¤

ǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ accused ĕЊ₣ convicted person ņЊĕŌĕļĮŠН₤ýĖ ЮĮ˝ЮĜйЮ◦ ďĮЊЮ₤₤ ЮŢŎ⅜ũЯijŌĕŁũĬų ₤сĠʼnСũŠųй Юĝ ĖО₣ŪĠĄНе₤њĮĀĠЮşĆ Ю◦₤ аĕŪ˝ņЮřЧņďļ⅜ЯŠŊũ (ďΧĈ΅ũ‗ч ₤РņΖĕ ŌŪ″ ư�Ư)¤

ŁũĮЕ₣Яĩ∆˝ЮŲЧǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀşĤĠсďļ⅜ΐ″е₣ ÐЙďŁũЮĄЬ₤ĮНеũУşЮΌЧŎ řРşďΟ◦ċЊĮŲаĕΖďń Β₤сĄеĕНе res

judicata Юĝ ĖО₣Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşņУŎşеĕУĕ¤ ŌĕЯijЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũĠлНЮ₧‼ й ЯřŲΖşŌĕΟ◦ċЊĮŲЮĕй ЮŢŎΉņ¹ijсņЊĕόŏŌĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ijЮĉЮ◦Ьij (₤РņΖĕŌŪ″ ơ) ЮŢŎ⅜ũЮĮŲЮŷŵ˝е‗ijс₤ŪŌĠсЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮŲЧřБŁ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş ŚБ ŪijСŷģĕĩНij˝е‗ijс ι˝єĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝šŪijСŷģĕĠřЊЮ₤Ċ (ŌŪ″ ưt)¤ Юŗ₣″ņÐĕ□Б ŌijЊŁ◦Б Ư Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯřŲŌĕΟ◦ċЊĮŲЯĠĠЮĕй ΖşŪijСŷЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮĉijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БřєijЊşijУşĠеĩНij¤

ЮĝŠ‗кЯřŲ ˝ůŠ‗Ź ◦Б � аĕŌŪ″ ơƠ Яş₣▫ ŪÐĠсĵ˝ŏ₤НеŪijСŷŢ с “ĠŃĆСŲ ĖО₣₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣” Ю₤ş ŚБŪĵ₣ďļ⅜ģŬе₣ŌĕĕњŎşĤ₤сŵ₤сЮĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ÐЙņЊĕijŪņСŷόŏŌĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş (ĠřЊЮ₤Ċ) ũĠ₤сijНŵŁũЮ◦¤

řРЮşĖй ₤ŪŌĠсļĮŎЙijŗл ŷ ĖО₣ŁũŢ˝сĵ˝ŏ ijНŵŁũņЊĕŌĕ₤˝ņŊļĮ₧ņУŎЮ◦ ¤

ĖО₣ŌŪ″ Ươ Ươ ĕЊ₣ ƯƯt ЮŎЧ₣Ġ˝ЯŪĠЮĉ″ņşĤĠсЮřЧņďļ⅜ЯŠŊũк “ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşŗл ₣ŎРũĠеĩНij ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ĠĜĀ ĠсĮБЮĮŲĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤” Ю₤ş ŚБŪĵ₣ďļ⅜ģŬе₣ЮŪĠЧ¹ų

“communication du dossier” ЯřŲΖşŌĕĕњŎ ĕЊ₣◦еĕ₣ďŌĕĕњŎ▫ “…ĠĜĀ ĠсĮБЮĮŲ◦◦УŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ĮБŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤å ЮŎЧ₣ŌĕŁũş₣сřЕ₣ЮřЧņġБ₤Њ˝⅝▫ ЮijЧŁũΒĕНŷijʼnşĤĠсĕЕ₣ЮŢйŪ⅜ŎřРşЮņŚşďņУŎĕЕ₣ļĮŲеģ˝Юĕй?

ǻřРşďņЊĕ◦еĕ₣Ю◦ЯřŲ▫ ЮčŪ˝ņĕЕ₣ЮĊſЧЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎņЊĕŌĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣Юĝ ĖО₣аřũĠ₤сýijс¤

ďşН₣ЮŪŁŎ ЮĮŲЯřŲΒij□Ġ◦Ġ˝ЯŪĠĕЊŗŎΒеĮБĠНÐðŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ ǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ “he” “him” ι “his” ˝єŌĕΒij□ĕњŎ₤ŪŌĠсΟij□БŲЊ₣ðĩ₣Яřũ¤ ЮřЧņġБ₤ŪņФŲ ĖО₣ŁũΖĕΒij□Ġ◦Ġ˝ЯŪĠ Ю◦ЧĠЮŎЧ₣ņЊĕĠŃĆСŲǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ “she” ι “her”

₤ŪŌĠс₤Ōð ŲсΟij□БŲЊ₣ð¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition vii

Note on the Translation of the Law

The law in general is something that ordinary citizens should be able to understand. One of its main purposes is to provide guidelines for their behaviour, thus maintaining public order and enabling a peaceful life for everybody. The second main objective especially of this Code of Criminal Procedure is to provide an instrument for judges, prosecutors and lawyers in order to implement the core values of the society – to effectively punish perpetrators after a fair process in which their perpetratorship and guilt has been unequivocally established.

The nature of every law is that it is open to interpretation. It is a central characteristic of

judicial decision making that the underlying legal provisions, with every judgment, become ever more precisely defined. Only after many years of application, settled jurisprudence will have developped, after generations of judges, prosecutors and lawyers have used the law. The present law, like any other one, contains inconsistencies and uncertainties. However, we have tried to make this translation a text which can be understood out of itself, by harmonizing the final English translation with the underlying Khmer and French texts. As the law has obviously been adopted by the Cambodian National Assembly in Khmer, this version has always been our ultimate guidance.

In order to facilitate the understanding the following remarks might be helpful: The term “judicial authorities” mentioned in the translation always refers to both judges and

prosecutors. Where the Khmer original might use two different terms for decisions issued by the Court

of First Instance and the Court of Appeal, this is not reflected in the English version. This is especially relevant for the term “indictment”, which in this translation is used for orders of both the investigating judge and the Investigating Chamber which forward the case for trial. In the terminology we used, a prosecutor never issues an indictment: if he chooses not to involve the investigating judge in the investigation of a misdemeanor, he will usually seize the court by means of a “citation”.

French legal terminology contains a common term for Judges and Prosecutors, both are

referred to as “Magistrats”. As there is no such common term in the English, we had to face the problem of how to correctly deal with the 81 different occasions where the French original uses the term. It was solved by trying to specify for each individual provision whether it actually refers to a Judge or to a Prosecutor. As this was a difficult task, we have to refer the reader to the context of the respective provisions. Examining it will hopefully show that we were right in most cases. Examples for this are Article 101 (mentioning the “magistrat” (=Prosecutor) who might exceptionally extend the period of Police Custody) and Article 191 (mentioning the “magistrat” (=Judge) who signed the Order to Bring.

No difference in meaning is given to the terms “order” and “warrant”. The expression

“writ” only describes the special form of notification as introduced by the law in Book 7, Title 4. Article 304 makes it clear that the term “judgment” implies that the decision has been taken by a Court (and not by a Prosecutor).

The term “confrontation” refers to an investigative measure where charged persons,

witnesses and/or civil parties are heard by the judge together, thus making it possible for him to directly clarify contradictions in the respective statements.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition viii

Neither is strict difference made between the term accused and convicted person, especially due to some variations of this terminology in the Khmer original of the Law (for example: Article 382).

Some recourse to Latin legal terms was inevitable, such as the res judicata effect of certain

decisions. Only decisions of the Court can obtain this effect prohibiting any further prosecution (see Article 41), either because the time limits for challenging the decision on the merits have expired or because a request for cassation has been rejected (Article 439). A decision that has obtained this quality can only – under very narrow conditions – be challenged before the Supreme Court according to Book 6, Title 2.

When Article 170 Paragraph 8 mentions that a request shall be “placed in the Case File”, it

becomes clear from the French draft that there is no (rejecting) judicial decision required in this case. A late filing here results in no judicial action being taken.

In Article 215, 217 and 229, we stayed very close to the Khmer original: “The Investigating

Judge shall decide within a maximum of five days after forwarding the case file to the Royal Prosecutor.” The French here uses the term “communication du dossier”, which could also – and even more likely - mean “… after receiving back the case file from the Royal Prosecutor.” We are curious to learn how legal practice will deal with this difficulty: It seems unlikely that Judges will decide without the Case File in their hands.

Last but not least, wherever this translation makes reference to an interested person, the

words “he”, “him” or “his” are also meant to include the female gender. Only for the sake of making the text easier to read we did not put the respective female forms “she” or “her”.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition I

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Ðĕ□Б◦Б ơ: Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ĕЊ₣Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ................................................................................................................1

BOOK ONE: CRIMINAL ABOOK ONE: CRIMINAL ABOOK ONE: CRIMINAL ABOOK ONE: CRIMINAL AND CIVIL ACTIONSND CIVIL ACTIONSND CIVIL ACTIONSND CIVIL ACTIONS..............................................................................................1

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ơ: ЮýŲŁũ‗ч◦РЮĉ ...................................................................................................................................1

TITLE 1: GENERAL PRINCIPLES .......................................................................................................................................1 ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: ЮýŲŁũ‗ч◦РЮĉ ...........................................................................................................................1

UNITARY CHAPTER: GENERAL PRINCIPLES ...............................................................................................................1 ŌŪ″ ơ ЮýŲĠе‗₣аĕŪ˝ņĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź .....................................................................................................1 Article 1 Purpose of Code of Criminal Procedure ................................................................................1 ŌŪ″ Ư Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ĕЊ₣Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б........................................................................................................1 Article 2 Criminal and Civil Actions ........................................................................................................1

ŌijЊŁ◦Б Ư: Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ............................................................................................................................................1

TITLE 2: CRIMINAL ACTIONS..........................................................................................................................................1 ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń .....................................................................................................................................1

UNITARY CHAPTER: CRIMINAL ACTIONS.................................................................................................................1 ŌŪ″ ư ˝ņŊŷij□ОаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ........................................................................................................................1 Article 3 Purpose of Criminal Actions .....................................................................................................1 ŌŪ″ ŁũČĠсЮĩŚЧņřеЮ‗ЧũŁũаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ЮŢŎΒŎŏŁũ ...............................................................................2 Article 4 Initiation of Actions by Prosecution .........................................................................................2 ŌŪ″ ŁũŢ˝сĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń όŏŌĕşŲĜЮŢŎĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй .................................................................................2 Article 5 Criminal Actions initiated by Victims .......................................................................................2 ŌŪ″ ŁũŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ĈņĈũЮŢŎĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй .............................................................................................2 Article 6 Complaints by Victims ..............................................................................................................2 ŌŪ″ ŁũũŲijсаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń .....................................................................................................................3 Article 7 Extinction of Criminal Actions...................................................................................................3 ŌŪ″ 7 ņРŲЮ΅ijНЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬijаĕŁũũŲijсĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ..........................................................................................3 Article 8 Other Causes of Extinction of Criminal Actions......................................................................3 ŌŪ″ o ΧŪ˝Њřť ņŊЯřŲýŊ ĕΖďń ŎНŁŲ˝е‗ijс..................................................................................................3 Article 9 Crimes without Statute of Limitations ......................................................................................3 ŌŪ″ ơƠ Ζďń ŎНŁŲаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤....................................................................................................................4 Article 10 Statute of Limitations of Crime.................................................................................................4 ŌŪ″ ơơ ŁũĬŚ şсũŎкЮĮŲаĕΖďń ŎНŁŲ.........................................................................................................4 Article 11 Interruption of Statute of Limitations .......................................................................................4 ŌŪ″ ơƯ Ζďń Β₤сĄеĕНе ...................................................................................................................................4 Article 12 Res Judicata..............................................................................................................................4

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ư: Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ...................................................................................................................................4

TITLE 3: CIVIL ACTIONS.................................................................................................................................................4 ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б............................................................................................................................4

UNITARY CHAPTER: CIVIL ACTIONS........................................................................................................................4 ŌŪ″ ơư Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣Įŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊ ..........................................................................................................4 Article 13 Civil Action and Injury ...............................................................................................................4 ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũĄУ₤ĄНŲĮŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊ.......................................................................................................................5

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition II

Article 14 Compensation for Injury ...........................................................................................................5 ŌŪ″ ơ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б........................................................................................................................5 Article 15 Plaintiff in Civil Action................................................................................................................5 ŌŪ″ ơ Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БũĠ₤с₤Њ◦ċЊŷћĕŚаĕĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй ...........................................................................................5 Article 16 Civil Action of Victim’s Successor............................................................................................5 ŌŪ″ ơ ₤ŌÐņŪĠŎН◦ċŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ΒеЮĮЧ΅Њ₣⅝ž₣ĩųСŷЮķ◦ ΒеЮĮЧ΅Њ₣⅝ ĖО₣ŪÐФ⅜ũ ιΒеЮĮЧ΅Њ₣⅝ŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣˝НŌũ..................5 Article 17 Associations for Eliminating All Forms of Sexual Violence, Domestic Violence or Violence

against Children ........................................................................................................................5 ŌŪ″ ơ7 ₤ŌÐņŪĠŎН◦ċŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ŁũČĠсĮŪ₣ijс ŁũĄУŀřРũņĕН₤℮ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮĊſЧΖĄБŷ˝ņŊĩųСŷЮķ◦ ....................................6 Article 18 Associations for Eliminating All Forms of Kidnapping, Human Trafficking and Commercial

Sexual Exploitation ....................................................................................................................6 ŌŪ″ ơo ₤ŌÐņŪĠŎН◦ċŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ŁũŪĠŁĕсĮРĄ⅜₤ĕч ĕЊ₣ŁũЮũВ₤ЮΒЧ₣................................................................6 Article 19 Association for Eliminating All Forms of Racism and Discrimination.....................................6 ŌŪ″ ƯƠ ļĮЯřŲΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕĕРŷĠ‗Ś Е₣ũĠ₤с₤ŌÐņ ................................................................................7 Article 20 Admissibility of Civil Action of Associations.............................................................................7 ŌŪ″ Ươ şН₣şЮņųЧŎаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ............................................................................................................7 Article 21 Defendant in Civil Action .........................................................................................................7 ŌŪ″ ƯƯ ◦еĜ˝с◦еĕ₣₤ņij□˝ЊşĆũĠ₤сijНŵŁũŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ĕЊ₣ijНŵŁũũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ...........................................................7 Article 22 Relationship of Jurisdictions of Civil and Criminal Courts ......................................................7 ŌŪ″ Ưư ŁũŪĠŁ₤ďņНĕΒеĮБĮЊũН◦ċļĮ .............................................................................................................8 Article 23 Declaration Prior to Conviction ...............................................................................................8 ŌŪ″ Ư ņũ‗ļĮũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ..............................................................................................................8 Article 24 Death of Accused ....................................................................................................................8 ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũŲйĠ₣с ĕЊ₣Łũř˝ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй ......................................................................................8 Article 25 Waiver and Withdrawal of Action of Victim...........................................................................8 ŌŪ″ Ư Ζďń ŎНŁŲаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б .........................................................................................................8 Article 26 Statute of Limitations for Civil Action.......................................................................................8

Ðĕ□Б◦Б Ư: Ζďń Ċũ◦◦УŲĠĕĀО˝ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣Ю₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ij ...................................................................9

BOOK TWO: AUTHORITIEBOOK TWO: AUTHORITIEBOOK TWO: AUTHORITIEBOOK TWO: AUTHORITIES ENTRUSTED WITH PROS ENTRUSTED WITH PROS ENTRUSTED WITH PROS ENTRUSTED WITH PROSECUTION, INVESTIGATSECUTION, INVESTIGATSECUTION, INVESTIGATSECUTION, INVESTIGATION, AND INTERROGATIION, AND INTERROGATIION, AND INTERROGATIION, AND INTERROGATION ON ON ON POWERSPOWERSPOWERSPOWERS.................................................................................................................................................9

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ơ: Β₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũ.......................................................................................................................................9

TITLE 1: PROSECUTION ..................................................................................................................................................9 ĄеĮР ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ◦РЮĉ..................................................................................................................................9

CHAPTER 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS........................................................................................................................9 ŌŪ″ Ư ijУĜ◦БũĠ₤сΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũ ................................................................................................................9 Article 27 Roles of Prosecution..................................................................................................................9 ŌŪ″ Ư7 ЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũ ..............................................................................................................................9 Article 28 Prosecutors.................................................................................................................................9 ŌŪ″ Ưo ůĜĕНŪ˝ņаĕΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũ .............................................................................................................9 Article 29 Hierarchy of Prosecution ..........................................................................................................9 ŌŪ″ ưƠ Ġ‗Ś Е₣ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijс.....................................................................................................................10 Article 30 Oral Statements.......................................................................................................................10

ĄеĮР ◦Б Ư: ņНŠŁũũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒņijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ.................................................................................10

CHAPTER 2: FUNCTIONS OF GENERAL PROSECUTOR ATTACHED TO SUPREME COURT................................................10

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition III

ŌŪ″ ươ Łũijе₧₣аĕΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũΒņijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ ...................................................................................10 Article 31 Representation of Prosecutors at Supreme Court ...............................................................10 ŌŪ″ ưƯ ijУĜ◦БũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒņijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ ......................................................................................11 Article 32 Roles of General Prosecutor at Supreme Court...................................................................11

ĄеĮР ◦Б ư: ņНŠŁũũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч..................................................................................11

CHAPTER 3: FUNCTIONS OF GENERAL PROSECUTOR ATTACHED TO COURT OF APPEAL .............................................11 ŌŪ″ ưư Łũijе₧₣аĕΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ...................................................................................11 Article 33 Representation of General Prosecutor at Court of Appeal ...............................................11 ŌŪ″ ư ijУĜ◦БũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ......................................................................................11 Article 34 Role of General Prosecutor at Court of Appeal ..................................................................11 ŌŪ″ ư Βе₧şũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ...................................................................................11 Article 35 Powers of General Prosecutor at Court of Appeal .............................................................11

ĄеĮР ◦Б : ņНŠŁũũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ ...........................................................................................12

CHAPTER 4: FUNCTIONS OF PROSECUTORS AT COURTS OF FIRST INSTANCE .............................................................12 ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: Β₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũΒņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ .........................................................................................................12

SECTION 1: ORGANIZATION OF PROSECUTORS AT COURT OF FIRST INSTANCE .........................................................12 ŌŪ″ ư Łũijе₧₣Β₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũΒņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ ..........................................................................................12 Article 36 Representation of Prosecution at Court of First Instance....................................................12 ŌŪ″ ư Βе₧şũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ................................................................................................................12 Article 37 Powers of Prosecutors .............................................................................................................12 ŌŪ″ ư7 Βе₧şũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ũ₣ ............................................................................................................13 Article 38 Powers of Deputy Prosecutors ...............................................................................................13 ŌŪ″ ưo ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆ″ņЯřĕřБũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń .................................................................................................13 Article 39 Territorial Competence of Royal Prosecutors.......................................................................13

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ŁũΒĕНŷijŚĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ......................................................................................................................13

SECTION 2: APPLICATION OF CRIMINAL ACTIONS................................................................................................13 ŌŪ″ Ơ ĄЮŪņЧ₤аĕŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ................................................................................................................13 Article 40 Processing of Criminal Proceedings......................................................................................13 ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũijņŲсЮũЩ₣◦Н ΟijČijсŁũ ............................................................................................................14 Article 41 File without Processing............................................................................................................14 ŌŪ″ Ư ŁijĮſ ЊşĆЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣ĠũЋΉũşеЮĵйĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ..........................................................................15 Article 42 Mandatory Report of Felony or Misdemeanor.....................................................................15 ŌŪ″ ư ŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс..............................................................................................................................15 Article 43 Criminal Proceedings..............................................................................................................15 ŌŪ″ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ .......................................................................................................................15 Article 44 Opening of Judicial Investigation .........................................................................................15 ŌŪ″ ŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ....................................................................................................16 Article 45 Proceedings in Case of Misdemeanors ................................................................................16 ŌŪ″ řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ..................................................................................................17 Article 46 Citations ...................................................................................................................................17 ŌŪ″ ŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ ..........................................................................................................................17 Article 47 Immediate Appearance .......................................................................................................17 ŌŪ″ 7 ĕБijЊŷЋĊБаĕŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ ...............................................................................................................18 Article 48 Procedure of Immediate Appearance ................................................................................18 ŌŪ″ o řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦Ų΅Н ..........................................................................19 Article 49 Citations for Petty Offense ....................................................................................................19

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition IV

ŌŪ″ Ơ ĠŃąБаĕĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣..............................................................................................................................19 Article 50 Registry of Complaints ............................................................................................................19

ŌijЊŁ◦Б Ư: ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ...................................................................................................................................20

TITLE 2: INVESTIGATING JUDGE ....................................................................................................................................20 ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ............................................................................................................................20

UNITARY CHAPTER: INVESTIGATING JUDGE ...........................................................................................................20 ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũČijс″е₣ЮŢŎŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ ......................................................................................................20 Article 51 Assignment by Court President..............................................................................................20 ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũЯĠ₣Яş˝₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮŢŎŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ ........................................................................................21 Article 52 Distributions of Case Files by Court President ......................................................................21 ŌŪ″ ư Łũř˝΅Рij₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ĮБЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ .............................................................................................21 Article 53 Withdrawal of Case Files from Investigating Judge ............................................................21 ŌŪ″ ˝ũ‗БņЊĕŪĮņЮŷЬũČ˝ЯřŲĜеόŏЮŌþļĮ..........................................................................................21 Article 54 Mandatory Abstention ...........................................................................................................21

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ư: ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ........................................................................................................................................22

TITLE 3: INVESTIGATION CHAMBER ...............................................................................................................................22 ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ.................................................................................................................................22

UNITARY CHAPTER: INVESTIGATION CHAMBER ......................................................................................................22 ŌŪ″ ₤ļĮЊЮ₤₤аĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ...........................................................................................................22 Article 55 Special Composition of Investigation Chamber of Court of Appeal ................................22

ŌijЊŁ◦Б : ĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ..................................................................................................................................22

TITLE 4: JUDICIAL POLICE ............................................................................................................................................22 ĄеĮР ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ◦РЮĉ................................................................................................................................22

CHAPTER 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS......................................................................................................................22 ŌŪ″ ЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх.......................................................................................................22 Article 56 Missions of Judicial Police.......................................................................................................22 ŌŪ″ ₤Ō₤ļĮũĠ₤сĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх.....................................................................................................22 Article 57 Composition of Judicial Police .............................................................................................22 ŌŪ″ 7 Łũ₤ŪņĠ₤ŪņФŲ₤˝ņŊļĮŁũİũũĠ₤сĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх .....................................................................23 Article 58 Coordination of Judicial Police ............................................................................................23 ŌŪ″ o ŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏЮŲЧĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх .....................................................................................................23 Article 59 Supervision of Judicial Police ................................................................................................23

ĄеĮР ◦Б Ư: ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх......................................................................................................................23

CHAPTER 2: JUDICIAL POLICE OFFICERS ..............................................................................................................23 ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: Łũ◦◦УŲģĕĕРŷÐН‗₤ņġijŚЊďņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх.......................................................................23

SECTION 1: QUALIFICATION OF JUDICIAL POLICE OFFICERS ..................................................................................23 ŌŪ″ Ơ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх.....................................................................................................................23 Article 60 Judicial Police Officers ...........................................................................................................23 ŌŪ″ ơ ₤Ŕň ĠњŪijďĕсŠį₤сũĠ₤сĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх............................................................................................26 Article 61 Higher Diploma of Judicial Police .........................................................................................26 ŌŪ″ Ư Ð‗кЮņŪĠЮŗÐ ...........................................................................................................................27 Article 62 Jury for Examination................................................................................................................27 ŌŪ″ ư ₤ņġℓаĕņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх .........................................................................................................27 Article 63 Oath of Judicial Police Officers ............................................................................................27

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition V

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ˝е Н₤ŪĠŪĮЕijŚ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲΒĕНŷijŚņНŠİũ ................................................................................................28

SECTION 2: MISCONDUCT COMMITTED DURING PERFORMANCE OF DUTY ...............................................................28 ŌŪ″ ĕБijЊŷЋĊБž₣ ŷЋĕњŎ..............................................................................................................................28 Article 64 Disciplinary Procedure............................................................................................................28 ŌŪ″ ◦‗Ź ˝ņŊž₣ ŷЋĕњŎ...........................................................................................................................28 Article 65 Disciplinary Sanctions .............................................................................................................28 ŌŪ″ ŁũΉņ¹ijсņЊĕόŏĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũďņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх .....................................................................28 Article 66 Prohibition of Judicial Police Officers....................................................................................28

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБũĠ₤сņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх.......................................................................................30

SECTION 3: TERRITORIAL JURISDICTION OF JUDICIAL POLICE OFFICERS ...................................................................30 ŌŪ″ ņ‗Ź ŲũřťģŲĠеЮĮŀŁũİũ ...........................................................................................................30 Article 67 Scope of Territorial Authority..................................................................................................30 ŌŪ″ 7 ŁũĮĜų ij₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБ ..................................................................................................................30 Article 68 Extension of Territorial Jurisdiction..........................................................................................30 ŌŪ″ o ˝ņŊŷЋģ˝аĕŁũņЊĕЮýũĮ ŷЋēĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆ ..............................................................................................31 Article 69 Consequences of Non-Compliance with Territorial Jurisdiction Rules ..............................31 ŌŪ″ Ơ Ю₤ş˝ŚБĠİð ĠсĠŔą ũĠ₤сΖďń ĊũijНŵŁũ ............................................................................................31 Article 70 Orders of Judicial Authorities ................................................................................................31

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б : ЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊаĕņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ...................................................................................................31

SECTION 4: MISSIONS OF JUDICIAL POLICE OFFICERS...........................................................................................31 ŌŪ″ ơ ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤...................................................................................................................31 Article 71 Records of Offenses ...............................................................................................................31 ŌŪ″ Ư ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН ..................................................................................................................................32 Article 72 Police Records ........................................................................................................................32 ŌŪ″ ư ĠŃąБĠ‗Ś Е₣ ...................................................................................................................................33 Article 73 Complaint Registry..................................................................................................................33 ŌŪ″ şе₧ijсŁũĠĕŚĮБŁũŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ .......................................................................................................33 Article 74 Actions Taken after Receipt of Complaints .........................................................................33 ŌŪ″ ŁũĠеĵĕЮŲЧ₤˝ņŊļĮijНŵŁũ ........................................................................................................34 Article 75 Abuse of Judicial Actions.......................................................................................................34

ĄеĮР ◦Б ư: ļĖ ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ................................................................................................................34

CHAPTER 3: JUDICIAL POLICE AGENTS.................................................................................................................34 ŌŪ″ Łũ◦◦УŲģĕĕРŷÐН‗₤ņġijŚЊďļĖ ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх.........................................................................34 Article 76 Qualification of Judicial Police Agents.................................................................................34 ŌŪ″ ₤ņġℓũĠ₤сļĖ ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх.................................................................................................34 Article 77 Oath of Judicial Police Agents .............................................................................................34 ŌŪ″ 7 ЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сļĖ ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ............................................................................................35 Article 78 Missions of Judicial Police Agents..........................................................................................35 ŌŪ″ o ˝е Н₤ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũ .............................................................................35 Article 79 Misconducts Committed by Judicial Police Agents during Performance of Duty ........35 ŌŪ″ 7Ơ ◦‗Ź ˝ņŊž₣ ŷЋĕњŎ...........................................................................................................................35 Article 80 Disciplinary Sanction ..............................................................................................................35

ĄеĮР ◦Б : Łũ˝е‗ijс₤ņij□˝ЊşĆũĠ₤сĕÐũģŲďijЊ ĕЊ₣˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ ...........................................................36

CHAPTER 4: DETERMINATION OF COMPETENCES OF NATIONAL POLICE AND MILITARY POLICE FORCES ................36 ŌŪ″ 7ơ Łũ˝е‗ijс₤ņij□˝ЊşĆ ........................................................................................................................36

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition VI

Article 81 Determination of Competences ...........................................................................................36 ĄеĮР ◦Б : ņūĕŚБŬĄŁũ ĕЊ₣ļĖ ˝сİũ⅜ēũ‗кřа◦Ю◦Ьij ЯřŲŌĕĕБijЊ₤ņġĈĮЊЮ₤₤₤ŪŌĠсĮЊĕЊijŏĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ņУŎşеĕУĕ .................................................................................................................................................................36

CHAPTER 5: OFFICIALS AND OTHER PUBLIC AGENTS WITH SPECIAL ACCREDITATION TO ENQUIRE INTO OFFENSE ..........36 ŌŪ″ 7Ư ŁũĩŚŲсĕБijЊ₤ņġĈşеЮĵйņūĕŚБŬĄŁũ ĕЊ₣ļĖ ˝сİũ⅜ēũ‗кřа◦Ю◦Ьij.......................................................36 Article 82 Accreditation of Other Civil Servants and Public Agents ...................................................36

Ðĕ□Б◦Б ư: ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ij.......................................................................................................................... 38

BOOKBOOKBOOKBOOK THREETHREETHREETHREE: POLICE: POLICE: POLICE: POLICE INQUIRYINQUIRYINQUIRYINQUIRY ............................................................................................................ 38

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ◦РЮĉ.....................................................................................................................................38

TITLE 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS ....................................................................................................................................38 ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ◦РЮĉ.............................................................................................................................38

UNITARY CHAPTER: GENERAL PROVISIONS ...........................................................................................................38 ŌŪ″ 7ư Łũ₤ŌĞ ijсаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ij .............................................................................................................38 Article 83 Confidentiality of Inquiry .......................................................................................................38 ŌŪ″ 7 ļĮŠН₤ýĖ аĕΒе₧şũĠ₤сņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЮĉ″ņŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ij .....................................................38 Article 84 Different Investigative Powers of Judicial Police Officers ..................................................38

ŌijЊŁ◦Б Ư: ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ij˝ũ‗Бď сЯ₤Ś₣ ..............................................................................................................39

TITLE 2: ENQUIRY OF FLAGRANTE DELICTO CASES...........................................................................................................39 ĄеĮР ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď сЯ₤Ś₣ ........................................................................................................39

CHAPTER 1: FLAGRANT FELONY OR MISDEMEANOR ...............................................................................................39 ŌŪ″ 7 Βе₧şũĠ₤сņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ijĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ď сЯ₤Ś ₣...................................................39 Article 85 Authority of Judicial Police Officers in Enquiry of Flagrante Delicto Cases ......................39 ŌŪ″ 7 ĕЊŎņĕњŎĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣............................................................................................39 Article 86 Definition of Flagrant Felony or Misdemeanor .....................................................................39 ŌŪ″ 7 ŁũČĠсŠųФĕ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣..............................................................................39 Article 87 Arrest of Offenders in Flagrant Felony or Misdemeanor Cases ..........................................39 ŌŪ″ 77 ŁũČijс◦Н řРşďĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ ..................................................................................40 Article 88 Assimilation to Flagrant Felony or Misdemeanor .................................................................40

ĄеĮР ◦Б Ư: ŷЋēĕŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ .......................................................................................................................40

CHAPTER 2: INQUIRY MEASURES ..........................................................................................................................40 ŌŪ″ 7o ŷЋēĕŁũřеĠР₣˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣..........................................................................40 Article 89 Preliminary Measures in Flagrant Felonies or Misdemeanors .............................................40 ŌŪ″ oƠ ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЮŲЧŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ ĕЊ₣ŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ ..........................................................................................40 Article 90 Research and Examination Records.....................................................................................40 ŌŪ″ oơ ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ ...................................................................................................................................41 Article 91 Searches .................................................................................................................................41 ŌŪ″ oƯ ŁũĠЊ◦⅜ų ˝ЮģйŪ″ЮŲЧŷij□О″₣ ..........................................................................................................42 Article 92 Sealing of Exhibits ...................................................................................................................42 ŌŪ″ oư ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЮŲЧŁũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ .........................................................................................................42 Article 93 Interrogation Records .............................................................................................................42 ŌŪ″ o Ġ◦ĠŔą όŏşРŲŠųФĕ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ijĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ ................................................................43 Article 94 Order to Appear – Inquiry of Flagrante Delicto Cases........................................................43 ŌŪ″ o ŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏž₣ЯĩĖ˝ĠЮşĆ˝Ю◦₤ ι ŷЋ◦Ŝ⅜ū₤Ś ....................................................................................44

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition VII

Article 95 Scientific or Technical Examination .....................................................................................44 ĄеĮР ◦Б ư: Łũ¹ijсŠųФĕ ....................................................................................................................................44

CHAPTER 3: POLICE CUSTODY.............................................................................................................................44 ŌŪ″ o Łũ¹ijсŠųФĕ...................................................................................................................................44 Article 96 Police Custody .......................................................................................................................44 ŌŪ″ o ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ .............................................................................................................45 Article 97 Record of Police Custody ......................................................................................................45 ŌŪ″ o7 ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сЮņēŷВЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ¹ijсŠųФĕ ................................................................................................46 Article 98 Assistance of Lawyers during Police Custody ......................................................................46 ŌŪ″ oo ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ¹ijсŠųФĕ...............................................................................................47 Article 99 Assistance of Medical Doctors during Police Custody........................................................47 ŌŪ″ ơƠƠ ΒĕБijЊĄĕЯřŲŪijСŷģĕ¹ijсŠųФĕ ...........................................................................................................47 Article 100 Police Custody of Minor ........................................................................................................47 ŌŪ″ ơƠơ ĠŃąБаĕŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ..........................................................................................................................47 Article 101 Registry of Police Custody......................................................................................................47 ŌŪ″ ơƠƯ ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤ũНĠаĕŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ ........................................................................................................48 Article 102 Final Report of Police Custody...............................................................................................48

ĄеĮР ◦Б : ŁũĠŃąС ĕŠųФĕ....................................................................................................................................49

CHAPTER 4: HANDING OVER OF PERSON IN POLICE CUSTODY .............................................................................49 ŌŪ″ ơƠư ŁũĠŃąСĕŠųФĕĠНÐðŲЯřŲŪijСŷģĕ¹ijсŠųФĕ ..............................................................................................49 Article 103 Handing Over of Person in Police Custody ..........................................................................49 ŌŪ″ ơƠ ũŎкЮĮŲаĕŁũĠŃąСĕŠųФĕ ..................................................................................................................49 Article 104 Period of Handing-Over .......................................................................................................49

ĄеĮР ◦Б : ŷЋēĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ij˝ũ‗Бď˝сЯ₤Ś₣ ..............................................................................50

CHAPTER 5: RULES OF INQUIRY OF FLAGRANT OFFENSES .......................................................................................50 ŌŪ″ ơƠ ŁũΉņ¹ijсņЊĕόŏ⅜Ś ĠсЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ďΖ◦Џ .....................................................................................50 Article 105 Prohibition of Listening ...........................................................................................................50 ŌŪ″ ơƠ ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ij˝ũ‗Бď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ ............................................................................................50 Article 106 Duration of Inquiry of Flagrant Offenses ..............................................................................50 ŌŪ″ ơƠ ŁũĠŃąСĕ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ................................................................................................50 Article 107 Submission of Police Report to Prosecutor ...........................................................................50 ŌŪ″ ơƠ7 ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷşНйЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН..................................................................................................50 Article 108 Contents of Police Records....................................................................................................50 ŌŪ″ ơƠo ЮŌþļĮаĕŁũņЊĕЮýũĮ ŷЋēĕĠŃňijŚЊ.................................................................................................51 Article 109 Mandatory Rules .....................................................................................................................51 ŌŪ″ ơơƠ Βе₧şЮĊſЧņРŲŷЋČũ‗чũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ...................................................................................................52 Article 110 Authority of Judges and Prosecutors ....................................................................................52

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ư: ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ijĠŤņ .............................................................................................................................52

TITLE 3: PRELIMINARY INQUIRY.....................................................................................................................................52 ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ijĠŤņ ......................................................................................................................52

UNITARY CHAPTER: PRELIMINARY INQUIRY............................................................................................................52 ŌŪ″ ơơơ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ijĠŤņ.............................................................................................................52 Article 111 Commencement of Preliminary Inquiry................................................................................52 ŌŪ″ ơơƯ ŷЋēĕЯřŲΒĕНŷijŚşеЮĵйŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ijĠŤņ .........................................................................................53 Article 112 Rules for Preliminary Inquiry ....................................................................................................53

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition VIII

ŌŪ″ ơơư ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ ...................................................................................................................................53 Article 113 Searches ..................................................................................................................................53 ŌŪ″ ơơ ŁũĠŔą όŏşРŲŠųФĕ ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ijĠŤņ ............................................................................................54 Article 114 Order to Appear – Preliminary Inquiry...................................................................................54 ŌŪ″ ơơ ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНŪ₤₣сşЮņųЧŎ ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ijĠŤņ ......................................................................................54 Article 115 Record of Interrogation – Preliminary Inquiry .......................................................................54 ŌŪ″ ơơ Łũ¹ijсŠųФĕĄĕďĠс₤₣℮њŎ ..............................................................................................................55 Article 116 Police Custody of Suspect .....................................................................................................55 ŌŪ″ ơơ ЮŌþļĮаĕŁũņЊĕЮýũĮ ŷЋēĕĠŃňijŚЊ.................................................................................................55 Article 117 Mandatory Rules .....................................................................................................................55 ŌŪ″ ơơ7 Βе₧şЮĊſЧņРŲŷЋČũ‗чũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ...................................................................................................55 Article 118 Authority of Judges and Prosecutors ....................................................................................55

ŌijЊŁ◦Б : ŁũŪĠÐŲсόŏŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ ĕРŷŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ ˝ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗Ź аĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ij ..................................56

TITLE 4: RETURN OF ITEMS SEIZED DURING INQUIRY ........................................................................................................56 ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: ŁũŪĠÐŲсόŏŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ ĕРŷŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗Ź аĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ij..........................56 UNITARY CHAPTER: RETURN OF ITEMS SEIZED DURING INQUIRY ...............................................................................56

ŌŪ″ ơơo Ζďń ĊũŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆĠİð ĠсόŏŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОĄРĕŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ.......................................................................56 Article 119 Competent Authority to Order Return of Seized Items ......................................................56 ŌŪ″ ơƯƠ ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОЯřŲ ũЖĠΒР₤ĄРĕŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ...........................................................................................56 Article 120 Return of Seized Items ............................................................................................................56

BOOKBOOKBOOKBOOK FOURFOURFOURFOUR: JUDICIAL INVESTIGA: JUDICIAL INVESTIGA: JUDICIAL INVESTIGA: JUDICIAL INVESTIGATIONSTIONSTIONSTIONS............................................................................................... 58

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ơ: ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ....................................................................................................................................58

TITLE 1: INVESTIGATING JUDGE ...................................................................................................................................58 ĄеĮР ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ◦РЮĉ................................................................................................................................58

CHAPTER 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS......................................................................................................................58 ŌŪ″ ơƯơ Łũ₤ŌĞ ijсаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ.................................................................................................................58 Article 121 Confidentiality of Judicial Investigation ...............................................................................58 ŌŪ″ ơƯƯ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ .......................................................................................................................58 Article 122 Commencement of Judicial Investigation...........................................................................58 ŌŪ″ ơƯư ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБ...............................................................................................................................58 Article 123 Territorial Jurisdictions .............................................................................................................58 ŌŪ″ ơƯ řБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ .....................................................................................................59 Article 124 Introductory Submissions ........................................................................................................59 ŌŪ″ ơƯ ŷЋ⅜ŲļĮаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣.......................................................................................................................60 Article 125 Scope of Complaint ..............................................................................................................60 ŌŪ″ ơƯ ŁũŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ ......................................................................................................60 Article 126 Placing Suspect under Judicial Investigation.......................................................................60 ŌŪ″ ơƯ ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŢ˝сĠĕĀО ĕЊ₣ЮŢйĠĕĀО ....................................................................................................61 Article 127 Investigation of Inculpatory and Exculpatory Evidence.....................................................61 ŌŪ″ ơƯ7 ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ ......................................................................................................................61 Article 128 Assistance of Court Clerks ......................................................................................................61 ŌŪ″ ơƯo ņНŠİũũĠ₤сŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ ....................................................................................................................61 Article 129 Roles of Court Clerks ...............................................................................................................61 ŌŪ″ ơưƠ ŁũşНйřŲс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ ..........................................................................62

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition IX

Article 130 Travel to Sites by Investigating Judges and Court Clerks....................................................62 ŌŪ″ ơươ řБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ ................................................................................................................62 Article 131 Rogatory Letters ......................................................................................................................62 ŌŪ″ ơưƯ ŁũЮ₤Ė Ч₤НеόŏĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ............................................................................................62 Article 132 Investigative Actions Requested by Royal Prosecutor........................................................62 ŌŪ″ ơưư ŁũЮ₤Ė Ч₤НеόŏĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆЮŢŎĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ .............................................................................................63 Article 133 Investigative Actions Requested by Charged Persons ......................................................63 ŌŪ″ ơư ŁũЮ₤Ė Ч₤НеόŏĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆЮŢŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ................................................................................63 Article 134 Investigative Actions Requested by Civil Party ...................................................................63 ŌŪ″ ơư ŁũĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ...................................................................................................64 Article 135 Transmission of Case File to Royal Prosecutor ......................................................................64 ŌŪ″ ơư ŷijŚŌĕũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń şеЮĵй˝ЊşĆЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ........................................................................................64 Article 136 Presence of Prosecutor during Investigative Acts ...............................................................64 ŌŪ″ ơư Łũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б″ņĩųСŷΒĕŚŬÐņĕч.............................................................................64 Article 137 Civil Party Application by Way of Intervention ....................................................................64 ŌŪ″ ơư7 Ġ‗Ś Е₣ЮŢŎŌĕŁũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б .............................................................................65 Article 138 Complaint with Application to become Civil Party ...........................................................65 ŌŪ″ ơưo ŁũĠŃąСĕĠ‗Ś Е₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń .......................................................................................................65 Article 139 Delivery of Complaints to Prosecutor....................................................................................65 ŌŪ″ ơƠ ŁũĠ₣сŪģ˝сijņŲс◦Н ......................................................................................................................65 Article 140 Payment of Deposits ..............................................................................................................65 ŌŪ″ ơơ Ġ‗Ś Е₣ЮŢŎĠеĵĕ ιĠ‗Ś Е₣ЮŢŎΒР₤ĠĜų ŎЮĮŲЮŷŵ .........................................................................66 Article 141 Abusive or Dilatory Requests..................................................................................................66 ŌŪ″ ơƯ Ġ‗Ś Е₣όŏĄУ₤ĄНŲŁũŠРşžij............................................................................................................67 Article 142 Claim for Compensation .......................................................................................................67

ĄеĮР ◦Б Ư: ŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ................................................................................................67

CHAPTER 2: INVESTIGATION BY INVESTIGATING JUDGE..........................................................................................67 ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁũŢ˝сόŏ₤□ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ..........................................................................67

SECTION 1: NOTIFICATION OF PLACEMENT UNDER JUDICIAL INVESTIGATION ..........................................................67 ŌŪ″ ơư ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁũŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ ...............................................................................67 Article 143 Notification of Placement Under Judicial Investigation......................................................67 ŌŪ″ ơ ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ .....................................................................................................................68 Article 144 Assistance of Interpreter/Translator .......................................................................................68

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: Łũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ..............................................................................................................68

SECTION 2: INTERROGATION OF CHARGED PERSON ...............................................................................................68 ŌŪ″ ơ ŷijŚŌĕũĠ₤сЮņēŷВ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤УũşЮņųЧŎ ................................................................................................68 Article 145 Presence of Lawyer during Interrogation ............................................................................68 ŌŪ″ ơ ₤е‗УũЮŢŎŌĕŁũΒĕНŔň ijũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ...............................................................................69 Article 146 Questioning with Authorisation of Investigating Judge ......................................................69 ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ .....................................................................................................................69 Article 147 Confrontation ........................................................................................................................69 ŌŪ″ ơ7 ũŎкЮĮŲΒĠġĠũŌ₤ŪŌĠсŁũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎ ...........................................................................................70 Article 148 Right to Interrogation .............................................................................................................70 ŌŪ″ ơo ₤Њ◦ċЊŁũĵũŠųФĕũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ........................................................................................................70 Article 149 Rights of Defense ....................................................................................................................70

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ..............................................................................................70

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition X

SECTION 3: INTERVIEW OF CIVIL PARTY ................................................................................................................70 ŌŪ″ ơƠ Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б..........................................................................................70 Article 150 Interview of Civil Party.............................................................................................................70 ŌŪ″ ơơ ₤е‗УũЮŢŎŌĕŁũΒĕНŔň ijũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ...............................................................................71 Article 151 Questioning with Authorization of Investigating Judge ......................................................71 ŌŪ″ ơƯ ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ιŁũ₤Уũij◦Ųс ................................................................................................71 Article 152 Confrontation..........................................................................................................................71

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б : Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ⅜˝℮Б .......................................................................................................................72

SECTION 4: INTERVIEW OF WITNESSES...................................................................................................................72 ŌŪ″ ơư Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ⅜˝℮Б .....................................................................................................................72 Article 153 Interview of Witnesses.............................................................................................................72 ŌŪ″ ơ ₤ņġℓũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б..........................................................................................................................72 Article 154 Oath of Witnesses ..................................................................................................................72 ŌŪ″ ơ ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ .....................................................................................................................72 Article 155 Assistance of Interpreter/Translator.......................................................................................72 ŌŪ″ ơ ⅜˝℮БЯřŲΒĕНŔň ijόŏũУşĮБ₤ņġℓ......................................................................................................72 Article 156 Witness without Swearing.......................................................................................................72 ŌŪ″ ơ ļĮýŊ ĕŲ◦ċļĮ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤с⅜˝℮БņУŎşеĕУĕ.................................................................................73 Article 157 Impossibility to Question Witness ...........................................................................................73 ŌŪ″ ơ7 ŁũşНйЮĉřŲсŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б....................................................................................................73 Article 158 Visiting Residence of Witness .................................................................................................73

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б : ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ ĕЊ₣ŁũČĠсŎ˝ŷij□О″₣ ................................................................................................73

SECTION 5: SEARCH AND SEIZURE OF EXHIBITS ......................................................................................................73 ŌŪ″ ơo ŷЋēĕΒĕНŷijŚşеЮĵйŁũЯđ˝Юđũ............................................................................................................73 Article 159 Rules of Search........................................................................................................................73 ŌŪ″ ơƠ ŁũĠЊ◦⅜ų ˝ЮģйŪ″ЮŲЧŷij□О″₣..........................................................................................................74 Article 160 Sealing of Exhibits ...................................................................................................................74 ŌŪ″ ơơ ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ όŏЮĉŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ......................................................75 Article 161 Return of Items Seized by Investigating Judge ....................................................................75

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б : ЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ ..................................................................................................................................75

SECTION 6: EXPERT REPORTS................................................................................................................................75 ŌŪ″ ơƯ ļĮČеģşсаĕŁũЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ ......................................................................................................75 Article 162 Necessity of Expert Reports ...................................................................................................75 ŌŪ″ ơư ĠŃąБ▫Ė ˝сďijЊаĕΒĖ ĄеĜŀ ................................................................................................................76 Article 163 National List of Experts ...........................................................................................................76 ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũČijс″е₣ΒĖ ĄеĜŀЯřŲņЊĕ₤□ Њij ĖО₣ĠŃąБ▫Ė ˝сďijЊ ..............................................................................76 Article 164 Appointment of Experts Not Registered in National List......................................................76 ŌŪ″ ơ řБŁČijс″е₣ΒĖ ĄеĜŀ ....................................................................................................................76 Article 165 Order to Appoint Expert(s) .....................................................................................................76 ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сΒĖ ĄеĜŀЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ................................................................77 Article 166 Supervision of Performance of Experts by Investigating Judge .......................................77 ŌŪ″ ơ ˝ЊşĆЯřŲČеģşс₤ŪŌĠсŁũĠеЮĮŀЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сΒĖ ĄеĜŀ ...................................................................77 Article 167 Activities Necessary for Performing Expert’s Tasks ...............................................................77 ŌŪ″ ơ7 ũģŎŁũ‗чũĠ₤сΒĖ ĄеĜŀ ............................................................................................................77 Article 168 Report of Expert.......................................................................................................................77 ŌŪ″ ơo ŁũČijс″е₣ΒĖ ĄеĜŀЮŪşЧĕũРĠ ..........................................................................................................78

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XI

Article 169 Appointment of Multiple Experts ...........................................................................................78 ŌŪ″ ơƠ ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕаĕЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ...................................................................................78 Article 170 Notification of Conclusions of Expert Reports ......................................................................78 ŌŪ″ ơơ Ю⅜΅пНŎ₤ŪŌĠсЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ .....................................................................................................80 Article 171 Costs of Expert Reports ...........................................................................................................80

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б : Łũ⅜Ś Ġс◦Рũ₤њĮĀ.................................................................................................................................80

SECTION 7: LISTENING TO TELEPHONE CONVERSATION ..........................................................................................80 ŌŪ″ ơƯ Łũ⅜Ś Ġс◦Рũ₤њĮĀ ďΖ◦Џ ЯřŲĠİð ĠсЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ .....................................................................80 Article 172 Listening to Telephone Conversation Ordered by Investigating Judge ...........................80

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б 7: řБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ .................................................................................................................81

SECTION 8: ROGATORY LETTERS ..........................................................................................................................81 ŌŪ″ ơư řБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ ................................................................................................................81 Article 173 Rogatory Letters ......................................................................................................................81 ŌŪ″ ơ Βij□ĕњŎаĕřБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ ...................................................................................................81 Article 174 Content of Rogatory Letter ...................................................................................................81 ŌŪ″ ơ řБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ЯřŲЮşŀόŏЮčŪ˝ņŌĖ ˝сЮ◦Ьij ........................................................................81 Article 175 Rogatory Letter Issued to Another Judge ............................................................................81 ŌŪ″ ơ řБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ЮşŀόŏņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх..........................................................................82 Article 176 Rogatory Letter Issued to Judicial Police Officer .................................................................82 ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũŪĠijЊĠijŚЊřБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх .............................................................82 Article 177 Execution of Rogatory Letter by Judicial Police Officer .....................................................82 ŌŪ″ ơ7 ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ ĕЊ₣ŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ .........................................................................................82 Article 178 Written Record of Research and Finding ............................................................................82 ŌŪ″ ơo ŷЋēĕĈ с◦₣ĕЕ₣Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎЯřŲЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх .......................................................82 Article 179 Rules for Interrogation by Judicial Police Officer.................................................................82 ŌŪ″ ơ7Ơ Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎЯřŲĮНеΖşЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх .................................................................83 Article 180 Interrogation that cannot be done by Judicial Police Officer ..........................................83 ŌŪ″ ơ7ơ ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ ĕЊ₣ŁũČĠсŎ˝ ЯřŲЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ........................................................83 Article 181 Search and Seizure Conducted by Judicial Police Officer ...............................................83 ŌŪ″ ơ7Ư Łũ¹ijсŠųФĕЮĝ ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗Ź аĕřБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ ........................................................................83 Article 182 Police Custody Under Rogatory Letter ................................................................................83 ŌŪ″ ơ7ư Łũ⅜Ś Ġс◦Рũ₤њĮĀ ďΖ◦ЏЮĝ ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗Ź аĕřБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤.........................................................84 Article 183 Listening to Telephone Conversations Under Rogatory Letter ...........................................84 ŌŪ″ ơ7 ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН ⅜₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх .....................................................................................84 Article 184 Written Records Established by Judicial Police Officers .....................................................84

ĄеĮР ◦Б ư: ŷЋēĕŁũĕЊũĕŚŬŎ ...........................................................................................................................84

CHAPTER 3: SECURITY MEASURES........................................................................................................................84 ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: řБŁ ..................................................................................................................................................84

SECTION 1: WARRANTS........................................................................................................................................84 ŌŪ″ ơ7 ŁũЮşŀřБŁ .................................................................................................................................84 Article 185 Issuance of Warrants ..............................................................................................................84

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ.........................................................................................................................84

SECTION 2: SUBPOENA .......................................................................................................................................84 ŌŪ″ ơ7 řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ .......................................................................................................................84 Article 186 Subpoena ................................................................................................................................84

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XII

ŌŪ″ ơ7 ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷşНйЮŲЧřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ ...........................................................................................85 Article 187 Information Stated in Subpoena ...........................................................................................85 ŌŪ″ ơ77 ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ .................................................................................................85 Article 188 Notification of Subpoena ......................................................................................................85

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕ ...........................................................................................................................86

SECTION 3: ORDER TO BRING ..............................................................................................................................86 ŌŪ″ ơ7o ŁũЮşŀřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ................................................................................86 Article 189 Order to Bring Issued by Investigating Judge ......................................................................86 ŌŪ″ ơoƠ řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕ..........................................................................................................................86 Article 190 Order to Bring ..........................................................................................................................86 ŌŪ″ ơoơ ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷşНйЮŲЧřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕ..............................................................................................86 Article 191 Information Stated in Order to Bring .....................................................................................86 ŌŪ″ ơoƯ ŁũΒĕНŷijŚřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕ .............................................................................................................86 Article 192 Execution of Order to Bring ...................................................................................................86 ŌŪ″ ơoư ŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ″ņřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕ ..................................................................................................87 Article 193 Appearance pursuant to Order to Bring ..............................................................................87 ŌŪ″ ơo ŁũÐЊijĠŃĆСŲℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ..................................................................................87 Article 194 Deduction of Duration of Provisional Detention ..................................................................87

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б : řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ .........................................................................................................................87

SECTION 4: ARREST WARRANTS ...........................................................................................................................87 ŌŪ″ ơo ŁũЮşŀřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ..............................................................................87 Article 195 Arrest Warrants Issued by Investigating Judge ....................................................................87 ŌŪ″ ơo řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ .......................................................................................................................87 Article 196 Arrest Warrants .......................................................................................................................87 ŌŪ″ ơo řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ ĕЊ₣ЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ..............................................................................88 Article 197 Arrest Warrant and Opinion of Prosecutor ...........................................................................88 ŌŪ″ ơo7 ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷşНйЮŲЧřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ ...........................................................................................88 Article 198 Information Stated in Arrest Warrant.....................................................................................88 ŌŪ″ ơ�� ŁũΒĕНŷijŚřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ ..........................................................................................................88 Article 199 Execution of Arrest Warrant ...................................................................................................88 ŌŪ″ ƯƠƠ Łũĩ℮Įſĩ⅝ŎďΒĕŚũďijЊĕРŷřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ ..................................................................................89 Article 200 International Dissemination of Arrest Warrant......................................................................89 ŌŪ″ ƯƠơ ŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ″ņřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ ...............................................................................................89 Article 201 Appearance Pursuant to Arrest Warrant..............................................................................89 ŌŪ″ ƯƠƯ ŁũÐЊijĠŃĆСŲℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ..................................................................................90 Article 202 Deduction of Duration of Provisional Detention ..................................................................90

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б : ŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ...................................................................................................................90

SECTION 5: PROVISIONAL DETENTION .................................................................................................................90 ŌŪ″ ƯƠư ЮýŲŁũ‗чаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ..............................................................................................90 Article 203 Principle of Provisional Detention ..........................................................................................90 ŌŪ″ ƯƠ ˝ũ‗БаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ .......................................................................................................90 Article 204 Cases of Provisional Detention .............................................................................................90 ŌŪ″ ƯƠ ņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ..................................................................................................90 Article 205 Reasons for Provisional Detention .........................................................................................90 ŌŪ″ ƯƠ ˝е‗ijс₤Ōð ŲсũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ŁũŪģĠсЮ΅ijНĩŲаĕřБŁ .................................................................91 Article 206 Statement of Charged Persons and Reasons for Provisional Detention ...........................91

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XIII

ŌŪ″ ƯƠ řБŁ₤ЮŪņşņЊĕþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ...................................................................................................91 Article 207 Order Denying Provisional Detention....................................................................................91 ŌŪ″ ƯƠ7 ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĖО₣Ġ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ...................................................................................92 Article 208 Duration of Provisional Detention in Case of Felony ...........................................................92 ŌŪ″ ƯƠo ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĖО₣Ġ◦ņĄęЊņ...................................................................................92 Article 209 Duration of Provisional Detention in Case of Misdemeanor...............................................92 ŌŪ″ ƯơƠ ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЮĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ˝ЊřťŪĠĂе₣ņĕН₤℮ďijЊ ďΖ◦Џ ....................................92 Article 210 Duration of Provisional Detention in Case of Crimes against Humanity............................92 ŌŪ″ Ươơ ŁũĮĕŜũЮĮŲаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ............................................................................................93 Article 211 Extension of Provisional Detention.........................................................................................93 ŌŪ″ ƯơƯ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒĕБijЊĄĕŌĕΖŎНijЊşď₣ ơ (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖ е .......................................................93 Article 212 Detention of Minor Under 14 Years Old ................................................................................93 ŌŪ″ Ươư ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĖО₣Ġ◦ΧŪ˝ЊřťĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒĕБijЊĄĕ ŌĕΖŎНČĠсĮБ ơ (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖ е řŲсЮŪŁņ

ơ� (řĠсŪģеĠБ) ĂĖ е ..........................................................................................................................93 Article 213 Duration of Provisional Detention for Felonies Committed by Minor from 14 to 18 Years

Old ............................................................................................................................................93 ŌŪ″ Ươ ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĖО₣Ġ◦ņĄęЊņĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒĕБijЊĄĕ ŌĕΖŎНČĠсĮБ ơ (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖ е řŲсЮŪŁņ

ơ� (řĠсŪģеĠБ) ĂĖ е ..........................................................................................................................94 Article 214 Duration of Provisional Detention for Misdemeanors Committed by Minor from 14 to 18

Years Old..................................................................................................................................94 ŌŪ″ Ươ ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦όŏЮĝЮŪłþНеЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ..................................................................94 Article 215 Release of Charged Person by Investigating Judge...........................................................94 ŌŪ″ Ươ ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНе ″ņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ........................................................................95 Article 216 Release of Charged Person upon Request of Prosecutor ..................................................95 ŌŪ″ Ươ ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНе ″ņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ........................................................................95 Article 217 Release upon Request of Charged Person..........................................................................95 ŌŪ″ Ươ7 ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБřБŁЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНе ........................................................................................96 Article 218 Notification of Release Order ................................................................................................96

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б : řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ ...........................................................................................................................96

SECTION 6: DETENTION ORDERS..........................................................................................................................96 ŌŪ″ Ươo ŁũЮşŀřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ................................................................................96 Article 219 Issuance of Detention Orders by Investigating Judge........................................................96 ŌŪ″ ƯƯƠ ĕЊŎņĕњŎřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ ............................................................................................................96 Article 220 Definition of Detention Order ................................................................................................96 ŌŪ″ ƯƯơ ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷşНйЮŲЧřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ .............................................................................................96 Article 221 Information Stated in Detention Order .................................................................................96 ŌŪ″ ƯƯƯ ŁũΒĕНŷijŚřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ ............................................................................................................97 Article 222 Execution of Detention Order................................................................................................97

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б : ŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ .........................................................................................................97

SECTION 7: JUDICIAL SUPERVISION ......................................................................................................................97 ŌŪ″ ƯƯư ŁijĮſ ЊşĆаĕŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ............................................................................................97 Article 223 Obligations Under Judicial Supervision.................................................................................97 ŌŪ″ ƯƯ ŁũņЊĕΒĕНŷijŚŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ şеЮĵйΒĕБijЊĄĕŌĕΖŎН ЮŪŁņ ơ (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖ е ........................98 Article 224 Non-Applicability of Judicial Supervision to Minors under 14 Years Old ...........................98 ŌŪ″ ƯƯ ŁũŪĠÐŲсĠİĕсаř .........................................................................................................................98 Article 225 Receipt of Documents ...........................................................................................................98

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XIV

ŌŪ″ ƯƯ řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏŢ˝сЮŪŁņŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ ............................................................................99 Article 226 Order for Judicial Supervision ...............................................................................................99 ŌŪ″ ƯƯ ŁũЯ˝ЯŪĠŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ..............................................99 Article 227 Request for Change in Judicial Supervision by Investigating Judge ................................99 ŌŪ″ ƯƯ7 Ġ‗Ś Е₣₤НеЯ˝ЯŪĠŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ............................................................100 Article 228 Request for Change in Judicial Supervision by Prosecutor .............................................100 ŌŪ″ ƯƯo Ġ‗Ś Е₣₤НеЯ˝ЯŪĠŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũЮŢŎĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦.............................................................100 Article 229 Request for Change in Judicial Supervision by Charged Person.....................................100 ŌŪ″ ƯưƠ ŁũЮÐşЮŷйũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ĮБŁijĮſ ЊşĆаĕŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ .....................................................101 Article 230 Evasion from Obligation Under Judicial Supervision by Charged Person.......................101

ĄеĮР ◦Б : ŁũЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ .......................................................................................................102

CHAPTER 4: SUMMONS AND NOTIFICATIONS......................................................................................................102 ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ◦РЮĉ...............................................................................................................................102

SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS ....................................................................................................................102 ŌŪ″ Ưươ ũŎкЮĮŲũУņ................................................................................................................................102 Article 231 Common Time Period...........................................................................................................102 ŌŪ″ ƯưƯ ũЮĠЬĠЮŁйЮΊ............................................................................................................................102 Article 232 Method of Summons ............................................................................................................102 ŌŪ″ Ưưư ŁũЮŁйЮΊĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕþНеŠųФĕ ......................................................................................102 Article 233 Summons of Charged Person in Detention ........................................................................102 ŌŪ″ Ưư ŁũЮŁйЮΊЮņēŷВ .......................................................................................................................102 Article 234 Summons of Lawyer..............................................................................................................102 ŌŪ″ Ưư ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤аĕŁũЮŁйЮΊЮĝ˝ĖО₣₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ .............................................................................................103 Article 235 Content of Summons in Case File .......................................................................................103 ŌŪ″ Ưư ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБřБŁ₤ЮŪņşřŲсЮņēŷВ ............................................................................................103 Article 236 Notification of Orders to Lawyer..........................................................................................103 ŌŪ″ Ưư ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБřБŁ₤ЮŪņşřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ....................................................................................103 Article 237 Notification of Orders to Royal Prosecutor .........................................................................103 ŌŪ″ Ưư7 ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБřБŁ₤ЮŪņşřŲсĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦.....................................................................................103 Article 238 Notification of Orders to Charged Person..........................................................................103 ŌŪ″ Ưưo ŁũŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁйЮΊ ιřБŁЮĩ℮₣6Ю◦Ьij........................................................................................104 Article 239 Serving Summons or other Orders .......................................................................................104

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ŷЋēĕЮŢŎЯΌ˝ ...........................................................................................................................104

SECTION 2: SPECIAL RULES ................................................................................................................................104 ŌŪ″ ƯƠ ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷşНйďŁijĮſ ЊşĆЮĝ ĖО₣˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ..................................................104 Article 240 Compulsory Information in Written Records of Investigating Judge ...............................104 ŌŪ″ Ươ ΅ij□ЮŲžЮŲЧ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНаĕŁũşРŲŠųФĕďЮŲЧ˝řеĠР₣............................................................................105 Article 241 Signing on Record of First Appearance..............................................................................105 ŌŪ″ ƯƯ ŷЋēĕ₤ŪŌĠс₤ũЮ₤ũ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН ....................................................................................................105 Article 242 Rules for Establishment of Written Records.........................................................................105 ŌŪ″ Ưư ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷşНйďŁijĮſ ЊşĆЮŲЧřБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ..................................................................106 Article 243 Compulsory Information in Order of Investigating Judge ................................................106 ŌŪ″ Ư řБŁĠŃąСĕŲЊŠЊij ...........................................................................................................................107 Article 244 Document Forwarding Order ..............................................................................................107 ŌŪ″ Ư Ġ‗Ś Е₣ЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ .............................................................................................................107 Article 245 Request by Lawyer ...............................................................................................................107

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XV

ĄеĮР ◦Б : ŁũĠЊ◦ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ........................................................................................................................108

CHAPTER 5: TERMINATION OF INVESTIGATIONS ...................................................................................................108 ŌŪ″ Ư řБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕ⅜□ ĮũũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ................................................................................................108 Article 246 Final Submission of Royal Prosecutor...................................................................................108 ŌŪ″ Ư řБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ........................................................................................................................108 Article 247 Closing Order.........................................................................................................................108 ŌŪ″ Ư7 ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝όŏЮĉŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ ...................................................................................109 Article 248 Return of Seized Items ..........................................................................................................109 ŌŪ″ Ưo Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşаĕřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĕЊ₣ŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷ ijНŵŁũ .....110 Article 249 Provisions of Closing Orders in relation to Provisional Detention and Judicial Supervision..

................................................................................................................................................110 ŌŪ″ ƯƠ ŁũĠŃąСĕЮřЧņġБЮĠЧ˝₤ŷĜŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņй...............................................................................................110 Article 250 Forwarding Case File for Trial ...............................................................................................110 ŌŪ″ Ươ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũďℓŊБЮŲЧĠĕĀО ℓŊБЮ◦Ьij ...........................................................................................111 Article 251 Re-opening of Judicial Investigation ..................................................................................111

ĄеĮР ◦Б : ЮŌþļĮаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ...............................................................................................................111

CHAPTER 6: NULLITIES OF JUDICIAL INVESTIGATIONS ..........................................................................................111 ŌŪ″ ƯƯ ЮŌþļĮаĕŁũņЊĕЮýũĮ ŷЋēĕĠŃňijŚЊ...............................................................................................111 Article 252 Mandatory Rules ..................................................................................................................111 ŌŪ″ Ưư ŁũĠŚЕ₣Юĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ................................................................................................................112 Article 253 Complaint to Investigation Chamber ................................................................................112 ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũŲйĠ₣сЮŢŎļÐБ₧ņУŎ ĖО₣ŁũĈņĈũЮŌþļĮ........................................................................112 Article 254 Renunciation of Party’s Right to Nullify Parts of Procedure...............................................112 ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũĠĕŚŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ‗Ś Е₣ņ˝₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ....................................................................113 Article 255 Continuation of Investigation In Case of Request to Investigation Chamber................113 ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũŲНĠŵ₣ЮŌþļĮЮŢŎřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ.................................................................................113 Article 256 Clearing Nullities by Closing Order ......................................................................................113

ŌijЊŁ◦Б Ư: ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ......................................................................................................................................113

TITLE 2: INVESTIGATION CHAMBER .............................................................................................................................113 ĄеĮР ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ◦РЮĉ..............................................................................................................................113

CHAPTER 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS....................................................................................................................113 ŌŪ″ Ư ĠŃąБĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч ĕЊ₣ĵ˝ŏ₤Не........................................................................................................113 Article 257 Registry of Appeals and Requests ......................................................................................113 ŌŪ″ Ư7 ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ..........................................................................................114 Article 258 Notification of Hearing Date................................................................................................114 ŌŪ″ Ưo ŁũĮЊЮŪýй₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ ĕЊ₣⅜ũ₧....................................................................................................114 Article 259 Examination of Case File and Briefs ...................................................................................114 ŌŪ″ ƯƠ řеЮ‗ЧũŁũаĕ˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ..................................................................................................115 Article 260 Conduct of Hearings ............................................................................................................115 ŌŪ″ Ươ ŁũĮЊĕЊijŏЮŲЧĕЊŎњijļĮаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ .......................................................................................................116 Article 261 Examination of Regularity of Procedure.............................................................................116 ŌŪ″ ƯƯ ˝ЊşĆаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЯĕ□ņ ................................................................................................................116 Article 262 Undertaking of Additional Investigation .............................................................................116 ŌŪ″ Ưư ŁũĮĜų ijŁũŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ řŲсĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲĈ˝с◦₣ýĖ .................................................117 Article 263 Extension of Judicial Investigation to Connected Offenses .............................................117 ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũĮĜų ijŁũŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ ũ΅РijřŲсĠНÐðŲЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьij ....................................................117

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XVI

Article 264 Extension of Judicial Investigation to Other Persons..........................................................117 ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũЮĠЧ˝ďℓŊБĕРŷŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŲЧĠĕĀО ℓŊБЮ◦Ьij........................................................................................117 Article 265 Re-opening of Judicial Investigation...................................................................................117

ĄеĮР ◦Б Ư: Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ..............................................................................118

CHAPTER 2: APPEALS AGAINST ORDERS OF INVESTIGATING JUDGE ......................................................................118 ŌŪ″ Ư Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сЮčŪ ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŢŎΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ........118 Article 266 Appeal against Orders of Investigating Judge by General Prosecutor attached to Court of Appeal and Royal Prosecutor .........................................................................................118 ŌŪ″ Ư Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŢŎĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ..........................................................118 Article 267 Appeal against Orders of Investigating Judge by Charged Person ...............................118 ŌŪ″ Ư7 Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮŢŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ..................................................119 Article 268 Appeal against Order of Investigating Judge by Civil Party ...........................................119 ŌŪ″ Ưo Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁĠřЊЮ₤ĊņЊĕŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОЯřŲ ũЖĠΒР₤ЮĉŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ ................................................120 Article 269 Appeal against Order Denying Return of Seized Items ....................................................120 ŌŪ″ ƯƠ ũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч.....................................................................................................................120 Article 270 Time Period of Appeal ..........................................................................................................120 ŌŪ″ Ươ ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ..........................................................................................................120 Article 271 Competence of Investigation Chamber............................................................................120 ŌŪ″ ƯƯ ◦Ūņ₣саĕŁũŪĠŁ₤ĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч .......................................................................................................121 Article 272 Forms of Declaration of Appeal ..........................................................................................121 ŌŪ″ Ưư ŁũĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣Юĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ...............................................................................................121 Article 273 Forwarding of Case File to Investigation Chamber...........................................................121 ŌŪ″ Ư ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ĠİũŁũĵũ..................................................................................................................121 Article 274 Safeguard Copies of Case Files ..........................................................................................121 ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũĠĕŚŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч .................................................................................122 Article 275 Continuation of Investigation in Case of Appeal ..............................................................122 ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНеόŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ..........................................................................122 Article 276 Release of Detained Charged Person................................................................................122 ŌŪ″ Ư Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ..................................................................................122 Article 277 Appeal against Non-Suit Order ...........................................................................................122

ĄеĮР ◦Б ư: ŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ................................................................................................................123

CHAPTER 3: PROVISIONAL DETENTION...............................................................................................................123 ŌŪ″ Ư7 ⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ..............................................................................123 Article 278 Decision on Provisional Detention .......................................................................................123

ĄеĮР ◦Б : ЮŌþļĮ .....................................................................................................................................123

CHAPTER 4: ANNULMENT ..................................................................................................................................123 ŌŪ″ Ưo ļĮЯřŲņЊĕΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕаĕĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеЮŌþ˝ņŊ ........................................................................123 Article 279 Inadmissibility of Requests for Annullment ..........................................................................123 ŌŪ″ Ư7Ơ ΖĕНļĮаĕЮŌþ˝ņŊ.....................................................................................................................124 Article 280 Effect of Annullment .............................................................................................................124 ŌŪ″ Ư7ơ ĩŲŷЋģ˝аĕЮŌþ˝ņŊ ...................................................................................................................124 Article 281 Consequence of Annullment ..............................................................................................124 ŌŪ″ Ư7Ư Βе₧şĠĕŚŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŢŎ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ .......................................................................................124 Article 282 Power of Investigation Chamber to Continue Investigation............................................124

ĄеĮР ◦Б : Βе₧şĬĀ ŲсŠųФĕũĠ₤сŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ......................................................................................125

CHAPTER 5: POWER OF PRESIDENT OF INVESTIGATION CHAMBER .........................................................................125

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XVII

ŌŪ″ Ư7ư Βе₧şũĠ₤сŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ...................................................................................................125 Article 283 Power of President of Investigation Chamber ...................................................................125 ŌŪ″ Ư7 ″Ŭ₣ŬŎĜņаĕЮũЩ₣ ŚБ .................................................................................................................125 Article 284 List of Case Files .....................................................................................................................125 ŌŪ″ Ư7 ΒĊЊŁũ˝ЊşĆаĕņĕĀБũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ..............................................................................................................126 Article 285 Inspection of Investigation Department ............................................................................126 ŌŪ″ Ư7 Ġ‗Ś Е₣₤НеĠЊ◦₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣..................................................................................................................126 Article 286 Request for Closing Case Files .............................................................................................126

Ðĕ□Б◦Б : ΒеĮБ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ.......................................................................................................................... 127

BOOK FIVEBOOK FIVEBOOK FIVEBOOK FIVE: JUDGMENTS: JUDGMENTS: JUDGMENTS: JUDGMENTS..................................................................................................................... 127

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ơ: ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ .........................................................................................................................127

TITLE 1: JUDGMENT OF COURT OF FIRST INSTANCE ......................................................................................................127 ĄеĮР ◦Б ơ: ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆ ĕЊ₣ŁũĠŚЕ₣ЮĉijНŵŁũ ...................................................................................................127

CHAPTER 1: JURISDICTION AND ACCESS TO COURT ...........................................................................................127 ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ◦РЮĉ...............................................................................................................................127

SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS ....................................................................................................................127 ŌŪ″ Ư7 ŁũЮũЬĠşе″ņЯřĕřБũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ ...................................................................................................127 Article 287 Territorial Organization of Courts .........................................................................................127 ŌŪ″ Ư77 ŷЋ₤ņЊijļĮũǻ₣ņНŠİũЮĩ℮₣6 ũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ .....................................................................................127 Article 288 Incompatibility of Judicial Profession ..................................................................................127

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆ₤Ōĸ ũк ĕЊ₣₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБ ..............................................................................................127

SECTION 2: TERRITORIAL JURISDICTION AND SUBJECT-MATTER JURISDICTION .......................................................127 ŌŪ″ Ư7o ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆũĠ₤с⅜ŵřеĠР₣ .............................................................................................................127 Article 289 Jurisdiction of Court of First Instance ..................................................................................127 ŌŪ″ ƯoƠ ŷЋǻ◦₤ņij□˝ЊşĆũǻ₣⅜ŵřеĠР₣........................................................................................................128 Article 290 Conflict of Jurisdictions of Court of First Instance ..............................................................128

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: ŁũĠŚЕ₣ЮĉijНŵŁũ .........................................................................................................................128

SECTION 3: SEIZING COURT OF FIRST INSTANCE ..................................................................................................128 ŌŪ″ Ưoơ ũЮĠЬĠĠŚЕ₣ЮĉijНŵŁũ ...................................................................................................................128 Article 291 Methods of Seizure................................................................................................................128 ŌŪ″ ƯoƯ Łũ˝е‗ijсŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ..................................................................................................129 Article 292 Setting Hearing Dates...........................................................................................................129 ŌŪ″ Ưoư ũŎкЮĮŲũУņ................................................................................................................................130 Article 293 Common Time Period...........................................................................................................130 ŌŪ″ Ưo ŁũЮŁйЮΊļÐБόŏşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ″ņřБŁĠŃąСĕ ι″ņ⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąСĕ ..........................................130 Article 294 Summons of Parties for Trial in Case of Indictment............................................................130 ŌŪ″ Ưo ŁũЮŁйЮΊļÐБ″ņřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс....................................................................131 Article 295 Summons of Parties in Case of Citation ..............................................................................131 ŌŪ″ Ưo ŁũЮŁйЮΊļÐБЮĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ ................................................................................131 Article 296 Summons of Parties in Case of Immediate Appearance ................................................131 ŌŪ″ Ưo ŁũЮŁйЮΊ⅜˝℮Б........................................................................................................................132 Article 297 Summons of Witnesses..........................................................................................................132 ŌŪ″ Ưo7 ŁũЮŁйЮΊ⅜˝℮Б″ņũŎкĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б.........................................................132

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XVIII

Article 298 Summons of Witnesses by Accused and Civil Party ..........................................................132 ŌŪ″ Ưoo ŁũĠŃĆСŲĕБijЊŷЋĊБ ..........................................................................................................................132 Article 299 Joinder of Cases ...................................................................................................................132

ĄеĮР ◦Б Ư: ŁũşРŲŠųФĕũĠ₤сļÐБ......................................................................................................................132

CHAPTER 2: APPEARANCE OF PARTIES ...............................................................................................................132 ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: ŁũşРŲŠųФĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ..........................................................................................................132

SECTION 1: APPEARANCE OF ACCUSED ............................................................................................................132 ŌŪ″ ưƠƠ ŁũşРŲŠųФĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦..........................................................................................................132 Article 300 Appearance of Accused ....................................................................................................132 ŌŪ″ ưƠơ ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сЮņēŷВ .........................................................................................................................132 Article 301 Assistance of Lawyers ...........................................................................................................132 ŌŪ″ ưƠƯ ŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮŢŎЮ₤ũВũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ........................................................................................133 Article 302 Free Appearance of Accused ...........................................................................................133 ŌŪ″ ưƠư ŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮŢŎŌĕ˝₣˝Ōų е₣Βņ .......................................................................133 Article 303 Appearance with Escort of Accused ................................................................................133 ŌŪ″ ưƠ ĕБijЊŷЋĊБаĕŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ .............................................................................................................133 Article 304 Procedure of Immediate Appearance ..............................................................................133 ŌŪ″ ưƠ ŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ″ņřБŁĠŃąСĕ ι⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąСĕ .........................................................135 Article 305 Appearance of Accused upon Indictment.......................................................................135 ŌŪ″ ưƠ ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНеόŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮЮŢŎυ˝υ₣........................................................136 Article 306 Automatic Release of Detained Accused.........................................................................136 ŌŪ″ ưƠ Ġ‗Ś Е₣₤НеЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНе ..........................................................136 Article 307 Application for Release of Detained Accused..................................................................136 ŌŪ″ ưƠ7 ŁũŢ˝сόŏЮĝďĠсþНеũ΅РijřŲсĩНijũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ...............................................136 Article 308 Continuation of Detention until Lapse of Appeal by Prosecutor.....................................136 ŌŪ″ ưƠo ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲĮНеΖşşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ..............................................................................................137 Article 309 Accused Who Cannot Appear Before Court ...................................................................137 ŌŪ″ ươƠ řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎijНŵŁũ....................................................................................137 Article 310 Order to Bring Issued by Court.............................................................................................137

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ŁũşРŲŠųФĕũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ...........................................................................................138

SECTION 2: APPEARANCE OF CIVIL PARTY .........................................................................................................138 ŌŪ″ ươơ Łũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ .....................................................................138 Article 311 Joining of Civil Party during Trial ..........................................................................................138 ŌŪ″ ươƯ ŷЋ₤ņЊijļĮũǻ₣ůĕкďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮Б ............................................................138 Article 312 Incompatibility of Status of Civil Party and Witness ..........................................................138 ŌŪ″ ươư ĄеĕУŎ ĕЊ₣Łũijе₧₣ũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ................................................................................139 Article 313 Assistance and Representation of Civil Party.....................................................................139

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: ŁũşРŲŠųФĕũĠ₤сΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ................................................................................139

SECTION 3: APPEARANCE OF CIVIL DEFENDANTS................................................................................................139 ŌŪ″ ươ ŁũşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕũĠ₤сΒĖ ◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б .............................................................................139 Article 314 Appearance of Civil Defendants........................................................................................139

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б : ŁũşРŲŠųФĕũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б.....................................................................................................................139

SECTION 4: APPEARANCE OF WITNESSES ............................................................................................................139 ŌŪ″ ươ ŁũşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б..........................................................................................................139 Article 315 Appearance of Witnesses ...................................................................................................139

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XIX

ĄеĮР ◦Б ư: ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ...................................................................................................................139

CHAPTER 3: TRIAL HEARING ..............................................................................................................................139 ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: ⅜ēũ‗ļĮаĕ˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ĕЊ₣ŁũřЕ Ĝе₤ŷĜŁũ.....................................................139

SECTION 1: PUBLIC NATURE OF TRIAL HEARING AND CONDUCT OF TRIAL ............................................................139 ŌŪ″ ươ ⅜ēũ‗ļĮаĕ ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ĕЊ₣ļĮ₤ŌĞ ijсаĕ ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ.................................................139 Article 316 Public Nature of Trial Hearing and Confidentiality ............................................................139 ŌŪ″ ươ ŁũŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ...................................................................................................................140 Article 317 Announcement of Judgment .............................................................................................140 ŌŪ″ ươ7 ŁũēĜ₤₧Ś ĠсēĖ Ġсаĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ....................................................................................................140 Article 318 Establishment of Order in Hearing.......................................................................................140 ŌŪ″ ươo ŁũĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ ...............................................................................................................140 Article 319 Examining Case Files.............................................................................................................140 ŌŪ″ ưƯƠ Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ .............................................................................141 Article 320 Offense Committed during Hearing ..................................................................................141

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ŷЋēĕаĕķ₤ŚО″₣............................................................................................................................141

SECTION 2: RULES OF EVIDENCE .......................................................................................................................141 ŌŪ″ ưƯơ ŁũǻŎijеаŲЮŲЧķ₤ŚО″₣ЮŢŎijНŵŁũ ............................................................................................141 Article 321 Evidence Evaluation by Court.............................................................................................141

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: řеЮ‗ЧũŁũаĕ˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ...............................................................................................142

SECTION 3: CONDUCT OF TRIAL HEARINGS ........................................................................................................142 ŌŪ″ ưƯƯ ŷЋēĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ļÐБЯřŲŌĕŷijŚŌĕЮĝ ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ ..........................................................................142 Article 322 Rules Concerning Parties Present at Hearing.....................................................................142 ŌŪ″ ưƯư ŷЋǻ◦˝ņŊ₤Ś БĮБĕЊŎijļĮаĕŁũЮŁйЮΊ...............................................................................................142 Article 323 Challenges to Regularity of Summons................................................................................142 ŌŪ″ ưƯ Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤с⅜˝℮БЯřŲņЊĕŪijСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊ ...........................................................................143 Article 324 Hearing of Witness Not Summonsed by Court ...................................................................143 ŌŪ″ ưƯ Łũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ............................................................................................................143 Article 325 Interrogation of Accused.....................................................................................................143 ŌŪ″ ưƯ Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤сļÐБ ..............................................................................................................143 Article 326 Hearing of Parties ..................................................................................................................143 ŌŪ″ ưƯ ŁũĄеĈ₤сЮĉĕЕ₣Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б......................................................................................144 Article 327 Objection to Hearing of Witness..........................................................................................144 ŌŪ″ ưƯ7 Łũ₤ġℓũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б .....................................................................................................................144 Article 328 Oath of Witness .....................................................................................................................144 ŌŪ″ ưƯo ΒĖ ĠŚЕ₣ĠũЋΉũ.............................................................................................................................144 Article 329 Denunciators .......................................................................................................................144 ŌŪ″ ưưƠ ĄеĕУŎ ĕЊ₣₤ņġℓũĠ₤сΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ ....................................................................................................145 Article 330 Assistance and Swearing of Interpreter/Translator............................................................145 ŌŪ″ ưươ ĄĕÐ ℓų₣с....................................................................................................................................145 Article 331 Deaf and Mute Person ........................................................................................................145 ŌŪ″ ưưƯ ŁũĠİΆ ŀŷij□О″₣ .........................................................................................................................145 Article 332 Presentation of Exhibits .........................................................................................................145 ŌŪ″ ưưư ŁũЯ₤ſ₣ũ˝ŁũĮЊij ĖО₣˝ũ‗БΒŷijŚŌĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ .......................................................................145 Article 333 Seeking Truth in Absence of Accused ................................................................................145 ŌŪ″ ưư ŁũŢ˝сЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕũ΅РijřŲсĠЊ◦˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ....................................................................146 Article 334 Submission of Statement until End of Trial Hearing ............................................................146

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XX

ŌŪ″ ưư ₤Њ◦ċЊĕЊŗŎ₤Ś БũĠ₤сļÐБĠĜĀ ĠсĮБşĠс˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ .....................................................................146 Article 335 Right to Speak at Conclusion of Hearing ...........................................................................146 ŌŪ″ ưư ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijсũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń .....................................................................................146 Article 336 Oral Submission of Royal Prosecutor ...................................................................................146 ŌŪ″ ưư ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ ....................................................................................................147 Article 337 Deliberation of Court ............................................................................................................147 ŌŪ″ ưư7 ŁũşНйřŲс˝Яĕų₣ũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ ........................................................................................................147 Article 338 Travel to Sites by Court .........................................................................................................147 ŌŪ″ ưưo ĮњijхŌĕĠЯĕ□ņЯřŲĠİð ĠсЮŢŎijНŵŁũ ............................................................................................147 Article 339 Additional Investigation Ordered by Court........................................................................147 ŌŪ″ ưƠ ЮũЩ₣˝ŚБЯřŲŪijСŷģĕŢ˝сόŏČijсŁũĠĕŚ ...............................................................................................148 Article 340 Adjournment of Hearing.......................................................................................................148 ŌŪ″ ươ Łũ₤ũЮ₤ũ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤ŷĜŁũ ....................................................................................................148 Article 341 Establishing Hearing Record ................................................................................................148

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б : ΒŃňŪij˝ņŊ ......................................................................................................................................149

SECTION 4: OBJECTIONS...................................................................................................................................149 ŌŪ″ ưƯ ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ΒŃňŪij˝ņŊ.........................................................................................149 Article 342 Competence of Court with Respect to Objection ...........................................................149 ŌŪ″ ưư ĠŔΆ ĠĜĀ ĕсĠ₣šе ĕЊ₣ŁũĠ₣∆₣сņЊĕĈĕс₤ЮŪņş........................................................................................149 Article 343 Interlocutory Question and Suspension of Judgment ......................................................149 ŌŪ″ ư ŁũĠİΆ ŀΒŃňŪij˝ņŊ ....................................................................................................................149 Article 344 Making Objection .................................................................................................................149 ŌŪ″ ư Łũ◦◦УŲĠŔΆ ĠĜĀ ĕсĠ₣šе.................................................................................................................150 Article 345 Admission of Interlocutory Question ...................................................................................150 ŌŪ″ ư ŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮŲЧΒŃňŪij˝ņŊ .............................................................................................................150 Article 346 Judgment on Objection ......................................................................................................150

ĄеĮР ◦Б : Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş ...............................................................................................................................151

CHAPTER 4: DECISION ......................................................................................................................................151 ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: ŁũŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ......................................................................................................................151

SECTION 1: ANNOUNCEMENT OF JUDGMENT......................................................................................................151 ŌŪ″ ư ŁũŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ...................................................................................................................151 Article 347 Announcement of Judgment..............................................................................................151 ŌŪ″ ư7 Яřĕ˝е‗ijсаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣ЮĉijНŵŁũşеЮĵйΒ₣ðЮ΅ijН..................................................................................151 Article 348 Scope of Seizure of Court (regarding Facts)......................................................................151 ŌŪ″ ưo ЯřĕаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣ЮĉijНŵŁũşеЮĵйĠНÐðŲ ..............................................................................................151 Article 349 Scope of Seizure of Court (regarding Persons) ..................................................................151 ŌŪ″ ưƠ ŁũŪĠŁ₤ĮБĮЊũН◦ċļĮ ...................................................................................................................152 Article 350 Declaration of Guilt ..............................................................................................................152 ŌŪ″ ươ ΒŷijŚŌĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ............................................................................................................152 Article 351 Absence of Accused............................................................................................................152 ŌŪ″ ưƯ ŁũĠŃĆĠсŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ ............................................................................................152 Article 352 Termination of Judicial Supervision .....................................................................................152 ŌŪ″ ưư řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ ĕЊ₣řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ ЮşŀЮŢŎijНŵŁũ............................................................152 Article 353 Detention Order and Arrest Warrant Issued by Court.......................................................152 ŌŪ″ ư ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝.............................................................................................................153 Article 354 Return of Seized Items ..........................................................................................................153

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXI

ŌŪ″ ư Łũ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБŪĠЮŗĄĕчЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ...........................................................................................153 Article 355 Judgment on Civil Remedy .................................................................................................153 ŌŪ″ ư ΒŷijʼnŌĕũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĝ ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ ...........................................................................154 Article 356 Absence of Civil Party at Trial ..............................................................................................154 ŌŪ″ ư Łũ₤ũЮ₤ũ⅜ŲŪ˝ņк ЯĩĖ˝₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН ĕЊ₣ЯĩĖ˝₤ЮŪņş .....................................................................154 Article 357 Writing of Judgment: Holding and Ruling...........................................................................154 ŌŪ″ ư7 ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷşНйЮŲЧ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ......................................................................................................154 Article 358 Information Stated in Judgment .........................................................................................154 ŌŪ″ ưo ŁũŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĝ ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ⅜ēũ‗к ...............................................................................155 Article 359 Announcement of Judgment in Public Hearing ...............................................................155

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ŪĠЮķ◦аĕ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ........................................................................................................................156

SECTION 2: TYPES OF JUDGMENT .......................................................................................................................156 ŌŪ″ ưƠ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠ ......................................................................................................................156 Article 360 Non-default Judgment ........................................................................................................156 ŌŪ″ ươ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲŪijСŷČijс◦Н ▫şеЮĵйņНŠ.............................................................................................156 Article 361 Judgment Deemed as Non-default ...................................................................................156 ŌŪ″ ưƯ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ˝еģе₣ņНŠ ......................................................................................................................156 Article 362 Default Judgment.................................................................................................................156 ŌŪ″ ưư ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲЮşŀşеЮĵйЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ................................................................................157 Article 363 Judgment against Civil Party...............................................................................................157 ŌŪ″ ư ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲЮşŀşеЮĵйΒĖ ◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б.........................................................................157 Article 364 Judgment against Civil Defendants ...................................................................................157

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сşеЮĵй⅜ŲŪ˝ņ˝еģе₣ņНŠ ............................................................................................157

SECTION 3: OPPOSITION AGAINST DEFAULT JUDGMENT .......................................................................................157 ŌŪ″ ư Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сşеЮĵй⅜ŲŪ˝ņ˝еģе₣ņНŠ ..............................................................................................157 Article 365 Opposition against Default Judgment ...............................................................................157 ŌŪ″ ư ◦Ūņ₣с ĕЊ₣ļĮЯřŲΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с ...........................................................................158 Article 366 Forms and Admissibility of Opposition Motion....................................................................158 ŌŪ″ ư ĠŃąБĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с...........................................................................................................................158 Article 367 Registry of Opposition Motion..............................................................................................158 ŌŪ″ ư7 ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠсЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с......................................................................................................158 Article 368 Time Limit for Opposition Motion ........................................................................................158 ŌŪ″ ưo Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с ŪņЊijşеЮĵйЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б .........................................................................159 Article 369 Opposition Motion Limited to Civil Part of Judgment ......................................................159 ŌŪ″ ưƠ ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с ..................................................................................................................159 Article 370 Effect of Opposition Motion.................................................................................................159 ŌŪ″ ươ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с ....................................................................................................159 Article 371 Judgment on Opposition Motion ......................................................................................159 ŌŪ″ ưƯ Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сЯřŲЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ιΒĖ ◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б........................................160 Article 372 Opposition Motion Made by Civil Party or Civil Defendants ............................................160

ŌijЊŁ◦Б Ư: Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵй⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ...........................................................................................................160

TITLE 2: APPEALS AGAINST JUDGMENTS .....................................................................................................................160 ĄеĮР ◦Б ơ: ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆũĠ₤с₤ļŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź аĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ..............................................................................160

CHAPTER 1: AUTHORITY OF CRIMINAL CHAMBER OF COURT OF APPEAL ................................................................160 ŌŪ″ ưư ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆũĠ₤с₤ļŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź аĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ..................................................................................160 Article 373 Jurisdiction of Criminal Chamber of Court of Appeal ....................................................160

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXII

ŌŪ″ ư ΒĕНĠǻ◦аĕЮčŪ˝ņņУŎşеĕУĕ ...........................................................................................................161 Article 374 Abstention of Certain Judges or Prosecutors ....................................................................161

ĄеĮР ◦Б Ư: ļĮЯřŲΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч ...............................................................................161

CHAPTER 2: ADMISSIBILITY OF APPEALS ..............................................................................................................161 ŌŪ″ ư ĠНÐðŲЯřŲΖşЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч .....................................................................................................161 Article 375 Persons Entitled to Make Appeals .......................................................................................161 ŌŪ″ ư ◦Ūņ₣саĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ ◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б...................161 Article 376 Formalities of Appeals by Prosecutor, Convicted Person, Civil Party and Civil Defendants ................................................................................................................................................161 ŌŪ″ ư ŁũŪĠŁ₤Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮŢŎĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЯřŲďĠсþНе ............................................................................162 Article 377 Declaration of Appeal by Detained Convicted Person...................................................162 ŌŪ″ ư7 ΒĖ ĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чďΒĕ˝šũĄĕ.............................................................................................................162 Article 378 Illiterate Appellants ...............................................................................................................162 ŌŪ″ ưo ◦Ūņ₣саĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń .....................................................................................162 Article 379 Formalities of Appeal by General Prosecutor ...................................................................162 ŌŪ″ ư7Ơ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲĠŃąБĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч ..............................................................................................163 Article 380 Access to Appeal Registry ...................................................................................................163 ŌŪ″ ư7ơ ũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ..................................................................163 Article 381 Time Period for Appeal by Prosecutor and General Prosecutor......................................163 ŌŪ″ ư7Ư ũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ ◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ........................................163 Article 382 Time Period for Appeal by Convicted Person, Civil Party and Civil Defendants............163 ŌŪ″ ư7ư ũŎкЮĮŲĠЯĕ□ņ₤ŪŌĠсЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чк Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чΧĠġijŚЊЮ΅ijН .....................................................163 Article 383 Additional Time Period for Appeal: Incidental Appeal.....................................................163 ŌŪ″ ư7 ũŎкЮĮŲЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁũþНеŠųФĕ ũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ......................................164 Article 384 Time Period for Appeal by Prosecutor or Convicted Person in Case of Detention .......164 ŌŪ″ ư7 Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵй⅜ŲŪ˝ņČijсũЮĠЬĠ.........................................................................................164 Article 385 Appeal against Interlocutory Judgment ...........................................................................164

ĄеĮР ◦Б ư: ĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ................................................................................................164

CHAPTER 3: PROCEDURES OF COURT OF APPEAL ................................................................................................164 ŌŪ″ ư7 ŁũĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣Юĉ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ..............................................................................................164 Article 386 Forwarding Case Files to Court of Appeal ........................................................................164 ŌŪ″ ư7 Łũ˝е‗ijсŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣ũŎкЮĮŲĄеĕНеĄŪņй.....................................................................165 Article 387 Setting Hearing Dates and Trial Period ...............................................................................165 ŌŪ″ ư77 ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ ĕЊ₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲņ˝ ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ.........................................................................165 Article 388 Notification and Summons to Hearing................................................................................165 ŌŪ″ ư7o ŁũЮĩĀũĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНе .....................................................................................................165 Article 389 Transfer of Accused in Detention ........................................................................................165 ŌŪ″ ưoƠ ũģŎŁũ‗чΧ◦ċũ‗ч.....................................................................................................................165 Article 390 Report of Appeal ..................................................................................................................165 ŌŪ″ ưoơ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ ĕЊ₣ŁũŪĠÐŲс⅜ũ₧...........................................................................166 Article 391 Consultation of Case File and Submission of Briefs............................................................166 ŌŪ″ ưoƯ ⅜ēũ‗ļĮаĕ ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ĕЊ₣ļĮď₤ŌĞ ijсаĕŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ......................................166 Article 392 Public Hearing and in camera Hearing..............................................................................166 ŌŪ″ ưoư Łũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦.............................................................................................................166 Article 393 Interrogation of Accused.....................................................................................................166 ŌŪ″ ưo Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ ◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ ĄеĜŀ ⅜˝℮Б .................................167

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXIII

Article 394 Hearing of Civil Party, Civil Defendants, Experts and Witnesses.......................................167 ŌŪ″ ưo ŲеŢĠсŲеЮŢŎаĕŁũĕЊŗŎ...........................................................................................................167 Article 395 Order of Speech ...................................................................................................................167 ŌŪ″ ưo ŁũĮĜų ijřŲс⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чĕРŷ ŷЋēĕЯřŲΒĕНŷijŚşеЮĵй⅜ŵřеĠР₣...........................................................167 Article 396 Extension of Procedural Rules Applicable to Court of First Instance to Court of Appeal....

................................................................................................................................................167 ĄеĮР ◦Б : ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч ..............................................................................................................167

CHAPTER 4: EFFECTS OF APPEALS......................................................................................................................167 ŌŪ″ ưo ΖĕНļĮЮĩĀũаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч .........................................................................................................167 Article 397 Devolving Effect of Appeals ................................................................................................167 ŌŪ″ ưo7 ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮŲЧŁũΒĕНŷijŚ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ...............................................................................168 Article 398 Effect of Appeal on Execution of Judgment .....................................................................168 ŌŪ″ ưoo ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЯijĮБĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ĠлНЮ₧‼ й .............................................................................168 Article 399 Effect of Appeal by Accused Only .....................................................................................168 ŌŪ″ ƠƠ ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ...........................................................169 Article 400 Effect of Appeal by Royal Prosecutor and General Prosecutor .....................................169 ŌŪ″ Ơơ Łũ˝е‗ijсŪĠЮķ◦ÐijЊŎНijŚаĕΒ₣ðЮ΅ijНďℓŊБЮŢŎ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч................................................................169 Article 401 Redetermination of Legal Qualification of Facts by Court of Appeal ............................169 ŌŪ″ ƠƯ ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ιũĠ₤сΒĖ ◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ...........................169 Article 402 Effects of Appeal by Civil Party or Civil Defendants..........................................................169 ŌŪ″ Ơư ◦Ūņ₣с ĕЊ₣΅ij□ЮŲžЮŲЧ⅜ŲřБŁ....................................................................................................169 Article 403 Form and Signature of Judgments of Court of Appeal ....................................................169 ŌŪ″ Ơ Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЯřŲņЊĕΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕ .........................................................................................170 Article 404 Inadmissible Appeals ............................................................................................................170 ŌŪ″ Ơ ŁũĠřЊЮ₤Ċ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ...................................................................................................................170 Article 405 Reversal of Judgment...........................................................................................................170 ŌŪ″ Ơ ₤Њ◦ċЊЮŲЧ˝ņ˝ď₤еΖ₣ũĠ₤с⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ........................................................................................170 Article 406 Appeal Court’s Right to Replace Judgment of Court of First Instance...........................170 ŌŪ″ Ơ řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ ιřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕЮşŀЮŢŎ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч .......................................................170 Article 407 Detention Order or Arrest Warrant Issued by Court of Appeal ........................................170 ŌŪ″ Ơ7 ŪĠЮķ◦аĕ⅜ŲřБŁ.......................................................................................................................171 Article 408 Types of Appeal Judgment .................................................................................................171

ĄеĮР ◦Б : Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сşеЮĵй⅜ŲřБŁЮşŀЮŢŎ˝еģе₣ņНŠ ..........................................................................171

CHAPTER 5: OPPOSITION AGAINST DEFAULT JUDGMENT .....................................................................................171 ŌŪ″ Ơo Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сşеЮĵй⅜ŲřБŁ˝еģе₣ņНŠ ...............................................................................................171 Article 409 Opposition against Default Judgment ...............................................................................171 ŌŪ″ ơƠ ◦Ūņ₣саĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с .....................................................................................................................172 Article 410 Form of Opposition Motion ..................................................................................................172 ŌŪ″ ơơ ĠŃąБаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с........................................................................................................................172 Article 411 Registry of Opposition Motions ............................................................................................172 ŌŪ″ ơƯ ũŎкЮĮŲаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с.................................................................................................................172 Article 412 Time Limit for Opposition Motion .........................................................................................172 ŌŪ″ ơư Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сЯřŲ˝ŪņЊijşеЮĵйЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ..................................................................173 Article 413 Opposition Motion Limited to Civil Part of Judgment .......................................................173 ŌŪ″ ơ Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сşеЮĵйЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ιũřťĠġЮŷ‗Баĕ⅜ŲřБŁ.....................................................173 Article 414 Opposition Motion against Criminal or Civil Part of Judgment .......................................173

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXIV

ŌŪ″ ơ ⅜ŲřБŁЮşŀ″ņĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с .......................................................................................................173 Article 415 Judgment on Opposition Motion .......................................................................................173 ŌŪ″ ơ Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ιΒĖ ◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Бк ũŎкЮĮŲ ◦Ūņ₣с Łũijе₧₣ ..174 Article 416 Opposition Motion by Civil Party or Civil Defendants: Time Limit, Forms, and

Representation ......................................................................................................................174

Ðĕ□Б◦Б : ijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ ........................................................................................................................ 175

BOOKBOOKBOOKBOOK SIXSIXSIXSIX: SUPREME COURT: SUPREME COURT: SUPREME COURT: SUPREME COURT ............................................................................................................... 175

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ơ: Ġ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н š ......................................................................................................................................175

TITLE 1: REQUEST FOR CASSATION TO SUPREME COURT ...............................................................................................175 ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: Ġ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н š ..............................................................................................................................175

UNITARY CHAPTER: REQUEST FOR CASSATION TO SUPREME COURT ......................................................................175 ŌŪ″ ơ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯřŲΖşЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н š ...........................................................................................175 Article 417 Decisions Subject to Request for Cassation ......................................................................175 ŌŪ″ ơ7 ĠНÐðŲЯřŲΖşЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н š ......................................................................................................175 Article 418 Persons Entitled to Request for Cassation...........................................................................175 ŌŪ″ ơo ņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н š ..............................................................................................................176 Article 419 Grounds for Request for Cassation......................................................................................176 ŌŪ″ ƯƠ ũŎкЮĮŲЮřЧņġБЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝š .......................................................................................................176 Article 420 Time Period for Request for Cassation ...............................................................................176 ŌŪ″ Ươ Ġ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝šşеЮĵй⅜ŲřБŁČijсũЮĠЬĠ...........................................................................................177 Article 421 Appeal against Interlocutory Judgment ............................................................................177 ŌŪ″ ƯƯ ◦Ūņ₣саĕŁũŪĠŁ₤Ġ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝š ....................................................................................................177 Article 422 Forms of Request for Cassation ...........................................................................................177 ŌŪ″ Ưư ŁũşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŲЧĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝š....................................................................................................178 Article 423 Signature on Request for Cassation....................................................................................178 ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ ..............................................................................................178 Article 424 Forwarding Case Files to Supreme Court ...........................................................................178 ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũşНйĠŃąБаĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĝijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ..........................................................................................178 Article 425 Registration of Case Files at Supreme Court ......................................................................178 ŌŪ″ Ư Łũ″е₣ЮņēŷВ .............................................................................................................................178 Article 426 Appointment of Lawyers ......................................................................................................178 ŌŪ″ Ư ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠс₤ũЮ₤ũ⅜ũ₧ ...................................................................................................178 Article 427 Time Limit for Writing Briefs....................................................................................................178 ŌŪ″ Ư7 ŁũŢ˝с₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ĄРĕĮЊĕЊijŏ ............................................................................................................179 Article 428 Presentation of Case Files for Examination.........................................................................179 ŌŪ″ Ưo ŁũĮĕŜũũŎкЮĮŲаĕŁũ₤ũЮ₤ũ⅜ũ₧ .........................................................................................179 Article 429 Extension of Time Limit for Writing Briefs ..............................................................................179 ŌŪ″ ưƠ ŁũČijс″е₣ЮčŪ˝ņũģŎŁũ‗ч.....................................................................................................179 Article 430 Appointment of Reporting Judge.......................................................................................179 ŌŪ″ ươ Łũ₤ũЮ₤ũũģŎŁũ‗ч................................................................................................................179 Article 431 Written Report........................................................................................................................179 ŌŪ″ ưƯ ŁũĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ.......................................180 Article 432 Delivery of Case File to General Prosecutor and Written Submission..............................180 ŌŪ″ ưư ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũşеЮĵйļÐБ ............................................................................180

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXV

Article 433 Notification of Hearing Date to Parties ...............................................................................180 ŌŪ″ ư ⅜ēũ‗ļĮаĕ˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ .............................................................................................181 Article 434 Public Hearing .......................................................................................................................181 ŌŪ″ ư ΖĕНļĮĠ₣∆₣саĕĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝š.........................................................................................................181 Article 435 Effect of Request for Cassation ...........................................................................................181 ŌŪ″ ư Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĠŔΆ ÐijЊŎНijŚ .......................................................................................................182 Article 436 Decision on Questions of Law..............................................................................................182 ŌŪ″ ư ŁũЮģйĠ₣сЮČŲĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝š .......................................................................................................182 Article 437 Waiver of Request of Cassation ..........................................................................................182 ŌŪ″ ư7 ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠс₤ЮŪņşЮ₤ş ŚБ......................................................................................................182 Article 438 Time Period for Decision .......................................................................................................182 ŌŪ″ ưo ĄеĮР˝аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ.........................................................................................183 Article 439 Categories of Judgments of Supreme Court .....................................................................183 ŌŪ″ Ơ ŁũĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮŢŎýŊ ĕĠ₣ſЊŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣..............................................................................................183 Article 440 Reversal Judgment without Returning of Case .................................................................183 ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮŢŎŌĕŁũĠ₣ſЊŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣.........................................................................................183 Article 441 Reversal Judgment with Returning of Case .......................................................................183 ŌŪ″ Ư ⅜ŲřБŁĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮĮŀΒ₣ð............................................................................................................184 Article 442 Judgment of Plenary ............................................................................................................184

ŌijЊŁ◦Б Ư: Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВЮũЩ₣ ŚБ ..............................................................................................................................184

TITLE 2: MOTION FOR REVIEW OF PROCEEDING ..........................................................................................................184 ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВЮũЩ₣˝ŚБ .......................................................................................................................184

UNITARY CHAPTER: MOTION FOR REVIEW OF PROCEEDING .................................................................................184 ŌŪ″ ư Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВ ................................................................................................................................184 Article 443 Motion for Review .................................................................................................................184 ŌŪ″ Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВ ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ........................................................................................................184 Article 444 Review of Criminal Case ......................................................................................................184 ŌŪ″ ˝ũ‗БЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤ЧЮũВЮũЩ₣ ŚБ ..............................................................................................................184 Article 445 Cases of Review of Proceeding ..........................................................................................184 ŌŪ″ ĠНÐðŲЯřŲΖşĠŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮũВЮũЩ₣ ŚБ........................................................................................................185 Article 446 Persons Entitled to Make Motion for Review ......................................................................185 ŌŪ″ ŁũşНйĠŃąБĠ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮĠЧ ĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ .....................................................................185 Article 447 Registration of Motion for Review and Examination of Case File ....................................185 ŌŪ″ 7 ĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮ₤ЧЮũВк ũŎкЮĮŲ..................................................................................................................186 Article 448 Procedure of Review: Time Limit..........................................................................................186 ŌŪ″ o Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĠ₣∆₣сŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤ .................................................................................................186 Article 449 Decision to Suspend Execution of Sentence .....................................................................186 ŌŪ″ Ơ ŁũĠŃąСĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВЮĉijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ............................................................................................186 Article 450 Delivery of Motion for Review to Supreme Court ..............................................................186 ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣⅜ēũ‗ļĮаĕ˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ .................................186 Article 451 Notification of Hearing Date and Public Hearing..............................................................186 ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷĠЯĕ□ņ ......................................................................................................................187 Article 452 Additional Investigations ......................................................................................................187 ŌŪ″ ư Łũ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijНşеЮĵй⅜ŲřБŁ......................................................................................................187 Article 453 Reasons for Judgment..........................................................................................................187 ŌŪ″ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĬ∆ ˝ŁũΒĕНŷijŚ◦‗Ź ˝ņŊ ...............................................................................................188

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXVI

Article 454 Decision to Suspend Execution of Sentence .....................................................................188 ŌŪ″ ĩŲŷЋģ˝аĕŁũΒĕНЮŪýйЮĈ₤ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮŲЧ ЯŲ₣ЮĈ₤ď◦РЮĉ ″ņĠ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВ .......................................188 Article 455 Consequence of Pardon and Amnesty on Motion for Review........................................188

Ðĕ□Б◦Б : řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс řБŁЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣řБŁĄРĕřе‗Е₣.............................................. 188

BOOKBOOKBOOKBOOK SEVEN: CITATIONS, S SEVEN: CITATIONS, S SEVEN: CITATIONS, S SEVEN: CITATIONS, SUMMONS AND NOTIFICATUMMONS AND NOTIFICATUMMONS AND NOTIFICATUMMONS AND NOTIFICATIONSIONSIONSIONS.................................................................. 188

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ơ: řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс...................................................................................................188

TITLE 1: CITATIONS ...................................................................................................................................................188 ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс...........................................................................................188

UNITARY CHAPTER: CITATIONS ..........................................................................................................................188 ŌŪ″ řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųск ◦Ūņ₣с .....................................................................................188 Article 456 Citation: Form ........................................................................................................................188 ŌŪ″ ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲŪijСŷЮýũĮũǻ₣ŁũŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ĕЊ₣ŁũĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ...188 Article 457 Time Limit between Delivery of Citation and Appearance..............................................188 ŌŪ″ 7 ŁũŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ ŲсЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń .........................................................189 Article 458 Delivery of Citation by Prosecutor.......................................................................................189 ŌŪ″ o ŁũŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ ŲсЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵ ..........................................................189 Article 459 Delivery of Citation by Bailiff ................................................................................................189 ŌŪ″ Ơ ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵřŲсĄĕďĠссЮČ◦ ..............................................................189 Article 460 Delivery of Copied Citation by Bailiff to Accused.............................................................189 ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ΒŷijŚŌĕ ...........................................190 Article 461 Delivery of Copied Citation by Bailiff to Absent Accused................................................190 ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İijс .......................................................190 Article 462 Delivery of Copied Citation by Bailiff to Chief of Commune or Sangkat........................190 ŌŪ″ ư ũЮĠЬĠЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬijаĕŁũŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ........................................................191 Article 463 Other Means of Delivery of Citation....................................................................................191 ŌŪ″ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ýŊ ĕŲеЮĝůĕ ιýŊ ĕ◦Б₤е₧˝сЯřŲЮÐ⅜ð Ųс.....................................................................191 Article 464 Accused Who Has neither Domicile nor Known Residence.............................................191

ŌijЊŁ◦Б Ư: řБŁЮŁйЮΊĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ........................................................................................192

TITLE 2: SUMMONS OF ACCUSED TO HEARING............................................................................................................192 ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: řБŁЮŁйЮΊĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ................................................................................192

UNITARY CHAPTER: SUMMONS OF ACCUSED TO HEARING...................................................................................192 ŌŪ″ ◦Ūņ₣саĕřБŁЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ..............................................................................................192 Article 465 Form of Summons..................................................................................................................192 ŌŪ″ ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲŪijСŷЮýũĮũǻ₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣ŁũĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ ...................................................192 Article 466 Time Limit between Summons and Appearance..............................................................192 ŌŪ″ řБŁЮŁйЮΊЯřŲŪĠÐŲсόŏЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсаřЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń .................................................................193 Article 467 Hand-Delivery of Summons by Royal Prosecutor...............................................................193 ŌŪ″ 7 řБŁЮŁйЮΊЯřŲŪĠÐŲсЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсаřЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵ......................................................................193 Article 468 Hand-Delivery of Summons by Bailiff...................................................................................193 ŌŪ″ o ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮΊЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ....................................................................193 Article 469 Delivery of Copied Summons by Bailiff to Accused ..........................................................193 ŌŪ″ Ơ ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БΒŷijŚŌĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦........................................194 Article 470 Delivery of Copied Summons by Bailiff to Absent Accused.............................................194 ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İijс .......................................................194

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXVII

Article 471 Delivery of Copied Summons by Bailiff to Chief of Commune or Sangkat.....................194 ŌŪ″ Ư ũЮĠЬĠЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬijаĕŁũŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁйЮΊ .......................................................................................195 Article 472 Other Means of Delivery of Summons.................................................................................195 ŌŪ″ ư ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ýŊ ĕŲеЮĝůĕ ĕЊ₣ýŊ ĕ◦Б₤е₧ сЯřŲЮÐ⅜ð Ųс...................................................................195 Article 473 Accused Who Has neither Domicile nor Known Residence.............................................195 ŌŪ″ υ˝⅜ũļą ĠсЮĉĕЕ₣şН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊ .................................................................................................195 Article 474 Documents Attached to Summons.....................................................................................195

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ư: řБŁЮŁйЮΊĄĕЮŪłĮБĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ.........................................................................196

TITLE 3: SUMMONS ORDERING PERSONS OTHER THAN ACCUSED TO HEARING..............................................................196 ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: řБŁЮŁйЮΊĄĕЮŪłĮБĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ..................................................................196

UNITARY CHAPTER: SUMMONS ORDERING PERSONS OTHER THAN ACCUSED TO HEARING.....................................196 ŌŪ″ řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ..................................................................................................196 Article 475 Summons to Civil Party .........................................................................................................196 ŌŪ″ řБŁЮŁйЮΊĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй................................................................................................................196 Article 476 Summons to Victim ...............................................................................................................196 ŌŪ″ řБŁЮŁйЮΊ⅜˝℮Б .......................................................................................................................197 Article 477 Summons to Witness..............................................................................................................197 ŌŪ″ 7 řБŁЮŁйЮΊΒĖ ĄеĜŀ .................................................................................................................197 Article 478 Summons to Expert................................................................................................................197 ŌŪ″ o řБŁЮŁйЮΊΒĖ Ġ˝ЯŪĠ.................................................................................................................198 Article 479 Summons to Interpreter/Translator ......................................................................................198 ŌŪ″ 7Ơ řБŁЮŁйЮΊΒĖ ◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ..........................................................................................198 Article 480 Summons to Civil Defendant ...............................................................................................198 ŌŪ″ 7ơ Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊũУņ...............................................................................................................................199 Article 481 Common Provisions...............................................................................................................199

ŌijЊŁ◦Б : řБŁόŏřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ.....................................................................................199

TITLE 4: WRIT OF NOTIFICATION OF COURT DECISIONS................................................................................................199 ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: řБŁόŏřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ .............................................................................199

UNITARY CHAPTER: WRIT OF NOTIFICATION OF COURT DECISIONS......................................................................199 ŌŪ″ 7Ư ˝ņŊŷij□ОаĕřБŁόŏřе‗Е₣ ...................................................................................................................199 Article 482 Purpose of Writ of Notification .............................................................................................199 ŌŪ″ 7ư ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷşНйЮŲЧřБŁόŏřе‗Е₣ ..................................................................................................199 Article 483 Information Stated in Writ of Notification ...........................................................................199 ŌŪ″ 7 ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЯřŲЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ......................................................................................200 Article 484 Writ of Notification Served by Prosecutor...........................................................................200 ŌŪ″ 7 ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЯřŲЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵ ......................................................................................200 Article 485 Writ of Notification Served by Bailiff ....................................................................................200 ŌŪ″ 7 ŁũŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊijşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş ĄРĕřŲсļÐБЯřŲĵ сĮњĕċЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵ..........................................200 Article 486 Delivery of Copied Decision to Involved Party by Bailiff ...................................................200 ŌŪ″ 7 ˝ũ‗БΒŷijŚŌĕаĕļÐБЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ ...................................................................................................201 Article 487 Absence of Involved Party...................................................................................................201 ŌŪ″ 77 ŁũŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊijşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İijс ...............................................................201 Article 488 Delivery of Copied Decision to Chief of Commune or Sangkat......................................201 ŌŪ″ 7o ũЮĠЬĠЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬijаĕŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣.....................................................................................................202 Article 489 Other Means of Service of Notification ..............................................................................202 ŌŪ″ oƠ ļÐБЯřŲĮНеŌĕŲеЮĝůĕ ι◦Б₤е₧˝сЯřŲЮÐ⅜ð Ųс ............................................................................203

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXVIII

Article 490 Party that Has neither Domicile nor Known Residence.....................................................203 ŌijЊŁ◦Б : Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊũУņ.......................................................................................................................................203

TITLE 5: COMMON PROVISIONS ................................................................................................................................203 ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊũУņ ...............................................................................................................................203

UNITARY CHAPTER: COMMON PROVISIONS .......................................................................................................203 ŌŪ″ oơ ĩŲŷЋģ˝аĕŁũĮНеģĕЮýũĮũŎкЮĮŲ ...............................................................................................203 Article 491 Consequence of Non-Compliance with Time Limit ..........................................................203 ŌŪ″ oƯ ЮŌþļĮаĕřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ĕЊ₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊ ........................................................203 Article 492 Annullment of Citation and Summons................................................................................203 ŌŪ″ oư ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷ˝ijсŪ″ЮĝЮŲЧřБŁЮŁйĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ιřБŁЮŁйЮΊ ...........................................204 Article 493 Information to be Stated in Citation or Summons .............................................................204 ŌŪ″ o ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷ˝ijсŪ″ЮŲЧЮŪ⅜ņ₤еĠНŪij ............................................................................................204 Article 494 Information to be Stated on Envelope ...............................................................................204 ŌŪ″ o ΅ij□ЮŲž ĕЊ₣⅜Ė ņŪŌņаř ............................................................................................................205 Article 495 Signature and Finger Print ....................................................................................................205

Ðĕ□Б◦Б 7: ĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪĠijЊĠijŚЊ ....................................................................................................................... 206

BOOK EIGHT: ENFORCEMBOOK EIGHT: ENFORCEMBOOK EIGHT: ENFORCEMBOOK EIGHT: ENFORCEMENT PROCEDUREENT PROCEDUREENT PROCEDUREENT PROCEDURE........................................................................................... 206

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ◦РЮĉ...................................................................................................................................206

TITLE 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS ..................................................................................................................................206 ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ◦РЮĉ...........................................................................................................................206

UNITARY CHAPTER: GENERAL PROVISIONS .........................................................................................................206 ŌŪ″ o ŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤ ĕЊ₣◦‗Ź ˝ņŊũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б .............................................................................................206 Article 496 Execution of Sentence and Civil Part of Judgment ..........................................................206 ŌŪ″ o Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş⅜□ Įũ.....................................................................................................................206 Article 497 Final Decision.........................................................................................................................206 ŌŪ″ o7 ŁũŪĠņРŲŪģ˝сĮЊĕњŎ ĕЊ₣Ūģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ ........................................................................................206 Article 498 Collection of Fines and Proceeding Taxes .........................................................................206 ŌŪ″ oo Łũ₤Не˝₣˝Ōų е₣⅜ēũ‗к.............................................................................................................206 Article 499 Use of Public Forces ..............................................................................................................206 ŌŪ″ ƠƠ ŁũŲеģ˝Ĉ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤................................................................................................207 Article 500 Difficulty in Execution of Sentence......................................................................................207 ŌŪ″ Ơơ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏŪ₤СĠЮĈ₤ĠŃĆСŲýĖ .......................................................................................................207 Article 501 Request for Consolidation of Sentences ............................................................................207

ŌijЊŁ◦Б Ư: ŁũŪĠijЊĠijʼnЊŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĕЊ₣ЮĈ₤ř˝ РijЮ₤ũВļĮ ..........................................................207

TITLE 2: CARRYING OUT PROVISIONAL DETENTION AND PUNISHMENT DEPRIVING OF FREEDOM......................................207 ĄеĮР ◦Б ơ: ŷЋēĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũþНеŠųФĕ ............................................................................................................207

CHAPTER 1: RULES GOVERNING DETENTION........................................................................................................207 ŌŪ″ ƠƯ ŁũÐ‗ĜℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũŢ˝сĮĕċĜýũ .............................................................................................207 Article 502 Calculation of Duration of Imprisonment ...........................................................................207 ŌŪ″ Ơư ŁũÐЊijĠŃĆСŲℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ................................................................................208 Article 503 Deduction of Duration of Provisional Detention ................................................................208 ŌŪ″ Ơ ŁũЮũЬĠşеĮĕċĜýũ .......................................................................................................................208 Article 504 Prison Organization ...............................................................................................................208

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXIX

ŌŪ″ Ơ ĠŃąБĄĕďĠсþНе ............................................................................................................................208 Article 505 Detainee Registry..................................................................................................................208 ŌŪ″ Ơ ŲЊŠЊijþНеŠųФĕ .................................................................................................................................209 Article 506 Detention Authorization .......................................................................................................209 ŌŪ″ Ơ ŁũþНеŠųФĕЮŢŎŠН₤şĤĠс ................................................................................................................209 Article 507 Illegal Detention ....................................................................................................................209 ŌŪ″ Ơ7 ŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕĄĕďĠсþНе″ņŁũЮ₤Ė Ч₤Не ..............................................................................................209 Article 508 Presentation of Detainee Upon Request............................................................................209 ŌŪ″ Ơo ΒĊЊŁũ˝ЊşĆĮĕċĜýũ ......................................................................................................................209 Article 509 Prison Inspection....................................................................................................................209 ŌŪ″ ơƠ Łũ₤ĕĀĜũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсþНеďņУŎĕЕ₣ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сŠųФĕ.............................................................................209 Article 510 Communication of Detainee with His Lawyer....................................................................209 ŌŪ″ ơơ ŁũĩŚŲсřе‗Е₣řŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕΧĠġijŚЊЮ΅ijНĊĞĕсĊĞũ..............................................................209 Article 511 Provision of Information to Prosecutor in Case of Serious Incidents.................................209

ĄеĮР ◦Б Ư: ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ šŠ‗Ź ...................................................................................................210

CHAPTER 2: PAROLE .........................................................................................................................................210 ŌŪ″ ơƯ Ų˝šŠ‗Ź Ĉ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ÐеĕЊijŌũŗ◦ ....................................................................................................210 Article 512 Conditions Relative to Behavior ..........................................................................................210 ŌŪ″ ơư Ų˝šŠ‗Ź Ĉ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕЮĈ₤ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕ◦◦УŲũУşŬŲсЮ΅ЧŎ ......................................................210 Article 513 Conditions Relative to Duration of Sentence Already Served .........................................210 ŌŪ″ ơ Ζďń ĊũŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆ₤ŪŌĠсĩŚŲсŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź .........................................................210 Article 514 Authority Competent to Grant Parole ................................................................................210 ŌŪ″ ơ ЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤сÐ‗к˝ņŊŁũďijЊ.......................................................................................................211 Article 515 Opinion of National Commission.........................................................................................211 ŌŪ″ ơ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ....................................................................211 Article 516 Decisions on Parole...............................................................................................................211 ŌŪ″ ơ ЯĠĠĠ◦аĕŁũΒĕНŷijŚ ĕЊ₣Ų˝šŠ‗Ź аĕŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź .......................................................212 Article 517 Enforcement and Conditions of Parole ..............................................................................212 ŌŪ″ ơ7 Łũř˝΅РijЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş ..............................................................................................................212 Article 518 Revocation of Decision ........................................................................................................212 ŌŪ″ ơo ŁũČĠсŠųФĕ◦‗Ź ЊijЯřŲŪijСŷģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣............................................................................................212 Article 519 Arrest of Released Convicted Person .................................................................................212 ŌŪ″ ƯƠ Łũř˝΅РijŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź .......................................................................................213 Article 520 Revocation of Parole............................................................................................................213 ŌŪ″ Ươ ĩŲŷЋģ˝аĕŁũņЊĕř˝΅Рij .............................................................................................................213 Article 521 Consequence of Non-Revocation......................................................................................213 ŌŪ″ ƯƯ ŪĠŁ₤ũĠ₤сŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх............................................................................................................213 Article 522 Prakas of Ministry of Justice..................................................................................................213

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ư: ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ .............................................................................................................................214

TITLE 3: IMPRISONMENT IN LIEU OF PAYMENT..............................................................................................................214 ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ......................................................................................................................214

UNITARY CHAPTER: IMPRISONMENT IN LIEU OF PAYMENT ....................................................................................214 ŌŪ″ Ưư ˝ũ‗БΒĕНŷijŚŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ .......................................................................................................214 Article 523 Implementation of Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment .......................................................214 ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮŢŎЮĮŀŲ˝š‗кşĤĠс ...................................................................................................214 Article 524 Enforcement of Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment ............................................................214

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXX

ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БņЊĕĠ₣сŪģ˝сĮЊĕњŎ ιŪģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ .........................................................214 Article 525 Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment for Failure to Pay Fines or Proceeding Taxes .............214 ŌŪ″ Ư ĠŔą όŏĠ₣šе ĕЊ₣όŏþНеŠųФĕ ................................................................................................................215 Article 526 Special Detention Order ......................................................................................................215 ŌŪ″ Ư Łũijǻм ĕЕ₣ĠŔą όŏĠ₣šе ĕЊ₣όŏþНеŠųФĕ...................................................................................................216 Article 527 Objection to Special Detention Order................................................................................216 ŌŪ″ Ư7 ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮŷЋŀ .....................................................................................................216 Article 528 Release...................................................................................................................................216 ŌŪ″ Ưo Ų˝šŠ‗Ź řРşýĖ ЮĉĕЕ₣ŁũŢ˝сĮĕċĜýũ..............................................................................................216 Article 529 Assimilated Conditions..........................................................................................................216 ŌŪ″ ưƠ ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ .........................................................................................................216 Article 530 Duration of Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment ....................................................................216 ŌŪ″ ươ ŁũũУşŠųФĕĮБŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ ........................................................................................................217 Article 531 Freedom from Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment...............................................................217 ŌŪ″ ưƯ ļĮЮĝЯijņЊĕũУşĮБĠе‗НŲřЯřŲ ......................................................................................................218 Article 532 Indebtedness Obligations ....................................................................................................218 ŌŪ″ ưư ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ″ņĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б..................................................................218 Article 533 Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment Requested by Civil Party .............................................218

ŌijЊŁ◦Б : ŁũĩŚŲс ĕЊ₣ŁũŌĕĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ ............................................................................................219

TITLE 4: RESTORATION OF LEGAL CAPACITY AND REHABILITATION ................................................................................219 ĄеĮР ◦Б ơ: ŁũĩŚŲсĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ ................................................................................219

CHAPTER 1: JUDICIAL REHABILITATION ...............................................................................................................219 ŌŪ″ ư ⅜ŵĄŪņй ŚБЯřŲŌĕ₤ņij□ ЊşĆŪĠŁ₤ŁũĩŚŲсόŏŌĕĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ ...............................................219 Article 534 Competent Court to Decide Rehabilitation ......................................................................219 ŌŪ″ ư Ų šŠ‗Ź ЮŲЧũŎкЮĮŲĈ с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏŌĕŁũĩŚŲсĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ.................................................219 Article 535 Time Conditions Relative to Application for Rehabilitation ..............................................219 ŌŪ″ ư ŁũĩŚŲсķ₤ŚО ″₣Čеģşс..................................................................................................................219 Article 536 Provision of Necessary Evidence.........................................................................................219 ŌŪ″ ư ◦Ūņ₣саĕĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏŌĕŁũĩŚŲсĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ .............................................................................220 Article 537 Form of Application for Rehabilitation................................................................................220 ŌŪ″ ư7 ŁũĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĄРĕΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ....................................................................220 Article 538 Forwarding Case File by Prosecutor to General Prosecutor.............................................220 ŌŪ″ ưo ĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ....................................................................................................221 Article 539 Proceedings before Court of Appeal .................................................................................221 ŌŪ″ Ơ ŁũĠřЊЮ₤Ċĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏŌĕŁũĩŚŲсĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ.........................................................................221 Article 540 Rejection of Application for Rehabilitation ........................................................................221

ĄеĮР ◦Б Ư: ŁũŌĕĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀЮŢŎЮĮŀŲ š‗кşĤĠс ..................................................................221

CHAPTER 2: REHABILITATION BY LAW .................................................................................................................221 ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũŌĕĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀЮŢŎЮĮŀŲ˝š‗кşĤĠс............................................................................221 Article 541 Rehabilitation by Law ...........................................................................................................221

ŌijЊŁ◦Б : ĠŃą БЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤ ..................................................................................................................................222

TITLE 5: CRIMINAL RECORD.......................................................................................................................................222 ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: ĠŃą БЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤ ..........................................................................................................................222

UNITARY CHAPTER: CRIMINAL RECORD..............................................................................................................222 ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũŪÐĠсŪÐ₣₤ŵ˝ĠŪijĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤аĕĠŃąБЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤..........................................................................222

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXXI

Article 542 Management of Sentence Bulletin of Criminal Record....................................................222 ŌŪ″ ư ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Ĉ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ ........................................................................................................223 Article 543 Information Related to Identity............................................................................................223 ŌŪ″ ĮњijхŌĕаĕĠŃąБЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤ .............................................................................................................223 Article 544 Information of Criminal Record ...........................................................................................223 ŌŪ″ ĮњijхŌĕаĕĠŃąБЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤Ĉ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĕБijЊĠНÐðŲ...................................................................................224 Article 545 Information in Criminal Record regarding Legal Entities...................................................224 ŌŪ″ ŁũЮşŀŪĮЕijŚЊĠŪij .........................................................................................................................224 Article 546 Disclosing Bulletins .................................................................................................................224 ŌŪ″ ŪĮЕijŚЊĠŪijЮŲŠ ơ ...........................................................................................................................224 Article 547 Bulletin No. 1 ..........................................................................................................................224 ŌŪ″ 7 ŪĮЕijŚЊĠŪijЮŲŠ Ư ..........................................................................................................................224 Article 548 Bulletin No. 2 ..........................................................................................................................224 ŌŪ″ o ŪĮЕijŚЊĠŪijЮŲŠ ư ..........................................................................................................................225 Article 549 Bulletin No. 3 ..........................................................................................................................225 ŌŪ″ Ơ ŁũŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĉаĕĠŃąБЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤к ŪĠŁ₤ ........................................................................................226 Article 550 Functioning of Criminal Record Entity: Prakas....................................................................226 ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũЯ˝ijŪņСŷĠŃą БЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤ ...........................................................................................................226 Article 551 Correction of Criminal Record.............................................................................................226 ŌŪ″ Ư ΖĕНļĮаĕŁũ◦◦УŲģĕĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ ......................................................................................226 Article 552 Effects of Rehabilitation........................................................................................................226

ŌijЊŁ◦Б : Ūģ˝сŪĠŢĠс˝ŚБ .....................................................................................................................................226

TITLE 6: COURT FEES .................................................................................................................................................226 ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: Ūģ˝сŪĠŢĠс ŚБ..............................................................................................................................226

UNITARY CHAPTER: COURT FEES ........................................................................................................................226 ŌŪ″ ư Ūģ˝сŪĠŢĠс ŚБ ..............................................................................................................................226 Article 553 Court Fees..............................................................................................................................226 ŌŪ″ Ūģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ ..........................................................................................................................226 Article 554 Proceeding Taxes..................................................................................................................226

Ðĕ□Б◦Б o: ĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮŢŎЯΌ˝ ................................................................................................................... 228

BOOK NINE: SBOOK NINE: SBOOK NINE: SBOOK NINE: SPECIAL PROCEEDINGSPECIAL PROCEEDINGSPECIAL PROCEEDINGSPECIAL PROCEEDINGS.................................................................................................... 228

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊĈ с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĠНÐðŲ ................................................................................................................228

TITLE 1: PROVISIONS CONCERNING PERSONS .............................................................................................................228 ĄеĮР ◦Б ơ: ЮčŪ˝ņ..........................................................................................................................................228

CHAPTER 1: JUDGES .........................................................................................................................................228 ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: Łũř˝ŠųФĕЮŢŎυ˝υ₣...................................................................................................................228

SECTION 1: SELF RECUSAL .................................................................................................................................228 ŌŪ″ ņРŲЮ΅ijНŪijЕņŪijСŷаĕŁũř˝ŠųФĕ ........................................................................................................228 Article 555 Legitimate Reasons for Self Recusal....................................................................................228

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: Ġ‗Ś Е₣řЊijşЊijŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк.........................................................................................................228

SECTION 2: CHALLENGE OF JUDGE ...................................................................................................................228 ŌŪ″ ņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк .........................................................................................228 Article 556 Grounds for Challenging Judge..........................................................................................228

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXXII

ŌŪ″ ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк .......................................................................................................229 Article 557 Application for Disqualification ...........................................................................................229 ŌŪ″ 7 ΒĖ ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк...........................................................................................229 Article 558 Recipients of Application for Disqualification of Judge....................................................229 ŌŪ″ o ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк.................................................................................230 Article 559 Notification of Application for Disqualification of Judge .................................................230 ŌŪ″ Ơ ũģŎŁũ‗чũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņĵ˝сĮњĕċĕЕ₣ŁũĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚ .............................................................................230 Article 560 Report of Challenged Judge...............................................................................................230 ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũĮЊĕЊijŏĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк...........................................................................................230 Article 561 Examination of Application for Disqualification of Judge ................................................230 ŌŪ″ Ư Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк ...............................................................................230 Article 562 Decision on Application for Disqualification of Judge......................................................230 ŌŪ″ ư ˝ЊşĆЯřŲŪijСŷģĕĠеЮĮŀņНĕЮĮŲĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ .........................................................................231 Article 563 Activities Performed Before Notification of Challenge.....................................................231 ŌŪ″ ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣şеЮĵйЮčŪ˝ņЮŪşЧĕũРĠ .......................................................................................................231 Article 564 Application for Disqualification against Several Judges ..................................................231 ŌŪ″ ŁũĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲņЊĕόŏĄеĕНеĄŪņй ..............................................................................231 Article 565 Application for Disqualification of President of Supreme Court ......................................231

ĄеĮР ◦Б Ư: ĠijŜĠњĕ........................................................................................................................................231

CHAPTER 2: EXTRADITION .................................................................................................................................231 ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: ĠijŜĠњĕЯřŲЮ₤ĖЧ₤НеЮŢŎũřťĠũЮ◦₤ ...............................................................................................231

SECTION 1: EXTRADITION REQUESTED BY FOREIGN STATE .....................................................................................231 ˝▫ļÐ◦Б ơ: ĠijŜĠњĕ ...................................................................................................................................231

SUB-SECTION 1: EXTRADITION ...........................................................................................................................231 ŌŪ″ ĠijŜĠњĕаĕΖ‗Њ ĄĕĠũЮ◦₤ЮŲЧЯřĕřБ.............................................................................................231 Article 566 Extradition of Foreign Resident in Cambodia Territory ......................................................231 ŌŪ″ ₤ĕċЊ₤Ŕň ĕЊ₣ΒĕН₤Ŕň ΒĕŚũďijЊ......................................................................................................232 Article 567 International Conventions and Treaties..............................................................................232 ŌŪ″ 7 ĕЊŎņĕњŎк ũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч ĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ....................................................................................232 Article 568 Definition: Requesting State and Wanted Person .............................................................232

˝▫ļÐ◦Б Ư: Ų šŠ‗Ź аĕĠijŜĠњĕ ................................................................................................................232

SUB-SECTION 2: CONDITIONS OF EXTRADITION ..................................................................................................232 ŌŪ″ o Ų˝šŠ‗Ź аĕĠijŜĠњĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒеЮĮЧ..................................................................................................232 Article 569 Conditions of Extradition Relative to Act ............................................................................232 ŌŪ″ Ơ ˝ũ‗БаĕŁũĠлНĕĠл₣ŪĠŪĮЕijŚЊĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ ĕЊ₣Łũ₤ņÐеĕЊij ...........................................................................233 Article 570 Attempted Offenses and Conspiracy ................................................................................233 ŌŪ″ ơ Ų˝šŠ‗Ź Ĉ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ЮĈ₤ĮĕċĜýũ ..................................................................................................233 Article 571 Conditions Relative to Imprisonment Sentence ................................................................233 ŌŪ″ Ư Ų˝šŠ‗Ź Ĉ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ŪĠŪĮЕijŚЊĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ ......................................................................................233 Article 572 Conditions Relative to Place of Commission of Offense ..................................................233 ŌŪ″ ư ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŌĕŲ˝š‗кĕЮŗģŎ.....................................................................................................234 Article 573 Acts of Political Nature .........................................................................................................234 ŌŪ″ ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŪijСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮŲЧЯřĕřБ ĕЊ₣ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕĄеĕНеĄŪņйď⅜□ ĮũũУşЮ ЧŎ.....................................................234 Article 574 Acts committed in Cambodia and Tried by Final Judgment ..........................................234 ŌŪ″ ŁũũŲijсаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń .................................................................................................................234 Article 575 Extinction of Criminal Actions ..............................................................................................234

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXXIII

ŌŪ″ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕďЮŪşЧĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĠНÐðŲЯijŌĖ ˝с .............................................................................234 Article 576 Multiple Extradition Requests against Same Person ..........................................................234 ŌŪ″ Ų˝šŠ‗Ź ЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĵ˝ŏ₤Не .............................................................................................235 Article 577 Conditions of Extradition Relative to Request ....................................................................235 ŌŪ″ 7 ŁũĮŏФũĠijŜĠњĕ ...........................................................................................................................235 Article 578 Suspension of Extradition......................................................................................................235

˝▫ļÐ◦Б ư: ĕБijЊŷЋĊБаĕĠijŜĠњĕ ...................................................................................................................236

SUB-SECTION 3: EXTRADITION PROCEDURES.......................................................................................................236 ŌŪ″ o ŁũĠŔą ˝с▫ŪijЕņŪijСŷşеЮĵйĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕ...................................................................................236 Article 579 Validation of Extradition Request ........................................................................................236 ŌŪ″ 7Ơ ŁũĠŃąСĕĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕ...........................................................................................................236 Article 580 Forwarding of Extradition Request.......................................................................................236 ŌŪ″ 7ơ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏČĠсŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ .....................................................................................................236 Article 581 Request of Provisional Arrest ................................................................................................236 ŌŪ″ 7Ư ĠŔą όŏČĠсŠųФĕ ĕЊ₣þНеŠųФĕşеЮĵйĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ ..........................................................................237 Article 582 Special Detention Order against Wanted Persons............................................................237 ŌŪ″ 7ư ŁũĠİΆ ŀĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũĄРĕŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЯřŲŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆ...............................237 Article 583 Presentation of Wanted Person to Royal Prosecutor or General Prosecutor..................237 ŌŪ″ 7 ŁũĠŚЕ₣Юĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ................................................................................................................238 Article 584 Filing Case with Investigation Chamber .............................................................................238 ŌŪ″ 7 ĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ.....................................................................................................238 Article 585 Proceedings before Investigation Chamber......................................................................238 ŌŪ″ 7 ЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ...........................................................................................................238 Article 586 Decision of Investigation Chamber.....................................................................................238 ŌŪ″ 7 ĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНеũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ.....................................................................238 Article 587 Application for Release of Wanted Person ........................................................................238 ŌŪ″ 77 ŁũŎŲсŪĮņόŏЮÐЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕ .........................................................................................................239 Article 588 Agreement to Extradition .....................................................................................................239 ŌŪ″ 7o ΖĕНļĮаĕЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ .............................................................................................239 Article 589 Effects of Decision of Investigation Chamber....................................................................239

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ĠijŜĠњĕЯřŲЮ₤ĖЧ₤НеЮŢŎŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОďşеЮĵйũřťĠũЮ◦₤ ..................................................240

SECTION 2: EXTRADITION REQUESTED BY KINGDOM OF CAMBODIA TO FOREIGN STATE .........................................240 ŌŪ″ �Ơ ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ..........................................................................................................240 Article 590 Competence of Investigation Chamber............................................................................240 ŌŪ″ oơ ĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ.....................................................................................................240 Article 591 Proceedings before Investigation Chamber......................................................................240 ŌŪ″ oƯ ΖĕНļĮņЊĕĬ∆ ˝аĕĠ‗Ś Е₣₤НеЮŌþļĮ .............................................................................................240 Article 592 No Suspending Effect of Motion to Invalidate Extradition Request .................................240 ŌŪ″ oư ΖĕНļĮаĕЮŌþ˝ņŊşеЮĵйĠijŜĠњĕ .................................................................................................240 Article 593 Effect of Invalidation of Extradition .....................................................................................240 ŌŪ″ o ŁũŎŲсŪĮņũĠ₤сũřťЯřŲģĕŪĠÐŲсΖ‗Њ Ąĕņ˝ŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОď....................................................241 Article 594 Consent of State That Has Delivered Foreign Resident to Cambodia ............................241

ĄеĮР ◦Б ư: Łũđų₣Łijс....................................................................................................................................241

CHAPTER 3: TRANSIT .........................................................................................................................................241 ŌŪ″ o ĵ˝ŏ₤Неđų₣Łijс ............................................................................................................................241 Article 595 Transit Request.......................................................................................................................241

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXXIV

ĄеĮР ◦Б : Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊЮŢŎЯΌ˝₤ŚБĮБŁũŪĠijЊĠijŚЊЮĈ₤ņУŎşеĕУĕ ...................................................................241

CHAPTER 4: SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING EXECUTION OF CERTAIN PENALTIES..............................................241 ŌŪ″ o Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ₤Ś БĮБŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤ņУŎşеĕУĕ ............................................................................................241 Article 596 Special Provisions Concerning Execution of Sentences ...................................................241

ĄеĮР ◦Б : ĕБijЊĠНÐðŲ .......................................................................................................................................242

CHAPTER 5: LEGAL ENTITIES...............................................................................................................................242 ŌŪ″ o ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĕБijЊĠНÐðŲ .........................................................................................................242 Article 597 Jurisdiction related to Legal Entity.......................................................................................242 ŌŪ″ o7 Łũijе₧₣ĕБijЊĠНÐðŲЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠijНŵŁũ.........................................................................................242 Article 598 Representation of Legal Entity in Court ..............................................................................242 ŌŪ″ oo ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗аĕΒĖ ijе₧₣ũĠ₤сĕБijЊĠНÐðŲ ..........................................................................................242 Article 599 Identity of Representative of Legal Entity...........................................................................242 ŌŪ″ ƠƠ ŷЋēĕŁũĠ₣šеЯřŲŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijŚşеЮĵйĕБijЊĠНÐðŲ...................................................................................243 Article 600 Coercive Measures against Legal Entity.............................................................................243 ŌŪ″ Ơơ ŁũŢ˝сĕБijЊĠНÐðŲόŏ₤□ ЊijЮŪŁņŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ .................................................................243 Article 601 Placement under Judicial Supervision of Legal Entity.......................................................243 ŌŪ″ ƠƯ řБŁЮŁй ĕЊ₣řБŁĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсĕБijЊĠНÐðŲ............................................................................................243 Article 602 Summons and Writ of Notification of Decisions to Legal Entity ........................................243

ŌijЊŁ◦Б Ư: ŁũģijсĠ₣сŲЊŠЊij⅜Ė ņ ŁũĠ˝Ū⅜Ŏ ĕЊ₣ŁũЯ˝₤ŪņФŲЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş ...............................................244

TITLE 2: LOSS OF DOCUMENTS, INTERPRETATION AND MODIFICATION OF DECISIONS ....................................................244 ĄеĮР ◦Б ơ: ŁũģijсĠ₣сŲЊŠЊij⅜Ė ņ....................................................................................................................244

CHAPTER 1: LOSS OF DOCUMENTS.....................................................................................................................244 ŌŪ″ Ơư Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊЯřŲΒĕНŷijŚ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БģijсĠ₣сŲЊŠЊij⅜Ė ņ...............................................................................244 Article 603 Provisions Applicable in case of Loss of Documents .........................................................244 ŌŪ″ Ơ ŲЊŠЊijşņų₣ЯřŲĄеĕУ₤ŲЊŠЊijЮřЧņ ......................................................................................................244 Article 604 Substituted Copy for Original...............................................................................................244 ŌŪ″ Ơ ŁũĠ₣˛ЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀĕРŷŲЊŠЊijаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ .....................................................................................................244 Article 605 Reconstruction of Procedural Documents .........................................................................244

ĄеĮР ◦Б Ư: ŁũĠ˝Ū⅜Ŏ ĕЊ₣ŁũЯ˝ijŪņСŷЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş ...............................................................................245

CHAPTER 2: INTERPRETATION AND MODIFICATION OF COURT DECISIONS .............................................................245 ŌŪ″ Ơ ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆũĠ₤сijНŵŁũЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş........................................................................245 Article 606 Competence of Court that Renders Decision...................................................................245

Ðĕ□Б◦Б ơƠ: ΒĕŚũĠġŃňijŚЊ .......................................................................................................................... 246

BOOK 10: TRANSITIONABOOK 10: TRANSITIONABOOK 10: TRANSITIONABOOK 10: TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONL PROVISIONL PROVISIONL PROVISION.................................................................................................. 246

ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: ΒĕŚũĠġŃňijŚЊ..................................................................................................................................246

UNITARY CHAPTER: TRANSITIONAL PROVISION ....................................................................................................246 ŌŪ″ Ơ Ų˝šŠ‗Ź аĕŁũĩŚŲсÐН‗₤ņġijŚЊďņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхşеЮĵйĜŎĕÐũģŲďijЊ ĕЊ₣ĜŎĈΉĕ аĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ .............................................................................................................................................246 Article 607 Qualifications of Judicial Police Officers and Military Police Officers..............................246 ŌŪ″ Ơ7 ŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲЮŷŵ ĕРŷũŎкЮĮŲаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ.........................................................246 Article 608 Time Limit for Provisional Detention .....................................................................................246 ŌŪ″ Ơo ŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲЮŷŵ ĕРŷũŎкЮĮŲаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣ΧģŪ₤њŎ ĕЊ₣Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с.............................................246 Article 609 Time Limit for Appeal and Objection..................................................................................246

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXXV

ŌŪ″ ơƠ ŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲЮŷŵ ĕРŷŷЋēĕ₤Ś БĮБΖďń ŎНŁŲаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ĕЊ₣Ζďń ŎНŁŲаĕЮĈ₤......................247 Article 610 Time Limit for Statute of Limitations of Criminal Actions and Sentence...........................247

BOOK 11: FINAL PROVIBOOK 11: FINAL PROVIBOOK 11: FINAL PROVIBOOK 11: FINAL PROVISIONSIONSIONSION ............................................................................................................... 248

ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: Βŷ⅜ĕĠġŃňijŚЊ ...........................................................................................................................248

UNITARY CHAPTER: FINAL PROVISION ................................................................................................................248 ŌŪ″ ơơ ĕЊŬ˝ũ‗чаĕΒij□Ġ◦şĤĠс₤Ś БĮБĕБijЊŷЋĊБĮБņНĕ ............................................................................................248 Article 611 Abrogation of Previous Laws................................................................................................248 ŌŪ″ ơƯ ŁũΒĕНŷijŚļų ņĕРŷŪ˝ņĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ...............................................................................................248 Article 612 Immediate Entry into Force of Code of Criminal Procedure............................................248

ΧĠ₤ņįњĕċΧĠ₤ņįњĕċΧĠ₤ņįњĕċΧĠ₤ņįњĕċ ............................................................................................................................................. 250

ĕБijЊŷЋĊБ ĖО₣ŁũЮĊſ ЧĕБijЊŷЋĊБ ĖО₣ŁũЮĊſ ЧĕБijЊŷЋĊБ ĖО₣ŁũЮĊſ ЧĕБijЊŷЋĊБ ĖО₣ŁũЮĊſ Ч₤ņġℓ₤ņġℓ₤ņġℓ₤ņġℓ.......................................................................................................................... 250

LEGAL PROCEDURE OF SLEGAL PROCEDURE OF SLEGAL PROCEDURE OF SLEGAL PROCEDURE OF SWEARING THE OATHWEARING THE OATHWEARING THE OATHWEARING THE OATH ...................................................................................... 251

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 1

Ðĕ□Б◦Б ơ: Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ĕЊ₣Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б BOOK ONE: CRIMINAL AND CIVIL ACTIONS

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ơ: ЮýŲŁũ‗ч◦РЮĉ TITLE 1: GENERAL PRINCIPLES

ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: ЮýŲŁũ‗ч◦РЮĉ UNITARY CHAPTER: GENERAL PRINCIPLES

ŌŪ″ ơ ЮýŲĠе‗₣аĕŪ˝ņĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź Article 1 Purpose of Code of Criminal Procedure

Ū˝ņĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ŌĕЮýŲĠе‗₣˝е‗ijсΒеĮБŷЋēĕĈе₣ΐŎЯřŲŪijСŷЮýũĮ ĕЊ₣ŪĠŪĮЕijŚ″ņЮŢŎ Ŋijсşijс ЮřЧņġБ е‗ijсόŏşĤ₤сĕРŷΒij□ЊļĮаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ₧ņУŎ¤

Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊаĕŪ˝ņЮĕйŪijСŷŎ˝ЮĉΒĕНŷijŚşеЮĵйЮũЩ₣ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ŁŲ₧ĮНеŌĕŷЋēĕЮŢŎЯΌ˝Яş₣ЮŢŎşĤĠсĮЊЮ₤₤Ю◦ЮĜй¤

This Code of Criminal Procedure aims at defining the rules to be strictly followed and applied in order to clearly determine the existence of a criminal offense.

The provisions of this Code shall apply to criminal cases unless there are special rules set forth by separate laws.

ŌŪ″ Ư Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ĕЊ₣Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 2 Criminal and Civil Actions

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ĕЊ₣Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БÐЙďĠ‗Ś Е₣ĮБũЮĩ℮₣ýĖ ¤ Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ŌĕЮýŲĠе‗₣ĮЊĕЊijŏΒij□ЊļĮаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ ĠİΆ ŀόŏЮþЧŀĮЊũН◦ċļĮаĕĄĕЮŲŊЧ₤ ĕЊ₣ĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ĄĕЮĕй

″ņşĤĠс е‗ijс¤ Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ŌĕЮýŲĠе‗₣ЮĊſЧόŏģĕĄУ₤ĄНŲŁũŠРşžij ЯřŲĠ₧Ś Ųņ˝ĮБΒеЮĮЧЮŲŊ Ч₤řŲсļÐБ

ũ₣ЮŪýй Ю΅ЧŎ ĖО₣ЮýŲĠе‗₣Юĕй όŏΒĖ˝ũ₣ЮŪýйģĕ◦◦УŲ₤е‗₣ĄņĞЙşЊijŚĊУĕŲŊņĕЕ₣Įŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊЯřŲŠųФĕģĕ◦◦УŲ¤

Criminal and civil actions are two separate kinds of legal actions. The purpose of a criminal action is to examine the existence of a criminal offense, to prove

the guilt of an offender, and to punish this person according to the law. The purpose of a civil action is to seek compensation for injuries to victims of an offense

and with this purpose to allow victims to receive reparation corresponding with the injuries they suffered.

ŌijЊŁ◦Б Ư: Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń TITLE 2: CRIMINAL ACTIONS

ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń UNITARY CHAPTER: CRIMINAL ACTIONS

ŌŪ″ ư ˝ņŊŷij□ОаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń Article 3 Purpose of Criminal Actions

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ΒĕНŷijŚЮĉЮŲЧĠНÐðŲŪÐĠсũРĠ Ĉе₣ũРĠŷћĕŚĠНÐðŲ Ĉе₣ĕБijЊĠНÐðŲ ЮŢŎΟijŪĠŁĕсĮРĄ⅜₤ĕч Į‗х₤ņġОũ Юķ◦ ļ⅜ ĄеЮĕЩ ⅜₤Ĝ ĕЊĜĖ ŁũĕЮŗģŎ ЮřЧņ˝еЮ‗ЧijďijЊ ůĕк₤₣ðņ Ċĕēĕ ι⅜□ ĕļĮυЮ◦ЬijЮΌЧŎ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 2

Criminal actions apply to all natural persons or legal entities regardless of race, nationality, color, sex, language, creed, religion, political tendency, national origin, social status, resources or other status.

ŌŪ″ ŁũČĠсЮĩŚЧņřеЮ‗ЧũŁũаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ЮŢŎΒŎŏŁũ Article 4 Initiation of Actions by Prosecution

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ŪijСŷΒĕНŷijŚ ĖО₣ĜņаĕĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕч◦РЮĉЮŢŎΒŎŏŁũ¤ ΒŎŏŁũЮĊſЧŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮБĠ◦ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ĕЊ₣₤НеόŏΒĕНŷijŚşĤĠсЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠŎН″Ś ĊЊŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣

ŎН″Ś ĊЊŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņй¤

Criminal actions are brought by Prosecutors for the general interests of the society. Prosecutors initiate criminal proceedings and request the application of the law by

investigating and trial judges.

ŌŪ″ ŁũŢ˝сĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń όŏŌĕşŲĜЮŢŎĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй Article 5 Criminal Actions initiated by Victims

Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýйаĕĠ◦ΧŪ Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ΖşŢ сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ЮŢŎ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ЮŢŎŌĕ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŌĕΖĕНļĮĠŚЕ₣řŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ΒеĮБĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń Юĝ ĖО₣Ų šŠ‗Ź ЯřŲĠŃňijŚЮŢŎŌŪ″ ơưt (ŁũĠŃąСĕĠ‗Ś Е₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ ơƠ (ŁũĠ₣сŪģ сijņŲс◦Н˝) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

ŎН″Ś ĊЊŁũŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź ˝єΖş◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣ĮБņūĕŚБŬĄŁũ ιļĖ ˝сİũ⅜ēũ‗кřа◦Ю◦ЬijЯřŲşĤĠсЮŢŎЯΌ˝ģĕŪĠÐŲсΒе₧şόŏĩ₣Яřũ¤

Victims of a felony or misdemeanor can file a complaint as plaintiffs of a civil action before the investigating judge. The complaint of plaintiffs in a civil action has the power to seize an investigating judge with a criminal action under conditions stipulated in Articles 139 (Delivery of Request to Prosecutor) and 140 (Payment of Deposits) of this Code.

Criminal jurisdictions can also receive complaints from government officials or other public agents who are authorized under separate laws.

ŌŪ″ ŁũŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ĈņĈũЮŢŎĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй Article 6 Complaints by Victims

ĠНÐðŲŪÐĠсũРĠЯřŲŪĠŁ₤▫ ŠųФĕďΒĖ˝ũ₣ЮŪýйаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ ΖşŢ сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ģĕ¤ ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣⅜ņŃň ýŊ ĕΖĕНļĮĜеόŏЮĊſЧŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсďĠ◦ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź Ю◦¤

Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŢŎýŊ ĕşЮņųЧŎ ιŪijСŷģĕijņŲс◦Н˝ΟijČijсŁũЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýйΖşĠŚЕ₣ЮĉΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч Юĉ″ņũЮĠЬĠřРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣◦Н ЮŢŎŌŪ″ ơ (ŁũijņŲсЮũЩ₣◦Н˝ΟijČijсŁũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

Any person who claims to be a victim of an offence can file a complaint. An ordinary complaint does not automatically initiate criminal proceedings.

In case the Prosecutor does not respond to the claim or keeps the file without processing, the victim may bring a request to the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal in accordance with Article 41 (File Without Processing) of this Code.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 3

ŌŪ″ ŁũũŲijсаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń Article 7 Extinction of Criminal Actions

ņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕŁũũŲijсĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ŌĕřРşijЮĉÐЙк ơ-ņũ‗ļĮаĕĄĕЮŲŊЧ₤¤ Ư-ŁũĩНijΖďń ŎНŁŲ¤ ư-ŁũЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮĈ₤ď◦РЮĉ¤ -ĕЊŬ˝ũ‗чаĕşĤĠсŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ¤ -Ζďń Β₤сĄеĕНе¤

ŁŲ₧Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ŪijСŷĩНijũŲijсЮ ЧŎ ŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсž₣Ġ◦ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ņЊĕΖşČĠсЮĩŚЧņģĕЮ◦ЬijЮ◦ ιŪijСŷЯijĠŃęĠс¤

The reasons for extinguishing a charge in a criminal action are as follows: 1. The death of the offender; 2. The expiration of the statute of limitations; 3. A grant of general amnesty; 4. Abrogation of the criminal law; 5. The res judicata.

When a criminal action is extinguished a criminal charge can no longer be pursued or shall be terminated.

ŌŪ″ 7 ņРŲЮ΅ijНЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬijаĕŁũũŲijсĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń Article 8 Other Causes of Extinction of Criminal Actions

ŁŲ₧şĤĠсЮŢŎЯΌ˝ģĕЯş₣ЮŢŎď сŵ с ЮĜйĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń єΖşĩНijũŲijсģĕЯřũк ơ-ЮŢŎŁũ₤ŪņĠ₤ŪņФŲďņУŎũřť¤ Ư-ЮŢŎŁũř˝ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ЮĕйďŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ČеģşсаĕŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсďĠ◦ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ¤ ư-ЮŢŎŁũĠ₣сŪģ сĮЊĕњŎ₤ũНĠ ιŪģ˝сĮЊĕњŎ₤ŪņĠ₤ŪņФŲ¤

Where it is expressly provided for in separate laws, criminal actions may also be ceased by: 1. A settlement with the state; 2. The withdrawal of civil complaint in case where the civil complaint is a

condition required for the criminal proceedings; 3. The payment of a lump sum or an agreed fine.

ŌŪ″ o ΧŪ Њřť˝ņŊЯřŲýŊ ĕΖďń ŎНŁŲ е‗ijс Article 9 Crimes without Statute of Limitations

Ġ◦ΧŪ ЊřťŪĠŲњŎĮРĄ⅜₤ĕч Ġ◦ΧŪ˝ЊřťŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ņĕН₤℮ďijЊ ĕЊ₣Ġ◦ΧŪ Њřť₤ūİð ņ ņЊĕΖşĩНijΖďń ŎНŁŲ ģĕЮ◦¤

Crimes against humanity, genocide and war crimes have no statute of limitations.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 4

ŌŪ″ ơƠ Ζďń ŎНŁŲаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ Article 10 Statute of Limitations of Crime

ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯijĠ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊаĕŌŪ″ t (ΧŪ Њřť˝ņŊЯřŲýŊ ĕΖďń ŎНŁŲ е‗ijс) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕйЮşŀ ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕΖďń ŎНŁŲаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ŌĕřРşijЮĉÐЙк

− ơ (řĠсŪģе) ĂĖ е şеЮĵйĠ◦ΧŪ Њřť − (Ūģе) ĂĖ е şеЮĵйĠ◦ņĄęЊņ − ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖ е şеЮĵйĠ◦Ų΅Н

Except as provided for in Article 9 (Crimes without Statute of Limitations) of this Code, the time limitation for bringing a criminal action is as follows:

− fifteen years for a felony; − five years for a misdemeanor; and − one year for a petty offense

ŌŪ″ ơơ ŁũĬŚ şсũŎкЮĮŲаĕΖďń ŎНŁŲ Article 11 Interruption of Statute of Limitations

ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕΖďń ŎНŁŲ ŪijСŷČĠсЮĩŚЧņÐЊijĮБЮĮŲŪĠŪĮЕijŚĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤¤ Ζďń ŎНŁŲŪijСŷĬŚ şсЮŢŎŪÐĠс ЊşĆаĕŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ι˝ЊşĆЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ŁũĠŃĆĠс˝ЊşĆЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ι ЊşĆЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĕБņУŎ6 ĜеόŏČĠсЮĩŚЧņÐЊijℓЊũЮŷŵℓŊБаĕΖďń ŎНŁŲ ″ņŁũЯŷ˝Яŀ˝аĕŌŪ″ ơƠ (Ζďń ŎНŁŲаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ ℓЊũЮŷŵℓŊБΖşŎ˝ЮĉĄеĈ₤сģĕ şеЮĵйĄĕŪÐĠсũРĠЯřŲĈ с◦ЊĕЮĝ ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣Юĕй¤

The duration of the statute of limitations commences at the time the offense was committed. The statute of limitations is interrupted by an act of prosecution or investigation. The end of any such act of prosecution or investigation restarts a new period of the statute of limitations pursuant to the provisions of Article 10 of this Code (Statute of Limitations of Crime). The new time period applies to everyone involved in the case. ŌŪ″ ơƯ Ζďń Β₤сĄеĕНе Article 12 Res Judicata

ЮŢŎΒĕНŷijŚ″ņЮýŲŁũ‗чΖďń Β₤сĄеĕНе Ąĕ₧ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕijНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņşόŏũУşŠųФĕď⅜□ ĮũЮ΅ЧŎ ĄĕЮĜйņЊĕΖşŪijСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮ◦ЬijЮ◦şеЮĵйΒеЮĮЧřЯřŲ ЮĈйĠБďЮŪŁņŁũ е‗ijсЮěŊ йĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ℓŊБЮĩ℮₣˝єЮŢŎ¤

In applying the principle of res judicata, any person who has been finally acquitted by a court judgment cannot be prosecuted once again for the same act, even if such act is subject to different legal qualification.

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ư: Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б TITLE 3: CIVIL ACTIONS

ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б UNITARY CHAPTER: CIVIL ACTIONS

ŌŪ″ ơư Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣Įŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊ Article 13 Civil Action and Injury

Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŪijСŷΒĕНŷijŚЮŢŎĄĕũ₣ЮŪýйаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 5

ЮřЧņġБ◦◦УŲŁũĄУ₤ĄНŲģĕ Įŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊŪijСŷЯijк − ďĩŲŷЋģ˝ĬĀ ŲсаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ − ďĮŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊĬĀ ŲсŠųФĕ − ģĕЮ˝ЧijЮΌЧ₣ ĕЊ₣Юĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲĠşĆОĠġĕĖ¤

Įŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊΖşďĮŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊž₣₤Ōĸ ũк ž₣ũРĠŁŎ ιž₣ĩųСŷşЊijʼn¤

A civil action can be brought by the victim of an offense. In order to be compensated, the injury must be:

− A direct consequence of an offense; − Personal damage; − Actually occurred and exist at the present time.

An injury can be damage to property or physical or psychological damage.

ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũĄУ₤ĄНŲĮŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊ Article 14 Compensation for Injury

Įŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊΖşŪijСŷģĕĄУ₤ĄНŲ ЮŢŎŁũĠ₣сĄņĞЙşЊijŚ ЮŢŎŁũ₤₣ЮĉĄĕũ₣ЮŪýйŷЋŀ ĕРŷŪ◦Įŏ₤ņġijŚЊЯřŲģĕģijсĠ₣с ιЮŢŎŁũЮĊſЧόŏřРş₤ļĮЮřЧņŷЋŀ ĕРŷŪ◦ĮŏЯřŲЮÐģĕĠеĩųЊşĠеĬų ŀ ιЮĊſЧόŏŠРşžij¤

₤е‗₣ĄņĞЙşЊijŚŪijСŷЯijŌĕŲ˝š‗кĊУĕŲŊņďņУŎĕЕ₣Įŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊЯřŲ◦◦УŲũ₣¤ An injury can be compensated by paying damages, by giving back to the victim the property

that has been lost or by restoring damaged or destroyed property to its original state. The damages shall be proportionate to the injury suffered.

ŌŪ″ ơ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 15 Plaintiff in Civil Action

Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΖşŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮ◦ġЧ₣ ĖО₣ĜņĄĕũ₣ЮŪýйģĕ ЮŢŎΒĖ˝ijе₧₣Ū₤ĠşĤĠсũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ŁŲ₧Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýйЮĕйďΒĕБijЊĄĕ ιďĕБijЊĄĕ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņũĠĠşĤĠсŁũĵũ¤

A civil action can be filed on behalf of a victim by his legal representative if the victim is a minor or an adult under legal guardianship.

ŌŪ″ ơ Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БũĠ₤с₤Њ◦ċЊŷћĕŚаĕĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй Article 16 Civil Action of Victim’s Successor

ĖО₣˝ũ‗Бņũ‗ļĮаĕĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşŪijСŷģĕЮĩŚЧņЮĊſЧ ιĠĕŚģĕЮŢŎ₤Њ◦ċЊŷћĕŚ¤

In case of death of the victim, a civil action can be started or continued by his successor.

ŌŪ″ ơ ₤ŌÐņŪĠŎН◦ċŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ΒеЮĮЧ Њ₣⅝ž₣ĩųСŷЮķ◦ ΒеЮĮЧ Њ₣⅝ ĖО₣ŪÐФ⅜ũ ιΒеЮĮЧ Њ₣⅝ŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣˝НŌũ Article 17 Associations for Eliminating All Forms of Sexual Violence, Domestic Violence or

Violence against Children

ŪÐĠс₤ŌÐņЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎŪijЕņŪijСŷ ŗл ₣ijЊşĠеĩНij″е₣ĮБ ư (ĠБ) ĂĖ е ņНĕŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ Ю΅ЧŎЯřŲ˝ņŊŷij□ОаĕŲ˝šĕŚЊ˝кũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ũУņŌĕŁũij₤пРŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ΒеЮĮЧ Њ₣⅝ž₣ĩųСŷЮķ◦ ιΒеЮĮЧ Њ₣⅝ ĖО₣ŪÐФ⅜ũ ιΒеЮĮЧ΅Њ₣⅝ŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣˝НŌũ ЮĜйΖşЮŪĠЧŪģ₤с₤Њ◦ċЊЯřŲ◦◦УŲ⅜ð ŲсřŲсЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б şеЮĵйŪĠЮķ◦Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤řРşijЮĉк

− ŁũЮĠЬijЮĠЬĕЮŢŎЮşijĜřŲсΖŎНĄБŷЋij

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 6

− ŁũЮĠЬijЮĠЬĕřŲсĠРũ‗ļĮаĕĠНÐðŲ − ŁũЮĠЬijЮĠЬĕž₣ĩųСŷЮķ◦¤

Any association after having made a valid declaration within 3 years before the date of occurrence of an offense that a subject of its governing statutes is the struggle against sexual violence or domestic violence or violence against children, is entitled to be a plaintiff in a civil action for the following offenses:

− Intentional threat against life; − Harassment against personal integrity; − Sexual harassment.

ŌŪ″ ơ7 ₤ŌÐņŪĠŎН◦ċŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ŁũČĠсĮŪ₣ijс ŁũĄУŀřРũņĕН₤℮ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮĊſЧΖĄБŷ˝ņŊĩųСŷЮķ◦ Article 18 Associations for Eliminating All Forms of Kidnapping, Human Trafficking and

Commercial Sexual Exploitation

ŪÐĠс₤ŌÐņЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎŪijЕņŪijСŷ ŗл ₣ijЊşĠеĩНij″е₣ĮБ ư (ĠБ) ĂĖ е ņНĕŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ Ю΅ЧŎЯřŲ˝ņŊŷij□ОаĕŲ˝šĕŚЊ˝к ũУņŌĕŁũij₤пРũŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ŁũČĠсĮŪ₣ijс ιŁũĄУŀřРũņĕН₤℮ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮĊſЧΖĄБŷ˝ņŊž₣ĩųСŷЮķ◦ ΖşЮŪĠЧŪģ₤с₤Њ◦ċЊЯřŲ◦◦УŲ⅜ð ŲсřŲсЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б şеЮĵйĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲģĕĠŃňijŚЮŢŎşĤĠсЯřŲ ĵ˝сĮĕċњĕЕ₣ŁũŪĠĂе₣ŁũČĠсĮŪ₣ijс ŁũĄУŀřРũņĕН₤℮ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮĊſЧΖĄБŷ˝ņŊĩųСŷЮķ◦¤

Any association after having made a valid declaration within three years before the date of an offense that a subject of its governing statutes is a struggle against kidnapping, trafficking of persons or commercial sexual exploitation, is entitled to be a plaintiff in a civil action for an offense regulated by Law on the Suppression of Kidnapping, Human Trafficking and Commercial Sexual Exploitation.

ŌŪ″ ơo ₤ŌÐņŪĠŎН◦ċŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ŁũŪĠŁĕсĮРĄ⅜₤ĕч ĕЊ₣ŁũЮũВ₤ЮΒЧ₣ Article 19 Association for Eliminating All Forms of Racism and Discrimination

ŪÐĠс₤ŌÐņЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎŪijЕņŪijСŷ ŗл ₣ijЊşĠеĩНij″е₣ĮБ ư (ĠБ) ĂĖ е ņНĕŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ Ю΅ЧŎЯřŲ˝ņŊŷij□ОаĕŲ˝šĕŚЊ˝к ũУņŌĕŁũij₤пРũŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ŁũŪĠŁĕсĮРĄ⅜₤ĕч ĕЊ₣ŁũΧĠij□ņĸřŲсĄĕũ₣ЮŪýйаĕŁũЮũВ₤ЮΒЧ₣₤Ś БĮБЮřЧņ еЮ‗ЧijďijЊ ďijЊĮĕċО ĮРĄ⅜₤ĕч ⅜₤Ĝ ΖşЮŪĠЧŪģ₤с₤Њ◦ċЊЯřŲ◦◦УŲ⅜ð ŲсřŲсЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б şеЮĵйĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤řРşģĕ˝е‗ijсž₣ЮŪŁņ ŁŲ₧Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЮĜй ŪijСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮŢŎņРŲЮ΅ijНЮřЧņ˝еЮ‗ЧijďijЊаĕĠНÐðŲ₧ŌĖ с ιЮŢŎņРŲЮ΅ijН▫ ĠНÐðŲЮĜйď₤ŌĄЊ ĮЊijŪģ˝ř ιЮŢŎ⅜Ŋ ĕаĕďijЊĮĕċО ĮРĄ⅜₤ĕч ι ⅜₤Ĝ₧ņУŎď˝е‗ijск

− ŁũЮũВ₤ЮΒЧ₣ − ŁũЮĠЬijЮĠЬĕЮŢŎЮşijĜ řŲсΖŎНĄБŷЋij ιřŲсĠРũ‗ļĮĠНÐðŲ − ŁũĠеĬų ŀ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮĊſЧόŏŠРşžij¤

Any association after having made a valid declaration within three years before the date of an offense that a subject of its governing statutes is a struggle against racial discrimination and supports the rights of victims of discrimination based on national origin, ethnicity, race, or religion, is entitled to be a plaintiff in a civil action for the following offenses if the offense has been committed because a person is or was presumed to be of a particular national origin, ethnicity, race or religion:

− Discrimination;

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 7

− Intentional threat against life or personal integrity; − Destruction or damaging.

ŌŪ″ ƯƠ ļĮЯřŲΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕĕРŷĠ‗Ś Е₣ũĠ₤с₤ŌÐņ Article 20 Admissibility of Civil Action of Associations

Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲģĕЯş₣ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ơ (₤ŌÐņŪĠŎН◦ċŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ΒеЮĮЧ΅Њ₣⅝ž₣ĩųСŷЮķ◦ ΒеЮĮЧ΅Њ₣⅝ ĖО₣ŪÐФ⅜ũ ιΒеЮĮЧ Њ₣⅝ŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣˝НŌũ) řŲсŌŪ″ ơt (₤ŌÐņŪĠŎН◦ċŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ŁũŪĠŁĕсĮРĄ⅜₤ĕч ĕЊ₣ŁũЮũВ₤ ЮΒЧ₣) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũĠ₤с₤ŌÐņΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕ ŲНйŪ″ЯijŌĕķ₤ŚО ″₣ĠŔą с▫ ģĕ◦◦УŲŁũŎŲсŪĮņΒеĮБ ₤Њ◦ċ ЊĮБĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй ιΒĖ˝ijе₧₣Ū₤ĠşĤĠсаĕĄĕЮĕй¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĠЬijЮĠЬĕřŲсΖŎНĄБŷЋij Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũĠ₤с₤ŌÐņΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕ ŲНйŪ″Яij₤ŌÐņģĕĠİΆ ŀķ₤ŚО ″₣ĠŔą ˝с▫ ģĕ◦◦УŲŁũŎŲсŪĮņΒеĮБ₤Њ◦ċ ЊĮБ₤Њ◦ċЊŷћĕŚаĕĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй¤

In cases as provided for from Article 17 (Associations for Eliminating All Forms of Sexual Violence, Domestic Violence or Violence against Children) to Article 19 (Association for Eliminating All Forms of Racism and Discrimination) of this Code, the association’s complaint will be admissible only if the victim or his legal representative has agreed to the action. In case of a threat on someone’s life, the association’s complaint will be admissible only if the association shows evidence certified as agreed to by the victim’s successor.

ŌŪ″ Ươ şН₣şЮņųЧŎаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 21 Defendant in Civil Action

Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΖşЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ĄĕĈе₣Β₤сЯřŲŪijСŷĄУ₤ĄНŲĮŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊ Ġ₧Ś Ųņ˝ĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ũУņŌĕк

− ČũВ ₤΅ČũВаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ − ΒĖ˝ЮĩŚЧņÐеĕЊij ΒĖ˝₤ņÐеĕЊij − ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤

A civil action can be made against all persons who are liable to compensate for injury resulting from the offense:

− Perpetrators and co-perpetrators in an offense; − Accessories and accomplices to an offense; − Any other individuals who are liable to compensation.

ŌŪ″ ƯƯ ◦еĜ˝с◦еĕ₣₤ņij□˝ЊşĆũĠ₤сijНŵŁũŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ĕЊ₣ijНŵŁũũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 22 Relationship of Jurisdictions of Civil and Criminal Courts

Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΖşЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ ĖО₣ЮĮŲďņУŎýĖ ĕЕ₣Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ⅜ŵĄŪņй ŚБŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ¤ Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б єΖşЮĊſЧģĕĩ₣Яřũ ЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ⅜ŵĄŪņй ŚБũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б

ΖşŪijСŷĮŏФũ₤Њĕ řŬĠ₧ņЊĕĈĕсŌĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşď⅜□ ĮũņУŎ ŪijСŷģĕŪĠŁ₤ЮŲЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ¤ A civil action can be brought in conjunction with a criminal action that is before a criminal

court. A civil action can also be brought before the civil court. In this case, the civil action shall

be suspended until the final decision on the criminal action has been made.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 8

ŌŪ″ Ưư ŁũŪĠŁ₤ďņНĕΒеĮБĮЊũН◦ċļĮ Article 23 Declaration Prior to Conviction

ijНŵŁũŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ĕЕ₣Ζş₤ЮŪņşŁũĄУ₤ĄНŲĮŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊģĕ ŲНйŪ″ЯijģĕĮЊĕЊijŏďņНĕ ΒеĮБēijНĩ℮ еаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź Ю΅ЧŎģĕŪĠŁ₤▫ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪijСŷŌĕĮЊũН◦ċďņНĕ₤Њĕ¤

A criminal court can compensate for injury only after it has examined and confirmed the elements characterizing the criminal offense and declared the accused a convicted person.

ŌŪ″ Ư ņũ‗ļĮũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ Article 24 Death of Accused

ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Ζş₤НеόŏŌĕŁũĄУ₤ĄНŲĮŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊĮБ₤Њ◦ċЊŷћĕŚаĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ģĕ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Юĕй ◦◦УŲņũ‗ļĮЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲřеЮ‗ЧũŁũЮũЩ₣ ŚБŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ¤ ℓſБijġЊijЯijĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ŪijСŷũŲijс ijНŵŁũŪĮ Ŋ◦‗ŹЮĝЯijŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЮřЧņġБ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЯřŲЮĊſЧЮ◦ġЧ₣ŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣₤Њ◦ċЊŷћĕŚĈе₣ЮĜй¤

The civil party in a civil action can claim compensation for injury from the accused’s successor if the accused dies during the proceedings. Even though the criminal action is ended, the criminal court still has the authority to decide a civil action against the successor of the deceased.

ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũŲйĠ₣с ĕЊ₣Łũř˝ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй Article 25 Waiver and Withdrawal of Action of Victim

Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýйΖşŲйĠ₣сņЊĕЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣₤НеĈņĈũ₤е‗₣ ιř˝ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ ŁũŲйĠ₣сņЊĕĠŚЕ₣ ĕЊ₣ř˝ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй ņЊĕΖşĠŃęĠс ιĮŏФũŁũΒĕНŷijʼnаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ģĕЮ◦ ЮŲЧ ЯŲ₣ĠŃňijŚЊşе‗Нş◦Б Ư аĕŌŪ″ � (ņРŲЮ΅ijНЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬijаĕŁũũŲijсĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

A victim can waive his right to seek compensation or withdraw his complaint. The victim’s waiver or withdrawal of the lawsuit does not stop or suspend the criminal action except as provided in point 2 of Article 8 (Other Causes of Extinction of Criminal Action) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ Ư Ζďń ŎНŁŲаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 26 Statute of Limitations for Civil Action

Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŪijСŷĩНijΖďń ŎНŁŲ″ņŷЋēĕаĕŪ˝ņũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ ĠлНЯĕŚĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĕйņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧģĕЮ◦ЬijЮ◦ЮĝņНŠijНŵŁũŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ЮŪŁŎŁũĩНijℓЊũЮŷŵаĕΖďń ŎНŁŲũĠ₤сĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ¤

The statute of limitations for a civil action shall expire in accordance with the rules provided for in the Civil Code. However, a civil action cannot be brought before a criminal court after the statute of limitations of the criminal action has expired.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 9

Ðĕ□Б◦Б Ư: Ζďń Ċũ◦◦УŲĠĕĀО˝ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣Ю₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ij BOOK TWO: AUTHORITIES ENTRUSTED WITH PROSECUTION, INVESTIGATION, AND

INTERROGATION POWERS

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ơ: Β₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũ TITLE 1: PROSECUTION

ĄеĮР ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ◦РЮĉ CHAPTER 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS

ŌŪ″ Ư ijУĜ◦БũĠ₤сΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũ Article 27 Roles of Prosecution

Β₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũ ЮĊſЧŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ĕЊ₣₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕόŏijНŵŁũΒĕНŷijʼnşĤĠс¤ Β₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũēĜŬмĠсũ₣ŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşž₣Ġ◦ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ŪĮņĈе₣ēĜŎ˝şЊijŚ◦Н Ţ˝сЮŲЧŁũĩ℮Įſĩ⅝ŎřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ¤

ĖО₣ŁũĠеЮĮŀļũ˝ЊşĆũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũŌĕ₤Њ◦ċЊЮ˝‗Ź ˝₣˝Ōų е₣⅜ēũ‗кЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсďĄеĕУŎ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũŪijСŷЯijŌĕŷijŚŌĕЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮũЩ₣ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ¤ The Prosecution brings charges of criminal offenses against charged persons and asks for

the application of laws by the Court. Prosecutors are responsible for the implementation of orders of the criminal court on criminal offenses, including the dissemination of arrest warrants.

In performing his duties, a Prosecutor has the right to directly mobilize public forces. A Prosecutor shall attend all hearings of the trial court in criminal cases.

ŌŪ″ Ư7 ЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũ Article 28 Prosecutors

ЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũŌĕк ơ-ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ũ₣ ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒņijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ¤ Ư-ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ũ₣ ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤ ư-ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ũ₣Βņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣¤

The Prosecutors include: 1. the General Prosecutor, Deputy General Prosecutors and Prosecutors attached to

the Supreme Court; 2. the General Prosecutor, Deputy General Prosecutors and Prosecutors attached to

the Court of Appeal; 3. Royal Prosecutors and deputy Prosecutors attached to a Court of First Instance.

ŌŪ″ Ưo ůĜĕНŪ˝ņаĕΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũ Article 29 Hierarchy of Prosecution

ũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх ΖşĠŚЕ₣ĠũЋΉũЮĉΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ιŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ ΒеĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲŠųФĕģĕřЕ₣ ΖşЮĊſЧΒĊЊĠŔą ″ņŁũЯ‗ĜеďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũЯřŲŪijСŷŢ сĠŃĆСŲЮĉ ĖО₣₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ όŏΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮĊſЧŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ιЮĊſЧЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕŗл ₣₧″ņŁũЯřŲũřťņūĕŚБŎŲсЮþЧŀ

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 10

▫ďŁũÐУũ¤ ũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх ņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧΒĊЊĠŔą řŲсΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιŪĮйŬĄΖďń όŏЮĊſЧŁũijņŲс◦Н˝ΟijČijсŁũĕРŷЮũЩ₣ ŚБŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ₧ņУŎģĕЮΌЧŎ¤

ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ŌĕΒе₧şЮŲЧЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũĈе₣Β₤с ЯřŲ₤□ ЊijЮĝ ĖО₣₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşЮĊſЧΒĊЊĠŔą όŏЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ι˝єČijсόŏЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ι˝єЮĊſЧЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕŗл ₣₧ЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ďŁũÐУũ¤

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŌĕΒе₧şЮĉЮŲЧЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũЯřŲЮĝ ĖО₣₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşЮĊſЧΒĊЊĠŔą όŏЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũЮĊſЧŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ι˝єČijсόŏЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ι˝єЮĊſЧЮ₤ş ŚБ

₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕŗл ₣₧″ņЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ďŁũÐУũ¤ The Minister of Justice can denounce to the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal or to any Royal Prosecutor any offense that the minister has knowledge of, make a written injunction on the case file to initiate proceedings, or render other orders which he thinks are appropriate. The Minister of Justice cannot make injunction to keep any case file without processing.

The General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal has power over all Prosecutors who are under his territorial jurisdiction. He can issue an injunction to such Prosecutors to initiate proceedings against someone or to make conclusions that he thinks are appropriate.

The Royal Prosecutor has power over Prosecutors who are under his territorial jurisdiction. He can issue an injunction to such Prosecutors to initiate proceedings or to make conclusions that he thinks are appropriate.

ŌŪ″ ưƠ Ġ‗Ś Е₣ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijс Article 30 Oral Statements

ЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũŪÐĠсũРĠŪijСŷЮýũĮ″ņΒĊЊĠŔą ▫Ė ˝сЮŲЧũĠ₤сŠųФĕ″ņůĜĕНŪ˝ņ¤ ĠлНЯĕŚЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũЮĊſЧŁũ˝ijс₤еýŲсĬĀ ŲсŌijсЮŢŎЮ₤ũВ ″ņŁũЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫

Ū₤ĠЮĉ″ņ₤ijЊ₤ņġĄŃňкũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ ýŊ ĕŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсž₣ŷЋĕњŎ₧ņУŎЯřŲΖşŪijСŷЮĊſЧşеЮĵйЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũ ЮŢŎ⅜ũЯijǻČũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ЯřŲģĕĠЮĵĆ ŀЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮ⅜йЮΌЧŎ¤

Every Prosecutor shall obey the injunction of his superiors according to the established hierarchy. However, during a hearing, the Prosecutor may freely provide oral remarks according to his conscience. No disciplinary action can be brought against a Prosecutor on the basis of his remarks made during a hearing.

ĄеĮР ◦Б Ư: ņНŠŁũũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒņijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ CHAPTER 2: FUNCTIONS OF GENERAL PROSECUTOR ATTACHED TO SUPREME COURT

ŌŪ″ ươ Łũijе₧₣аĕΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũΒņijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ Article 31 Representation of Prosecutors at Supreme Court

ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ũ₣ ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒņijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ ÐЙďijе₧₣аĕΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũΒņijНŵŁũЮĕй¤

The General Prosecutor, Deputy General Prosecutors and Prosecutors attached to the Supreme Court represent the prosecution body at this court.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 11

ŌŪ″ ưƯ ijУĜ◦БũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒņijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ Article 32 Roles of General Prosecutor at Supreme Court

ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒņijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ şРŲũУņ ĖО₣Łũ₤НеόŏŌĕŁũЮýũĮşĤĠсЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲЯřŲŌĕĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝š Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВ ĕЊ₣Ġ‗Ś Е₣ijǻм Юĩ℮₣6Ю◦Ьij ЯřŲŢ˝сĄРĕijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲĮЊĕЊijŏ¤

The General Prosecutor attached to the Supreme Court participates in requests for application of the law in the appeal to the Supreme Court, motions for review of a decided case or other claims made to the Supreme Court.

ĄеĮР ◦Б ư: ņНŠŁũũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч CHAPTER 3: FUNCTIONS OF GENERAL PROSECUTOR ATTACHED TO COURT OF APPEAL

ŌŪ″ ưư Łũijе₧₣аĕΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч Article 33 Representation of General Prosecutor at Court of Appeal

ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ũ₣ ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ÐЙďijе₧₣аĕΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũΒņijНŵŁũЮĕй¤

The General Prosecutor, Deputy General Prosecutors and Prosecutors attached to the Court of Appeal represent the prosecution body at this court.

ŌŪ″ ư ijУĜ◦БũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч Article 34 Role of General Prosecutor at Court of Appeal

ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ¹ų еЮņЧŲŁũΒĕНŷijŚşĤĠсЮĝ ĖО₣₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ΖşЮĊſЧΒĊЊŁũ ЊşĆЮĝΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũĈе₣ΐŎ ЯřŲЮĝ ĖО₣₤ņij□ ЊşĆ

ЯřĕřБũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ĊĞĕсĊĞũ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ŪijСŷŬŎŁũ‗чĄРĕũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх¤

The General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal monitors the application of the law within the territorial jurisdiction of the Court of Appeal. The General Prosecutor can inspect the offices of Prosecutors that are located within his territorial jurisdiction. In case of a serious offense, the General Prosecutor shall make a report to the Minister of Justice.

ŌŪ″ ư Βе₧şũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч Article 35 Powers of General Prosecutor at Court of Appeal

ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чЮĊſЧŁũ¹ų еЮņЧŲ ĕЊ₣ЮĊſЧŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ΖşЮŁйΒЮŃą ЧŀΒĖ ◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷаĕΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх

ЮřЧņġБĮЊļ˝⅝ΒеĮБĠŔΆ ЯřŲĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũŪĠŪĮЕijŚЊЮĉũĠ₤сΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲĈе₣Юĕй¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ΖşŪĠÐŲсļũ˝ЊşĆřŲсņūĕŚБ ιļĖ ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхĈе₣Β₤с

όŏĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆĈе₣ΐŎЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕчřŲсŁũŪÐĠсŪÐ₣ ιřеЮ‗ЧũŁũřєŲ∆аĕĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 12

ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ΖşЮĊſЧΒĊЊŁũ ЊşĆŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵЮĝΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ΖşşРŲũУņ ĖО₣Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ ΖşŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏŁũΒĕНŷijŚŷЋēĕŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ ďĮЊЮ₤₤ÐЙŁũЮýũĮ◦Ūņ₣сŁũşĤĠс ĕЊ₣ŁũŁĕсŁĠсŪÐĠсŪÐ₣˝Яĕų₣¹ijсŠųФĕ¤

ŪĠēĕΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ιļĖ сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪÐĠсũРĠŪijСŷЮýũĮ″ņΒĊЊĠŔą ũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤

The General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal shall monitor and control judicial police officers.

He can invite the person in charge of a judicial police unit to discuss issues related to the functioning of the unit.

He can assign any duties to be performed by judicial police officers or judicial police agents that are necessary for good management and functioning of the judicial police. He can inspect a judiciary police unit at anytime. He can participate in interviews. He can examine the implementation of police custody, especially to ensure compliance with the legal procedures and the rules for custodial management. The heads of units of judicial police officers, judicial police officers or judicial police agents shall obey the injunction of The General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal.

ĄеĮР ◦Б : ņНŠŁũũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ CHAPTER 4: FUNCTIONS OF PROSECUTORS AT COURTS OF FIRST INSTANCE

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: Β₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũΒņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ SECTION 1: ORGANIZATION OF PROSECUTORS AT COURT OF FIRST INSTANCE

ŌŪ″ ư Łũijе₧₣Β₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũΒņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ Article 36 Representation of Prosecution at Court of First Instance

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ũ₣Βņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ ďijе₧₣Β₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũΒņijНŵŁũЮĕй¤ The Royal Prosecutor and Deputy Prosecutors attached to the Court of First Instance

represent the prosecution body at this court.

ŌŪ″ ư Βе₧şũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń Article 37 Powers of Prosecutors

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń řЕ Ĝе ĕЊ₣₤ŪņĠ₤ŪņФŲ₤˝ņŊļĮũĠ₤сņūĕŚБ ĕЊ₣ļĖ ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхĈе₣Β₤сЮĝ ĖО₣₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ŁŲ₧ΒĕНŷijŚřБŁ₤ЮŪņşČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņΒе₧şũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮŪĠЧŪģ₤сΒее₧şĈе₣Β₤сЯřŲŪ˝ņЮĕйģĕ◦◦УŲ⅜ð Ųс όŏřŲсņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ĖО₣ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ij¤

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşşНйЮĉŁĕс˝Яĕų₣Ю₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ij ĕЊ₣ЮĊſЧŪÐĠсŁũЯ‗ĜеЯřŲŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕчřŲсņūĕŚБ ĕЊ₣ļĖ сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČеģşсĮЊЮ₤₤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ζşř˝₤Њ◦ċЊЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ijĮБņūĕŚБ ĕЊ₣ļĖ сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ĕЊ₣ЮũЬĠşеĄеĕУ₤ņūĕŚБ ĕЊ₣ļĖ сİũЮĕй¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 13

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşЮĊſЧΒĊЊŁũ ЊşĆģĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ ЮĝΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşşРŲũУņ ĖО₣Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ ΖşŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏŁũΒĕНŷijŚŷЋēĕŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ ďĮЊЮ₤₤ÐЙŁũЮýũĮ◦Ūņ₣сşĤĠс ĕЊ₣ŁũŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣¹ijсŠųФĕ¤ The Royal Prosecutor leads and coordinates the operations of all judicial police agents and judicial police officers within his territorial jurisdiction. However, when implementing rogatory letters, the assigned judicial police officers shall be under the authority of the investigating judge. The Royal Prosecutor shall exercise all authority designated in this code and delegate it to the judicial police officers for investigative actions. The Royal Prosecutor may visit the investigation site and give useful instructions to the judicial police officers. In special circumstances, a Prosecutor can revoke delegated investigative powers from the judicial police agents and officers and arrange for their replacement. The Royal Prosecutor can inspect a judiciary police unit at anytime. He can participate in interviews. He can examine the implementation of any police custody, especially to ensure compliance with the legal procedures and the rules for custodial management.

ŌŪ″ ư7 Βе₧şũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ũ₣ Article 38 Powers of Deputy Prosecutors

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ũ₣ЯřŲ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņΒе₧şũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮŪĠЧŪģ₤сΒе₧şĈе₣Β₤сЯřŲŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ōĕ ĖО₣ŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤¤

Being under the authority of the Royal Prosecutor, Deputy Prosecutors are vested with powers as they are entrusted with by the Prosecutors in term of searching for and charging of an offense.

ŌŪ″ ưo ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆ″ņЯřĕřБũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń Article 39 Territorial Competence of Royal Prosecutors

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЯřŲŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆÐЙк − ŪĮйŬĄΖďń аĕ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲŌĕŁũŪĠŪĮЕijŚЊĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ − ŪĮйŬĄΖďń аĕ◦БŲеЮĝũĠ₤сĄĕЯřŲЮÐ₤₣℮њŎ▫ ģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ − ŪĮйŬĄΖďń аĕ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ČĠсŠųФĕĄĕЯřŲŪijСŷģĕ₤₣℮њŎ▫ ģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤¤

The following Royal Prosecutors shall have territorial competence: − The Prosecutor at the site where the offense was committed. − The Prosecutor in the place of the residence of the person who is suspected for

committing an offense. − The Prosecutor of the territory in which the suspect for commission of an offense

was arrested.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ŁũΒĕНŷijŚĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń SECTION 2: APPLICATION OF CRIMINAL ACTIONS

ŌŪ″ Ơ ĄЮŪņЧ₤аĕŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс Article 40 Processing of Criminal Proceedings

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ℓųЕ₣Яℓų₣ΒеĮБşе₧ijсŁũЮŲЧĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ ĕЊ₣ĵ˝ŏĠũЋΉũЯřŲŠųФĕģĕ◦◦УŲЮŢŎĬĀ Ųс ιЯřŲņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхĠŃąСĕņ˝¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 14

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ζş₤ЮŪņşijņŲсЮũЩ₣◦Н˝ΟijČijсŁũ ιЮĊſЧŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ¤ ņНĕĕЕ₣₤ЮŪņşŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ijĠŤņ ιĠİð ĠсόŏЮĊſЧŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷĠЯĕ□ņ¤

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ĊĞĕсĊĞũ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŬŎŁũ‗чĄРĕΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ЯřŲŪijСŷŬŎŁũ‗чĠĕŚĄРĕũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх¤ The Royal Prosecutor shall consider written complaints and protests that have been received by him or that have been directly submitted by judicial police officers. He can decide to either hold a file without processing or to conduct proceedings against the offenders. Before making the decision, a Prosecutor can conduct preliminary investigations or order supplemental investigations. In case of a serious offense, the Prosecutor shall make a report on the case to the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal who also shall submit that report to the Minister of Justice.

ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũijņŲсЮũЩ₣◦Н˝ΟijČijсŁũ Article 41 File without Processing

ŁŲ₧Ġ‗Ś Е₣₧ņУŎŪijСŷģĕijņŲс◦Н˝ΟijČijсŁũ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ ΒеĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŠųФĕ Юĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл ₣ŠųБĠеĩНij Ю΅ЧŎŗл ₣ŎРũĠеĩНijũŎкЮĮŲ Ư (ĮБũ) ЯŠ ÐЊijĮБаℓĞşНйĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ ĖО₣ĠŃąБ ЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ Ơ (ĠŃąБаĕĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

ŁũijņŲсЮũЩ₣◦Н˝ΟijČijсŁũ ŪijСŷЯijŌĕ₤еΖ₣şĤĠс ĕЊ₣₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН¤ ŁũijņŲс◦Н˝ΟijČijсŁũЮĕйýŊ ĕΖďń Β₤сĄеĕНеЮ◦¤

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşЮ₤ЧЮũВЯ˝ЯŪĠЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŠųФĕŷЋŀ ĖО₣Š‗кЯřŲĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ņЊĕĈĕсĩНijũŲijсЮĝЮΌЧŎ¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ņЊĕ₤НŠşЊijŚĕЕ₣Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşijņŲсЮũЩ₣◦Н ΟijČijсŁũЮ◦ ⅜ņБŠųФĕΖşЮĊſЧŁũijǻм ЮĉΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чģĕ¤

Łũijǻм ЮĕйŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ Ư (ĮБũ) ЯŠ ÐЊijĮБаℓĞ◦◦УŲřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşijņŲсЮũЩ₣◦Н˝ΟijČijсŁũ¤ Łũijǻм ЮĕйŪijСŷЮĊſЧ″ņĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜ņŃň ЮĝΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũЯřŲĵ сĮњĕċ¤ ĠĜĀ Ġсņ˝ ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ŪijСŷģĕĠŃąСĕļų ņЮĉΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ЮŢŎijе₧₣ΒŎŏŁũΒņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ Łũijǻм ЮĕйŌĕņРŲЮ΅ijНŪijЕņŪijСŷ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ЮşŀΒĊЊĠŔą řŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ όŏЮĊſЧŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮĊſЧΒĊЊĠŔą ″ņŁũЯ‗ĜеďŵŎŲ š‗чΒ˝℮ũ¤ Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĩĀОŎĮБЮĕй ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ijņŲсЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣◦Н˝ďģĕŁũ¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ŪijСŷόŏřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĕйřŲсΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ijǻм ¤ In the case that the complaint is filed without processing, the Prosecutor shall inform the plaintiff about that decision within the shortest possible period, in any case of not more than two months starting from date of the registration of the complaint as provided for in Article 50 (Registry of Complaints) of this Code. Filing the case without processing shall be based on grounds of law and fact. Filing without processing does not have the effect of res judicata.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 15

The Prosecutor may always change his decision as long as the criminal action has not been extinguished.

If the plaintiff is not satisfied with the Prosecutor’s decision to hold the file without processing, the plaintiff may appeal that decision to the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal.

The appeal shall be lodged within two months, commencing from the date on which the plaintiff received the decision to hold the file without processing. The appeal shall be lodged in a standard complaint in the relevant Prosecutor’s office. The un-processed file shall then be immediately submitted by the representative of the Prosecutors’ office of the Court of First Instance to the General Prosecutor.

If correct reasons for the appeal are found, the General Prosecutor shall instruct the Prosecutor to proceed. The instruction shall be in writing. In all other cases, the General Prosecutor will affirm the decision of the Prosecutor as a valid decision. The General Prosecutor shall inform the plaintiff of his decision of affirmation.

ŌŪ″ Ư ŁijĮſ ЊşĆЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣ĠũЋΉũşеЮĵйĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņ Article 42 Mandatory Report of Felony or Misdemeanor

Ζďń Ċũ⅜ēũ‗к ιņūĕŚБŪÐĠсũРĠЯřŲЮĝ ĖО₣ŁũĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ģĕřЕ₣ΒеĮБĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ŪijСŷЯijĄРĕřе‗Е₣ļų ņřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιřŲсņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ЮŢŎŪijСŷĠŃąСĕĕРŷĮњijхŌĕ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН ŲЊŠЊij ĕЊ₣ŷij□О″₣Ĉе₣Β₤с ЯřŲĈ с◦₣ĕЕ₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЮĜй ļą ĠсďņУŎĩ₣¤

ņЊĕΖşŌĕŁũЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣řа◦₧ ЮŪłĮБŁũЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣₤Ś БΒеĮБΖℓх˝еģе₣ž₣ŷЋďą ĄБŷк ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲşĤĠсģĕЯş₣ŗл ₣ď˝сŵ˝сЮĜйЮ◦¤ During the performance of their duties, all public authorities and officers who learn about a felony or misdemeanor shall immediately report this incident to the judicial police officers or to the Prosecutors and submit to the Prosecutors all information, records, letters and objects relating to that offense. Exception may be made only if professional confidentiality is involved and the law expressly so stipulates.

ŌŪ″ ư ŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс Article 43 Criminal Proceedings

ŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсž₣Ġ◦ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ΖşЮĊſЧ″ņк − ŁũЮĠЧ˝ЮĊſЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ − ŁũĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ι − ″ņĕБijЊŷЋĊБĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ¤

Criminal proceedings can be conducted through: − the opening of judicial investigation; − a citation; or − the procedure of immediate appearance.

ŌŪ″ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 44 Opening of Judicial Investigation

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ Њřť ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷЯijЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 16

ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷģĕЮĠЧ˝ ″ņřБŁĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲŪijСŷĠŚЕ₣ЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ΖşЮĠЧ˝ŪĠĂе₣ЮŲЧ ĠНÐðŲŌĖ с ιЮŪşЧĕĜ˝с ЮŢŎŌĕş₣∆ОŲŪģĠсЮěŊ й ιŪĠĂе₣ЮĉЮŲЧΒŔň ijĄĕ¤

řБŁĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũũУņŌĕк − Ю₤ş ŚБ₤Ю₣šĠаĕΒ₣ðЮ΅ijН − Łũ˝е‗ijсЮěŊ йĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ − ŁũĠİΆ ŀΒij□Ġ◦şĤĠсЯřŲ е‗ijс ĕЊ₣ĠūİĠĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ ĕЊ₣ − ЮěŊ йĠНÐðŲЯřŲŪijСŷũ₣ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΖş˝е‗ijсģĕ¤

řБŁĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ij□ЮŲž¤ ◦Ūņ₣сŁũЮĕйŌĕŲ˝š‗кŢşсžijŪijСŷЯijЮýũĮ ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮşĖйЮ◦ řБŁĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĕй ŪijСŷ◦Н˝ď

ЮŌþк¤ In the case of a felony, the Prosecutor shall open a judicial investigation. The judicial

investigation shall be based upon the initial submission provided to the investigating judge. The judicial investigation may be opened against identified or unidentified individuals.

The initial submission (to be prepared by the Prosecutor) includes: − A summary of the facts; − A legal qualification of the facts; − The indication of relevant provisions of the criminal law and sanction for offense; − The name (s) of the suspect, if known.

The initial submission shall be dated and signed. These formalities shall be strictly complied with or the initial submission shall be void.

ŌŪ″ ŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ņĄęЊņ Article 45 Proceedings in Case of Misdemeanors

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ζşк − ЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŢŎЮĊſЧřРşЯřŲģĕЯş₣ЮŢŎŌŪ″ (ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй − ĠŃąСĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ ŲсЮĝņНŠijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ЮŢŎЮĊſЧřРşģĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌŪ″

(řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ι − Ġİð ĠсόŏĜеĄĕďĠсЮČ◦şРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņЮĝņНŠijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ЮŢŎЮĊſЧřРşЯřŲģĕЯş₣

ĖО₣ŌŪ″ (ŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ � (ĕБijЊŷЋĊБаĕŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ In the case of a misdemeanor, the Prosecutor may:

− open a judicial investigation as provided in Article 44 (Opening of Judicial Investigation) of this Code;

− directly summons the accused to appear before the Court of First Instance by following the procedure stipulated in Article 46 (Citations) of this Code; or

− order the accused to immediately appear before the Court of First Instance in accordance with Article 47 (Immediate Appearance) and Article 48 (Procedure of Immediate Appearance) of this Code.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 17

ŌŪ″ řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс Article 46 Citations

řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ÐЙďĠŔą όŏĄĕďĠсЮČ◦şРŲЮĉĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣¤ řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ ŲсũУņŌĕк

− ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗аĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ − Ю₤ş ŚБ₤Ю₣šĠаĕΒ₣ðЮ΅ijН − ЮěŊ йĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ − Βij□Ġ◦şĤĠсЯřŲ е‗ijс ĕЊ₣ĠūİĠĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤¤

řБŁЮĕйŪijСŷş₣∆ОŲŪģĠсĮБijНŵŁũ ŪĮņĈе₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣ЮŌл ₣ЮĮŲаĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ řБŁЮĕйŪijСŷĠŔą с▫ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ΖşĮЕ₣ЮņēŷВόŏΒņŠųФĕģĕ¤ A citation is an order made to the accused to appear before the Court of First Instance. A citation shall include:

− The identity of the accused; − A summary of the facts; − A legal qualification of the facts; − The indication of relevant provisions of the criminal law and sanction for the

offense. A citation shall include the relevant court, its location, and the date and time of trial. The citation shall specify that the accused may be defended by a lawyer.

ŌŪ″ ŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ Article 47 Immediate Appearance

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦şРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ ЮĝņНŠijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕŪÐĠсŲ˝šŠ‗Ź řРşijЮĉк

− Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ďĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ ″ņΒij□ĕњŎаĕŌŪ″ � (ĕЊŎņĕњŎĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ �� (ŁũČijс◦Н˝řРşďĠ◦ΧŪ Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй

− Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ŪijСŷĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤Ţ сĮĕċĜýũŗл ₣ijЊş ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖ е ĕЊ₣ŗл ₣ЮŪşЧĕ (Ūģе) ĂĖ е − ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ďĕБijЊĄĕ − ЮũЩ₣ ŚБŌĕŲ˝š‗кŪÐĠсŪýĕсŲŊņĄеĕНеĄŪņйģĕ¤

Prosecutors may order the accused to appear before the Court of First Instance immediately if all of the following requirements are satisfied:

− The offense is flagrant in accordance with Articles 86 (Definition of Flagrant Felony or Misdemeanor) and 88 (Flagrant Felony or Misdemeanor) of this Code.

− The offense carries a sentence of imprisonment for not less one year and not greater than five years;

− The accused reaches a legal age; and − There are substantial facts to be tried.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 18

ŌŪ″ 7 ĕБijЊŷЋĊБаĕŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ Article 48 Procedure of Immediate Appearance

ŁŲ₧₤ЮŪņş▫ ŪijСŷЮŪĠЧĕБijЊŷЋĊБĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷк − ĮЊĕЊijŏΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĠŃąСĕņ˝όŏŠųФĕ − όŏřе‗Е₣řŲсĄĕЮĜй ΒеĮБЮũЩ₣Ŭм ŷЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ĕЊ₣ЮěŊ йĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ − ◦◦УŲşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲЮĜй ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ⅜ņБŠųФĕş₣сĕЊŗŎ − ЮĊſЧ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БΒеĮБŁũĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ¤

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪģĠсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦▫ ŠųФĕŌĕ₤Њ◦ċЊ₤НеĮЕ₣ЮņēŷВ″ņŁũЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ιČijс″е₣ЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎΒĕНЮŵņ″ņşĤĠс₤Ś БĮБŲ˝šĕŚЊ кЮņēŷВ¤

ЮņēŷВЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ ιČijс″е₣ ŪijСŷģĕ◦◦УŲřе‗Е₣ļų ņ¤ ЮņēŷВΖşĮЊĕЊijŏ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ ĕЊ₣Ĉ с◦₣ďņУŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ģĕ¤

ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤аĕ◦Ūņ₣сŁũĈе₣Юĕй ŪijСŷşНйЮĝ ĖО₣ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮČĖ йЮ◦ ĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪijСŷ◦Н˝ďЮŌþк¤ ijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ŪijСŷģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣″ņ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ¤ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪijСŷĠİš е₣◦Н˝ЮŢŎŌĕ˝₣˝Ōų е₣Łũĵũ ũ΅РijřŲсЮĮŲ⅜ņБŠųФĕşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ

ijНŵŁũЯřŲŪijСŷЮĠЧ˝₤ŷĜŁũЮĝ ĖО₣аℓĞЮĜйЯijņŚ₣¤ ЮĝЮĮŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĕй ijНŵŁũЮŪŁŎĮБģĕЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀ ijсЮņЧŲΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ЮĊſЧ

ũģŎŁũ‗ч₤Ю₣šĠЮũЩ₣Ŭм ŷЯřŲģĕЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ŪijСŷŪģĠсřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦▫ ⅜ņБŠųФĕΖşŌĕũŎкЮĮŲЮřЧņġБЮũЬĠşеŁũĵũŠųФĕ¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦₤НеũŎкЮĮŲ ιŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧijНŵŁũŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ЮũЩ₣ ŚБЮĜйņЊĕĈĕсΖşĄеĕНеĄŪņйļų ņ6ģĕЮ◦ЮĜй ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ŪijСŷЮŲЧ ЮĉЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮŪŁŎ¤

ijНŵŁũΖşĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ďĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ЮŢŎ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲŌĕĠŔą сĮБ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН¤ Юĝ ĖО₣⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĜй ijНŵŁũŪijСŷЮŗ₣″ņŲ˝šŠ‗Ź аĕŌŪ″ ƯƠ (ņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ ijНŵŁũЮşŀřБŁ₤ЮŪņşĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ¤

⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş ŚБ ŪijСŷЯijŪĠŁ₤ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ Ư (ĮБũ) ₤ģŚ ΅ч ÐЊijĮБаℓĞşРŲЮĉĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠijНŵŁũ¤ ŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖŪijСŷЯijĠŃęĠсЮŢŎЮĮŀşĤĠс ЮŪŁŎĮБĩНijũŎкЮĮŲ Ư (ĮБũ) ₤ģŚ ΅ч¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧijНŵŁũЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣″ņĕБijЊŷЋĊБĠİð ĠсόŏĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ ŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ Ų˝šŠ‗Ź аĕŌŪ″ (ŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ņЊĕΖşĠеЮĮŀЮ◦ ι˝єЮŢŎļĮ⅜еőО еаĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ ijŪņСŷďČеģşсόŏЮĊſЧŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷόŏģĕŪďŲЮŪĐĠЯĕ□ņ ijНŵŁũŪijСŷĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮřЧņġБЮĠЧ ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 19

ŪijСŷЯijĜеЮĉĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝаℓĞЮĜйЯijņŚ₣ЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮČĖ йЮ◦ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪijСŷЯijЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ŷЋŀЮŢŎυ˝υ₣¤

When deciding to implement the procedure for ordering a person to appear immediately, the Prosecutor shall:

− Check the personal identity of the person brought to him; − Inform the person about the charge and the type of the offense; − Receive the statement of the person if he wants to make one; − Establish a written record on the application of the procedure of immediate

appearance. The Royal Prosecutor shall inform the accused that he has the right to a lawyer that he

chooses or a lawyer appointed in accordance with the Law on the Bar. The chosen or appointed lawyer shall be informed immediately about the selection or

appointment. He may study the file and communicate with the accused. Compliance with these procedures shall be noted on the written record; otherwise such

procedure shall be deemed as void. The Court of First Instance shall be seized upon reception of the written record of immediate

appearance. The accused shall be guarded until he appears before the court in which the trial shall be

conducted on the same day. During the appearance, after confirming the identity of the accused and confronting him with

a summary of the facts, the court shall inform the accused that he is entitled to have a period of time to prepare his defense.

If the accused requests such time or if the court finds that the case may not be tried immediately, the trial shall be adjourned to another trial date.

The court can temporarily detain the accused by making a reasoned order. In the order, the court shall apply the conditions provided in Article 205 (Reasons for Provisional Detention) of this Code. The court issues the detention order.

The judgment on the merits of the case shall be announced within a period no longer than two weeks starting from the date of the first appearance before the court. The provisional detention shall be automatically terminated following the expiration of the two-week arrest period.

If the court has received the case through the procedure of immediate appearance and finds that the requirements of Article 47 (Immediate Appearance) of this Code were not satisfied or that the complexity of the facts necessitates further investigation, the court shall send the case back to the Royal Prosecutor in order to open a judicial investigation. The accused shall be brought before the investigating judge on the same day. Otherwise the accused shall be released automatically.

ŌŪ″ o řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦Ų΅Н Article 49 Citations for Petty Offense

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮũЩ₣ЮĜйďĠ◦Ų΅Н ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷЮŁйĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲŠųФĕЮĉņНŠijНŵŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮŢŎĬĀ Ųс řРşģĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ (řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

In cases of petty offense, the Prosecutor shall issue a citation for the accused to appear before the court according to the procedures provided in Article 46 (Citations) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ Ơ ĠŃąБаĕĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ Article 50 Registry of Complaints

Юĝ″ņijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ĕБņУŎ6 ŪijСŷĠЮ₣ЧijόŏŌĕĠŃąБΒŎŏŁũņУŎ₤ŪŌĠсşНйĠ‗Ś Е₣ ЯřŲĠŚЕ₣ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιЯřŲĠŃąСĕņ˝ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 20

ŪÐĠсĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉе₣Β₤сŪijСŷЯijşНй ĖО₣ĠŃą БЮŢŎŌĕŠųЕņ⅜ũřРşijЮĉк − ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ − ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ЯřŲΒŎŏŁũģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ − ŪĠķĮаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣к Ġ‗Ś Е₣ЮĩńЧņ˝ĬĀ ŲсşеЮĵйŪĮйŬĄΖďń ι єĠŃąСĕņ˝ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх − ŪĠЮķ◦аĕЮũЩ₣Ю΅ijНЯřŲΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ģĕŬŎŁũ‗ч − şе₧ijсŁũЮŲЧĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣к Łũ₤ЮŪņşijņŲсЮũЩ₣◦Н˝ΟijČijсŁũ ιŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤

ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ¤ ĠŃą Баĕĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ŪijСŷŁĕсŁĠсЮŢŎЮŲžĊЊŁũũĠ₤сΒŎŏŁũ ЮŪŁņŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ĠŃą Б

ΖşŪijСŷģĕЮĠЧ˝ЮņЧŲЮŢŎΖďń ĊũijНŵŁũĈе₣Β₤с ďΖ◦Џ ÐЙΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤ Each Court of First Instance shall create a prosecution registry for registering all complaints

that are submitted directly to the Royal Prosecutor or transmitted by the judicial police officers. The following content of complaints shall be registered:

− The identity of the plaintiff; − The date the Prosecutor received the complaint; − The source of the complaint–whether transmitted by the judicial police officer or

submitted directly to the Prosecutor; − The type of case that is reported by the plaintiff; − The action taken - decision to file without processing or criminal prosecution.

The Prosecutor’s Secretariat under the control of the Royal Prosecutor shall maintain the complaint registry. The registry may be read by all judicial authorities, for example by the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal.

ŌijЊŁ◦Б Ư: ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ

TITLE 2: INVESTIGATING JUDGE

ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ UNITARY CHAPTER: INVESTIGATING JUDGE

ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũČijс″е₣ЮŢŎŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ

Article 51 Assignment by Court President

ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₧ŌĖ с ĮНеΖşĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũũĠ₤сŠųФĕģĕЮ◦ ЮŢŎ⅜ũŁũĘĠс₤ŪŌ˝ ЮŢŎŌĕĄе₣Й ιЮŢŎŌĕņРŲЮ΅ijНřа◦Юĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьij ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬijаĕijНŵŁũřЯřŲŪijСŷģĕČijс″е₣ďĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ЮŢŎŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ ЮřЧņġБĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĮНеŌĕЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬijаĕijНŵŁũřЯřŲ ΖşŪijСŷģĕČijс″е₣ďĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ЮŢŎŪĠēĕijНŵŁũЮřЧņġБĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

ŪĠēĕijНŵŁũЮşŀřБŁČijс″е₣ņУŎЯřŲĮНеЮĠЧ˝ĩųСŷijǻм ЮΌЧŎ¤ ЮŲЧ₤ĮБЮĕйĠ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊаĕŌŪ″ Ư (ŁũЯĠ₣Яş˝ЮũЩ₣ ŚБ) аĕŪ˝ņĕБijЊŷЋĊБũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŪijСŷЯijЮýũĮ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 21

When an investigating judge can not perform his duty because of leave, illness or other reasons, another investigating judge of the same court shall be temporarily assigned by the court president to ensure the investigation work.

If there is no investigating judge at the court, the court president may temporarily assign any judge of the court to conduct the judicial investigation.

The court president renders an assignment order which can not be appealed against. In addition to the aforementioned, the provisions of Article 26 (Case Distribution) of the

Code of Civil Procedure shall apply.

ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũЯĠ₣Яş˝₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮŢŎŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ Article 52 Distributions of Case Files by Court President

ŁŲ₧ŌĕЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŪşЧĕũРĠЮĝ ĖО₣ijНŵŁũņУŎ ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣Ĉе₣ΐŎŪijСŷЯĠ₣Яş˝ЮŢŎŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ¤ If there are several investigating judges in one court the case files shall be distributed to each investigating judge by the court president.

ŌŪ″ ư Łũř˝΅Рij₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ĮБЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 53 Withdrawal of Case Files from Investigating Judge

Łũř˝΅Рij₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ĮБЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮřЧņġБŪĠÐŲсĄРĕЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŌĖ сЮ◦Ьij ΖşЮ₤Ė ЧЮĉĮБŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ ЮřЧņġБďŪĠЮŗĄĕчаĕũřťģŲřєŲ∆аĕŎНijŚЊĊņх¤ ŁũЮ₤Ė Ч₤НеЮĕйΖşЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎĵ˝ŏ₤НеЯřŲŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijНũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЯřŲЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎŁũЮĩŚЧņÐеĕЊijĬĀ ŲсŠųФĕ ι″ņũŎкĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сļÐБ¤

ņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕŁũř˝΅Рij₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ĮБЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪijСŷЮŗ₣″ņĠŃňijŚЊаĕŌŪ″ (ņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

Upon request, a case file may be withdrawn from an investigating judge and assigned to another investigating judge by the decision of the court president for the sake of good administration of justice. This request shall be made by a letter with explanation of reasons by the Royal Prosecutor upon his own initiative or upon request from the parties.

The reasons for withdrawing a case file from an investigating judge shall be based on the provisions of Article 556 (Grounds for Challenging Judge) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ ˝ũ‗БņЊĕŪĮņЮŷЬũČ˝ЯřŲĜеόŏЮŌþļĮ Article 54 Mandatory Abstention

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕΖşşРŲũУņ ĖО₣ŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮũЩ₣ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ЯřŲŠųФĕģĕČijсŁũ ĖО₣ůĕкďЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũģĕЮ◦ ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮşĖйЮ◦ ŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņйŪijСŷČijс◦Н˝ďЮŌþк¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŪĠЧΒе₧şЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣Ū˝ņЮĕй¤ The investigating judge may not participate in the trial of a criminal offense that he has

knowledge of in his capacity as investigating judge. Otherwise, the judgment shall be null and void. The investigating judges exercise the powers as attributed to them in this Code.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 22

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ư: ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ TITLE 3: INVESTIGATION CHAMBER

ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ UNITARY CHAPTER: INVESTIGATION CHAMBER

ŌŪ″ ₤ļĮЊЮ₤₤аĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч Article 55 Special Composition of Investigation Chamber of Court of Appeal

Юĝ ĖО₣⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чŌĕ₤ļņУŎЯřŲŌĕЮěŊ й▫ ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŌĕ₤ņij□ ЊşĆĄеĕНеĄŪņйĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч ЯřŲЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

₤ŌĄЊ аĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĮНеΖşşРŲũУņ ĖО₣ŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮũЩ₣ ŚБŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ЯřŲŠųФĕģĕČijсŁũ ĖО₣ůĕкďЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũģĕЮ◦ ЮĠЧņЊĕřРЮşĖйЮ◦ ⅜ŲřБŁЮĜйŪijСŷČijс◦Н˝ďЮŌþк¤

There is a chamber within the Court of Appeal which is called the Investigation Chamber. The Investigation Chamber has the competence to adjudicate any appeal against decisions of the investigating judge.

A member of the Investigation Chamber may not participate in the trial of a criminal offense which he has knowledge of in his capacity as investigation judge. Otherwise, the judgment shall be null and void.

ŌijЊŁ◦Б : ĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх TITLE 4: JUDICIAL POLICE

ĄеĮР ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ◦РЮĉ CHAPTER 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS

ŌŪ″ ЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Article 56 Missions of Judicial Police

ĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ÐЙďĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сΒе₧şijНŵŁũ¤ ĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŌĕļũ˝ЊşĆЮĊſЧŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏĠ◦ΧŪ Њřť Ġ◦ņĄęЊņ ĕЊ₣Ġ◦Ų΅Н ˝е‗ijсΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ ĕЊ₣ČĠс

ĄĕЮŲŊЧ₤ ŪĮņĈе₣ŪĠņРŲķ₤ŚО ″₣¤ The judicial police perform their duties in support of the judicial body.

The judicial police have the duty to examine felonies, misdemeanors and petty offenses, to identify and arrest offenders and to collect evidence.

ŌŪ″ ₤Ō₤ļĮũĠ₤сĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Article 57 Composition of Judicial Police

ĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхũУņŌĕк ơ-ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх¤ Ư-ļĖ ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх¤ ư-ņūĕŚБŬĄŁũ ĕЊ₣ļĖ ˝сİũ⅜ēũ‗кřа◦Ю◦Ьij ЯřŲşĤĠсЮŢŎЯΌ˝ŪĠÐŲсΒе₧şόŏЮĊſЧŁũĮЊĕЊijŏĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤Šųй6 ĖО₣ũ₣ſ₣с₤ņij□˝ЊşĆũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤

The judicial police include: 1. Judicial police officers;

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 23

2. Judicial police agents; 3. Government officials and public agents who are authorized by separate laws to

examine offenses in the scope of their territorial jurisdiction.

ŌŪ″ 7 Łũ₤ŪņĠ₤ŪņФŲ₤˝ņŊļĮŁũİũũĠ₤сĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Article 58 Coordination of Judicial Police

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń řЕ Ĝе ĕЊ₣₤ŪņĠ₤ŪņФŲ₤˝ņŊļĮŁũİũũĠ₤сņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ĕЊ₣ļĖ сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхĈе₣Β₤сЮĝ ĖО₣₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŌĕΒе₧şЮĉЮŲЧņūĕʼnБŬĄŁũ ĕЊ₣ļĖ ˝сİũ⅜ēũ‗кřа◦Ю◦Ьij ЯřŲЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ �Ư (ŁũĩŚŲсĕБijЊ₤ņġĈşеЮĵйņūĕŚБŬĄŁũ ĕЊ₣ļĖ ˝сİũ⅜ēũ‗кřа◦Ю◦Ьij) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŁŲ₧ņūĕŚБЮĕйĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũũĠ₤сŠųФĕďĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņх¤

ŁŲ₧ΒĕНŷijŚřБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņΒе₧şũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

The Royal Prosecutor supervises and coordinates the activities of all judicial police officers and judicial police agents.

He has authority over government officials and other public agents as stated in Article 82 (Accreditation of other Government Officials and Public Agents) of this Code when they perform the functions as judicial police.

When enforcing rogatory letters, judicial police officers are under the authority of the investigating judge.

ŌŪ″ o ŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏЮŲЧĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Article 59 Supervision of Judicial Police

ĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũ¹ų еЮņЧŲ ĕЊ₣ŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ΒĕНŷijŚΒе₧şž₣ ŷЋĕњŎЮĉЮŲЧĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх¤ The judicial police shall be monitored and controlled by the General Prosecutor attached to

the Court of Appeal. The General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal shall be empowered to take

disciplinary actions against judicial police.

ĄеĮР ◦Б Ư: ņūĕŚ БĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх CHAPTER 2: JUDICIAL POLICE OFFICERS

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: Łũ◦◦УŲģĕĕРŷÐН‗₤ņġijŚЊďņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх SECTION 1: QUALIFICATION OF JUDICIAL POLICE OFFICERS

ŌŪ″ Ơ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Article 60 Judicial Police Officers

ŌĕÐН‗₤ņġijŚЊďņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхк ơ-ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲďijЊ ŌĕůĕĕŚũ₤ ŚЊČĠсĮБΒĕНЮ₤ĕБŎчŪijБЮΌЧ₣Юĉ ЯřŲģĕĠеЮũВŁũİũŗл ₣ijЊşĠеĩНij Ư (ĮБũ) ĂĖ е ĖО₣ĕÐũģŲďijЊũУşЮ΅ЧŎ Ю΅ЧŎĠĜĀ ĠсĮБģĕ◦◦УŲ₤Ŕň ĠњŪijďĕсŠį₤сž₣ĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 24

Ư-ĜŎĈΉĕаĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ ЯřŲģĕĠеЮũВŁũİũŗл ₣ijЊşĠеĩНij Ư (ĮБũ) ĂĖ е ĖО₣˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ũУşЮ΅ЧŎ Ю΅ЧŎĠĜĀ ĠсĮБģĕ◦◦УŲ₤Ŕň ĠњŪijďĕсŠį₤сž₣ĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх¤ ư-ΒĖ˝ŌĕůĕĕŚũ₤њ ŚЊ ĕЊ₣ņНŠİũřРşž₣ЮŪŁņк

˝. ΒķЊģŲ ĕЊ₣ΒķЊģŲũ₣ ЮŠijŚ Ū О₣, ΒķЊģŲ ĕЊ₣ΒķЊģŲũ₣ Ū₤О Š‗Ź ĕЊ₣ ЮņþНе Юč₤İijс¤ Š. ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕĜŎ˝Ţť ĕ˝₧Ś ŲĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕ ĜŎ˝Ţť ĕ˝₧Ś Ų

₤ĕŚЊ₤НŠ ĕЊ₣ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕĜŎ˝Ţť ĕ˝₧Ś Ų₤₧Ś ĠсēĖ Ġс⅜ēũ‗к аĕΒÐð₤Ė ₣ŁũŢť ĕĕÐũģŲďijЊ¤ Ð. ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕĜŎ˝Ţť ĕ, ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕŁũЋŗŲњŎ, ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕЯĩĖ˝ ЯřŲ◦◦УŲ

ĠĕĀО˝˝ЊşĆŁũŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ĕЊ₣₤□ ЊijЮŪŁņόǻ◦ũĠ₤сĜŎ˝Ţť ĕ˝₧Ś ŲĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ĜŎ˝Ţť ĕ˝₧Ś Ų₤ĕŚЊ₤НŠ ĕЊ₣ĜŎ˝Ţť ĕ˝₧Ś Ų₤₧Ś ĠсēĖ Ġс⅜ēũ‗к¤

þ. ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕĜŎ˝Ţť ĕ, ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕŁũЋŗŲњŎ, ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕЯĩĖ˝ аĕк − ĜŎ˝Ţť ĕĕÐũģŲŪĮеЯřĕ ãşеЮĵйĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤đų₣Яřĕå − ņĕĀБũŪĠĂе₣ЮŪÐЪ₣ЮŀЭĕ − ĜŎ˝Ţť ĕĕÐũģŲЮ◦₤şũ‗ч − ₤Ė ₣ŁũĮЊЮ₤₤ŁũĵũЮĠijЊ˝ķњ‗Ź ¤

₣. ₤Ė ₣Łũ ₤Ė ₣Łũũ₣ĕÐũģŲЮŠijŚ Ū О₣¤ ş. ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕŁũЋŗŲњŎ, ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕЯĩĖ˝ЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠĕĀО˝ŁũİũŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź şе‗Нй₤Ė ₣ŁũĕÐũģŲЮŠijŚ Ū˝О₣ řРşďк

− ŁũЋŗŲњŎĕÐũģŲŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ˝еũЋijĊĞĕс ĕЊ₣ŁũЋŗŲњŎŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ˝еũЋijŪ⅜Ų − ŁũЋŗŲњŎŪĠĂе₣ŁũĄУŀřРũņĕН₤℮ ĕЊ₣ŁũĵũΒĕБijЊĄĕ − ŁũЋŗŲњŎĕÐũģŲЮ₤řť ЊşĆ − ŁũЋŗŲњŎĠЮşĆ Ю◦₤ ŷЋ◦Ŝ⅜ū₤Ś ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź − ŁũЋŗŲњŎŪĠĂе₣ЮŪÐЪ₣ЮŀЭĕ − ŁũЋŗŲњŎŪĠĂе₣Юķũŷ˝ņŊ ĕЊ₣ − ŁũЋŗŲњŎĄĕĠũЮ◦₤¤

đ. ΒĊЊŁũ ĕЊ₣ΒĊЊŁũũ₣ ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕЯĩĖ˝ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź аĕΒĊЊŁũŢť ĕĕÐũģŲ Ū₤О Š‗Ź ¤ Ą. ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕŁũЋŗŲњŎĕÐũģŲşŬşũ ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕЯĩĖ˝ ĕÐũģŲşŬşũ ãşеЮĵй

Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤şŬşũå¤ ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕŁũЋŗŲњŎŪÐĠсŪÐ₣ΖŷНĊ ďijЊĩĀОй ĕЊ₣ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕЯĩĖ˝аĕŁũЋŗŲњŎŪÐĠсŪÐ₣ΖŷНĊďijЊĩĀОй ãşеЮĵйĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ΖŷНĊ ďijЊĩĀОйå¤ ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕΒ₣ðļĮ ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕŁũЋŗŲњŎĕÐũģŲЮ◦₤şũ‗ч ĕЊ₣ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕ ЯĩĖ˝аĕŁũЋŗŲњŎĕÐũģŲЮ◦₤şũ‗ч¤

Ę. ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕĠлН₤Ś ЏĕÐũģŲũřťģŲþНе₤İijс ãşеЮĵйĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź å¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 25

ŀ. ЮņĠŔą Łũ ĕЊ₣ЮņĠŔą Łũũ₣ аĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ ЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠĕĀО˝ ЊşĆŁũŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ¤ ř. ЮņĠŔą Łũ ĕЊ₣ЮņĠŔą Łũũ₣˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ŪĠČеЮŠijŚ Ū О₣ ЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠĕĀО˝˝ЊşĆŁũŪĮ Ŋ◦‗№ű¤ Ť. ЮņĠŔą Łũ ĕЊ₣ЮņĠŔą Łũũ₣˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ŪĠČеŪ₤О Š‗Ź ЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠĕĀО˝ ЊşĆŁũŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ¤ ű. ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕŁũЋŗŲњŎ ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕЯĩĖ˝аĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□◦◦УŲĠĕĀО˝ ЊşĆŁũ

ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ¤ Γ. ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕΒ₣ðļĮЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьij ЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠĕĀО ˝ЊşĆŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ijĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ЯřŲŪijСŷ

ģĕĠЮ₣˛ЧijЮΌЧ₣ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČеģşс¤ ũřťņūĕŚБďΖ₧ĮŜģŲаĕņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲ ιďΖ₧ĮŜģŲаĕĜŎĈΉĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□Ĉе₣ΐŎ ЯřŲ

ŌĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣şе‗Нş◦Бơ ◦БƯ ĕЊ₣◦Бư аĕŌŪ″Юĕй Ōĕļũ ЊşĆЯij₣″е₣ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲ ĕЊ₣ĜŎĈΉĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□Ĉе₣ΐŎ₧ЯřŲŪijСŷĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũďņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤ũУņďņУŎũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх¤

The persons who are capable of performing the duty of Judicial Police include: 1. Police officers who hold the grade of at least major lieutenant and who have at least two

years of work experience in the service of national police, after obtaining a Higher Diploma of the Judicial Police;

2. Military Police Officers who have at least two years of work experience in the service of Royal Military Police Forces, after obtaining a Higher Diploma of the Judicial Police;

3. Bearers of the following ranks and functions: a. Governor and deputy governor of provinces and municipalities, governor and

deputy governor of District and Khan, chief of commune and chief of Sangkat; b. Director and deputy director of the Central Department of Judicial Police;

director and deputy director of the Central Department of Security of the National Police;

c. Director and deputy director of department, chief and vice chief of offices, chief and vice chief of sections that are in charge of criminal affairs and that are under the authority of the Central Department of Judicial Police and the Central Department of Security and Central Department for Public Order;

d. Chief and vice-chief of departments, chief and deputy chief of offices and chief and vice-chief of units of: − Department of Border Police for “cross-border crimes”; − Department of Drug-Combating; − Department of Tourist Police; − Special Commissioner for Patrimony Protection.

e. Commissioners and vice commissioners of provincial and municipal polices; f. Chief and vice-chief of offices, chief and vice-chief of units that are in charge of

criminal affairs of the provincial and municipal police, such as: − Office of Penal Police for Serious Offenses and Office of Penal Police for

Minor Offenses; − Office of Prevention of Human Trafficking and Juvenile Protection; − Office of Economic Police; − Office of Scientific and Technical Service; − Office of Drug-Combating; − Office of Anti-Terrorism; and − Office of Immigration.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 26

g. Inspector and deputy inspector, and chief and vice-chief of Criminal Units of District/Khan Police Inspection;

h. Chief and vice-chief of Traffic Police Offices, chief and vice-chief of Traffic Police Sections "for traffic offenses"; Chief and vice-chief of Explosives Management Office; Chief and vice-chief of Explosives Management Sections “for weapons and explosives offenses”; Chief and vice-chief of Tourist Police Units; Chief and vice-chief of Tourist Police Office; Chief and vice-chief of Tourist Police Sections.

i. Chief and vice-chief of Khum/Sangkat Administrative Police Station "for criminal affairs";

j. Commander and deputy commander of the Royal Military Police Forces in charge of criminal affairs;

k. Commander and deputy commander of the Provincial and Municipal Royal Military Police Forces in charge of the criminal affairs;

l. Commander and deputy commander of the Khum/Sangkat Royal Military Police Forces in charge of criminal affairs;

m. Chief and vice-chief of offices, chief and vice-chief of units of the Royal Armed Forces in charge of criminal affairs;

n. Chief and vice-chief of other units responsible for criminal investigations which may be created in special cases.

The Ministers who have supervising authority over different police and military officers mentioned in paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of this Article respectively shall appoint those police and military officers to perform their duties as officers of the judicial police by Inter-ministerial Prakas together with the Minister of Justice.

ŌŪ″ ơ ₤Ŕň ĠњŪijďĕсŠį₤сũĠ₤сĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Article 61 Higher Diploma of Judicial Police

₤Ŕň ĠњŪijďĕсŠį₤саĕĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ŪijСŷĩŚŲсĄРĕĠĜĀ ĠсĮБđų₣ŁijсŁũŪĠŲ₣ЯĠĠ ŷЋďą ĄБŷк ЯřŲũУņŌĕ ŷЋŔň ⅜ďņРŲŢť ĕřРşž₣ЮŪŁņк

ơ- ŷЋŔň ⅜₤Ś БĮБĕБijЊŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ¤ Ư- ŷЋŔň ⅜₤Ś БĮБĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ¤ ư- ŷЋŔň ⅜₤Ś БĮБ˝ũ‗БŎ˝ЊşĆ⅜ū₤Ś řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣Ū˝ņ₤БŲĊņх ЯřŲ″ сЯij₣ЮŢŎΒ₣ðŁũ₤΅ŪĠďďijЊ¤

₤Ŕň ĠњŪijЮĕйŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžũУņЮŢŎũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх ĕЊ₣ũřťņūĕŚБĵ˝сĮњĕċ ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤ The Higher Diploma of Judicial Police shall be delivered to those who have successfully

passed a professional examination which comprises the following examination subjects: 1. Cambodian criminal law; 2. Cambodian criminal procedure; 3. Code of ethics, such as the ethical rules taken from codes of conduct adopted by the

United Nations. The Higher Diploma of Judicial Police shall be co-signed by all relevant ministers and

affixed their seals.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 27

ŌŪ″ Ư Ð‗кЮņŪĠЮŗÐ Article 62 Jury for Examination

Ð‗кЮņŪĠЮŗÐаĕŁũŪĠŲ₣ ₤□ ЊijЮŪŁņΒĊЊĠijБļĮũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒņijНŵŁũ еĮРŲ ιЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũΒņijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲЯřŲ◦◦УŲņНŠİũЮĕй¤

ơ-Ĉ с◦₣ĕЕ₣ņūĕŚБаĕĕÐũģŲďijЊ Ð‗кЮņŪĠЮŗÐŌĕ₤Ō₤ļĮřРşijЮĉк − ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŌĖ с ЯřŲЯij₣″е₣ЮŢŎŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ еĮРŲ − ЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũŌĖ ˝с ЯřŲЯij₣″е₣ЮŢŎΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒņijНŵŁũ еĮРŲ − ijе₧₣ Ư (ĮБũ) ũРĠ ũĠ₤сŪ˝₤У₣ņΉаĩĀ¤

Ư-Ĉ с◦₣ĕЕ₣ЮŗĊЊĕаĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ Ð‗кЮņŪĠЮŗÐŌĕ₤Ō₤ļĮřРşijЮĉк − ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŌĖ с ЯřŲЯij₣″е₣ЮŢŎŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ еĮРŲ − ЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũŌĖ ˝с ЯřŲЯij₣″е₣ЮŢŎΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒņijНŵŁũ еĮРŲ − ijе₧₣ Ư (ĮБũ) ũРĠ ņ˝ĮБŪ˝₤У₣ŁũĵũďijЊ¤

ЯĠĠĠ◦аĕŁũЮşŀ₤Ŕň ĠњŪij ŪijСŷ˝е‗ijсЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤ũУņņУŎ ũǻ₣ũřťņūĕŚБĵ˝сĮњĕċ¤ The jury for examination shall be headed by the General Prosecutor attached to the Supreme

Court or by any Prosecutor attached to the Supreme Court who has been assigned for this work. 1. For the examination of police officers, the jury shall be composed of: − an investigating judge appointed by the President of the Supreme Court; − a Prosecutor appointed by the general Prosecutor attached to the Supreme Court; − two representatives of the Ministry of Interior. 2. For Military Police Officers, the jury shall be composed of: − an investigating judge appointed by the President of the Supreme Court; − a Prosecutor appointed by the General Prosecutor attached to the Supreme Court; − two representatives of the Ministry of National Defense.

The process of issuing this diploma shall be defined in a joint announcement between all relevant ministers.

ŌŪ″ ư ₤ņġℓаĕņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Article 63 Oath of Judicial Police Officers

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŌĖ ˝с6 ŪijСŷ₤ġℓ▫ ŠųФĕĕЕ₣ĠеЮĮŀЮŢŎķ ŚБļĮĕРŷņНŠİũũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ ₤ņġℓŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮĝņНŠ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤ ₤ņġℓņЊĕČеģşсЮĊſЧďℓŊБņŚ₣Ю◦ЬijЮΌЧŎ ЮĝЮĮŲЯřŲ◦◦УŲģĕĕБijЊ₤ņġĈďņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхĜЮĮŲЮŪŁŎЮ◦Ьij¤ ũРĠņĕŚаĕ₤ņġℓŪijСŷ е‗ijсЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤ũĠ₤сũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх¤

Each judicial police officer shall make an oath that he will faithfully perform his duty. The oath shall be made before the Court of Appeal. The judicial police officer is not required to swear-in again when he has a legal accreditation as judicial police officer afterwards. The formula of the oath shall be determined by Prakas of the Ministry of Justice.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 28

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ˝е΅Н₤ŪĠŪĮЕijŚ ĖО₣ЮĮŲΒĕНŷijŚņНŠİũ SECTION 2: MISCONDUCT COMMITTED DURING PERFORMANCE OF DUTY

ŌŪ″ ĕБijЊŷЋĊБž₣ ŷЋĕњŎ Article 64 Disciplinary Procedure

ŬŲс е΅Н₤Ĉе₣ΐŎ ЯřŲŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ĖО₣ЮĮŲΒĕНŷijŚņНŠİũũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ŪijСŷЯijŬŎŁũ‗чЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ řŲсΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤ Юŗ₣″ņ˝ũ‗БĕБņУŎ6 ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ŪĠŁ₤ĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ņΉаĩĀ ιũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŁũĵũďijЊ ЮřЧņġБЮĩŚЧņřеЮ‗ЧũŁũĕБijЊŷЋĊБ ŷЋĕњŎ¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ŪijСŷģĕĩŚŲсřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБşе₧ijсŁũďĠĕŚаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ ŷЋĕњŎЮĕй¤

All cases in which a judicial police officer has committed misconduct during the performance of his duty shall be reported by the Royal Prosecutor or the investigating judge to the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal. Depending on the circumstances, the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal notifies the Minister of Interior or the Minister of National Defense in order to take disciplinary action. The General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal shall be informed about the results of the disciplinary action.

ŌŪ″ ◦‗Ź ˝ņŊž₣ ŷЋĕњŎ Article 65 Disciplinary Sanctions

◦‗Ź ˝ņŊž₣ ŷЋĕњŎĈе₣ΐŎũĠ₤сũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ņΉаĩĀ ιũĠ₤сũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŁũĵũďijЊ ņЊĕЯņĕďΧĠ₤ÐðřŲсŁũЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń Ю◦ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤₧ņУŎŪijСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚ¤

ŁŲ₧ņūĕŚ БĕÐũģŲŎНijŚ ЊĊņх ŪĠŪĮЕijŚĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤˝ĖО₣ΒеΌО₣ЮĮŲĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ŎН″Ś ĊЊŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ιĄеĕН еĄŪņйЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠĕĀО˝ЮũЩ₣Юĕй ŪijСŷЮĩĀũ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣″ņЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲЮĉόŏŎН″Ś ĊЊŁũЮĩ℮₣ČijсŁũ ŷЋŀģĕ ЮřЧņġБďŪĠЮŗĄĕчŲ∆řŲсũřťģŲijНŵŁũ ĕЊ₣ŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ďĠĜĀ ĕсřŲсΒ₣ðļĮ⅜ņБ¤

ĵ˝ŏ₤Неř˝₤Њ◦ċЊЮĕй ŪijСŷģĕЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ Any disciplinary sanction imposed by the Minister of Interior or the Minister of National

Defense shall not be an obstacle to criminal action, provided that a criminal offense has been committed by the respective officer.

When a judicial police officer commits an offense during the performance of his duty, the Supreme Court may decide to withdraw the concerned case file from the investigating judge or trial judge in charge and delegate the investigation or trial to another jurisdiction in order to ensure the good administration of justice. The concerned units shall be immediately informed of that decision.

The necessary application for such withdrawal of power shall be made by the Royal Prosecutor.

ŌŪ″ ŁũΉņ¹ijсņЊĕόŏĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũďņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Article 66 Prohibition of Judicial Police Officers

ЮĝЮĮŲЯřŲΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ₤ļĮĊĞĕсĊĞũаĕ˝е΅Н₤ ЯřŲŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх₧ŌĖ ˝с Ōĕ ŷЋ₤ņЊijļĮďņУŎĕЕ₣ŁũĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч Ōĕ₤Њ◦ċ ЊŪĠŁ₤Юşŀ ŷЋēĕŁũřРşž₣ЮŪŁņк

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 29

ơ-Ήņ¹ijсņЊĕόŏĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũďņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхďĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ₤ŪŌĠсũŎкЮĮŲ (Ūģе) ĂĖ е ŗл ₣ЮŪşЧĕĠеĩНij¤

Ư-Ήņ¹ijсņЊĕόŏĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũ ďņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхď⅜□ Įũ¤ ņНĕĕЕ₣ЮşŀЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ЮŁйЮΊņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ĕЊ₣˝ijс

Ū″◦Н˝ĕРŷЮ₤ş ŚБ₤Ю₣˛ijũĠ₤сņūĕŚБЮĜй¤ ⅜ņБĄĕΖşũ˝ĄеĕУŎĮБЮņēŷВ ιĮБ◦БŪĠЕ˝⅝ŌĖ ˝с ″ņŁũЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ũĠ₤с ŠųФĕ¤

Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĮБŁũΉņ¹ijс ŪijСŷЯijĠŔą с₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН¤ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĕй ŪijСŷĩŚŲсďřе‗Е₣řŲсũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ņΉаĩĀ ιũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŁũĵũďijЊ Юĉ″ņ˝ũ‗БĕБņУŎ6¤

Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĕй Ζşď˝ņŊŷij□ОаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣ijǻм ЮĉũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх ЯřŲΖşŪĠŁ₤ĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮČŲŁũ₤ЮŪņşΉņ¹ijс ιĠĕ□ŎũŎкЮĮŲаĕŁũΉņ¹ijсũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ Ū˝₤У₣⅜ņБаĕņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЯřŲŪijСŷģĕΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ₤ЮŪņşΉņ¹ijсЮĜй ΖşĠŃąСĕЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤сŠųФĕЮĉũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх¤

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ₤ЮŪņşΉņ¹ijс ΖşŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ijǻм ЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН ĖО₣ΒеΌО₣ЮĮŲ ơ (řĠсŪģе) аℓĞ ÐЊijĮБаℓĞ◦◦УŲřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşΉņ¹ijсЮĜй¤

ũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх ŪijСŷ₤ЮŪņşЮ₤ş ŚБЮŲЧĠ‗Ś Е₣ijǻмž₣ЮŲЧ ĖО₣ΒеΌО₣ЮĮŲŗл ₣ŎРũ ĠеĩНij ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ÐЊijĮБаℓĞ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣¤ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĕй ņЊĕΖşĠŚЕ₣ijǻмģĕЮ◦ġЧŎ¤

ĖО₣ΒеΌО₣ЮĮŲЯřŲΖşЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣ijǻм ĕЊ₣ΒеΌО₣ЮĮŲаĕŁũ₤ЮŪņşЮ₤ş ŚБЮŲЧĠ‗Ś Е₣ijǻм ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ₤ЮŪņşΉņ¹ijсЮĜй ņЊĕΖşĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũďņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЮ◦ġЧŎ¤ ņūĕŚБЮĕйΖşĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũďņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ŷЋŀģĕ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх₤ЮŪņşĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮČŲŁũ₤ЮŪņşΉņ¹ijс ιĠĕ□ŎũŎкЮĮŲаĕŁũΉņ¹ijс¤

ЊşĆĈе₣ΐŎЯřŲņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхģĕĠеЮĮŀ ЮŢŎĠеĵĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĮБŁũΉņ¹ijсũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чЮĕй ŪijСŷČijс◦Н˝ďЮŌþк¤

When the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal finds that the seriousness of the misconduct committed by any judicial police officer is incompatible with the performance of his duty, he is entitled to take the following measures:

1. To prohibit the judicial police officer concerned from performing his duty for a limited period not exceeding five years;

2. To permanently prohibit the judicial police officer concerned from performing his duty as judicial police officer.

Before making the above decision, the General Prosecutor shall invite that judicial police officer and record his comments. That officer is entitled to have his own lawyer or counselor.

The decision to prohibit a judicial police officer from performing his duty shall explain the reasons. Depending on the nature of each case, the Minister of Interior or the Minister of National Defense shall be notified of such decision. The decision is subject to appeal to the Minister of Justice. In such a case, the Minister of Justice may reject the decision of the General Prosecutor or reduce the duration of prohibition

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 30

determined by the General Prosecutor. The Ministry in charge of the prohibited judicial police officer may make its submission to the Minister of Justice.

The prohibited judicial police officer shall make his appeal with explanation of reasons within fifteen days from the date on which he received the notification of prohibition.

The Minister of Justice shall make decision on the above-mentioned appeal within one month at the latest from receipt of the appeal. The decision of the Minister of Justice shall be final and definitive.

During the appeal period and the period pending a decision on the appeal by the Minister of Justice, the prohibited judicial police officer is not allowed to perform his duty as judicial police officer. He may resume the duty after the Minister of Justice rejects the decision of the General Prosecutor to prohibit him or to reduce the duration of prohibition.

Any acts performed by a prohibited judicial police officer in violation of the prohibition by the General Prosecutor shall be null.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБũĠ₤сņūĕŚ БĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх SECTION 3: TERRITORIAL JURISDICTION OF JUDICIAL POLICE OFFICERS

ŌŪ″ ņ‗Ź ŲũřťģŲĠеЮĮŀŁũİũ Article 67 Scope of Territorial Authority

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŌĖ ˝с6 Ōĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЮĝ ĖО₣ŪĮеŪĠ◦ŲсЯřĕřБаĕΒ₣ðļĮЯřŲŠųФĕŪijСŷģĕČijс″е₣όŏЮĉĠеЮũВŁũİũ¤

ЮĝķĖеЮĮŀņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЮĝЮŲЧ ŷЋ⅜ŲļĮаĕŪ˝О₣Ĉе₣ņРŲ ЮĈйĠБďΒ₣ðļĮЯřŲŠųФĕĬų ₤сЮĉŁĕсЮĜй Юĝ˝Яĕų₣₧˝єЮŢŎ¤

Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯij₣″е₣ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷЯijĠŔą сņ‗Ź ŲũřťģŲ ЯřŲņūĕŚБЮĜйŪijСŷČijс″е₣όŏЮĉĠеЮũВŁũ¤ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĕй ŪijСŷĩŚŲсřе‗Е₣řŲсΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤

Judicial police officers have authority within the territorial boundaries of the unit to which they are assigned.

In Phnom Penh, judicial police officers have the authority over the whole capital without consideration of the location of the unit to which they are assigned.

All assignments of judicial police officers shall state the territorial authority of the unit to which they are assigned. Those decisions shall be notified to the General Prosecutor of the Court of Appeal.

ŌŪ″ 7 ŁũĮĜų ij₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБ Article 68 Extension of Territorial Jurisdiction

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď сЯ₤Ś ₣″ņΒij□ĕњŎаĕŌŪ″ � (ĕЊŎņĕњŎĠ◦ΧŪ Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď сЯ₤Ś ₣) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ � (ŁũČĠсŠųФĕ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй Ю΅ЧŎŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕŁũĠĜĀ ĕс ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşΒĕНŔň ijόŏņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņхЮĊſЧŪĠijЊĠijʼnЊŁũЮĝЮŲЧ ŷЋ⅜ŲļĮаĕЯřĕřБďijЊĈе₣ņРŲ¤ ŁũΒĕНŔň ijΖşЮĊſЧЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijс ĠлНЯĕŚŁũΒĕНŔň ijЮĕйŪijСŷЯijşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Юĝ ĖО₣ŲЊŠЊijЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ij¤

ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗Ź аĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮşŀřБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠĜĀ ĕс ЮčŪ˝ņЮĕй ΖşΒĕНŔň ijόŏņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЮĊſЧŪĠijЊĠijŚЊŁũЮĝЮŲЧ ŷЋ⅜ŲļĮЯřĕřБďijЊĈе₣ņРŲ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 31

ŁŲ₧ЮĊſЧŪĠijЊĠijŚЊŁũЮĝЮŪłņ‗Ź ŲũĠ₤сŠųФĕЮĜй ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷ₤НеĄеĕУŎĮБņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЯřŲŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆž₣ЯřĕřБ¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲģĕΒĕНŔň ijόŏŌĕŁũĮĜų ij₤ņij□˝ЊşĆ ŪijСŷĄРĕĮњijхŌĕ″ņŪÐĠсņЮĊŜģŎ řŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЯřŲŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆž₣ЯřĕřБ¤

In urgent cases of flagrant felony or misdemeanor defined by Articles 86 (Definition of Flagrant Felony or Misdemeanor) and 87 (Arrest in case of Flagrant Felony or Misdemeanor) of this Code, the Royal Prosecutor may authorize judicial police officers to operate through-out the national territory. The authorization may be made orally. However, the authorization shall be mentioned in the investigation records.

Within the scope of judicial investigations, when the investigating judge issues a rogatory letter in urgent circumstances, he may authorize judicial police officers to operate throughout the national territory.

When operating outside of their territorial jurisdiction, judicial police officers shall request for assistance from judicial police officers who belong to other territorial jurisdictions.

Judges who authorize extension of territorial jurisdiction shall notify by all means the Royal Prosecutor having territorial jurisdiction.

ŌŪ″ o ˝ņŊŷЋģ˝аĕŁũņЊĕЮýũĮ ŷЋēĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆ Article 69 Consequences of Non-Compliance with Territorial Jurisdiction Rules

ŷЋēĕаĕ₤ņij□ ЊşĆž₣ЯřĕřБЯřŲģĕĠŃňijŚЮĝ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ņНĕ6Юĕй ŌĕŲ˝š‗кŢşсžij¤ ЮĠЧņЊĕЮýũĮ″ņЮ◦ЮĜй ЊşĆĈе₣ΐŎЯřŲĠеЮĮŀЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷ◦Н˝ďЮŌþк¤

The territorial jurisdiction rules stipulated in the previous articles are mandatory. All actions of judicial police offers which violate those rules shall be null and void.

ŌŪ″ Ơ Ю₤ş ŚБĠİð ĠсĠŔą ũĠ₤сΖďń ĊũijНŵŁũ Article 70 Orders of Judicial Authorities

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ĖО₣ŁũĠеЮĮŀЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ◦◦УŲĠŔą ι₤НеĠŔą ЯijĮБΖďń ĊũijНŵŁũ¤ In performing their mission, judicial police officers receive or ask for orders only form

judicial authorities.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б : ЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊаĕņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх SECTION 4: MISSIONS OF JUDICIAL POLICE OFFICERS

ŌŪ″ ơ ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ Article 71 Records of Offenses

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣ĈņĈũ ĕЊ₣Ġ‗Ś Е₣ĠũЋΉũ¤ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ĮЊĕЊijŏĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤Ĉе₣ΐŎ¤

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЮĊſЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ijĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ď сЯ₤Ś ₣ ĕЊ₣ЮĊſЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ijĠŤņ ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗Ź аĕŌŪ″ � (ļĮŠН₤ýĖ аĕΒе₧şũĠ₤сņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņхЮĉ″ņŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ij) řŲсŌŪ″ ơơƠ (Βе₧şЮĊſЧņРŲŷЋČũ‗чũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 32

ŁŲ₧ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũģĕČĠсЮĩŚЧņ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņх ΒĕНŷijʼnřБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ ĮБЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Юĝ ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗Ź ЯřŲģĕЯş₣ЮŢŎŌŪ″ ơư (řБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤) řŲсŌŪ″ ơ� (˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН ⅜₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņх) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

Judicial police officers receive complaints or denunciations. The judicial police officers examine offenses.

Judicial police officers undertake flagrant enquiry or police preliminary enquiry under the conditions stipulated in Article 84 (Different Investigative Powers of Judicial Police Officers) through to Article 110 (Evaluation Powers of Judges) of this Code.

When a judicial investigation has been initiated, judicial police officers enforce rogatory letter issued by the investigating judge under the conditions stated in Articles 173 (Rogatory Letters) through 184 (Records created by Judicial Police Officers) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ Ư ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН Article 72 Police Records

ŪÐĠсĠ‗Ś Е₣ЯřŲ◦◦УŲЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЮĜй ijŪņСŷόŏŌĕЮĊſЧ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН¤ е‗ijсЮ΅ijНŪijСŷŪ₤₣сЮŢŎŪijЕņŪijСŷĕРŷЮ₤ş ŚБŬŎŁũ‗чũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČеģşс ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх

ΖşЮΊũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠļ⅜ŌĖ ˝сЯřŲŪijСŷ₤ġℓ″ņĄеЮĕЩ ι⅜₤Ĝ▫ ŠųФĕĕЕ₣Ġ˝ЯŪĠļ⅜όŏģĕŪijЕņŪijСŷ″ņЮ₤ş ŚБŬŎŁũ‗ч¤ Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б₧ єЮŢŎ ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠļ⅜ņЊĕΖşŪijСŷģĕЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ ĖО₣şеЮ₧ņĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ЯřŲď˝₣˝Ōų е₣ũУņŪĠijЊĠijŚЊŁũģĕЮΌЧŎ¤

е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БΒеĮБŁũŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ŪijСŷŌĕşНйЮ₤ş ŚБřРşijЮĉк − ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх − Β₣ðļĮũĠ₤сņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЮĕй − ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦¤

◦еĮњũĕБņУŎ6 ŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ĕЊ₣ЮŢŎΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣¤ ŁũđРij ŁũЯℓņ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮŗ₣ ŪijСŷЯijŌĕĠŔą сЮŢŎŌĕşНй΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤сņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣

Юĝ ũЖņ◦еĮњũ¤ ņНĕĕЕ₣şНй΅ij□ЮŲž ιĩŚЊijŪŌņаř ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ŪijСŷΖĕ е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČеģşс ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲ

ŎНijŚЊĊņх ŪijСŷΖĕŠųЕņ⅜ũ е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЮŢŎ₤еЮŲ₣žų е₣6¤ Every complaint received by judicial police officers requires the establishment of a written

record. The record shall appropriately mention the allegations of the complainant. If necessary, judicial police officers can find a language interpreter/translator who shall swear according to his belief or religion that he will translate the written record accurately. In any case, the interpreter/translator cannot be chosen from among the judicial police or military police participating in the operation.

The record of the complaint shall mention the following: − The names and status of the judicial police officers; − The units of the judicial police officers; − The date.

Each page shall be signed by a judicial police officer and by the complainant.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 33

Parts struck out, added or referenced shall be certified by the signature of the judicial police officer and by complainant in the margin of the page.

Before being signed or thumb-printed, the complainant shall read the record once again. If necessary, the judicial police officer shall read the content of the record aloud.

ŌŪ″ ư ĠŃąБĠ‗Ś Е₣ Article 73 Complaint Registry

ЮĝŪÐĠсΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ŪijСŷЯijŌĕĠŃąБĠ‗Ś Е₣ņУŎ¤ ЮĝŪÐĠсЮĮŲЯřŲŌĕŁũŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷşНй ĖО₣ĠŃą БĕРŷĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşijЮĉк

− ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ − ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũŢ сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ − ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЯřŲЮĊſЧ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ − ŪĠЮķ◦аĕΒеЮĮЧЯřŲĠŚЕ₣ − şе₧ijсŁũЮŲЧĠ‗Ś Е₣řРşďĠŃąСĕЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ι єЮĩŚЧņЮĊſЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ij¤

ĠŃą БĠ‗Ś Е₣ŪijСŷЯijŁĕсŁĠсďΒşЊаūĕŚŎч₤ŪŌĠсĄРĕΖďń ĊũijНŵŁũ″ņŪijСŷŁũ¤ All units of judicial police shall maintain a complaint registry. Whenever there is a

complaint, a judicial police officer shall record the following in the in the registry: − Identity of the complainant; − The filing date of the complaint; − The name and status of the judicial police officer who recorded the complaint; − The type of offense; − The actions taken on the complaint: either sent to the Prosecutor or initiated a police

inquiry. The complaint registry shall be permanently held for submission to the judicial authority as

necessary.

ŌŪ″ şе₧ijсŁũĠĕŚĮБŁũŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ Article 74 Actions Taken after Receipt of Complaints

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣ЮĜй ŪijСŷЯijČĠсЮĩŚЧņļų ņ6 ЮĊſЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ij ι˝єĠŃąСĕ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũŢ сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ЮĜй ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮřЧņġБČijсŁũijЮĉ¤

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ņНĕЮĊſЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ij Ζş₤НеЮ₤ş ŚБЯ‗ĜеĮБŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ŁŲ₧◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ĠũЋΉũ ЯřŲŌĕĠİΆ ŀņРŲЮ΅ijНď˝сşĤ₤с₤ņЮ΅ijНĩŲ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх

ŪijСŷĄРĕĮњijхŌĕřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣₤НеŁũЯ‗Ĝе¤ A judicial police officer who receives a complaint shall either immediately initiate a police

inquiry or send the record of the complaint to the Prosecutor who will make a decision on how to proceed.

Before initiating a police inquiry, the judicial police officer may ask for advice from the Prosecutor.

When receiving a denunciation which is not manifestly unfounded, the judicial police officer shall inform the Prosecutor and request for his advice.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 34

ŌŪ″ ŁũĠеĵĕЮŲЧ₤˝ņŊļĮijНŵŁũ Article 75 Abuse of Judicial Actions

˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б₧˝єЮŢŎ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚ ЊĊņхņЊĕΖşijņ˛ŲсЮũЩ₣ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź ₧ņУŎ◦Н˝ΟijČijсŁũģĕЮ◦ ЮĈйĠБďЮŪŁŎĮБŌĕŁũ₤ŪņОй₤ŪņФŲýĖ ũǻ₣ĄĕЮŲŊЧ₤ ĕЊ₣Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýй ι˝єŌĕŁũř˝ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣˝єЮŢŎ¤

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЯřŲũ˝⅝◦Н˝˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН ιŷij□О″₣ЮŢŎЮşijĜ ι˝єŵ сĠеģе₣ řŲсΖďń ĊũijНŵŁũ ΒеĮБΒij□ЊļĮаĕ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН ιŷij□О″₣ ŪijСŷČijс◦Н˝▫ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲЮĜйģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲŪijСŷĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤″ņŪ˝ņŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ĵ сĮњĕċĕЕ₣ĄеĮР˝₤Ś БĮБŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷũ˝ķ₤ŚО″₣¤

In any case, the judicial police officer cannot keep a case from being acted upon neither if the victim revokes the complaint nor if there has been a negotiated settlement between the offender and the victim or the withdrawal of the complaint.

A judicial police officer who intentionally holds back a written record or evidence or conceals the existence of such record or evidence from the judicial authority commits an offense punishable pursuant to the provisions of the Criminal Code, as foreseen in the chapter relating to search for evidence.

ĄеĮР ◦Б ư: ļĖ ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх CHAPTER 3: JUDICIAL POLICE AGENTS

ŌŪ″ Łũ◦◦УŲģĕĕРŷÐН‗₤ņġijŚЊďļĖ ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Article 76 Qualification of Judicial Police Agents

ŌĕÐН‗₤ņġijŚЊďļĖ ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхк ơ-ĜŎĕÐũģŲ ĕЊ₣ĜŎĕÐũģŲũ₣ ЯřŲņЊĕŌĕÐН‗₤ņġijŚЊďņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх¤ Ư-ļĖ сİũĕÐũģŲďijЊЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьij¤ ư-ĜŎĈΉĕаĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ ЯřŲņЊĕŌĕÐН‗₤ņġijŚЊďņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх¤ -ЮŗĊЊĕЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьijаĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□¤

The following persons shall have the qualification as judicial police agents: 1. Officers and deputy officers who do not have the status of judicial police officer; 2. Other national police agents; 3. Other officers of the Military Police Forces who are not qualified Judicial Police

Officers; 4. Other soldiers in Military Police Forces.

ŌŪ″ ₤ņġℓũĠ₤сļĖ ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Article 77 Oath of Judicial Police Agents

ļĖ сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷ₤ġℓ▫ ĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũũĠ₤сŠųФĕЮŢŎЮ⅜Ŋ йŪij₣с¤ ₤ņġℓЮĕйŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ⅜ŵřеĠР₣¤ ₤ņġℓЮĕйĮНеČеģşсЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀЮΌЧŎ ЮĝЮĮŲЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲĕРŷÐН‗₤ņġijŚЊďļĖ ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ĜЮĮŲЮŪŁŎЮ◦Ьij¤ ũРĠņĕŚ₤ņġℓ ŪijСŷ˝е‗ijсЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤ũĠ₤сũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх¤

Judicial police agents shall make an oath that they will perform their duty faithfully. The oath is made before the Court of First Instance. They will not be required to swear again when they obtain the qualification as judicial police agents afterward. The formula of the oath shall be determined by Prakas of the Minister of Justice.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 35

ŌŪ″ 7 ЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сļĖ ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Article 78 Missions of Judicial Police Agents

ļĖ сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ŌĕЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊк ơ-ĮЊĕЊijŏĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ ďΖ◦Џ Ġ◦Ų΅Н¤ Ư-ĄУŎřŲсņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ĖО₣ŁũĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũũĠ₤сЮФ

şеЮĵйŁũĮЊĕЊijŏĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ ļĖ ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЮĊſЧũģŎŁũ‗ч¤ ũģŎŁũ‗чЮĕй ŌĕijеаŲŪijЕņЯijĮњijхŌĕĊņŊ″¤

ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б₧ єЮŢŎ ļĖ ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхĮНеΖşĠеЮĮŀ ЊşĆĈе₣ΐŎ ЯřŲŪijСŷũ˝⅝◦Н˝ĄРĕЯijņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх¤ ˝ЊşĆĈе₣ΐŎ₧ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕĠеЮĮŀЮŢŎĠеĵĕЮŲЧŁũΉņ¹ijсЮĕй ŪijСŷČijс◦Н˝ďЮŌþк¤

Judicial police agents have the mission to: 1. Examine misdemeanors, including petty offenses; 2. Assist judicial police officers in the performance of their duties.

Judicial police agents shall make records on misdemeanors and petty offenses they have examined. Those records are for information only.

Judicial police agents shall not be allowed to perform any duty reserved for judicial police officers. Where there is a violation of such restriction, the actions undertaken by the judicial police agents shall be deemed null and void.

ŌŪ″ o ˝е΅Н₤ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũ Article 79 Misconducts Committed by Judicial Police Agents during Performance of Duty

ŬŲс е΅Н₤Ĉе₣ΐŎ ЯřŲŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮŢŎļĖ сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ŪijСŷЯijόŏřе‗Е₣ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĄРĕşеЮĵйΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤ Юŗ₣″ņ˝ũ‗БĕБņУŎ6 ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪĠŁ₤ŪģĠсũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ņΉаĩĀ ιũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŁũĵũďijЊ ЮřЧņġБČĠсЮĩŚЧņĕБijЊŷЋĊБž₣ ŷЋĕњŎ¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷģĕĩŚŲсřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБşе₧ijсŁũĠĕŚаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ ŷЋĕњŎ¤

All cases in which a judicial police officer has committed misconduct during the performance of his duty shall be reported by the Royal Prosecutor or the investigating judge to the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal. Depending on the circumstances, the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal notifies the Minister of Interior or the Minister of National Defense in order to take disciplinary action. The General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal shall be informed about the results of the disciplinary action.

ŌŪ″ 7Ơ ◦‗Ź ˝ņŊž₣ ŷЋĕњŎ Article 80 Disciplinary Sanction

◦‗Ź ˝ņŊž₣ ŷЋĕњŎũĠ₤сũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ņΉаĩĀ ιũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŁũĵũďijЊ ņЊĕЯņĕďΧĠ₤ÐðřŲсŁũЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń Ю◦ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤₧ņУŎŪijСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚ¤

ŁŲ₧ļĖ ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ŪĠŪĮЕijŚĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤Юĝ ĖО₣ŁũĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲΖşЮĩĀũΒе₧şόŏЮĉŎН″Ś ĊЊŁũЮĩ℮₣ČijсŁũ ŷЋŀģĕ ЮřЧņġБďŪĠЮŗĄĕчŲ∆řŲсũřťģŲijНŵŁũ¤

ĵ˝ŏ₤Неř˝₤Њ◦ċЊЮĕй ŪijСŷģĕЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 36

Any disciplinary sanction imposed by the Minister of Interior or the Minister of National Defense shall not be an obstacle to criminal action, provided that a criminal offense has been committed by the respective officer.

When a judicial police officer commits an offense during the performance of his duty, the Supreme Court may delegate the investigation or trial to another jurisdiction in order to ensure the good administration of justice.

The necessary application for such withdrawal of power shall be made by the Royal Prosecutor.

ĄеĮР ◦Б : Łũ˝е‗ijс₤ņij□˝ЊşĆũĠ₤сĕÐũģŲďijЊ ĕЊ₣˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ CHAPTER 4: DETERMINATION OF COMPETENCES OF NATIONAL POLICE AND MILITARY POLICE

FORCES

ŌŪ″ 7ơ Łũ˝е‗ijс₤ņij□ ЊşĆ Article 81 Determination of Competences

ĖО₣ ŷЋ₤њŎĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ĕÐũģŲďijЊ ĕЊ₣˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ ŪijСŷŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆřРşŌĕЯş₣ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ (ЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

ЮŲЧ₤ĮБЮĕйЮĉЮ◦Ьij şеЮĵйĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤Юŗē ŌĕЯij˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□Ю◦ ЯřŲŌĕÐН‗₤ņġijŚЊďĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх¤

ЊşĆŪĠijЊĠijŚЊŁũ ĕЊ₣˝ЊşĆ₤΅ŪĠijЊĠijŚЊŁũũǻ₣ĜŎĕÐũģŲďijЊ ĕЊ₣ĜŎĈΉĕаĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ ĖО₣ЮĮŲĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũďĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ŪijСŷ˝е‗ijсЮŢŎΒĕНŪ˝Еijŏ¤

Β₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ЯřŲŌĕ₤ņij□ ЊşĆ▫Ė сďijЊ ΖşŪijСŷģĕĠЮ₣˛ЧijЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄŪ˝Еijŏ¤ Within the context of the competence of judicial police, the national police and the military

police shall have the competences as stated in Article 56 (Missions of Judicial Police) of this Code. Furthermore, only military police shall have the qualification to act as judicial police in a

military offense. Operation and co-operation between national police and military police officers while

undertaking the work of judicial police shall be defined by a Sub-decree (Anukret). Judicial police organs having the competence nationwide may be established by a Royal

Decree (Preah Reach Kret).

ĄеĮР ◦Б : ņūĕŚ БŬĄŁũ ĕЊ₣ļĖ ˝сİũ⅜ēũ‗кřа◦Ю◦Ьij ЯřŲŌĕĕБijЊ₤ņġĈĮЊЮ₤₤₤ŪŌĠсĮЊĕЊijŏĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ņУŎşеĕУĕ

CHAPTER 5: OFFICIALS AND OTHER PUBLIC AGENTS WITH SPECIAL ACCREDITATION TO ENQUIRE

INTO OFFENSE

ŌŪ″ 7Ư ŁũĩŚŲсĕБijЊ₤ņġĈşеЮĵйņūĕŚБŬĄŁũ ĕЊ₣ļĖ ˝сİũ⅜ēũ‗кřа◦Ю◦Ьij Article 82 Accreditation of Other Civil Servants and Public Agents

ņūĕŚБŬĄŁũ ĕЊ₣ļĖ ˝сİũ⅜ēũ‗кřа◦Ю◦ЬijЯřŲşĤĠсЮŢŎЯ◦ġ˝ŪĠÐŲсΒе₧şόŏĮЊĕЊijŏĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ ŪijСŷŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņΒе₧şũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĖО₣ЮĮŲĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũЮĕй¤ ЯĠĠĠ◦ ĕЊ₣ĕБijЊŷЋĊБаĕŁũĩŚŲсĕБijЊ₤ņġĈ ŪijСŷ˝е‗ijсЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤ũУņũǻ₣Ū˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх ĕЊ₣Ū˝₤У₣ĵ˝сĮњĕċ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 37

ņūĕŚБŬĄŁũ ĕЊ₣ļĖ сİũ⅜ēũ‗кřа◦Ю◦ЬijŪijСŷ₤ġℓ▫ ĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũũĠ₤сŠųФĕЮŢŎЮ⅜Ŋ йŪij₣с¤ ₤ņġℓŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ⅜ŵřеĠР₣¤ ũРĠņĕŚаĕĵ˝ŏ₤ņġℓ ŪijСŷ˝е‗ijсЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤ũĠ₤сŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх¤

şеЮĵйŁũĮЊĕЊijŏĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ ņūĕŚБŬĄŁũ ĕЊ₣ļĖ сİũĈе₣Юĕй ЮĊſЧũģŎŁũ‗ч¤ ũģŎŁũ‗чЮĕй ŌĕijеаŲŪijЕņЯijĮњijхŌĕĊņŊ″ĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤

ŬŲс е΅Н₤Ĉе₣ΐŎЯřŲŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮŢŎņūĕŚБŬĄŁũ ĕЊ₣ļĖ сİũ⅜ēũ‗кřа◦Ю◦ЬijЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ŪijСŷЯijόŏřе‗Е₣ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĄРĕşеЮĵйΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪĠŁ₤ŪģĠсũřťņūĕŚБЯřŲņūĕŚБ ιļĖ сİũЮĜйЮĝЮŪŁņόǻ◦ ЮřЧņġБČĠсЮĩŚЧņĕБijЊŷЋĊБž₣ ŷЋĕњŎ¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷģĕĩŚŲсřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБşе₧ijсŁũĠĕŚаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ ŷЋĕњŎ¤ ◦‗Ź ˝ņŊž₣ ŷЋĕњŎņЊĕЯņĕďΧĠ₤ÐðřŲсŁũЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń Ю◦ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ŪijСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚ¤

Other civil servants and public agents who have been delegated power by separate laws to do an enquiry into specific offenses shall be under the authority of a Royal Prosecutor when they perform this function. The formalities and procedures of accreditation shall be defined by Inter-ministerial Prakas of the Ministry of Justice and concerned ministries.

Those civil servants and public agents shall take an oath that they will perform their duties faithfully. The oath shall be taken before a court of first instance. The formula of the oath is defined by Prakas of the Minister of Justice.

When doing an enquiry into an offense, the civil servants and public agents are required to make a report. Their reports will be for information only.

All cases in which a civil servant or public agent has committed misconduct during the performance of his duty shall be reported by the Royal Prosecutor or the investigating judge to the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal. Depending on the circumstances, the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal notifies the Minister of Interior or the Minister of National Defense in order to take disciplinary action. The General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal shall be informed about the results of the disciplinary action. A disciplinary sanction imposed on the official or public agent is not an obstacle to making criminal action, provided that an offense has been committed.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 38

Ðĕ□Б◦Б ư: ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ij BOOK THREE: POLICE INQUIRY

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ◦РЮĉ TITLE 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS

ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ◦РЮĉ UNITARY CHAPTER: GENERAL PROVISIONS

ŌŪ″ 7ư Łũ₤ŌĞ ijсаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ij Article 83 Confidentiality of Inquiry

ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ij ŪijСŷЯijďŁũ₤ŌĞ ijс¤ ĠНÐðŲĈе₣ΐŎЯřŲşРŲũУņ ĖО₣ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ij ďĮЊЮ₤₤ЮčŪ˝ņž₣ΒŎŏŁũ ЮņēŷВ Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ ĕÐũģŲ ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ ņūĕŚБŬĄŁũ ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ ŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏ ĕЊ₣ĠНÐðŲЯřŲŌĕ₤ņij□ ЊşĆřРşŌĕЯş₣ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ t (ŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏž₣ЯĩĖ˝ĠЮşĆ˝Ю◦₤ ι ŷЋ◦Ŝ⅜ū₤Ś ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪijСŷũ˝⅝Łũ₤ŌĞ ijсаĕ ŷЋďą ĄБŷк¤

ĠлНЯĕŚ ŁũЮýũĮĕРŷŁũ₤ŌĞ ijс ŷЋďą ĄБŷк ņЊĕЯņĕďΧĠ₤ÐðřŲсŁũЮŪĠЧ₤Њ◦ċ ЊаĕŁũŁũĵũŠųФĕЮΌЧŎ¤ ņŜл₣Ю◦Ьij ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷģĕΒĕНŔň ijόŏЮĊſЧЮ₤ş ŚБЯℓų₣Łũ‗чď⅜ēũ‗к ŁŲ₧ŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫

ĮњijхŌĕЯřŲĩ℮Įſĩ⅝ŎĮБЮũЩ₣₧ņУŎЮĜй ďĮњijхŌĕņЊĕĮЊij¤ ŁũĠеĵĕЮŲЧŁũ₤ŌĞ ijсаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ij ÐЙďĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲŪijСŷĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤″ņşĤĠсŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ďĊũŌĕ¤ The inquiry is confidential. Persons who participate in the inquiry, especially Prosecutors,

lawyers, court clerks, police and military police officers, civil servants, experts, interpreters/translators, medical doctors and other persons mentioned in Article 95 (Technical or Scientific Examination) of this Code, shall maintain professional confidentiality.

However, such professional confidentiality may not be used as an obstacle to the right of self-defense.

Moreover, the Royal Prosecutor is entitled to make a declaration in public if he considers that false information in a case has been published.

A breach of confidentiality regarding an inquiry is an offense punishable under the Criminal Law in force.

ŌŪ″ 7 ļĮŠН₤ýĖ аĕΒе₧şũĠ₤сņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЮĉ″ņŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ij Article 84 Different Investigative Powers of Judicial Police Officers

Βе₧şĈе₣ΐŎЯřŲĩŚŲсόŏņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņх ŠН₤ýĖ Юĉ″ņЮĮŲЯřŲņūĕŚБЮĜйĠеЮũВŁũ ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗Ź аĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ijď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ ι ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗Ź аĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ijĠŤņ¤

The authority delegated to judicial police officers varies according to whether the investigation of a flagrante delicto or a preliminary investigation is taking place.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 39

ŌijЊŁ◦Б Ư: ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ij˝ũ‗Бď˝сЯ₤Ś₣ TITLE 2: ENQUIRY OF FLAGRANTE DELICTO CASES

ĄеĮР ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś₣ CHAPTER 1: FLAGRANT FELONY OR MISDEMEANOR

ŌŪ″ 7 Βе₧şũĠ₤сņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ijĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ď сЯ₤Ś ₣ Article 85 Authority of Judicial Police Officers in Enquiry of Flagrante Delicto Cases

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď сЯ₤Ś ₣ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷЯijЮýũĮ″ņĠ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊаĕŌijЊŁ Юĕй¤

In the case of a flagrant felony or misdemeanor, judicial police officers shall follow the provisions of this Title.

ŌŪ″ 7 ĕЊŎņĕњŎĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď сЯ₤Ś ₣ Article 86 Definition of Flagrant Felony or Misdemeanor

Ġ◦ΧŪ Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ÐЙк − Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲ еĮН₣ŪĠŪĮЕijŚ − Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲЮ◦ЧĠŪĠŪĮЕijŚũУşļų ņ¤

ŪijСŷČijс◦Н˝▫ ďĠ◦ΧŪ Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣Яřũ ŁŲ₧ЮĝЮŪŁŎЮĮŲŌĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ũУşĠĕŚЊşņ˝к − ĄĕЯřŲЮÐ₤₣℮њŎ ŪijСŷģĕ⅜ēũ‗ĄĕЯŪ₤˝ЮřŀŪĠĬĠсČĠсŪĠķБ₣ − ĠНÐðŲЯřŲŪijСŷЮÐũ˝ЮþЧŀŌĕŷij□О ιŌĕ⅜ų ˝⅜Ė ņ ιijŪņОŎşĤ₤сŵ₤с Ю΅ЧŎ₤НБ₤İſ ˝сЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьij

ЯřŲĜеόŏЮÐ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕģĕ▫ ĠНÐðŲЮĜйģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚ ιģĕşРŲũУņŪĠŪĮЕijŚĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤¤ Misdemeanors or felonies are qualified as flagrant:

− during the commission of a crime; − immediately after the commission of a crime.

If, shortly after a misdemeanor or felony has been committed: − A suspect is being in a hot pursuit by the public; − A person is found to have an object, or a scar, mark or any other evidence from

which it can be concluded that he committed or participated in the commission of an offense.

This shall also be deemed to be a flagrant felony or misdemeanor.

ŌŪ″ 7 ŁũČĠсŠųФĕ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď сЯ₤Ś ₣ Article 87 Arrest of Offenders in Flagrant Felony or Misdemeanor Cases

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ ŪÐĠсĠНÐðŲĈе₣Β₤сΖşČĠсŠųФĕĄĕЮŲŊЧ₤ Ю΅ЧŎĜеŠųФĕĄĕЮĜйЮĉŪĠÐŲсĄРĕņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЯřŲЮĝĄЊijĠеĩНij¤

In case of a flagrant felony or misdemeanor, everyone may arrest the offender and surrender him to the nearest judicial police officer.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 40

ŌŪ″ 77 ŁũČijс◦Н˝řРşďĠ◦ΧŪ Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ Article 88 Assimilation to Flagrant Felony or Misdemeanor

ŪijСŷģĕČijс◦Н˝řРşďĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ĩ₣Яřũ ЮĠЧЮĈйĠБď₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪłĮБ˝ũ‗БЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ĖО₣ŌŪ″ � (ĕЊŎņĕњŎĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď сЯ₤Ś ₣) ž₣ЮŲЧЮĕй єЮŢŎ ŪÐĠсĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņĈе₣ΐŎ

₧ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĝ ĖО₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠсЮĝ◦БЮĜй ₤НеόŏŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхşРŲņ˝ĮЊĕЊijŏ ιļĖ ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲýŊ ĕņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЮĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЮĜй¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БşН₣ЮŪŁŎЮĕй ļĖ сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷŬŎŁũ‗чďĠĜĀ ĕсĄРĕřŲсņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх¤

Apart from the conditions defined in Article 86 (Definition of Flagrant Felony or Misdemeanor), if a felony or misdemeanor has been committed at a site which the occupant has asked the Royal Prosecutor or a judicial police officer to establish, the offence shall also be deemed to be a flagrant felony or misdemeanor. If a Royal Prosecutor or a judicial police officer is unavailable, the request can be made to a judicial police agent, who shall inform the judicial police officer immediately to accomplish his function.

ĄеĮР ◦Б Ư: ŷЋēĕŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ CHAPTER 2: INQUIRY MEASURES

ŌŪ″ 7o ŷЋēĕŁũřеĠР₣ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ Article 89 Preliminary Measures in Flagrant Felonies or Misdemeanors

Ė О₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷŬŎŁũ‗чļų ņĄРĕŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхşНйЮĉŁĕс◦Б˝Яĕų₣Ю ЧijЮ΅ijН ЮřЧņġБЮĊſЧŁũĮЊĕЊijŏĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤¤ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхēĜ

ŬмĠсũ₣ũ˝⅝◦Н˝ĕРŷijŪņОŎаĕķ₤ŚО ″₣Ĉе₣ΐŎ₧ЯřŲΖşģijсĠ₣с¤ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ΖşΉņ¹ijсĠНÐðŲŪÐĠсũРĠ˝НеόŏЮĉ◦Б₧ĂĞ ŎĮБ˝Яĕų₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ ũ΅РijřŲсЮĮŲĠŃĆĠс ЊşĆŪĠijЊĠijŚЊŁũũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕч ŪĮйŬĄΖďń şНйЮĉŁĕс˝Яĕų₣Ю˝ЧijЮ΅ijН ĕЊ₣řЕ ĜеŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ij¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕŁũĠĜĀ ĕс ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşΒĕНŔň ijόŏņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņх₧ŌĖ ˝сЮĊſЧŪĠijЊĠijЊʼnŁũЮŲЧ

ŷЋ⅜ŲļĮĈе₣ņРŲаĕЯřĕřБďijЊ ЮŢŎЮýũĮ″ņŲ˝šŠ‗Ź Ĉе₣ΐŎЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ � (ŁũĮĜų ij₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ In the case of a flagrant felony or misdemeanor, the judicial police officer shall immediately inform the Royal Prosecutor.

The judicial police officer shall visit the site to establish the necessary facts. Judicial police officers shall protect evidence from disappearing. Judicial police officers may order any persons on the site not to leave until the police operations are completed.

If the Royal Prosecutor considers it useful, he may go to the site to supervise the inquiry. In urgent cases, in compliance with Article 68 (Extension of Territorial Authority) of this

Code, the Royal Prosecutor may authorize judicial police officers to operate in any territory of the entire country.

ŌŪ″ oƠ ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЮŲЧŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ ĕЊ₣ŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ Article 90 Research and Examination Records

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷЮĊſЧ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ ĕЊ₣ŁũĮЊĕЊijŏũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 41

Judicial police officers shall establish a written record of their research and examination.

ŌŪ″ oơ ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ Article 91 Searches

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхΖşЮĊſЧŁũЯđ˝Юđũģĕ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷ◦◦УŲďĠŤņĕРŷŁũΒĕНŔň ijĮБŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮĈйĠБďŁũΒĕНŔň ijЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijс єЮŢŎ¤

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ŪijСŷЮĊſЧŁũЯđ˝ЮđũЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ιЮĠЧýŊ ĕΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠсЮ◦ ŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ⅜˝℮БĮБũĜ˝с¤ ⅜˝℮БŪijСŷČijс″е₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх¤ ⅜˝℮БņЊĕΖşďĕÐũģŲ ι˝єď˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ ЯřŲď˝₣˝Ōų е₣ũУņŪĠijЊĠijŚЊŁũ ĖО₣ŁũЯđ˝ЮđũЮĜйģĕЮΌЧŎ¤

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ņЊĕΖşЮĩŚЧņЮĊſЧŁũЯđ˝ЮđũņНĕЮŌл ₣ (ŪģеņУŎ) ŪĮЕ˝ ĕЊ₣ЮŪŁŎЮŌл ₣ ơ� (řĠсŪģеĠБ) ЮΌЧŎ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣Яijк

− ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ЮŢŎŌŪ″ � (ĕЊŎņĕњŎĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď сЯ₤Ś ₣) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй − ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲЯş₣ЮŢŎŌŪ″ �� (ŁũČijс◦Н˝řРşďĠ◦ΧŪ Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣) аĕŪ˝ņ

Юĕй − ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕ₤еЯũ˝ЯŪ₤˝όŏЮÐĄУŎĮБ ĖО₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ − ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯđ˝ЮđũЮĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ĖО₣ЮĮŲЮŌл ₣ЯřŲЮĠЧ˝şе΅řŲс⅜ũēũ‗Ąĕ − ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯđ˝ЮđũЮĝŪÐĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲĩŲЊij ũ˝⅝◦Н˝ ĄУŀřРũ Яş˝ČŎ ЮŪĠЧŪģ₤сЮŪÐЪ₣ЮŀЭĕ¤

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЮĊſЧ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũЯđ˝ЮđũЯřŲЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĜйŌĕşНй: − ŁũΒĕНŔň ijũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮŢŎŪģĠсаℓĞ ĕЊ₣ЮŌл ₣аĕŁũΒĕНŔň ijЮĕй − ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ιũĠ₤с⅜˝℮БĕБņУŎ6¤

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧŁũЯđ˝ЮđũЮĝ ĖО₣ŁũЋŗŲњŎЮņēŷВģĕЮ◦¤ ŌĕЯijŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯijĠлНЮ₧‼ й ЯřŲΖşЮĊſЧŁũЯđ˝ЮđũЮĕйģĕ ЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠŪĠēĕÐ‗кЮņēŷВ ιŪĠijЊķРũĠ₤сŪĠēĕÐ‗кЮņēŷВ ιЮņēŷВ⅜ņБ¤

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ΖşЮĊſЧŁũЯđ˝ЮđũЮĝ ĖО₣Βýũ⅜ũĮњijхŌĕ ₤΅Ūý₤аĕ⅜ũĮњijхŌĕ₤ũЮ₤ũ ι₤΅Ūý₤⅜ũĮњijхŌĕЮ⅜ij◦₤℮ĕч ģĕЯijşеЮĵйņНŠŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŌĖ ˝с ЯřŲēĜŬмĠсũ₣ НеόŏŁũЯđ˝ЮđũЮĕй ĠлйĵŲсřŲсŁũŪĠ˝ĠЮŢŎЮ₤ũВĕРŷņНŠũĠũΒĖ˝⅜ũĮњijхŌĕ ĕЊ₣ЮĊſЧόŏŎЙijŗл ŷřŲсŁũĩ℮Įſĩ⅝ŎĮњijхŌĕЮĕйЮŢŎņЊĕŪijЕņŪijСŷ¤

The judicial police officer may conduct a search. In such case, the judicial police officer shall first obtain the authorization from the Royal Prosecutor, which is valid even if the authorization is verbal.

The judicial police officer shall conduct a search in the presence of the occupant of the place to be searched. In the absence of such person, the search shall be done in the presence of two witnesses. The witnesses shall be appointed by the judicial police officers. The witnesses shall not be police or military police who are participating in the search operation.

Judicial police officers may not conduct a search prior to 6:00 a.m. or after 6:00 p.m.,

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 42

except if: − A search is conducted in cases provided for in Article 86 (Definition of Flagrant

Felony or Misdemeanor) of this Code; − A search is conducted in cases provided for in Article 88 (Assimilation of

Flagrant Felony or Misdemeanor)of this Code; − There is a call for help from inside a place; − A search is conducted at a place that is open to the public; − A search is conducted at a place where drugs are produced, stored, circulated,

distributed or used. Judicial police officers shall establish a written record of the search, which shall include:

− The authorization by the Royal Prosecutor, which shall include the date and time of such authorization;

− The identity of the occupant or of any witnesses. Judicial police officers may not search the office of a lawyer. Only the Prosecutors or

investigating judges who may conduct a search in the office of a lawyer, however only in the presence of the President of the Bar Association, or a delegate of the President of the Bar Association, or together with the lawyer concerned.

Judicial police officers may conduct a search of any building of a newspaper, news reporting companies or news broadcasting companies only in the presence of a Prosecutor or an investigating judge who shall guarantee that the search does not affect the freedom of the press and does not improperly delay the news broadcasting or publishing.

ŌŪ″ oƯ ŁũĠЊ◦⅜ų ˝ЮģйŪ″ЮŲЧŷij□О″₣ Article 92 Sealing of Exhibits

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ΖşČĠсŎ˝ŷij□О″₣¤ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷĠЊ◦⅜ų ˝ЮģйŪ″ЮĝЮŲЧŷij□О″₣ЮĜй¤ ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕĠİΆ ŀŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсģĕřŲсΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ιřŲс⅜˝℮БĮБũĜ˝сЮņЧŲũУş ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх

ЮĊſЧ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũČĠсŎ˝ ЯřŲũУņŌĕĠŃąБ⅜ũЮĮЧķњњ‗Ź аĕŷij□ОЯřŲČĠс¤ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũČĠсŎ˝ ŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲž ιĩŚЊijŪŌņаřЮŢŎΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ιЮŢŎ⅜˝℮БĮБũĜ˝с¤

Judicial police officers may confiscate any exhibits. They shall place a seal on all such pieces.

After showing the confiscated object to the occupant of the searched site or to the two witnesses, the judicial police officer shall make a written record of the confiscation in which all confiscated objects are listed. This written record shall be signed by or finger-printed by the occupant of the searched site or by the two witnesses.

ŌŪ″ oư ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЮŲЧŁũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ

Article 93 Interrogation Records

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхΖşЮΊ ĕЊ₣Ĝеņ˝ŁĕсΒ₣ðļĮũĠ₤сŠųФĕĕРŷĠНÐðŲŪÐĠсũРĠЯřŲ₤₣℮њŎ▫ ģĕşРŲũУņ ĖО₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤¤ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЮĊſЧŁũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎĄĕĈе₣ЮĜй¤

Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎĕБņУŎ6 ŪijСŷŌĕЮĊſЧ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН¤ е‗ijсЮ΅ijНŪijСŷř˝Ū₤₣с″ņЮŢŎŪijЕņŪijСŷ ĕРŷЮ₤ş ŚБŬŎŁũ‗чũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲЯřŲĩŚŲсşЮņųЧŎ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б

ČеģşсņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Ζşũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠЯřŲ₤ġℓ▫ĕЊŗŎŁũĮЊij Ū₤Ġ″ņĄеЮĕЩ ι⅜₤ĜũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 43

ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠņЊĕΖşЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤Ŏ˝ĮБ ĖО₣şеЮ₧ņĕÐũģŲ ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ ιĠНÐðŲЯřŲĈ с◦Њĕ ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ďņУŎýĖ ģĕЮ◦¤

◦еĮњũĕБņУŎ6аĕ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН ŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲž ιĩŚЊijŪŌņаřЮŢŎĠНÐðŲЯřŲģĕЮđųЧŎ¤ ņНĕĕЕ₣şНй΅ij□ЮŲž ιĩŚЊijŪŌņаř ĠНÐðŲЮĜйŪijСŷΖĕ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČеģşс ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲ

ŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷΖĕЮŢŎ₤еЮŲ₣žų е₣6 ĕРŷŠųЕņ⅜ũ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН¤ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхΖşЮΊũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠģĕ¤ ŁŲ₧ĠНÐðŲЮĜйņЊĕŪĮņşНй΅ij□ЮŲž ιņЊĕŪĮņĩŚЊijŪŌņаřЮ◦ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Юĝ ĖО₣ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН¤

Judicial police officers may order to appear or bring any person who is suspected of committing an offense to their offices. Judicial police officers shall interrogate any such person.

For each interrogation, a written record shall be established. The written record shall be an accurate account of the interrogated person’s responses. If it

is necessary, judicial police officers may use an interpreter/translator who shall take an oath according to his own religion or beliefs. The interpreter/translator shall not be chosen from among the police or military police or any person with a connection to the case.

The interrogated person shall sign or affix his finger-print to each page of the written record.

Before signing or affixing the finger-print on the written record, the interrogated person shall re-read the record. If necessary, a judicial police officer shall read the record aloud. Judicial police officers may call for an interpreter/translator. If the interrogated person refuses to sign or affix his finger-print on the written record, the judicial police officer shall so note on the written record.

ŌŪ″ o Ġ◦ĠŔą όŏşРŲŠųФĕ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ijĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ď сЯ₤Ś ₣ Article 94 Order to Appear – Inquiry of Flagrante Delicto Cases

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхΖşЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎĠНÐðŲŪÐĠсũРĠ ЯřŲΖşĩŚŲсĮњijхŌĕ₤Ś БΒеĮБЮũЩ₣Ю΅ijНģĕ¤ ĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮŁйЮΊЮĜй ŪijСŷşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б ũЖ₣◦◦Е₣ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņх ŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲс

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЯřŲΖşЮşŀĠŔą όŏşРŲŠųФĕģĕ¤ ĠŔą όŏşРŲŠųФĕЮĕй ŪijСŷŌĕΒijʼn₤Ŕň ‗ũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ ŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤ ĠŔą όŏşРŲŠųФĕ ΒĕНŔň ijόŏņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņхЮŪĠЧŪģ₤с Ōų е₣⅜ēũ‗кЮřЧņġБĠ₣šеĠНÐðŲЮĜй όŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ¤ ˝▫Š‗Ź ◦Б Ư řŲс◦Б аĕŌŪ″ tư ( е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЮŲЧŁũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijʼn¤

Judicial police officers may order any person to appear and interview any person who can provide them with the relevant facts.

The person who is ordered to appear must appear. In case of refusal to appear as ordered, the judicial police officer shall inform the Royal Prosecutor who may order such person to appear. The order to appear shall include the identity of the person, the date, the signature and the seal of the Royal Prosecutor. By virtue of an order to appear, judicial police officers may use the police forces to force the person to appear before them. Paragraphs 2 to 5 of Article 93 (Interrogation Records) of this Code shall apply.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 44

ŌŪ″ o ŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏž₣ЯĩĖ˝ĠЮşĆ Ю◦₤ ι ŷЋ◦Ŝ⅜ū₤Ś Article 95 Scientific or Technical Examination

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŪijСŷЮĊſЧŁũĮЊĕЊijŏĠЮşĆ Ю◦₤ ι ŷЋ◦Ŝ⅜ū₤Ś ЯřŲņЊĕΖşĠ₣∆₣сģĕ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņхΖşĮЕ₣řŲсĠНÐðŲŪÐĠсũРĠЯřŲŌĕņНŠĄеĜŀ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠНÐðŲЮĜйņЊĕĈĕсģĕşНйЮěŊ йЮĝ ĖО₣ĠŃą БΒĖ ĄеĜŀЯřŲЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ ơư (ĠŃąБ▫Ė ˝сďijЊаĕΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕйЮ◦ ĠНÐðŲЮĜйŪijСŷ₤ġℓ″ņ⅜₤Ĝ ιĄеЮĕЩũĠ₤сŠųФĕ▫ ĕЕ₣ĄУŎЮŢŎķ ŚБļĮřŲсijНŵŁũ¤ If a scientific or a technological examination is needed and cannot be delayed, the judicial police officers may call on any person who has the requisite expertise. If such an individual's name is not yet registered in the national registry of experts according to Article 163 (National List of Experts) of this Code, such individual shall take an oath in accordance with his own beliefs or religion that he will assist the judicial authority honestly.

ĄеĮР ◦Б ư: Łũ¹ijсŠųФĕ CHAPTER 3: POLICE CUSTODY

ŌŪ″ o Łũ¹ijсŠųФĕ Article 96 Police Custody

ЮřЧņġБЮđųЧŎijĠĕЕ₣ijŪņСŷŁũČеģşсаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ij ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Ζş¹ijсŠųФĕĠНÐðŲЯřŲ₤₣℮њŎ▫ ģĕşРŲũУņ ĖО₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤¤ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх єΖş¹ijсŠųФĕĠНÐðŲЯřŲΖşĩŚŲсĮњijхŌĕ₤Ś БΒеĮБЮũЩ₣Ю΅ijНģĕЯřũ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ž₣ЮŪŁņЮĕйŪijСŷģĕĠеЮĮŀк

− ĠНÐðŲЯřŲΖşĩŚŲсĮњijхŌĕŪĠЯ˝˝ņЊĕŪĮņĩŚŲсĮњijхŌĕ − ŌĕŁũŎŲсŪĮņďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũόŏЮĊſЧŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕĮБŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷŬŎŁũ‗чļų ņĄРĕŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪĮņĈе₣ŪijСŷĠŃąСĕŪÐĠсķ₤ŚО ″₣Ĉе₣Β₤сЯřŲijŪņСŷ

όŏŌĕŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕЮĕй¤ Łũ¹ijсŠųФĕŌĕℓЊũЮŷŵ � (Я₤₤ЊĠŪģеĠБ) ЮŌл ₣¤ ℓЊũЮŷŵŪijСŷČĠсÐЊijĮБЮŌл ₣ЯřŲ⅜ņБŠųФĕņ˝řŲсΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□¤

şеЮĵйĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ŁŲ₧ŌĕijŪņОŎЯřŲĠİΆ ŀόŏЮþЧŀ▫ ŌĕĮЊũН◦ċļĮЮŲЧĠНÐðŲЯřŲ¹ijсŠųФĕ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхΖşĮĕŜũЮĮŲ¹ijсŠųФĕģĕ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ ŷЋēĕŁũЮĕйďŁũČеģşсЮřЧņġБόŏŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ijŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĉģĕŲ∆¤ ŁũĮĕŜũЮĮŲЮĕйŪijСŷ₤НеЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЯřŲŪijСŷЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀ ijсЮņЧŲņРŲ˝ļĮ¤ ŁũΒĕНŔň ijόŏĮĕŜũЮĮŲ¹ijсŠųФĕЯřŲЮĊſЧďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ ĕЊ₣Ōĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН ŪijСŷŢ˝сĠŃĆСŲЮĉ ĖО₣₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣¤ ŁũĮĕŜũÐЙď ŷЋēĕŁũĮЊЮ₤₤¤ ŁũĮĕŜũЮĕйņЊĕΖşόŏЮŲЧ₤ĮБ Ư (аņĸĠУĕ) ЮŌл ₣ЮΌЧŎ ЮŢŎņЊĕÐЊijĮБℓЊũЮŷŵČеģşс ĖО₣ŁũřЕ ĄŃąСĕ¤

ŁũĮĕŜũņЊĕΖşŪijСŷŎŲсŪĮņģĕЮ◦ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠНÐðŲЯřŲ¹ijсŠųФĕЮĜйďΒĕБijЊĄĕ¤ şеЮĵйĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ΒĕБijЊĄĕЯřŲŌĕΖŎНĮБ ơ ĂĖ е řŲс ЮŪŁņ ơ ĂĖ е ņЊĕΖşŪijСŷЮйijсŠųФĕ΅У₤ũŎкЮĮŲ

ư ЮŌл ₣ЮΌЧŎ¤ şеЮĵйĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ΒĕБijЊĄĕЯřŲŌĕΖŎНĮБ ơ ĂĖ е řŲс ЮŪŁņ ơ ĂĖ е ņЊĕΖşŪijСŷЮйijсŠųФĕ΅У₤ũŎкЮĮŲ

Ư ЮŌл ₣ЮΌЧŎ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 45

şеЮĵйĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ΒĕБijЊĄĕЯřŲŌĕΖŎНĮБ ơ ĂĖ е řŲсЮŪŁņ ơ� ĂĖ е ņЊĕΖşŪijСŷЮйijсŠųФĕ΅У₤ũŎкЮĮŲ � ЮŌл ₣ЮΌЧŎ¤

şеЮĵйĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ΒĕБijЊĄĕЯřŲŌĕΖŎНĮБ ơ ĂĖ е řŲсЮŪŁņ ơ� ĂĖ е ņЊĕΖşŪijСŷЮйijсŠųФĕ΅У₤ũŎкЮĮŲ ư ЮŌл ₣ЮΌЧŎ¤

ΒĕБijЊĄĕЯřŲŌĕΖŎНЮŪŁņ ơ ĂĖ е ĮНеΖşŪijСŷЮйijсŠųФĕģĕЮΌЧŎ¤ In order to respond to the needs of an inquiry, judicial police officers may remand in

custody a person suspected of participating in the commission of an offense. Judicial police officers may also remand in custody individuals who may provide them with relevant facts if the following provisions are fulfilled:

− An individual who may provide information refuses to do so; − A written authorization to keep the person in custody has been obtained from a

Prosecutor. Judicial police officers shall immediately report any measure of police custody to the Royal

Prosecutor and shall deliver to him all relevant evidence that led the police to take the custodial action.

The maximum duration of any police custody is 48 (forty eight) hours. The duration shall commence from the time when the detained person arrives at the police or military police office.

In case of a felony, when there is evidence showing the detained person is guilty, the judicial police officer may extend the duration of the police custody if such measure is necessary to conduct the inquiry properly. Any extension shall be authorized beforehand by the Royal Prosecutor who has to examine whether the factual and legal conditions are fulfilled. The written authorization for an extension of the duration of the police custody with an explanation of the reasons shall be placed on the case file. The extension is an exceptional measure. An extension of the duration of the police custody shall not be longer than 24 (twenty four) additional hours, excluding the time necessary for the transportation of detained persons.

An extension is not permitted if the detained person is a minor. In case of felony, a minor aged between 14 years old and less than 16 years old may not be

placed in police custody for more than 36 hours. In case of misdemeanor, a minor aged between 14 years old and less than 16 years old may

not be placed in police custody for more than 24 hours. In case of felony, a minor aged between 16 years old and less than 18 years old may not be

placed in police custody for more than 48 hours. In case of misdemeanor, a minor aged between 16 years old and less than 18 years old may

not be placed in police custody for more than 36 hours. A minor who is less than 14 years old may not be placed in police custody.

ŌŪ″ o ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ Article 97 Record of Police Custody

ŁŲ₧ŌĕŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕĠНÐðŲ₧ņУŎ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷόŏřе‗Е₣ďĠĜĀ ĕсΒеĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŠųФĕřŲсĠНÐðŲЮĜй ЮŢŎŪģĠсόŏģĕřЕ₣ΒеĮБņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş¹ijсŠųФĕЮĕй¤ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪģĠсřŲс⅜ņБŠųФĕόŏģĕřЕ₣ĩ₣Яřũ ΒеĮБ₤Њ◦ċ ЊЯřŲģĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ t� (ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сЮņēŷВЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ¹ijсŠųФĕ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČеģşс ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхΖşЮΊũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ¤ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЮĊſЧ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ

ďĠĜĀ ĕс ЮŢŎŌĕşНйЮ₤ş ŚБřРşijЮĉк

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 46

− ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЯřŲģĕĠİð Ġсόŏ¹ijсŠųФĕ − ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗аĕĠНÐðŲЯřŲŪijСŷ¹ijсŠųФĕ − ņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ − аℓĞ ЯŠ ĂĖ е ĕЊ₣ЮŌл ₣ЯřŲЮĩŚЧņ¹ijсŠųФĕ − Łũόŏřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБ₤Њ◦ċ ЊЯřŲģĕĠŃňijŚаĕŌŪ″ t� (ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сЮņēŷВЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ¹ijсŠųФĕ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй − ďŎ▫Ю΅ijН ЮěŊ йΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ¤ е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЮĕйŪijСŷŌĕşНй΅ij□ЮŲž ιĩŚЊijŪŌņаřũĠ₤сĄĕ¹ijсŠųФĕ ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕΖĕ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНũУş ιЮĠЧ

⅜ņБŠųФĕņЊĕЮşйΒ˝℮ũ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷΖĕ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНόŏ⅜Ś Ġс¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕЮĕйŪĠЯ˝˝ņЊĕŪĮņşНй΅ij□ЮŲž ιĩŚЊijŪŌņаřЮ◦ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤¤ ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНŪijСŷļą ĠсďņУŎ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣¤

When a person is placed in police custody, the judicial police officer shall immediately notify their decision and the reasons to the detainee. Judicial police officers shall also inform the detainee about the rights provided in Article 98 (Assistance of Lawyers during Police Custody) of this Code. If necessary, a judiciary police officer may call for an interpreter/translator.

The judicial police officer shall immediately establish a written record of the police custody. The record shall include the following information:

− The name and position of the judicial police officer who ordered the detention; − The identity of the detained person; − The reasons for the police custody; − The starting date and time of the police custody; − The notification of the rights provided for in Article 98 (Assistance of Lawyers during

Police Custody) of this Code; − The name of the interpreter/translator, if any.

This written record shall be signed or finger-printed by the detainee after he has completed reading such record. If the detainee is illiterate, a judicial police officer shall read aloud this record to him. If the detainee refuses to sign or affix finger-print on the record, a judicial police officer shall so note on the written record. The written record shall be placed on the case file.

ŌŪ″ o7 ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сЮņēŷВЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ¹ijсŠųФĕ Article 98 Assistance of Lawyers during Police Custody

ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ Ư ЮŌл ₣ģĕ˝ĕų₣ĩНijЮĉ ″е₣ĮБЮĮŲЮĩŚЧņаĕŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕņ˝ЮĜй ĠНÐðŲЯřŲ¹ijсŠųФĕ Ζş₤Не₤ĕĀĜďņУŎЮņēŷВ ιďņУŎĄĕ₧ŌĖ ˝сЯřŲŠųФĕЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ ˝НеόŏЯijĄĕЮĕйŌĕŁũĈ˝с◦ЊĕЮĝ ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ďņУŎ¤ ĄĕЮĕйŪijСŷģĕ◦◦УŲřе‗Е₣ĮБŁũЮ₤Ė Ч₤НеЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤Юĕй ″ņŪÐĠсņЮĊŜģŎ ĕЊ₣ďĠĜĀ ĕс¤ ĄĕЮĕйΖşşРŲЮĉŁĕс Яĕų₣¹ijсŠųФĕ ĕЊ₣Ĉ˝с◦₣ďņУŎĠНÐðŲ⅜ņБŠųФĕģĕ ưƠ (⅜ņ₤ЊĠ) Ĝ◦Б ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗Ź ēĜŁũ₤ŌĞ ijсаĕŁũ₤ĕĀĜЮĕй¤ ЮŪŁŎŁũ₤ĕĀĜĄĕЮĕй ΖşЮĊſЧ е‗ijс₤Ōð ŲсďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũЯřŲŪijСŷļą ĠсďņУŎ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣¤

After a period of twenty four hours from the beginning of the police custody has expired, the detainee may request to speak with a lawyer or any other person who is selected by the detainee, provided that the selected person is not involved in the same offense. The selected person shall be informed of the request immediately and by all means available. The selected person may enter into the custodial site and talk with the detained person for 30 minutes under conditions guaranteeing the confidentiality of the discussion. Following the discussion, the selected person may make a written note to be placed on the case file.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 47

ŌŪ″ oo ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ¹ijсŠųФĕ Article 99 Assistance of Medical Doctors during Police Custody

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ₤НеόŏŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏņ˝ĮЊĕЊijŏĠНÐðŲЯřŲ¹ijсŠųФĕģĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ¤ ŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀ ijсЮņЧŲ▫ ЮijЧ⅜□ ĕļĮ₤НŠļĮаĕĠНÐðŲ¹ijсŠųФĕЮĕй ₤ņŪ₤ĠĕЕ₣Łũ¹ijсŠųФĕЯřũιЮ◦¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ⅜□ ĕļĮ₤НŠļĮũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲЮĜй ĮНе₤ņŪ₤ĠďņУŎĕЕ₣Łũ¹ijсŠųФĕЮ◦ЮĜй ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŬŎŁũ‗чďĠĜĀ ĕсřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏЮşŀ ŷЋŔň ĠĕĠњŪijĠŔą с₤НŠļĮЯřŲŪijСŷļą ĠсďņУŎ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣¤ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх şНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЮĝЮŲЧ е‗ijсЮ΅ijНΒеĮБЮěŊ йũĠ₤сŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏ ŪĮņĈе₣аℓĞ ЯŠ ĂеĖ ĕЊ₣ЮŌл ₣аĕŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ₤НŠļĮ¤

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşşНйЮĉŁĕс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ĬĀ Ųс ЮřЧņġБЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀ ijсŲ˝šŠ‗Ź аĕŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ¤ The Royal Prosecutor or the judicial police officer may ask a doctor to examine the detained

person at any time. The doctor shall verify whether the health condition of the detained person is sufficient for detention or not.

If the medical doctor certifies that the arrested person’s health condition is not sufficient for police custody, the judicial police officer shall immediately notify the Prosecutor. The health certificate issued by medical doctor shall be placed on the case file. The judicial police officer shall write down the name of the medical doctor, and the date and time of the examination in the record.

The Royal Prosecutor may visit the custodial site to verify the condition of the detained person.

ŌŪ″ ơƠƠ ΒĕБijЊĄĕЯřŲŪijСŷģĕ¹ijсŠųФĕ Article 100 Police Custody of Minor

ŁŲ₧ĠНÐðŲЯřŲŪijСŷģĕ¹ijсŠųФĕďΒĕБijЊĄĕ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷĄРĕĮњijхŌĕ″ņŪÐĠсņЮĊŜģŎřŲсΰĮН˝ ŌŚ Ŏ řŲсΒĖ˝ijе₧₣Ū₤ĠşĤĠс ιřŲсΒĖ˝◦◦УŲļũ˝ЊşĆЮŲЧΒĕБijЊĄĕЮĕй¤

When a detained person is a minor, the judicial police officer shall notify by all means the parents, the legal representative or any person who is responsible for that minor.

ŌŪ″ ơƠơ ĠŃąБаĕŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ Article 101 Registry of Police Custody

Юĝ ĖО₣˝Яĕų₣ĕБņУŎ6ũĠ₤сĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ ЯřŲ₤ŪŌĠс◦◦УŲĄĕЯřŲŪijСŷ¹ijсŠųФĕ ŪijСŷŌĕĠŃąБ₤Ś БĮБŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕņУŎ¤

ŪÐĠсŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕŪijСŷŌĕşНйЮĝ ĖО₣ĠŃąБЮŢŎŌĕЮ₤ş ŚБřРşijЮĉЮĕй: − ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЯřŲģĕĠİð ĠсόŏЮĊſЧŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ − ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲЯřŲ¹ijсŠųФĕ − аℓĞ ЯŠ ĂĖ е ĕЊ₣ЮŌл ₣ЯřŲČĠсЮĩŚЧņ¹ijсŠųФĕ ĕЊ₣ĠŃĆĠсŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ − ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲģĕΒĕНŔň ijόŏĠĕŚŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕďŎ▫Ю΅ijН − ЮěŊ йũĠ₤сŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏЯřŲģĕĮЊĕЊijŏĠНÐðŲ¹ijсŠųФĕďŎ▫Ю΅ijН − ŪĠЮķ◦аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сΖďń ĊũijНŵŁũЮĝЮĮŲĩНij е‗ijсŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ¤ ĠŃą БЮĕйŪijСŷŁĕсŁĠсďŪĠČе₤ŪŌĠсĄРĕΖďń ĊũijНŵŁũ″ņŪijСŷŁũ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 48

Each office of judicial police or military police, which is entitled to receive persons kept in police custody, shall maintain a Registry of Police Custody.

Every police custody measure, including the following information will be recorded into the Registry:

− The full name and position of the judicial police officer who ordered the police custody; − The identity of the arrested person; − The date and time of the commencement and the termination of the police custody; − The full name and position of the judicial authority who approves the continuation of

the arrest, if applicable; − The full name of the medical doctor who examined the arrested person, if applicable; − The judicial authority decision at the expiry of the police custody period. The registry shall be made available to the judicial authority upon their request.

ŌŪ″ ơƠƯ ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤ũНĠаĕŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ Article 102 Final Report of Police Custody

ŪÐĠсŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕŪijСŷЯijŌĕЮĊſЧ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤ũНĠаĕŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ¤ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤ũНĠЮĕйŪijСŷŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşijЮĉк

− ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЯřŲĠİð Ġсόŏ¹ijсŠųФĕ − ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲЯřŲŪijСŷ¹ijсŠųФĕ − ņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ − аℓĞ ЯŠ ĂĖ е ĕЊ₣ЮŌл ₣ЯřŲЮĩŚЧņŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ − ЯĠĠĠ◦аĕŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń − ЯĠĠĠ◦аĕŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЮŢŎΒĕНŷijʼn″ņŌŪ″ ơƠƠ (ΒĕБijЊĄĕЯřŲŪijСŷģĕ¹ijсŠųФĕ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй − ЮěŊ йŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏЯřŲģĕĮЊĕЊijŏĠНÐðŲ¹ijсŠųФĕ − ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ũĠ₤сĄĕЯřŲģĕ₤ĕĀĜďņУŎĠНÐðŲ¹ijсŠųФĕŪ₤Ġ″ņŌŪ″ t� (ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сЮņēŷВЮĝ

ĖО₣ЮĮŲ¹ijсŠųФĕ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй − ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲďŎ▫Ю΅ijНģĕΒĕНŔň ijόŏĠĕŚŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ − ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎĕБņУŎ6 ĕЊ₣ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũ₤ŪŌ˝ЯřŲЮĝşЮĜų йŁũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎĕБņУŎ6 − аℓĞ ЯŠ ĂĖ е ĕЊ₣ЮŌл ₣аĕŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ − ŪĠЮķ◦аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сΖďń ĊũijНŵŁũЮĝЮĮŲĠŃĆĠсŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ − Ų˝šŠ‗Ź аĕŁũŪĠŪĮЕijŚЊЮĉаĕŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ ŪĮņĈе₣ΧĠġijŚЊЮ΅ijНďŎ▫Ю΅ijН¤ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤ũНĠаĕŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕŪijСŷļą ĠсďņУŎ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣¤

A final report shall be made for every arrest. This rewritten record shall include the following information:

− The full name and position of the judicial police officer who ordered the police custody; − The identity of the arrested person; − The reason for the police custody; − The date and time of the commencement of the police custody; − The procedures applied for notifying the Royal Prosecutor;

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 49

− The procedures applied for notification in accordance with Article 100 (Police Custody of a Minor) of this Code;

− The full name of the doctor who examined the arrested person; − The identity of any person who talked with the arrested person in accordance with

Article 98 (Assistance of Lawyers during Police Custody) of this Code; − The full name and position of the judicial authority who approved the extension of the

police custody, if applicable; − The duration of any interrogation and the duration of any breaks between interrogation

periods; − The date and time of police custody; − The decision of the judicial authority at the end of the police custody; − The operational conditions of the police custody and any incidences occurred thereto.

The final report of police custody shall be placed on the case file.

ĄеĮР ◦Б : ŁũĠŃąС ĕŠųФĕ CHAPTER 4: HANDING OVER OF PERSON IN POLICE CUSTODY

ŌŪ″ ơƠư ŁũĠŃąСĕŠųФĕĠНÐðŲЯřŲŪijСŷģĕ¹ijсŠųФĕ Article 103 Handing Over of Person in Police Custody

ЮĝЮĮŲĩНij˝е‗ijсаĕũŎкЮĮŲ¹ijсŠųФĕ ĠНÐðŲЯřŲŪijСŷģĕ¹ijсŠųФĕЮĜйŪijСŷк − ĠŃąСĕŠųФĕЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ι − ЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ¤ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĕйЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ At the expiry of the period of police custody, the concerned person shall be: − handed over to the Royal Prosecutor; or − released. The decision shall be made by the Royal Prosecutor.

ŌŪ″ ơƠ ũŎкЮĮŲаĕŁũĠŃąСĕŠųФĕ Article 104 Period of Handing-Over

ŁŲ₧ĠНÐðŲЯřŲŪijСŷ¹ijсŠųФĕ ŪijСŷĠŃąСĕŠųФĕЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮĜйĠНÐðŲЮĕйŪijСŷģĕЮÐĜеŠųФĕļų ņŎ˝ЮĉşеЮĵйņНŠŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕĠНÐðŲЯřŲŪijСŷģĕ¹ijсŠųФĕ ĮНеΖşЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮĝаℓĞЯijņУŎģĕЮŢŎ⅜ũŌĕņРŲЮ΅ijНĮЊЮ₤₤ЯřŲĠ₧Ś Ųņ˝ĮБŁũŲеģ˝ ĖО₣ŁũřЕ ĄŃąСĕ ιşŌĞ ŎĩųСŷаĕŁũřЕ ĄŃąСĕЮĜй ũŎкЮĮŲĠЯĕ□ņΖşĩŚŲсόŏЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ģĕ¤

Юĝ ĖО₣ŪÐĠс ũ‗БĈе₣Β₤с ŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕĠНÐðŲЯřŲŪijСŷģĕ¹ijсŠųФĕ ŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣Юĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєĂĠсĠеĩНij″ņŁũЯřŲΖşЮĊſЧЮĉģĕ¤

ņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕŁũŎЙijŗл ŷŪijСŷşНй ĖО₣˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН ЯřŲŪijСŷŪĠÐŲсĄРĕŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх¤

When an arrested person has to be handed over to the Prosecutor, that person shall be brought before him immediately.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 50

Where timely handing-over is not possible and due to transportation difficulties or long distance of the place, the arrested person cannot be handed over on the same day, the Prosecutor may allow for an additional time period to transport the arrested person.

In any case, the handing-over of the arrested person shall be done as soon as possible. The causes of the delay shall be written in the record which a judicial police officer shall

submit to the Royal Prosecutor.

ĄеĮР ◦Б : ŷЋēĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ij˝ũ‗Бď˝сЯ₤Ś₣ CHAPTER 5: RULES OF INQUIRY OF FLAGRANT OFFENSES

ŌŪ″ ơƠ ŁũΉņ¹ijсņЊĕόŏ⅜Ś ĠсЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ďΖ◦Џ Article 105 Prohibition of Listening

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ĮНеŌĕΒе₧şĠİð Ġсόŏ⅜Ś Ġс ĕЊ₣ℓij₤еЮŲ₣Łũ₤ĕĀĜ″ņ◦Рũ₤њĮĀЮΌЧŎ¤ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ĮНеŌĕΒе₧şĠİð ĠсόŏČĠс ĕЊ₣ℓijŁũЮđųЧŎđų₣ЯřŲЮşŀ″ņņЮĊŜģŎ◦РũÐņĜÐņĕч ďΖ◦Џ ⅜ũ″ņ◦Рũ⅜ũ ι⅜ũ″ņΒЊĕЮĊЧЯ‗ij¤ Judicial police officers have no authority to order any person to secretly listen to or record any telephone conversation. They have no authority to intercept or record any correspondences by telecommunication, such as facsimiles or email messages.

ŌŪ″ ơƠ ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ij˝ũ‗Бď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ Article 106 Duration of Inquiry of Flagrant Offenses

ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ijĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ ņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ (ŪģеĮБũ) аℓĞ ÐЊijĮБаℓĞŪĠŪĮЕijŚЊĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤¤ ˝ЊşĆЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ijŪijСŷŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĉďĠсďĕЊşĆЮĝ ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵЮĕй¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ijņЊĕģĕĠŃĆĠс ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (ŪģеĮБũ) аℓĞЮĜйЮ◦ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷЮ₤Ė Ч₤НеЮŗĠŲсЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤

The duration of an inquiry of a flagrant offense shall be no more than seven (7) days from the date of the occurrence of an offense. The inquiry shall be conducted without interruption during that period. If the inquiry does not finish within seven (7) days, the judicial police officer shall refer the case file to the Prosecutor.

ŌŪ″ ơƠ ŁũĠŃąСĕ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń Article 107 Submission of Police Report to Prosecutor

ЮŪŁŎĠŃĆĠсŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ij ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷĠŃąСĕ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН ĕЊ₣ŷij□О″₣Ĉе₣Β₤сЮĉŪĮйŬĄ Ζďń ¤

ŁŲ₧ĠНÐðŲ₧ņУŎŪijСŷĠŃąСĕЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮĜйŁũĠŃąСĕ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН ĕЊ₣ŷij□О″₣ ŪijСŷЮĊſЧďņУŎŁũĠŃąСĕŠųФĕĠНÐðŲЮĜйЯřũ¤

After the inquiry, the judicial police officer shall send all written records and all exhibits to the Prosecutor.

If an arrested person is handed over to the Royal Prosecutor, the written records and exhibits shall be sent to the Royal Prosecutor at the same time.

ŌŪ″ ơƠ7 ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷşНйЮĝ ĖО₣˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН Article 108 Contents of Police Records

е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЯřŲЮĊſЧЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷşНк:

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 51

− ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх − Β₣ðļĮũĠ₤сņūĕŚБЮĜй − ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦¤ ◦еĮњũĕБņУŎ6 ŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх¤ ĵ˝ŏđРijŲНĠ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮŗ₣ŪijСŷŌĕĠŔą сŎŲсŪĮņЮŢŎŌĕşНй΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤сņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЮĝ ũЖņ

◦еĮњũ¤ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ ι₤Ś БĮБŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ ŪijСŷŌĕşНйΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲЯřŲĵ сĮњĕċ¤

The records prepared by judicial police officers shall include: − The names and positions of the judicial police officers; − The unit of such judicial police officers; − The date.

Each page of the records shall be signed by the judicial police officers. The approval of any stricken word or reference shall be indicated by the signature of a

judicial police officer in the margin of the page. The identity shall be mentioned in the written record of interrogation or police custody.

ŌŪ″ ơƠo ЮŌþļĮаĕŁũņЊĕЮýũĮ ŷЋēĕĠŃňijŚЊ Article 109 Mandatory Rules

ŷЋēĕ ĕЊ₣◦Ūņ₣сŁũЯřŲģĕĠŃňijŚЮĝŌŪ″к − ŌŪ″ tƠ ( е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЮŲЧŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ ĕЊ₣ŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ) − ŌŪ″ tơ (ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ) − ŌŪ″ tƯ (ŁũĠЊ◦⅜ų ˝ЮģйŪ″ЮŲЧŷij□О″₣) − ŌŪ″ tư ( е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЮŲЧŁũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ) − ŌŪ″ t (Ġ◦ĠŔą όŏşРŲŠųФĕ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ijĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ď сЯ₤Ś ₣) − ŌŪ″ t (ŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏž₣ЯĩĖ˝ĠЮşĆ Ю◦₤ ι ŷЋ◦Ŝ⅜ū₤Ś ) − ŌŪ″ t (Łũ¹ijсŠųФĕ) − ŌŪ″ t ( е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ) − ŌŪ″ t� (ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сЮņēŷВЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ¹ijсŠųФĕ) − ŌŪ″ tt (ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ¹ijсŠųФĕ) − ŌŪ″ ơƠƠ (ΒĕБijЊĄĕЯřŲŪijСŷģĕ¹ijсŠųФĕ) − ŌŪ″ ơƠ (ŁũΉņ¹ijсņЊĕόŏ⅜Ś ĠсЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ďΖ◦Џ) − ŌŪ″ ơƠ (ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ij˝ũ‗Бď сЯ₤Ś ₣) ĕЊ₣ − ŌŪ″ ơƠ� (ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷşНйЮĝ ĖО₣˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ ŌĕŲ˝š‗кŢşсžijŪijСŷЯijЮýũĮ ЮĠЧņЊĕřРЮşĖйЮ◦ĕЕ₣ĜеόŏŌĕЮŌþļĮаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 52

The rules and procedures provided for in the following Articles shall be strictly complied with or the undertakings in violation of them shall be deemed as null and void:

− Article 90 (Research and Examination Records); − Article 91 (Searches); − Article 92 (Sealing Exhibits); − Article 93 (Interrogation Records); − Article 94 (Order to Appear- Inquiry of Flagrant Offense); − Article 95 (Scientific or Technical Examination); − Article 96 (Police Custody); − Article 97 (Records of Police Custody); − Article 98 (Assistance of Lawyers during Police Custody); − Article 99 (Assistance of Medical Doctors during Police Custody); − Article 100 (Police Custody of Minor); − Article 105 (Prohibition of Listening); − Article 106 (Duration of Inquiry of Flagrant Offense); and − Article 108 (Contents of Police Records) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ ơơƠ Βе₧şЮĊſЧņРŲŷЋČũ‗чũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ Article 110 Authority of Judges and Prosecutors

″ņЮýŲŁũ‗ч е‗ijсЮ΅ijНŌĕijаņųŪýĕсЯijďĮњijхŌĕĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНũĠ₤сņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷ◦Н˝ďĠĜĀ Ųс ãυ˝⅜ũЮřЧņå ŌĕĕњŎ▫ ŪijСŷ◦Н˝ďυ˝⅜ũЯřŲŪijСŷЮĄЩũ΅РijřŲсŌĕķ₤ŚО″₣ĩĀОŎ¤ ķ₤ŚО ″₣ĩĀОŎΖşĄРĕņ˝ЮčŪ˝ņģĕЮŢŎЮ₤ũВ ″ņŪÐĠсņЮĊŜģŎŪijЕņŪijСŷ″ņşĤĠс¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮĊſЧņРŲŷЋČũ‗чЮŢŎЮ₤ũВ ЮŲЧ е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЯřŲЮĊſЧЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗Ź аĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ijĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ď сЯ₤Ś ₣¤

Generally, the written records established by judicial police officers are for information only. However, such records shall be deemed original and valid unless the contrary is proven. Counter-evidence may be freely presented to the judge by all means permissible by laws.

Judges and prosecutors freely evaluate the records established by Judicial Police officers in the framework of investigation of flagrant offenses.

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ư: ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ijĠŤņ TITLE 3: PRELIMINARY INQUIRY

ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ijĠŤņ UNITARY CHAPTER: PRELIMINARY INQUIRY

ŌŪ″ ơơơ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ijĠŤņ Article 111 Commencement of Preliminary Inquiry

ŁŲ₧ģĕřЕ₣ĮБΒеЮĮЧЯřŲΖşďĠ◦ΧŪ Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ιĠ◦Ų΅Н ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхΖşЮĊſЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ijĠŤņЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ι″ņŁũ₤НеũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤

When judicial police officers have knowledge of acts which may be qualified as felony, misdemeanor or petty offense, they may conduct a preliminary inquiry at their discretion or upon the request of a Prosecutor.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 53

ŌŪ″ ơơƯ ŷЋēĕЯřŲΒĕНŷijŚşеЮĵйŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ijĠŤņ Article 112 Rules for Preliminary Inquiry

Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊаĕŌŪ″к − ŌŪ″ tƠ ( е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЮŲЧŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ ĕЊ₣ŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ) − ŌŪ″ t (ŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏž₣ЯĩĖ˝ĠЮşĆ Ю◦₤ ι ŷЋ◦Ŝ⅜ū₤Ś ) − ŌŪ″ ơƠ (ŁũΉņ¹ijсņЊĕόŏ⅜Ś ĠсЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ďΖ◦Џ) − ŌŪ″ ơƠ (ŁũĠŃąСĕ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ) − ŌŪ″ ơƠ� (ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷşНйЮĝ ĖО₣˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijŚЮĝ ĖО₣ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ijĠŤņ¤

The provisions of following Articles of this Code shall apply to the preliminary inquiry: − Article 90 (Research and Examination Records); − Article 95 (Scientific or Technical Examination); − Article 105 (Prohibition of Listening); − Article 107 (Submission of Police Records to Prosecutor); − Article 108 (Contents of Police Records).

ŌŪ″ ơơư ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ Article 113 Searches

ŁŲ₧ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ijďĠŤņЮĜй Ĉ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣Ġ◦ΧŪ Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхΖşЮĊſЧŁũЯđ˝Юđũ ĕЊ₣ČĠсŎ˝ŷij□О″₣¤

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ďĠŤņŪijСŷ◦◦УŲŁũŎŲсŪĮņşĤ₤сŵ₤с ĕЊ₣ĮЊijŪģ˝řĮБΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣¤ ŁũŎŲсŪĮņЮĕйŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮ◦ġЧ₣ďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ ₤ũЮ₤ũЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсаřũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ

ΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ņЊĕЮşйΒ˝℮ũ ЮĜйŪijСŷ₤ũЮ₤ũόŏģĕşĤ₤сŵ₤с ĖО₣˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН▫ ΒĖ ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЮĜйņЊĕЮşйΒ˝℮ũ Ю΅ЧŎŎŲсŪĮņόŏЯđ˝Юđũ¤

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ΒŷijŚŌĕ ιĠřЊЮ₤ĊŁũЯđ˝Юđũ ŪĠēĕ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ЯřŲŌĕ₤ņij□ ЊşĆЯřĕřБ ΖşЮşŀřБŁΒĕНŔň ijόŏЯđ˝Юđũ ″ņŁũ₤НеũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷřЕ ĜеЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсĕРŷŁũЯđ˝ЮđũЮĕй¤ ŁũЯđ˝ЮđũŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ιЮĠЧýŊ ĕΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠсЮ◦ŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ⅜˝℮БĮБũĜ˝с¤ ⅜˝℮БŪijСŷČijс″е₣ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ⅜˝℮БņЊĕΖşďĕÐũģŲ ιď˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ЯřŲď˝₣˝Ōų е₣ũУņ ŪĠijЊĠijŚЊŁũ ĖО₣ŁũЯđ˝ЮđũЮĜйЮΌЧŎ¤ ŁũЯđ˝ЮđũņЊĕΖşЮĩŚЧņņНĕЮŌл ₣ (ŪģеņУŎ) ŪĮЕ˝ ĕЊ₣ЮŪŁŎЮŌл ₣ ơ� (řĠсŪģеĠБ) ЮΌЧŎ¤

Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊаĕŌŪ″ tƯ (ŁũĠЊ◦⅜ų ˝ЮģйŪ″ЮŲЧŷij□О″₣) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijŚ ĖО₣ŁũČĠсŎ˝ŷij□О″₣¤ When the preliminary inquiry involves a felony or misdemeanor, judicial police officers

may conduct a search and seize relevant exhibits. Judicial police officers shall seek an express and real approval from the occupant of the

premises.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 54

The approval may be hand-written by the occupant of the premises. If he cannot write, a judicial police officer shall state in the written record that the occupant of the premises is illiterate and accepts the search.

Where the occupant of the premises is absent or denies the search, the President of the Court of First Instance which has territorial jurisdiction on the case may authorize the search upon a Prosecutor’s request. The Prosecutor shall personally lead this search. Judicial police officer shall conduct the search at the presence of the occupant of the premises, or if he is absent, at the presence of two witnesses. The witnesses shall be assigned by the Prosecutor; they cannot be judicial police or military police who are participating in the search. The search cannot be conducted before six o’clock in the morning and after six o’clock in the evening.

The provisions of Article 92 (Sealing Exhibits) of this Code shall apply to the confiscated objects. ŌŪ″ ơơ ŁũĠŔą όŏşРŲŠųФĕ ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ijĠŤņ Article 114 Order to Appear – Preliminary Inquiry

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхΖşЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎĠНÐðŲŪÐĠсũРĠЯřŲŪijСŷģĕ₤₣℮њŎ▫ ģĕşРŲũУņ ĖО₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ ιЯřŲΖşĩŚŲсĮњijхŌĕ₤Ś БĮБЮũЩ₣Ю΅ijН¤

ĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮŁйЮΊŪijСŷЯijşРŲņ˝ĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б ũЖ₣◦◦Е₣ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЯřŲΖşЮşŀĠŔą όŏşРŲŠųФĕ¤ ĠŔą όŏşРŲŠųФĕЮĕйŪijСŷŌĕşНйΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ĠНÐðŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″¤

ĠŔą όŏşРŲŠųФĕ ΒĕНŔň ijόŏņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЮŪĠЧŪģ₤с ₣˝Ōų е₣⅜ēũ‗к ЮřЧņġБĠ₣šеĠНÐðŲЮĜйόŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ¤

Judicial police officers may summons and interrogate any person who is suspected of the commission of an offense or who may provide relevant information on the matter.

The person who is summonsed must appear. In case of refusal to appear as summonsed, the judicial police officer shall notify the Prosecutor who may issue an order to appear. The order to appear shall state the identity of relevant person. It shall be dated, signed and sealed by the Prosecutor.

The order to appear allows the judicial police officer to call for police force to compel such person to appear before him.

ŌŪ″ ơơ ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНŪ₤₣сşЮņųЧŎ ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ijĠŤņ Article 115 Record of Interrogation – Preliminary Inquiry

Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎĕБņУŎ6 ŪijСŷŌĕЮĊſЧ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН¤ е‗ijсЮ΅ijНŪijСŷř˝Ū₤₣сЮŢŎŪijЕņŪijСŷ″ņşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČеģşс ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲ

ŎНijŚЊĊņхΖşЮΊũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠЯřŲģĕ₤ġℓŪ₤Ġ″ņ⅜₤Ĝ ιĄеЮĕЩũĠ₤сŠųФĕ▫ ŠųФĕĕЕ₣Ġ˝ЯŪĠόŏģĕŪijЕņŪijСŷ¤ ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠņЊĕΖşŪijСŷģĕЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ ĖО₣şеЮ₧ņĕÐũģŲ ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ ιĠНÐðŲЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċЮĝ ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ďņУŎЮ◦¤ A written record shall be established for every interrogation.

The record shall accurately reflect the responses of the relevant person. If necessary, the judicial police officer may call for an interpreter/translator who shall swear under his religion or beliefs to interpret the responses as accurately as possible. In any case, the interpreter/translator shall not be selected from the police, military police, or any person who is involved in the case.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 55

ŌŪ″ ơơ Łũ¹ijсŠųФĕĄĕďĠс₤₣℮њŎ Article 116 Police Custody of Suspect

ŁŲ₧ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ijĠŤņĈ с◦₣ĕЕ₣Ġ◦ΧŪ Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņЮĜй Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊаĕĄеĮР˝◦Б ư ₤Ś БĮБŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ ĕЊ₣ĄеĮР˝◦Б ₤Ś БĮБŁũĠŃąСĕŠųФĕ аĕŌijЊŁ◦БƯ ₤Ś БĮБŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ij˝ũ‗Бď сЯ₤Ś ₣ ĖО₣Ðĕ□БЮĕй ŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijŚ¤

The provisions of Chapters 3 and 4 of this Title 2 of the book on police custody and handing-over of an arrested person shall apply if the preliminary inquiry related to a felony or misdemeanor.

ŌŪ″ ơơ ЮŌþļĮаĕŁũņЊĕЮýũĮ ŷЋēĕĠŃňijŚЊ Article 117 Mandatory Rules

ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗Ź аĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ijĠŤņ ŷЋēĕ ĕЊ₣◦Ūņ₣сŁũЯřŲЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌŪ″к − ŌŪ″ t (Łũ¹ijсŠųФĕ) − ŌŪ″ t ( е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ) − ŌŪ″ ơƠƠ (ΒĕБijЊĄĕЯřŲŪijСŷģĕ¹ijсŠųФĕ) − ŌŪ″ ơƠ (ŁũΉņ¹ijсņЊĕόŏ⅜Ś ĠсЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ďΖ◦Џ) − ŌŪ″ ơƠ (ŁũĠŃąСĕ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ) − ŌŪ″ ơơư (ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ) − ŌŪ″ ơơ (ŁũĠŔą όŏşРŲŠųФĕ ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ijĠŤņ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŌĕŲ˝š‗кŢşсžijŪijСŷЯijЮýũĮ″ņ ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮşĖйЮ◦ĜеόŏŌĕЮŌþļĮаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ¤ In the course of a preliminary investigation, the rules and procedures stipulated in the

following Articles of this code are mandatory otherwise the proceedings shall be deemed as null and void.

− Article 96 (Police Custody); − Article 97 (Written Record of Police Custody); − Article 100 (Police Custody of Minor); − Article 105 (Prohibition of Listening); − Article 107 (Submission of Police Report to Prosecutor); − Article 113 (Searches); − Article 114 (Order to Appear –Preliminary Inquiry).

ŌŪ″ ơơ7 Βе₧şЮĊſЧņРŲŷЋČũ‗чũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ Article 118 Authority of Judges and Prosecutors

″ņЮýŲŁũ‗ч ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНŌĕijаņųŪýĕсЯijďĮњijхŌĕĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНũĠ₤сņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŪijСŷ◦Н˝ďĠĜĀ Ųс ãυ˝⅜ũЮřЧņå ŌĕĕњŎ▫ ŪijСŷ◦Н˝ďυ˝⅜ũЯřŲŪijСŷЮĄЩũ΅РijřŲсŌĕķ₤ŚО″₣ĩĀОŎ¤ ķ₤ŚО ″₣ĩĀОŎΖşĄРĕņ˝ЮčŪ˝ņģĕЮŢŎЮ₤ũВ ″ņŪÐĠсņЮĊŜģŎŪijЕņŪijСŷ″ņşĤĠс¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮĊſЧņРŲŷЋČũ‗чЮŢŎЮ₤ũВ ЮŲЧ е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЯřŲЮĊſЧЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗Ź аĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ijĠŤņ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 56

Generally, the written records established by judicial police officers are for information only. However, such records shall be deemed original and valid unless the contrary is proven. Counter-evidence may be freely presented to the judge by all means permissible by laws.

Judges and prosecutors freely evaluate the records established by Judicial Police officers in the framework of a police inquiry.

ŌijЊŁ◦Б : ŁũŪĠÐŲсόŏŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ ĕРŷŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗Ź аĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ij TITLE 4: RETURN OF ITEMS SEIZED DURING INQUIRY

ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: ŁũŪĠÐŲсόŏŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ ĕРŷŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗Ź аĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ij UNITARY CHAPTER: RETURN OF ITEMS SEIZED DURING INQUIRY

ŌŪ″ ơơo Ζďń ĊũŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆĠİð ĠсόŏŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОĄРĕŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ Article 119 Competent Authority to Order Return of Seized Items

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ōĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆĠİð ĠсόŏŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсģĕЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ij ЮĉŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŷij□ОĈе₣ЮĜйĮНеŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕч₤ŪŌĠсŁũ₤еЯř₣ŁũĮЊijЮ◦ЮĜй Ю΅ЧŎŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ ņŊ₤Њ◦ċ ЊЮŲЧŷij□ОЮĜй ýŊ ĕŁũĄеĈ₤сΒſБŪģ˝řŪĠďЮ◦¤

ĠлНЯĕŚ ŷij□ОЯřŲŌĕЮŪýй▫Ė ˝сşеЮĵйņĕН₤℮ ιşеЮĵйŪ◦Įŏ₤ņġijŚЊ řРşďΖŷНĊ ιďijЊĩĀОй ŪĮņĈе₣ŷij□ОЯřŲŪijСŷģĕŁĕсŁĠсЮŢŎŠН₤şĤĠс ņЊĕΖşŪĠÐŲсόŏ ŷЋŀģĕЮ◦¤ ŷij□ОĈе₣ЮĜйŪijСŷ ũЖĠΒР₤◦Н˝ď₤ņġijŚЊũřť ιŪijСŷĠеĬų ŀЮČŲ¤

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БņЊĕŪĮņŪĠÐŲсόŏ ŷЋŀЮ◦ ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ΖşĠŚЕ₣ijǻм ЮĉΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ģĕ¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ýŊ ĕ₤ņij□ ЊşĆ ĖО₣ŁũŪĠÐŲсЮ◦ ŁŲ₧ŌĕŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣Юĝ

şеЮĵйņНŠŎН″Ś ĊЊŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ιŎН″Ś ĊЊŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņй¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮĝЯijŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆ ŁŲ₧ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷģĕĠŃĆĠсЮŢŎЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсď⅜□ Įũ¤

The Royal Prosecutor can order the return of an item seized during a preliminary inquiry. He will do so if those items are not necessary as exhibits and there is no serious dispute over the ownership of such item.

However, any item that is dangerous to persons or to property, such as weapons or explosives, or any item which is illegally held may not be returned. Such item shall be seized and deemed as property of the state or be destroyed.

In case a Prosecutor refuses to return a seized item, a complainant may appeal to the General Prosecutor.

The Royal Prosecutor and the General Prosecutor are not competent to return seized items during a judicial investigation or trial court proceedings. The Royal Prosecutor and the General Prosecutor regain their competence if a judicial investigation is completed by a final non-suit order.

ŌŪ″ ơƯƠ ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОЯřŲ ũЖĠΒР₤ĄРĕŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ Article 120 Return of Seized Items

ŁŲЮĠЧijНŵŁũЯřŲ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ģĕЮşŀЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşņУŎď⅜□ Įũ Ю΅ЧŎĮНеģĕ₤ЮŪņşЮ₤ş ŚБЮŲЧŁũŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОřŲсŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀЮ◦ ЮĜйŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ōĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЮĉ″ņ˝ũ‗БĕБņУŎ6 ЮřЧņġБ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ЮŲЧĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏŌĕŁũŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОřŲсŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀЮĕй ЮĝЮĮŲЯřŲ˝ņŊ₤Њ◦ċ Њаĕŷij□ОЮĜй ĮНеŌĕŁũĄеĈ₤сΒſБďŪģ˝řŪĠďЮ◦¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 57

If a case has been finally decided by the trial court, but the court fails to make a decision on the return of a seized item, the Royal Prosecutor or the General Prosecutor can decide at his discretion on the return as long as there is no serious dispute over the ownership of such item.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 58

Ðĕ□Б◦Б : ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ BOOK FOUR: JUDICIAL INVESTIGATIONS

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ơ: ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ TITLE 1: INVESTIGATING JUDGE

ĄеĮР ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ◦РЮĉ CHAPTER 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS

ŌŪ″ ơƯơ Łũ₤ŌĞ ijсаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 121 Confidentiality of Judicial Investigation

ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЯijďŁũ₤ŌĞ ijс¤ ĠНÐðŲĈе₣ΐŎЯřŲşРŲũУņ ĖО₣ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ďĮЊЮ₤₤ЮčŪ˝ņ ЮņēŷВ Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ ĕÐũģŲ ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□

ņūĕŚБŬĄŁũ ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ ŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏ ĕЊ₣ĠНÐðŲЯřŲŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆřРşЯş₣ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ t (ŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏž₣ЯĩĖ˝ĠЮşĆ Ю◦₤ ι ŷЋ◦Ŝ⅜ū₤Ś ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪijСŷũ˝⅝Łũ₤ŌĞ ijсаĕ ŷЋďą ĄБŷк¤

ĠлНЯĕŚ ŁũЮýũĮĕРŷŁũ₤ŌĞ ijс ŷЋďą ĄБŷк ņЊĕΖşďΧĠ₤ÐðřŲсŁũЮŪĠЧ₤Њ◦ċ ЊаĕŁũŁũĵũŠųФĕЮΌЧŎ¤ ņŜл₣Ю◦ЬijŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşЮĊſЧЮ₤ş ŚБЯℓų₣Łũ‗чď⅜ēũ‗к ŁŲ₧ŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ĮњijхŌĕЯřŲ

ĩ℮Įſĩ⅝ŎĮБЮũЩ₣₧ņУŎЮĜй ďĮњijхŌĕņЊĕĮЊij¤ ŁũĠеĵĕЮŲЧŁũ₤ŌĞ ijсаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ÐЙďĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲŪijСŷĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤″ņşĤĠсŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ďĊũŌĕ¤ The judicial investigation is confidential. Persons who participate in the judicial investigation, especially prosecutors, judges,

lawyers, court clerks, judicial police and military police officers, civil servants, experts, interpreters/translators, medical doctors and other persons mentioned in Article 95 (Technical or Scientific Examination) of this Code, shall maintain professional confidentiality.

However, such professional confidentiality may not be used as an obstacle to the right of self-defense.

Moreover, the Royal Prosecutor is entitled to make a declaration in public if he considers that false information in a case has been published.

A breach of confidentiality regarding a judicial investigation is a misdemeanor punishable under the Criminal Law in force.

ŌŪ″ ơƯƯ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 122 Commencement of Judicial Investigation

ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЯijЮĊſЧЮŢŎžĕņЊĕģĕşеЮĵйĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť¤ şеЮĵйĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮĊſЧ єģĕ ιņЊĕЮĊſЧ єģĕ¤

A judicial investigation is mandatory for a felony; however it is optional for a misdemeanor.

ŌŪ″ ơƯư ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБ Article 123 Territorial Jurisdictions

ЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆÐЙк − ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĜ◦Б Яĕų₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ − ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĜ◦БŲеЮĝůĕ ι◦Б₤е₧˝сũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲЯřŲ₤₣℮њŎ▫ ģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 59

− ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĜ◦Б Яĕų₣ČĠсŠųФĕĠНÐðŲЯřŲ₤₣℮њŎ▫ ģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲŌĕ◦еĜ₤сũǻ₣ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŪşЧĕũРĠЮĝ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ŠН₤6ýĖ Ю΅ЧŎ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉе₣Β₤сýĖ

ΒеĮБЮũЩ₣ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ЯijņУŎřРşýĖ ◦ееĜ₤сЮĕйŪijСŷĠŃąСĕЮĉŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮřЧņġБ₤ЮŪņş¤ ŷЋǻ◦₤ņij□ ЊşĆЯřĕřБ ũǻ₣₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŪşЧĕŪijСŷ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ еĮРŲ¤ Łũ₤ЮŪņşЮĕйĠЊ◦ĩųСŷijǻм ¤ Competent judges are: − the investigating judge at the place of a criminal offense; − the investigating judge at the place of residence of a suspected offender; − the investigating judge at the place where a suspected offender was arrested. Where there is a conflict of jurisdiction between investigating judges of different courts of

first instance that conflict shall be referred to the President of the Investigation Chamber for settlement.

The conflicts of territorial jurisdictions between investigation chambers shall be decided by the President of the Supreme Court.

That decision shall be final and definitive.

ŌŪ″ ơƯ řБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 124 Introductory Submissions

ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪijСŷģĕЮĠЧ˝ЮŢŎřБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮŢŎΒĕНЮŵņ″ņŌŪ″ (ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮĠЧ˝ŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ĠНÐðŲŌĖ с ιЮŪşЧĕĜ˝с ЮŢŎŌĕş₣∆ОŲĠİΆ ŀŪģĠсЮěŊ йЮĝ ĖО₣řБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ιŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ΒŔň ijĄĕ ЮŢŎΒĕНЮŵņ″ņǻ˝ŏŠњ‗Ź ◦Б Ư аĕŌŪ″ (ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕΖşĠеЮĮŀ ЊşĆЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₧ņУŎģĕ ЮŢŎýŊ ĕřБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ю◦¤

ŁŲЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ ЮŢŎŌĕŁũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЮĊſЧ″ņĕБijЊŷЋĊБřРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ ơưt (ŁũĠŃąСĕĠ‗Ś Е₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ ơƠ (ŁũĠ₣сŪģ˝сijņŲс◦Н˝) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

ŁŲ₧◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣⅜ņŃň ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷĠŃąСĕĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ЮĜйЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ In compliance with Article 44 (Commencement of Judicial Investigation ) of this Code, a

judicial investigation is opened by the introductory submission of the Royal Prosecutor. As provided in the Article 44 (Commencement of Judicial Investigation), paragraph 2, a

judicial investigation can be opened against one or more persons whose names are specified in the introductory submission or against unidentified persons.

An investigating judge may not conduct any investigative acts in the absence of an introductory submission.

When an investigative judge receives a complaint with an application to become a civil party, the investigating judge shall follow the procedures stated in Articles 139 (Delivery of Request to Prosecutor) and 140 (Payment of Deposits).

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 60

After receiving a normal complaint, an investigating judge shall forward it to the Royal Prosecutor.

ŌŪ″ ơƯ ŷЋ⅜ŲļĮаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣ Article 125 Scope of Complaint

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣ΒеĮБΒ₣ðЮ΅ijН ЯřŲŌĕЮĝ ĖО₣řБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯijΒеĮБΒ₣ðЮ΅ijНЮĜйĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕЮŲşΒ₣ðЮ΅ijНℓŊБ ЯřŲΖşďĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź Юĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷĄРĕĮњijхŌĕΒеĮБΒ₣ðЮ΅ijНЮĕйЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşĠŚЕ₣₤НеόŏЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĊſЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΒеĮБΒ₣ðЮ΅ijНℓŊБЮĕй ″ņřБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЯĕ□ņ¤ ЮĠЧýŊ ĕřБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЯĕ□ņЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũýŊ ĕΒе₧şЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΒеĮБΒ₣ðЮ΅ijНℓŊБЮĜйЮ◦ġЧŎ¤

ĠлНЯĕŚ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕČеģşс₤НеřБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЯĕ□ņЮ◦ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΒ₣ðЮ΅ijНℓŊБЮĜйď⅜□ ĕ◦ņĞĕсЮĈ₤ЮĉЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ΅ijН ЯřŲЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣řБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũřеĠР₣¤

The investigating judge is seized with the facts specified in the introductory submission. The investigating judge shall investigate only those facts.

If during a judicial investigation, new facts susceptible to be qualified as a criminal offense arise, the investigating judge shall inform the Prosecutor. The Prosecutor can ask the investigating judge to investigate the new facts by making a supplementary submission. If there is no such supplementary submission, the investigating judge has no power to investigate the new facts.

However, if the new facts only constitute aggravating circumstances of the facts already under judicial investigation, no supplementary submission is required.

ŌŪ″ ơƯ ŁũŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ Article 126 Placing Suspect under Judicial Investigation

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪijСŷЯijŢ сόŏ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ ĕРŷĠНÐðŲЯřŲŌĕş₣∆ОŲŪģĠсЮěŊ йЮĝ ĖО₣řБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŌĕΒе₧şŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ ĕРŷĠНÐðŲŪÐĠсũРĠЯřŲŌĕijŪņОŎşĤ₤сŵ₤с Ю΅ЧŎ₤НБ₤İſ сýĖ ŗл ₣žų е₣▫ ģĕşРŲũУņŪĠŪĮЕijŚĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ ЮĈйĠБďýŊ ĕŁũş₣∆ОŲŪģĠсЮěŊ йЮĝ ĖО₣řБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝єЮŢŎ¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşŢ˝сĠНÐðŲЮĜйόŏ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ ĖО₣ůĕк ďČũВ ďΒĖ˝ЮĩŚЧņÐеĕЊij ιďΒĖ˝₤ņÐеĕЊij¤

An investigating judge has the power to place any person specified by the introductory submission under judicial investigation.

Moreover, an investigating judge may place any person under judicial investigation against whom there is precise and coherent evidence showing that such person is involved in the commission of the offense, even where that person is not indicated in the introductory submission.

The investigating judge may place such persons under judicial investigation as perpetrators, instigators or accomplices of the offense.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 61

ŌŪ″ ơƯ ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŢ сĠĕĀО˝ ĕЊ₣ЮŢйĠĕĀО˝ Article 127 Investigation of Inculpatory and Exculpatory Evidence

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĈе₣Β₤сЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕч₤ŪŌĠсĠİΆ ŀόŏЮþЧŀŁũĮЊijЮŢŎΒĕНЮŵņ″ņşĤĠс¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŌĕ˝ũ‗БŎ˝ЊşĆЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĈе₣Ţ˝сĠĕĀО˝ ĕЊ₣ЮŢйĠĕĀО˝¤ An investigating judge, in accordance with the law, performs all investigations that he

deems useful to ascertaining the truth. An investigating judge has the obligation to collect inculpatory as well as exculpatory

evidence.

ŌŪ″ ơƯ7 ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ Article 128 Assistance of Court Clerks

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷŌĕŪ˝ΐĠŃąБďĕЊşĆ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б₧˝єЮŢŎ Ū˝ΐĠŃąБņЊĕΖşĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆЯřŲď₤ņij□˝ЊşĆũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũģĕЮ◦¤

An investigating judge shall be assisted by a clerk. In any case, the clerk cannot perform the duties of the investigating judge himself.

ŌŪ″ ơƯo ņНŠİũũĠ₤сŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ Article 129 Roles of Court Clerks

₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣Ю₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷũ˝⅝◦Н˝ЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ¤ Ū˝ΐĠŃąБşņų₣ŲЊŠЊijĕБņУŎ6аĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣″ņŲ◦ċļĮЯřŲΖşЮĊſЧģĕ¤ ŲЊŠЊijşņų₣ЮĕйŪijСŷЯijĠŔą с▫ ŪijЕņŪijСŷ″ņŲЊŠЊijЮřЧņ ЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ¤ Ю₤ş ŚБşņų₣ŪijСŷЮũЬĠşе◦Н˝ЮĝĖО₣₤ее‗НеЮũЩ₣Ġİũ◦Н˝¤

ŪÐĠсŲЊŠЊijаĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ ŪijСŷЯijĠ₣сЮŲŠЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ″ņŲеŢĠсаĕŁŲĠġŷijŚЊ¤ ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ ĕЊ₣₤е‗НеŲЊŠЊijЯřŲĠİũ◦Н˝ŪijСŷijņŲс◦Н˝ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ ЮĝņĕĀБũЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ι

Юĝ ĖО₣ĠĕĀĠс₧ņУŎаĕijНŵŁũЯřŲŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ₤ĕŚЊ₤НŠŪÐĠсŪýĕс¤ ЮņēŷВ ιЮŲžĊЊŁũũĠ₤сЮņēŷВ ŪijСŷģĕΒĕНŔň ijЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũόŏЮĊſЧŁũℓijşņų₣ЮŢŎŠųФĕďΒĖ˝

ЮşŀЮ⅜΅пНŎ ĕЊ₣ЮŪŁņŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏũĠ₤сŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ¤ The case file shall be kept by the clerk. If possible, the clerk shall make copies of each

record. The clerk shall certify that the copied records are true copy of the original. The copies shall be kept in a reserve file.

The clerk shall assign code number for all records in a chronological order. The original records and the reserve copies of the records shall be stored in the clerk’s

office, in the investigating judge’s office, or in any room of the court with sufficient security conditions.

The lawyer or his secretary may be authorized by the investigating judge to copy the record at his own cost under the supervision of the clerk.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 62

ŌŪ″ ơưƠ ŁũşНйřŲс◦Б Яĕų₣ЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ Article 130 Travel to Sites by Investigating Judges and Court Clerks

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşşНйřŲс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ďņУŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ЮĝЮŲЧ ŷЋ⅜ŲļĮаĕ₤ņij□ ЊşĆЯřĕřБаĕijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ЮřЧņġБĠеЮĮŀ ЊşĆЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕчďΖ◦Џ ŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ₤Ōĸ ũк ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ ĕЊ₣ŁũČĠсŎ˝ŷij□О″₣¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒеĮБŁũşНйЮĉĮЊĕЊijŏЮĕй¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşũУņřеЮ‗ЧũďņУŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĕй¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁũČеģşсаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũijŪņСŷ ЮĜйЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşşНйЮĉŁĕс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ďņУŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ ЮĝЮŲЧ ŷЋ⅜ŲļĮЯřĕřБďijЊĈе₣ņРŲ¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ЮčŪ˝ņŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ďņНĕřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒņijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ Юĝ ĖО₣ЯřĕřБЯřŲŠųФĕЮĊſЧřеЮ‗ЧũЮĉŁĕсЮĜй¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪijСŷЮĊſЧ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŪĠijЊĠijŚЊŁũũĠ₤сŠųФĕЮĕй¤ An investigating judge may visit any site, always accompanied by his clerk in the territorial

jurisdiction of the Court of First Instance, to personally conduct any investigative acts that he believes to be useful, such as site observation, searches, and seizure of exhibits.

An investigating judge shall inform the Royal Prosecutor of this visit, who may accompany the investigating judge.

When an investigation necessarily so requires the investigating judge may visit any site within the national territory, accompanied by a clerk. The investigating judge shall notify the Prosecutor of the Court of First Instance of the location of the visit beforehand.

The investigating judge shall establish a written record of his activities.

ŌŪ″ ơươ řБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ Article 131 Rogatory Letters

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖş₤НеόŏЮčŪ˝ņЮĩ℮₣ ιņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņх ιΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņх ĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆŠųй″ņřБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ Юĝ ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗Ź ЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ ơư (řБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤) řŲсŌŪ″ ơ� ( е‗ijсЮ΅ijН ⅜₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņх) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

An investigating judge may issue a rogatory letter asking another judge, a judicial police officer or any unit of the judicial police to undertake certain investigative activities under the conditions stated in Articles 173 (Rogatory Letters) to 184 (Written Records to be Established by Judicial Police) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ ơưƯ ŁũЮ₤Ė Ч₤НеόŏĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń Article 132 Investigative Actions Requested by Royal Prosecutor

ЮĝŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ζş₤НеόŏЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĊſЧ˝ЊşĆЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₧ņУŎЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕч¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕŪĮņЮĊſЧ″ņЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ю◦ЮĜй ЮčŪ˝ņũРĠЮĕйŪijСŷЮşŀřБŁĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơ (řĠсŪģе) аℓФ řБŁЮĕйŪijСŷŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН Ю΅ЧŎŪijСŷЯijĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵŗл ₣ĂĠсĠеĩНij¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 63

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕģĕ₤ЮŪņş ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơ (řĠсŪģе) аℓĞЮ◦ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşĠŚЕ₣ЮŢŎĬĀ Ųс″ņũŎкĵ˝ŏ₤Не Юĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşĄеĕУ₤ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

At any time during a judicial investigation, the Royal Prosecutor may request the investigating judge to conduct any investigative act that he believes will be useful.

If the investigating judge refuses to follow the Prosecutor’s request, he shall write a refusal order within 15 days. This order shall state the reasons for the refusal. The Royal Prosecutor shall be notified of this order without delay.

If the investigating judge has not decided within 15 days, the Royal Prosecutor can seize the Investigation Chamber who shall have the power to decide in the place of the investigating judge.

ŌŪ″ ơưư ŁũЮ₤Ė Ч₤НеόŏĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆЮŢŎĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ Article 133 Investigative Actions Requested by Charged Persons

ЮĝŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦Ζş₤НеόŏЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĊſЧŁũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎŠųФĕ ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ι⅜˝℮Б ₤Уũij◦ŲсýĖ ιşНйЮĉřŲс◦Б Яĕų₣¤ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеŪijСŷЮĊſЧďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ ĕЊ₣ŪijСŷŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕŪĮņЮĊſЧ″ņĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĕйЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņũРĠЮĕйŪijСŷЮşŀřБŁĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮĝ˝ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ĠĜĀ ĠсĮБЮĮŲ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏ₤Не¤ řБŁЮĕйŪijСŷЯijŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН ĕЊ₣ŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ďĠĜĀ ĕсřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣řŲсĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕģĕ₤ЮŪņş ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠЮ◦ ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ΖşĠŚЕ₣ЮŢŎĬĀ Ųс ″ņũŎкĵ˝ŏ₤НеřŲс₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşĄеĕУ₤ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

At any time during a judicial investigation, the charged person may ask the investigating judge to interrogate him, question a civil party or witness, conduct a confrontation or visit a site. The request shall be in writing with a statement of reasons.

If the investigating judge does not grant the request, he shall issue a rejection order within one month after receiving the request. This order shall state the reasons. The Prosecutor and the charged person shall be notified of the order without delay.

If the investigating judge has not decided within one month, the Royal Prosecutor can seize the Investigation Chamber who shall have the power to decide in the place of the investigating judge.

ŌŪ″ ơư ŁũЮ₤Ė Ч₤НеόŏĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆЮŢŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 134 Investigative Actions Requested by Civil Party

ЮĝŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖş₤НеřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ όŏ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎŠųФĕ ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ⅜˝℮Б ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ₤Уũij◦ŲсýĖ ιşНйЮĉřŲс◦Б Яĕų₣¤ ĵ˝ŏ₤Не ŪijСŷЮĊſЧďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ ĕЊ₣Ōĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕŪĮņЮĊſЧ″ņĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĕйЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņũРĠЮĕйŪijСŷЮşŀřБŁĠřЊЮ₤Ċ ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ЮŪŁŎЮĮŲ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏ₤Не¤ řБŁЮĕйŪijСŷЯijŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН Ю΅ЧŎŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ďĠĜĀ ĕсřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣řŲсЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 64

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕģĕ₤ЮŪņş ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠЮ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşĠŚЕ₣ЮŢŎĬĀ Ųс″ņũŎкĵ˝ŏ₤НеřŲс ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşĄеĕУ₤ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

At all the times during a judicial investigation, a civil party may request the investigating judge to question him, question witnesses, interrogate the charged person, conduct a confrontation or visit a site. The request shall be in writing with a statement of reasons.

If the investigating judge does not grant the request, he shall issue a rejection order within one month after receiving the request. The order shall state the reasons. The Prosecutor and the civil party shall be notified of the order without delay.

If the investigating judge has not decided within one month, the Royal Prosecutor can seize the Investigation Chamber who shall have the power to decide in the place of the investigating judge.

ŌŪ″ ơư ŁũĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń Article 135 Transmission of Case File to Royal Prosecutor

ЮĝŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ιЮ₤Ė Ч₤НеόŏĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ņ˝ĮЊĕЊijŏ ĠлНЯĕŚŪijСŷŌĕļũ ЊşĆĠ₣ſЊŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĕйЮĉ ŷЋŀ Юĝ ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵ Ư (аņĸĠУĕ) ЮŌл ₣¤

At any time, the Prosecutor may examine the case file or ask for its transmission. In the latter case, the Prosecutor shall send the case file back within 24 hours.

ŌŪ″ ơư ŷijŚŌĕũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń şеЮĵй˝ЊşĆЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 136 Presence of Prosecutor during Investigative Acts

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşŌĕŷijŚŌĕЮĝ ĖО₣ŪÐĠс ЊşĆЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ďĮЊЮ₤₤ ĖО₣Łũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ĖО₣Łũ₤Уũij◦Ųс ĕЊ₣ ĖО₣Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ¤

The Prosecutor may be present during any investigative act, in particular the interrogations of the charged person, confrontations and interviews.

ŌŪ″ ơư Łũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б″ņĩųСŷΒĕŚŬÐņĕч Article 137 Civil Party Application by Way of Intervention

ŁŲ₧ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷģĕЮĠЧ˝ ĠНÐðŲŪÐĠсũРĠЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤ŠųФĕ▫ďĄĕũ₣ЮŪýйΖş″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũģĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ¤

Łũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б″ņĩųСŷΒĕŚŬÐņĕч ЮĊſЧЮ◦ġЧ₣ЮŢŎýŊ ĕijŪņСŷ″ņ◦Ūņ₣с₧ņУŎЮ◦ġЧŎ¤ ŁŲ₧Łũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŪijСŷģĕЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣″ņŲЊŠЊij ŲЊŠЊijЮĕйŪijСŷŢ сĠŃĆСŲ ĖО₣₤е‗Не

ЮũЩ₣¤ ŁŲ₧Łũ″е₣ŠųФĕŪijСŷģĕЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijс ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЮĊſЧ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĕй řŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣řŲсĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦¤ After the opening of a judicial investigation any persons who claim to be victims of an

offense may, at any time, file a request to become civil party to the investigating judge. No specific form shall be required for the request to become civil party by way of

intervention. When a civil party’s request has been made in writing, the request shall be attached to the

case file. When the request is made orally the investigating judge shall establish a written record of it.

The investigating judge shall notify the Prosecutor and the charged person about the civil party application.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 65

ŌŪ″ ơư7 Ġ‗Ś Е₣ЮŢŎŌĕŁũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 138 Complaint with Application to become Civil Party

Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýйаĕĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ΖşŢ сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ĄРĕЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆ ЮŢŎŌĕŁũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ΖşŢ˝с ĖО₣ĜņĄĕũ₣ЮŪýйЮŢŎЮņēŷВ¤

A victim of a felony or misdemeanor can file a complaint with a request to become a civil party with the investigating judge. The request may be lodged by a lawyer on behalf of a victim.

ŌŪ″ ơưo ŁũĠŃąСĕĠ‗Ś Е₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń Article 139 Delivery of Complaints to Prosecutor

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĊſЧŁũ˝ijс₤еýŲсĕРŷŁũŢ сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ ЮŢŎŌĕŁũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б″ņ řБŁ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠŃąСĕĠ‗Ś Е₣ЮĕйЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤

ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕЮþЧŀĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŁũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷĠŚЕ₣ЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ″ņřБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ řБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĕй ΖşЮĊſЧŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ΒŔň ijĄĕ ЮĈйĠБďĠ‗Ś Е₣ЮŢŎŌĕŁũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЮČ◦ЮĉЮŲЧЮěŊ йĠНÐðŲŌĖ ˝с ιЮŪşЧĕĜ с єЮŢŎ¤

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ζş₤НеřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ НеόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ŪijСŷģĕĩНijũŲijс ιŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΒеЮĮЧЮĜйņЊĕЯņĕďĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź Ю◦¤

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşņЊĕЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮčŪ˝ņũРĠЮĕйŪijСŷЮşŀřБŁ₤ЮŪņş ЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН ЯřŲŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ďĠĜĀ ĕсřŲсЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĝЯij₤ЮŪņşЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮčŪ˝ņũРĠЮĕйŪijСŷЮşŀřБŁ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН Ю΅ЧŎŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ďĠĜĀ ĕсřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤

The investigating judge confirms the reception of a complaint with an application to become a civil party in an order. The investigating judge sends this request to the Royal Prosecutor.

After seeing the complaint with an application to become a civil party, the Prosecutor files an introductory submission with the investigating judge. This introductory submission may be made against unidentified persons, even if the civil party names one or more persons.

The Royal Prosecutor may request the investigating judge not to investigate if the criminal action is extinguished or if the facts do not constitute a crime.

In case an investigating judge decides not to investigate, that judge shall immediately issue an order with the statement of reasons and notify the civil party without delay.

In case the investigating judge, contrary to the Royal Prosecutor’s request, decides to continue to investigate, the investigating judge shall issue an order with a statement of reasons. The Prosecutor shall be notified of the order without delay.

ŌŪ″ ơƠ ŁũĠ₣сŪģ˝сijņŲс◦Н˝ Article 140 Payment of Deposits

ЮŢŎЯĩ∆˝ЮĉЮŲЧĊĕēĕаĕЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ЮĉЮŲЧŁũŲеģ˝аĕЮũЩ₣ЯřŲΖşЮņЧŲЮþЧŀďņНĕ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝е‗ijс″ņřБŁ₤ЮŪņş ĕРŷşеĕУĕ◦Е˝Ūģ сЯřŲЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŪijСŷĠ₣с ŪĮņĈе₣ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲŪijСŷĠ₣сŪģ сЮĕйĩ₣¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 66

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĮНеŌĕŲ◦ċļĮΖşĠ₣сŪģ˝сijņŲс◦Н˝ģĕЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ņЊĕόŏĠ₣сŪģ˝сЮĕйģĕ¤ řБŁЮĕйŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ďĠĜĀ ĕсřŲсЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲŌĕŁũĠ₣сŪģ˝сijņŲс◦Н˝ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б◦◦УŲĠİĕсаřЯřŲŌĕşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŪģ˝сijņŲс◦Н˝ņЊĕŪijСŷģĕĠ₣сЮĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲ˝е‗ijсЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮ◦ ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŁũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŪijСŷŪĠŁ₤▫ņЊĕΖş◦◦УŲģĕЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĕй ₤ЮŪņş″ņřБŁЯřŲŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ďĠĜĀ ĕсřŲсЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ Ūģ сijņŲс◦Н˝ŪijСŷĠ₣ſЊŲЮĉ⅜ņБŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲĠŃĆĠсĕБijЊŷЋĊБ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯijŪijСŷΒĕНŷijʼnĠ◦ĠġŃňijʼnЊаĕŌŪ″ ơơ (Ġ‗Ś Е₣ЮŢŎĠеĵĕ ιĠ‗Ś Е₣ЮŢŎΒР₤ĠĜų ŎЮĮŲЮŷŵ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

Ūģ˝сijņŲс◦Н˝ŪijСŷijņŲс◦Н˝Юĝ ĖО₣Ð‗ĕБĮЊЮ₤₤ ЯřŲЮĠЧ˝Юĝ ĖО₣ĊĜýũ ιũ˝⅝◦Н˝Юĝ ĖО₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲŌĕŁũēĜ₤ĕŚЊ₤НŠŗл ₣ ũЖ₣Ōе¤ ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЮĕйŪijСŷģĕЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤″ņŁũŪĮņЮŪĮЭ₣ýĖ ũĠ₤сŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤

Based on the resources of the civil party and on the predicted difficulty of the case, the investigating judge shall issue an order, fixing the amount of deposit to be paid by the civil party and the time for payment.

If the civil party is incapable to pay the deposit the investigating judge may exceptionally not require payment of a deposit. The civil party shall be notified of this order without delay.

For his payment of the deposit, the civil party shall receive a receipt signed by the court president, the Royal Prosecutor and the court clerk.

If the deposit has not been paid as fixed by the investigating judge, the request by the civil party shall be declared inadmissible by order of the investigating judge. The civil party shall be notified of the order by the investigating judge without delay.

The deposit shall be returned when the procedure is completed, except as provided by Article 141 (Abusive or Dilatory Requests) of this Code.

The deposit shall be maintained in a special bank account in a bank or at any other place where there is maximum guarantee of security. This place shall be selected with the mutual consent of the presiding court and the Royal Prosecutor.

ŌŪ″ ơơ Ġ‗Ś Е₣ЮŢŎĠеĵĕ ιĠ‗Ś Е₣ЮŢŎΒР₤ĠĜų ŎЮĮŲЮŷŵ Article 141 Abusive or Dilatory Requests

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲģĕЮĠЧ˝ĠĜĀ ĠсĮБŌĕĵ˝ŏĠŚ Е₣ ЮŢŎŌĕŁũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŪijСŷģĕĠЊ◦″ņřБŁЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс Ю΅ЧŎŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ĕБijЊŷ ЋĊБЮĊſ ЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎũжЮŵķ ιЮŢŎΒР₤ĠĜų ŎЮĮŲЮŷŵЮĜй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖş₤ЮŪņş″ņřБŁ₤ЮŪņşόŏЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣Ġ₣сŪģ˝сĮЊĕњŎũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ şеĕУĕŪģ˝сĮЊĕњŎņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤şеĕУĕ◦Е˝Ūģ˝сijņ˛Ųс◦Н˝ЮΌЧŎ¤ řБŁ₤ЮŪņşόŏĠ₣сŪģ˝сĮЊĕњŎЮĕй ŪijСŷόŏřе‗Е₣řŲс⅜ņБŠųФ ĕďĠĜĀ ĕс¤

When a judicial investigation opened on the basis of a request from a civil party is terminated by a non-suit order and the investigating judge considers that the procedure was abusive or dilatory, he may decide to impose a civil fine on the civil party not exceeding the amount of the deposit. The civil party shall be notified of the order without delay.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 67

ŌŪ″ ơƯ Ġ‗Ś Е₣όŏĄУ₤ĄНŲŁũŠРşžij Article 142 Claim for Compensation

ŁŲ₧ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲЮĠЧ ĠĜĀ ĠсĮБŌĕĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ ЮŢŎŌĕŁũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ŪijСŷģĕĠЊ◦″ņřБŁЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсşРŲď⅜□ Įũ ĠНÐðŲЯřŲŌĕЮěŊ йЮĝ ĖО₣ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ ΖşĠŚЕ₣₤НеŁũĄУ₤ĄНŲ₤е‗₣ĮБΒĖ˝ЯřŲĠŚЕ₣ĮБŠųФĕ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎũжЮŵķ ιЮŢŎΒР₤ĠĜų ŎЮĮŲЮŷŵ¤

ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеŁũĄУ₤ĄНŲЮĕй ŪijСŷŢ сĄРĕřŲсijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ЯřŲЮũЩ₣ŪijСŷģĕЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ijНŵŁũΖş₤НеόŏЮÐĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ņ˝ĮЊĕЊijŏ¤

When the judicial investigation opened on the basis of a complaint with petition to become a civil party is terminated by a non-suit order, the persons named in the request of the civil party may claim compensation as a remedy from the civil party where the procedure was abusive or dilatory .

The claim for compensation for damages shall be submitted to the Court of First Instance where the case was investigated. The court may request to examine the case file.

ĄеĮР ◦Б Ư: ŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ CHAPTER 2: INVESTIGATION BY INVESTIGATING JUDGE

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁũŢ˝сόŏ₤□ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ SECTION 1: NOTIFICATION OF PLACEMENT UNDER JUDICIAL INVESTIGATION

ŌŪ″ ơư ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁũŢ сόŏ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ Article 143 Notification of Placement Under Judicial Investigation

ЮĝЮĮŲşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮŲЧ˝řеĠР₣ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĮЊĕЊijŏΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ŪģĠсĄĕЮĕйόŏģĕřЕ₣ЮũЩ₣Ŭм ŷЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ĕЊ₣ŪģĠсΒеĮБЮěŊ йĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲ˝е‗ijсЮŢŎşĤĠс¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪģĠсĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦▫ ŠųФĕΖşЮđųЧŎ ιņЊĕЮđųЧŎģĕЮŢŎЮ₤ũВ¤ ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤₤Ś БĮБŁũŪģĠсЮĕйŪijСŷşНйЮĝ ĖО₣˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЮĝЮĮŲşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮŲЧ˝řеĠР₣¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ş₣сЮđųЧŎЮĜй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷ◦◦УŲşЮņųЧŎЮĜйļų ņ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪģĠсĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ όŏģĕřЕ₣ΒеĮБ₤Њ◦ċ ЊũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ĖО₣ŁũЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ЮņēŷВ ι ĖО₣Łũ₤Неόŏ

Čijс″е₣ЮņēŷВόŏŠųФĕ ЮŢŎΒĕНŷijŚ″ņşĤĠс₤Ś БĮБŲ˝šĕŚЊ˝кЮņēŷВ¤ ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ďΒĕБijЊĄĕŪijСŷЯijŌĕЮņēŷВΒņďĕЊşĆ¤ ЮĠЧýŊ ĕŁũЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ЮŢŎĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦Ю◦ ЮņēŷВŪijСŷģĕ

Čijс″е₣Юĝ ĖО₣Ų šŠ‗Ź ЯřŲЯş₣ЮŢŎşĤĠс₤Ś БΒеĮБŲ šĕŚЊ˝кЮņēŷВ¤ ЮŪŁŎĮБŁũşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮŲЧ ◦БņУŎ ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲЮĝЮŪłþНе ŪijСŷŪĠŁ₤ŪģĠсřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΒеĮБ

Ζ₤ŎŢť ĕũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЮĕйŪijСŷģĕ◦◦УŲřе‗Е₣▫к − ŠųФĕŪijСŷЯijĄРĕĮњijхŌĕřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮĝЮĮŲ₧ЯřŲŠųФĕĬų ₤сĠŚСũΖ₤ŎŢť ĕ − ŪÐĠсŁũόŏřе‗Е₣ЯřŲģĕЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣″ņΖ₤ŎŢť ĕşН₣ЮŪŁŎ ЯřŲŪĠŁ₤ЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЮĜй

ŪijСŷČijс◦Н˝▫ģĕЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣řŲс⅜ņБŠųФĕĬĀ Ųс¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 68

Łũόŏřе‗Е₣ŪĮņĈе₣ŁũŪĠŁ₤₤Ś БΒеĮБŁũĬų ₤сĠŚСũΖ₤ŎŢť ĕЮĜй ŪijСŷşНй ĖО₣ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН ЮĝЮĮŲşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮŲЧ˝řеĠР₣¤ When a charged person appears for the first time, the investigating judge shall check his identity, inform him of the imputed act and its legal qualification, and receive his statement after informing him of the right to remain silent. This notification shall be mentioned in the written record of the first appearance.

If the charged person is willing to answer, the investigating judge shall take the statement immediately.

The investigating judge shall inform the charged person of his rights to choose a lawyer or to have a lawyer appointed according to the Law on the Bar.

A charged person who is a minor shall always be assisted by a lawyer. If a charged person does not choose a lawyer, the court shall appoint a lawyer according to the Law on the Bar.

After his first appearance, a charged person who is released shall inform the investigating judge of his address. This charged person shall be required that:

− he shall notify the investigating judge of any change of address; − all notifications made through the last address given by the charged person are deemed

to be made to the charged person. The above-mentioned notice and information on changes of address shall be recorded in the

written record on the first appearance.

ŌŪ″ ơ ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ Article 144 Assistance of Interpreter/Translator

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČеģşс ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЮΊũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ¤ ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠŪijСŷ₤ġℓŪ₤Ġ″ņ⅜₤Ĝ ιĄеЮĕЩũĠ₤сŠųФĕ▫ ŠųФĕĕЕ₣ĄУŎřŲсijНŵŁũ ĕЊ₣Ġ˝ЯŪĠόŏģĕŪijЕņŪijСŷ″ņşЮņųЧŎĈе₣ΐŎ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б₧˝єЮŢŎ ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠņЊĕΖşŪijСŷЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ ĖО₣şеЮ₧ņЮčŪ˝ņ Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ ĕÐũģŲ ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ ļÐБ ι⅜˝℮БЮ◦¤

In case of need, the investigating judge shall call on an interpreter/translator. The interpreter/translator shall take an oath in accordance with his religion or beliefs to help the court and interpret/translate the answers correctly. In any case, the interpreter/translator cannot be selected from among prosecutors, judges, clerks, police, military police, parties or witnesses.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: Łũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ SECTION 2: INTERROGATION OF CHARGED PERSON

ŌŪ″ ơ ŷijŚŌĕũĠ₤сЮņēŷВ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤УũşЮņųЧŎ Article 145 Presence of Lawyer during Interrogation

ŁŲ₧ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ŌĕЮņēŷВΒņ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪijСŷЮŁйЮΊЮņēŷВŗл ₣ijЊşĠеĩНij (Ūģе) аℓĞ ņНĕŁũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎ¤ ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵЮĕй ЮņēŷВΖşĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣аĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ¤

ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ΖşŪijСŷ₤УũşЮņųЧŎģĕЯijЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠЮņēŷВũĠ₤сŠųФĕĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮņēŷВЯřŲŪijСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊŗл ₣ŪijЕņŪijСŷЮ΅ЧŎ ņЊĕşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝаℓĞ ĕЊ₣ЮŌл ₣ е‗ijсЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖş₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ЮŢŎýŊ ĕŷijŚŌĕũĠ₤сЮņēŷВ¤ ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤₤Ś БΒеĮБΒŷijŚŌĕЮĕйŪijСŷşНйЮĝ ĖО₣˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 69

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĮЊЮ₤₤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Ζş₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЮŢŎņЊĕģşсЮŁйЮΊЮņēŷВ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЮģйĠ₣сЮČŲŗл ₣ď˝сŵ˝сĕРŷŷijŚŌĕũĠ₤сЮņēŷВŠųФĕ¤ ŁũЮģйĠ₣сЮČŲЮĕйŪijСŷşНйЮĝ ĖО₣˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНņУŎЮĩ℮₣ĮБ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤УũşЮņųЧŎ ĕЊ₣ŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦¤

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠĜĀ ĕс ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ єΖşЮĊſЧŁũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎЮŢŎņЊĕģşсЮŁйЮΊЮņēŷВģĕЯřũ¤ ļĮĠĜĀ ĕсЮĕйŪijСŷЯijĠ₧Ś Ųņ˝ĮБЮŪýй▫Ė ˝сřŲс⅜ų Ġс ιĠ₧Ś Ųņ˝ĮБŁũķњŎžų şģijсĠ₣сijŪņОŎаĕķ₤ŚО ″₣¤ ŪĠЮķ◦аĕļĮĠĜĀ ĕсŪijСŷЯijşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Юĝ ĖО₣ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮΊũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠřРşģĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ơ (ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ When a charged person has a lawyer, the investigating judge shall summons the lawyer at

least five days before the interrogation takes place. During that period, the lawyer may examine the case file.

A charged person can be interrogated only in the presence of his lawyer. However, if the lawyer was properly summonsed but does not show up on the specified date and time, the investigating judge can question the charged person without the presence of his lawyer. The absence of the lawyer shall be noted in the written record of the charged person’s interrogation.

Exceptionally, the investigating judge may interrogate the charged person without summonsing the lawyer if the charged person expressly waives his right to his lawyer’s presence. This waiver shall be noted in a separate written record of the charged person’s interrogation and shall be signed by the charged person.

In case of urgency, the investigating judge may interrogate the charged person without summonsing the lawyer. This urgency situation can only be caused by danger of death or by a risk of losing evidence. The type of urgency shall be written in the report.

The investigating judge may call on an interpreter/translator as provided in Article 144 (Assistance of Interpreter/Translator) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ ơ ₤е‗УũЮŢŎŌĕŁũΒĕНŔň ijũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 146 Questioning with Authorisation of Investigating Judge

ЮĝЮĮŲ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ єΖşЮŲЧ˝₤е‗УũģĕЯřũ ЮŢŎŌĕŁũΒĕНŔň ijĮБЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БņЊĕΒĕНŔň ij ˝ũ‗БЮĜйŪijСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Юĝ ĖО₣˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН¤ During interrogations of a charged person, the Royal Prosecutor and the lawyers may ask

questions with the authorization of the investigating judge. In cases where authorization is refused, this shall be noted in the written record.

ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ Article 147 Confrontation

Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊаĕŌŪ″ ơ (ŷijŚŌĕũĠ₤сЮņē ŷВ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤УũşЮņųЧŎ) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ ơ (₤е‗УũЮŢŎŌĕŁũΒĕНŔň ijũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijŚ ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б₤УũşЮņųЧŎij◦ŲсĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦¤ The provisions of Article 145 (Presence of Lawyer during Interrogation) and Article 146 (Questioning with Authorization of Investigating Judge) shall be applicable also to the confrontation of a charged person.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 70

ŌŪ″ ơ7 ũŎкЮĮŲΒĠġĠũŌ₤ŪŌĠсŁũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎ Article 148 Right to Interrogation

ŁŲ₧ℓЊũЮŷŵ (ĠУĕ) ЯŠ ģĕ˝ĕų₣ĩНijЮĉČĠсĮБЮĮŲ₤УũşЮņųЧŎЮĝЮĮŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮŲЧ˝řеĠР₣ ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ņЊĕŪijСŷģĕ₤УũşЮņųЧŎ ι₤Уũij◦ŲсЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЯij◦◦УŲşЮņųЧŎ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ģĕЮ₤Ė Ч₤Не¤ ЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕŪĮņЮŁйЮΊĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ĠĜĀ ĠсĮБŁũ₤НеЮ◦ ЮĜйĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ΖşĠŚЕ₣ĬĀ ŲсЮĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲ◦◦УŲşЮņųЧŎЮĕйЮŢŎŠųФĕυ₣¤ ĠĜĀ Ġсņ˝ е‗ijсЮ΅ijНŪijСŷĠŃąСĕЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

If a four month period calculating from the first appearance of a charged person has elapsed, and the charged person has not been interrogated or had a confrontation, the investigating judge shall take the statement of the charged person if the charged person so requests. If the investigating judge does not call the charged person within one month after the request, the charged person may directly seize the Investigation Chamber who shall then take the charged person’s statement. The written record of the statement shall then be sent to the investigating judge.

ŌŪ″ ơo ₤Њ◦ċЊŁũĵũŠųФĕũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ Article 149 Rights of Defense

ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНе ΖşŪģŪ₤њŎĈ˝с◦₣ЮŢŎЮ₤ũВďņУŎ Рĕ ŚБũĠ₤сŠųФĕЮĝ ĖО₣ĮĕċĜýũ ιЮĝ ĖО₣ņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ¤ Łũ₤ĕĀĜũǻ₣ЮņēŷВ ĕЊ₣ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ņЊĕΖşŪijСŷЮÐ⅜Ś Ġс ιℓijģĕЮ◦¤ ЮņēŷВΖşΖĕŲЊŠЊijаĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣όŏ˝Рĕ ŚБŠųФĕ⅜Ś Ġсс¤ ĩĀОŎЮĉ ŷЋŀ ЮņēŷВņЊĕΖşόŏŲЊŠЊijℓijşņų₣ĮБŲЊŠЊijаĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ řŲс Рĕ ŚБũĠ₤сŠųФĕģĕЮΌЧŎ¤

The lawyer of a charged person who is in detention may freely communicate with his client in the detention center or in prison. The conversation between the lawyer and the charged person shall be confidential and shall not be listened to or recorded by others. The lawyer may read out part of the case file to his client. The lawyer may not give the copies of part of the case file to his client.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б SECTION 3: INTERVIEW OF CIVIL PARTY

ŌŪ″ ơƠ Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 150 Interview of Civil Party

ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşŪijСŷģĕΒņЮŢŎЮņēŷВ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЮŁйЮΊЮņēŷВũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Бŗл ₣ijЊşĠеĩНij (Ūģе) аℓĞ ņНĕ

Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ¤ Юĝ ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵЮĕй ЮņēŷВΖşĮЊĕЊijŏ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣аĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБģĕ¤ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşŪijСŷģĕЮÐ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎЯijЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠЮņēŷВũĠ₤сŠųФĕĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ

ЮņēŷВЯřŲŪijСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊŗл ₣ŪijЕņŪijСŷ Ю΅ЧŎņЊĕşРŲņ˝ĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝаℓĞ ĕЊ₣ЮŌл ₣″ņ˝е‗ijсЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖş⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЮŢŎýŊ ĕŷijŚŌĕũĠ₤сЮņēŷВ¤ ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤₤Ś БĮБΒŷijŚŌĕ ŪijСŷşНйЮĝ ĖО₣˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 71

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĮЊЮ₤₤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖş⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Бģĕ ЮŢŎņЊĕģşсЮŁйЮΊЮņēŷВ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮģйĠ₣сЮČŲŗл ₣ď˝сŵ˝сĕРŷŷijŚŌĕЮņēŷВũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ ŁũЮģйĠ₣сЮČŲЮĕй ŪijСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Юĝ ĖО₣ е‗ijсЮ΅ijНņУŎЮŢŎЯΌ˝ĮБ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠĜĀ ĕсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝єΖş⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЮŢŎņЊĕČеģşсЮŁйЮΊЮņēŷВģĕЯřũ¤ ļĮĠĜĀ ĕсЮĕйŪijСŷĠ₧Ś Ųņ˝ĮБЮŪýй▫Ė ˝сřŲс⅜ų Ġс ιĠ₧Ś Ųņ˝ĮБķњŎžų şģijсĠ₣сijŪņОŎķ₤ŚО ″₣¤ ŪĠЮķ◦аĕļĮĠĜĀ ĕсŪijСŷЯijşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Юĝ ĖО₣˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮΊũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠřРşģĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ơ (ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ A civil party may be assisted by a lawyer. In this case, the investigating judge shall summons the lawyer of the civil party at least 5

days before the interview. During that period, the lawyer may examine the case file. A civil party may be interviewed only in the presence of his lawyer. However, if the lawyer

was properly summonsed but does not show up on the specified date and time, the investigating judge may interview the civil party without the presence of his lawyer. The absence of the lawyer shall be noted in the written record of the civil party’s interview.

Exceptionally, the investigating judge may interview the civil party without summonsing the lawyer if the civil party expressly waives his right to his lawyer’s presence. This waiver shall be noted in a separate written record of the civil party’s interview and shall be signed by the civil party.

In case of urgency, the investigating judge may interview the civil party without summonsing the lawyer. This urgency situation can only be caused by danger of death or by a risk of losing evidence. The type of urgency shall be written in the report.

The investigating judge may call on an interpreter/translator as provided in Article 144 (Assistance of Interpreter/Translator) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ ơơ ₤е‗УũЮŢŎŌĕŁũΒĕНŔň ijũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 151 Questioning with Authorization of Investigating Judge

Юĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВΖşЮŲЧ˝₤е‗Уũņ˝₤Уũģĕ ЮŢŎŌĕŁũΒĕНŔň ijĮБЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БņЊĕΒĕНŔň ij ˝ũ‗БЮĜйŪijСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Юĝ ĖО₣ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН¤

During the interviews, the Royal Prosecutor and the lawyers may ask questions with the authorization of the investigating judge. In cases where authorization is refused, this shall be noted in the written record.

ŌŪ″ ơƯ ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ιŁũ₤Уũij◦Ųс Article 152 Confrontation

Ġ◦ĠġŃňijЊʼnаĕŌŪ″ ơƠ (Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ ơơ (₤е‗УũЮŢŎŌĕŁũΒĕНŔň ijũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijŚЮĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б₤Уũij◦ŲсЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤

The provisions of Articles 150 (Interview of Civil Party) and 151 (Questioning with Authorization of Investigating Judge) shall be applicable also to the confrontation of a civil party.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 72

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б : Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ⅜˝℮Б SECTION 4: INTERVIEW OF WITNESSES

ŌŪ″ ơư Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ⅜˝℮Б Article 153 Interview of Witnesses

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖş⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎĠНÐðŲŪÐĠсũРĠ ЯřŲşЮņųЧŎЮĜйΖşŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕчЮĝ ĖО₣Łũ₤еЯř₣όŏЮþЧŀŁũĮЊij¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ⅜˝℮БŢşсĮБýĖ ЮŢŎýŊ ĕŷijŚŌĕĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝єΖş₤Уũij◦ŲсýĖ ũǻ₣ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣⅜˝℮Бĩ₣ģĕЯřũ¤

ĠНÐðŲŪÐĠсũРĠЯřŲŪijСŷģĕЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŁйЮΊ ĖО₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮Б ŪijСŷЯijņ˝ĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б ũЖ₣◦◦Е₣ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖş₤Неόŏ˝₣˝Ōų е₣⅜ēũ‗к Ġ₣šе⅜˝℮БЮĕйόŏşРŲņ˝ĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕģĕ¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮşŀĠŔą όŏşРŲņ˝ĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ¤ ĠŔą ЮĕйŪijСŷŌĕΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б Ю΅ЧŎŪijСŷşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤

The investigating judge may question any person whose response is deemed useful to the revelation of the truth.

The investigating judge questions witnesses separately, without any presence of the charged person and any civil party. The investigating judge may also arrange a confrontation between the charged person, civil parties and witnesses.

Any person who has been summonsed by the investigating judge as a witness must appear. In the case of refusal to appear, the investigating judge may ask the public police force to

force the witness to appear. The investigating judge issues an order to appear. This order to appear shall include the identity of the witness and shall be dated and signed by the investigating judge and sealed.

ŌŪ″ ơ ₤ņġℓũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б Article 154 Oath of Witnesses

ņНĕĕЕ₣ЮđųЧŎЮĉĕЕ₣₤е‗Уũ ⅜˝℮БŌĖ ˝с6ŪijСŷ₤ġℓŪ₤Ġ″ņ⅜₤Ĝ ιĄеЮĕЩũĠ₤сŠųФĕ▫ ĕЊŗŎЯijŁũĮЊij¤ ◦Ūņ₣саĕ₤ņġℓŪijСŷЮĊſЧřРşŌĕ˝е‗ijсЮĝ ĖО₣ΧĠ₤ņįњĕċаĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

Before the interview, the witness shall take an oath affirming that he will tell the truth in accordance with his religion or beliefs. The form of the oath shall be conformed with the template annexed to this Code.

ŌŪ″ ơ ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ Article 155 Assistance of Interpreter/Translator

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮΊũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ ЮřЧņġБ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ⅜˝℮Б řРşģĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ ơ (ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

The investigating judge may ask for an interpreter/translator as provided in Article 144 (Assistance of Interpreter/Translator) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ ơ ⅜˝℮БЯřŲΒĕНŔň ijόŏũУşĮБ₤ņġℓ Article 156 Witness without Swearing

ŪijСŷģĕ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎЮŢŎņЊĕČеģşсЮĊſЧ₤ņġℓ şеЮĵй⅜˝℮БřРşijЮĉЮĕй:

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 73

ơ-ΰĮН˝ ŌŚ Ŏ ĕЊ₣ĠНĮſĄĕŪÐĠсũРĠũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦¤ Ư- РĕŪĠО₤ ˝РĕŪ₤Б ĕЊ₣ĠČĄĕŪÐĠсũРĠЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬijũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦¤ ư-Ġ₣ Ġ∆СĕŪĠО₤ Ū₤БũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦¤ -Ġ₣ Ġ∆СĕаℓųŪĠО₤ Ū₤БũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦¤ -ĠŚБ ιŪĠĮĕċũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ЮĈйĠБģĕЯŲ₣ŲйýĖ Ю΅ЧŎ˝єЮŢŎ¤ -˝НŌũΖŎНijЊşď₣ ơ ĂĖ е¤

The following witnesses may make a statement without having taken an oath: 1- The father, mother and ascendants of the charged person; 2- The sons, daughters and descendants of the charged person; 3- The brothers and sisters of the charged person; 4- The brother-in-laws and sister-in-laws of the charged person; 5- The husband or wife of the charged person, even if they have been divorced; 6- Any child who is less than 14 years old.

ŌŪ″ ơ ļĮýŊ ĕŲ◦ċļĮ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤с⅜˝℮БņУŎşеĕУĕ Article 157 Impossibility to Question Witness

ЮřЧņġБЮýũĮ₤Њ◦ċЊŁũĵũŠųФĕ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕΖş⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ ĖО₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮Б ĕРŷĠНÐðŲ₧ņУŎЯřŲŌĕijŪņОŎĮЊũН◦ċļĮ▫ģĕŪĠŪĮЕijʼnĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЮĜйЮ◦¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕйЮčŪ˝ņŪijСŷŎ˝ĕБijЊŷЋĊБаĕŌŪ″ ơư (ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁũŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ņ˝ΒĕНŷijʼn¤

For the sake of respect of the rights to defense, the investigating judge may not call as a witness any person against whom there is inculpatory evidence indicating his involvement in the crime under investigation. In such a case, the judge shall follow the procedures provided in Article 143 (Notification of Placement Under Judicial Investigation) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ ơ7 ŁũşНйЮĉřŲсŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б Article 158 Visiting Residence of Witness

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ⅜˝℮БĘЙ ιņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧřеЮ‗Чũģĕ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃąБΖşşНйЮĉŁĕсŲеЮĝůĕ ι◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲ⅜˝℮БЮĜйЮĝ ЮřЧņġБ◦◦УŲşЮņųЧŎ¤

If the witness is sick or cannot travel, the investigating judge and the clerk may visit his residence or the place where the witness stays to take the statement of the witness.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б : ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ ĕЊ₣ŁũČĠсŎ˝ŷij□О″₣ SECTION 5: SEARCH AND SEIZURE OF EXHIBITS

ŌŪ″ ơo ŷЋēĕΒĕНŷijŚşеЮĵйŁũЯđ˝Юđũ Article 159 Rules of Search

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮĊſЧŁũЯđ˝Юđũģĕ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЯđ˝ЮđũЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ιЮĠЧýŊ ĕΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠсЮ◦ ŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ

⅜˝℮Б Ư (ĮБũ) Ĝ с ЯřŲŠųФĕČijс″е₣¤ ⅜˝℮БņЊĕΖşďĕÐũģŲ ιď˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ ЯřŲď˝₣˝Ōų е₣ũУņŪĠijЊĠijŚЊŁũ ĖО₣ŁũЯđ˝ЮđũЮĜйģĕЮ◦ġЧŎ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 74

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕΖşЮĩŚЧņЯđ˝ЮđũņНĕЮŌл ₣ (ŪģеņУŎ) ŪĮЕ˝ ĕЊ₣ЮŪŁŎЮŌл ₣ ơ� (řĠсŪģеĠБ) ģĕЮ◦ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣Яijк

− ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯđ˝ЮđũЮĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲЮĠЧ˝şе řŲс⅜ēũ‗Ąĕ − ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯđ˝ЮđũЮĝŪÐĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲĩŲЊij ũ˝⅝◦Н˝ ĄУŀřРũ Яş˝ČŎ ιЮŪĠЧŪģ₤сЮŪÐЪ₣ЮŀЭĕ¤ ŁũЯđ˝ЮđũЮĝ ĖО₣ŁũЋŗŲњŎЮņēŷВ ŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠŪĠēĕÐ‗кЮņēŷВ ιŪĠijЊķРũĠ₤сŪĠēĕ

Ð‗кЮņēŷВЮĜй¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЮĊſЧ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũЯđ˝ЮđũЮŢŎŌĕşНй΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ ũУņďņУŎ

ΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ι⅜˝℮Б Ư (ĮБũ) Ĝ˝с¤ е‗ijсЮ΅ijНŪijСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ ΒеĮБΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ι⅜˝℮БĕБņУŎ6¤ ŁŲЮĠЧŁũЯđ˝Юđũ

ŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĉЮĝ ĖО₣ŁũЋŗŲњŎЮņēŷВ е‗ijсЮ΅ijНŪijСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ΒеĮБŷijŚŌĕũĠ₤сŪĠēĕÐ‗кЮņēŷВ ιũĠ₤сŪĠijЊķРаĕŪĠēĕÐ‗кЮņēŷВЮĕй¤

An investigating judge may conduct a search. An investigating judge shall conduct a search in the presence of the occupant of a place. In

the absence of the occupants, the judge shall search in the presence of two witnesses, to be selected by the judge. The witnesses may not be police or military police officers from the force conducting the search.

An investigating judge may not conduct a search before 6:00 A.M or after 6:00 P.M., except in the case of searching:

− At a place that is open to the public; − At a place where drugs are produced, stored, circulated, distributed or consumed. The search of a lawyer’s office shall only be made in the presence of the President of the

Bar Association or one of his representatives. The investigating judge has to establish a written record of the search. The investigating

judge, a clerk, and the occupant of the place or the two witnesses shall sign the search report. The written record shall include the identity of the occupant of the place or of the two

witnesses. If the search is conducted in a lawyer’s office, the record shall identify the President of the Bar Association or other representative of the Bar Association who was present.

ŌŪ″ ơƠ ŁũĠЊ◦⅜ų ˝ЮģйŪ″ЮŲЧŷij□О″₣ Article 160 Sealing of Exhibits

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşČĠсŎ˝ŷij□О″₣¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЯijĠЊ◦⅜ų ˝ЮģйŪ″ЮŲЧŷij□О″₣¤ ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕĠİΆ ŀŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсřŲсΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ιřŲс⅜˝℮БĈе₣ Ư (ĮБũ) Ĝ с ũУşņ˝ ЮčŪ˝ņ

Ю₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĊſЧ˝ее‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũČĠс ЯřŲũУņŌĕĠŃąБ⅜ũЮĮЧķњ‗Ź аĕŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝¤ ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũČĠсЮĕй ŪijСŷŌĕşНй΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ ũУņďņУŎΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ι⅜˝℮Б Ư (ĮБũ) Ĝ с¤ ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНŪijСŷŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ΒеĮБΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗аĕΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ι⅜˝℮БĕБņУŎ6¤

An investigating judge may seize any exhibits. The exhibits taken shall be affixed with official seal.

After showing the exhibits to the occupant of the place or to the two witnesses, the investigating judge shall establish a written record on the seizure, including an inventory list. This

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 75

written record shall be signed by the investigating judge, the clerk, the occupant of the place or the two witnesses. It shall include the identity of the occupant of the place or of each witness.

ŌŪ″ ơơ ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ όŏЮĉŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 161 Return of Items Seized by Investigating Judge

ЮĝЮĮŲЯřŲņЊĕĈĕсЮşŀřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎЮũЩ₣ЮĝЮΌЧŎЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŌĕ₤ņij□ ЊşĆŪĠÐŲс₤₣ЮĉŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ ĕРŷŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсģĕ ŁŲ₧˝ņŊ₤Њ◦ċЊЮĕйýŊ ĕŁũĄеĈ₤сΒſБŪģ˝řŪĠďЮ◦¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņş″ņřБŁЯřŲŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ◦◦УŲņijЊĮБŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ řБŁ₤ЮŪņş ŪijСŷόŏřе‗Е₣ďĠĜĀ ĕсřŲсΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВаĕΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕ¤

ņЊĕÐУũŪĠÐŲс₤₣ЮĉόŏΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣₤НеЮ◦ ŁŲ₧ ŷЋēĕŁũЮĕй ΖşĠ₣ďΧĠ₤ÐðřŲсŁũ₤еЯř₣όŏЮþЧŀŁũĮЊij¤

ŷij□ОЯřŲŌĕЮŪýй▫Ė ˝сřŲсĠНÐðŲ ιŪ◦Įŏ₤ņġijŚЊřРşďΖŷНĊ ιďijЊĩĀОй ŪĮņĈе₣ŷij□ОЯřŲŁũŁĕсŁĠсņЊĕŪ₤ĠşĤĠс ņЊĕΖşŪijСŷŪĠÐŲс₤₣Юĉόŏ⅜ņБŠųФĕģĕЮ◦¤ ŷij□ОĈе₣ЮĕйŪijСŷ ũЖĠΒР₤ď˝ņŊ₤Њ◦ċ ЊũĠ₤сũřť¤

Even before the issuance of the closing order, the investigating judge has the authority to return the seized items if the ownership is not seriously in dispute. The investigating judge shall make a decision by a reasoned order after receiving an opinion from the Royal Prosecutor. This order shall be notified to the plaintiff or his appointed lawyer without delay. No item shall be returned to the owner if this measure would conflict with the aim of ascertaining the truth.

Items which are dangerous to a person or property, such as weapons, any type of explosives, or items of which the possession is illegal, shall not be returned. Such items automatically become state property.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б : ЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ SECTION 6: EXPERT REPORTS

ŌŪ″ ơƯ ļĮČеģşсаĕŁũЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ Article 162 Necessity of Expert Reports

Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲŌĕĠŔΆ ĠЮşĆ Ю◦₤ЮČ◦ЮΌЧ₣ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĠİð ĠсόŏЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ι″ņĵ˝ŏ₤НеũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ιЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤

ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠřЊЮ₤ĊņЊĕŪĮņЮĊſЧ″ņĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷ₤ЮŪņş″ņřБŁЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН¤ řБŁŪijСŷ₤ЮŪņş ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĜйЮşŀņ˝ĮБŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĵ˝ŏЮĜйЮşŀņ˝ĮБĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ιЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ řБŁ₤ЮŪņşЮĕйŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣όŏřŲсΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣₤НеďĠĜĀ ĕс¤

In case of technical questions, the investigating judge may issue an order to ask for an expert report either on his own motion or at the request of the Royal Prosecutor, the charged person or a civil party.

Where the investigating judge denies a request for an expert report, his decision shall be supported by a justification. The order shall be made within five days if the request is from the Prosecutor and within one month if the request is from the charged person or from a civil party. The applicant shall be notified of the decision without delay.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 76

ŌŪ″ ơư ĠŃąБ▫Ė ˝сďijЊаĕΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ Article 163 National List of Experts

ŪijСŷģĕĠЮ₣˛ЧijόŏŌĕĠŃąБ▫Ė сďijЊņУŎаĕΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ¤ ĠŃą БЮĕйŪijСŷЮũЬĠşеЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх¤ ЯĠĠĠ◦аĕŁũşНйЮěŊ й ιŲНĠЮěŊ йЮşŀĮБĠŃąБŪijСŷ˝е‗ijсЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤¤

ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀЯřŲŪijСŷģĕşНйЮěŊ йЮĝ ĖО₣ĠŃą Б▫Ė ˝сďijЊ ŪijСŷ₤ġℓЮĝņНŠ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чķĖеЮĮŀ Ū₤Ġ″ņ⅜₤Ĝ ιĄеЮĕЩũĠ₤сŠųФĕ▫ ĕЕ₣ĩŚŲсĄеĕУŎЮŢŎЮ⅜Ŋ йŪij₣с řŲсŁũЯ₤ſ ₣ũ˝ŎНijŚЊĊņх¤ ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀЯřŲŪijСŷģĕşНйЮěŊ й ĖО₣ĠŃą БņЊĕČеģşс₤ġℓ⅜ďℓŊБЮ◦ЬijЮ◦ ЮĝЮĮŲ₧ŠųФĕŪijСŷģĕЮÐČijс″е₣όŏЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ¤

A national list of experts shall be created. This list shall be prepared by the Minister of Justice. The procedures for registration or cancellation from the list shall be defined by Prakas.

An expert who is registered on the national list of experts shall take an oath at the Phnom Penh Court of Appeal. The expert shall take an oath according to his religion or beliefs to assist the court honestly in the search for justice. A registered expert is not required to re-swear every time he is appointed to testify in a specific case.

ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũČijс″е₣ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀЯřŲņЊĕ₤□ Њij ĖО₣ĠŃąБ▫Ė ˝сďijЊ Article 164 Appointment of Experts Not Registered in National List

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ″ņĊņŊ″ŪijСŷЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀЯřŲŪijСŷģĕşНйЮěŊ йЮĝ ĖО₣ĠŃą Б▫Ė ˝сďijЊаĕΒĖ˝ ĄеĜŀ¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ″ņřБŁЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijНďĮЊЮ₤₤ ΖşČijс″е₣ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀЯřŲýŊ ĕЮěŊ йЮĝ ĖО₣ĠŃą Б▫Ė сďijЊģĕ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕйΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀŪijСŷ₤ġℓ″ņ⅜₤Ĝ ιĄеЮĕЩũĠ₤сŠųФĕ▫ ŠųФĕĕЕ₣ĩŚŲсĄеĕУŎЮŢŎЮ⅜Ŋ йŪij₣сřŲсŁũЯ₤ſ ₣ũ˝ŎНijŚЊĊņх¤

Normally, the investigating judge shall select an expert who is registered in the national list of experts.

By an order that is specially reasoned, the investigating judge may appoint an expert who is not registered in the national list of experts. In such a case, the expert shall take an oath according to his religion or beliefs, swearing to assist the court honestly toward seeking for justice.

ŌŪ″ ơ řБŁČijс″е₣ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ Article 165 Order to Appoint Expert(s)

ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀŪijСŷģĕČijс″е₣″ņřБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ řБŁŪijСŷĠŔą сΒеĮБЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀŪĮņĈе₣ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲŪijСŷĠеЮĮŀЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊЮĕй¤

ЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊΖşĈ˝с◦₣ЮĉĕЕ₣ĠŔΆ ЯřŲŌĕŲ˝š‗кĠЮşĆ Ю◦₤ЯijĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧďŁũÐУũЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсģĕņУŎЯĩĖ˝ ιĈе₣Β₤сЮĜйĄРĕΒĖ ĄеĜŀ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņ

Ю₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЮĊſЧ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсģĕ¤ ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀΖşĠеЯĠ˝⅜ų ˝ЯřŲĠЊ◦ЮřЧņġБЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎģĕ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎЮĕй ΖşЮĊſЧόŏŠРşžij ι ŷЋĜ₤řŲсŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсģĕЮĜй ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀŪijСŷĄРĕĮњijхŌĕřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣₤НеŁũΒĕНŔň ijĮБЮčŪ˝ņЮĕй ņНĕĕЕ₣ЮĩŚЧņŪĠijЊĠijŚЊŁũũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤

An expert shall be appointed by an order of the investigating judge. The order shall specify the tasks of the expert and the duration of the assignment.

The assignment shall cover only the technical aspect of the case.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 77

When it is appropriate, the investigating judge shall give some or all of the exhibits to the expert. He shall establish a written record on the hand-over of the seized exhibits. The expert may break the seal on the exhibits in order to perform his tasks as an expert. If an expert needs to damage or destroy the exhibits, the expert shall inform the investigating judge and request for an authorization from the investigating judge before beginning such action.

ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 166 Supervision of Performance of Experts by Investigating Judge

ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀĠеЮĮŀЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊijŏũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀŪijСŷĄРĕĮњijхŌĕřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ΒеĮБŁũŪĠŪĮЕijŚЊЮĉаĕЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ďΖ◦Џ ŁũŲеģ˝ЯřŲŠųФĕΖşĄУĠŪĠ◦й¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀņЊĕЮýũĮũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲ е‗ijсЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũČijсΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬijĄеĕУ₤ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀЮĜй¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁŲкЮ◦₤кijŪņСŷЮĜй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşΒĕНŔň ij″ņřБŁ₤ЮŪņşόŏЮĊſЧŁũĮĕŜũЮĮŲģĕ¤

An expert performs his tasks under the supervision of the investigating judge. The expert shall inform the investigating judge of the progress of his performance, especially any possible difficulties.

If the expert fails to meet the time limit specified by the investigating judge, the investigating judge will appoint a new expert to replace him. If the circumstances so require, the investigating judge may issue an order to extend the set time limit.

ŌŪ″ ơ ˝ЊşĆЯřŲČеģşс₤ŪŌĠсŁũĠеЮĮŀЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ Article 167 Activities Necessary for Performing Expert’s Tasks

ЮřЧņġБĠеЮĮŀЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀΖş⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎĠНÐðŲŪÐĠсũРĠЮŪłĮБĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦¤ şЮņųЧŎЯřŲΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀģĕ◦◦УŲЮĜй ŌĕijаņųŪijЕņЯijďĮњijхŌĕĊņŊ″¤ ĠНÐðŲЯřŲΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎЮĜй ņЊĕģşс₤ġℓЮ◦¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ČеģşсŪijСŷ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀŪijСŷ₤НеŁũΒĕНŔň ijĮБЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦Ζş₤НеόŏΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤сŠųФĕЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠЮņēŷВ¤

ĠлНЯĕŚ ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũČijс″е₣ŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏ ιΒĖ˝şЊijŚ⅜ū₤Ś ЮřЧņġБĮЊĕЊijŏĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЮĜй ŁũĮЊĕЊijŏЮŷĄą⅜ū₤Ś ιşЊijŚ⅜ū₤Ś ŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮŢŎýŊ ĕŷijŚŌĕЮņēŷВ¤

In order to perform his tasks, an expert may question any persons other than the charged person. All the answers that an expert receives shall be considered as simple information. A person who gives a statement to an expert shall not be asked to do so under oath.

The expert shall seek authorization from the investigating judge, if he becomes aware that it is necessary to hear the testimony of a charged person. A charged person may require to give his statement to the expert in the presence of his lawyer.

However, if the investigating judge appoints a doctor or psychologist to examine the charged person, this examination shall take place in the absence of his lawyer.

ŌŪ″ ơ7 ũģŎŁũ‗чũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ Article 168 Report of Expert

ŁŲ₧ŪĠijЊĠijŚЊŁũЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎģĕĠŃĆĠс ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀЮĊſЧũģŎŁũ‗чЯřŲЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĜй ŪijСŷĮ‗хĜŗл ₣şĤ₤сŵ₤сΒеĮБŪĠijЊĠijŚЊŁũũĠ₤сŠųФĕ Ю΅ЧŎĕЕ₣ЮĊſЧЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕ¤ ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀŪijСŷĠŔą с▫ģĕЮĊſЧЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŠųФĕ ĕРŷŪĠijЊĠijŚЊŁũЯřŲĮ‗хĜЮĝ ĖО₣ũģŎŁũ‗ч¤ ũģŎŁũ‗ч ŪijСŷşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ij□ЮŲž¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 78

ŁŲ₧ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀģĕĠеЯĠ˝⅜ų ˝ЮřЧņġБĮЊĕЊijŏŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀŪijСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ΒеĮБĠŔΆ ЮĕйЮĝ ĖО₣ũģŎŁũ‗чũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤

ŁŲ₧ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀŪĠÐŲсũģŎŁũ‗чũĠ₤сŠųФĕЮĜй ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀŪijСŷŪĠÐŲсřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŷЋŀ ĕРŷŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ⅜ų ˝ŪijСŷģĕĠеЯĠ˝ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷĠЊ◦⅜ų ˝ďℓŊБЮĝЮŲЧŷij□ОЮĜй¤ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũŪĠÐŲс₤₣ĕРŷŷij□О ĕЊ₣ďŎ▫Ю΅ijНŁũĠЊ◦⅜ų ˝ďℓŊБЮŲЧŷij□ОЮĜй ŪijСŷЯijЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣¤

ŁŲ₧ЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎЮĊſЧόŏŠРşžij ι ŷЋĜ₤ĕРŷŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀŪijСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Юĝ ĖО₣ũģŎŁũ‗чũĠ₤сŠųФĕΒеĮБŁũΒĕНŔň ijũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ řРşŌĕЯş₣Юĝǻ˝ŏŠ‗Ź ◦Б ư ˝▫Š‗Ź ◦Б ư ŌŪ″ ơ (řБŁČijс″е₣ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲΖşЮĊſЧģĕЮĜй ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮ₤ş ŚБşņų₣ũģŎŁũ‗ч Ю΅ЧŎĄРĕЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ At the completion of his tasks, the expert shall make a report. This report shall clearly

describe the activities and the conclusions of the expert. The expert shall attest that he performed all the activities described in the report himself. The report shall be dated and signed by the expert.

When the expert had to break the seal on exhibits for examination, he shall mention this in the report.

An expert shall submit the report and return all exhibits that he received for examination to the investigating judge. If the seal on exhibits was broken, the investigating judge shall re-seal the exhibits. He shall establish a written record on the return and resealing of the exhibits.

Should the examination have caused any damage or destruction to the exhibits, the expert shall note this in the report as well as the authorization from the investigating judge according to paragraph 3 and third phrase of Article 165 (Order to Appoint Expert(s)) of this Code.

Wherever possible, the expert shall make a copy of the report and submit it to the investigating judge.

ŌŪ″ ơo ŁũČijс″е₣ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀЮŪşЧĕũРĠ Article 169 Appointment of Multiple Experts

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁŲкЮ◦₤кijŪņСŷЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşČijс″е₣ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀЮŪşЧĕĜ˝с¤ Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΒĖ ĄеĜŀЮĕйŌĕЮŗĠŲсŠН₤ýĖ ЮĜй ŌĖ ˝с6ŪijСŷ₤ũЮ₤ũΒеĮБЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤сŠųФĕĬĀ Ųс

ιŁũņЊĕŎŲсŪĮņũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ If the circumstances so require, the investigating judge may appoint multiple experts. In this case, if the experts have different opinions, each expert shall put his own opinion or

disagreement in writing.

ŌŪ″ ơƠ ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕаĕЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ Article 170 Notification of Conclusions of Expert Reports

ŁŲ₧ũģŎŁũ‗чЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎŪijСŷģĕЮĊſЧũУşЮ΅ЧŎ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷĄРĕĮњijхŌĕřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ũģŎŁũ‗чЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎŪijСŷŢ сşРŲ ĖО₣₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŁйЮΊĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ ЮřЧņġБŪģĠсόŏřЕ₣ĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕаĕЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎЮĕй¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮŁйЮΊЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВĩ₣Яřũ ЮřЧņġБŪģĠсόŏřЕ₣ĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕаĕ

ЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 79

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ е‗ijсũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲΒĕНŔň ijόŏŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ιЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŢ сĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎĠЯĕ□ņ ιŪĠijЊЮŁ₤ŲŷЋşњŎ¤ ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕйņЊĕΖşijЊşď₣ ơƠ (řĠс) аℓĞЮ◦¤ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕй₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЯřŲũУņŌĕũģŎŁũ‗чЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ ΖşŪijСŷģĕĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲЮŢŎЮņēŷВ¤

ŪÐĠсĵ˝ŏ₤еřБЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎĠЯĕ□ņ ιŪĠijЊЮŁ₤ŲŷЋşњŎ ŪijСŷЯijŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН ĕЊ₣ЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ¤

ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕŪĮņЮĊſЧ″ņĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎĠЯĕ□ņ ιŪĠijЊЮŁ₤ŲŷЋşњŎЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷ₤ЮŪņş″ņřБŁЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН¤ řБŁŪijСŷ₤ЮŪņş ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮşŀņ˝ĮБŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĵ˝ŏЮĕйЮşŀĮБĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ιЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ řБŁŪijСŷόŏřе‗Е₣ďĠĜĀ ĕсřŲсΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣₤Не¤

ŪÐĠсĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎĠЯĕ□ņ ιŪĠijЊЮŁ₤ŲŷЋşњŎЯřŲЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŪŁŎĩНijũŎкЮĮŲ ЯřŲ˝е‗ijсЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪijСŷŢ˝сĠŃĆСŲ ĖО₣₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ ЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎĠЯĕ□ņ ιŪĠijЊЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ ņЊĕŪĮņ₤ЮŪņş ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲģĕЯş₣ ĖО₣˝▫Š‗Ź ◦Б Ư аĕŌŪ″ ơƯ (ļĮČеģşсаĕŁũЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ιЯş₣ ĖО₣ŌŪ″Юĕй ΒĖ˝₤НеΖşЮĊſЧĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ЮŢŎĬĀ Ųс ″ņũŎкĵ˝ŏ₤НеřŲс₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşĄеĕУ₤ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

When the report of an expert has been submitted, the investigating judge shall inform the Royal Prosecutor of that report.

Any report by an expert shall be placed in the case file. The investigating judge shall summons the charged person and his lawyer and inform them

about the conclusions of the expert. The investigating judge shall also summons all civil parties and their lawyers to inform

them about the conclusions of the experts. The investigating judge shall set a time limit within which the Royal Prosecutor, the

charged person and the civil party can request for additional expertise or the appointment of a counter-expert. This time limit shall not be less than ten days. During this period, the lawyers may examine the case file that includes the report of the expert.

The request for additional expertise or counter-experts shall be in writing and shall be supported by reasonable reasons.

If the investigating judge does not grant the request, the decision shall be supported by reasonable reasons. The decision shall be made within five days if the request was made by the Royal Prosecutor and within one month if the request was made by a charged person or a civil party. The applicant shall be notified of the order without delay.

Any request for additional expertise or counter-experts that is submitted after the expiration of the time limit specified by the investigating judge shall be placed in the case file.

If the investigating judge receives a request to appoint an expert, a request for additional expertise or for counter-experts and the judge fails to make a decision within the time stated in paragraph 2 of Article 162 (Necessity of Expert Reports) of this Code or in this Article, the applicant can file a request directly to the Investigation Chamber, who shall decide instead of the investigating judge.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 80

ŌŪ″ ơơ Ю⅜΅пНŎ₤ŪŌĠсЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ Article 171 Costs of Expert Reports

Ю⅜΅пНŎ ĖО₣ŁũЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎďĠĕĀО ũĠ₤сΒĖ˝Ю₤Ė Ч₤Не¤ ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Ю₤Ė Ч₤НеόŏЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ ЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ

ĠЯĕ□ņ ιЮĊſЧŪĠijЊЮŁ₤ŲŷЋşњŎ Ю⅜΅пНŎĈе₣ЮĕйďĠĕĀО ũĠ₤сũřť¤

The costs of expert reports shall be borne by the applicant. The costs of additional expertise or counter-experts which were requested by the

investigating judge, the Royal Prosecutor or a judicial police officer shall be borne by the State.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б : Łũ⅜Ś Ġс◦Рũ₤њĮĀ SECTION 7: LISTENING TO TELEPHONE CONVERSATION

ŌŪ″ ơƯ Łũ⅜Ś Ġс◦Рũ₤њĮĀ ďΖ◦Џ ЯřŲĠİð ĠсЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 172 Listening to Telephone Conversation Ordered by Investigating Judge

″ņijŪņСŷŁũČеģşсЮřЧņġБ₤еЯř₣όŏЮþЧŀĕРŷŁũĮЊij ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĠİð Ġсόŏ⅜Ś Ġс ĕЊ₣ℓijŁũ₤ĕĀĜ″ņ◦Рũ₤њĮĀ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝єΖşĠİð ĠсόŏČĠс ĕЊ₣ℓijŪÐĠсŁũЮđųЧŎđų₣ýĖ ″ņņĊŜŎģŎ◦РũÐņĜÐņĕчĩ₣Яřũ řРşď⅜ũ″ņ◦Рũ⅜ũ ι⅜ũ″ņΒЊĕЮĊЧЯ‗ij¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖş₤НеόŏŪÐĠсΒ₣ðļĮ⅜ēũ‗к ιŪÐĠсņūĕŚБŬĄŁũĄеĜŀ ″е₣ΧĠ˝ũ‗чĠЮşĆ Ю◦₤ ĕЊ₣ЮĊſЧŁũℓij¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠŔą сЮĝ ĖО₣řБŁ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŠųФĕΒеĮБŪĠЮķ◦аĕ◦еĜ˝с◦еĕ₣ЯřŲŪijСŷČĠс ŪĮņĈе₣ΒеĮБũŎкЮĮŲаĕЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊ¤

Β₣ðļĮ⅜ēũ‗к ņūĕŚБŬĄŁũЯřŲČijс″е₣ ŪijСŷĠеЮĮŀ″ņĵ˝ŏ₤НеũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ Юĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲΒĕНŷijŚЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊ Β₣ðļĮ⅜ēũ‗к ιŪÐĠсņūĕŚБŬĄŁũЯřŲČijс″е₣ ŪijСŷĄРĕĮњijхŌĕřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΒеĮБŁũŪĠŪĮЕijŚЊЮĉаĕЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊ ďΖ◦Џ ΒеĮБŁũŲеģ˝ďŎ▫Ю΅ijН¤ ŁŲ₧ЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊŪijСŷģĕĠеЮĮŀũУşЮ΅ЧŎ Β₣ðļĮ⅜ēũ‗к ιŪÐĠсņūĕŚБŬĄŁũЮĜй ŪijСŷşņų₣ďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũĕРŷ₤еЮŲ₣ЯřŲℓijģĕ¤ ŁũЮĊſЧόŏЮĉďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũЮĕй ŪijСŷđųОйĠŔĆ е₣ŗл ₣ŪijЕņŪijСŷĕРŷŠųЕņ⅜ũаĕ₤еЮŲ₣ЯřŲℓijģĕ¤ ₤еЮŲ₣ЯřŲℓijģĕЮĕй ŪijСŷŪĠÐŲсĄРĕЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣ĠЊ◦⅜ų ˝¤

ŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşşНйЮĉŁĕс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲЮĊſЧŁũČĠс ĕЊ₣ℓijЮĜй¤ ŁũşРŲЮĉ ĖО₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣Ĉе₣Юĕй ņЊĕΖşŪijСŷģĕΉņ¹ijсřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŢŎ₤еΖ₣ЮŲЧņРŲЮ΅ijНΒſБģĕЮ◦ ЮĈйĠБď◦Б˝Яĕų₣Юŗē˝єЮŢŎ¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ єΖşЮĊſЧ˝ЊşĆŁũЮĕй″ņřБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ģĕЯřũ¤

For the purpose of ascertaining the truth, the investigating judge may issue an order authorizing the listening to and recording of telephone conversations. The investigating judge may also order the recording of all other telecommunications, such as by facsimile or emails.

The investigating judge may order any public institutions or civil servants to install the necessary technical instruments and make the recording. The investigating judge shall identify the type of communications that are authorized to be intercepted and the duration of the order.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 81

The authorized public institutions or civil servants shall accomplish the order of the investigating judge. During the course of performance of the assignment, authorized public institution or civil servants shall report to the investigating judge on the progress of the performance, particularly of possible difficulties. When the assignment has been completed, the public institution or civil servants shall transcribe all recorded voices into written transcripts. The transcriptions shall accurately reflect the substance of the recorded communication. The voice recordings shall be given to the investigating judge who shall seal them.

The investigating judge can inspect the location where the recording is being done at any time. The investigating judge may not be prohibited from visiting that location for any reason, even if the place is a military location.

An investigating judge may proceed as well by way of a rogatory letter.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б 7: řБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ SECTION 8: ROGATORY LETTERS

ŌŪ″ ơư řБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ Article 173 Rogatory Letters

″ņũŎкřБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċЊόŏЮčŪ˝ņаĕijНŵŁũũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ιijНŵŁũЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьij ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ιřŲсΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЮřЧņġБĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

The investigating judge may issue a rogatory letter authorizing any judge who is in the same court or in another court, judicial police officers or judicial police units to investigate on his behalf.

ŌŪ″ ơ Βij□ĕњŎаĕřБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ Article 174 Content of Rogatory Letter

řБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ĠŔą сΒеĮБŪĠЮķ◦аĕ ЊşĆЯřŲŪijСŷЮĊſЧ¤ ˝ЊşĆЮĜйŪijСŷЯijŌĕ◦еĜ˝с◦еĕ₣ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсďņУŎĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс¤ řБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ņЊĕΖşŌĕŲ˝š‗кď◦РЮĉЮ◦ ŪijСŷЯ‗ĜеόŏģĕşĤ₤сŵ₤с¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ е‗ijсℓЊũЮŷŵЯřŲŪijСŷΒĕНŷijŚřБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤¤ řБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ŪijСŷŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ şНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşř˝΅РijřБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ģĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ¤ A rogatory letter specifies the nature of investigative work to be done. That work shall

relate directly to the offense charged. A rogatory letter cannot be general; the letter shall provide clear and specific guidelines.

The investigating judge shall set a time limit for the execution of a rogatory letter. The rogatory letter shall be dated and signed by the investigating judge. The investigating judge may revoke a rogatory letter at any time.

ŌŪ″ ơ řБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ЯřŲЮşŀόŏЮčŪ˝ņŌĖ ˝сЮ◦Ьij Article 175 Rogatory Letter Issued to Another Judge

ŁŲ₧řБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ŪijСŷģĕЮşŀόŏřŲсЮčŪ˝ņ₧ŌĖ с ЮčŪ˝ņũРĠЮĕйЮŪĠЧŪģ₤сΒе₧şĈе₣Β₤сũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

When a rogatory letter has been issued to another judge, the assigned judge has all of the powers of the investigating judge.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 82

ŌŪ″ ơ řБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ЮşŀόŏņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Article 176 Rogatory Letter Issued to Judicial Police Officer

ŁŲ₧řБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ŪijСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲсņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņх ЮĜйņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņхЮŪĠЧŪģ₤сΒе₧şЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ơ� (˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ ĕЊ₣ŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ) řŲсŌŪ″ ơ� (˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН ⅜₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņх) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

şеЮĵйŁũΒĕНŷijŚřБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņΒе₧ş ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Ю΅ЧŎŪijСŷŬŎŁũ‗чĄРĕЮčŪ˝ņЮĕйЯijĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤

When a rogatory letter has been issued to a judicial police officer, that officer has the powers stated from Articles 178 (Report of Research and Finding) to 184 (Written Records Established by Judicial Police Officers) of this Code.

Judicial police officers are under the supervision of the investigating judge and shall report only to this judge concerning the execution of the rogatory letter.

ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũŪĠijЊĠijŚЊřБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Article 177 Execution of Rogatory Letter by Judicial Police Officer

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхĠеЮĮŀ ЊşĆЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣řБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ Юĝ ĖО₣₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯijĠ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊаĕ˝▫Š‗Ź ◦Б Ư ĕЊ₣◦Б ư ŌŪ″ � (ŁũĮĜų ij₤ņij□ ЊşĆЯřĕřБ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

Judicial police officers shall perform the duties specified in a rogatory letter in their territorial jurisdiction, except as otherwise provided in paragraphs 2 and 3 of Article 68 (Extension of Territorial Authority) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ ơ7 ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ ĕЊ₣ŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ Article 178 Written Record of Research and Finding

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЮĊſЧ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ ĕЊ₣ŁũĮЊĕЊijŏũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ Judicial police officer shall establish a written record on his research and findings.

ŌŪ″ ơo ŷЋēĕĈ с◦₣ĕЕ₣Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎЯřŲЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Article 179 Rules for Interrogation by Judicial Police Officer

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхΖşЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ⅜˝℮Б¤ ņНĕĕЕ₣ЮđųЧŎşеЮĵй₤е‗Уũ ⅜˝℮БŌĖ ˝с6ŪijСŷ₤ġℓ″ņ⅜₤Ĝ ιĄеЮĕЩũĠ₤сŠųФĕ▫ ĕЊŗŎЯijŁũĮЊij¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ

⅜˝℮БЯřŲŌĕЮũЬĠŬĠсЮĝŌŪ″ ơ (⅜˝℮БЯřŲΒĕНŔň ijόŏũУşĮБ₤ņġℓ) ŪijСŷģĕЮŲЧ ЯŲ₣ņЊĕģşсЮĊſЧ₤ņġℓ¤ ЮřЧņġБЮýũĮ₤Њ◦ċЊŁũĵũŠųФĕ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņхņЊĕΖş⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ ĖО₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮Б ĕРŷĠНÐðŲ₧ņУŎЯřŲŌĕijŪņОŎаĕĮЊũН◦ċļĮЮŲЧĠНÐðŲЮĜйЮ◦¤ ŁŲ₧Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ⅜˝℮Б₧ŌĖ с ģĕЮĊſЧόŏЮŲşijŪņОŎаĕĮЊũН◦ċļĮЮŲЧ⅜˝℮БЮĜй ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņхŪijСŷĠŃęĠсŁũ⅜Ś Ġс Ю΅ЧŎŪijСŷŬŎŁũ‗чĄРĕЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņхΖşЮΊũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠЯřŲģĕ₤ġℓŪ₤Ġ″ņ⅜₤Ĝ ιĄеЮĕЩũĠ₤сŠųФĕ▫ ŠųФĕĕЕ₣ĄУŎĠ˝ЯŪĠĄРĕijНŵŁũόŏģĕŪijЕņŪijСŷ¤

ĠНÐðŲЯřŲģĕЮŁйЮΊ ĖО₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮Б ŪijСŷЯijşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б ũЖ₣◦◦Е₣ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхŬŎŁũ‗чĄРĕЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲΖşЮşŀĠŔą όŏşРŲŠųФĕ ЮŢŎŌĕşНйΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗аĕ⅜˝℮Б¤ ĠŔą ЮĕйŪijСŷŌĕ

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 83

şНйŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤ ĠŔą όŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ ΒĕНŔň ijόŏņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЮŪĠЧŪģ₤с Ōų е₣⅜ēũ‗к ЮřЧņġБĠ₣šеόŏ⅜˝℮БşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕşеЮĵйņНŠŠųФĕ¤

˝▫Š‗Ź ◦Б Ư řŲс◦Б аĕŌŪ″ tư ( е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЮŲЧŁũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijʼnЮŲЧ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ⅜˝℮Б¤

Judicial police officers may summons and question witnesses. Before answering any questions, each witness shall take an oath according to his religion or

beliefs that he will speak only the truth, except for the witnesses listed in Article 156 (Witness without Swearing) who are exempted from taking an oath. In order to protect the right to defense, the judicial police officer cannot question witnesses against whom there is evidence of guilt. If the questioning of any witness reveals any evidence of potential guilt of that witness, the judicial police officer shall stop the questioning and shall report to the investigating judge. A judicial police officer may call on an interpreter/translator who has sworn in accordance with his religion or beliefs that he will assist the court by interpreting fairly and accurately.

A witness who is called for questioning must appear. In case of refusal to appear, the judicial police officers shall report to the investigating judge, who may issue an order to appear in which the identity of the witness is specified. This order shall be dated and bear the signature and seal of the investigating judge. The order authorizes the judicial police officers to use public police forces to bring the witness to appear.

The provisions of paragraphs two through five of Article 93 (Interrogation Records) of this Code shall apply to the written record of the questioning of witnesses.

ŌŪ″ ơ7Ơ Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎЯřŲĮНеΖşЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Article 180 Interrogation that cannot be done by Judicial Police Officer

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхņЊĕΖş₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ι⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БģĕЮ◦¤ Judicial police officers may not question a charged person or a civil party.

ŌŪ″ ơ7ơ ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ ĕЊ₣ŁũČĠсŎ˝ ЯřŲЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Article 181 Search and Seizure Conducted by Judicial Police Officer

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņхΖşЮĊſЧŁũЯđ˝Юđũ ĕЊ₣ČĠсŎ˝ŷij□О″₣Юĝ ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗Ź ЯřŲЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ tơ (ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ tƯ (ŁũĠЊ◦⅜ų ˝ЮģйŪ″ЮŲЧŷij□О″₣) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ŁũΒĕНŔň ijЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ǻ˝ŏŠ‗Ź◦Б Ư ˝▫Š‗Ź ◦Б ơ ŌŪ″ tơ (ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪijСŷЯijĩŚŲсόŏЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

Judicial police officers may search and seize evidence according to the provisions stated in Articles 91 (Searches) and 92 (Affixation of Stamp on Exhibits) of this Code. However, the investigating judge shall give authorization as stated in the second phrase of paragraph 1 of the Article 91 (Searches) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ ơ7Ư Łũ¹ijсŠųФĕЮĝ ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗Ź аĕřБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ Article 182 Police Custody Under Rogatory Letter

Ġ◦ĠġŃňijЊʼnаĕŌŪ″ t (Łũ¹ijсŠųФĕ) řŲсŌŪ″ ơƠƯ (˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤ũНĠаĕŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ) ₤Ś БΒеĮБŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ ŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijʼnЮĝ ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗Ź аĕŁũΒĕНŷijʼnřБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤¤ ĠлНЯĕʼn Βе₧şЯřŲŪĠÐŲсЮŢŎŌŪ″Ĉе₣ЮĕйřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷģĕЮŪĠЧŪģ₤сЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ₤ŪŌĠсŁũΒĕНŷijʼnŌŪ″ ơƠư (ŁũĠŃąСĕŠųФĕĠНÐðŲЯřŲŪijСŷģĕ¹ijсŠųФĕ) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ ơƠ (ũŎкЮĮŲаĕŁũĠŃąСĕŠųФĕ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ЮĝЮĮŲĩНij˝е‗ijсаĕŁũ¹ijсŠųФĕ ĄĕЯřŲŪijСŷģĕ¹ijсŠųФĕŪijСŷЯijĜеЮĉĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 84

The provisions of Articles 96 (Police Custody) to 102 (Final Report of Police Custody) concerning police custody shall apply during the execution of a rogatory letter. The investigating judge shall exercise the powers given to Prosecutors by those articles. By virtue of Article 103 (Handing Over of Arrested Person) and 104 (Period of Handing-Over) of this Code, when the period of police custody expires, the detained person shall be brought before the investigating judge.

ŌŪ″ ơ7ư Łũ⅜Ś Ġс◦Рũ₤њĮĀ ďΖ◦ЏЮĝ ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗Ź аĕřБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ Article 183 Listening to Telephone Conversations Under Rogatory Letter

ŁŲ₧řБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ģĕЯş₣ΒеĮБŁũ⅜Ś Ġс ĕЊ₣ŁũℓijŁũ₤ĕĀĜ″ņ◦Рũ₤њĮĀ ιŁũČĠс ĕЊ₣ŁũℓijŪÐĠсŁũЮđųЧŎđų₣″ņņЮĊŜģŎ◦РũÐņĜÐņĕч řРşď ⅜ũ″ņ◦Рũ⅜ũ ι⅜ũ″ņΒЊĕЮĊЧЯ‗ij ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņхЮŪĠЧŪģ₤сΒе₧şЯřŲŪĠÐŲсόŏЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮŢŎǻ˝ŏŠ‗Ź ◦Б Ư ˝▫Š‗Ź ◦Б ơ ĕЊ₣˝▫Š‗Ź ◦Б Ư аĕŌŪ″ ơƯ (Łũ⅜Ś Ġс◦Рũ₤њĮĀ ďΖ◦Џ ЯřŲĠİð ĠсЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

When the rogatory letter allows the listening to and recording of telephone conversations or obtaining and recording telecommunications by such means as facsimile or email, the judicial police officer can use the authority provided to the investigating judge under the second phrase of paragraph 1, and paragraph 2 of Article 172 (Listening to Telephone Conversations Ordered by Investigating Judge) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ ơ7 ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН ⅜₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Article 184 Written Records Established by Judicial Police Officers

е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЯřŲЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņх Юĝ ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗Ź аĕŁũΒĕНŷijʼnřБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ ŪijСŷ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņĠ◦ĠġŃňijЊʼnаĕŌŪ″ ơƠ� (ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷşНйЮĝ ĖО₣ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

The written record made by the judicial police officer in relation to the execution of a rogatory letter shall be in compliance with Article 108 (Content of Police Records) of this Code.

ĄеĮР ◦Б ư: ŷЋēĕŁũĕЊũĕŚŬŎ CHAPTER 3: SECURITY MEASURES

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: řБŁ SECTION 1: WARRANTS

ŌŪ″ ơ7 ŁũЮşŀřБŁ Article 185 Issuance of Warrants

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮşŀřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕ řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ ĕЊ₣řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ¤

An investigating judge may issue subpoena, orders to bring, arrest warrants and detention orders.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ SECTION 2: SUBPOENA

ŌŪ″ ơ7 řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ Article 186 Subpoena

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ΖşЮşŀřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 85

řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ ÐЙďĠŔą řŲсĠНÐðŲ₧ŌĖ с όŏşРŲЮĉĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ ΖşЮşŀЮĉЮŲЧĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ιЮĉЮŲЧĠНÐðŲ₧ŌĖ ˝сЯřŲŌĕijŪņОŎĮЊũН◦ċļĮ¤ An investigating judge shall be entitled to issue a subpoena. A subpoena is an order to a person to appear before the investigating judge. A subpoena may be issued against a charged person or any person against whom there is

evidence of guilt.

ŌŪ″ ơ7 ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷşНйЮŲЧřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ Article 187 Information Stated in Subpoena

řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ ŌĕĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşijЮĉк − ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗аĕĠНÐðŲЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ − Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ĕЊ₣Βij□Ġ◦şĤĠсЯřŲ е‗ijс ĕЊ₣ĠūİĠĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤Юĕй − аℓĞ ЯŠ ĂеĖ ЮŌл ₣ ĕЊ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲŪijСŷşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ − ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲЮşŀřБŁ¤ řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕŪijСŷŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤

A subpoena shall include the following information: − The identity of the individual cited; − The charged offense, and the law which defines and punishes the offense; − The date, time and place to appear before the investigating judge; − The name and position of the judge who issued the subpoena.

A subpoena shall be dated, signed and sealed by the investigating judge.

ŌŪ″ ơ77 ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ Article 188 Notification of Subpoena

řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ ŪijСŷόŏřее‗Е₣řŲсĠНÐðŲЯřŲĵ сĮњĕċ ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ļĖ сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ιЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵ¤

ĠНÐðŲЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ◦◦УŲşН₣řБŁ Ю΅ЧŎŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁ ЯřŲŪijСŷĠ₣ſЊŲĄРĕЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŷЋŀ¤

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ļĖ сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ιΖďń ⅜ŵŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ΒеĮБŪÐĠсŁũŲеģ˝ ĖО₣ŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤

A judicial police officer, a judicial police agent, or bailiff shall deliver the subpoena to the cited person.

The cited person receives a copy of the decision and shall sign the original subpoena, which will then be returned to the investigating judge.

The judicial police officer, judicial police agent or the bailiff shall notify the investigating judge of any difficulty in their mission of delivering the subpoena.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 86

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕ SECTION 3: ORDER TO BRING

ŌŪ″ ơ7o ŁũЮşŀřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 189 Order to Bring Issued by Investigating Judge

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮşŀřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕ¤ An investigating judge shall be entitled to issue an order to bring.

ŌŪ″ ơoƠ řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕ Article 190 Order to Bring

řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕ ÐЙďĠŔą řŲс˝₣˝Ōų е₣⅜ēũ‗к όŏČĠс ĕЊ₣ĜеŠųФĕĠНÐðŲ₧ŌĖ с ЮĉşеЮĵйņНŠЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕΖşŪijСŷЮşŀЮĉЮŲЧĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ιЮĉЮŲЧĠНÐðŲ₧ŌĖ ˝сЯřŲŌĕijŪņОŎĮЊũН◦ċļĮ¤ An order to bring is an order to public forces to arrest and bring a person before the

investigating judge. An order to bring may be issued against a charged person or any person against whom

there is evidence of guilt.

ŌŪ″ ơoơ ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷşНйЮŲЧřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕ Article 191 Information Stated in Order to Bring

řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕ ŌĕĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşijЮĉк − ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗аĕĠНÐðŲЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ − Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ĕЊ₣Βij□Ġ◦şĤĠсЯřŲ е‗ijс ĕЊ₣ĠūİĠĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤Юĕй − ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲЮşŀřБŁ¤ řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕ ŪijСŷşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤ An order to bring shall include the following information: − The identity of the individual cited in the order; − The charged offense, and the law which defines and punishes the offense; − The name and position of the judge who issued the order. An order to bring shall be dated, signed and sealed by the investigating judge.

ŌŪ″ ơoƯ ŁũΒĕНŷijŚřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕ Article 192 Execution of Order to Bring

ŁũΒĕНŷijŚřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕ ŪijСŷŪĠÐŲсόŏņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠĜĀ ĕс řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕŪijСŷĩ℮Įſĩ⅝ŎřŲсΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□″ņŪÐĠс

ņЮĊŜģŎ¤ ЮřЧņřБŁЮĕй ŪijСŷŪĠÐŲсĄРĕďĠĜĀ ĕсřŲсņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠĕĀО ΒĕНŷijŚřБŁЮĜй¤ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхņЊĕΖşşРŲЮĉ ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲЯřŲĵ сĮњĕċņНĕЮŌл ₣ (ŪģеņУŎ) ŪĮЕ˝ ĕЊ₣ЮŪŁŎЮŌл ₣ ơ� (řĠсŪģеĠБ) ģĕЮ◦¤ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΒеĮБŁũŲеģ˝ ĖО₣ŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤

An order to bring shall be executed by the judicial police.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 87

In case of urgency, an order to bring shall be published by all means to police units or military police units. The original copy of the order to bring shall be given immediately to the judicial police officer who is in charge of executing it.

Judicial police officers cannot enter into the residence of a cited individual before 6 o’clock in the morning or after 6 o’clock in the evening. The judicial police officers shall notify the investigating judge of any difficulty in performing their mission.

ŌŪ″ ơoư ŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ″ņřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕ Article 193 Appearance pursuant to Order to Bring

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮŢŎņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕŁŲкЮ◦₤кĠНÐðŲЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċņЊĕΖşŪijСŷĜеЮĉĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŪŁŎЮĮŲČĠсŠųФĕģĕЮ◦ ĠНÐðŲЮĕйŪijСŷЯijĜеŠųФĕЮĉ ĖО₣Β₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ ĖО₣ņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ ιЮĉĖО₣ĮĕċĜýũ¤ ĠНÐðŲЮĕйŪijСŷЯijĜеŠųФĕЮĉĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕŗл ₣ŎРũĠеĩНijаℓĞĠĜĀ Ġс řŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ιřŲсΒĖ˝ĄеĕУ₤¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕņЊĕģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĉЮĝаℓĞĠĜĀ ĠсЮ◦ ĠНÐðŲĵ˝сĮњĕċŪijСŷģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ŷЋŀ¤ If, due to the circumstances, the cited individual cannot be brought before the investigating

judge immediately after the arrest, that person shall be brought to the police unit or military police office in the detention center or prison. That person shall be presented to the investigating judge or to his substitute on the following day at the latest. If on that following day, the appearance does not occur, the cited person shall be released in liberty.

ŌŪ″ ơo ŁũÐЊijĠŃĆСŲℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ Article 194 Deduction of Duration of Provisional Detention

ŁŲ₧ĠНÐðŲ₧ŌĖ с ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕČĠсŠųФĕЮŢŎΒĕНŷijŚ″ņřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕ ŪijСŷģĕþНеŠųФĕЮĜй ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕЮĕйŪijСŷŬĠсĠŃĆСŲЮĉ ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕ¤

When a person who has been arrested in the execution of an order to bring, is imprisoned, the duration of imprisonment shall be included into the duration of provisional detention, if any.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б : řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ SECTION 4: ARREST WARRANTS

ŌŪ″ ơo ŁũЮşŀřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 195 Arrest Warrants Issued by Investigating Judge

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮşŀřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ¤ An investigating judge shall be entitled to issue an arrest warrant.

ŌŪ″ ơo řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ Article 196 Arrest Warrants

řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ ΖşŪijСŷЮşŀЮĉЮŲЧĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ιĠНÐðŲ₧ŌĖ ˝сЯřŲŌĕijŪņОŎĮЊũН◦ċļĮ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЕ₣ΖşЮşŀřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕģĕ ŲНйŪ″Яijк

ơ-Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ďĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ЯřŲŪijСŷĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤Ţ˝сĮĕċĜýũ¤

Ư-ĠНÐðŲЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ ģĕЮÐşŠųФĕņЊĕřЕ₣ď₤□ ЊijЮĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣₧ ι₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪłЯřĕřБаĕŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОď¤

řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕÐЙďĠŔą к

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 88

− řŲс˝₣˝Ōų е₣⅜ēũ‗к όŏŪ⅜ŷŪďŷũ˝ČĠс ĕЊ₣όŏĜеŠųФĕĠНÐðŲЮĜй Юĉ ĖО₣ĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ

− řŲсŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕόŏ◦◦УŲ ĕЊ₣þНеŠųФĕĠНÐðŲЮĜй¤

An arrest warrant may be issued against a charged person or any individual against whom there is evidence proving his guilt.

An investigating judge can issue an arrest warrant only if: 1- The offense in question is a felony or misdemeanor punishable by imprisonment; 2- The suspect has fled or his whereabouts are unknown or is staying outside of the territory of the Kingdom of Cambodia.

The arrest warrant is an order: − to the public security forces to search for, arrest and bring the charged person to a prison

or detention center; − to the head of a prison or detention center to receive and detain that person.

ŌŪ″ ơo řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ ĕЊ₣ЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń Article 197 Arrest Warrant and Opinion of Prosecutor

ņНĕĕЕ₣ЮşŀřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЯij◦◦УŲЮŗĠŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЮşŀřБŁЮĕйЮŢŎŌĕЯş₣ņРŲЮ΅ijН ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ◦◦УŲЮŗĠŲсĮБŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ēĜŬмĠсũ₣ĩ℮Įſĩ⅝ŎřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ¤ Before issuing an arrest warrant, the investigating judge shall ask for the opinion of the

Royal Prosecutor. The investigating judge shall issue the arrest warrant with reasons which he shall specify after obtaining the opinion of the Royal Prosecutor.

The Royal Prosecutor shall guarantee the dissemination of the arrest warrant.

ŌŪ″ ơo7 ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷşНйЮŲЧřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ Article 198 Information Stated in Arrest Warrant

řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕŌĕĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşijЮĉк − ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗аĕĠНÐðŲЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ − Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ĕЊ₣Βij□Ġ◦şĤĠсЯřŲ е‗ijсĠūİĠĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤Юĕй − ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲЮşŀřБŁ¤ řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕŪijСŷŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣ŪijСŷŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤ An arrest warrant shall include the following information: − The identity of the involved person; − The charged offense, and the law which defines and punishes the offense; − The name and position of the judge who issued the arrest warrant. An arrest warrant shall be dated, signed and sealed by the investigating judge.

ŌŪ″ ơ�� ŁũΒĕНŷijŚřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ Article 199 Execution of Arrest Warrant

ŁũΒĕНŷijŚřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕŪijСŷŪĠÐŲсόŏņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠĜĀ ĕс řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ ŪijСŷĩ℮Įſĩ⅝ŎЮĉ″ņΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ ″ņŪÐĠс

ņЮĊŜģŎ¤ ЮřЧņřБŁŪijСŷŪĠÐŲс ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл ₣ŠųБĠеĩНijόŏřŲсņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠĕĀО˝ΒĕНŷijŚřБŁ ЮĜй¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 89

ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ņЊĕΖşşРŲЮĉ ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċņНĕЮŌл ₣ (ŪģеņУŎ) ŪĮЕ˝ ĕЊ₣ЮŪŁŎЮŌл ₣ ơ� (řĠсŪģеĠБ) ģĕЮ◦¤ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ŪijСŷόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΒеĮБŁũŲеģ˝Ĉе₣Β₤сĖО₣ЮĮŲΒĕНŷijŚЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤

The execution of an arrest warrant shall be done by judicial police officers. In case of urgency, the arrest warrant shall be published by all means to police units or

military police units. The original shall be given immediately to the judicial police officer who is in charge of executing it.

Judicial police officers may not enter into the residence of the involved individual before 6 o’clock in the morning or after 6 o’clock in the evening. The judicial police officers shall notify the investigating judge of any difficulty in the performance of their mission.

ŌŪ″ ƯƠƠ Łũĩ℮Įſĩ⅝ŎďΒĕŚũďijЊĕРŷřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ Article 200 International Dissemination of Arrest Warrant

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČеģşс řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕΖşĩ℮Įſĩ⅝ŎďΒĕŚũďijЊ″ņũŎкŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх ЮŢŎЮŪĠЧŎĕŚŁũĜĜЯřŲŌĕŪĠ₤Њ◦ċļĮ¤

In urgent cases, an arrest warrant may be disseminated internationally through the Ministry of Justice using any effective mechanism.

ŌŪ″ ƯƠơ ŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ″ņřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ Article 201 Appearance Pursuant to Arrest Warrant

ŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ ŪijСŷЯij◦◦УŲ ĕЊ₣þНеŠųФĕĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲď˝ņŊŷij□ОаĕřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ¤ ŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕũ˝⅝◦Н˝ЮřЧņřБŁ ιşН₣řБŁЯřŲŌĕĠŔą с▫ ŪijЕņŪijСŷ″ņşĤĠсЮřЧņ¤

ĠНÐðŲЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċŪijСŷЯijģĕЮÐĜеЮĉĠİΆ ŀřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ιΒĖ˝ĄеĕУ₤ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл ₣ŠųБĠеĩНij ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ₤□ Њij ĖО₣řе₧˝сŁŲЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĝЮ◦ġЧŎ¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁũĜеŠųФĕЮĉĠİΆ ŀЮĕй ijŪņСŷόŏŌĕŁũЮĩĀũĠНÐðŲĵ сĮњĕċЮĉĮĕċĜýũ ιЮĉņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕņУŎЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьij ŁũЮĩĀũЮĕйŪijСŷČijсЯş₣ЮŢŎΒŎŏŁũ¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠНÐðŲĵ˝сĮњĕċņЊĕŪijСŷģĕЮÐĜеŠųФĕЮĉĠİΆ ŀřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ιΒĖ˝ĄеĕУ₤ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĝаℓĞĠĜĀ ĠсĮБŁũČĠссŠųФĕ ĠНÐðŲЮĕйŪijСŷЯijģĕŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣þНеŠųФĕ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮĕйЮĊſЧ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ ЯřŲŪijСŷĠŃąСĕЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

A chief of the prison or detention center shall receive and detain the charged person who is the subject of an arrest warrant. The chief of the prison or detention center shall keep the original or a copy of the arrest warrant that has been certified as a true copy of the original.

The concerned person shall be brought before the investigating judge or his substitute immediately if the case is still under judicial investigation.

If this requires the transfer of the concerned person to another prison or to another detention center, this transfer shall be arranged by the Royal Prosecutor.

If the concerned person is not brought before the investigating judge or his substitute on the day following the arrest, the Royal Prosecutor at the place of the arrest shall take his statement. Concerning this, the Royal Prosecutor shall establish a written record and send it to the investigating judge.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 90

ŌŪ″ ƯƠƯ ŁũÐЊijĠŃĆСŲℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ Article 202 Deduction of Duration of Provisional Detention

ŁŲ₧ĠНÐðŲ₧ŌĖ сЯřŲŪijСŷģĕČĠсŠųФĕЮŢŎΒĕНŷijŚ″ņřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ ŪijСŷģĕþНеŠųФĕЮĜй ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕЮĕйŪijСŷŬĠсĠŃĆСŲЮĉ ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕ¤

When a person is arrested and detained pursuant to an arrest warrant, the duration of the detention shall be included into the duration of provisional detention, if any.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б : ŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ SECTION 5: PROVISIONAL DETENTION

ŌŪ″ ƯƠư ЮýŲŁũ‗чаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ Article 203 Principle of Provisional Detention

ďЮýŲŁũ‗ч ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ŪijСŷЯijŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĮЊЮ₤₤ ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ΖşŪijСŷþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ Юĝ ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗Ź ЯřŲģĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ЯĩĖ˝Юĕй¤

In principle, the charged person shall remain at liberty. Exceptionally, the charged person may be provisionally detained under the conditions stated in this section.

ŌŪ″ ƯƠ ˝ũ‗БаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ Article 204 Cases of Provisional Detention

ŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ΖşΒĕНŷijŚģĕЯij ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮБĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ЯřŲşĤĠс е‗ijсĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤Ţ˝сĮĕċĜýũЮ₤Ŋ Ч ιЮŲЧ₤ĮБ ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖ е¤ Provisional detention may be ordered only in case of a felony or of misdemeanors involving a punishment of imprisonment of one year or more.

ŌŪ″ ƯƠ ņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ Article 205 Reasons for Provisional Detention

ŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖΖşŪijСŷģĕĠİð Ġс ŁŲ₧ŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЮĕй ďŁũČеģşск ơ-ЮřЧņġБĠŃĆĠсĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ ιĠİũĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ НеόŏЮ˝ЧijďℓŊБ¤ Ư-ЮřЧņġБŬŬе₣ НеόŏŌĕŁũýĠ₤₣ijсЮŲЧ⅜˝℮Б ιĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй ιЮřЧņġБŬŬе₣˝НеόŏŌĕŁũŪijСŷũмРŷýĖ ũǻ₣Ąĕ

ŪijСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝₤ņÐеĕЊij¤ ư-ЮřЧņġБũ˝⅝ķ₤ŚО ″₣ ιijŪņОŎď₤Ōĸ ũк¤ -ЮřЧņġБēĜũ˝⅝ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ◦Н˝ĄРĕijНŵŁũČijсŁũ″ņĕБijЊŷЋĊБ¤ -ЮřЧņġБŁũĵũ₤ĕŚЊ₤НŠόŏĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦¤ -ЮřЧņġБēĜũ˝⅝₤₧Ś ĠсēĖ Ġс⅜ēũ‗к НеόŏŌĕŁũŪşĠР˝ŪşĠŲс ЯřŲĠ₧Ś Ųņ˝ĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤¤

Provisional detention may be ordered when it is necessary to: 1. stop the offense or prevent the offense from happening again; 2. prevent any harassment of witnesses or victims or prevent any collusion between

the charged person and accomplices; 3. preserve evidence or exhibits; 4. guarantee the presence of the charged person during the proceedings against him; 5. protect the security of the charged person;

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 91

6. preserve public order from any trouble caused by the offense.

ŌŪ″ ƯƠ ˝е‗ijс₤Ōð ŲсũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ŁũŪģĠсЮ΅ijНĩŲаĕřБŁ Article 206 Statement of Charged Persons and Reasons for Provisional Detention

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲ₤ЮŪņş▫ĕЕ₣ŪijСŷþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ЮŢŎÐеĕЊijЮĩŚЧņũĠ₤сŠųФĕĬĀ Ųс ι ″ņЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣◦◦УŲŁũ˝ijс₤Ōð ŲсũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦Юĕй¤ ŁŲ₧ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ŌĕЮņēŷВΒņĩ₣ЮĜй ЮņēŷВŪijСŷĠİΆ ŀņЮĊŜģŎŁũĵũŠųФĕ¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşþНеŠųФĕĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ″ņřБŁЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН¤ Юĝ ĖО₣řБŁЮĕй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЮŗ₣″ņĠŃňijŚЊаĕŌŪ″ ƯƠ (ņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ŪijСŷģĕĄРĕřе‗Е₣ļų ņřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣řŲсĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮşŀřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ řРşģĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ƯƯƠ (ĕЊŎņĕњŎřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ) ŌŪ″ ƯƯơ (ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷşНйЮŲЧřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ ƯƯƯ (ŁũΒĕНŷijʼnřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

Where an investigating judge, either at his initiative or after a request by the Royal Prosecutor, envisages to provisionally detain a charged person, he shall inform the charged person accordingly and ask for his observations. If the charged person is assisted by a lawyer, the lawyer presents means of defense available to the charged person.

The investigating judge who orders the provisional detention of a charged person shall issue an order containing reasons. The investigating judge’s reasons in the order shall be based on the provisions of Article 205 (Reasons for Provisional Detention) of this Code. The Royal Prosecutor and the charged person shall be immediately notified of the decision.

The investigating judge shall issue a detention order in accordance with the provisions stated in Articles 220 (Definition of Detention Order), 221 (Information stated in Detention Order), and 222 (Execution of Detention Order) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ ƯƠ řБŁ₤ЮŪņşņЊĕþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ Article 207 Order Denying Provisional Detention

ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣″ņЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЯřŲ₤НеόŏþНеŠųФĕĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦Ġ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЮĜй ņЊĕŪĮņЮĊſЧ″ņŁũ₤НеόŏþНеŠųФĕЮĜйЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЮşŀ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ĕРŷřБŁ₤ЮŪņşņЊĕþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ЮŢŎņЊĕČеģşсŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijНЮ◦¤ řБŁЮĕйŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ďĠĜĀ ĕсřŲсΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣₤Не¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕģĕ₤ЮŪņşЮĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşЮĊſЧĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣Юĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲĕЕ₣₤ЮŪņşĄеĕУ₤ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

When the investigating judge receives an application from the Royal Prosecutor requesting provisional detention of the charged person, and decides not to order the detention, the judge shall issue an order not to detain within 5 days. The applicant shall be immediately informed of this order not to detain, which does not have to contain reasons. The applicant shall be notified of the order without delay.

If the investigating judge fails to decide within 5 days, the Prosecutor may directly seize the Investigation Chamber who will decide instead of the investigating judge.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 92

ŌŪ″ ƯƠ7 ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĖО₣Ġ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť Article 208 Duration of Provisional Detention in Case of Felony

şеЮĵйĕБijЊĄĕЯřŲŪijСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮБĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ (ŪģеņУŎ) ЯŠ ģĕЮ◦¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ЮĝЮĮŲĩНijℓЊũЮŷŵЮĕй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĮĕŜũŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖņŚ₣ģĕ (ŪģеņУŎ) ЯŠ ЮŢŎřБŁŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijНŪijЕņŪijСŷ ĕЊ₣şĤ₤сŵ₤с¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖş₤ЮŪņşĮĕŜũŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖģĕЯij Ư (ĮБũ) ř₣Ðijс¤ For an adult involved in a felony, provisional detention may not exceed six months. However, when this time period ends, the investigating judge may extend provisional detention for another six months, by an order with a proper and express statement of reasons.

The extension may only be made twice.

ŌŪ″ ƯƠo ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĖО₣Ġ◦ņĄęЊņ Article 209 Duration of Provisional Detention in Case of Misdemeanor

şеЮĵйĕБijЊĄĕЯřŲŪijСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮБĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ (ĠУĕ) ЯŠ ģĕЮ◦¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ЮĝЮĮŲĩНijℓЊũЮŷŵЮĕй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĮĕŜũŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖģĕЯijņŚ₣ÐijсņЊĕόŏЮŲЧ₤ĮБ Ư (ĮБũ) ЯŠ ЮŢŎřБŁŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijНŪijЕņŪijСŷ ĕЊ₣şĤ₤сŵ₤с¤

ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖž₣ЮŲЧЮĕй ņЊĕŪijСŷЮŲЧ₤ĮБĵ˝с˝₧Ś ŲаĕΒĠġĠũŌаĕЮĈ₤ЯřŲşĤĠсģĕ˝е‗ijсЮ◦ġЧŎ¤

For an adult involved in a misdemeanor, provisional detention may not exceed four months. However, when this time period ends, the investigating judge may, only once, extend provisional detention for another two months by an order with a proper and express statement of reasons .

The duration of the above detention may not exceed half of the minimum sentence set by law for the charged misdemeanor.

ŌŪ″ ƯơƠ ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЮĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ ЊřťŪĠĂе₣ņĕН₤℮ďijЊ ďΖ◦Џ Article 210 Duration of Provisional Detention in Case of Crimes against Humanity

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲŌĕŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮБĠ◦ΧŪ ЊřťŪĠĂе₣ņĕН₤℮ďijЊ ΧŪ˝ЊřťŪĠŲњŎĮРĄ⅜₤ĕч ιĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť₤ūİð ņ ŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖ еģĕЮ◦ şеЮĵйĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ĕБņУŎ6¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ЮĝЮĮŲĩНijℓЊũЮŷŵЮĕй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĮĕŜũŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖņŚ₣ģĕ ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖ е ЮŢŎřБŁŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijНŪijЕņŪijСŷ ĕЊ₣şĤ₤сŵ₤с¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĠİð ĠсόŏĮĕŜũŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЮĕйģĕЯij Ư (ĮБũ) ř₣Ðijс¤

In case of crimes against humanity, genocide or war crimes, provisional detention shall not exceed one year for each of these offenses. However, when this time period ends, the investigating judge may extend a provisional detention for another year by an order with a proper and express statement of reasons .

The extension can only be made twice.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 93

ŌŪ″ Ươơ ŁũĮĕŜũЮĮŲаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ Article 211 Extension of Provisional Detention

ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņş▫ĮĕŜũЮĮŲþНеŠųФĕďĠ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪijСŷόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣◦◦УŲŁũ˝ijс₤еýŲсũĠ₤сĄĕЮĕй¤ ŁŲ₧ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ŌĕЮņēŷВΒņЮĜй ЮņēŷВŪijСŷĠİΆ ŀņЮĊŜģŎŁũĵũŠųФĕ Рĕ ŚБũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĮĕŜũŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ″ņřБŁЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН¤ Юĝ ĖО₣řБŁЮĕй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЮŗ₣Юĉ″ņĠ◦ĠġŃňijʼnЊаĕŌŪ″ ƯƠ (ņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ řБŁЮĕйŪijСŷόŏřе‗Е₣ďĠĜĀ ĕсřŲсĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦¤

If an investigating judge envisages to extend provisional detention, he shall inform the charged person accordingly and ask for his observations. If the charged person is assisted by a lawyer, the lawyer presents means of defense available to the charged person.

The investigating judge shall extend provisional detention by issuing an order with a statement of reasons. The investigating judge shall refer to the provisions of Article 205 (Reasons for Provisional Detention) of this Code. The charged person shall be notified of the order without delay.

ŌŪ″ ƯơƯ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĈ с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒĕБijЊĄĕŌĕΖŎНijЊşď₣ ơ (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖ е Article 212 Detention of Minor Under 14 Years Old

ΒĕБijЊĄĕΖŎНijЊşď₣ ơ (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖ е ņЊĕΖşŪijСŷþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЮ◦¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖş₤ЮŪņşŪĠÐŲсΒĕБijЊĄĕЮĕйόŏΰĮН˝ŌŚ Ŏ ΒĖ˝Ζ₧ĮŜģŲ ι ĖО₣˝ũ‗БýŊ ĕΒĖ˝Ζ₧ĮŜģŲ ŪijСŷŪĠÐŲсЮĉņĄęņ‗Ź ŲΒĠсũжЯℓũ˝⅝ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ũ₣сČеЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ¤ A minor under 14 years old may not be temporarily detained. The investigating judge can decide to send the minor temporarily to his guardians or, if there are no guardians, to a Provisional Education and Care Center until the competent judge has made his decision on this issue.

ŌŪ″ Ươư ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĖО₣Ġ◦ΧŪ˝ЊřťĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒĕБijЊĄĕ ŌĕΖŎНČĠсĮБ ơ (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖ е řŲсЮŪŁņ ơ� (řĠсŪģеĠБ) ĂĖ е

Article 213 Duration of Provisional Detention for Felonies Committed by Minor from 14 to 18 Years Old

şеЮĵйΒĕБijЊĄĕΖŎНČĠсĮБ ơ (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖ е řŲсЮŪŁņ ơ� (řĠсŪģеĠБ) ĂĖ е ĕЊ₣ŪijСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮБĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ℓЊũЮŷŵþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖŌĕřРşijЮĉк

ơ-ŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ (ĠУĕ) ЯŠ ģĕЮ◦ ŁŲ₧ΒĕБijЊĄĕЮĕйŌĕΖŎНijЊşď₣ ơ (řĠсŪģеņУŎ) ĂĖ е¤

Ư-ŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ (ŪģеņУŎ) ЯŠ ģĕЮ◦ ŁŲ₧ΒĕБijЊĄĕЮĕйŌĕΖŎНČĠсĮБ ơ (řĠсŪģеņУŎ) ĂĖ е řŲсЮŪŁņ ơ� (řĠсŪģеĠБ) ĂĖ е¤

For a minor of 14 years to 18 years involved in a felony, provisional detention shall be as follows:

1. provisional detention may not exceed four months if the minor is under 16 years old; 2. provisional detention may not exceed six month if the minor is 16 to 18 years old.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 94

ŌŪ″ Ươ ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĖО₣Ġ◦ņĄęЊņĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒĕБijЊĄĕ ŌĕΖŎНČĠсĮБ ơ (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖ е řŲсЮŪŁņ ơ� (řĠсŪģеĠБ) ĂĖ е

Article 214 Duration of Provisional Detention for Misdemeanors Committed by Minor from 14 to 18 Years Old

şеЮĵйΒĕБijЊĄĕΖŎНČĠсĮБ ơ (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖ е řŲсЮŪŁņ ơ� (řĠсŪģеĠБ) ĂĖ е ĕЊ₣ŪijСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮБĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ℓЊũЮŷŵþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖŌĕřРşijЮĉк

ơ-ŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ Ư (ĮБũ) ЯŠ ģĕЮ◦ ŁŲ₧ΒĕБijЊĄĕЮĕйŌĕΖŎНijЊşď₣ ơ (řĠсŪģеņУŎ) ĂĖ е¤

Ư-ŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ (ĠУĕ) ЯŠ ģĕЮ◦ ŁŲ₧ΒĕБijЊĄĕЮĕйŌĕΖŎНČĠсĮБ ơ (řĠсŪģеņУŎ) ĂĖ е řŲсЮŪŁņ ơ� (řĠсŪģеĠБ) ĂĖ е¤

ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ″ņşе‗Нş◦Б ơ ĕЊ₣şе‗Нş◦Б Ư ž₣ЮŲЧЮĕй ņЊĕŪijСŷЮŲЧ₤ĮБĵ˝с˝₧Ś ŲаĕΒĠġĠũŌаĕЮĈ₤ЯřŲşĤĠсģĕ˝е‗ijс₤ŪŌĠсΒĕБijЊĄĕЮĜйЮ◦ġЧŎ¤

For a minor of 14 to 18 years old involved in a misdemeanor, provisional detention shall be as follows:

1. provisional detention may not exceed two months if the minor is under 16 years old; 2. provisional detention may not exceed four months if the minor is from 16 to 18

years old. The duration of provisional detention in items 1 and 2 of this Article shall not exceed half of

the minimum period of sentence set by law for the minor.

ŌŪ″ Ươ ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦όŏЮĝЮŪłþНеЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 215 Release of Charged Person by Investigating Judge

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĠİð ĠсόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦όŏЮĝЮŪłþНе ŷЋŀģĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ¤ ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŌĕĠе‗₣ЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦όŏЮĝЮŪłþНеЮĜй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷĄРĕĮњijхŌĕřŲс

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮřЧņġБ₤НеЮŗĠŲс Ю ЧŎĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣όŏŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĮЊĕЊijŏ¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷĩŚŲсЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл ₣ŠųБĠеĩНij¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşŗл ₣ŎРũĠеĩНij ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ĠĜĀ ĠсĮБŁũĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣Юĉ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠĜĀ ĕсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ΖşĠİð ĠсόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ļų ņ ЮŢŎņЊĕũ₣сČеЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷş₣∆ОŲŪģĠсņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕŁũĠĜĀ ĕсЮĕй Юĝ ĖО₣řБŁ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ The investigating judge may order the release of the charged person at any time.

If an investigating judge intends to release a charged person, he shall immediately inform the Royal Prosecutor to request his opinion and send the case file to him for examination. The Royal Prosecutor shall make his observations without delay. The investigating judge shall decide within a maximum of 5 days after forwarding the case file to the Royal Prosecutor.

In urgent cases, the investigating judge may order the immediate release of a charged person, without waiting for the Prosecutor's observations. The investigating judge shall indicate the reasons of the urgency in his order.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 95

ŌŪ″ Ươ ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНе ″ņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń Article 216 Release of Charged Person upon Request of Prosecutor

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ζş₤НеόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ģĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷ₤ЮŪņş ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (Ūģе) аℓФ

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕģĕ₤ЮŪņş ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (Ūģе) аℓĞЮ◦ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşĠŚЕ₣₤Не″ņũŎкĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşĄеĕУ₤ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

řБŁЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşņЊĕŪĮņЮŢйЯŲ₣ŪijСŷŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН¤ The Royal Prosecutor may request the release of a charged person at any time. The investigating judge shall make a decision within 5 days after receiving the request.

If the investigating judge fails to decide within 5 days, the Royal Prosecutor may directly seize the Investigation Chamber to decide instead of the investigating judge.

An order not to release a charged person shall contain a statement of reasons.

ŌŪ″ Ươ ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНе ″ņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ Article 217 Release upon Request of Charged Person

ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ΖşŢ˝сĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮĝЮŪłþНеģĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠŃąСĕĵ˝ŏЮĜйļų ņЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮřЧņġБĩŚŲсЮŗĠŲс ĕЊ₣ĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮřЧņġБĮЊĕЊijŏ¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷĩŚŲсЮŗĠŲсĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŠųБĠеĩНij¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşŗл ₣ŎРũĠеĩНij ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ĠĜĀ ĠсĮБЮĮŲĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣

ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ΖşŢ˝сĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĝЮŪłþНе⅜ďℓŊБņŚ₣Ю◦Ьij ЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ιЮĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĖО₣

ũŎкЮĮŲ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ĠĜĀ ĠсĮБŌĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĠřЊЮ₤Ċĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮŲЧ˝ņНĕ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ι₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪijСŷ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĵ˝ŏЮĕй ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ĠĜĀ ĠсĮБģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏ₤Не¤

řБŁЯřŲņЊĕŪĮņЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНеŪijСŷЯijŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕģĕ₤ЮŪņş ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (Ūģе) аℓĞЮ◦ ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ΖşЮĊſЧĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ĬĀ ŲсЮĉ

₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşĄеĕУ₤ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ The charged person may submit a request for release at any time. The investigating judge

shall send the application to the Royal Prosecutor immediately for his examination of the case file and observations. The Prosecutor shall make his observations without delay. The investigating judge shall decide on the application within a maximum of 5 days after forwarding the case file to the Royal Prosecutor.

The charged person may re-submit a request for release to the investigating judge or to the Investigation Chamber within one month after a decision denying the previous application. The investigating judge or the Investigation Chamber shall decide on such request within 5 days from the date the request was received.

An order not to release a charged person shall contain a statement of reasons. If the investigating judge fails to decide within 5 days, the charged person may directly

seize the Investigation Chamber which shall decide instead of the investigating judge.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 96

ŌŪ″ Ươ7 ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБřБŁЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНе Article 218 Notification of Release Order

řБŁ₤ЮŪņşЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНеŪijСŷЯijĄРĕřе‗Е₣ļų ņřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣řŲсŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ¤ Ġ◦ĠġŃňijЊʼnаĕŌŪ″ Ư (ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНе όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijʼn¤

řБŁņЊĕŪĮņЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНе ŪijСŷЯijĄРĕřе‗Е₣ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл ₣ŠųБĠеĩНijřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦¤ ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦όŏЮĝЮŪłþНе ЮčŪ˝ņЮĕйΖşŢ сĄĕЮĜйόŏЮĝЮŪŁņŁũ

ŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ ĖО₣Ų šŠ‗Ź ЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ƯƯư (ŁijĮſ ЊşĆаĕŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ) řŲсŌŪ″ ƯưƠ (ŁũЮÐşЮŷйũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ĮБŁijĮſ ЊşĆаĕŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

The Royal Prosecutor and the chief of a prison or detention center shall be immediately notified of an order to release a charged person from detention. The provisions of Article 276 (Release of a Detained Charged Person) of this Code shall apply.

The Royal Prosecutor and the charged person shall be notified of an order not to release the charged person without delay.

If an investigating judge decides to release a charged person, the judge may place the charged person under judicial supervision as provided in Articles 223 (Obligations Under Judicial Supervision) to 230 (Evasion from Obligation under Judicial Supervision by Charged Person) of this Code.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б : řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ SECTION 6: DETENTION ORDERS

ŌŪ″ Ươo ŁũЮşŀřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 219 Issuance of Detention Orders by Investigating Judge

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮşŀřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ¤ The investigation judge shall be entitled to issue a detention order.

ŌŪ″ ƯƯƠ ĕЊŎņĕњŎřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ Article 220 Definition of Detention Order

řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ ÐЙďĠŔą řŲсŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕόŏ◦◦УŲ ĕЊ₣όŏþНеŠųФĕĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĕЕ₣ЮşŀřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕģĕ ŲНйŪ″ЯijĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ď˝ņŊŷij□ОаĕřБŁ₤ЮŪņşόŏþНеŠųФĕ

ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ¤ A detention order is an order to the chief of a prison or detention center to receive and

detain a charged person. The investigating judge may issue a detention order only if the charged person is the subject of a provisional detention order.

ŌŪ″ ƯƯơ ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷşНйЮŲЧřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ Article 221 Information Stated in Detention Order

řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşijЮĉк − ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ − ŪĠЮķ◦аĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ĕЊ₣Βij□Ġ◦şĤĠсЯřŲ˝е‗ijс ĕЊ₣ĠūİĠĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤Юĕй − ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲЮşŀřБŁ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 97

řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕŪijСŷŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ şНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″¤ A detention order shall include the following information: − The identity of the charged person; − The charged offense, and the law which defines and punishes the offense; − name and position of the judge who issued the detention order. A detention order shall be dated, signed and sealed by the investigating judge.

ŌŪ″ ƯƯƯ ŁũΒĕНŷijŚřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ Article 222 Execution of Detention Order

ŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕŪijСŷЯij◦◦УŲ ĕЊ₣þНеŠųФĕĠНÐðŲЯřŲŌĕřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕũ΅РijĈŲсЯijģĕ◦◦УŲŁũόŏřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ŷЋŀ¤ ŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ ũ˝⅝◦Н˝ЮřЧņřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ ιşН₣řБŁЮĕй ЯřŲĠŔą с▫ŪijЕņŪijСŷ″ņşĤĠсЮřЧņ¤

The chief of a prison or detention center shall receive and detain the charged person who is identified and verified by a detention order until notification is received that the detainee is to be released. The chief of the prison or detention center shall keep the original of the detention order or a certified copy of the order.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б : ŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ SECTION 7: JUDICIAL SUPERVISION

ŌŪ″ ƯƯư ŁijĮſ ЊşĆаĕŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ Article 223 Obligations Under Judicial Supervision

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşŢ˝сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ όŏЮĝЮŪŁņŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũģĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦Юĕй ŪijСŷģĕЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсΒеĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ ЯřŲŪijСŷĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤Ţ сĮĕċĜýũ¤

ŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũŌĕΖĕНļĮĠİð ĠсĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲЮĝЮŪłþНе όŏЮýũĮŁijĮſ ЊşĆņУŎ ιЮŪşЧĕřРşijЮĉк

ơ-ņЊĕŪijСŷЮşŀЮŪłŪĮеŪĠ◦ŲсЯřĕřБ е‗ijсЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ Ư-ņЊĕŪijСŷĬų ₤сĠŚСũŲеЮĝůĕЮŢŎýŊ ĕŁũΒĕНŔň ijĮБЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ư-ņЊĕŪijСŷЮĉŁĕс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ŠųйЯřŲ˝е‗ijсЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ -ŪijСŷşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ″ņŁũ е‗ijсЮĝΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ЯřŲČijс″е₣ЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņ

Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ -ŪijСŷЮđųЧŎijĠĕЕ₣ŁũЮŁйЮΊĮБŪÐĠсĠНÐðŲЯřŲČijс″е₣ЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ -ŪĠÐŲсĄРĕřŲсŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБŪÐĠсυ˝⅜ũĠŔą сΒеĮБΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗¤ -ņЊĕŪijСŷЮĠЧ˝ĠũũℓŎĕŚ¤ �-ņЊĕŪijСŷ◦◦УŲ ιĄУĠĠНÐðŲņУŎşеĕУĕЯřŲş₣∆ОŲĠİΆ ŀЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ t-Ţ сŪģ сēĜЯřŲşеĕУĕŪģ˝сēĜ ĕЊ₣ℓЊũЮŷŵĠ₣сŪģ˝сЮĕй ŪijСŷģĕ˝е‗ijсЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ

ЮŢŎЯĩ∆˝ЮĉЮŲЧĊĕēĕũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 98

ơƠ-ņЊĕŪijСŷŁĕсŁĠс ιŎ˝″ņŠųФĕĕРŷΖŷНĊ¤ ŪijСŷŪĠÐŲсĄРĕřŲсŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ ĕРŷΖŷНĊЯřŲĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ŁĕсŁĠс¤

ơơ-ŪijСŷŪĠÐŲсŠųФĕόŏЮĮ◦ŏĮЊĕЊijŏĮŜģŲ ĕЊ₣ďŎ▫Ю΅ijН Ţ сόŏ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņũĠĠĮŜģŲЮŬÐ ĖО₣ņĕĀБũЮĮ◦ŏ¤

ơƯ-ņЊĕŪijСŷЮĊſЧ₤˝ņŊļĮž₣ ŷЋďą ĄБŷкŠųй¤ ЮřЧņġБΒĕНŷijŚşе‗Нş◦Б ơƯ ž₣ЮŲЧ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕΖşΉņ¹ijсŁũΒĕНŷijŚ ĕРŷΖ‗ijŚЊЮģйЮĂĖ ij ι

₤˝ņŊļĮž₣₤΅ĄБĮģĕЮ◦¤ An investigating judge may place a charged person under judicial supervision if the charged person is under investigation for an offense punishable by imprisonment.

Judicial supervision has the effect of subjecting a charged person at liberty to one or more of the following obligations:

1. not to go outside the territorial boundaries determined by the investigating judge; 2. not to change residence without the authorization of the investigating judge; 3. not to go to certain places determined by the investigating judge; 4. to present himself personally on fixed dates at the police office or military office

specified by the investigating judge; 5. to respond to a summons from any person appointed by the investigating judge; 6. to provide all identity documents to the clerk’s office; 7. not to drive motor vehicles; 8. not to receive or meet certain people identified by the investigating judge; 9. to deposit a bail in an amount and for a duration of payment determined by the

investigating judge based on the wealth of the charged person; 10. not to possess or bear any weapon and shall turn in all weapons under his possession

to the clerk of the court; 11. to undergo a medical examination and/or treatment under the medical supervision in

the hospital; 12. to refrain from certain specified professional activities.

In implementing item 12 above, the investigating judge may not prohibit parliamentary activities or any kind of union activities.

ŌŪ″ ƯƯ ŁũņЊĕΒĕНŷijŚŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ şеЮĵйΒĕБijЊĄĕŌĕΖŎН ЮŪŁņ ơ (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖ е Article 224 Non-Applicability of Judicial Supervision to Minors under 14 Years Old

ΒĕБijЊĄĕΖŎНijЊşď₣ ơ (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖ е ņЊĕΖşŪijСŷŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũģĕ Ю◦¤

Minors under 14 years old may not be placed under judicial supervision.

ŌŪ″ ƯƯ ŁũŪĠÐŲсĠİĕсаř Article 225 Receipt of Documents

Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Ūij₣сşе‗Нş◦Б ◦Б t ĕЊ₣şе‗Нş◦Б ơƠ аĕŌŪ″ ƯƯư (ŁijĮſ ЊşĆаĕŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ) ž₣ЮŲЧЮĕй ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦◦◦УŲĠİĕсаř₤Ś БĮБŁũŪĠÐŲсυ˝⅜ũΒijʼn₤Ŕň ‗ Ūģ сēĜ ιΖŷНĊ¤ ĠİĕсаřŪĠÐŲсυ˝⅜ũĠŔą сΒеĮБΒijʼn₤Ŕň ‗ ŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ¤

ĠİĕсаřŪĠÐŲсŪģ˝сēĜ ιΖŷНĊ ŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžũУņЮŢŎ ŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 99

Ūģ˝сēĜŪijСŷijņŲс◦Н˝ЮĝÐ‗ĕБĮЊЮ₤₤ЯřŲЮĠЧ˝ЮĝĊĜýũ ιŪijСŷũ˝⅝◦Н˝Юĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ņУŎЯřŲŌĕŁũēĜ₤ĕŚЊ₤НŠ ũЖ₣Ōе¤ ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЮĕйŪijСŷЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤″ņŁũυ˝ļĮýĖ ЮŢŎŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤

ΖŷНĊŪijСŷũ˝⅝◦Н˝Юĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣řРşģĕЮĵŲž₣ЮŲЧ¤ In cases described in items 6, 9 and 10 of Article 223 (Obligations Under Judicial

Supervision), a charged person shall receive a receipt for the delivery of documents, identity, bail money or weapons. The clerk shall sign the receipt for delivery of identity documents.

The receipt for bail or weapons shall be co-signed by the Court President, the Royal Prosecutor and the clerk.

Bail money shall be deposited in a special account at the bank or maintained at a place where there is strict security. The Court President and the Royal Prosecutor shall select this place by a mutual agreement.

Weapons shall also be kept at the above-mentioned place.

ŌŪ″ ƯƯ řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏŢ˝сЮŪŁņŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ Article 226 Order for Judicial Supervision

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŢ сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦όŏ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ ″ņÐеĕЊijЮĩŚЧņĬĀ ŲсũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ι″ņЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕ₤ũНĠũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠŔą сЮĝ ĖО₣řБŁ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ΒеĮБŁijĮſ ЊşĆЯřŲijŪņСŷЮĉЮŲЧĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦¤

řБŁ₤ЮŪņşŢ˝сŠųФĕόŏ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ ŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл ₣ŠųБĠеĩНijřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦¤

ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣″ņЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕĮБŪĮйŬĄΖďń ₤НеόŏŢ сŠųФĕĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦όŏ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ ņЊĕŪĮņ₤ЮŪņş″ņŁũ₤НеЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЮşŀřБŁĠřЊЮ₤ĊŁũ₤НеЮĕй ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (Ūģе) аℓФ

řБŁ₤ЮŪņşЮĕйŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл ₣ŠųБĠеĩНijřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕģĕ₤ЮŪņş ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (Ūģе) аℓĞЮ◦ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşЮĊſЧĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣Юĉ₤ļ

Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşĄеĕУ₤ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ The investigating judge, either at his own initiative or after a request by the Royal

Prosecutor, may issue an order for judicial supervision against a charged person. The investigating judge shall specify the obligations the charged person has to comply with in the order.

The Royal Prosecutor and the charged person shall be notified of an order for judicial supervision against the charged person without delay.

After receiving a Prosecutor’s request for judicial supervision, if the investigating judge does not approve the request, he shall issue a rejection order within 5 days.

The Prosecutor shall be notified of the rejection order without delay. If the investigating judge fails to decide within 5 days, the Prosecutor may directly seize the

Investigating Chamber which will make the decision instead of the investigating judge.

ŌŪ″ ƯƯ ŁũЯ˝ЯŪĠŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 227 Request for Change in Judicial Supervision by Investigating Judge

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ΖşЯ˝ЯŪĠŠųЕņ⅜ũаĕŁijĮſ ЊşĆ ΖşŲНĠЮČŲ ιĠŃĆСŲŁijĮſ ЊşĆℓŊБģĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 100

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ єΖşĠŃĆĠсŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũģĕЯřũ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņş″ņřБŁ ЯřŲŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠųБĠеĩНijřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦¤ At any time, the investigating judge may change the substance of the obligations by

eliminating or adding new obligations to the order in writing. The investigating judge may also terminate the judicial supervision of a charged person. The Royal Prosecutor and the charged person shall be notified of the investigating judge’s

decision without delay.

ŌŪ″ ƯƯ7 Ġ‗Ś Е₣₤НеЯ˝ЯŪĠŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń Article 228 Request for Change in Judicial Supervision by Prosecutor

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ζş₤НеόŏЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ ιЯ˝ЯŪĠŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũģĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷ₤ЮŪņş ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (Ūģе) аℓФ řБŁ₤ЮŪņşЮĕйŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŠųБĠеĩНijřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕģĕ₤ЮŪņş ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕйЮ◦ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşЮĊſЧĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşĄеĕУ₤ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

řБŁЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşņЊĕŪĮņЮĊſЧ″ņĠ‗Ś Е₣₤НеũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷЯijŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН¤ At any time, a Royal Prosecutor may request to drop or change the obligation of judicial

supervision of a charged person. The investigating judge shall decide on the request within 5 days. The Royal Prosecutor shall be notified of the decision without delay.

If the investigating judge fails to decide within that period, the Royal Prosecutor may directly seize the Investigating Chamber which will make the decision instead of the investigating judge.

Any order that decides not to follow the request shall include a statement of reasons.

ŌŪ″ ƯƯo Ġ‗Ś Е₣₤НеЯ˝ЯŪĠŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũЮŢŎĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ Article 229 Request for Change in Judicial Supervision by Charged Person

ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ΖşЮĊſЧĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ ιЯ˝ЯŪĠŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũģĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠŃąСĕĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĕйļų ņЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮřЧņġБ₤НеЮŗĠŲс ĕЊ₣ĄРĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮřЧņġБĮЊĕЊijŏ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşŗл ₣ŎРũĠеĩНij ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ÐЊijĮБаℓĞĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ řБŁ₤ЮŪņşЮĕйŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл ₣ŠųБĠеĩНijřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦¤

ŁŲ₧Ōĕĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ ιόŏЯ˝ЯŪĠŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũģĕЮĊſЧďℓŊБ ņНĕЮĮŲЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ι₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĵ˝ŏ₤НеĮБņНĕЮĜй ũŎкЮĮŲ (Ūģе) аℓĞ Юĕй ŪijСŷČĠсЮĩŚЧņÐЊijĮБЮĮŲЮşŀЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĵ˝ŏ₤НеĮБņНĕ¤ řБŁЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşņЊĕŪĮņЮĊſЧ″ņĵ˝ŏ₤Не ŪijСŷЯijŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕ₤ЮŪņş ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ЮĕйЮ◦ ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ΖşЮĊſЧĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣Юĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşĄеĕУ₤ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

The charged person may make a request to drop or change the obligation of judicial supervision at any time. The investigating judge shall immediately forward that request to the Royal Prosecutor to ask for an opinion and send the case file to him for examination. The investigating judge shall decide within 5 days at the latest from the date the case file was sent to the Prosecutor. The Prosecutor and the charged person shall be notified of the decision without delay.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 101

If a new request for dropping or changing obligations of judicial supervision has been filed before the investigating judge or the Investigating Chamber has decided on the previous request, the 5-day period shall start from the date of the decision on the previous request. An order not to follow the request shall include a statement of reasons.

If an investigating judge fails to decide within 5 days, the charged person may directly seize the Investigating Chamber which will make decision instead of the investigating judge.

ŌŪ″ ƯưƠ ŁũЮÐşЮŷйũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ĮБŁijĮſ ЊşĆаĕŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ Article 230 Evasion from Obligation Under Judicial Supervision by Charged Person

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЮÐşЮŷйЮŢŎЮşijĜĮБŁijĮſ ЊşĆŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖş₤ЮŪņşόŏþНеŠųФĕĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖģĕ ЮĈйĠБЮĈ₤ďĠсĮĕċĜýũЯřŲŪijСŷũ₣ЮĜйŌĕℓЊũЮŷŵĠлНĜŊ ĕ єЮŢŎ Ю΅ЧŎЮĈйĠБďĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ŪijСŷģĕþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖΒ₤сũŎкЮĮŲΒijЊĠũŌЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ЮŢŎŌŪ″ ƯƠ� (ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĖО₣Ġ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť) řŲсŌŪ″ ƯơƠ (ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЮĝ ĖО₣Ġ◦ΧŪ˝ЊřťŪĠĂе₣ņĕН₤℮ďijЊ ďΖ◦Џ) ŌŪ″ Ươư (ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĖО₣Ġ◦ΧŪ ЊřťĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒĕБijЊĄĕŌĕΖŎНČĠсĮБ ơ (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖ е řŲсЮŪŁņ ơ� (řĠсŪģеĠБ) ĂĖ е) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ Ươ (ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĖО₣Ġ◦ņĄęЊņĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒĕБijЊĄĕŌĕΖŎНČĠсĮБ ơ (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖ е řŲсЮŪŁņ ơ� (řĠсŪģеĠБ) ĂĖ е) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ˝єЮŢŎ¤

ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņş ▫ĕЕ₣þНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЮŢŎņРŲЮ΅ijНž₣ЮŲЧЮĕй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣◦◦УŲŁũ˝ijс₤еýŲсũĠ₤сĄĕЮĕй¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ŌĕЮņēŷВΒņЮĜй ЮņēŷВŪijСŷĄРĕņЮĊŜģŎŁũĵũ˝Рĕ ŚБũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşþНеŠųФĕĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ″ņřБŁЯřŲŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН¤ řБŁ₤ЮŪņşЮĕй ŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ļų ņřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣řŲсĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦¤

ŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЯřŲ₤ЮŪņş″ņŌŪ″Юĕй ņЊĕΖşόŏЮŲЧ₤ĮБ (ĠУĕ) ЯŠ şеЮĵйĕБijЊĄĕ ĕЊ₣ Ư (ĮБũ) ЯŠ şеЮĵйΒĕБijЊĄĕ¤

If the charged person intentionally evades the obligations of judicial supervision, the judge can decide to provisionally detain the charged person regardless of the prescribed term of imprisonment for the offense and even though the charged person has already been provisionally detained for the maximum period stated in Articles 208 (Duration of Provisional Detention in case of a Felony) to 210 (Duration of Provisional Detention in case of Crime against Humanity), Articles 213 (Duration of Provisional Detention in case of a Felony Committed by Minor under 14 to 18 Years), and 214 (Duration of Provisional Detention in case of a Misdemeanor Committed by Minor under 14 to 18 Years) of this Code.

When the investigating judge envisages to temporarily detain a charged person based on the above reason, he shall notify the charged person and receive his observations. If the charged person is assisted by a lawyer, the lawyer presents means of defense for his client.

The investigating judge shall decide to provisionally detain the charged person by an order with a statement of reasons. The Prosecutor and the charged person shall be immediately notified of the order.

Provisional detention decided under this Article may not exceed 4 months for an adult and 2 months for a minor.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 102

ĄеĮР ◦Б : ŁũЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ CHAPTER 4: SUMMONS AND NOTIFICATIONS

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ◦РЮĉ SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS

ŌŪ″ Ưươ ũŎкЮĮŲũУņ Article 231 Common Time Period

ŪÐĠсℓЊũЮŷŵЯřŲЯş₣ЮŢŎÐĕ□БЮĕй ЮřЧņġБĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆ ι◦Ūņ₣сŁũ₧ņУŎЮĜй ŪijСŷĩНijũŲijсЮĝаℓĞşН₣ЮŪŁŎЮŷŵЮŌл ₣ Ư (аņĸĠУĕ)¤ ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲĩНij″ņĊņŊ″ЮĝаℓĞЮ⅜ũш аℓĞΖ◦Њijŏ ιаℓĞĠН‗ŏ ŪijСŷΒР₤ĠĜų Ŏũ΅РijřŲсаℓĞ◦БņУŎ ЯřŲЮĠЧ˝ЮĊſЧŁũ ŷЋŀ¤

Юĝ ĖО₣ŪÐĠс ũ‗БЯřŲĈņĈũ΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲ₧ŌĖ сЮĝЮŲЧ ЊşĆ₧ņУŎЮĜй ij□ЮŲžЮĕйΖşĄеĕУ₤ЮŢŎ⅜Ė ņŪŌņаř ŁŲ₧ĠНÐðŲЮĜйņЊĕЮşйşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮ◦¤

All time periods stipulated in this Book for completing any activity or formality shall expire on the last day at twenty four hours. Any time period which may normally end on Saturday, Sunday or public holiday shall be extended to the first following working day.

In all cases where the signature of a person is required on a document, the signature may be replaced by a finger-print when the person does not know how to sign.

ŌŪ″ ƯưƯ ũЮĠЬĠЮŁйЮΊ Article 232 Method of Summons

ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЮĝЮŪłþНе ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣⅜˝℮Б ŪijСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊ″ņĩųСŷаŪĠ₤‗БŎч ″ņĩųСŷũřťģŲ ι″ņũŎкΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□¤

ŁũЮŁйЮΊĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮĉ″ņΖ₤ŎŢť ĕşН₣ЮŪŁŎĠ₣∆₤с ЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤ řРşЯřŲЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ ơư (ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁũŢ сόŏ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊij№Ŏ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČеģşс ŁũЮŁйЮΊΖşЮĊſЧ″ņŪÐĠсņЮĊŜģŎ¤ A charged person who is at liberty, civil parties and witnesses are summonsed by postal or administrative means, or via a police or military police institution.

A summons of a charged person shall be sent to his last known address as stated in Article 143 (Notification of Placement Under Judicial Investigation) of this Code.

In case of necessity, the summons may be made by any means.

ŌŪ″ Ưưư ŁũЮŁйЮΊĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕþНеŠųФĕ Article 233 Summons of Charged Person in Detention

ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕþНеŠųФĕ ŪijСŷЮŁйЮΊ″ņũŎкŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ¤ When a charged person is in detention, the summons shall be made through the chief of the prison or detention center.

ŌŪ″ Ưư ŁũЮŁйЮΊЮņēŷВ Article 234 Summons of Lawyer

ЮņēŷВŪijСŷЮŁйЮΊ″ņĩųСŷаŪĠ₤‗БŎч ι″ņĩųСŷũřťģŲ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČеģşс ŁũЮŁйЮΊΖşЮĊſЧģĕ″ņŪÐĠсņЮĊŜģŎ¤

Lawyers may be summonsed by postal or administrative means.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 103

In case of necessity, the summons may be made by any means.

ŌŪ″ Ưư ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤аĕŁũЮŁйЮΊЮĝ ĖО₣₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ Article 235 Content of Summons in Case File

ŷЋĊБЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũЮŁйЮΊ ŪijСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБЮĝ ĖО₣₤Не‗НеЮũЩ₣¤ The method and date of summonsing shall be recorded in the case file by the clerk.

ŌŪ″ Ưư ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБřБŁ₤ЮŪņşřŲсЮņēŷВ Article 236 Notification of Orders to Lawyer

ЮĝŬŲсЮĮŲЯřŲřБŁŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЮĜй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ єŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсЮņēŷВĩ₣Яřũ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ŌĕЮņēŷВΒņ¤

ЮĝŬŲсЮĮŲЯřŲřБŁŪijСŷόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĜй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝єŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсЮņēŷВĩ₣Яřũ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŌĕЮņēŷВΒņ¤ Whenever a charged person needs to be notified of an order, the investigating judge shall also notify the lawyer of the charged person, if he is represented by a lawyer.

Whenever a civil party needs to be notified of an order, the investigating judge shall also notify the lawyer, if he is represented by a lawyer.

ŌŪ″ Ưư ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБřБŁ₤ЮŪņşřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń Article 237 Notification of Orders to Royal Prosecutor

řБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijсřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ Ū˝ΐĠŃąБşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣Юĕй Юĝ ũЖņřБŁ¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń şНй΅ij□ЮŲž¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷģĕĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБřБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ″ņЯĠĠĠ◦ЯřŲΒÐð

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ģĕ˝е‗ijс¤ The Royal Prosecutor shall be orally notified of any order issued by the investigating judge.

The clerk shall register the date of notification on the margin of the page of the order. The Royal Prosecutor shall sign the notification.

The General Prosecutor determines the process in which he wants the Royal Prosecutor to inform him about orders of the investigating judge.

ŌŪ″ Ưư7 ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБřБŁ₤ЮŪņşřŲсĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ Article 238 Notification of Orders to Charged Person

řБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕþНеŠųФĕ″ņũЮĠЬĠřРşijЮĉк − ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijс ι − ″ņũŎкŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ¤ řБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЮĝЮŪłþНе řŲсЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ″ņ

ũЮĠЬĠřРşijЮĉЮĕй: − ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijс − ″ņĩųСŷũřťģŲ ι − ″ņũŎкΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 104

ŁŲ₧ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ŪijСŷģĕЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijс ЮĜйŪ˝ΐĠŃąБşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ΒеĮБŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣Юĝ ũЖņřБŁ¤ ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤

Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗Бřа◦Ю◦Ьij ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮŢŎŁũŪĠÐŲсЮ₤ş ŚБşņų₣řБŁ ЮŢŎŌĕşе₧ũũĠ₤сΒĖ˝◦◦УŲ▫ģĕ◦◦УŲ◦Н˝ď₤Ōð Ųс¤ Any order issued by an investigating judge shall be notified to a charged person who is in detention as follows:

− orally; or − through the chief of the prison or detention center. Any order issued by an investigating judge may be notified to the charged person who is not

in detention, to a civil party and to their lawyers as follows: − orally; − through administrative procedures; or − through a police or military police unit. When notification is made orally, the court clerk shall record the content of the notification

on the margin of the page. The charged person and the civil party shall also sign in the page margin. In the remaining cases, the notification shall be given by providing a copy of the order to

the recipient upon acknowledgement of receipt.

ŌŪ″ Ưưo ŁũŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁйЮΊ ιřБŁЮĩ℮₣6Ю◦Ьij Article 239 Serving Summons or other Orders

ŪÐĠсņūĕŚБŬĄŁũ ŪÐĠсΖďń ĊũũřťģŲ ŪÐĠсĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ ЯřŲЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤НеόŏŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁйЮΊ ιřБŁЮĩ℮₣6Ю◦Ьij ŪijСŷЯijΒĕНŷijŚ″ņĠŔą ũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

ĠНÐðŲ Β₣ðļĮ ιΖďń ĊũЯřŲЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũČijс″е₣ЮĜй ŪijСŷЯijŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁй ιřБŁřŲс⅜ņБŠųФĕ ЮŢŎŌĕşе₧ũũĠ₤сΒĖ˝◦◦УŲĠŔą ˝с▫ ģĕ◦◦УŲ ◦Н˝ď₤еýŲс¤ řБŁЯřŲŌĕşе₧ũ◦◦УŲЮĕй ŪijСŷĠ₣ſЊŲĄРĕЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл ₣ŠųБĠеĩНij¤ All civil servants, administrative authorities, police or military police who are requested to serve summonses or other orders by the investigating judge, shall do so according to the judge's instructions.

Individuals, institutions or authorities that are designated by the investigating judge shall serve the summons or other orders on the persons concerned and obtain their acknowledgement of receipt. The order with an acknowledgement of receipt shall be returned to the investigating judge without delay.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ŷЋēĕЮŢŎЯΌ˝ SECTION 2: SPECIAL RULES

ŌŪ″ ƯƠ ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷşНйďŁijĮſ ЊşĆЮĝ ĖО₣˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 240 Compulsory Information in Written Records of Investigating Judge

ŪÐĠс е‗ijсЮ΅ijНũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪijСŷЯijŌĕşНйЮ₤ş ŚБřРşijЮĉк − ЮěŊ йũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ − ЮěŊ йŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 105

− ЮŲŠ аℓĞ ЯŠ ĂĖ е ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ − ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕřБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ − ŪĠЮķ◦аĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ ЯřŲş₣∆ОŲŪģĠсЮĝ ĖО₣řБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ − ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũЮĊſЧ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН¤ ◦еĮњũĕБņУŎ6аĕ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН ŪijСŷЯijşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĕЊ₣ЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ¤ е‗ijсЮ΅ijНņЊĕŪijСŷόŏŌĕşЮĜų йĠĜĀ ijсЮ◦¤ ŁũđРijŲНĠ ιŁũЮŗ₣ŪijСŷЯijĠŔą сЮŢŎ΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤с

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ Юĝ ũЖņ◦еĮњũ¤ All written records of the investigating judge shall include the following:

− The name of the investigating judge; − The name of the court clerk; − The number and date of case file; − The date of the introductory submission; − The type of the offense alleged in the introductory submission; − The date of establishment of the written record. The investigating judge and the court clerk shall sign on every page of the written record. Every written record shall not contain any blank or space between lines. Any redaction or

deletion shall be confirmed by the signatures of the investigating judge and the clerk on the margin of the page.

ŌŪ″ Ươ ΅ij□ЮŲžЮŲЧ е‗ijсЮ΅ijНаĕŁũşРŲŠųФĕďЮŲЧ˝řеĠР₣ Article 241 Signing on Record of First Appearance

◦еĮњũĕБņУŎ6аĕ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН ₤Ś БĮБŁũşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮŲЧ˝řеĠР₣ řРşŌĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ ơư (ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁũŢ сόŏ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ ĕЊ₣⅜ņБŠųФĕ Юĝ ũЖņ ◦еĮњũ¤

ŁŲ₧ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ģĕЮđųЧŎ şЮņųЧŎĈе₣ЮĕйŪijСŷ˝ijсŪ″ďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũόŏģĕŪijЕņŪijСŷЮĝ ĖО₣˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН¤

Every page of the written record of the first appearance before the court, as stated in Article 143 (Notification of Placement Under Judicial Investigation) of this Code shall be signed by the charged person, investigating judge, and the court clerk on the margin of the page.

When the charged person answers questions, the answers shall be accurately recorded in the written record.

ŌŪ″ ƯƯ ŷЋēĕ₤ŪŌĠс₤ũЮ₤ũ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН Article 242 Rules for Establishment of Written Records

Łũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎ Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ ιŁũ₤Уũij◦ŲсĕБņУŎ6 ŪijСŷЯijŌĕЮĊſЧ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН¤ е‗ijсЮ΅ijНŪ₤₣сŗл ₣ŪijЕņŪijСŷĕРŷ₤е‗Уũ şЮņųЧŎ ĕЊ₣şЮņųЧŎЯřŲЮđųЧŎЮŢŎυ˝υ₣¤

◦еĮњũĕБņУŎ6 аĕ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ďŎ▫Ю΅ijН ЮŢŎΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 106

◦еĮњũĕБņУŎ6 аĕ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ďŎ▫Ю΅ijН ЮŢŎΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ¤

◦еĮњũĕБņУŎ6 аĕ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ⅜˝℮Б ŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎ⅜˝℮Б ĕЊ₣ďŎ▫Ю΅ijН ЮŢŎΒĖ˝Ġ˝ ЯŪĠ¤

◦еĮњũĕБņУŎ6 аĕ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Уũij◦Ųс ŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪÐĠсĠНÐðŲĈе₣Β₤сЯřŲij◦ŲсýĖ ĕЊ₣ďŎ▫Ю΅ijН ЮŢŎΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ¤

ņНĕĕЕ₣şНй΅ij□ЮŲž ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ι⅜˝℮Б Ζĕ е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠНÐðŲ₧ņУŎņЊĕЮşйΖĕЮ◦ Ū˝ΐĠŃąБΖĕ е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЮŢŎ₤Юņų₣žų е₣6¤ ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ ЮĊſЧŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠНÐðŲ₧ņУŎņЊĕŪĮņşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЮĝЮŲЧ е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЮĜй¤

For each interrogation, interview or confrontation a written record shall be established. The written record shall accurately state the questions, answers and spontaneous statements. The charged person and, if applicable, the interpreter/translator shall sign every page of the

written record of any interrogation of the charged person. A civil party and, if applicable, the interpreter/translator, shall sign every page of the

written record of any interview of the civil party. A witness and, if applicable, the interpreter/translator shall sign every page of the record of

interview of the witness. All persons attending a confrontation and, if applicable, the interpreter/translator shall sign

every page of the written record of confrontation. Before signing the written record, the charged person, civil party and witnesses shall read

through the written record. If a person is unable to read, the court clerk shall read the record aloud. The interpreter/translator interprets such statement as read. If the concerned person refuses to sign the record, the investigating judge shall note the refusal in the record.

ŌŪ″ Ưư ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷşНйďŁijĮſ ЊşĆЮŲЧřБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 243 Compulsory Information in Order of Investigating Judge

ŪÐĠсřБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪijСŷŌĕşНйЮ₤ş ŚБřРşijЮĉк − ЮěŊ йЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ − ЮěŊ йŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ − ЮŲŠ аℓĞ ЯŠ ĂĖ е ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ − ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕřБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ − ŪĠЮķ◦аĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ ЯřŲş₣∆ОŲЮĝ ĖО₣řБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс − ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗аĕĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ аℓĞ ЯŠ ĂĖ е ĕЊ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ еЮ‗Чij ŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĮЊũН◦ċ˝ņŊ

ŪijСŷģĕŪĠŁ₤ − ЮŲŠ ĕЊ₣ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũЮĊſЧřБŁ¤ ◦еĮњũĕБņУŎ6аĕřБŁ ŪijСŷЯijşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 107

řБŁņЊĕŪijСŷόŏŌĕŁũşЮĜų йĠĜĀ ijсЮΌЧŎ¤ ŁũđРij ιŁũЮŗ₣ ŪijСŷЯijŌĕĠŔą сЮŢŎ΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ ЮĝЮŲЧ ũЖņ◦еĮњũ¤ All orders issued by an investigating judge shall include the following:

− The name of the investigating judge; − The name of the court clerk; − The number and date of case file; − The date of the introductory submission; − The type of the offense alleged in the introductory submission; − The identity, date of birth, place of birth, and address of the charged person, if any

person has been placed under judicial investigation; − The number and date of the order. The investigating judge and the clerk shall sign on every page of the order. An order shall not contain any blank or space between lines. Any redaction or deletion shall

be confirmed by the signatures of the investigating judge and the clerk on the margin of the page.

ŌŪ″ Ư řБŁĠŃąСĕŲЊŠЊij Article 244 Document Forwarding Order

ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠŃąСĕŲЊŠЊij₧ņУŎаĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĮЊĕЊijŏ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЮşŀřБŁĠŃąСĕŲЊŠЊijЮĜй¤

ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠŃąСĕ₤Не‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĮЊĕЊijŏ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЮşŀřБŁĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĜй¤

Ġ◦ĠġŃňijЊʼnаĕŌŪ″ Ưư (ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷşНйďŁijĮſ ЊşĆЮŲЧřБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijʼnşеЮĵйřБŁĠŃąСĕ¤

Whenever an investigating judge sends any document concerning the case to be examined by the Royal Prosecutor, the investigating judge shall issue a document forwarding order.

When the investigating judge sends the case file to be examined by the Royal Prosecutor, the investigating judge shall issue a case file forwarding order.

The provisions in Article 243 (Compulsory Information in the Order of Investigating Judge) of this Code shall apply to forwarding orders.

ŌŪ″ Ư Ġ‗Ś Е₣ЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ Article 245 Request by Lawyer

ŪÐĠсЮĮŲЯřŲŪ˝ņЮĕйΒĕНŔň ijόŏĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ĄРĕĵ˝ŏ₤НеřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĕйΖşЮĊſЧģĕЮŢŎЮņēŷВũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦¤

ŪÐĠсЮĮŲЯřŲŪ˝ņЮĕйΒĕНŔň ijόŏЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БĄРĕĵ˝ŏ₤НеřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĕй ΖşЮĊſЧģĕЮŢŎЮņēŷВаĕЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤

ŬŲсĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮŢŎĠНÐðŲЯřŲ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪłĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũόŏŪĠÐŲс₤₣ŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ ΖşЮĊſЧģĕЮŢŎЮņēŷВ¤

Where the provisions of this Code authorize the charged person to make requests to the investigating judge, such request may be made by his lawyer.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 108

Where the provisions of this Code authorize a civil party to make requests to the investigating judge, such request may be made by his lawyer.

All requests from person(s) who are not party to the judicial investigation for return of seized property may be made by lawyer(s).

ĄеĮР ◦Б : ŁũĠЊ◦ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ CHAPTER 5: TERMINATION OF INVESTIGATIONS

ŌŪ″ Ư řБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕ⅜□ ĮũũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń Article 246 Final Submission of Royal Prosecutor

ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũģĕĠŃĆĠс ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄРĕĮњijхŌĕЮĕйřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ¤

Ư (ĮБũ) аℓĞ ЮŪŁŎņ˝ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣όŏŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĮЊĕЊijŏ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ČеģşсŪijСŷЮĊſЧ ЊşĆЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũℓŊБЮ◦ЬijЮĜй ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷЮĊſЧ″ņŌŪ″

ơưƯ (ŁũЮ₤Ė Ч₤НеόŏĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆŁũЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơ (řĠсŪģе) аℓĞ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ŪijСŷþНеŠųФĕ ĕЊ₣ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦

ЮĝЮŪłþНе ŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ġ₣ſЊŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŷЋŀЮŢŎŌĕřБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕ⅜□ Įũļą ĠсďņУŎĩ₣¤ ℓЊũЮŷŵЮĕйŪijСŷÐЊijĮБаℓĞЯřŲŪĮйŬĄΖďń ģĕ◦◦УŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŎŲсЮþЧŀřРşЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřũ▫ ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷĠŃĆĠсЮĜй ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮĊſЧřБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕ⅜□ ĮũďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ ĕЊ₣Ōĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşĠŚЕ₣₤НеόŏЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşĠŃąСĕŠųФĕĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ЮĉŁĕсijНŵŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņй ι єЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс¤

When an investigating judge considers that the judicial investigation is terminated, he shall notify the Royal Prosecutor, the charged person, the civil parties and the lawyers.

Two days later, the investigating judge sends the case file to the Royal Prosecutor for examination.

If the Prosecutor considers that further investigative measures are necessary, the Royal Prosecutor shall act in compliance with the provisions stated in Article 132 (Investigative Actions requested by Prosecutor) of this Code.

Within 15 days, if a charged person is detained and within one month if not, the Royal Prosecutor shall return the case file to the investigating judge together with his final submission. This time period shall be calculated from the date the Prosecutor receives the case file.

The Prosecutor will issue a written final submission with a statement of reasons if he agrees with the investigating judge that the judicial investigation is terminated. The Prosecutor may request the investigating judge to issue an indictment against the charged person or to issue a non-suit order.

ŌŪ″ Ư řБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ Article 247 Closing Order

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЊ◦ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ″ņřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ¤ řБŁЮĕйΖşďřБŁĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņй ιřБŁЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 109

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ΒеЮĮЧЮĜй ďĠ◦ΧŪ Њřť Ġ◦ņĄęЊņ ιĠ◦Ų΅Н ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşĠŃąСĕĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ЮĉņНŠijНŵŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņй¤ řБŁŪijСŷЮũЬĠŬĠсΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŪijСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ĕЊ₣ЮěŊ йĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤″ņşĤĠс¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮşŀřБŁЮŲЧ ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БřРşijЮĉк ơ-ΒеЮĮЧŪĠŪĮЕijŚЊ ņЊĕЯņĕďĠ◦ΧŪ Њřť Ġ◦ņĄęЊņ ιĠ◦Ų΅Н¤ Ư-ĄĕЯřŲŪĠŪĮЕijŚΒеЮĮЧЮĜйЮĝЯijЮÐņЊĕ⅜ð Ųс¤ ư-ýŊ ĕķ₤ŚО ″₣Ţ сĠĕĀО˝ŪÐĠсŪýĕсЮŲЧĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦¤

řБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎďĕЊşĆŁŲŪijСŷЯijŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕŪijСŷďĠсŁijĮſ ЊşĆ ЮýũĮ″ņřБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕ⅜□ ĮũũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ю◦¤ řБŁΖşďřБŁĠŃąСĕЮĉijНŵŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņй şеЮĵйΒеЮĮЧņУŎşеĕУĕ ĕЊ₣ďřБŁЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсşеЮĵйΒеЮĮЧřа◦Ю◦Ьij¤

řБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠųБĠеĩНij řŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤

An investigating judge terminates the judicial investigation by a closing order. This order may be an indictment or a non-suit order.

If the judge considers that the facts constitute a felony, a misdemeanor or a petty offense, he shall decide to indict the charged person before the trial court. The order shall state the facts being charged and their legal qualification.

The investigating judge shall issue a non-suit order in the following circumstances: 1. The facts do not constitute a felony, misdemeanor or petty offense; 2. The perpetrators of the committed acts remain unidentified. 3. There is insufficient evidence for a conviction of the charged person.

A closing order shall always be supported by a statement of reasons. The investigating judge is not obliged to conform with the final submission of the Prosecutor. The order may combine an indictment for certain facts and a non-suit order for other facts.

The Royal Prosecutor, the charged person and the civil parties shall be informed of a closing order without delay.

ŌŪ″ Ư7 ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝όŏЮĉŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ Article 248 Return of Seized Items

Юĝ ĖО₣řБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБŁũŪĠÐŲс₤₣ЮĉόŏŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ ĕРŷŷij□ОЯřŲČĠс Ŏ˝¤ Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊаĕ˝▫Š‗Ź ◦Б Ư ŌŪ″ ơơt (Ζďń ĊũŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆĠİð ĠсόŏŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОĄРĕŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ˝єŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijŚЯřũ¤

In a closing order, the investigating judge decides whether any seized property be returned to the owner by applying paragraph 2 of Article 119 (Competent Authority to Order Return of Seized Items) of this Code.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 110

ŌŪ″ Ưo Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşаĕřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĕЊ₣ŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷ ijНŵŁũ

Article 249 Provisions of Closing Orders in relation to Provisional Detention and Judicial Supervision

řБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎĠŃĆĠсŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕйĠ◦ĠġŃňijʼnЊаĕŌŪ″ Ư (ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНеόŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijʼn¤

ĠлНЯĕʼn ″ņЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎЯΌ˝аĕřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşũ˝⅝ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ όŏЮĝďĠсþНеĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ũ΅РijřŲсЮĮŲşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠijНŵŁũ¤ Юĝ ĖО₣řБŁЮĕй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЮŗ₣″ņŲ˝šŠ‗ŹаĕŌŪ″ ƯƠ (ņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũ˝⅝◦Н˝ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ĖО₣þНеďĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ЯŲ₣ŌĕΖĕНļĮ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (ĠУĕ) ЯŠ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ņЊĕģĕşРŲЮĉĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠijНŵŁũ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (ĠУĕ) ЯŠЮĜйЮ◦ ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЮĕйŪijСŷģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНеĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЮŢŎυ˝υ₣¤

řБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎĠŃĆĠсŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ¤ ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũģĕŢ с е ЊijřŲсĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ όŏĠ₣сŪģ сēĜ όŏŪĠÐŲсυ˝⅜ũĠŔą сΒеĮБ

ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ ιόŏŪĠÐŲсΖŷНĊЯřŲņЊĕĈ с◦₣ĕЕ₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ Ūģ сēĜ υ˝⅜ũĠŔą с ΒеĮБΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ ιΖŷНĊЮĜй ŪijСŷŪĠÐŲс₤₣⅜ņБŠųФĕ ŷЋŀЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ ЮŢŎŌĕĠİĕсаř◦◦УŲЯřŲşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦◦Н˝ď₤еýŲс¤

ĠлНЯĕŚ″ņЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎЯΌ˝аĕřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşũ˝⅝◦Н˝ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦όŏ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ ũ΅РijřŲсЮĮŲşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠijНŵŁũ¤

The closing order terminates provisional detention. Article 276 (Release of a Detained Charged Person) of this Code shall apply.

However, by a separate decision issued together with the closing order, the investigating judge may order to keep the charged person in provisional detention until the time he is called to appear before the trial court. In his order, the investigating judge shall refer to the conditions defined in Article 205 (Reasons of Provisional Detention) of this Code.

The decision to keep the charged person in provisional detention ceases to be effective after four months. If the charged person is not called to appear before the trial court within these four months, the charged person shall be automatically released.

The closing order terminates judicial supervision. If the investigating judge had ordered the charged person to pay bail or to deliver identity

documents or weapons, if the latter was not used to commit the offense, the court clerk shall return the bail, identity documents or weapons to the charged person upon acknowledgement of receipt.

However, by a separate decision issued together with the closing order, the investigating judge may order to keep the charged person under judicial supervision until such time he is called to appear before the trial court.

ŌŪ″ ƯƠ ŁũĠŃąСĕЮřЧņġБЮĠЧ˝₤ŷĜŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņй Article 250 Forwarding Case File for Trial

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşЮşŀřБŁ₤ЮŪņşĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠŃąСĕ ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ďĠĜĀ ĕсЮĉŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ ЮřЧņġБ˝е‗ijсЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņй¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 111

After the judge has issued an indictment, he shall send the case file immediately to the trial court president who shall fix a date for trial.

ŌŪ″ Ươ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũďℓŊБЮŲЧĠĕĀО˝ℓŊБЮ◦Ьij Article 251 Re-opening of Judicial Investigation

ЮŪŁŎЮĮŲЯřŲřБŁЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ι⅜ŲřБŁЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũģĕşРŲď⅜□ Įũ ŪĠ₤ЊĕŌĕЮŲşЮΌЧ₣ĠĕĀО˝ℓŊБ ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮĠЧ˝ЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ ″ņŁũЮĩŚЧņÐеĕЊijũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤

When there is new evidence, even after a non-suit order or a dismissal order of the Investigation Chamber has become final, the investigating judge may re-open the investigation at the initiative of the Royal Prosecutor.

ĄеĮР ◦Б : ЮŌþļĮаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ CHAPTER 6: NULLITIES OF JUDICIAL INVESTIGATIONS

ŌŪ″ ƯƯ ЮŌþļĮаĕŁũņЊĕЮýũĮ ŷЋēĕĠŃňijŚЊ Article 252 Mandatory Rules

ŷЋēĕ ĕЊ₣◦Ūņ₣сŁũЯřŲЯş₣ЮŢŎŌŪ″ž₣ЮŪŁņ ₤Ś БΒеĮБĠ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ◦РЮĉаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŌĕŲ˝š‗кŢşсžijŪijСŷЯijЮýũĮ″ņ ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮČĖ йЮ◦ĜеόŏŌĕЮŌþļĮаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБк

− ŌŪ″ ơƯƯ (ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ) − ŌŪ″ ơƯư (₤ņij□ ЊşĆЯřĕřБ) − ˝▫Š‗Ź ◦Б ư аĕŌŪ″ ơƯ (řБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ) − ˝▫Š‗Ź ◦Б ơ ĕЊ₣◦Б Ư аĕŌŪ″ ơƯ ( ŷЋ⅜ŲļĮаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣) ĕЊ₣ − ŌŪ″ ơƯ� (ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ ĜеόŏŌĕЮŌþļĮĩ₣Яřũ ŁŲ₧ŁũĠеĵĕ ŷЋēĕ ι◦Ūņ₣сŁũ₤еžĕс₧ņУŎЯřŲЯş₣ЮŢŎŪ˝ņЮĕй ι Ġ◦

ĠġŃňijŚЊĈе₣ΐŎ₤Ś БĮБĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ЮĊſЧόŏĠлйĵŲсřŲсĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕчũĠ₤сļÐБЯřŲ◦◦УŲũ₣ŁũĠеĵĕЮĕй¤ ŷЋēĕ ĕЊ₣◦Ūņ₣сŁũЯřŲŌĕŲ˝š‗к₤еžĕсЮĜйŌĕ ďΖ◦ЏÐЙ ŷЋēĕ◦Ūņ₣сŁũЯřŲŌĕĠе‗₣ēĜŁũЮýũĮ₤Њ◦ċЊŁũĵũŠųФĕ¤ The rules and procedures stated in the following Articles regarding general provisions are mandatory and shall be complied with, otherwise the activities shall be null and void.

− 122 (Commencement of Judicial Investigation); − 123 (Territorial Jurisdiction); − 124 (Introductory Submission), paragraph 3; − 125 (Scope of the Complaint), paragraphs 1 and 2; and − 128 (Assistance of Court Clerks) of this Code. Proceedings shall also be null and void if the violation of any substantial rule or procedure

stated in this Code or any provisions concerning criminal procedure affects the interests of the concerned party. Especially, rules and procedures which intend to guarantee the rights of the defense have a substantial nature.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 112

ŌŪ″ Ưư ŁũĠŚЕ₣Юĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 253 Complaint to Investigation Chamber

ŌĕЯij₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠлНЮ₧‼ й ЯřŲŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆ ЮřЧņġБĮЊĕЊijŏЮŌþļĮаĕŲЊŠЊijаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ŲЊŠЊij₧ņУŎаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБŌĕЮŌþļĮ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĕйĠŚЕ₣Юĉ

₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ″ņřБŁЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН ĕЊ₣ĄРĕĮњijхŌĕřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ŲЊŠЊij₧ņУŎаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБŌĕЮŌþļĮ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮĊſЧĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН ĠŃąСĕЮĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣ĄРĕĮњijхŌĕřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ιЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ŲЊŠЊij₧ņУŎаĕĕЊijЊ ŷЋĊБŌĕЮŌþļĮ ⅜ņБĄĕЮĊſЧĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН ĄРĕЮĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣ĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеΖşЮĊſЧЮŢŎЮņēŷВũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ιũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤

ĵ˝ŏ₤НеЯřŲЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌŪ″Юĕй ŪijСŷşНйĠŃą БЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБаĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ļų ņЮĜй Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ₤НеόŏЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣аĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБņ˝όŏŠųФĕļų ņ¤

řБŁЯřŲΖşŪijСŷĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чģĕ ņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧď˝ņŊŷij□ОаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣₤НеЮŌþļĮģĕЮΌЧŎ¤ Only the Investigation Chamber has the authority to annul parts of the proceedings.

If the investigating judge considers that any part of the proceedings is null and void, he seizes the Investigation Chamber by means of an order, including a statement of relevant reasons and informs the Prosecutor, the charged person and the civil party.

If the Royal Prosecutor considers that any part of the proceedings is null and void, he seizes the Investigation Chamber with a request for annulment, including a statement of the relevant reasons and informs the investigating judge.

If the charged person or the civil party considers that any part of the proceedings is null and void, they seize the Investigation Chamber with a request for annulment, including a statement of the relevant reasons and inform the investigating judge. The request may be made by the lawyer of the charged person or of the civil party.

The requests provided for in this article shall be registered with the court clerk of the Investigation Chamber. The court clerk shall immediately request the investigating judge to provide him with the case file.

An order against which an appeal may be made cannot be subject to a request for annulment.

ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũŲйĠ₣сЮŢŎļÐБ₧ņУŎ ĖО₣ŁũĈņĈũЮŌþļĮ Article 254 Renunciation of Party’s Right to Nullify Parts of Procedure

ŁŲ₧ŁũĠеĵĕ ŷЋēĕ ι◦Ūņ₣сŁũ₤еžĕс₧ņУŎģĕЮĊſЧόŏĠлйĵŲсřŲсĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕч аĕļÐБ₧ņУŎ ļÐБЮĕйΖşЮģйĠ₣сņЊĕЮŲЧ˝Ŏ˝ЮŌþļĮņ˝₤еΖ₣ Ю΅ЧŎЯ˝ЯŪĠĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮĕй όŏŌĕļĮŪĠŪ˝ijБЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ¤ ŁũЮģйĠ₣сЮĕй ŪijСŷЯijĮЊĕЊijŏЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĝ ĖО₣ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН¤ ŁŲ₧ļÐБŌĕΒņЮŢŎЮņēŷВ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЮŁйЮΊЮņēŷВŗл ₣ijЊş (Ūģе) аℓĞ ņНĕŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũЮĊſЧ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН¤ Юĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕй ЮņēŷВΖşĮЊĕЊijŏ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣аĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБģĕ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 113

Where a breach of a substantial rule or procedure has affected any party's interests, that party may waive his right to request annulment and thus legalize the proceedings. This waiver shall be recorded by the investigating judge in the written record. If the requesting party has a lawyer, the investigating judge shall summons the lawyer at least five days before the date of the establishment of the record. During this period, the lawyer can examine the case file.

ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũĠĕŚŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ‗Ś Е₣ņ˝₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 255 Continuation of Investigation In Case of Request to Investigation Chamber

ŁŲ₧₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеЮŌþ˝ņŊ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĠĕŚŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũũĠ₤сŠųФĕģĕ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯijŌĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĩĀОŎĮБЮĕйũĠ₤сŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĕй ĮНеΖşĠŚЕ₣ijǻмģĕЮΌЧŎ¤ If the Investigation Chamber receives a request for annulment, the investigating judge may continue his investigation, unless the President of the Investigation Chamber decides otherwise. This decision shall not be subject to appeal.

ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũŲНĠŵ₣ЮŌþļĮЮŢŎřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ Article 256 Clearing Nullities by Closing Order

řБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎЯřŲşРŲď⅜□ Įũ ŲНĠŵ₣ЮŌþļĮаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБņНĕ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕ¤ ýŊ ĕЮŌþļĮ₧ņУŎаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБņНĕΖşŪijСŷģĕЮŲЧ˝ЮΌЧ₣ЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠijНŵŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņйģĕЮ◦ЬijЮΌЧŎ¤ A closing order which has become final and definitive shall legalize all nullities in the proceedings, if any. The parties cannot invoke any alleged previous nullity before the trial court.

ŌijЊŁ◦Б Ư: ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ TITLE 2: INVESTIGATION CHAMBER

ĄеĮР ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ◦РЮĉ CHAPTER 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS

ŌŪ″ Ư ĠŃąБĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч ĕЊ₣ĵ˝ŏ₤Не Article 257 Registry of Appeals and Requests

ŪijСŷЮĠЧ˝όŏŌĕŁĕсĠŃą БĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч ĕЊ₣ĵ˝ŏ₤НеņУŎЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Баĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ĠĜĀ ĠсĮБģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ Ū˝ΐĠŃąБаĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЯijόŏřе‗Е₣ļų ņЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

ŁŲ₧₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷģĕĠŚЕ₣ЮŢŎĬĀ Ųс″ņũŎкĵ˝ŏ₤Не Ū˝ΐĠŃąБаĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ₤НеόŏŪ˝ΐĠŃąБаĕЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮĩńЧņ˝όŏŠųФĕĕРŷ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣аĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ ι₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣Ġİũ◦Н˝¤

The registry of appeals and requests shall be established at the office of the court clerk of the Investigation Chamber. After receiving an appeal or a request, the court clerk of the Investigation Chamber shall immediately notify the investigating judge.

When the Investigation Chamber receives a request directly, the court clerk of the Investigation Chamber shall request the clerk of the investigating judge to deliver the case file or a safeguard copy to him.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 114

ŌŪ″ Ư7 ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ Article 258 Notification of Hearing Date

ŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĮЊĕЊijŏЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀ ijсЮņЧŲ▫ ЮijЧ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ŌĕŲ˝š‗кŪÐĠсŪýĕсŲŊņĄеĕНеĄŪņйģĕιЮ◦ ũУşЮ΅ЧŎ˝е‗ijсŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ЮĠЧ˝₤ŷĜŁũ¤ ŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijсΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũЮĠЧ˝₤ŷĜŁũ řŲсΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũЮĕй řŲсÐРļÐБ ĕЊ₣řŲсЮņēŷВ¤

ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕþНеŠųФĕ ŪijСŷЮĊſЧřРşijЮĉЮĕй: − ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijс ι − ″ņũŎкŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ¤ ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЮĝЮŪłþНе řŲсЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣řŲсЮņēŷВŪijСŷЮĊſЧřРşijЮĉк − ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijс − ″ņĩųСŷũřťģŲ ι − ″ņũŎкΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□¤ ŁŲ₧ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЮĊſЧЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijс Ū˝ΐĠŃą БşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ Юĝ ũЖņ◦еĮњũаĕ

řБŁ¤ ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ιЮņēŷВşНй΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗Бřа◦Ю◦Ьij ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮŢŎŁũŪĠÐŲсЮ₤ş ŚБşņų₣řБŁ ЮŢŎŌĕşе₧ũ◦◦УŲ¤

The President of the Investigation Chamber shall examine whether the case file is up to date and, if so, determine a date for the hearing. The President of the Investigation Chamber shall orally inform the General Prosecutor of the Court of Appeal of the hearing date. The General Prosecutor shall inform the parties and lawyers of the hearing date.

The charged person who is in detention shall be informed either: − orally; or − through the chief of the prison or detention center. The charged person who is at liberty, civil parties, and lawyers shall be informed either: − orally; − through administrative means; or − through police or military police units.

When the notification is made orally, the court clerk shall note the date of notification in the margin of the order. The charged person, civil party or lawyer shall also sign on the margin of the order.

In the remaining cases, the notification shall be made by handing-over of copies of the order upon acknowledgement of receipt.

ŌŪ″ Ưo ŁũĮЊЮŪýй₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ ĕЊ₣⅜ũ₧ Article 259 Examination of Case File and Briefs

ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ ΖşĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ũ΅РijřŲсЮĮŲЮĠЧ˝₤ŷĜŁũ¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ŪijСŷŪĠÐŲсЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũřŲсŪ˝ΐĠŃą Бŗл ₣ŎРũ

ĠеĩНij ơ (ņУŎ) аℓĞ ņНĕЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 115

ÐРļÐБ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВΖşŪĠÐŲс⅜ũ₧řŲсŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ¤ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ ĕЊ₣⅜ũ₧ŪijСŷşНй◦ЊŢť ŁũЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ ЮŢŎŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣

ŪijСŷĠŃĆСŲ ĖО₣₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ļų ņ¤ ÐРļÐБ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВŪijСŷģĕΒĕНŔň ijόŏĄРĕ⅜ũ₧ũ΅РijřŲсЮĮŲČĠсЮĩŚЧņЮĠЧ˝₤ŷĜŁũ¤ The General Prosecutor of the Court of Appeal and lawyers may examine the case file until

the beginning of the hearing. The General Prosecutor of the Court of Appeal shall provide a written submission to the

court clerk at least one day before the hearing date. Parties and their lawyers may submit their briefs to the court clerk. The written submission and the brief, if any, shall be dated, stamped and immediately

placed on the case file by the clerk. The parties and their lawyers shall be permitted to submit their briefs until the

commencement of the hearing.

ŌŪ″ ƯƠ řеЮ‗ЧũŁũаĕ ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ Article 260 Conduct of Hearings

ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲŪijСŷŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĉ ĖО₣ĠĕĀĠсĮЊļ˝⅝¤ ЮŪŁŎĮБũģŎŁũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сÐРļÐБ

ЮĊſЧŁũ˝ijс₤еýŲсũĠ₤сŠųФĕЮŢŎ₤Ю₣šĠ¤ ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĠİð ĠсόŏÐРļÐБ ŪĮņĈе₣ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ďĠсþНе şРŲņ˝ĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсЮ΅ЧŎĕЊ₣ĩŚŲс

ŷij□О″₣¤ ŁŲ₧ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲģĕĠŃĆĠс ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĊſЧŁũĮЊЮŪýй₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎýŊ ĕŷijŚŌĕũĠ₤сΒÐð

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ÐРļÐБ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВЮΌЧŎ¤ ⅜ŲřБŁŪijСŷŪĠŁ₤ЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũΒ⅜ēũ‗кЮĝаℓĞЮĜй ι˝єЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮŲЧ˝ЮŪŁŎ¤

⅜ŲřБŁŪijСŷЯijŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН Ю΅ЧŎŪijСŷЯijŌĕēijНЯřŲČеģşсřŲсŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ¤ ⅜ŲřБŁŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

⅜ŲřБŁŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijс˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŠųБĠеĩНij řŲсΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤ Ū˝ΐĠŃą БşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣Юĝ ũЖņ◦еĮњũаĕ⅜ŲřБŁ¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чşНй΅ij□ЮŲž▫ģĕ◦◦УŲ¤

⅜ŲřБŁŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсÐРļÐБ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ Ưư� (ŁũĄРĕřе‗Й₣ΒеĮБřБŁ₤ЮŪņşřŲсĄРĕŪijСŷЮČ◦) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

Hearings shall take place in-camera. After the President of the Investigation Chamber has made his report, the General

Prosecutor of the Court of Appeal and the lawyers present their summarized observations. The Investigation Chamber may summons the parties, including a detained charged person,

to appear in person, and may also order the presentation of evidence.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 116

When the hearing is finished, the Investigation Chamber shall discuss the matter in the absence of the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal, the parties and the lawyers.

The decision shall be announced at the in-camera hearing, either on the same day or one of the following. The decision shall state reasons and contain the essential elements for the Supreme Court’s review. The decision shall be signed by the President of the Investigation Chamber.

The General Prosecutor of the Court of Appeal shall be orally notified of the decision without delay. The court clerk shall note the date of notification in the margin of the decision. The General Prosecutor shall sign in the margin of the notification as acknowledgement.

The parties and lawyers shall also be notified as provided in Article 238 (Notification of Orders to Charged Person) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ Ươ ŁũĮЊĕЊijŏЮŲЧĕЊŎњijļĮаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ Article 261 Examination of Regularity of Procedure

ЮĝŬŲсЮĮŲЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣ ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲĮБĕЊŎњijļĮаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ ĕЊ₣ŁũŪĠŪĮЕijŚ ЊЮĉřєŲ∆аĕĕБijЊ ŷЋĊБЮĕй¤

ŁŲ₧ĮЊĕЊijŏЮþЧŀ▫ņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕЮŌþļĮ ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşČijс◦Н˝ďЮŌþк ЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ĕРŷĕБijЊŷЋĊБĈе₣ņРŲ ιЯĩĖ˝₧ņУŎ¤ ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЮĊſЧřРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ Ư�Ơ (ΖĕНļĮаĕЮŌþ˝ņŊ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

Every time it is seized, the Investigation Chamber shall examine the regularity and assure itself of the proper conduct of the proceedings.

If the Investigation Chamber finds grounds for annulling all or part of the proceedings, it may, on its own motion, annul such proceedings. The Investigation Chamber shall act in compliance with Article 280 (Effect of Annulment) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ ƯƯ ˝ЊşĆаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЯĕ□ņ Article 262 Undertaking of Additional Investigation

₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĠİð ĠсόŏЮĊſЧ˝ЊşĆЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠеЮĮŀĠЯĕ□ņ ″ņЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕч¤ ЮřЧņġБĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆЮĕй ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷČijс″е₣₤ŌĄЊ ŌĖ ˝сũĠ₤с₤ļ ι єЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₧ŌĖ сЯřŲŠųФĕ

ŪĠÐŲсΒе₧şόŏ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲ◦◦УŲļũ ЊşĆЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠеЮĮŀЮĜй ЮŪĠЧŪģ₤сΒе₧şũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĝ ĖО₣ŪĮеЯřĕ˝е‗ijс

ЮŢŎ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ŁŲ₧ ЊşĆЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷģĕĠеЮĮŀũУşЮ΅ЧŎ ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣аĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ijņŲс◦Н˝ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎаĕ₤ļ

Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝е‗ijсŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũℓŊБ¤ Ġ◦ĠġŃňijʼnЊаĕŌŪ″ Ưt (ŁũĮЊЮŪýй₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ ĕЊ₣⅜ũ₧) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijʼn¤

The Investigation Chamber may order additional investigative action which it deems useful. For this purpose, the Investigation Chamber may appoint one of its own members or

delegate the measure to be undertaken to an investigating judge. The judge who is in charge shall exercise the power of an investigating judge within the

scope of power specified by the Investigation Chamber. When the investigative act has been completed, the case file shall be transmitted to the

Investigation Chamber. The President of the Investigation Chamber shall determine a new hearing

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 117

date. In such case, the provisions of Article 259 (Examination of Case File and Briefs) of this Code shall apply.

ŌŪ″ Ưư ŁũĮĜų ijŁũŢ сόŏ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ řŲсĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲĈ˝с◦₣ýĖ Article 263 Extension of Judicial Investigation to Connected Offenses

₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ι″ņЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ΖşĠİð ĠсόŏĮĜų ijŁũŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ řŲсĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЯřŲĈ˝с◦₣ýĖ ĕЕ₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ ЯřŲş₣∆ОŲЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŁŲ₧Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЮĜйЮŲşЮşŀĮБ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣аĕĕБijЊ ŷВĊБ¤

Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲĈ˝с◦₣ýĖ ÐЙк − ŁŲ₧Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚ ĖО₣ЮĮŲďņУŎýĖ ЮŢŎĠНÐðŲЮŪşЧĕũУņýĖ − ŁŲ₧Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮŢŎĠНÐðŲЮĩ℮₣ýĖ ĠĜĀ ĠсĮБŌĕŁũŪĮņЮŪĮЭ₣ýĖ ЮĈйĠБďŁũŪĠŪĮЕijŚЊЮĝ

ĖО₣ЮĮŲ ιЮĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣Юĩ℮₣ єЮŢŎ ι − ŁŲ₧ŷij□ОЯřŲŲУş аÐĠеģijс ιģĕņ˝ĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤₧ņУŎЮĜй ŪijСŷģĕŵ сĠеģijсЮŢŎĠНÐðŲЮĩ℮₣

Ю◦Ьij¤ On its own motion or at the request of the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of

Appeal, the Investigation Chamber may order the extension of judicial investigation to any offenses related to those already identified by the Investigating Judge, provided that those offenses appear in the case file.

Related offenses are:

− offenses committed simultaneously by a group of people; − offenses that are committed by different individuals following an agreement among

them even though the crime is committed at a different time and place; or − when a stolen or embezzled item or proceeds of the crime were concealed by other

individuals.

ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũĮĜų ijŁũŢ сόŏ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊijŏ ũ΅РijřŲсĠНÐðŲЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьij Article 264 Extension of Judicial Investigation to Other Persons

₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĠİð ĠсόŏЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĠНÐðŲЮĩ℮₣ЮŪłĮБĠНÐðŲ ЯřŲЯş₣ЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯijĠ◦ĠġŃňijЊʼnЮĝŌŪ″ ơƯ (Ζďń Β₤сĄеĕНе) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

The Investigation Chamber may charge other persons who were not envisaged by the investigating judge, except those who were defined in the provisions of Article 12 (Res Judicata) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũЮĠЧ˝ďℓŊБĕРŷŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŲЧĠĕĀО˝ℓŊБЮ◦Ьij Article 265 Re-opening of Judicial Investigation

ЮŪŁŎЮĮŲЯřŲřБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ι⅜ŲřБŁũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсģĕşРŲď⅜□ Įũ Ю΅ЧŎŌĕЮŲşЮΌЧ₣ĕРŷĠĕĀО˝ℓŊБ ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşŪijСŷģĕЮĠЧ˝ЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ ″ņÐеĕЊijЮĩŚЧņũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤

When there is new evidence, even after a non-suit order or a dismissal order of the Investigation Chamber has become final, the judicial investigation may be re-opened at the initiative of the Royal Prosecutor.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 118

ĄеĮР ◦Б Ư: Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ CHAPTER 2: APPEALS AGAINST ORDERS OF INVESTIGATING JUDGE

ŌŪ″ Ư Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŢŎΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďń

Article 266 Appeal against Orders of Investigating Judge by General Prosecutor attached to Court of Appeal and Royal Prosecutor

ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйŪÐĠсřБŁ₤ЮŪņşĈе₣Β₤сũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũģĕ¤

The General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal or the Royal Prosecutor shall be entitled to appeal against any order issued by investigating judges.

ŌŪ″ Ư Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŢŎĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ Article 267 Appeal against Orders of Investigating Judge by Charged Person

ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ΖşĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁřРşijЮĉк − řБŁĠřЊЮ₤Ċĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſЧ ЊşĆЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ ĖО₣˝▫Š‗Ź ◦Б Ư аĕŌŪ″ ơưư (ŁũЮ₤Ė Ч₤Неόŏ

ĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆЮŢŎĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦) − řБŁņЊĕŪĮņŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсόŏЮĉŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ơơ (ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОЯřŲ

ČĠсŎ˝ όŏЮĉŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ Ư� (ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝όŏЮĉŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ)

− řБŁĠřЊЮ₤Ċĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ ĖО₣˝▫Š‗Ź ◦Б Ư аĕŌŪ″ ơƯ (ļĮČеģşсаĕŁũЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ)

− řБŁĠřЊЮ₤Ċĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎĠЯĕ□ņ ι₤НеόŏЮĊſЧŪĠijЊЮŁ₤ŲŷЋşњŎřРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ ĖО₣˝▫Š‗Ź◦Б аĕŌŪ″ ơƠ (ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕаĕЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ) ĕЊ₣

− řБŁ₤Ś БĮБЮũЩ₣þНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĕЊ₣ŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ ĖО₣ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ₤Ś БĮБŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĕЊ₣ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ₤Ś БĮБŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ аĕĄеĮР˝◦Б ư ₤Ś БĮБ ŷЋēĕŁũĕЊũĕŚŬŎ ĖО₣ŌijЊŁ◦Б ơ аĕÐĕ□БЮĕй ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ Ưt (Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşаĕřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎĈ с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĕЊ₣ŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

The charged person shall be entitled to appeal against the following orders: − An order denying an application for investigative action as stated in paragraph 2 of

Article 133 (Investigative Actions Requested Charged Person); − An order denying the return of seized items as stated in Articles 161 (Return of Items

Seized by Investigating Judge) and 248 (Return of Seized Items); − An order denying an application for an expert report as stated in paragraph 2 of Article

162 (Necessity of Expert Reports); − An order denying an application for additional expert reports or for counter-expert

reports as stated in paragraph 7 of Article 170 (Notification of Conclusions of Expert Reports); and

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 119

− Orders related to provisional detention or judicial supervision as provided for in Section 5 (Provisional Detention) and Section 7 (Judicial Supervision) of Chapter 3 (Security Measures) of Title 1 of this Book and of Article 249 (Provisions of Closing Orders in relation to Provisional Detention and Judicial Supervision) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ Ư7 Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮŢŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 268 Appeal against Order of Investigating Judge by Civil Party

ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁřРşijЮĉк − řБŁĠřЊЮ₤Ċĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏЮĊſЧ ЊşĆЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ ĖО₣˝▫Š‗Ź ◦Б Ư аĕŌŪ″ ơư (ŁũЮ₤Ė Ч₤Неόŏ

ĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆЮŢŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б) − řБŁņЊĕŪĮņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũřРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ ĖО₣˝▫Š‗Ź ◦Б аĕŌŪ″ ơưt (ŁũĠŃąСĕĠ‗Ś Е₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ) − řБŁ е‗ijсşеĕУĕŪģ˝с ˝с řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ ĖО₣˝▫Š‗Ź ◦Б ơ аĕŌŪ″ ơƠ (ŁũĠ₣сŪģ сijņŲс◦Н˝) − řБŁŪĠŁ₤ņЊĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŁũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ ĖО₣

˝▫Š‗Ź ◦Б аĕŌŪ″ ơƠ (ŁũĠ₣сŪģ сijņŲс◦Н˝) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй − řБŁĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ơơ (Ġ‗Ś Е₣ЮŢŎĠеĵĕ ιĠ‗Ś Е₣

ЮŢŎΒР₤ĠĜų ŎЮĮŲЮŷŵ) − řБŁņЊĕŪĮņŪĠÐŲс₤₣ŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ ЮĉŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ơơ (ŁũŪĠÐŲс

ŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ όŏЮĉŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ Ư� (ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝όŏЮĉŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ)

− řБŁĠřЊЮ₤Ċĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ ĖО₣˝▫Š‗Ź ◦Б Ư аĕ ŌŪ″ ơƯ (ļĮČеģşсаĕŁũЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ)

− řБŁĠřЊЮ₤Ċĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎĠЯĕ□ņ ι₤НеόŏЮĊſЧŪĠijЊЮŁ₤ŲŷЋşњŎřРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ ĖО₣˝▫Š‗Ź◦Б аĕŌŪ″ ơƠ (ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕаĕЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ)

− řБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎřРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ Ư (řБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ A civil party shall be entitled to appeal against the following orders: − An order denying an application for investigative action as stated in paragraph 2 of

Article 134 (Investigative Actions requested by Civil Party); − An order denying the investigative action as stated in paragraph 4 of Article 139

(Delivery of Complaint to Prosecutor); − An order determining the amount of deposit as stated in paragraph 1 of Article 140

(Payment of Deposits); − An order denying an application to become a Civil Party as stated in paragraph 4 of

Article 140 (Payment of Deposits) of this Code; − An order punishing a civil party as stated in Article 141 (Abusive and Dilatory

Requests); − An order denying the return of seized items as stated in Articles 161 (Return of Items

Seized by Investigating Judge) and 248 (Return of Seized Items); − An order refusing an application for an expert report as stated in paragraph 2 of Article

162 (Necessity of Expert Reports);

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 120

− An order denying an application for additional expert reports or for counter-expert reports as stated in paragraph 7 of Article 170 (Notification of Conclusions of Expert Reports); and

− A closing order as stated in Article 247 (Closing Order) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ Ưo Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁĠřЊЮ₤ĊņЊĕŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОЯřŲ ũЖĠΒР₤ЮĉŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ Article 269 Appeal against Order Denying Return of Seized Items

ŪÐĠсĠНÐðŲЮĝЮŪłĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲΒĕНЮŵņ″ņŌŪ″ ơơ (ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ όŏЮĉŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ЯřŲ₤НеόŏŪĠÐŲс₤₣ņ˝ŠųФĕ ŷЋŀĕРŷŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ ΖşĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲĠřЊЮ₤Ċĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĕй¤

Any person who is not party to the investigation and who had requested the return of seized items according to Article 161 (Return of Items Seized by Investigating Judge), shall be entitled to appeal against the order of the investigating judge denying his application.

ŌŪ″ ƯƠ ũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч Article 270 Time Period of Appeal

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ŪijСŷЮĊſЧ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ŗл ₣ŎРũÐЊijĮБЮĮŲŪĠŁ₤řБŁ¤

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷЮĊſЧ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ČĠсĮБаℓĞĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБřБŁЮĕй¤ Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ ŌŪ″ Ưt

(Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁĠřЊЮ₤ĊņЊĕŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОЯřŲ ũЖĠΒР₤ЮĉŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪijСŷЮĊſЧ ĖО₣ũŎкЮŷŵ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ÐЊijĮБŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ĮБřБŁ¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎŁũŪĠÐŲсЮ₤ş ŚБşņų₣аĕřБŁ ЮŢŎŌĕşе₧ũ◦◦УŲ ЮĜйũŎкЮĮŲĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч ЮĩŚЧņÐЊijČĠсĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕşе₧ũ◦◦УŲЮĜй¤

An appeal by the General Prosecutor of the Court of Appeal shall be made within one month from the date the order was notified.

An appeal by the Royal Prosecutor shall be made within five days from the date the order was notified.

An appeal by a charged person, a civil party or by any person designated in Article 269 (Appeal against Order denying the Return of Seized Items) of this Code shall be made within five days from the date the order was notified.

If the notification was made by providing a copy of the order with acknowledgement of receipt, the time period for appeal starts from the date of acknowledgement of receipt.

ŌŪ″ Ươ ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 271 Competence of Investigation Chamber

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чŪijСŷĠŃąСĕЮĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤

Appeals shall be heard by the Investigation Chamber of the Court of Appeal.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 121

ŌŪ″ ƯƯ ◦Ūņ₣саĕŁũŪĠŁ₤ĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч Article 272 Forms of Declaration of Appeal

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чŪijСŷЮĊſЧ″ņŁũŪĠŁ₤ĠŚЕ₣ЮĝŪ˝ΐĠŃąБаĕijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣¤ Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч ŪijСŷşНй ĖО₣ĠŃą БаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ¤

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чΖşŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮŢŎЮņēŷВũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ιũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ Ưt (Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁĠřЊЮ₤ĊņЊĕŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОЯřŲ ũЖĠΒР₤ ЮĉŌĆ ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕþНеŠųФĕ ŪijСŷЮĊſЧ″ņŁũŪĠŁ₤ĠŚ Е₣ЮĝņНŠŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ¤ ŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ ŪijСŷŪĠÐŲсļų ņĕРŷŲЊŠЊijĠŚ Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чņУŎşĤĠс ĄРĕЮĉŪ˝ΐĠŃą БаĕijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣¤ ŲЊŠЊijЮĕйŪijСŷĠŃĆСŲЮĉ˝ĖО₣ĠŃą БĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч¤

The appeal shall be made by declaring it at the office of the clerk of the Court of First Instance. The appeal shall be registered in the registry of appeals of the court.

Appeals may be made by the lawyer of the charged person, of a civil party or of any person designated in Article 269 (Appeal against Order denying the Return of Seized Items) of this Code.

The appeal of a charged person who is in detention shall be made by declaring it with the chief of the prison or detention center. The chief of the prison or detention center shall immediately forward one copy of the appeal to the court clerk of the Court of First Instance. This copy shall be recorded in the appeal registry.

ŌŪ″ Ưư ŁũĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣Юĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 273 Forwarding of Case File to Investigation Chamber

ŁŲ₧ģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч Ū˝ΐĠŃąБЮĝijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ĄРĕřе‗Е₣ļų ņřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ Ū˝ΐĠŃąБаĕЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮũЬĠşе ĕЊ₣ĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣Юĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮŢŎŌĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБşņų₣аĕ

ŲЊŠЊijĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чļą ĠсďņУŎĩ₣¤ Ю₤ş˝ŚБşņų₣Юĕй ŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą БаĕijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕЮþЧŀĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲşНй ĖО₣ĠŃą БĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч¤

₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĕйŪijСŷĠŃąСĕЮĉŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБаĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Юĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ĠĜĀ ĠсĮБŌĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣Яij ĖО₣ŁŲкЮ◦₤кЯřŲņЊĕΖşĄеĕйģĕ¤

The court clerk of the Court of First Instance shall notify the investigating judge immediately after receiving an appeal.

The court clerk of the investigating judge shall bring the case file up to date and submit it to the Investigation Chamber with the copy of the appeal attached. This copy shall be made by the clerk of the Court of First Instance after he has verified that the appeal is recorded in the appeal registry.

The case file shall be sent to the clerk of the Investigation Chamber within 5 days after the appeal except in circumstances which cannot be overcome.

ŌŪ″ Ư ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ĠİũŁũĵũ Article 274 Safeguard Copies of Case Files

ŁŲ₧₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣Ġİũ◦Н˝ ŪijСŷģĕЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣Ū₤Ġ″ņŌŪ″ ơƯt (ņНŠİũũĠ₤сŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ЮĜйЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũũ˝⅝◦Н˝₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮřЧņ¤ ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣Ġİũ◦Н˝ŪijСŷĠŃąСĕЮĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 122

In compliance with Article 129 (Roles of Court Clerks) of this Code, when a safeguard copy of a case file is established, the investigating judge keeps the original case file. The safeguard copy of the case file shall be sent to the Investigation Chamber.

ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũĠĕŚŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч Article 275 Continuation of Investigation in Case of Appeal

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁ₧ņУŎЮŪłĮБřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĠĕŚŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũũĠ₤сŠųФĕģĕ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯijŌĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĩĀОŎũĠ₤сŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĕйņЊĕΖşijǻмģĕЮ◦ġЧŎ¤ In case there is an appeal against any order other than a closing order, the investigating judge may continue his investigation unless it is otherwise decided by the President of the Investigation Chamber.

This decision shall not be subject to an appeal.

ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНеόŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ Article 276 Release of Detained Charged Person

ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ЯřŲďĠсþНеĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЮĜй ŪijСŷģĕũ˝⅝◦Н˝Юĝ ĖО₣ĮĕċĜýũ ũ΅РijřŲсĩНijũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠсĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯijŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŎŲсŪĮņόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЮĜйļų ņ¤ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷŢ˝сĠŃĆСŲ ĖО₣₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣аĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ¤

ŪijСŷЮĊſЧřРşýĖ ЮĕйЯřũ şеЮĵйřБŁЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ŁŲ₧řБŁЮĕйŌĕΖĕНļĮ ĜеόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНе¤

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒеĮБřБŁЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНе ιЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮĜй ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНе ŪijСŷģĕũ˝⅝◦Н˝ ĖО₣ĮĕċĜýũ ũ΅РijĈŲсЯij₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũģĕ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч¤

When the investigating judge decides to release a charged person who is in provisional detention, the charged person shall be kept in prison until the time for filing an appeal by the Royal Prosecutor expires, unless the Royal Prosecutor agrees to release the charged person immediately. The written consent of the Prosecutor shall be included in the case file.

The same procedure applies in case of a non-suit order, where it has the effect of releasing a charged person who is in detention.

Where a release order or a non-suit order is appealed against by the Prosecutor, the detainee shall continue to be kept in prison until the Investigation Chamber has decided on the appeal.

ŌŪ″ Ư Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс Article 277 Appeal against Non-Suit Order

ŁŲ₧◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņş″ņĠ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊřРşЯřŲģĕЯş₣Юĝşе‗Нş◦Б ư ŌŪ″ Ư�ơ (ĩŲŷЋģ˝аĕЮŌþ˝ņŊ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

Where a non-suit order is appealed, the Investigation Chamber shall decide in accordance with paragraph 3 of Article 281 (Consequence of Annulment) of this Code.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 123

ĄеĮР ◦Б ư: ŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ CHAPTER 3: PROVISIONAL DETENTION

ŌŪ″ Ư7 ⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ Article 278 Decision on Provisional Detention

ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣þНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ⅜ŲřБŁũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷ₤ЮŪņşЮşŀЮĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơ (řĠсŪģе) аℓĞĠĜĀ ĠсĮБģĕ◦◦УŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБаĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ЮĠЧĩНijũŎкЮĮŲЮĕй ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ŪijСŷģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНе ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣Яij ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲŌĕЮşŀĠİð ĠсόŏЮĊſЧŁũЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀ ijс ι ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁŲкЮ◦₤кЯřŲņЊĕΖşЮņЧŲЮþЧŀďņНĕ ιņЊĕΖşĄеĕйģĕЮĜй Ġ₣ďΧĠ₤ÐðņЊĕόŏŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲřБŁģĕЮĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕй¤

ŁŲ₧₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijНЮĝ ĖО₣⅜ŲřБŁũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ЮŢŎЮŗ₣″ņĠ◦ĠġŃňijʼnЊаĕŌŪ″ ƯƠ (ņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ ŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮşŀřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ¤

₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ŪijСŷĠ₣ſЊŲďĠĜĀ ĕсЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŷЋŀ ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕΒĕНŷijŚ⅜ŲřБŁũУş¤ In case of provisional detention, the decision shall be issued within 15 days of the receipt of

the file by the Investigation Chamber. At the expiry of the fifteen-day period, the charged person shall be released except if further investigative action has been ordered or if there are unforeseeable or insurmountable circumstances obstructing the pronouncement of the decision within this period.

When the Investigation Chamber orders provisional detention, the order shall state reasons with reference to the provision of Article 205 (Reasons for Provisional Detention) of this Code. In this case, the President of the Investigation Chamber issues a detention order.

The case file shall be immediately returned to the investigating judge following the execution of the decision.

ĄеĮР ◦Б : ЮŌþļĮ CHAPTER 4: ANNULMENT

ŌŪ″ Ưo ļĮЯřŲņЊĕΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕаĕĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеЮŌþ˝ņ№ņ Article 279 Inadmissibility of Requests for Annullment

₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşŪĠŁ₤ņЊĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеόŏЮŌþ˝ņŊ Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БřРşijЮĉк − ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеýŊ ĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН − ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣řБŁЯřŲΖşĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чģĕ − ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеýŊ ĕņРŲ˝ļĮŗл ₣ď сЯ₤Ś ₣¤ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕΖşijǻмģĕЮ◦¤ ŁŲ₧ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеŪijСŷģĕŪĠŁ₤ņЊĕΖş◦◦УŲģĕЮ◦ ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ŪijСŷĠ₣ſЊŲļų ņЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ The Investigation Chamber may declare any request for annulment inadmissible if: − the request does not contain reasons; − the request is related to an order that is subject to appeal; − the request is obviously unfounded.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 124

The decision of the Investigation Chamber is not subject to appeal. When the request is declared inadmissible, the case file shall immediately be returned to the investigating judge.

ŌŪ″ Ư7Ơ ΖĕНļĮаĕЮŌþ˝ņŊ Article 280 Effect of Annullment

ŁŲ₧ģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣₤НеЮŌþ˝ņŊşеЮĵй˝ЊşĆ ιŲЊŠЊij₧ņУŎаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŎŲсŪĮņ″ņĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеЮĕй ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņş▫ ЮijЧЮŌþ˝ņŊЮĕйŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮĉЮŲЧ˝ЊşĆ ιŲЊŠЊijЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬijЯřũιЮ◦¤

˝ЊşĆ ιŲЊŠЊijЯřŲŪijСŷČijс◦Н˝ďЮŌþк ŪijСŷř˝ЮşŀĮБ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ Ю΅ЧŎijņ˛Ųс◦Н˝ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Баĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

When the Investigation Chamber is seized with a request for annulment of a particular part of the proceedings, a decision to annul shall include whether the annulment also affects other documents or proceedings.

Parts of the proceedings which have been nullified shall be removed from the case file and filed separately by the court clerk of the Investigation Chamber.

ŌŪ″ Ư7ơ ĩŲŷЋģ˝аĕЮŌþ˝ņŊ Article 281 Consequence of Annullment

ЮŪŁŎĮБЮĊſЧЮŌþ˝ņŊũУş ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşк − Ġ₣ſЊŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŷЋŀ − ř˝₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Ю΅ЧŎĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŌĖ ˝сЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьij ι − ĠĕŚŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŢŎŠųФĕυ₣ЮŲЧЮũЩ₣ЮĜй¤ After an annulment, the Investigation Chamber may: − return the case file to the investigating judge; − revoke investigation power of the investigating judge in charge so far and transfer it to

another investigating judge; or − continue to investigate the case by itself.

ŌŪ″ Ư7Ư Βе₧şĠĕŚŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŢŎ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 282 Power of Investigation Chamber to Continue Investigation

ŁŲ₧₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņş▫ĠĕŚŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŢŎŠųФĕυ₣ЮĜй ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĠÐŲсļũ˝ЊşĆЮĉ₤ŌĄЊ˝ŠųФĕŌĖ ˝сЯřŲЮŪĠЧŪģ₤сΒе₧şďЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯijΒе₧şЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ĄеĮР˝◦Б ₤Ś БĮБŁũĠЊ◦ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ аĕŌijЊŁ◦Б ơ ₤Ś БĮБЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĖО₣Ðĕ□БЮĕй¤

ŁŲ₧ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΉ˝сřРşďŪijСŷĠŃĆĠс ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣аĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪijСŷijņŲс◦Н˝ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Баĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ŪĠēĕаĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝е‗ijсŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ Ġ◦ĠġŃňijʼnЊаĕŌŪ″ Ưt (ŁũĮЊЮŪýй₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ ĕЊ₣⅜ũ₧) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijʼn¤

₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЊ◦ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ″ņ⅜ŲřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ¤ Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊаĕŌŪ″ Ư (řБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ) řŲсŌŪ″ ƯƠ (ŁũĠŃąСĕЮřЧņġБЮĠЧ˝₤ŷĜŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņй) ₤Ś БĮБřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijŚЮŲЧ⅜ŲřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 125

₤ЮŪņşЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНе Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĜйŪijСŷŌĕΖĕНļĮΒĕНŷijŚļų ņ¤ ĠŃňijŚЊаĕŌŪ″ Ư (ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНеόŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ņЊĕŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijŚЮ◦¤ When the Investigation Chamber decides to continue to investigate the case by itself, it shall assign one of its members who shall have the power of an investigating judge to continue the investigation, except the power defined in Chapter 5 (Termination of Judicial Investigation) of Title 1 (Investigating Judge) of this Book. When an investigation appears to be completed, the case file shall be filed with the court clerk of the Investigation Chamber. The President of the Investigation Chamber shall set a hearing date. The provisions of Article 259 (Examination of Case File and Briefs) of this Code shall apply.

The Investigation Chamber shall close the investigation by a closing order. The provisions of Articles 247 (Closing Order) to 250 (Forwarding Case File for Trial) of this Code concerning closing orders issued by an investigating judge shall apply to the closing order issued by the Investigation Chamber. Where the Investigation Chamber decides to release a charged person who is in provisional detention, that decision shall be immediately effective. In this case, the provisions of Article 276 (Release of Detained Charged Person) of this Code shall not be applied.

ĄеĮР ◦Б : Βе₧şĬĀ ŲсŠųФĕũĠ₤сŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ CHAPTER 5: POWER OF PRESIDENT OF INVESTIGATION CHAMBER

ŌŪ″ Ư7ư Βе₧şũĠ₤сŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 283 Power of President of Investigation Chamber

ŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Ŭм Ġсũ₣ЮŲЧŁũŪĠŪĮЕijŚЊЮĉřєŲ∆аĕņĕĀБũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũаĕЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀ ijсЮņЧŲďΖ◦Џ Ų˝šŠ‗Ź аĕŁũΒĕНŷijŚĠ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ ₤Ś БĮБŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ řБŁijНŵŁũЮĩ℮₣6 řБŁČijсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ ĕЊ₣ЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ¤

ŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŬмĠсũ₣˝НеόŏĕБijЊŷЋĊБĈе₣ΐŎŌĕŁũŎЙijŗл ŷЮŢŎņЊĕ₤ņЮ΅ijНĩŲ¤ ŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşşНйЮĉЮĊſЧΒĊЊŁũ˝ЊşĆЮĝ ĖО₣ņĕĀБũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ The President of the Investigation Chamber shall guarantee the proper functioning of the

office of the investigating judges. The President shall verify the conditions for implementing the provisions concerning provisional detention, court orders, rogatory letters and forensic experts.

The President of the Investigation Chamber shall supervise that there be no undue delay in the implementation of proceedings.

The President of the Investigation Chamber may inspect the office of the investigating judges.

ŌŪ″ Ư7 ″Ŭ₣ŬŎĜņаĕЮũЩ₣ ŚБ Article 284 List of Case Files

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪÐĠсũРĠ ЮĝЮĮŲřе₧şсŪijБŌ₤ĕБņУŎ6 ŪijСŷЮĊſЧ″Ŭ₣ŬŎĜņЮěŊ йЮũЩ₣Ĉе₣Β₤сЮŢŎŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ ₤Ś БĮБ ЊşĆşН₣ЮŪŁŎаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲģĕĠеЮĮŀ¤ At the end of each trimester each investigating judge shall establish a list of all cases and the last investigative action completed.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 126

ŌŪ″ Ư7 ΒĊЊŁũ ЊşĆаĕņĕĀБũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 285 Inspection of Investigation Department

ŪÐĠсΒĊЊŁũ˝ЊşĆаĕņĕĀБũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŢŎŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪijСŷЯijЮĊſЧũģŎŁũ‗чЮĩńЧЮĉŪĠēĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤

All inspections by the President of the Investigation Chamber of any office of an investigating judge shall be reported to the President of the Court of Appeal.

ŌŪ″ Ư7 Ġ‗Ś Е₣₤НеĠЊ◦₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ Article 286 Request for Closing Case Files

ЮĝЮĮŲĩНijℓЊũЮŷŵ ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖ е ÐЊijĮБаℓĞЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦Ζş₤НеόŏЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЊ◦ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ÐЊijĮБаℓĞ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĕй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЯij₤ЮŪņş¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕ₤ЮŪņşЮĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕйЮ◦ ĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ΖşĠŚЕ₣ЮĉŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲЮĊſЧΒĊЊĠŔą řŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũόŏ₤ЮŪņş¤

ŲНйĩНijℓЊũЮŷŵ ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖ е ÐЊijĮБаℓĞ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Ζş₤НеόŏЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЊ◦ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ÐЊijĮБŁũ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤Не ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЯij₤ЮŪņş¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕ₤ЮŪņş ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕйЮ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşĠŚЕ₣ЮĉŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲЮĊſЧΒĊЊĠŔą όŏЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņş¤

Βе₧şЯřŲ◦◦УŲ⅜ð ŲсЮŢŎŌŪ″ЮĕйřŲсĄĕŪijСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣řŲсЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΖşŪijСŷЮŪĠЧŪģ₤сģĕЮŢŎЮņēŷВ¤

At the expiration of one year after the notification of placement under judicial investigation, the charged person can request the investigating judge to close the investigation. The investigating judge shall decide within one month of receiving the request. If the investigating judge fails to decide within that period the charged person may seize the President of the Investigation Chamber, who may order the investigating judge to issue a decision.

At the expiration of one year after having been accepted as a civil party, the civil party may request the investigating judge to close the investigation. The investigating judge shall decide within one month of receiving the request. If the investigating judge fails to decide within that period, the civil party may seize the President of the Investigation Chamber, who may order the investigating judge to issue a decision.

The rights of a charged person and a civil party recognized under this article may be exercised by their lawyers.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 127

Ðĕ□Б◦Б : ΒеĮБ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ BOOK FIVE: JUDGMENTS

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ơ: ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ TITLE 1: JUDGMENT OF COURT OF FIRST INSTANCE

ĄеĮР ◦Б ơ: ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆ ĕЊ₣ŁũĠŚЕ₣ЮĉijНŵŁũ CHAPTER 1: JURISDICTION AND ACCESS TO COURT

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ◦РЮĉ SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS

ŌŪ″ Ư7 ŁũЮũЬĠşе″ņЯřĕřБũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ Article 287 Territorial Organization of Courts

Юĝ◦БŪĠĄНеĄĕаĕЮŠijŚ ιŪ˝О₣ĕБņУŎ6 ŌĕijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ņУŎЯřŲŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆŵij₤ĕċЕ₣ЮŲЧЯřĕřБЮŠijŚ ιŪ˝О₣Ĉе₣ņРŲ ЮΊ▫⅜ŵřеĠР₣¤

In each province or municipality there is a Court of First Instance, which has territorial jurisdiction over the entire territory of the province or municipality.

ŌŪ″ Ư77 ŷЋ₤ņЊijļĮũǻ₣ņНŠİũЮĩ℮₣6 ũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ Article 288 Incompatibility of Judicial Profession

ũǻ₣ņНŠİũďЮčŪ˝ņ ĕЊ₣ņНŠİũďŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιďŪĮйŬĄΖďń ũ₣ЮĜй ÐЙŌĕ ŷЋ₤ņЊijļĮĕЕ₣ýĖ ŗл ₣Ţşсžij¤

ЮčŪ˝ņ₧ЯřŲģĕĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũ ĖО₣ůĕкďŪĮйŬĄΖďń ďŪĮйŬĄΖďń ũ₣ ιďЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŲЧЮũЩ₣₧ņУŎ ņЊĕΖşşРŲũУņ ĖО₣ŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮũЩ₣ЮĜйģĕЮ◦ ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮČĖ йЮ◦ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņĕЕ₣ŪijСŷ◦Н˝ďЮŌþк¤

The roles of sitting judges and those of Prosecutors or Deputy Prosecutors shall be absolutely incompatible with each other.

Any sitting judge who has been acting as a Prosecutor or Deputy Prosecutor or investigating judge upon a certain case may not participate in the adjudication of that case, otherwise the judgment shall be deemed null and void.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆ₤Ōĸ ũк ĕЊ₣₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБ SECTION 2: TERRITORIAL JURISDICTION AND SUBJECT-MATTER JURISDICTION

ŌŪ″ Ư7o ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆũĠ₤с⅜ŵřеĠР₣ Article 289 Jurisdiction of Court of First Instance

⅜ŵřеĠР₣ĄеĕНеĄŪņйĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť№ Ġ◦ņĄęЊņ ĕЊ₣Ġ◦Ų΅Н¤ ⅜ŵřеĠР₣₤ЮŪņşďŪ˝Оņ₤ņР ļĮЯřŲŌĕЮčŪ˝ņ ư (ĠБ) ũРĠ şеЮĵйĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ŪĮņĈе₣Ġ◦ņĄęЊņ ĕЊ₣Ġ◦Ų΅НЯřŲďĠсĈ˝с◦₣¤

⅜ŵřеĠР₣₤ЮŪņşďЮčŪ˝ņЮĈŲşеЮĵйĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ĕЊ₣Ġ◦Ų΅Н¤ The Court of First Instance shall judge upon felonies, misdemeanors and petty offenses.

Three judges of the Court of First Instance shall sit en banc to judge upon a felony (and if applicable, on any related misdemeanors and petty offenses).

Otherwise, the Court of First Instance shall try misdemeanors and petty offenses by a single judge.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 128

ŌŪ″ ƯoƠ ŷЋǻ◦₤ņij□ ЊşĆũǻ₣⅜ŵřеĠР₣ Article 290 Conflict of Jurisdictions of Court of First Instance

ijНŵŁũЯřŲŌĕ₤ņij□ ЊşĆž₣ЯřĕřБÐЙк − ijНŵŁũĜ◦Б Яĕų₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ − ijНŵŁũĜŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ι − ijНŵŁũĜ◦Б Яĕų₣ČĠсŠųФĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲŌĕijНŵŁũĮБũ ιЮŪşЧĕ ЯřŲ₤□ ЊijЮĝ ĖО₣ņ‗Ź Ųаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чЯijņУŎ ģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ЮŲЧ

ЮũЩ₣ЯijņУŎřРşýĖ ŪĠēĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чČijс″е₣ijНŵŁũЯřŲĕЕ₣ŪijСŷ◦◦УŲĠĕĀО˝ЮŲЧ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣¤ ŷЋǻ◦₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБũǻ₣ijНŵŁũЮŪşЧĕЯřŲŌĕ▫Ė ˝сЮ₤Ŋ ЧýĖ ŪijСŷ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎŪĠēĕijНŵŁũďĕсŠį₤с¤ Łũ₤ЮŪņşЮĕйĠЊ◦ĩųСŷijǻм ¤ ₤ņij□ ЊşĆşеЮĵйĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪijСŷĮĜų ijũ΅РijřŲс₤΅ČũВ ΒĖ˝ЮĩŚЧņÐеĕЊij ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝₤ņÐеĕЊijĈе₣Β₤с¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧijНŵŁũЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ĮНеŌĕ₤ņij□ ЊşĆ″ņЯřĕřБijНŵŁũЮĕй ŪĠŁ₤▫ĮНеŌĕ

₤ņij□ ЊşĆЮŢŎ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ĕЊ₣Ġİð ĠсόŏĠ₣ſЊŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ĄРĕŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮřЧņġБόŏŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣Юĕй ĄРĕijНŵŁũЯřŲŌĕ₤ņij□ ЊşĆ″ņЯřĕřБ¤ ďŎ▫Ю΅ijН ijНŵŁũЮĕй₤ЮŪņşЮ₤ş ŚБЮŲЧŁũĠĕŚŢ сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏ₤□ Њij ĖО₣ŁũþНеŠųФĕ ιŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ¤

Courts with territorial jurisdiction are: − the court located in the area where the crime occurred; − the court located in the area where the accused resides; or − the court located in the area where the accused was arrested. In case two or more courts belonging to the same jurisdiction of a Court of Appeal have

been seized with the same case, the President of the Court of Appeal shall assign a court to be in charge of the case.

Conflicts of jurisdictions between several courts of the same degree shall be decided by the president of the higher court.

The decision in this regard shall not be subject to appeal. The jurisdiction of a court over an accused shall extend to all co-perpetrators, instigators

and accomplices. If the court which was seized with a case finds that it does not have territorial jurisdiction, it

shall issue an order stating it has no territorial jurisdiction over the case and return the case file to the Royal Prosecutor. The Prosecutor shall then seize the court that has territorial jurisdiction over the case. The court shall decide whether it is appropriate for the charged person to continue to be detained or placed under judicial supervision, if applicable.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: ŁũĠŚЕ₣ЮĉijНŵŁũ SECTION 3: SEIZING COURT OF FIRST INSTANCE

ŌŪ″ Ưoơ ũЮĠЬĠĠŚЕ₣ЮĉijНŵŁũ Article 291 Methods of Seizure

ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ŪijСŷģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣ЮŢŎк

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 129

− řБŁĠŃąСĕũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ι⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąСĕũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ − řБŁĠŃąСĕЮĉijНŵŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń − е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņЯřŲЮĊſЧЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ŪÐĠсĠНÐðŲЯřŲŪijСŷģĕĠŃąСĕЮĉşеЮĵйņНŠijНŵŁũ ″ņĕБijЊŷЋĊБ₧ņУŎřРşž₣ЮŲЧЮĕй ŌĕЮěŊ й▫

ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤ Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýйаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ Ζş″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БģĕЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠijНŵŁũ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŠųФĕĮНеĈĕс

ģĕ″е₣ŠųФĕЮĝЮΌЧŎЮĝņНŠЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ŌĕЮěŊ йЮΊ▫ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ÐЙĠНÐðŲŪÐĠсũРĠ ЮŢŎΒĕНŷijŚ″ņşĤĠсЯřŲŪijСŷЯijĄУ₤ĄНŲ

Įŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊЯřŲĠ₧Ś ŲόŏŌĕřŲсĄĕũ₣ЮŪýйаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤¤ In a criminal case the Court of First Instance can be seized through: − the investigating judge's order or the Investigation Chamber’s decision to forward the

case for trial (indictment); − the citation of the Royal Prosecutor; or − the written record of immediate appearance submitted by the Royal Prosecutor. Any person who is brought before the court through any of the above procedures shall be an

accused. A victim of an offence may apply to join the proceedings as a civil party before the trial

court, even if he has fails to do so during the judicial investigation. Civil defendants are those who shall be legally liable to compensate for damages caused to

the victim.

ŌŪ″ ƯoƯ Łũ˝е‗ijсŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ Article 292 Setting Hearing Dates

ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣Яij ĖО₣˝ũ‗БаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũŪijСŷ е‗ijсЮŢŎŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ¤ Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲijНŵŁũģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣ ЮŢŎŁũĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ЮŢŎřБŁĠŃąСĕũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ

Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ι⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąСĕũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪĠēĕijНŵŁũŪijСŷЯijÐЊijÐРũ″ņũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ (ũŎкЯřŲŪijСŷЮýũĮũǻ₣ŁũŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁйЮΊ ĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ĕЊ₣ŁũĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ (ũŎкЯřŲŪijСŷЮýũĮũǻ₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣ŁũĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ЮřЧņġБ е‗ijсŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ЮĠЧ˝₤ŷĜŁũ¤

ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ЮĕйŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijсřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ Unless the court is seized by a written record of immediate appearance, the date of the

hearing shall be determined by the president of the court. If the court has been seized by a citation or an indictment, the president of the court shall

determine the date of the hearing on the basis of Articles 457 (Time Limit between Citation and Appearance) and 466 (Time Limit between Summons and Appearance) of this Code.

The Royal Prosecutor shall be orally informed of the trial date.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 130

ŌŪ″ Ưoư ũŎкЮĮŲũУņ Article 293 Common Time Period

ŪÐĠсℓЊũЮŷŵЯřŲЯş₣ЮŢŎŪ˝ņЮĕй ЮřЧņġБĠеЮĮŀ ЊşĆ ι◦Ūņ₣сŁũ₧ņУŎЮĜй ŪijСŷĩНijũŲijс ЮĝаℓĞşН₣ЮŪŁŎЮŷŵЮŌл ₣ Ư (аņĸĠУĕ)¤ ″ņĊņŊ″ ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲĩНij е‗ijсЮĝаℓĞЮũш аℓĞΖ◦Њijŏ ιаℓĞĠН‗ŏ ŪijСŷΒР₤ĠĜų Ŏũ РijřŲсаℓĞ◦БņУŎЯřŲЮĠЧ˝ЮĊſЧŁũ ŷЋŀ¤

Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŪÐĠс˝ũ‗БЯřŲĈņĈũ΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲ₧ŌĖ ˝сЮĝЮŲЧ˝ЊşĆ₧ņУŎЮĜй ΅ij□ЮŲžЮĕй ΖşĄеĕУ₤ЮŢŎ⅜Ė ņŪŌņаř ŁŲ₧ĠНÐðŲЮĜйņЊĕЮşйşНй΅ij□ЮŲž¤

Every time limit provided for in this Code for the compliance with an act or the formality of a proceeding shall expire on the last day at twenty four hours. Any time period which may normally end on Saturday, Sunday or public holiday shall be extended to the first following working day.

In all cases where the signature of a person is required on a document, the signature may be replaced by a finger-print when the person does not know how to sign.

ŌŪ″ Ưo ŁũЮŁйЮΊļÐБόŏşРŲũУņ ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ″ņřБŁĠŃąСĕ ι″ņ⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąСĕ Article 294 Summons of Parties for Trial in Case of Indictment

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲijНŵŁũģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣ЮŢŎřБŁĠŃąСĕũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ι⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąСĕũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲũУņ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũĕРŷк

− ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ − ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б − Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýй ŁŲ₧ĄĕЮĕйņЊĕĈĕсģĕ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĝņНŠ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ − ⅜˝℮Б − ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ − ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ − ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б″ņĮњijхŌĕЯřŲĩŚŲсЮŢŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ιЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ ŁũЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲũУņ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ŪijСŷЮĊſЧřРşЯřŲģĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌijЊŁ◦Б Ư Ðĕ□Б◦Б аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

ŲЊŠЊijşņų₣аĕřБŁĠŃąСĕũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ιаĕ⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąСĕ ũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪijСŷļą ĠсďņУŎĕЕ₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮĕй ЮřЧņġБŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤

Where the court has been seized by an indictment, the Royal Prosecutor shall summons the following persons to attend the hearing:

− the accused; − civil party; − victims who have not applied to become a civil party before the investigating judge; − witnesses; − experts; − interpreters/translators; − civil defendants identified by the accused or by the civil party.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 131

The summonses shall be served as provided in Title 2 of Book 7 of this Code. A copy of the indictment shall be attached to the summons to be delivered to the accused.

ŌŪ″ Ưo ŁũЮŁйЮΊļÐБ″ņřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс Article 295 Summons of Parties in Case of Citation

ĖО₣ ũ‗БijНŵŁũģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣ЮŢŎřБŁĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲũУņ ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũĕРŷк

− Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýй − ⅜˝℮Б − ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ − ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б″ņĮњijхŌĕЯřŲĩŚŲсόŏЮŢŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ιЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ ŁũЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲũУņ ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ ŪijСŷЮĊſЧřРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ЮĝŌijЊŁ◦Б ơ Ðĕ□Б◦Б аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ In the case of citation, the Royal Prosecutor shall summons: − victims; − witnesses; − interpreters/translators; − civil defendants identified by the accused or by the civil party. The summonses shall be served as provided in Title 1 of Book 7 of this Code.

ŌŪ″ Ưo ŁũЮŁйЮΊļÐБЮĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ Article 296 Summons of Parties in Case of Immediate Appearance

Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲũУņ ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũĕРŷк − Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýй − ⅜˝℮Б − ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ − ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б″ņĮњijхŌĕЯřŲĩŚŲсЮŢŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ιЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ ŁũЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲũУņ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ŪijСŷЮĊſЧřРşЯřŲģĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌijЊŁ◦Б ơ Ðĕ□Б◦Б аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ĖО₣

˝ũ‗БĠĜĀ ĕс ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşЮŁйЮΊĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй ⅜˝℮Б ΒĖ˝Ġ ЯŪĠ ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б″ņŪÐĠсņЮĊŜģŎЮĈйĠБЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijс єЮŢŎ¤

Under the procedure for immediate appearance, the Royal Prosecutor shall summons the following:

− victims; − witnesses; − interpreters/translators; − civil defendants identified by the accused or by the civil party. The summonses shall be served as provided in Title 1 of Book 7 of this Code. However, in a

case of urgency, the Prosecutor may summons the victims, witnesses, interpreters/translators, and civil defendants by any means, even by oral summons.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 132

ŌŪ″ Ưo ŁũЮŁйЮΊ⅜˝℮Б Article 297 Summons of Witnesses

⅜˝℮Бž₣Ţ сĠĕĀО˝ЯřŲņЊĕĈĕсģĕ₤УũşЮņųЧŎij◦ŲсýĖ ďņУŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ŪijСŷЯijЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲũУņ ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ¤

Inculpatory witnesses who have never been confronted by the accused shall be summonsed to testify at the trial hearing.

ŌŪ″ Ưo7 ŁũЮŁйЮΊ⅜˝℮Б″ņũŎкĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 298 Summons of Witnesses by Accused and Civil Party

ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΖşĜеşРŲũУņ ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũĕРŷ⅜˝℮БĈе₣ΐŎ₧ЯřŲŪĮйŬĄΖďńņЊĕģĕЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎŠųФĕďΒĖ˝ЮşŀЮ⅜΅пНŎ¤ ŁũЮŁйЮΊЮĕйŪijСŷЮĊſЧ″ņЯĠĠĠ◦ЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌijЊŁ◦Б ư Ðĕ□Б◦Б аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

At their expenses, the accused and the civil party may summons witnesses who have not been summonsed by the Prosecutor. The summons shall be served as provided in Title 3 of Book 7 of this Code.

ŌŪ″ Ưoo ŁũĠŃĆСŲĕБijЊŷЋĊБ Article 299 Joinder of Cases

ŁŲ₧ijНŵŁũģĕ◦◦УŲĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮŪşЧĕ ЯřŲŌĕΒ₣ðЮ΅ijНЮŪşЧĕďĠсĈ˝с◦₣ýĖ ijНŵŁũΖşĠİð ĠсόŏĠŃĆСŲĕБijЊŷЋĊБĈе₣ЮĜйďņУŎýĖ ģĕ¤

When the court has been seized with several related cases, it may issue an order to join them.

ĄеĮР ◦Б Ư: ŁũşРŲŠųФĕũĠ₤сļÐБ CHAPTER 2: APPEARANCE OF PARTIES

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: ŁũşРŲŠųФĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ SECTION 1: APPEARANCE OF ACCUSED

ŌŪ″ ưƠƠ ŁũşРŲŠųФĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ Article 300 Appearance of Accused

ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪijСŷşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũũĠ₤сijНŵŁũЮŢŎĬĀ Ųс¤ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪijСŷΒņЮŢŎЮņēŷВŌĖ сЯřŲŠųФĕЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤¤ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ єΖş₤НеόŏČijс″е₣ЮņēŷВόŏŠųФĕģĕЯřũ

Юĝ ĖО₣Ų šŠ‗Ź ЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ ĖО₣şĤĠс₤Ś БĮБŲ šĕŚЊ˝кЮņēŷВ¤ The accused shall appear in person during the hearings at the court. The accused may be assisted by a lawyer chosen by himself. He may also make a request to

have a lawyer appointed for him in accordance with the Law on the Bar.

ŌŪ″ ưƠơ ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сЮņēŷВ Article 301 Assistance of Lawyers

ĄеĕУŎĮБЮņēŷВŪijСŷЯijŌĕŢşсžijЮĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БřРşijЮĉк ơ-˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 133

Ư-ŁŲ₧ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ďΒĕБijЊĄĕ¤ ЮĠЧýŊ ĕŁũЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ЮŢŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Ю◦ ЮņēŷВŪijСŷģĕČijс″е₣″ņÐеĕЊijЮĩŚЧņũĠ₤сŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ Юĝ ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗Ź ЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣şĤĠс₤Ś БĮБŲ˝šĕŚЊ˝кЮņēŷВ¤ The assistance of a lawyer is compulsory if:

1. The case involves a felony; 2. The accused is a minor.

If the accused has not selected a lawyer, a lawyer shall be appointed upon the initiative of the court president in accordance with the provisions of the Law on the Bar.

ŌŪ″ ưƠƯ ŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮŢŎЮ₤ũВũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ Article 302 Free Appearance of Accused

Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦şРŲЮĉĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮŢŎŠųФĕυ₣ЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ In cases where a citation is made, the accused will appear freely at the hearing.

ŌŪ″ ưƠư ŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮŢŎŌĕ˝₣˝Ōų е₣Βņ Article 303 Appearance with Escort of Accused

Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĕБijЊŷЋĊБşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪijСŷþНеŪÐ₣ЮŢŎ˝₣Łũĵũũ΅РijřŲс⅜ņБŠųФĕşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠijНŵŁũ¤

ijНŵŁũΖş₤ЮŪņşόŏþНеŠųФĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖģĕ řРşЯřŲģĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ � (ĕБijЊŷЋĊБаĕŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş ŚБ ŪijСŷЯijŪĠŁ₤Юĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ Ư (ĮБũ) ₤ģŚ ч ÐЊijĮБаℓĞĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦řŲсijНŵŁũ¤

ŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖŪijСŷĠŃęĠсЮŢŎЮĮŀŲ š‗кşĤĠс ЮĝЮĮŲĩНijℓЊũЮŷŵ Ư (ĮБũ) ₤ģŚ ч¤ Where the procedure of immediate appearance is applied, the accused shall be escorted by a

security force until he appears before the court. In accordance with Article 48 (Procedure of Immediate Appearance) of this Code, the court

may decide to provisionally detain the accused. A judgment on the merits of the case shall be announced within no later than two weeks

from the date of appearance of the accused in the court. A provisional detention shall automatically end at the expiration of the two-week period.

ŌŪ″ ưƠ ĕБijЊŷЋĊБаĕŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ Article 304 Procedure of Immediate Appearance

ŁŲ₧₤ЮŪņş▫ŪijСŷЮŪĠЧĕБijЊŷЋĊБĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷк − ĮЊĕЊijŏΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĠŃąСĕņ˝όŏŠųФĕ − όŏřе‗Е₣řŲсĄĕЮĜй ΒеĮБЮũЩ₣Ю΅ijНЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ĕЊ₣ЮěŊ йĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ − ◦◦УŲşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲЮĜй ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ⅜ņБŠųФĕş₣сĕЊŗŎ − ЮĊſЧ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БΒеĮБŁũĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪģĠсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦▫ ŠųФĕŌĕ₤Њ◦ċЊ₤НеĮЕ₣ЮņēŷВ″ņŁũЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ιČijс″е₣ЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎ

ΒĕНЮŵņ″ņşĤĠс₤Ś БĮБŲ˝šĕŚЊ кЮņēŷВ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 134

ЮņēŷВЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ ιČijс″е₣ ŪijСŷģĕ◦◦УŲřе‗Е₣ļų ņ¤ ЮņēŷВΖşĮЊĕЊijŏ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ ĕЊ₣Ĉ с◦₣ďņУŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ģĕ¤

ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤аĕ◦Ūņ₣сŁũĈе₣ЮĕйŪijСŷşНйЮĝ ĖО₣ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮČĖ йЮ◦ ĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪijСŷ◦Н˝ďЮŌþк¤ ijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ŪijСŷģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣″ņ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ¤ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪijСŷþНеŪÐ₣ЮŢŎ˝₣Łũĵũ ũ РijřŲсЮĮŲ⅜ņБŠųФĕşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠijНŵŁũ ЯřŲŁũ

ĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĜйŪijСŷŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĉЮĝ ĖО₣аℓĞЮĜйЯijņŚ₣¤ ЮĝЮĮŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĕй ijНŵŁũЮŪŁŎĮБģĕЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀ ijсЮņЧŲΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ũģŎŁũ‗ч

₤Ю₣šĠЮũЩ₣Ю΅ijНЯřŲģĕЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсņ˝ ŪijСŷŪģĠсřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦▫⅜ņБŠųФĕΖşŌĕũŎкЮĮŲЮřЧņġБЮũЬĠşеŁũĵũŠųФĕ¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦₤НеũŎкЮĮŲ ιŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧijНŵŁũŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ЮũЩ₣ЮĜйņЊĕĈĕсΖşĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮĜй ŪijСŷЮŲЧ˝Юĉ₤ŷĜŁũЮŪŁŎЮ◦Ьij¤

ijНŵŁũΖşĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ″ņ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН¤ Юĝ ĖО₣⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĜй ijНŵŁũŪijСŷЮŗ₣″ņŲ˝šŠ‗Ź аĕŌŪ″ ƯƠ (ņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ ijНŵŁũŪijСŷЮşŀřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ¤

⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş ŚБ ŪijСŷЯijŪĠŁ₤ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ЯřŲņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ Ư (ĮБũ) ₤ģŚ ч ÐЊijĮБаℓĞаĕŁũşРŲЮĉĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠijНŵŁũ¤ ŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖŪijСŷЯijĠŃęĠсЮŢŎЮĮŀŲ˝š‗кşĤĠс ЮŪŁŎĮБŁũĩНijũŎкЮĮŲ Ư (ĮБũ) ₤ģŚ ΅ч¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧijНŵŁũЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣″ņĕБijЊŷЋĊБĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ ŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ Ų˝šŠ‗Ź аĕŌŪ″ (ŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ņЊĕģĕĠеЮĮŀЮ◦ ι˝єЮŢŎļĮ⅜еőО еаĕЮũЩ₣ĈņĈũďČеģşсόŏЮĊſЧŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷόŏģĕŪďŲЮŪĐĠЯĕ□ņ ijНŵŁũŪijСŷĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮřЧņġБЮĠЧ˝ЮĊſЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪijСŷЯijĜеЮĉĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝаℓĞЮĜйЯijņŚ₣ ЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮČĖ йЮ◦ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪijСŷЯijЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ŷЋŀЮŢŎυ˝υ₣¤

When deciding to apply the procedure of immediate appearance, the Prosecutor shall: − check the identity of the person who has been referred to him; − inform him of the facts and their legal qualification; − receive a statement of the person, if he wishes to make one; and − establish a written record of immediate appearance. The Royal Prosecutor shall inform the accused of his right to defense by a lawyer of his

own choice, or of one pursuant to the Law on the Bar. The selected or assigned lawyer shall immediately be informed. He shall be entitled to

examine the case file and communicate with the accused. Conformity with these provisions shall be mentioned in the written record, otherwise the

procedure shall be deemed null and void. The Court of First Instance is seized with the written record of immediate appearance.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 135

The accused shall be escorted by a security force until his appearance before the court, which shall take place on the same day.

At the time of appearance, and after checking the identity of the accused and notifying him of the facts with which he is charged, the court shall inform the accused that he is entitled to have a period of time for preparing the defense.

If the accused requests such time or if the court finds that the case may not be tried immediately, it may decide to adjourn the hearing to another date.

The court may remand the accused in provisional detention by a judgment with statement of reasons. The judgment shall refer to the conditions stipulated in Article 205 (Reasons for Provisional Detention) of this Code. In such a case, the court shall issue a detention order.

A judgment on the merits of the case shall be pronounced within no later than two weeks from the appearance of the accused before the court. Provisional detention shall automatically end at the expiration of the two-week period.

If the court, which was seized by the procedure of immediate appearance, finds that the conditions stated in Article 47 (Immediate Appearance) of this Code are not fulfilled or that the complexity of the case requires more thorough investigation, the court may return the case file to the Royal Prosecutor in order to start preliminary investigation. The accused shall be brought before an investigating judge on the same day. Failing to do so, the accused shall be automatically released.

ŌŪ″ ưƠ ŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ″ņřБŁĠŃąСĕ ι⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąСĕ Article 305 Appearance of Accused upon Indictment

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲijНŵŁũ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣ ″ņřБŁĠŃąСĕũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ι⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąСĕũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦şРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮŢŎЮ₤ũВ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯijЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ι₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũģĕ₤ЮŪņşόŏþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ¤

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ČijсŷЋēĕŁũČеģşс ЮřЧņġБόŏĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕþНеŠųФĕ ŪijСŷģĕĜеЮĉŁĕс₤ŷĜŁũЮŢŎ˝₣˝Ōų е₣⅜ēũ‗к¤

řРşЯřŲģĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ Ưt (Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşаĕřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĕЊ₣ŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũ˝⅝◦Н˝ŠųФĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Юĝ ĖО₣þНеĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ŪijСŷΒ₤сΖĕНļĮЮĝЮĮŲĩНijℓЊũЮŷŵ (ĠУĕ) ЯŠ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ņЊĕŪijСŷģĕόŏşРŲЮĉĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠijНŵŁũ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕйЮ◦ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪijСŷЯijģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ŷЋŀЮŢŎυ˝υ₣¤

⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş ŚБŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ņЮ΅ijНĩŲ¤ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ĖО₣ůĕкďĄĕďĠсþНеЮĜй ЮĝЯijďĠсþНеřЯřŲũ΅РijřŲс

Ōĕ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş ŚБ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯijijНŵŁũĠİð ĠсόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ŷЋŀ¤ Where the court has been seized by an indictment, the accused will remain free to present

himself unless the investigating judge or the President of the Investigation Chamber decides to provisionally detain him.

The Prosecutor shall take the necessary measures to have public forces bring the accused who is in detention to the hearing.

According to Article 249 (Provisions of Closing Orders in Relation to Provisional Detention and Judicial Supervision) of this Code, the order to keep the accused in provisional detention will expire after four months. If the accused has not been brought before the court within this period, the accused shall be automatically released.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 136

A judgment on the merits of the case shall be made within a reasonable time period. The accused who is in detention during a criminal trial shall remain in detention until the

judgment on the merits of the case is rendered, except for a release ordered by the court.

ŌŪ″ ưƠ ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНеόŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ Article 306 Automatic Release of Detained Accused

ЮĝŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ ijНŵŁũΖşĠİð ĠсόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНеόŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ŷЋŀģĕ ιόŏĠĕʼnŁũþНеŠųФĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮŢŎЮŗ₣″ņŌŪ″ ƯƠ (ņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

ijНŵŁũΖş₤ЮŪņşЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ⅜Ś ĠсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ЮņēŷВ ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ At any time the court may order the release of a detained accused or order that a detention

be continued for the accused according to Article 205 (Reasons for Provisional Detention) of this Code.

The court shall decide after hearing the accused, his lawyer and the Royal Prosecutor.

ŌŪ″ ưƠ Ġ‗Ś Е₣₤НеЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНе Article 307 Application for Release of Detained Accused

ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕþНеŠųФĕ Ζş₤НеřŲсijНŵŁũόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ŠųФĕ όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ŷЋŀ ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijсЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ι″ņŲЊŠЊijЯřŲЮĊſЧĄРĕЮĉŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ¤

ĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮĝЮŪłþНе ΖşЮĊſЧЮŢŎЮņēŷВũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕþНеŠųФĕЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijсЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ι″ņŲЊŠЊijЯřŲЮĩńЧĄРĕЮĉŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ¤

ŁŲ₧ĵ˝ŏ₤НеģĕЮĊſЧЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijс Ū˝ΐĠŃąБŪijСŷ˝ijсŪ″Юĝ ĖО₣ е‗ijсЮ΅ijНаĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ ŁŲ₧ĵ˝ŏ₤НеģĕЮĊſЧ″ņŲЊŠЊij Ū˝ΐĠŃąБşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦◦◦УŲЮĝЮŲЧŲЊŠЊijЮĕй Ю ЧŎĠŃąСĕďĠĜĀ ĕсЮĉřŲсŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ¤

ijНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņşЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ⅜Ś ĠсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ЮņēŷВ ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ijНŵŁũŪijСŷ₤ЮŪņşЮĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠųБĠеĩНij ĕЊ₣ŗл ₣ŎРũĠеĩНij ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơƠ (řĠс) аℓĞ ЮŪŁŎĮБŁũ₤НеЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijс ιЮŪŁŎĮБ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏ₤НеЯřŲЮĊſЧďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ¤

An accused who is in detention may request the court to release him by either orally at a hearing or in writing, to be submitted to the court clerk.

An application for a release may be made by the lawyer of the accused who is in detention by oral request at the hearing or by a written request submitted to the court clerk.

If the request for release is made orally, the court clerk shall record it in the hearing record. If the request is made in writing, the court clerk shall note the date of receipt of the written request and send it immediately to the Court President.

The court shall decide after hearing the accused, his lawyer, and the Royal Prosecutor. The court shall decide without delay, but in any case within 10 days after receiving the oral or written request.

ŌŪ″ ưƠ7 ŁũŢ˝сόŏЮĝďĠсþНеũ΅РijřŲсĩНijũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń Article 308 Continuation of Detention until Lapse of Appeal by Prosecutor

ŁŲ₧ijНŵŁũĠİð ĠсόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ŷЋŀЮĜй ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕþНеŠųФĕЮĜй ŪijСŷũ˝⅝◦Н˝Юĝ ĖО₣ĮĕċĜýũ ũ΅РijřŲсĩНijũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠсĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯijЮčŪ˝ņЮĕй ŎŲсŪĮņЮŢй

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 137

ЯŲ₣ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕþНеŠųФĕЮĜйļų ņ¤ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşŎŲсŪĮņ ιņЊĕŎŲсŪĮņďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷЯijŢ˝сĠŃĆСŲ ĖО₣₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣аĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ¤

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒеĮБ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲĠİð ĠсόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕþНеŠųФĕЮĜй ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪijСŷũ˝⅝◦Н˝˝ĖО₣ĮĕċĜýũ ũ΅РijĈŲсЯij⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чģĕ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮĕй¤

When the court decides to release an accused who is in provisional detention, the accusedshall be kept in prison until the time for filing an appeal by the Royal Prosecutor expires, unless the Royal Prosecutor agrees to release the accused immediately. The written consent of the Prosecutor shall be placed in the case file.

Where a release order is appealed against by the Prosecutor, the detainee shall continue to be kept in prison until the Court of Appeal has decided on the appeal.

ŌŪ″ ưƠo ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲĮНеΖşşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ Article 309 Accused Who Cannot Appear Before Court

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮŢŎņРŲЮ΅ijН⅜□ ĕļĮ₤НŠļĮ ιЮŢŎņРŲЮ΅ijНĊĞĕсĊĞũ ЯřŲЮĊſЧόŏĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ņЊĕΖşşРŲЮĉĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠijНŵŁũģĕЮ◦ ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũΖşĠİð Ġсόŏ₤УũĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ Юĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲĄĕЮĜйЮĝ¤

ijНŵŁũ е‗ijсŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎ¤ Łũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮŢŎŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦

ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯijĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮģйĠ₣сЮČŲŗл ₣ď˝сŵ˝сĕРŷŷijŚŌĕũĠ₤с ЮņēŷВŠųФĕ¤ Łũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎЮĕйŪijСŷЯijŌĕЮĊſЧ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН¤ If the accused cannot be present in the court because of health reasons or other serious

reasons, the Court President may order the interrogation of that accused at his place of residence. The court shall specify the date for interrogation. The interrogation shall be conducted by the presiding judge in the presence of the Royal

Prosecutor, the court clerk, and the lawyer of the accused, unless the accused has waived his right to have his lawyer present.

The interrogation shall be recorded in a written record.

ŌŪ″ ươƠ řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎijНŵŁũ Article 310 Order to Bring Issued by Court

Юĝ ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ņĄęЊņ ĕЊ₣ΧŪ˝Њřť ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ņЊĕşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮ◦ ijНŵŁũΖşĠİð ĠсόŏĠ₣∆₣сЮũЩ₣Юĕй◦Н˝₤Њĕ ĕЊ₣όŏЮşŀřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕ¤ ijНŵŁũŪijСŷЯijĠŔą сΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũЮĠЧ ₤ŷĜŁũℓŊБ¤

řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşijЮĉк − ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ − Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ĕЊ₣Βij□Ġ◦şĤĠсЯřŲ е‗ijс ĕЊ₣ĠūİĠĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤Юĕй − ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲЮşŀřБŁ¤ řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕŪijСŷŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤ Ġ◦ĠġŃňijʼnЊŌŪ″ ơtƯ (ŁũΒĕНŷijʼnřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏĜеŠųФĕ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijʼn¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 138

ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪijСŷģĕĜеŠųФĕЮĉŁĕсΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ ņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ ιĮĕċĜýũ ũ΅РijřŲсЮĮŲĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮĕйşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠijНŵŁũ¤ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Ζş₤НеόŏŪĮйŬĄΖďń ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮĊſЧ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎЮĕй¤

In cases of felonies or misdemeanors, if the accused does not appear before the court, the court shall issue an order to adjourn the hearing temporarily and issue an order to bring the accused before the court. The court shall specify a date for resuming the hearing.

The order to bring shall include the following information: − The identity of the accused; − The charged offense(s) and the legal provision defining the offense and punishment; − The name and rank of the judge who issues the order. The order shall be dated, signed and sealed by the presiding judge. In this case, the provisions of Article 192 (Execution of Order to Bring) shall apply. The accused shall be brought to a police office, the military police office, a prison or a

detention center until the new hearing date is fixed by the court. The accused may request that the Royal Prosecutor takes his statement. In this case, the Royal Prosecutor shall establish a written record.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ŁũşРŲŠųФĕũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б SECTION 2: APPEARANCE OF CIVIL PARTY

ŌŪ″ ươơ Łũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ Article 311 Joining of Civil Party during Trial

ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ Łũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĊſЧ″ņŁũŪĠŁ₤ĠŚЕ₣⅜ņŃňЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ¤ ŁũŪĠŁ₤ĠŚЕ₣ЮĕйŪijСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Юĝ ĖО₣ е‗ijсЮ΅ijНаĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤

Łũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ņЊĕΖş◦◦УŲģĕЮ◦ ЮŪŁŎĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕ₤НеũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş ŚБ¤

Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýйЯřŲģĕ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БũУşЮ ЧŎЮĝЮĮŲЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĜй ņЊĕČеģşсĠеЮĮŀ◦Ūņ₣сŁũЮĕйďℓŊБЮ◦ЬijЮ◦ЮĝņНŠijНŵŁũ¤

During the trial hearing, a civil party application can be addressed to the court clerk. Such fact shall be noted in the hearing’s record.

A civil party application will not be admissible after the Royal Prosecutor made his final observations on the merits of the case.

A victim who has already submitted his civil party application during the judicial investigation is not required to comply with this procedure again before the trial court.

ŌŪ″ ươƯ ŷЋ₤ņЊijļĮũǻ₣ůĕкďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮Б Article 312 Incompatibility of Status of Civil Party and Witness

ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ņЊĕΖşŪijСŷЮÐ⅜Ś ĠсŎ˝şЮņųЧŎ ĖО₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮БģĕЮ◦¤ A civil party may never be heard as a witness.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 139

ŌŪ″ ươư ĄеĕУŎ ĕЊ₣Łũijе₧₣ũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 313 Assistance and Representation of Civil Party

ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б єΖşŪijСŷģĕΒņЮŢŎЮņēŷВЯřŲŠųФĕģĕЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤¤ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б єΖşŪijСŷģĕijе₧₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ ₤΅Įњ◦ċ ιőijЊЮŵ΅ЊijĬĀ ŲсЯřũ¤ ΒĖ˝ijе₧₣ЯřŲņЊĕЯņĕďЮņēŷВ ŪijСŷЯijŌĕŲЊŠЊijŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċЊďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ¤

A civil party may be assisted by a lawyer of his choice. A civil party may also be represented by a lawyer, his spouse, or by a direct-line relative. A representative who is not a lawyer shall produce a written delegation of power.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: ŁũşРŲŠųФĕũĠ₤сΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б SECTION 3: APPEARANCE OF CIVIL DEFENDANTS

ŌŪ″ ươ ŁũşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕũĠ₤сΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 314 Appearance of Civil Defendants

ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşŪijСŷģĕΒņЮŢŎЮņēŷВ¤ ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б єΖşŪijСŷģĕijе₧₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ ЮŢŎ₤΅Įњ◦ċ ιЮŢŎőijЊЮŵ΅ЊijĬĀ ŲсЯřũ¤ ΒĖ˝ijе₧₣ЯřŲņЊĕЯņĕďЮņēŷВ ŪijСŷЯijŌĕŲЊŠЊijŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċЊďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ¤

A civil defendant may be assisted by a lawyer of his choice. A civil defendant may also be represented by a lawyer, his spouse, or by a direct-line relative. A representative who is not a lawyer shall produce a written delegation of power.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б : ŁũşРŲŠųФĕũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б SECTION 4: APPEARANCE OF WITNESSES

ŌŪ″ ươ ŁũşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б Article 315 Appearance of Witnesses

⅜˝℮БŪijСŷЯijşРŲņ˝ĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠijНŵŁũ″ņŁũЮŁйЮΊ¤ ijНŵŁũΖşЮŪĠЧ˝₣˝Ōų е₣⅜ēũ‗кЮřЧņġБĠ₣šе⅜˝℮БόŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ¤

Witnesses shall appear before the court in compliance with the summons. The court may use public forces in order to force the witness to appear.

ĄеĮР ◦Б ư: ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ CHAPTER 3: TRIAL HEARING

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: ⅜ēũ‗ļĮаĕ˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ĕЊ₣ŁũřЕ Ĝе₤ŷĜŁũ SECTION 1: PUBLIC NATURE OF TRIAL HEARING AND CONDUCT OF TRIAL

ŌŪ″ ươ ⅜ēũ‗ļĮаĕ ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ĕЊ₣ļĮ₤ŌĞ ijсаĕ ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ Article 316 Public Nature of Trial Hearing and Confidentiality

ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĉЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ⅜ēũ‗к¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 140

ĠлНЯĕŚ ЮĠЧijНŵŁũŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫⅜ēũ‗ļĮ Ġ₣όŏŌĕЮŪýй▫Ė сřŲс₤₧Ś ĠсēĖ Ġс⅜ēũ‗к ιřŲс◦еЮĕЬņ◦Ōų Ġс ЮĜйijНŵŁũ″ņЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю ijН ΖşĠİð ĠсόŏŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲĈе₣Ū₤О₣ ιņУŎЯĩĖ ŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĉď₤ŌĞ ijс¤ ijНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņş″ņ⅜ŲŪ˝ņņУŎ ŢşсЮŢŎЯΌ˝ĮБ⅜ŲŪ˝ņΒ₣ðЮ₤ş ŚБ ι″ņЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĮЊЮ₤₤аĕ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş ŚБ¤

Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũЯřŲĠİð ĠсόŏЮĊſЧŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲď₤ŌĞ ijс ņЊĕΖşijǻмģĕЮ◦¤ Trial hearings shall be conducted in public. However, the court may order a complete or partial in-camera hearing, if it considers that a

public hearing will cause a significant danger to the public order or morality. The court shall decide by a written decision separate from the judgment on the merits or by a special section within the judgment on the merits.

The decision of the court to hold an in-camera hearing is not subject to appeal.

ŌŪ″ ươ ŁũŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ Article 317 Announcement of Judgment

Юĝ ĖО₣ŪÐĠс ũ‗БĈе₣Β₤с ⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪijСŷЯijŪĠŁ₤ЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũď⅜ēũ‗к¤ In all cases, the court shall announce the judgment during a public session.

ŌŪ″ ươ7 ŁũēĜ₤₧Ś ĠсēĖ Ġсаĕ₤ŷĜŁũ Article 318 Establishment of Order in Hearing

ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũřЕ ĜеŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ¤ ŪĠēĕŪijСŷŬмĠсũ₣όŏ₤Њ◦ċЊž₣ŁũŁũĵũ ģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĉЮŢŎЮ₤ũВ¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ŪĠēĕΖşĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮşŀĮБŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲĕРŷΒſБЯřŲŌĕЮýŲĠе‗₣ΒР₤ĠĜų ŎŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲЮĕйЮŢŎΟijŪĠЮŗĄĕч ýŊ ĕũУņ ŷЋļÐĈĕΒſБřŲсŁũ₤еЯř₣όŏЮþЧŀŁũĮЊij¤

ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũŬмĠсũ₣όŏŌĕ₤₧Ś ĠсēĖ ĠсŲ∆ЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũΖşΉņ¹ijсΒĕБijЊĄĕŠųй ιĈе₣Β₤сņЊĕόŏşРŲ ĖО₣ĠĕĀĠс₤ŷĜŁũ¤ ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũΖşĠİð ĠсόŏĠЮ‗Ś ŀĠНÐðŲŪÐĠсũРĠ ЯřŲĠ₣˛όŏŌĕŁũŪşĠР˝ŪşĠŲсřŲсũЮĠЬĠЮũЬĠũŎаĕ

ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ¤ ĖО₣ŁũĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũΖşЮŪĠЧŪģ₤с˝₣˝Ōų е₣⅜ēũ‗к¤

The presiding judge shall conduct and lead the trial hearing. The presiding judge shall guarantee the free exercise of the right to defense. However the presiding judge may exclude from the hearing everything he deems to unnecessarily delay the trial hearing without being conducive to ascertaining the truth.

The presiding judge shall have the power to maintain the order during the trial hearing. The presiding judge may prohibit some or all minors from entering the court room. The presiding judge may order any person who causes disorder to leave the court room. In the performance of his duties, the presiding judge may use public forces.

ŌŪ″ ươo ŁũĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ Article 319 Examining Case Files

ņНĕЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ЮņēŷВΖşĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБаĕijНŵŁũ ЮĝЮŪŁņŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏũĠ₤сŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 141

ЮņēŷВ ιЮŲžĊЊŁũũĠ₤сЮņēŷВ ΖşŪijСŷģĕΒĕНŔň ijЮŢŎŪĠēĕijНŵŁũόŏЮĊſЧŁũşņų₣ŲЊŠЊijаĕ₤ее‗НеЮũЩ₣ ЮŢŎŠųФĕďΒĖ˝ЮşŀЮ⅜΅пНŎ ĕЊ₣ЮĝЮŪŁņŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏũĠ₤сŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ¤

Before the hearing, the lawyers can examine the case file in the court clerk’s office under the supervision of the court clerk.

The lawyer or the secretary of the lawyer may be authorized by the court president to copy documents in the case file at their own cost, under the supervision of the court clerk.

ŌŪ″ ưƯƠ Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ Article 320 Offense Committed during Hearing

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ģĕЮ ЧijЮΌЧ₣Юĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũЮĊſЧ е‗ijсЮ΅ijНĮЊĕЊijŏЮũЩ₣Ю΅ijНЮĕй¤ ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũΖşĠİð ĠсόŏČĠс ĕЊ₣ĜеĄĕЮŲŊЧ₤ļų ņĄРĕŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮřЧņġБℓųЕ₣Яℓų₣ĮБ ŷЋēĕŁũЯřŲŪijСŷ

Čijс¤ ŁŲ₧Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ďĠ◦Ų΅Н ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ijНŵŁũΖşĄеĕНеĄŪņйĄĕЮŲŊЧ₤ļų ņ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĠŚЕ₣₤Не

ĕЊ₣ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕЮŲŊЧ₤ŎŲсŪĮņ¤ If an offense has been committed during the hearing, the presiding judge shall establish a

written record stating the facts. The presiding judge may order the immediate arrest of the offenders and their immediate

handover to the Royal Prosecutor who will decide on further action. If the offense is a petty offense or misdemeanor and the Royal Prosecutor so requests and

the offenders agree thereto, the court shall immediately try the offenders.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ŷЋēĕаĕķ₤ŚО″₣ SECTION 2: RULES OF EVIDENCE

ŌŪ″ ưƯơ ŁũǻŎijеаŲЮŲЧķ₤ŚО ″₣ЮŢŎijНŵŁũ Article 321 Evidence Evaluation by Court

ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊşĤĠсĩĀОŎĮБЮĕй ķ₤ŚО ″₣ ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ΖşĄРĕģĕЮŢŎЮ₤ũВ¤ ijНŵŁũℓųЕ₣Яℓų₣ЮŢŎΟ₤℮ũşЊijŚ ΒеĮБijаņųķ₤ŚО ″₣ЯřŲЮÐŢ сĄРĕņ˝ŠųФĕĮЊĕЊijŏ ЮŢŎЯĩ∆˝ЮĉЮŲЧĄеЮĕЩЮ⅜Ŋ йŪij₣сĮЊijŪģ˝řũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤

ijНŵŁũ₤еΖ₣Юĝ ĖО₣Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ЯijЮĉЮŲЧķ₤ŚО ļ₣ЯřŲŌĕЮĝ ĖО₣₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ ιЯřŲŪijСŷЮÐŎ˝ņ˝ĠİΆ ŀЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤

Łũ⅜ũļĮ˝єřРşďŪĠЮķ◦аĕķ₤ŚО ″₣řа◦Ю◦ЬijЯřũ ŪijСŷŢ˝сĄРĕijНŵŁũЮĊſЧŁũℓųЕ₣Яℓų₣¤ şЮņųЧŎЯřŲ◦◦УŲЮŪŁņŁũĠ₣šЊijĠ₣šеž₣ũРĠŁŎ ιž₣ĩųСŷşЊijŚЮĕй ýŊ ĕijаņųďķ₤ŚО ″₣Ю◦¤

ŁũЮđųЧŎđų₣ũǻ₣ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ņЊĕΖşŎ˝ņ˝ЮĊſЧďķ₤ŚО ″₣ģĕЮ◦ġЧŎ¤ Unless it is provided otherwise by law, in criminal cases all evidence is admissible. The

court has to consider the value of the evidence submitted for its examination, following the judge’s intimate conviction.

The judgment of the court may be based only on the evidence included in the case file or which has been presented at the hearing.

A confession shall be considered by the court in the same manner as other evidence. Declaration given under the physical or mental duress shall have no evidentiary value.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 142

Evidence emanating from communications between the accused and his lawyer is inadmissible.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: řеЮ‗ЧũŁũаĕ˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ SECTION 3: CONDUCT OF TRIAL HEARINGS

ŌŪ″ ưƯƯ ŷЋēĕĈ с◦₣ĕЕ₣ļÐБЯřŲŌĕŷijŚŌĕЮĝ ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ Article 322 Rules Concerning Parties Present at Hearing

Ū˝ΐĠŃąБЮΊЮěŊ йĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýй ⅜˝℮Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ ŪĮņĈе₣ЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀ ijсЮņЧŲΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ĄĕĈе₣ЮĜй¤

ŁŲ₧ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŪijСŷģĕijе₧₣ЮŢŎ₤΅Įњ◦ċ ιЮŢŎőijЊЮŵ΅ЊijĬĀ Ųс Ū˝ΐĠŃąБĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗аĕΒĖ˝ijе₧₣ ĕЊ₣₤НĮŲļĮаĕŁũŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċЊ¤ şеЮĵйΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ˝єŪijСŷЮĊſЧřРЮşĖйЯřũ¤ Ū˝ΐĠŃąБŪijСŷ₤НеЮŗĠŲсŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČеģşс¤

ļÐБĕБņУŎ6 Β₣ðОŎЮĝ″ņ˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲ◦Н˝₤ŪŌĠсόŏŠųФĕ Юĝ ĖО₣ĠĕĀĠс₤ŷĜŁũ¤ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ņЊĕŪijСŷĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ýĖ Ю◦¤ ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ ĕЊ₣⅜˝℮БℓŎŠųФĕЮĉЮĝ ĖО₣ĠĕĀĠсũ₣сČеЯřŲ◦Н˝ĠŪņО₣όŏŠųФĕ Ю΅ЧŎЯřŲĮБ ĖО₣ĠĕĀĠсũ₣сČеЮĜй ŠųФĕņЊĕ

ΖşЮņЧŲЮþЧŀ ιοΒſБЯřŲŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĉЮĝ ĖО₣ĠĕĀĠс₤ŷĜŁũЮ◦¤ Юĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣Юĝ ĖО₣ĠĕĀĠсũ₣сČе ⅜˝℮БņЊĕŪijСŷĈ с◦₣ĕЕ₣ýĖ Ю◦¤ The court clerk shall call the names of the accused, civil parties, civil defendants, victims,

witnesses and experts and verify the identity of those persons. If a civil party is represented by his spouse or by a direct-line relative, the court clerk shall

verify the identity of those representatives and verify the validity of their delegation of power. Representatives of civil defendants shall be subject to the same requirements. In case of necessity, the court clerk shall ask for the opinion of the presiding judge.

All parties shall sit at their designated places in the court room. The accused shall not be allowed to communicate with each other. The experts and witnesses shall retreat and move to the waiting room prepared for them,

from which they cannot see or hear anything in the court room. While in the waiting room during the hearing, the witnesses are not allowed to communicate

with each other.

ŌŪ″ ưƯư ŷЋǻ◦˝ņŊ₤Ś БĮБĕЊŎijļĮаĕŁũЮŁйЮΊ Article 323 Challenges to Regularity of Summons

ŷЋǻ◦˝ņŊ₤Ś БĮБļĮŪijЕņŪijСŷаĕřБŁĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс аĕ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ ιŁũЮŁйόŏşРŲņ˝ĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ŪijСŷЯijЮŲЧ˝ЮΌЧ₣ЮĝņНĕЮĮŲ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş ŚБ ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮČĖ йЮ◦ ŷЋǻ◦˝ņŊЮĕйņЊĕΖş◦◦УŲģĕЮΌЧŎ¤

Challenges to the regularity of the citation, the written record of immediate appearance or the summons to the hearing shall be raised before questioning the accused on the merits of the case begins. Otherwise, they shall be inadmissible.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 143

ŌŪ″ ưƯ Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤с⅜˝℮БЯřŲņЊĕŪijСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊ Article 324 Hearing of Witness Not Summonsed by Court

ЮĝЮĮŲЮĠЧ˝ĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ļÐБΖş₤НеόŏijНŵŁũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ ĖО₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮Б ĕРŷĠНÐðŲЯřŲŌĕŷijŚŌĕЮĝ ĖО₣ĠĕĀĠс ĠлНЯĕŚ ņЊĕģĕЮŁйЮΊόŏģĕŪijЕņŪijСŷЮ◦¤ Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ⅜˝℮БЮĕйŪijСŷŌĕŁũŎŲсŪĮņĮБŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ Ū˝ΐĠŃąБŪ₤₣сΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ ĕЊ₣ΒЮŃą Чŀ⅜˝℮БЮĕйόŏℓŎЮĉЮĝĠĕĀĠсũ₣сČе¤

At the commencement of the trial hearing, each party may request the court to hear witnesses who are present in the court room but who were not properly summonsed to testify. Taking the testimony of those witnesses shall be approved by the presiding judge. The court clerk shall record the identity of the witnesses and instruct them to retreat to the waiting room.

ŌŪ″ ưƯ Łũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ Article 325 Interrogation of Accused

ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũŪģĠсřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ όŏģĕřЕ₣ΒеĮБΒеЮĮЧЯřŲЮÐЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮŲЧŠųФĕ ĕЊ₣ЮĊſЧŁũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Юĕй¤ ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ₤УũŪÐĠс₤е‗УũЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕчřŲсŁũ₤ЯņŚ₣όŏЮþЧŀŁũĮЊij¤ ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũŌĕ˝ũ‗Б˝ЊşĆ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Юĕй Ĉе₣ž₣ЯĩĖ˝Ţ сĠĕĀО˝ Ĉе₣ž₣ЯĩĖ˝ЮŢйĠĕĀО˝¤

ЮŪŁŎĮБŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎũУşЮ΅ЧŎ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮņēŷВ ĕЊ₣ļÐБ ΖşŪijСŷģĕΒĕНŔň ijόŏЮŲЧ˝₤е‗Уũ₤УũřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤ ŪÐĠсŁũЮŲЧ˝₤е‗УũĈе₣Β₤с ŪijСŷЯijģĕŁũΒĕНŔň ijĮБŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ ЮŪłĮБ₤е‗УũũĠ₤сijе₧₣ΒŎŏŁũ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ ₤е‗УũЮĩ℮₣6Ю◦Ьij ŪijСŷ₤Уũ″ņũŎкŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁũijǻм ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎΟ₤℮ũşЊijŚ▫ ЮijЧ₤е‗УũЮĕйŪijСŷЯij₤УũιЮ◦¤

The presiding judge shall inform the accused of the charges that he is accused of and conduct the questioning of the accused. The presiding judge shall ask any questions which he believes to be conducive to ascertaining the truth. The presiding judge has a duty to ask the accused both inculpatory and exculpatory questions.

After the presiding judge’s questions, the Royal Prosecutor, the lawyers and all the parties may be authorized to question the accused. All questions shall be asked with the authorization of the presiding judge. Except for questions asked by the Royal Prosecutor and the lawyers, all questions shall be asked through the presiding judge. In case of objection to a question, the presiding judge decides whether the question should be asked.

ŌŪ″ ưƯ Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤сļÐБ Article 326 Hearing of Parties

ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýй ⅜˝℮Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ ″ņŲеŢĠсŲеЮŢŎЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕч¤ ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũΖş⅜Ś ĠсĕРŷşЮņųЧŎņūĕŚБ ĕЊ₣ļĖ сİũĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ЯřŲģĕşРŲũУņ ĖО₣ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ij ĖО₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮Б¤

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮņēŷВ ĕЊ₣ļÐБ ΖşŪijСŷģĕΒĕНŔň ijόŏЮŲЧ˝₤е‗Уũ₤Уũ¤ ŪÐĠсŁũЮŲЧ˝₤е‗УũĈе₣Β₤сŪijСŷЯijģĕŁũΒĕНŔň ijĮБŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ ЮŪłĮБ₤е‗УũũĠ₤сijе₧₣ΒŎŏŁũĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ ₤е‗УũЮĩ℮₣6Ю◦ЬijŪijСŷ₤Уũ″ņũŎкŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁũijǻм ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎΟ₤℮ũşЊijŚ▫ ЮijЧ₤е‗УũЮĕйŪijСŷЯij₤УũιЮ◦¤

The presiding judge shall listen to the statements of civil parties, civil defendants, victims, witnesses and experts in the order which he deems useful. The presiding judge can hear judicial police officers and judicial police agents who conducted the enquiry as witnesses.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 144

The Royal Prosecutor, the lawyers and all the parties may be authorized to ask questions. All questions shall be asked with the authorization of the presiding judge. Except for questions asked by the Royal Prosecutor and the lawyers, all questions shall be asked through the presiding judge. In case of objection to a question, the presiding judge decides whether the question should be asked.

ŌŪ″ ưƯ ŁũĄеĈ₤сЮĉĕЕ₣Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б Article 327 Objection to Hearing of Witness

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮņēŷВ ĕЊ₣ļÐБ ΖşĄеĈ₤сĕЕ₣Łũ⅜Ś Ġс⅜˝℮Б ЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ şЮņųЧŎЮĕйýŊ ĕŪĠЮŗĄĕчΒſБřŲсŁũ₤еЯř₣όŏЮþЧŀŁũĮЊij¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁũijǻм ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎΟ₤℮ũşЊijŚ▫ ЮijЧŪijСŷ⅜Ś Ġс ιņЊĕ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ⅜˝℮БЮĕй¤

The Royal Prosecutor, the lawyers and all parties may object to the hearing of the testimony of witnesses if their statements are not conducive to ascertaining the truth. In case of objection, the presiding judge decides whether to hear the witness testimony.

ŌŪ″ ưƯ7 Łũ₤ġℓũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б Article 328 Oath of Witness

ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ₤Уũ⅜˝℮БŌĖ ˝с6▫ ЮijЧďőijЊЮŵ΅Њij ιőijЊĮĕċũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ιΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ι˝єďΒĖ˝₤НБĘĖФ ŲĠЮŪņЧĄĕĈе₣ЮĜйιЮ◦¤

ņНĕĕЕ₣ЮđųЧŎЮĉĕЕ₣₤е‗Уũ ⅜˝℮БĕБņУŎ6ŪijСŷ₤ġℓ▫ ŠųФĕĕЊŗŎЯijŁũĮЊijŪ₤Ġ″ņ⅜₤Ĝ ιĄеЮĕЩũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ ЮŪŁŎЮĮŲЮđųЧŎũУşЮ΅ЧŎ ⅜˝℮БĕБņУŎ6 ŪijСŷЯijЮĝĠŪņО₣ŠųФĕ₤ŪŌĠсЮ₤ş ŚБŪijСŷŁũũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ¤ ijНŵŁũ

ΖşΒĕНŔň ijόŏ⅜˝℮БЮĕйℓŎŠųФĕ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŷijŚŌĕũĠ₤с⅜˝℮БЮĕйЯŲ₣ČеģşсЮ◦ЬijЮ΅ЧŎ¤ Ġ◦ĠġŃňijʼnЊаĕŌŪ″ ơ (⅜˝℮БЯřŲΒĕНŔň ijόŏũУşĮБ₤ņġℓ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijʼnĩ₣Яřũ¤ The presiding judge shall first question each witness to determine whether he is a direct-line

relative or alliance of the accused, a civil party or a civil defendant, or if he is in their service. Before answering the questions, each witness shall swear that he will tell the truth according

to his belief or religion. After being questioned, each witness shall make himself available as the court may require.

The court may allow the witness to leave if his presence is no longer needed. The provisions of Article 156 (Witness without Swearing) of this Code shall apply.

ŌŪ″ ưƯo ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ĠũЋΉũ Article 329 Denunciators

ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ĠũЋΉũЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲũİſ ĕсĮБĠ‗Ś Е₣ĠũЋΉũũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ˝єΖşŪijСŷģĕijНŵŁũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎŎ˝ďĮњijхŌĕģĕЯřũ¤

The denunciator who has been rewarded for his denunciation may also be called before the court to be questioned.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 145

ŌŪ″ ưưƠ ĄеĕУŎ ĕЊ₣₤ņġℓũĠ₤сΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ Article 330 Assistance and Swearing of Interpreter/Translator

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČеģşс ŪĠēĕΖşЮΊũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ¤ ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠЮĕйŪijСŷ₤ġℓŪ₤Ġ″ņ⅜₤Ĝ ιĄеЮĕЩũĠ₤сŠųФĕ▫ ŠųФĕĕЕ₣ĄУŎřŲсijНŵŁũ ĕЊ₣Ġ˝ЯŪĠşЮņųЧŎόŏģĕЮ⅜Ŋ йŪij₣с¤ Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б₧˝єЮŢŎ ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ ņЊĕΖşŪijСŷģĕЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ ĖО₣şеЮ₧ņЮčŪ˝ņ Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ ĕÐũģŲ ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ ÐРļÐБ ι⅜˝℮БЮ◦¤

Ġ◦ĠġŃňijʼnЊаĕŌŪ″ ơ (⅜˝℮БЯřŲΒĕНŔň ijόŏũУşĮБ₤ņġℓ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijʼnĩ₣Яřũ¤ If necessary, the presiding judge may seek the assistance of an interpreter/translator. The

interpreter/translator shall swear according to his belief or religion that he will assist the court and interpret the answers faithfully. In no circumstances can the interpreter/translator be chosen from amongst judges, court clerks, judicial police, military police, parties to the case or witnesses.

The provision of Article 156 (Witness without Swearing) of this Code shall apply.

ŌŪ″ ưươ ĄĕÐ ℓų₣с Article 331 Deaf and Mute Person

ŁŲ₧₤е‗УũŪijСŷ₤УũřŲсĄĕÐ ℓų₣с Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ₤ũЮ₤ũ₤е‗Уũ Ю΅ЧŎόŏ⅜ņБŠųФĕΖĕ ĕЊ₣ЮđųЧŎЮŢŎŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б⅜ņБĄĕņЊĕЮşйΖĕ ιņЊĕЮşйΒ˝℮ũ ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũŪijСŷũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗Ź ЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ЮŢŎŌŪ″ ưưƠ (ĄеĕУŎ ĕЊ₣₤ņġℓũĠ₤сΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũΖşЮΊũ˝ΒĖ ēų ĠсŪģŪ₤њŎĈ с◦₣ďņУŎĄĕЮĕйņ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ¤ ĠНÐðŲЮĕйŪijСŷ₤ġℓ″ņ⅜₤Ĝ ĕЊ₣ĄеЮĕЩũĠ₤сŠųФĕ▫ĄУŎijНŵŁũ ĕЊ₣ŪijСŷĠ˝ЯŪĠşЮņųЧŎόŏģĕЮ⅜Ŋ йŪij₣с¤

When questioning a deaf and mute person, the court clerk shall write down the questions and ask the person being questioned to read the questions and answer them in writing. If the person cannot read or is illiterate, the presiding judge shall call on an interpreter/translator for him under the conditions stated in Article 330 (Assistance and Swearing of Interpreter/Translator) of this Code.

The presiding judge may call on any person who is able to communicate with the deaf and mute person. That person shall swear according to his belief or religion that he will assist the court and interpret the answers faithfully.

ŌŪ″ ưưƯ ŁũĠİΆ ŀŷij□О″₣ Article 332 Presentation of Exhibits

ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũΖşĠİð ĠсόŏĄĕ₧ŌĖ ˝сĠİΆ ŀŷij□О″₣ģĕ¤ The presiding judge may order that exhibits be presented during the hearing.

ŌŪ″ ưưư ŁũЯ₤ſ ₣ũ˝ŁũĮЊij ĖО₣˝ũ‗БΒŷijŚŌĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ Article 333 Seeking Truth in Absence of Accused

ЮĈйĠБďĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ΒŷijŚŌĕ єЮŢŎ ijНŵŁũŪijСŷЯijЯ₤ſ ₣ũ˝όŏЮþЧŀŁũĮЊij ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎļÐБřа◦Ю◦Ьij ⅜˝℮Б ĕЊ₣ĮЊĕЊijŏŷij□О″₣¤ Even if the accused is absent, the court shall seek the truth, listen to the answers of the other parties and witnesses, and examine the exhibits.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 146

ŌŪ″ ưư ŁũŢ˝сЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕũ΅РijřŲсĠЊ◦ ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ Article 334 Submission of Statement until End of Trial Hearing

ũ΅Рij◦ŲсĕЕ₣ŁũĠЊ◦˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΖşЮĊſЧЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ ĕЊ₣ĄРĕŲЊŠЊij⅜Ė ņĈе₣Β₤сЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕчřŲсŁũ₤еЯř₣όŏЮþЧŀŁũĮЊij¤

Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũŪijСŷşНй◦ЊŢť ŁũЮŢŎŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ Ю΅ЧŎŪijСŷļą ĠсЮĉ ĖО₣₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣¤ Until the end of the trial hearing, the accused, the civil party, and civil defendants may make written statements and submit all documents and evidence that they think will be conducive to ascertain the truth.

The written submissions shall be stamped by the presiding judge and the court clerk and be attached to the case file.

ŌŪ″ ưư ₤Њ◦ċЊĕЊŗŎ₤Ś БũĠ₤сļÐБĠĜĀ ĠсĮБşĠс ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ Article 335 Right to Speak at Conclusion of Hearing

ЮŪŁŎĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũЮĠЧ˝όŏĄĕřРşž₣ЮŪŁņЮĕйĕЊŗŎďĠĕŚĠĜĀ ĠсýĖ к − ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ЮřЧņġБЮĊſЧŁũ˝ijс₤еýŲсŠųБ6 − ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЮřЧņġБЮĊſЧЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕŁũĵũ − ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮřЧņġБЮĊſЧЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕĠŚЕ₣₤Не − ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ЮřЧņġБЮĊſЧЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕŁũĵũ¤ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşЮđųЧŎijĠЮĉ ŷЋŀģĕ¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ŪijСŷ

ĕЊŗŎЮŪŁŎЮÐĠ₣∆₤сďĕЊşĆ¤ ŁũĠеЮĮŀ◦Ūņ₣сŁũЮĕй ŪijСŷЯij˝ijсŪ″◦Н˝ ĖО₣ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣ ĖО₣⅜ŲŪ˝ņ¤

At the conclusion of the hearing, the presiding judge invites the following people to give their closing statements one after another:

− The civil party, the civil defendants and the accused can make brief statements; − the lawyer of the civil party presents his closing arguments; − the Royal Prosecutor presents his closing arguments; − the lawyer of the civil defendant and then the lawyer of the accused present their closing

arguments. The civil party and the Royal Prosecutor can make rebuttal statements. However, the

accused and his lawyer shall be always the last ones to speak. The compliance with these formalities shall be recorded in the hearing record and in the

judgment.

ŌŪ″ ưư ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijсũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń Article 336 Oral Submission of Royal Prosecutor

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮĊſЧŁũ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕĠŚЕ₣₤НеЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijс ЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ₤ņŪ₤ĠЮĉĕЕ₣ŪĠЮŗĄĕчŲ∆аĕŎНijŚЊĊņх¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 147

The Royal Prosecutor shall make an oral closing argument that he considers is in the interest of justice.

ŌŪ″ ưư ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ Article 337 Deliberation of Court

ijНŵŁũℓŎŠųФĕşРŲЮĉ ĖО₣ĠĕĀĠсĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřЧņġБ₤ЮŪņş¤ ýŊ ĕĠ‗Ś Е₣₤Не₧ņУŎΖşŪijСŷŢ˝сĄРĕijНŵŁũģĕЮ◦ЬijЮ◦¤ ýŊ ĕ◦ΌΈБ˝ũ‗ч₧ņУŎΖşŪijСŷģĕЮŲЧ˝Ŏ˝ņ˝₤еΖ₣Ю◦ЬijģĕЮΌЧŎ¤

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ ņЊĕŪijСŷģĕΒĕНŔň ijόŏşРŲũУņ ĖО₣ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝₤ЮŪņşЮĕйЮ◦¤ The court shall retreat to deliberate in a deliberation room to reach its verdict. No further request may be submitted to the court; no further argument may be raised.

The Royal Prosecutor and the court clerk are not authorized to participate in the deliberation.

ŌŪ″ ưư7 ŁũşНйřŲс Яĕų₣ũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ Article 338 Travel to Sites by Court

ijНŵŁũΖşşНйЮĉŁĕсŪÐĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣аĕЯřĕřБďijЊ ĖО₣ĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕчаĕŁũ₤ЯņŚ₣όŏЮþЧŀŁũĮЊij¤ ijНŵŁũŪijСŷЯijŌĕŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃą БΒņřеЮ‗ЧũďĕЊşĆ¤ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б

ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ŪĮņĈе₣ЮņēŷВ ˝єΖşĄРĕřеЮ‗ЧũijНŵŁũģĕЯřũ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŠųФĕģĕЮ₤Ė Ч₤Не¤ ŪĠijЊĠijŚЊŁũĈе₣Юĕй ŪijСŷЯijŌĕЮĊſЧ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН¤

The court may conduct a field visit anywhere within the national territory in the interest of ascertaining the truth.

The court shall always be accompanied by the Royal Prosecutor and the court clerk. The accused, the civil party, the civil defendants and their lawyers may, at their request, also accompany the court.

All these proceedings shall be recorded in a written record.

ŌŪ″ ưưo ĮњijхŌĕĠЯĕ□ņЯřŲĠİð ĠсЮŢŎijНŵŁũ Article 339 Additional Investigation Ordered by Court

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷℓŊБďŁũČеģşс ijНŵŁũΖşĠİð Ġс″ņ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ όŏЮĊſЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЯĕ□ņ¤

ΒĖ˝ЯřŲŌĕ₤ņij□ ЊşĆЮĊſЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЯĕ□ņЮĕйÐЙк − ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ − ЮčŪ˝ņņУŎũРĠаĕŪ˝ОņŪĠЕ˝⅝ĄеĕНеĄŪņй ŁŲ₧ijНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņşďŪ˝Оņ₤ņР ļĮ − ЮčŪ˝ņřа◦Ю◦Ьij аĕijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲĠİð ĠсЮĊſЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЯĕ□ņ ŪijСŷČijс″е₣ЮčŪ˝ņόŏ◦◦УŲļũ ЊşĆЮĕй¤ Юĝ ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗Ź řРşýĖ ĕЕ₣ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮčŪ˝ņЮĕйΖşк − şНйЮĉЮŲЧŪÐĠс ŷЋ⅜ŲļĮаĕЯřĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆijНŵŁũ ιЮŲЧŪÐĠс ŷЋ⅜ŲļĮаĕЯřĕřБďijЊ − ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ⅜˝℮Б − ЮĊſЧŁũЯđ˝Юđũ

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 148

− ČĠсŎ˝ŷij□О″₣ − Ġİð ĠсόŏЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ¤ ЮřЧņġБΒĕНŷijŚŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЯĕ□ņЮĕй ЮčŪ˝ņΖşЮşŀřБŁČijсόŏ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ģĕЯřũ¤ The court may order additional investigations, if it believes this to be necessary.

The persons who can be authorized to conduct additional investigations are:

− the presiding judge; − any of the judges of the bench, if applicable; − All other judges of the Court of First Instance. An order for additional investigations shall appoint a specific judge. This judge, under the

same conditions as an investigating judge, may: − conduct field visits anywhere within the territorial jurisdiction of the court or to any part

of the national territory; − question witnesses; − conduct searches; − seize items; − issue orders for expert reports. In order to implement additional investigations, the judge may issue rogatory letters.

ŌŪ″ ưƠ ЮũЩ₣ ŚБЯřŲŪijСŷģĕŢ сόŏČijсŁũĠĕŚ Article 340 Adjournment of Hearing

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲņЊĕģĕĠŃĆĠсЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮĜйЮ◦ ijНŵŁũΖşĠĕŚЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮŪŁŎ ″ņŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ЯřŲŠųФĕ˝е‗ijс¤ If the hearing is not finished in one session, the court can adjourn the hearing to another date.

ŌŪ″ ươ Łũ₤ũЮ₤ũ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤ŷĜŁũ Article 341 Establishing Hearing Record

ЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ₤ũЮ₤ũ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤ŷĜŁũЯřŲŌĕЮýŲЮţĩŚŲсņЮĊŜģŎřŲс⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чЮĊſЧŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏĕБijŜĕН РŲļĮаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ ĕЊ₣ģĕŎŲсřЕ₣ΒеĮБŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ¤

Ū˝ΐĠŃąБŪijСŷŠЊijŠеЮũЬĠŬĠсЮŢŎŎ˝şЊijŚ◦Н˝Ţ˝сΒеĮБŁũŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĉаĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣˝ijсŪ″όŏģĕŪijЕņŪijСŷ″ņ₤е‗УũЯřŲ₤Уũ ŪĮņĈе₣şЮņųЧŎũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ⅜˝℮Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ¤

е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤ŷĜŁũŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ ĕЊ₣şНй◦ЊŢť ŁũЮŪŁŎĮБŁũЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀ ijсЮŢŎŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơƠ (řĠс) аℓĞ ЮŪŁŎаℓĞŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ¤

Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ₧ЯřŲŠąБžą Юĝ ĖО₣ŁũŁĕсŁĠс е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤ŷĜŁũ ŪijСŷ◦◦УŲ◦‗Ź ˝ņŊž₣ ŷЋĕњŎ¤ At the hearing, the court clerk shall establish the hearing record for the purpose of giving the Court of Appeal the means to examine the legality of the proceedings and an understanding of the hearing.

The court clerk shall make his best efforts to describe the activities of the hearing and make the record as accurate as possible in relation to the questions and answers of the accused, the civil party, the civil defendants, the witnesses and the experts.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 149

The hearing record shall be signed by the court clerk and be registered after being verified by the presiding judge within 10 days after the announcement of the judgment. Any court clerk who carelessly handles a hearing record shall be subject to disciplinary action.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б : ΒŃňŪij˝ņŊ SECTION 4: OBJECTIONS

ŌŪ″ ưƯ ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ΒŃňŪij˝ņŊ Article 342 Competence of Court with Respect to Objection

ijНŵŁũЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń Ōĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЮřЧņġБ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБŪÐĠсΒŃňŪij˝ņŊĈе₣Β₤с ЯřŲЮŲЧ˝ЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎÐРļÐБ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯijşĤĠсģĕĠŃňijŚЮĩ℮₣ĮБЮĕй¤

ijНŵŁũŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆ ďΖ◦Џ ЮřЧņġБ₤ЮŪņşĮБΒŃňŪij˝ņŊ ₤Ś БĮБЮŌþļĮаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ ЯřŲЮÐŢ˝сĄРĕŠųФĕĮЊĕЊijŏ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯijŁŲ₧ijНŵŁũ◦◦УŲĄеĕНеĄŪņй″ņřБŁĠŃąСĕĮБЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ι⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąСĕũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

The court seized with a criminal case is entitled to decide on any objection raised by parties unless the law provides otherwise.

The court is entitled to decide on any objection regarding the annulment of the procedure, except in cases where the court has been seized by an indictment.

ŌŪ″ ưư ĠŔΆ ĠĜĀ ĕсĠ₣šе ĕЊ₣ŁũĠ₣∆₣сņЊĕĈĕс₤ЮŪņş Article 343 Interlocutory Question and Suspension of Judgment

ijНŵŁũŪijСŷĠ₣∆₣сņЊĕĈĕс₤ЮŪņş ŁŲ₧ļÐБ₧ņУŎЮŲЧ ĠŔΆ ĠĜĀ ĕсĠ₣šеЯřŲŁũĮЊĕЊijŏĠŔΆ Юĕйď₤ņij□˝ЊşĆĬŚ şсņНŠũĠ₤сijНŵŁũņУŎЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьij¤

ĠŔΆ ĠĜĀ ĕсĠ₣šеΖşĕЕ₣◦◦УŲģĕŲНйŪ″ЯijĠŔΆ Юĕй ΖşĕЕ₣ŲНĠŵ₣şũЋijďĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ĮБΒеЮĮЧЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮŲЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤

ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĠŔΆ ₤Ś БĮБ₤Њ◦ċ Њž₣˝ņŊ₤Њ◦ċ Њ ₤Њ◦ċ ЊŪĠijŏ˝℮ЮŲЧΒşŲĕŷij□О ĕЊ₣ůĕкĠНÐðŲ ď₤ņij□˝ЊşĆĬŚ şсņНŠũĠ₤сijНŵŁũũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ The court shall suspend the decision if a party raises an interlocutory question for which there is an exclusive jurisdiction of another court.

An interlocutory question is only admissible if it would remove a constitutive element of the crime with which the accused was charged.

Questions regarding ownership rights in immovable property and the status of a person are under the exclusive jurisdiction of the civil courts.

ŌŪ″ ư ŁũĠİΆ ŀΒŃňŪij˝ņŊ Article 344 Making Objection

ΒŃňŪij˝ņŊŪijСŷЯijЮŲЧ˝ЮΌЧ₣ņНĕřе₧ сŁŲŁũĵũřŲсΒ₣ðЮ₤ş ŚБ ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮşĖйЮ◦ĮНеΖş◦◦УŲģĕЮΌЧŎ¤ Any objection must be raised before any defense declaration on the merits, otherwise it is

inadmissible.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 150

ŌŪ″ ư Łũ◦◦УŲĠŔΆ ĠĜĀ ĕсĠ₣šе Article 345 Admission of Interlocutory Question

ijНŵŁũΖşŪĠŁ₤▫ ņЊĕΖş◦◦УŲģĕĕРŷĠŔΆ ĠĜĀ ĕсĠ₣šеЯij″ņ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijНĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤ ŁŲ₧ΒŃňŪij˝ņŊņЊĕģĕ◦◦УŲŁũŎŲсŪĮņЮ◦ ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲŪijСŷĠĕŚ¤

ŁŲ₧ĠŔΆ ĠĜĀ ĕсĠ₣šеŪijСŷģĕЮŲЧ˝ЮΌЧ₣ ĕЊ₣ŪijСŷģĕ◦◦УŲŎŲсŪĮņЮŢŎijНŵŁũЮĜй ijНŵŁũЮĕйŪijСŷĠ₣∆₣сņЊĕĈĕс₤ЮŪņş Ю΅ЧŎ˝е‗ijсũŎкЮĮŲόŏļÐБĵ сĮњĕċĠŚЕ₣ЮĉijНŵŁũŌĕ₤ņij□ ЊşĆ¤

ŲНйĩНijũŎкЮĮŲЮĕй ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċĠİΆ ŀķ₤ŚО ″₣▫ ģĕĠŚЕ₣ijНŵŁũŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЮ΅ЧŎ ijНŵŁũ˝е‗ijсũŎкЮĮŲℓŊБņУŎЮ◦Ьij ЮřЧņġБόŏģĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБĠŔΆ Юĕй¤ ijНŵŁũЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣ ŪijСŷģĕ◦◦УŲřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБũŎкЮĮŲЮĕйĮБŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤

ЮĠЧýŊ ĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲ˝е‗ijсЮŢŎijНŵŁũЮĜйЮ◦ ЮũЩ₣ ŚБŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ČĠсřеЮ‗ЧũŁũijЮĉЮ◦Ьij ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁũŎЙijŗл ŷЮĕйď˝е΅Н₤Ġ₧Ś Ųņ˝ĮБŁũЮĊſ₤ŪĠЯ΅₤ũĠ₤сļÐБĵ сĮњĕċ¤

The court may declare an interlocutory question inadmissible only by a judgment with statement of reasons. If the objection is dismissed, the trial hearing shall proceed.

If an interlocutory question is raised and admitted by the court, the court shall adjourn the hearing and set the time for the objecting party to clarify the issue with the competent court.

After the expiration of this period, if the objecting party proved that he had filed a lawsuit with the competent court, the court shall set a new date for resuming the trial. The Royal Prosecutor shall notify the court before which the lawsuit is pending about this time period.

If, caused by the negligence of the concerned party, there is no decision within the period specified by the court, the criminal case shall proceed.

ŌŪ″ ư ŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮŲЧΒŃňŪij˝ņŊ Article 346 Judgment on Objection

ijНŵŁũŪijСŷ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБΒŃňŪij˝ņŊ″ņ⅜ŲŪ˝ņņУŎŢşсЮŢŎЯΌ˝ ĮБ⅜ŲŪ˝ņаĕΒ₣ðЮ₤ş ŚБ¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ijНŵŁũ єΖşĠŃĆСŲΧĠġijŚЊЮ΅ijНЮĉĕЕ₣Β₣ðЮ₤ş ŚБ Ю΅ЧŎ₤ЮŪņş″ņ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯijņУŎřРşýĖ ΒеĮБ

ΒŃňŪij˝ņŊďņУŎĕЕ₣Β₣ðЮ₤ş ŚБ¤ The court shall issue a decision on an objection in a judgment separate from the judgment

on the merits. However, the court may also issue only one judgment which includes a decision on the

objection and a decision on the merits.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 151

ĄеĮР ◦Б : Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş CHAPTER 4: DECISION

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: ŁũŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ SECTION 1: ANNOUNCEMENT OF JUDGMENT

ŌŪ″ ư ŁũŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ Article 347 Announcement of Judgment

⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪijСŷ₤ЮŪņşЮşŀЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ЯřŲЮĊſЧŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ιЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮŲЧ˝ЮŪŁŎ¤ Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗Бž₣ЮŪŁŎЮĕй ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсļÐБĈе₣ΐŎЯřŲŌĕŷijŚŌĕ ΒеĮБаℓĞЯřŲŪijСŷŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ¤

The judgment is issued at the hearing date or in a subsequent session. In the latter case, the presiding judge shall inform the parties of the date of the announcement.

ŌŪ″ ư7 Яřĕ˝е‗ijсаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣ЮĉijНŵŁũşеЮĵйΒ₣ðЮ΅ijН Article 348 Scope of Seizure of Court (regarding Facts)

ijНŵŁũΖş₤ЮŪņşЮ₤ş ŚБģĕЯijЮĉЮŲЧΒеЮĮЧĈе₣ΐŎ₧ ЯřŲŌĕĠİΆ ŀЮĝ ĖО₣⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąСĕ řБŁĠŃąСĕ řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ι е‗ijсЮ΅ijНаĕŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕļų ņ¤

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲijНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņşũУņďŪ Оņ Ю ЧŎŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫Β₣ðЮ΅ijНЯřŲŪijСŷģĕĠŚЕ₣ЮĜй ĠЮ₣ЧijģĕďĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ιĠ◦Ų Н ijНŵŁũЮĜйЮĝЯijŌĕ₤ņij□ ЊşĆЮřЧņġБĄŪņйЮ₤ş ŚБřЯřŲ¤

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲijНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎŌĕЮčŪ˝ņЯijŌĖ сÐijс Ю΅ЧŎŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫Β₣ðЮ΅ijНЯřŲŪijСŷģĕĠŚЕ₣ЮĜй ĠЮ₣˛ЧijģĕďĠ◦ΧŪ Њřť ijНŵŁũЮĜйĠ₣ſЊŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ĄРĕŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮřЧņġБЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

The court may only decide on acts stated in the indictment, the citation, or on the written record of immediate appearance.

In case a court which sits en banc finds that the act charged is in fact a misdemeanor or a petty offense, the court shall remain competent to try that offense.

In case a court which sits as a single judge finds that the act charged is in fact a felony, the court shall return the case file to the Royal Prosecutor to initiate a judicial investigation.

ŌŪ″ ưo ЯřĕаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣ЮĉijНŵŁũşеЮĵйĠНÐðŲ Article 349 Scope of Seizure of Court (regarding Persons)

ijНŵŁũΖşĄеĕНеĄŪņйĠНÐðŲЯřŲĠŃąСĕЮĉşеЮĵйņНŠŠųФĕ ĖО₣ůĕкďĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯijĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠНÐðŲ₧ЯřŲЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲЮĉşеЮĵйņНŠijНŵŁũ ĖО₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮Б ΖşŪijСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ĖО₣ůĕк

ďĄĕаřřŲс ιΒĖ˝₤ņÐеĕЊij ĠНÐðŲЮĜйĕЕ₣ΖşŪijСŷĄеĕНеĄŪņйģĕ ЮŪŁŎĮБŪijСŷģĕЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсřРşŌĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ ư (ŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс) ЯijĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤ The court may only judge such persons who appeared as accused before it.

If another person, who has been called as a witness during trial, is suspected of committing a crime or conspiring with someone to commit a crime, this person may be judged only after his case has been processed under the provisions of Article 43 (Criminal Proceedings) of this Code.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 152

ŌŪ″ ưƠ ŁũŪĠŁ₤ĮБĮЊũН◦ċļĮ Article 350 Declaration of Guilt

ijНŵŁũĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲ▫к − ΒеЮĮЧЮĜйďĠ◦ΧŪ Њřť Ġ◦ņĄęЊņ ιĠ◦Ų΅Н − ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚΒеЮĮЧЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮŲЧŠųФĕιЮ◦¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĮЊĕЊijŏЮþЧŀ▫ ŌĕĮЊũН◦ċļĮЮŲЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ijНŵŁũŪĠŁ₤ĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤″ņşĤĠсĠŃňijŚЊ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧijНŵŁũŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ΒеĮБЮĜйņЊĕЯņĕďĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤Ю◦ ι єĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ýŊ ĕ е Н₤Ю◦ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪijСŷ

ģĕũУşŠųФĕĮБĠ◦ЮČ◦¤ The court shall examine whether:

− the facts constitute a felony, a misdemeanor, or a petty offense; − the accused committed the crime of which he has been accused or not. If the accused is found guilty, the court shall sentence the accused in accordance with the

law. If the court considers that the act is not an offense or that the accused is not guilty, it acquits

the accused.

ŌŪ″ ươ ΒŷijŚŌĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ Article 351 Absence of Accused

ŷЋņijЊ₤₣℮њŎŪijСŷЯijģĕďΒij□ŪĠЮŗĄĕчřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ďĕЊşĆ¤ ĖО₣ ũ‗БĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ΒŷijŚŌĕ ijНŵŁũŪijСŷŪĠŁ₤ЮĈ₤ЯřŲŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ŪijЕņŪijСŷ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŠųФĕŪĠŁ₤▫

ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ĮЊijďģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤řРşЯřŲģĕЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮĜйЯņĕ¤ The accused always has the benefit of the doubt.

In case of absence of the accused, the court shall pronounce a sentence if it convicts the accused as being guilty.

ŌŪ″ ưƯ ŁũĠŃĆĠсŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ Article 352 Termination of Judicial Supervision

ŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ ŪijСŷĠŃĆĠсЮĝЮĮŲŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ¤ When the judgment is issued, the judicial supervision ends.

ŌŪ″ ưư řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ ĕЊ₣řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ ЮşŀЮŢŎijНŵŁũ Article 353 Detention Order and Arrest Warrant Issued by Court

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧijНŵŁũŪĠŁ₤ĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤Ţ сĮĕċĜýũ ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖ е ŗл ₣ijЊş ЮŢŎýŊ ĕŁũĮŏФũЮ◦ ijНŵŁũ″ņЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĮЊЮ₤₤ ĕЊ₣ЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН ΖşЮşŀЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũк

− řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲŌĕŷijŚŌĕ − řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ΒŷijŚŌĕ řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ ĕЊ₣řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ ŌĕΖĕНļĮΒĕНŷijŚļų ņ6¤ řБŁĈе₣ЮĜйŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşijЮĉк − ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ũĠ₤сĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 153

− ŪĠЮķ◦аĕ◦‗Ź ˝ņŊ ĕЊ₣Βij□Ġ◦şĤĠсЯřŲďņРŲŢť ĕаĕŁũĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤Юĕй − ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲЮşŀřБŁ¤ řБŁЮĕйŪijСŷЯijŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮĕй ĕЊ₣ЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЯřŲŪijСŷģĕČĠсŠųФĕЮŢŎΒĕНŷijŚ″ņřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕЮĜй ŪijСŷЯijģĕЮÐĜеЮĉĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ ĖО₣

ũŎкЮĮŲŗл ₣ŠųБĠеĩНijЮĝņНŠŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ĝ◦Б Яĕų₣ČĠсŠųФĕЯřŲόŏřе‗Е₣řŲс⅜ņБŠųФĕΒеĮБřБŁЮĕй ĕЊ₣ЮĊſЧŁũþНеŠųФĕ¤ ŁŲ₧⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪijСŷģĕ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎ еģе₣ņНŠЮĜй ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşşЊijʼn▫ĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с ŪijСŷЯijşРŲ

ĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл ₣ŠųБĠеĩНij ЮĝņНŠijНŵŁũЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ¤ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕΖşЮĊſЧĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĝЮŪłþНе¤ ijНŵŁũŪijСŷ₤ЮŪņşřРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ ưƠ (Ġ‗Ś Е₣₤НеЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНе) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

If the court sentences the accused to at least one-year imprisonment without suspension, it may, by special reasoned decision, issue the following orders at the end of the hearing:

− a detention order against an accused who is present; − an arrest warrant against an accused who is absent. The detention order and the arrest warrant shall become effective immediately. These orders shall include the following information: − the identity of the convicted person; − the nature of punishment and the law which is the legal basis for the punishment; − the full name and position of the judge who issues the order. These orders shall be dated, signed and sealed by the issuing judge. A convicted person who is arrested on the basis of such warrant shall be brought before the

Royal Prosecutor without delay at the place where he has been arrested, the Royal Prosecutor notifies him about the order and proceeds with his incarceration.

If the judgment is a default judgment, the convicted person who wishes to contest this judgment shall be brought without delay before the court that issued the judgment. The convicted person may make an application for release and the court shall decide in accordance with Article 307 (Application for Release of Detained Accused) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ ư ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ Article 354 Return of Seized Items

ijНŵŁũŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБŁũŪĠÐŲсŷij□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝¤ The court has the competence to decide on the return of seized items.

ŌŪ″ ư Łũ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБŪĠЮŗĄĕчЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 355 Judgment on Civil Remedy

Юĝ ĖО₣⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯijņУŎďņУŎЮũЩ₣ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ijНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕчЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ ijНŵŁũ ŷЋĕЊş ¯њŎΒеĮБļĮΖş◦◦УŲģĕаĕŁũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Ю΅ЧŎ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЮĉЮŲЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ЮŲЧΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ ŁŲ₧ijНŵŁũņЊĕĈĕсΖş₤ЮŪņşģĕЮŲЧĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕчЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮ◦ ijНŵŁũΖşĠ₣∆₣сЮĉ₤ŷĜŁũЮŲЧ˝ЮŪŁŎ ĕЊ₣Ζş₤ЮŪņşόŏŪģ˝сĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 154

ĠНÐðŲЯřŲŪijСŷĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ ĖО₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯijņУŎďņУŎýĖ ЮĜй ŪijСŷ◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷ ĖО₣Łũ₤₣ŁũŠРşžijЮŢŎ⅜ņÐðБļĮ¤

In the criminal judgment, the court shall also decide upon civil remedies. The court shall determine the admissibility of the civil party application and also decide on the claims of the civil party against the accused and civil defendants. If a judgment for remedies in the civil matter cannot yet be made, the court may attribute a tentative amount of compensation and adjourn the final decision to a subsequent hearing.

Persons who are found liable for the same offense shall have joint liability for compensation of damages. ŌŪ″ ư ΒŷijʼnŌĕũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĝ ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ Article 356 Absence of Civil Party at Trial

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ģĕĄРĕĵ˝ŏ₤НеĈņĈũ₤е‗₣ŁũŠРşžijЮĝņНĕЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ЯijΒŷijŚŌĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ Ю ЧŎŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧijНŵŁũŪĠŁ₤▫ŌĕĮЊũН◦ċЮŲЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮĜй ijНŵŁũŪijСŷЯij₤ЮŪņşόŏ₤₣ŁũŠРşžijřŲсĄĕũ₣ЮŪýйЮŢŎЯĩ∆ ЮŲЧΒij□ĕњŎаĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣¤

If a civil party claimed for compensation before trial, but was absent during the trial, the court shall nevertheless make a decision on the compensation for the victim based on the substance of the case file, if the accused was found guilty by the court.

ŌŪ″ ư Łũ₤ũЮ₤ũ⅜ŲŪ˝ņк ЯĩĖ˝₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН ĕЊ₣ЯĩĖ˝₤ЮŪņş Article 357 Writing of Judgment: Holding and Ruling

ŪÐĠс⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪijСŷŌĕĮБũЯĩĖ˝к − ЯĩĖ˝₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijНЮĵŲÐЙ◦ΌΈБ˝ũ‗чаĕΒ₣ðЮ΅ijН ĕЊ₣Β₣ðşĤĠсЯřŲĜеόŏijНŵŁũЮşŀЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş¤ − ЯĩĖ˝₤ЮŪņşЮĵŲÐЙЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ¤ Β₣ðЮ΅ijНŪijСŷЯijşĤ₤сŵ₤с ĕЊ₣ýŊ ĕŁũ₤₣℮њŎ¤ ijНŵŁũŪijСŷĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲĠ◦ЮČ◦ĕБņУŎ6 ĕЊ₣◦ΌΈБ˝ũ‗чЯřŲģĕЮŲЧ˝

ЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ Юĝ ĖО₣₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН ijНŵŁũŪijСŷЮđųЧŎijĠЮĉĕЕ₣Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũũĠ₤сÐРļÐБ¤ ЯĩĖ˝Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşŪijСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ ΒеĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚŠН₤Βij□Ġ◦şĤĠсЯřŲΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤

ĕЊ₣◦‗Ź ˝ņŊũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ The judgment shall be divided into two parts:

− The holding (the arguments of facts and law that led to the court’s decision) − The ruling (the decision of the court) The facts shall be clear and unequivocal. The court shall examine each of the charges and

arguments presented during the trial. In the holding part of the judgment, the court shall respond to the written arguments

submitted by any party. In the ruling part of the judgment, the court shall note the offense committed by the

accused, the applicable law, the sentence and any civil remedy.

ŌŪ″ ư7 ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷşНйЮŲЧ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ Article 358 Information Stated in Judgment

⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 155

⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪijСŷŌĕşНйЮ₤ş ŚБřРşijЮĉк − ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ − ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ − ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲĄеĕНеĄŪņй − ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкijе₧₣ΒŎŏŁũ − ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ − ЮěŊ й ◦БŲеЮĝ ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣˝еЮ‗Чij ņНŠũĠũũĠ₤ссĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б

ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б − ЮěŊ йũĠ₤сЮņēŷВ¤ ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃąБũУş ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮřЧņŪijСŷijņŲс◦Н˝ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ

ŗл ₣ŎРũĠеĩНij � (ŪģеĠБ) аℓĞ ЮŪŁŎŁũŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ¤ ŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБŪijСŷЯijũ˝⅝◦Н˝⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮřЧņďĕЊşĆ¤ Ū˝ΐĠŃąБΖşĩŚŲсşĤĠсşņų₣аĕ⅜ŲŪ˝ņďΖ◦Џ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤

A judgment shall be signed by the presiding judge and the clerk. The judgment shall include:

− the date of the hearing(s); − the date of the issuance of the judgment; − the full name and position of the trial judge; − the full name and position of the Prosecutor; − the full name and position of the court clerk; − the full name, place of residence, birth date, birthplace, and occupation of the accused,

of the civil party, and of civil defendants; and − the names of the lawyers. The judgment shall be signed by the presiding judge and the court clerk within no more than

8 days after the judgment was issued and shall be filed with the office of the court clerk. The office of the court clerk shall always keep the original judgment. The court clerk may provide copies of the judgment in case of appeal.

ŌŪ″ ưo ŁũŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĝ ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ⅜ēũ‗к Article 359 Announcement of Judgment in Public Hearing

ŪÐĠс⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪijСŷЯijŪĠŁ₤ЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ⅜ēũ‗к¤ ЯĩĖ˝аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşŪijСŷΖĕЮŢŎ₤Юņų₣žų е₣6 ЮŢŎŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤

All judgments shall be issued and announced during a public hearing session. The ruling part shall be read aloud by the presiding judge.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 156

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ŪĠЮķ◦аĕ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ SECTION 2: TYPES OF JUDGMENT

ŌŪ″ ưƠ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠ Article 360 Non-default Judgment

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦şРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ЮĜй⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ď⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ņЊĕŪijСŷόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсĄĕЮĕйЮ◦¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠΖşŪijСŷĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чģĕ¤

⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĝЯijď⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠřЯřŲ ЮĈйĠБĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Č˝ЮşŀĮБĠĕĀĠс₤ŷĜŁũ єЮŢŎ¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ єď⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠЯřũ ŁŲ₧ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪijСŷģĕ₤УũşЮņųЧŎЮĝ ĖО₣Ų šŠ‗Ź ЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ

ŌŪ″ ưƠt (ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲĮНеΖşşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ If the accused appears at trial, the judgment is a non-default judgment. The accused person

does not need to be notified by writ of notification of the judgment, which is subject to appeal. A judgment shall remain a non-default judgment even if the accused leaves the court room. A judgment also is a non-default judgment when the accused was questioned under the

provisions of Article 309 (Accused Who Cannot Appear Before Court) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ ươ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲŪijСŷČijс◦Н˝▫şеЮĵйņНŠ Article 361 Judgment Deemed as Non-default

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ņЊĕşРŲņ˝ĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮ◦ ĠлНЯĕŚ ⅜ņБŠųФĕģĕřЕ₣ΒеĮБřБŁĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ιģĕřЕ₣ĮБŁũЮŁйЮΊЮ΅ЧŎЮĜй ⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪijСŷČijс◦Н˝▫ ď⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤

⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲČijс◦Н˝▫şеЮĵйņНŠЮĕй ŪijСŷόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĕйΖşŪijСŷĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чģĕ¤

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ΒŷijŚŌĕ ģĕĠİΆ ŀņРŲЮ΅ijНΒеĮБŁũΒŷijŚŌĕũĠ₤сŠųФĕ Ю΅ЧŎijНŵŁũ˝єģĕ◦◦УŲ▫ŪijЕņŪijСŷ ЮĜйijНŵŁũΖşЮŲЧ˝ЮũЩ₣ЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮĝ₤ŷĜŁũņУŎЮŪŁŎЮ◦Ьij¤

If the accused does not appear for trial, but had knowledge of his citation or summons, the judgment shall be deemed to be a non-default judgment as far as he is concerned.

The accused shall be notified by writ of notification of the so deemed non-default judgment, which is subject to appeal.

In case the accused was absent but provided the court with reasons for his absence which the court accepts as proper, the trial may be adjourned to another date to be specified by the court.

ŌŪ″ ưƯ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ˝еģе₣ņНŠ Article 362 Default Judgment

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ņЊĕşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮ◦ Ю ЧŎĕЊ₣ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧýŊ ĕķ₤ŚО″₣ĠİΆ ŀόŏЮþЧŀ▫⅜ņБŠųФĕřЕ₣ĮБřБŁĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņй ιģĕřЕ₣ΒеĮБŁũЮŁйЮΊЮĜйЮ◦ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ŪijСŷŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎ еģе₣ņНŠĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤

⅜ŲŪ˝ņ˝еģе₣ņНŠĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ŪijСŷόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Юĕй¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĕйΖşŪijСŷĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сģĕ ¤ If the accused does not appear for trial and there is no proof that he had knowledge of his

citation or summons, a default judgment shall be issued in his absence. The accused shall be notified by writ of notification of the default judgment. This judgment

can be opposed against (See Article 365).

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 157

ŌŪ″ ưư ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲЮşŀşеЮĵйЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 363 Judgment against Civil Party

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ιŌĕΒĖ˝ijе₧₣ЮŢŎŪijЕņŪijСŷЮĜй ⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪijСŷЯijď⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĕй¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ņЊĕŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲс⅜ņБŠųФĕЮ◦¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĕйΖşĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чģĕ¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БņЊĕşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮ◦ ĕЊ₣ýŊ ĕΒĖ˝ijе₧₣ŪijЕņŪijСŷЮ◦ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪijСŷŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎ˝еģе₣ņНŠЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ˝еģе₣ņНŠЮĕй ŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĕйΖşĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сģĕ¤

If a civil party appears or is properly represented during the hearing the judgment shall be a non-default judgment as far as the civil party is concerned. The civil party does not need to be notified by writ of notification about the judgment, which is subject to appeal.

If the civil party did not appear at the hearing or had no proper representative, a default judgment shall be issued in its absence. The civil party shall be notified by writ of notification about the default judgment. This judgment can be opposed against (See Article 372).

ŌŪ″ ư ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲЮşŀşеЮĵйΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 364 Judgment against Civil Defendants

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮŁйЮΊ ĖО₣ůĕкďΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б şРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ι єŌĕΒĖ˝ijе₧₣ЮŢŎŪijЕņŪijСŷ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĜйď⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠЮĕйņЊĕŪijСŷόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮ◦¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĕйΖşŪijСŷĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чģĕ¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠНÐðŲЮŁйЮΊ ĖО₣ůĕкďΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ņЊĕşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣ýŊ ĕΒĖ˝ijе₧₣ŪijЕņŪijСŷЮ◦ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪijСŷ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎ еģе₣ņНŠΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ еģе₣ņНŠЮĕйŪijСŷόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĕй ΖşĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сģĕ¤

If a civil defendant appears or is properly represented at the hearing, or had a legitimate representative, the judgment shall be a non-default judgment. The civil defendant does not need to be notified by writ of notification about the judgment, which is subject to appeal.

If the civil defendant did not appear at the hearing and was not properly represented, a default judgment shall be issued in his absence. The civil defendant shall be notified by writ of notification about the default judgment. This judgment can be opposed against (See Article 372).

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сşеЮĵй⅜ŲŪ˝ņ˝еģе₣ņНŠ SECTION 3: OPPOSITION AGAINST DEFAULT JUDGMENT

ŌŪ″ ư Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сşеЮĵй⅜ŲŪ˝ņ еģе₣ņНŠ Article 365 Opposition against Default Judgment

ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕΖşЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сĕЕ₣⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎ˝еģе₣ņНŠŠųФĕģĕ¤ A convicted person may file an opposition against a default judgment, as far as he is

concerned.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 158

ŌŪ″ ư ◦Ūņ₣с ĕЊ₣ļĮЯřŲΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с Article 366 Forms and Admissibility of Opposition Motion

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮŢŎĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũк − ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБаĕijНŵŁũЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ − ЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠŪĮйŬĄΖďń Β₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ ιЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ι

ņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ¤ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕΖşŪijСŷģĕijе₧₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ¤ ЮņēŷВŪijСŷЯijŌĕŲЊŠЊijΒĕНŔň ijόŏЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕď

ΒĕБijЊĄĕ ΖşŪijСŷijе₧₣ЮŢŎΰĮН˝ ŌŚ Ŏ ιΒĖ˝Ζ₧ĮŜģŲ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ΒĖ˝ijе₧₣ņЊĕČеģşсŌĕŲЊŠЊijŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċЊЮ◦¤

ŁŲ₧ģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с ŪĮйŬĄΖďń Β₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ĕЊ₣˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ ŪĮņĈе₣ŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ ĠŃąСĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сЮĜйļų ņЮĉŪ˝ΐĠŃąБаĕijНŵŁũЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ¤

ŁŲ₧ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сņЊĕЮşйşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮ◦ ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сЮĕйŪijСŷĩŚЊijŪŌņаř¤ Any opposition shall be made by a written statement submitted to:

− the office of the clerk of the court which issued the judgment; − the Royal Prosecutor, the police or military police or to the chief of prison or detention

center. The convicted person may be represented by a lawyer. The lawyer shall obtain a specific

power of attorney from the convicted person authorizing his activity. However, a convicted person, who is a minor, may be represented by a parent or guardian. In this case the representative does not need to have a power of attorney for representation.

When receiving an opposition motion, the Royal Prosecutor, the police and military police, or the chief of prison or detention center shall immediately forward the motion to the court clerk of the court which issued the judgment.

If the person filing the motion does not know how to sign, he shall emplace a finger-print on it.

ŌŪ″ ư ĠŃąБĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с Article 367 Registry of Opposition Motion

Ū˝ΐĠŃąБаĕijНŵŁũ ŁĕсĠŃą БĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с¤ ÐРļÐБ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ ΖşĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲĠŃąБЮĜйģĕЮŢŎЮ₤ũВ¤ The court clerk shall keep a registry of opposition motions so that the related parties and

lawyers may freely examine it.

ŌŪ″ ư7 ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠсЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с Article 368 Time Limit for Opposition Motion

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сŪijСŷЯijЮĊſЧЮĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơ (řĠсŪģе) аℓĞ ЮĩŚЧņÐЊijк − ĮБаℓĞĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ˝еģе₣ņНŠ ŁŲ₧⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪijСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЮŢŎĬĀ Ųсаř ι − ĮБаℓĞЯřŲĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЮĕйģĕřЕ₣ŗл ₣ĮЊijŪģ˝řΒеĮБ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ŁŲ₧⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĕйņЊĕģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲс

ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсаřЮ◦¤ An opposition motion against a default judgment shall be submitted within 15 days from:

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 159

− The date of notification of the default judgment, if the judgment was delivered by hand to the convicted person, or

− The date the convicted person got actual knowledge about the judgment if the judgment was not delivered by hand to him.

ŌŪ″ ưo Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с˝ŪņЊijşеЮĵйЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 369 Opposition Motion Limited to Civil Part of Judgment

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сΖş˝ŪņЊijЮĊſЧЮĉЮŲЧЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Баĕ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ˝єģĕ¤ An opposition motion may be limited to the civil part of the judgment.

ŌŪ″ ưƠ ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с Article 370 Effect of Opposition Motion

ŁŲ₧Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сЮĊſЧŪĠĂе₣ЮĉЮŲЧ⅜ŲŪ˝ņĈе₣ņРŲ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĕйŪijСŷ◦Н˝ďΒ⅜ũĠ₣с¤ ŁũΒĕНŷijŚ⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪijСŷĮŏФũ¤

ĠлНЯĕŚ řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕЮĝЯijŌĕΖĕНļĮ¤ ijНŵŁũЮĝЯijŌĕ₤ņij□ ЊşĆЮřЧņġБ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ŷЋŀ¤

ŁŲ₧Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сЮĊſЧŪĠĂе₣ЮĉЮŲЧЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ŌĕЯijЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ЮĕйĠлНЮ₧‼ й ЯřŲŪijСŷ◦Н˝ďΒ⅜ũĠ₣с¤ ŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĕйŪijСŷĮŏФũ¤ When an opposition motion is made against an entire judgment, the judgment shall be considered void. The execution of judgment shall be suspended.

However, the arrest warrant shall remain in force. The court has authority to decide whether to release the accused.

When an opposition motion is made only against the civil part of the judgment, only that part should be considered void. The execution of the civil part of the judgment shall be suspended.

ŌŪ″ ươ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с Article 371 Judgment on Opposition Motion

₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ŪijСŷģĕЮŲЧ˝Ŏ˝ņ˝ĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮĝņНŠijНŵŁũřЯřŲ¤ ļÐБĈе₣Β₤сŪijСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊ″ņÐеĕЊijЮĩŚЧņũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲļĮΖş◦◦УŲģĕаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сЮĕй ijНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş ŚБ ďℓŊБņŚ₣Ю◦Ьij¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сЯřŲģĕЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎŪijЕņŪijСŷ Ю ЧŎņЊĕşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮ◦ ijНŵŁũ

ŪĠŁ₤▫Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с◦Н˝ďυ˝⅜ũΟijģĕŁũ¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲЮÐĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с ņЊĕΖşŪijСŷЯ˝ЯŪĠЮ◦¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĕйŌĕΖĕНļĮĈе₣Ū₤О₣şеЮĵйļÐБĈе₣Β₤с¤ ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сЮĝŌĕŲ◦ċļĮĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮĝ ĖО₣Ų šŠ‗Ź ЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ ư�Ư (ũĠ₤сЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

The case shall be heard again before the same court. All parties are summonsed on the initiative of the Royal Prosecutor. If the court acknowledges the admissibility of the opposition motion, the court shall judge

de novo on the merits of the case. If the person making the opposition motion has been properly summonsed, but fails to

appear at the hearing, the court may declare the opposition motion void. Thereafter, the default judgment cannot be modified. The judgment has all its effect against all parties. However, the

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 160

opposing party has the right to appeal against the judgment under the provisions of Article 382 (Time Limit for Appeal by Convicted Person, Civil Party and Civil Defendants) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ ưƯ Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сЯřŲЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ιΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 372 Opposition Motion Made by Civil Party or Civil Defendants

ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б єΖşĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сĕЕ₣⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎ еģе₣ņНŠŠųФĕģĕЯřũ¤ Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сЮĕй ŪijСŷе‗ijсЮĉЮŲЧЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Баĕ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯijĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сŪijСŷЮĊſЧ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơ (řĠсŪģе)аℓĞ ÐЊijĮБк − аℓĞόŏřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ еģе₣ņНŠ ŁŲ₧⅜ŲŪ˝ņģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮŢŎĬĀ Ųсаř

ι − аℓĞЯřŲЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БģĕřЕ₣ŗл ₣ĮЊijŪģ˝řΒеĮБ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ŁŲ₧⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĕйņЊĕģĕŪĠÐŲс

όŏřŲсЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсаřЮ◦¤ Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сŪijСŷЮĊſЧďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą БаĕijНŵŁũЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ¤ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşŪijСŷijе₧₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ ₤΅Įњ◦ċ ιőijЊЮŵ΅ЊijĬĀ Ųс¤ ΒĖ˝ijе₧₣ ŪijСŷŌĕ

ŲЊŠЊijŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċ ЊόŏĠŚ Е₣Ĉ₤с¤ Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊаĕŌŪ″Юĕй ŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijŚЮŲЧĠНÐðŲЯřŲijНŵŁũŪĠŁ₤▫ ŪijСŷ◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Бĩ₣

Яřũ¤ A civil party may also file an opposition motion against a default judgment. The opposition is limited to the civil matter of the judgment.

An opposition motion against a default judgment must be submitted within 15 days from: − The date of notification of the default judgment, if the judgment was delivered by hand

to the civil party, or − The date the civil party got actual knowledge about the judgment if the judgment was

not delivered by hand to him. The opposition motion must be submitted in writing to the office of the court clerk of the

court which issued the judgment. The civil party may be represented by a lawyer, his spouse, or a direct-line relative. The

representative shall provide a special power of attorney to file an opposition motion. The provisions of this article shall also be applied to any person who has been declared a

civil defendant by the court.

ŌijЊŁ◦Б Ư: Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵй⅜ŲŪ˝ņ TITLE 2: APPEALS AGAINST JUDGMENTS

ĄеĮР ◦Б ơ: ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆũĠ₤с₤ļŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź аĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч CHAPTER 1: AUTHORITY OF CRIMINAL CHAMBER OF COURT OF APPEAL

ŌŪ″ ưư ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆũĠ₤с₤ļŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź аĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч Article 373 Jurisdiction of Criminal Chamber of Court of Appeal

₤ļŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź аĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч Ōĕ₤ņij□ ЊşĆЮřЧņġБ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЯřŲЮĊſЧŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ЯřŲ₤□ ЊijЮĝ ĖО₣₤ņij□ ЊşĆũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 161

The Criminal Chamber of the Court of Appeal has the authority to decide appeals against decisions of the Court of First Instance within its scope of jurisdiction for criminal cases.

ŌŪ″ ư ΒĕНĠǻ◦аĕЮčŪ˝ņņУŎşеĕУĕ Article 374 Abstention of Certain Judges or Prosecutors

ЮčŪ˝ņ₧ŌĖ ˝сЯřŲģĕĠеЮĮŀ ЊşĆЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ιЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ιЯřŲģĕşРŲũУņĄеĕНеĄŪņй⅜ŵřеĠР₣ũУşЮ΅ЧŎЮĜй ņЊĕΖşĕЕ₣şРŲũУņĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮĝ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ĖО₣ůĕкďŪĠēĕ ιЮčŪ˝ņşеЮĵйЮũЩ₣řЯřŲЮĜйģĕЮΌЧŎ¤

A judge or prosecutor who has participated in the enquiry or the judicial investigation, or who has already participated in the trial at the Court of First Instance, may not participate in the hearing of the Court of Appeal as a presiding judge or judge for the same case.

ĄеĮР ◦Б Ư: ļĮЯřŲΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч CHAPTER 2: ADMISSIBILITY OF APPEALS

ŌŪ″ ư ĠНÐðŲЯřŲΖşЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч Article 375 Persons Entitled to Make Appeals

ΖşĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чģĕк − ŪĮйŬĄΖďń аĕijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ĕЊ₣ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч − ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ − ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б şеЮĵйĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕчЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б − ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б şеЮĵйĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕчЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤

An appeal may be filed by: − the Royal Prosecutor of the Court of First Instance and the General Prosecutor attached

to a Court of Appeal; − the convicted person; − the civil party, regarding the civil matter of the case; − the civil defendant, regarding the civil matter of the case.

ŌŪ″ ư ◦Ūņ₣саĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 376 Formalities of Appeals by Prosecutor, Convicted Person, Civil Party and Civil

Defendants

Ġ‗Ś Е₣ũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБаĕijНŵŁũЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ¤

ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕΖşŪijСŷģĕijе₧₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ¤ ЮņēŷВŪijСŷЯijŌĕŲЊŠЊijŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċЊόŏЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕďΒĕБijЊĄĕ Ζşijе₧₣ЮŢŎΰĮН˝ ŌŚ Ŏ ιΒĖ˝Ζ₧ĮŜģŲ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕйΒĖ ijе₧₣ņЊĕČеģşсŌĕŲЊŠЊijŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċЊЮ◦¤

ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşijе₧₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ ₤΅Įњ◦ċ ιőijЊЮŵ΅ЊijĬĀ Ųс¤ ΒĖ˝ijе₧₣ ŪijСŷЯijŌĕŲЊŠЊijŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċЊόŏЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮĕй¤

ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşijе₧₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ ₤΅Įњ◦ċ ιőijЊЮŵ΅ЊijĬĀ Ųс¤ ΒĖ˝ijе₧₣ ŪijСŷЯijŌĕŲЊŠЊijŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċЊόŏЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮĕй¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 162

Ū˝ΐĠŃąБşНйĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮĝЮŲЧĠŃąБĮЊЮ₤₤ЯřŲũ˝⅝◦Н Юĝ ĖО₣ĠŃąБаĕijНŵŁũ¤ ŲЊŠЊijĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч ιΒĖ˝ijе₧₣¤ ŲЊŠЊijŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċЊ ŪijСŷļą ĠсĕЕ₣ŲЊŠЊijĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч¤

The appeal by the Royal Prosecutor, the convicted person, the civil party and the civil defendants shall be filed with the office of the clerk of the court which issued the judgment.

A convicted person may be represented by a lawyer. The lawyer shall have a written power of attorney to file an appeal. However, a minor convicted person may be represented by his father, mother or guardian. In the latter case, the representative is not required to have the power of attorney.

A civil party may be represented by a lawyer, his spouse or a direct-line relative. The representative shall provide a written power of attorney to file an appeal.

A civil defendant can be represented by a lawyer, his spouse or a direct-line relative. The representative shall provide a written power of attorney to file an appeal.

The court clerk shall register any appeal in a special registry of the court. The appeal shall be signed by the court clerk and the appellant or the appellant’s representative. The power of attorney shall be attached to the appeal.

ŌŪ″ ư ŁũŪĠŁ₤Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮŢŎĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЯřŲďĠсþНе Article 377 Declaration of Appeal by Detained Convicted Person

ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЯřŲďĠсþНе Ζş₤еЯř₣đĕĀкũĠ₤сŠųФĕ ĖО₣ŁũĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮĝņНŠŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ¤ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЮĕйĠеЮĮŀĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЯřŲŪijСŷşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ij□ЮŲž¤

ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чŪijСŷşНйĠŃą БЮŢŎŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕЮĝЮŲЧĠŃą БĮЊЮ₤₤¤ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮĝ ũЖņаĕĠŃą БЮĕй¤

ŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ ŪijСŷĠŃąСĕĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠųБĠеĩНijЮĉŪ˝ΐĠŃąБаĕijНŵŁũЯřŲŪijСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ΒеĮБĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮĕй ЮĝЮŲЧĠŃąБĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чаĕijНŵŁũ¤ A convicted person being detained may express his decision to appeal to the chief of prison or detention center. The convicted person shall fill out the appeal action form, which shall be dated and signed.

The appeal action form shall be filed by the chief of prison or detention center in a separate registry. The detained convicted person also signs on the page margin of the registry.

The chief of prison or detention center shall send the appeal without delay to the clerk of the court where the appeal shall be registered in the appeal registry of the court.

ŌŪ″ ư7 ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чďΒĕ˝šũĄĕ Article 378 Illiterate Appellants

ŁŲ₧ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чņЊĕЮşйşНй΅ij□ЮŲž ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮĕйŪijСŷĩŚЊijŪŌņаř¤ If the appellant does not know how to sign, the appellant shall emplace his finger-print.

ŌŪ″ ưo ◦Ūņ₣саĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Article 379 Formalities of Appeal by General Prosecutor

ŁũĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷЮĊſЧ″ņĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Баĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤ Ū˝ΐĠŃąБşНйŲЊŠЊijĠŚ Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮĝЮŲЧĠŃą БĮЊЮ₤₤ЯřŲũ˝⅝◦Н˝ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Баĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤

ŲЊŠЊijĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б ĕЊ₣ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 163

Any appeal by the General Prosecutor shall be made at the office of the clerk of the Court of Appeal.

The clerk shall register the appeal in a special registry kept at the office of the clerk of the Court of Appeal. The appeal shall also be signed by the clerk and the General Prosecutor.

ŌŪ″ ư7Ơ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲĠŃąБĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч Article 380 Access to Appeal Registry

ĠŃąБĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чаĕijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ĕЊ₣⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чΖşŪijСŷģĕļÐБ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ ĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲģĕЮŢŎЮ₤ũВ¤ The appeal registries of the Court of First Instance and the Court of Appeal may be freely examined by the parties and their lawyers.

ŌŪ″ ư7ơ ũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Article 381 Time Period for Appeal by Prosecutor and General Prosecutor

ŁũĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷЯijЮĊſЧ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ¤ ŁũĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷЯijЮĊſЧ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ư (ĠБ) ЯŠ¤ ũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮĩŚЧņÐЊijĮБЮĮŲŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ¤

An appeal by the Royal Prosecutor must be filed within one month. An appeal by the General Prosecutor must be filed within three months. The time period for appeal is calculated from the date the judgment was pronounced.

ŌŪ″ ư7Ư ũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 382 Time Period for Appeal by Convicted Person, Civil Party and Civil Defendants

ŁũĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ŪijСŷЯijЮĊſЧ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ¤ ŁŲ₧⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĜйď⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠ ũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮĩŚЧņÐЊijĮБЮĮŲŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ¤

ŁŲ₧⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĜйď⅜ŲŪ˝ņČijс◦Н˝▫şеЮĵйņНŠ ũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч ЮĩŚЧņÐЊijĮБЮĮŲ◦◦УŲřе‗Е₣⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ЮĈйĠБŁũόŏřе‗Е₣ЮĕйЮĊſЧ″ņ ŷЋĊБ₧ єЮŢŎ¤ An appeal by the convicted person, the civil party, or a civil defendant shall be made within one month.

Where the judgment is non-default, the time period for an appeal shall be calculated from the day the judgment was pronounced.

Where the judgment is deemed to be non-default, the time period for an appeal shall be calculated from the day the writ of notification was made regardless of the means.

ŌŪ″ ư7ư ũŎкЮĮŲĠЯĕ□ņ₤ŪŌĠсЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чк Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чΧĠġijŚЊЮ΅ijН Article 383 Additional Time Period for Appeal: Incidental Appeal

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲļÐБ₧ņУŎģĕĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲž₣ЮŲЧЮĕй ļÐБřа◦Ю◦ЬijŌĕũŎкЮĮŲĠЯĕ□ņ (ŪģеĮБũ) аℓĞ ЮřЧņġБЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чΧĠġijŚЊЮ΅ijН¤ ũŎкЮĮŲĠЯĕ□ņЮĕй ЮĩŚЧņÐЊijĮБŁũĩНijũŎкЮĮŲĊņŊ″¤ In case of an appeal by any party within the time period provided above, other parties have an additional 7 days to file an incidental appeal. The additional time shall be calculated from the expiration of the specified period for filing an appeal.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 164

ŌŪ″ ư7 ũŎкЮĮŲЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁũþНеŠųФĕ ũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ Article 384 Time Period for Appeal by Prosecutor or Convicted Person in Case of Detention

ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣þНеŠųФĕ ŁũĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чŪijСŷЯijЮĊſЧЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń Юĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ � (Я₤₤ЊĠŪģеĠБ) ЮŌл ₣ ĕЊ₣ЮŢŎĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (Ūģе) аℓФ ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕй ЮĩŚЧņÐЊijĮБаℓĞЯřŲijНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņşĮБŁũþНеŠųФĕ¤

In cases of detention, an eventual appeal shall be filed by the Royal Prosecutor within 48 hours and by the convicted person within 5 days. This time period shall be calculated from the date of the court decision on detention.

ŌŪ″ ư7 Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵй⅜ŲŪ˝ņČijсũЮĠЬĠ Article 385 Appeal against Interlocutory Judgment

ŁŲ₧ijНŵŁũЮşŀ⅜ŲŪ˝ņČijсũЮĠЬĠ Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чΖşŪijСŷ◦◦УŲģĕļų ņ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĕйĠŃĆĠсĕБijЊŷЋĊБ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĩĀОŎĮБЮĕй ⅜ŲŪ˝ņČijсũЮĠЬĠĕЕ₣ΖşŪijСŷŢ сĄРĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чĮЊĕЊijŏģĕ ŲНйŪ″ЯijЮĊſЧŪĮņýĖ ďņУŎ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş ŚБ¤ If the court issues an interlocutory judgment before sentencing, an appeal is admissible immediately if the judgment terminates the proceedings. Otherwise, an interlocutory judgment can only be submitted to the Court of Appeal for examination together with the judgment on the merits.

ĄеĮР ◦Б ư: ĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч

CHAPTER 3: PROCEDURES OF COURT OF APPEAL

ŌŪ″ ư7 ŁũĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣Юĉ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч Article 386 Forwarding Case Files to Court of Appeal

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч Ū˝ΐĠŃąБаĕijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ЮũЬĠşе₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮřЧņġБĠŃąСĕЮĉ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤ Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ ŪijСŷЮĩńЧЮĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠųБĠеĩНijĄРĕЮĉřŲсŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ аĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чĕРŷк − ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣аĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ − Ю₤ş ŚБşņų₣аĕŲЊŠЊijĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чĕБņУŎ6ЮŢŎŌĕĠŔą с▫ŪijЕņŪijСŷ″ņşĤĠсЮřЧņ − Ю₤ş ŚБşņų₣аĕ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮŢŎŌĕĠŔą с▫ŪijЕņŪijСŷ″ņşĤĠсЮřЧņ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чΒеĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ ₤Ś БΒеĮБŁũþНеŠųФĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ŪijСŷ

ĠŃąСĕ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơƠ (řĠс) аℓĞ ŗл ₣ŎРũÐЊijĮБаℓĞĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯijŌĕŁŲкЮ◦₤кņЊĕΖşĄеĕйģĕЯřŲŪijСŷЯijŌĕĠŔą сЮĝ ĖО₣ŲЊŠЊijĠŃąСĕ¤ If an appeal is filed, the clerk of the Court of First Instance brings the case file up to date for forwarding it to the Court of Appeal.

The clerk shall forward to the office of the clerk of the Court of Appeal without delay the following:

− the case file; − a certified copy of each appeal document; − a certified copy of the judgment. In case where there is an appeal against the court's decision on the detention of an accused,

the case files shall be forwarded within 10 days at the latest, calculating from the date of the appeal,

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 165

unless there are circumstances that cannot be overcome. Such circumstances shall be noted in the forwarding letter.

ŌŪ″ ư7 Łũ˝е‗ijсŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣ũŎкЮĮŲĄеĕНеĄŪņй Article 387 Setting Hearing Dates and Trial Period

ЮĝЮĮŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉřŲс⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ŪĠēĕ₤ļŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ĮЊĕЊijŏЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀ ijсЮņЧŲ▫ ЮijЧ◦Ūņ₣сЯĠĠĠ◦аĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чģĕŪijЕņŪijСŷιЮ◦ ĕЊ₣˝е‗ijсŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤

⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чŪijСŷ₤ЮŪņşЮĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ņŪ₤Ġ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чΒеĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ₤Ś БĮБŁũþНеŠųФĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чŪijСŷ₤ЮŪņş ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠųБĠеĩНij ĕЊ₣ŗл ₣ŎРũĠеĩНij ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơ (řĠсŪģе) аℓĞ ÐЊijĮБаℓĞ◦◦УŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣¤ When the case is received by the Court of Appeal, the President of the Criminal Chamber shall examine whether the case file is up to date and, if so, determine a date for the hearing.

The Court of Appeal shall decide within a reasonable period of time. If an appeal is made against a detention-related decision of the Court of First Instance against the accused, the Court of Appeal shall decide without delay and within a maximum of 15 days calculating from the date the case file was received.

ŌŪ″ ư77 ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ ĕЊ₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲņ˝ ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ

Article 388 Notification and Summons to Hearing

ŪĠēĕ₤ļŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ řŲсΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮŁйЮΊĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ

ĖО₣ŌijЊŁ◦Б Ư (₤Ś БĮБřБŁЮŁйЮΊĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ) ĕЊ₣ ŌijЊŁ◦Б ư (₤Ś БĮБřБŁЮŁйЮΊĄĕЮŪłĮБĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ) аĕÐĕ□Б◦Б (₤Ś БĮБřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс řБŁЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣řБŁĄРĕřе‗Е₣) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ The President of the Criminal Chamber shall notify the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal of the hearing date.

The General Prosecutor shall summons the accused, the civil party and the civil defendants as provided in Titles 2 (Summons of Accused to Hearing) and 3 (Summons of any Persons other than Accused to Hearing) of Book 7 (Citations, Summons, and Notifications) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ ư7o ŁũЮĩĀũĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНе Article 389 Transfer of Accused in Detention

ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНе ŪijСŷЯijЮĩĀũЮĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл ₣ŠųБĠеĩНij ″ņĠŔą ũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń όŏЮĉЮĝ ĖО₣ĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕЯřŲЮĝĄЊijď₣ЮÐĠеĩНijаĕ◦Б⅜Ė ˝сŁũũĠ₤с⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤ An accused in detention shall be transferred without delay by the order of the General Prosecutor to the nearest prison or detention center to the seat of the Court of Appeal.

ŌŪ″ ưoƠ ũģŎŁũ‗чΧ◦ċũ‗ч Article 390 Report of Appeal

ŪĠēĕ₤ļŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź Čijс″е₣ЮčŪ˝ņЮĊſЧũģŎŁũ‗чŌĖ ˝с¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮĊſЧũģŎŁũ‗чЮĕй ΖşďŪĠēĕ ιďЮčŪ˝ņΒņ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 166

ũģŎŁũ‗чŌĕ˝ņŊŷij□ОЮũЬĠŬĠсΒеĮБřеЮ‗ЧũЮũЩ₣ Ю ЧŎĕЊ₣ЮĊſЧόŏřЕ₣ΒеĮБ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲĄРĕņ˝⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чЮĕй¤ ũģŎŁũ‗чŪijСŷЮĊſЧďŵŎŲ š‗чΒ˝℮ũ ĕЊ₣ŪijСŷŢ с ĖО₣₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣¤ ũģŎŁũ‗чŪijСŷЯijЮ˝Ĥй˝ĤŎŲŊņ ЮřЧņġБόŏijНŵŁũģĕ◦◦УŲĮњijхŌĕŗл ₣ЮĮŀЮŲŀ¤ The President of the Criminal Chamber shall appoint a reporting judge. The reporting judge may be the president or another member of the chamber.

The purpose of the report is to summarize the proceedings in the case and to inform the members of the chamber about the judgment. The report shall be made in writing and be attached to the case file. The report shall contain sufficient detail to give the court complete information on the case.

ŌŪ″ ưoơ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ ĕЊ₣ŁũŪĠÐŲс⅜ũ₧ Article 391 Consultation of Case File and Submission of Briefs

ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВΖşĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ģĕũ΅РijřŲсЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ ļÐБ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВΖşŪĠÐŲс⅜ũ₧řŲсŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ¤ ⅜ũ₧ŪijСŷşНй◦ЊŢť ŁũЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ ЮŢŎŌĕŁŲĠũЋЮş◦

ĩ₣ ĕЊ₣ŪijСŷŢ сĠŃĆСŲ ĖО₣₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ļų ņ¤ The General Prosecutor and lawyers may consult the case file prior to the hearing.

Lawyers and parties may submit their briefs to the clerk. These briefs shall be stamped by the court clerk, dated and placed in the case file immediately.

ŌŪ″ ưoƯ ⅜ēũ‗ļĮаĕ ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ĕЊ₣ļĮď₤ŌĞ ijсаĕŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ Article 392 Public Hearing and in camera Hearing

ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĉЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũď⅜ēũ‗к¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧijНŵŁũŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ļĮď⅜ēũ‗кĜеόŏŌĕЮŪýй▫Ė ˝сřŲс₤₧Ś ĠсēĖ Ġс⅜ēũ‗к ι

řŲс◦еЮĕЬņ◦Ōų Ġс ijНŵŁũΖşĠİð ĠсόŏЮĊſЧŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲď₤ŌĞ ijсĈе₣Ū₤О₣ ιņУŎЯĩĖ˝ģĕ ″ņЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН¤ ijНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņş″ņ⅜ŲřБŁņУŎŢşсЮŢŎЯΌ˝ĮБ⅜ŲřБŁЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş ŚБ ι″ņЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĮЊЮ₤₤аĕ⅜ŲřБŁЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş ŚБ¤

Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũЯřŲĠİð ĠсόŏЮĊſЧŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲď₤ŌĞ ijс ņЊĕΖşijǻмģĕЮΌЧŎ¤ The appeal hearing shall be conducted in public.

However, the court may order a complete or partial in-camera hearing, if it considers that a public hearing would cause a significant danger to the public order or morality. The court shall decide by a judgment separate from the judgment on the merits or by a special section within the judgment on the merits.

The decision of the court to hold an in-camera hearing is not subject to appeal.

ŌŪ″ ưoư Łũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ Article 393 Interrogation of Accused

ЮŪŁŎĮБΖĕũģŎŁũ‗чũУş ŪĠēĕ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮņēŷВ ĕЊ₣ļÐБĈе₣ΐŎ ΖşΒĕНŔň ijόŏЮŲЧ˝ď₤е‗УũЮČ◦₤УũĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤ ŪÐĠсŁũ

ЮŲЧ˝₤е‗УũĈе₣Β₤сŪijСŷЯijģĕŁũΒĕНŔň ijĮБŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ ЮŪłĮБ₤е‗УũũĠ₤сijе₧₣ΒŎŏŁũ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ ₤е‗Уũ

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 167

Юĩ℮₣6Ю◦ЬijŪijСŷ₤Уũ″ņũŎкŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁũĄеĈ₤с ŪĠēĕ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎΟ₤℮ũşЊijŚ▫ЮijЧ₤е‗УũЮĜйŪijСŷ₤Уũιŗл ₣₧¤ Following his reading of the report, the president shall interrogate the accused.

The General Prosecutor, the lawyers and all parties may be authorized to raise questions to the accused. However, all questions shall be asked through the presiding judge, except the questions of the Prosecutor and of the lawyers. In case of objection, the presiding judge decides whether the question may be asked or not.

ŌŪ″ ưo Łũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ ⅜˝℮Б Article 394 Hearing of Civil Party, Civil Defendants, Experts and Witnesses

ЮŪŁŎЮĮŲ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ũУş ŪĠēĕ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņų ЧŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ″ņŲеŢĠсŲеЮŢŎЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕч¤

⅜˝℮Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ ĕЕ₣ŪijСŷģĕЮÐ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎŲНйŪ″ЯijijНŵŁũĠİð Ġсόŏ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎĄĕĈе₣Юĕй¤ Following his questioning of the accused, the presiding judge shall hear the civil party and

the civil defendants in the order he deems useful. Witnesses and experts will be questioned only if the court so orders.

ŌŪ″ ưo ŲеŢĠсŲеЮŢŎаĕŁũĕЊŗŎ Article 395 Order of Speech

ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ ЮΌЧ₣ĕЊŗŎ″ņŲеŢĠсŲеЮŢŎаĕŁũЮΊЮěŊ й¤ Юĝ ĖО₣ŪÐĠс ũ‗БĈе₣Β₤с ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ĕЊŗŎЮŪŁŎЮÐĠеĩНij¤ ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ŪijСŷģĕΒĕНŔň ijόŏ

ЮĊſЧŁũ˝ijс₤еýŲсďĠЯĕ□ņЮŢŎ₤Ю₣šĠ¤ The General Prosecutor and the lawyer(s) will make their statements following the order of

appeals. In all cases the accused speaks last. His lawyer shall be authorized to add his brief

observation.

ŌŪ″ ưo ŁũĮĜų ijřŲс⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чĕРŷ ŷЋēĕЯřŲΒĕНŷijŚşеЮĵй⅜ŵřеĠР₣ Article 396 Extension of Procedural Rules Applicable to Court of First Instance to Court of

Appeal

ЮŲЧ₤ĮБЮĕй ŷЋēĕЯřŲΒĕНŷijŚşеЮĵйijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijŚşеЮĵй⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤ In addition, the rules that apply to hearings of the Court of First Instance shall also apply to

the Court of Appeal.

ĄеĮР ◦Б : ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч CHAPTER 4: EFFECTS OF APPEALS

ŌŪ″ ưo ΖĕНļĮЮĩĀũаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч Article 397 Devolving Effect of Appeals

₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ŪijСŷģĕЮĩĀũĄРĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чЮĝ ĖО₣ŪĮеЯřĕЯřŲ е‗ijсЮŢŎŲЊŠЊijĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч ĕЊ₣″ņůĕкũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч¤

A case will be transferred to the Court of Appeal within the scopes determined by the appeal and according to the status of the appellant.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 168

ŌŪ″ ưo7 ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮŲЧŁũΒĕНŷijŚ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ Article 398 Effect of Appeal on Execution of Judgment

Юĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч ŁũΒĕНŷijŚ⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪijСŷĠ₣∆₣с₤Њĕ¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНеЯřŲģĕşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ŪijСŷЮĝ ĖО₣ĮĕċĜýũЮĝ ĖО₣

ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠсĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮŲЧЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşž₣Ġ◦ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ЮĜйĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪijСŷЮĝ ĖО₣ĮĕċĜýũũ΅РijřŲс⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч₤ЮŪņş¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ģĕ₤ЮŪņşόŏũУşŠųФĕ ιģĕĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤Ţ˝сĮĕċĜýũũŎкЮĮŲijЊşď₣ ιЮ₤Ŋ ЧĕЕ₣ũŎкЮĮŲаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşŎŲсŪĮņЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ņНĕЮĮŲĩНij˝е‗ijсаĕũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠсĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч¤

ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠсĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ņЊĕЯņĕďΧĠ₤ÐðřŲсŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤Ю◦¤ The execution of the judgment shall be suspended until the time limit for appeal has expired. However, an accused in detention who appeared before the Court of First Instance shall remain in prison during the period in which the Prosecutor can appeal. In case the Royal Prosecutor has appealed against the criminal part of the judgment, the accused shall remain in prison until the Court of Appeal makes its decision. Where the Court of First Instance had decided to acquit the accused or to sentence the accused to imprisonment equal to or less than the time spent in provisional detention, the Royal Prosecutor may agree to release the accused before the expiration of the time limit for appeal. The time limit for appeal by the General Prosecutor is not an obstacle to the execution of the judgment during that time period.

ŌŪ″ ưoo ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЯijĮБĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ĠлНЮ₧‼ й Article 399 Effect of Appeal by Accused Only

⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чŁŲ₧ģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЯijĮБĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ĠлНЮ₧‼ й ņЊĕΖşŢ с◦ņĞĕсЮĈ₤ĄĕЮĜйЮ◦¤ ijНŵŁũΖşЯ˝ЯŪĠ⅜ŲŪ˝ņģĕЮĝ ĖО₣ĕњŎЯřŲΒĕНЮŪýйřŲсĄĕЮĕйЯijĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤ ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чņЊĕΖşĠЯĕ□ņЮĈ₤ĠЯĕ□ņĮБЮŲЧņРŲЮĈ₤ģĕЮ◦¤

⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чΖşĄеĕУ₤ЮěŊ йĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲ˝е‗ijсЮŢŎijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ЮŢŎЮěŊ йĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ņУŎЮ◦Ьijģĕ ĠлНЯĕŚ ņЊĕΖşŢ с◦ņĞĕсЮĈ₤ЮŲЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮĕйЮ◦¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ЮķųşŪĠŁ₤ЮĈ₤ĠЯĕ□ņ₧ņУŎЯřŲŢşсžijŪijСŷЯijŪĠŁ₤ЮĜй ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чĠřЊЮ₤Ċ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮ ЧŎ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБЮĈ₤ďℓŊБņŚ₣Ю◦Ьij¤

ŁŲ₧ģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣ЯijĮБĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ĠлНЮ₧‼ й ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чņЊĕΖşĠЯĕ□ņşеĕУĕ◦Е˝Ūģ с ₤ŪŌĠсĄУ₤ĄНŲŁũŠРijžijόŏřŲсЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮ◦¤

If an appeal has only been received from the accused, the Court of Appeal may not aggravate the sentence. It may modify the judgment only in favor of the accused. The Court of Appeal may not add an incidental sentence to the principal sentence.

The Court of Appeal may requalify the offense found by the Court of First Instance with another offense, but may not aggravate the sentence imposed on the accused.

If the Court of First Instance fails to declare any incidental sentence that was mandatory, the Court of Appeal shall annul the judgment and decide on the sentence itself.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 169

If an appeal has only been received from the accused, the Court of Appeal may not raise the amount of money ordered as compensation of damages to be paid to the civil party.

ŌŪ″ ƠƠ ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Article 400 Effect of Appeal by Royal Prosecutor and General Prosecutor

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĜеόŏЮ₤ЧЮũВЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀĕРŷЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşž₣ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź аĕijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣¤

⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ďŎ▫Ю΅ijН ΖşĠřЊЮ₤Ċ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşόŏũУşŠųФĕ ιΖş₤ЮŪņşŢ с◦ņĞĕсЮĈ₤ЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤ЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣¤ ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чΖş₤ЮŪņşόŏĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ũУşŠųФĕďĕЊşĆ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ĮЊũН◦ċļĮЮŲЧĄĕЮĕйņЊĕΖşĠİΆ ŀόŏЮþЧŀЮ◦¤

⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чΖşŪĠŁ₤ЮĈ₤ĠЯĕ□ņ ЯřŲŢşсžijŪijСŷЯijŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎžĕņЊĕģĕ ЯřŲijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ЮķųşņЊĕģĕŪĠŁ₤¤

An appeal by the Royal Prosecutor or the General Prosecutor leads to a review of the criminal part of the trial judgment. The Court of Appeal may eventually dismiss an acquittal judgment or affirm the sentence that was declared by the Court of First Instance. The Court of Appeal can always decide to acquit the accused if it considers that the person was not proved guilty.

The Court of Appeal may impose any incidental sentence that is mandatory which the Court of First Instance fails to impose.

ŌŪ″ Ơơ Łũ˝е‗ijсŪĠЮķ◦ÐijЊŎНijŚаĕΒ₣ðЮ΅ijНďℓŊБЮŢŎ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч Article 401 Redetermination of Legal Qualification of Facts by Court of Appeal

⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чΖşЯ˝ЯŪĠŪĠЮķ◦ÐijЊŎНijŚаĕΒ₣ðЮ΅ijНЯřŲ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ģĕ˝е‗ijс ЯijņЊĕŪijСŷĠЯĕ□ņēijНℓŊБ₧ņУŎЯřŲņЊĕģĕŢ сĄРĕijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣₤ЮŪņşЮĜйЮ◦¤

The Court of Appeal may alter the legal qualification of the facts adopted by the Court of First Instance, but may not add any new element that was not submitted to the Court of First Instance to decide upon.

ŌŪ″ ƠƯ ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ιũĠ₤сΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 402 Effects of Appeal by Civil Party or Civil Defendants

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşЮĊſЧģĕЯijЮŲЧĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕчЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤

ЮĝņНŠ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеℓŊБЯřŲņЊĕģĕŢ сĄРĕijНŵŁũĮЊĕЊijŏЮĜйЮ◦¤ The appeal of a civil party or a civil defendant may only be based on civil interests.

A civil party may not bring a new request before the Court of Appeal which was not submitted to the Court of First Instance.

ŌŪ″ Ơư ◦Ūņ₣с ĕЊ₣΅ij□ЮŲžЮŲЧ⅜ŲřБŁ Article 403 Form and Signature of Judgments of Court of Appeal

ŷЋēĕ₤Ś БĮБ◦Ūņ₣с ĕЊ₣΅ij□ЮŲžЮŲЧ⅜ŲŪ˝ņũĠ₤сijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijŚЮŲЧ⅜ŲřБŁũĠ₤с⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 170

The rules governing the form and signature of the written judgment of the Court of First Instance shall also apply to the judgment of the Court of Appeal.

ŌŪ″ Ơ Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЯřŲņЊĕΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕ Article 404 Inadmissible Appeals

ŁŲ₧⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮĊſЧ У₤ЮĮŲ е‗ijс ιЮĊſЧЮĝ ĖО₣Ų šŠ‗Ź ņЊĕŪijЕņŪijСŷЮĜй ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чŪĠŁ₤▫ Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чņЊĕΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕ¤

If the Court of Appeal considers that the appeal has been filed after the time limit or that the appeal is not submitted in the correct manner, the Court of Appeal shall decide that the appeal is not admissible.

ŌŪ″ Ơ ŁũĠřЊЮ₤Ċ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ Article 405 Reversal of Judgment

ŁŲ₧⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ýŊ ĕĮЊũН◦ċļĮЮŲЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Ю◦ ι єΒеЮĮЧЮĜйņЊĕЯņĕďĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤Ю◦ ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чĠřЊЮ₤Ċ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ Ю ЧŎόŏĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ũУşŠųФĕ¤

If the Court of Appeal considers the accused is not guilty or that act is not an offense, the Court of Appeal shall reverse the judgment and acquit the accused.

ŌŪ″ Ơ ₤Њ◦ċЊЮŲЧ˝ņ˝ď₤еΖ₣ũĠ₤с⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч Article 406 Appeal Court’s Right to Replace Judgment of Court of First Instance

ŁŲ₧⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲЮþЧŀ▫ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņũĠ₤сijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ŌĕďĠсЮŌþļĮ ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чΖş₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş ŚБЮΌЧŀ ŷЋŀřРşijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣¤

If the Court of Appeal finds the judgment of the Court of First Instance is invalid, the Court of Appeal shall re-decide on the merits of the case in the same way that a Court of First Instance would.

ŌŪ″ Ơ řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕ ιřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕЮşŀЮŢŎ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч Article 407 Detention Order or Arrest Warrant Issued by Court of Appeal

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч₤ЮŪņşЮĈ₤Ţ сĮĕċĜýũŗл ₣ijЊş ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖ е ЮŢŎýŊ ĕĮŏФũЮ◦ Ю ЧŎŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ ŷЋēĕŁũ₤ĕŚЊ₤НŠijŪņСŷЮĜй ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч″ņũŎкЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşŌĕŲ š‗кĮЊЮ₤₤ ĕЊ₣Ōĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН ΖşЮşŀЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũĕРŷк

− řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНеŠųФĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲŌĕŷijŚŌĕ − řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲΒŷijŚŌĕ¤ řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏþНе ĕЊ₣řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕŌĕΖĕНļĮΒĕНŷijŚļų ņ¤ řБŁĈе₣ЮĕйŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşijЮĉк − ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗аĕĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ − ŪĠЮķ◦аĕ◦‗Ź ˝ņŊ ĕЊ₣Βij□Ġ◦şĤĠсЯřŲďņРŲŢť ĕаĕ◦‗Ź ˝ņŊЮĕй − ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲЮşŀřБŁ¤ řБŁĈе₣ЮĕйŪijСŷЯijŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮĕй ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 171

ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЯřŲŪijСŷČĠсŠųФĕЮŢŎΒĕНŷijŚ″ņřБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ ŪijСŷĜеŠųФĕ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠųБĠеĩНijЮĉĠİΆ ŀĄРĕΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ĝ◦Б Яĕų₣ČĠсŠųФĕ ЯřŲŪijСŷόŏřе‗Е₣ĮБřБŁЮĕйřŲс⅜ņБŠųФĕ ĕЊ₣ЮĊſЧŁũþНеŠųФĕĄĕЮĕй¤

ŁŲ₧⅜ŲřБŁģĕŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎ еģе₣ņНŠ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşşЊijʼn▫ĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сŪijСŷЯijşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠųБĠеĩНijЮĉ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲřБŁЮĜй¤ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕΖşŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеόŏЮĝЮŪłþНе¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч₤ЮŪņşЮĉ″ņŌŪ″ ưƠ (Ġ‗Ś Е₣₤НеЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНе) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

If the Court of Appeal sentences the accused to at least one-year imprisonment without suspension, and if security measures so require, the Court of Appeal may, based on a special decision with reasons, issue during the hearing:

− A detention order against the accused who is currently present; − An arrest warrant against the accused who is absent. The detention order and the arrest warrant shall become enforceable immediately. The order shall include the following information: − The identity of the convicted person; − The type of conviction and the legal basis of the conviction; − The full name and current position of the judge who issued the order. The order shall be dated, signed, and sealed by the issuing judge. A convicted person who is arrested on the basis of such warrant shall be brought before the

General Prosecutor without delay at the place where he has been arrested, the General Prosecutor notifies him about the order and proceeds with his incarceration.

If the judgment is a default judgment, the convicted person who wishes to oppose against this judgment shall be brought without delay before the court that issued the judgment. The convicted person may make an application for release and the court shall decide in accordance with Article 307 (Application for Release of Detained Accused) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ Ơ7 ŪĠЮķ◦аĕ⅜ŲřБŁ Article 408 Types of Appeal Judgment

⅜ŲřБŁŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чď⅜ŲřБŁşеЮĵйņНŠ ď⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲČijс◦Н˝▫şеЮĵйņНŠ ιď⅜ŲřБŁ˝еģе₣ņНŠ ″ņŁũЯŷ˝Яŀ˝ЯřŲΒĕНŷijŚşеЮĵй⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣¤

A judgment issued by the Court of Appeal is a non-default judgment, a judgment that is deemed a non-default judgment or a default judgment, according to the same criteria as applicable to a judgment of the Court of First Instance.

ĄеĮР ◦Б : Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сşеЮĵй⅜ŲřБŁЮşŀЮŢŎ˝еģе₣ņНŠ CHAPTER 5: OPPOSITION AGAINST DEFAULT JUDGMENT

ŌŪ″ Ơo Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сşеЮĵй⅜ŲřБŁ еģе₣ņНŠ Article 409 Opposition against Default Judgment

ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕΖşĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сĕЕ₣⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎ еģе₣ņНŠŠųФĕ¤ A convicted person may file an opposition against a default judgment, as far as he is

concerned.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 172

ŌŪ″ ơƠ ◦Ūņ₣саĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с Article 410 Form of Opposition Motion

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сΖşЮĊſЧк − ″ņĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чЯřŲģĕ₤ЮŪņşЮşŀ

⅜ŲřБŁ ι − ″ņĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Β₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□

ιŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ¤ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕΖşŪijСŷijе₧₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ¤ ЮņēŷВŪijСŷЯijŌĕŲЊŠЊijΒĕНŔň ijόŏЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕď

ΒĕБijЊĄĕΖşŪijСŷijе₧₣ЮŢŎΰĮН˝ ŌŚ Ŏ ιΒĖ˝Ζ₧ĮŜģŲ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ΒĖ˝ijе₧₣ņЊĕČеģşсŌĕŲЊŠЊijŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċЊЮ◦¤

ŁŲ₧ģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Β₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ĕЊ₣˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ ŪĮņĈе₣ŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ ĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĜйļų ņЮĉ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤Юşŀ⅜ŲřБŁ¤

ŁŲ₧ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сņЊĕЮşйşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮ◦ ⅜ņБŠųФĕŪijСŷĩŚЊijŪŌņаř¤ Any opposition motion may be made by a written statement to:

− the office of the clerk of the Court of Appeal which issued the judgment; − the General Prosecutor, the police, or the military police or the chief of prison or

detention center. The convicted person may be represented by a lawyer. The lawyer shall obtain a specific

power of attorney authorizing his activity. However, a convicted person, who is a minor, may be represented by a parent or guardian. In the latter case, the representative does not need to have a specific power of attorney.

When receiving an apposition motion, the General Prosecutor, the police and the military police, or the chief of prison or detention center shall immediately forward the motion to the clerk of the court which issued the judgment. If the person filing the motion does not know how to sign, he shall emplace a finger-print.

ŌŪ″ ơơ ĠŃąБаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с Article 411 Registry of Opposition Motions

Ū˝ΐĠŃąБаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ŁĕсĠŃą БĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с¤ ÐРļÐБ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВΖşЮĠЧ˝ĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲģĕЮŢŎЮ₤ũВ¤ The clerk of the Court of Appeal shall keep a registry of opposition motions so that the

related parties and lawyers may freely examine it.

ŌŪ″ ơƯ ũŎкЮĮŲаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с Article 412 Time Limit for Opposition Motion

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сŪijСŷЮĊſЧ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơ (řĠсŪģе) аℓĞ ÐЊijĮБк − аℓĞόŏřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБ⅜ŲřБŁ˝еģе₣ņНŠ ŁŲ₧⅜ŲřБŁЮĕй ŪijСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲсĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЮŢŎĬĀ Ųсаř¤ − аℓĞЯřŲĮЊũН◦ċĄĕģĕřЕ₣ŗл ₣ĮЊijŪģ˝řΒеĮБ⅜ŲřБŁ ŁŲ₧⅜ŲřБŁЮĕйņЊĕģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ

ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсаřЮ◦¤ An opposition motion against a default judgment shall be submitted within 15 days from:

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 173

− The date of notification of the default judgment, if it was delivered by hand to the convicted person,

− The date the convicted person got actual knowledge about the judgment if it was not delivered by hand to him.

ŌŪ″ ơư Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сЯřŲ˝ŪņЊijşеЮĵйЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 413 Opposition Motion Limited to Civil Part of Judgment

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сΖş˝е‗ijсЮĉЮŲЧЯijЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Баĕ⅜ŲřБŁģĕ¤ An opposition motion may be limited to the civil part of the judgment.

ŌŪ″ ơ Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сşеЮĵйЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ιũřťĠġЮŷ‗Баĕ⅜ŲřБŁ Article 414 Opposition Motion against Criminal or Civil Part of Judgment

ŁŲ₧Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сЮĊſЧŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣⅜ŲřБŁĈе₣ņРŲ ⅜ŲřБŁЮĕйŪijСŷ◦Н˝ďΒ⅜ũĠ₣с¤ ŁũΒĕНŷijŚаĕ⅜ŲřБŁŪijСŷĮŏФũ¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕЮĝЯijŌĕΖĕНļĮ¤ ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чŌĕ₤ņij□ ЊşĆЮřЧņġБ₤ЮŪņşĮБŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ŷЋŀ¤

ŁŲ₧Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сЮĊſЧŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЮĜйЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşŪij₣сЯĩĖ˝ЮĕйŪijСŷ◦Н˝ďΒ⅜ũĠ₣с Ю΅ЧŎŁũΒĕНŷijŚŪijСŷĮŏФũ¤

When an opposition motion is made against an entire judgment, the judgment shall be considered void. The execution of the judgment shall be suspended. However, the arrest warrant shall remain in force. The Court of Appeal has authority to decide whether to release the accused.

When an opposition motion is made only against the civil part of the judgment, only that part should be considered void. The execution of the civil part of the judgment shall be suspended.

ŌŪ″ ơ ⅜ŲřБŁЮşŀ″ņĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с Article 415 Judgment on Opposition Motion

ЮũЩ₣ŪijСŷЮŲЧ˝ņ˝ĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮĝņНŠ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чřЯřŲ¤ ÐРļÐБŪijСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊ″ņÐеĕЊijЮĩŚЧņũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ЮŪŁŎĮБ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧļĮЯřŲΖş◦◦УŲģĕаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с ijНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņşďℓŊБЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş ŚБ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сЯřŲģĕЮŁйЮΊŗл ₣ŪijЕņŪijСŷЮ ЧŎ ЯijņЊĕşРŲņ˝ĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ

ijНŵŁũŪĠŁ₤▫Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сŪijСŷ◦Н˝ďΒ⅜ũΟijŁũ¤ ⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с ņЊĕΖşŪijСŷģĕЯ˝ЯŪĠģĕЮ◦¤ ⅜ŲřБŁЮĕйŌĕΖĕНļĮĈе₣Ū₤О₣şеЮĵйÐРļÐБ¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ΖşĠŚЕ₣ijǻм ЮĉijНŵŁũ еĮРŲģĕ¤ The case shall be heard again before the same Court of Appeal. The parties shall be summonsed on the initiative of the General Prosecutor. After deciding on the admissibility of the motion, the court shall re-decide the merits of the case.

If the person making the opposition motion has been properly summonsed, but fails to appear at the hearing, the court may declare the opposition motion void. Thereafter, the default judgment cannot be modified. The judgment has all its effect against all parties. However, the convicted person may still refer the case to the Supreme Court.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 174

ŌŪ″ ơ Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ιΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Бк ũŎкЮĮŲ ◦Ūņ₣с Łũijе₧₣

Article 416 Opposition Motion by Civil Party or Civil Defendants: Time Limit, Forms, and Representation

ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б єΖşĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сĕЕ₣⅜ŲřБŁ еģе₣ņНŠŠųФĕģĕĩ₣Яřũ¤ Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сЮĕй е‗ijсЮĉЮŲЧЯijЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Баĕ⅜ŲřБŁĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сŪijСŷЮĊſЧ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơ (řĠсŪģе) аℓĞ ÐЊijĮБк − аℓĞόŏřе‗Е₣ĮБ⅜ŲřБŁ˝еģе₣ņНŠ ŁŲ₧⅜ŲřБŁЮĕйŪijСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮŢŎ

ĬĀ Ųсаř − аℓĞЯřŲЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БģĕřЕ₣ŗл ₣ĮЊijŪģ˝ř ΒеĮБ⅜ŲřБŁ ŁŲ₧⅜ŲřБŁЮĕйņЊĕģĕŪĠÐŲс

όŏЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсаřЮ◦¤ Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сΖşЮĊſЧďŵŎŲ š‗чΒ˝℮ũЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤⅜Ų

řБŁ¤ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşŪijСŷijе₧₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ ₤΅Įњ◦ċ ιЮŢŎőijЊЮŵ΅ЊijĬĀ Ųс¤ ΒĖ˝ijе₧₣ŪijСŷЯij

ŌĕŲЊŠЊijŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċЊďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũЯřŲΒĕНŔň ijόŏĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с¤ Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊаĕŌŪ″Юĕй ŪijСŷŎ˝ЮĉΒĕНŷijŚЮŲЧĠНÐðŲЯřŲ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чŪĠŁ₤όŏ◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ A civil party may also file an opposition motion against a default judgment. The opposition

is limited to the civil part of the judgment. An opposition motion against a default judgment shall be submitted within 15 days from: − The date of notification of the default judgment, if it was delivered by hand to the civil

party, − The date the civil party got actual knowledge about the judgment if it was not delivered

by hand to him. The opposition motion shall be submitted in writing to the office of the clerk of the Court of

Appeal which issued the judgment. The civil party may be represented by a lawyer, his spouse, or a direct-line relative. The

representative shall provide a written power of attorney to file an opposition motion. The provisions of this article shall also be applied to any person who has been declared a

civil defendant by the Court of Appeal.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 175

Ðĕ□Б◦Б : ijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ BOOK SIX: SUPREME COURT

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ơ: Ġ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н š TITLE 1: REQUEST FOR CASSATION TO SUPREME COURT

ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: Ġ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н š UNITARY CHAPTER: REQUEST FOR CASSATION TO SUPREME COURT

ŌŪ″ ơ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯřŲΖşЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝š Article 417 Decisions Subject to Request for Cassation

⅜ŲřБŁаĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮŢŎÐЊijĠŃĆСŲĈе₣ЮũЩ₣ĠijŜĠњĕ ŪĮņĈе₣⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşď₤ņij□˝ЊşĆşН₣ЮŪŁŎЮŢŎ₤ļŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź аĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ΖşŪijСŷĠŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝šģĕ¤

ĠлНЯĕŚ ŷЋĊБijǻм ЮĕйņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧģĕЮ◦ şеЮĵй⅜ŲřБŁаĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲĠİð ĠсόŏĠŃąСĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮĉijНŵŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮĜй¤

Decisions made by the Investigation Chamber, including extradition issues, and final appeal judgments issued by a Criminal Chamber of the Court of Appeal may be reviewed through a request for cassation.

However, no request for cassation is admissible against an indictment issued by the Investigation Chamber.

ŌŪ″ ơ7 ĠНÐðŲЯřŲΖşЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н š Article 418 Persons Entitled to Request for Cassation

Ġ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝šΖşŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮŢŎк − ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒņijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ − ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч − ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ιĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ − ĠНÐðŲЯřŲŪijСŷЮÐĈņĈũ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БаĕĕБijЊ ŷВĊБĠijŜĠњĕ − ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б − ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ Ġ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝š ŪijСŷĮЊĕЊijŏЮŢŎ₤ļŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź аĕijНŵŁũ еĮРŲ¤

A request for cassation may be made by: − the General Prosecutor attached to the Supreme Court; − a General Prosecutor attached to a Court of Appeal; − an accused or a convicted person; − a person wanted for extradition; − a civil party; − a civil defendant. The Criminal Chamber of the Supreme Court shall examine a request for cassation.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 176

ŌŪ″ ơo ņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝š Article 419 Grounds for Request for Cassation

ijНŵŁũ еĮРŲΖşĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş ĖО₣˝ũ‗БřРşijЮĉк − ₤Ō₤ļĮņЊĕŪ₤ĠşĤĠсаĕijНŵŁũ − Β₤ņij□˝ЊşĆаĕijНŵŁũ − ŁũũжЮŵķΒе₧ş − ŁũĠеĵĕşĤĠс ιŁũΒĕНŷijŚŠН₤şĤĠс − ŁũĠеĵĕ ιЮķųş◦Ūņ₣сŁũ ЯřŲşĤĠсĠŃňijŚЊ▫ŪijСŷ◦Н˝ďЮŌþк − ŁũņЊĕģĕ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеũĠ₤сΒŎŏŁũ ιļÐБ ŁŲ₧ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеЮĕй ЮĊſЧďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ

ĕЊ₣ŌĕĕњŎŗл ₣şĤ₤сŵ₤с − ŁũĠеаķųΒ₣ðЮ΅ijН − ýŊ ĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН − ŁũĩĀОŎýĖ ũǻ₣₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН ĕЊ₣Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş¤

The Supreme Court may grant a request for cassation: − for illegal composition of the trial panel; − for lack of jurisdiction of the court; − for abuse of power; − for breaching the law or for misapplication of the law; − for violations or failure to comply with procedure causing nullity; − for failure to decide on a request made by the Prosecutor or a party, given it was

unambiguous and made in writing; − for manipulation of facts; − for lack of reasons; − for contradiction between holding and ruling.

ŌŪ″ ƯƠ ũŎкЮĮŲЮřЧņġБЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н š Article 420 Time Period for Request for Cassation

Ġ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝š ŪijСŷЮĊſЧ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřРşijЮĉк − ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ şеЮĵй⅜ŲřБŁũĠ₤с₤ļŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź аĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч − ơ (řĠсŪģе) аℓĞ şеЮĵй⅜ŲřБŁũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч − (Ūģе) аℓĞ şеЮĵйņijЊũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲĠЮŃĆŀ ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ĠijŜĠњĕ¤ ŁŲ₧⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲĠŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝šЮĕй ď⅜ŲřБŁşеЮĵйņНŠ ũŎкЮĮŲŪijСŷЮĩŚЧņÐЊijĮБŁũŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲřБŁ¤ ŁŲ₧⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲĠŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š ď⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲČijс◦Н˝▫şеЮĵйņНŠ ũŎкЮĮŲŪijСŷЮĩŚЧņĮБŁũόŏřе‗Е₣¤ ŁŲ₧⅜ŲřБŁ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎ еģе₣ņНŠ ũŎкЮĮŲŪijСŷЮĩŚЧņÐЊijĮБŁũĩНijũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с¤

A request for cassation shall be made within the following periods: − One month for an appeal judgment issued by the Criminal Chamber of the Court of

Appeal;

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 177

− Fifteen days for a decision issued by the Investigation Chamber of the Court of Appeal; − Five days for a decision by the Investigation Chamber concerning issues of extradition. If the judgment being challenged is a non-default judgment, the time period shall be

calculated from the date the judgment was declared. If the judgment being challenged is deemed to have been a non-default judgment, the time

period shall be calculated from the date of notification. If the judgment is a default judgment, the time period shall be calculated from the date of

the expiration of the period for opposition.

ŌŪ″ Ươ Ġ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝šşеЮĵй⅜ŲřБŁČijсũЮĠЬĠ Article 421 Appeal against Interlocutory Judgment

ŁŲ₧⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чЮşŀ⅜ŲřБŁČijсũЮĠЬĠ Ġ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝šŪijСŷ◦◦УŲģĕļų ņ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ⅜ŲřБŁЮĕйĠŃĆĠсĕБijЊŷЋĊБ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĩĀОŎĮБЮĕй ⅜ŲřБŁČijсũЮĠЬĠΖşŢ сĄРĕijНŵŁũ еĮРŲĮЊĕЊijŏďņУŎýĖ ĕЕ₣⅜ŲřБŁЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş ŚБЯijĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤

If a Court of Appeal rendered an interlocutory judgment before sentencing, a request for cassation shall be immediately admissible if this judgment terminated the proceedings [of the Court of Appeal]. Otherwise, an interlocutory judgment can only be submitted for examination by the Supreme Court together with the judgment on the merits.

ŌŪ″ ƯƯ ◦Ūņ₣саĕŁũŪĠŁ₤Ġ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝š Article 422 Forms of Request for Cassation

Ġ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝šŪijСŷЮĊſЧ″ņĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ЯřŲģĕЮşŀЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş¤ ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ЮĕйŪijСŷşНй ĖО₣ĠŃą БĮЊЮ₤₤ЯřŲũ˝⅝◦Н˝ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБаĕijНŵŁũЮĕй¤

ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ĕЊ₣ĠНÐðŲЯřŲŪijСŷЮÐĈņĈũ ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗Ź ĕБijЊŷЋĊБĠijŜĠњĕΖşijе₧₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ¤ ЮņēŷВŪijСŷŌĕŲЊŠЊijŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċ ЊόŏĠŚ Е₣⅜◦Н˝š¤ ĠлНЯĕŚĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ιĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ďΒĕБijЊĄĕΖşŪijСŷijе₧₣ЮŢŎΰĮН˝ ŌŚ Ŏ ιΒĖ˝Ζ₧ĮŜģŲ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ΒĖ˝ijе₧₣ņЊĕČеģşсŌĕŲЊŠЊijŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċ ЊЮ◦¤

ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşijе₧₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ ₤΅Įњ◦ċ ιЮŢŎőijЊЮŵ΅ЊijĬĀ Ųс¤ ΒĖ˝ijе₧₣ŪijСŷŌĕŲЊŠЊijŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċЊόŏЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝š¤

ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşijе₧₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ ₤΅Įњ◦ċ ιЮŢŎőijЊЮŵ΅ЊijĬĀ Ųс¤ ΒĖ˝ijе₧₣ŪijСŷŌĕŲЊŠЊijŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċЊόŏЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝š¤

A request for cassation shall be submitted to the office of the clerk of the Court of Appeal which issued the judgment. This request shall be registered in a special registry kept at the clerk’s office of the Court of Appeal. An accused, a convicted person, or a person who is subject to extradition procedures, may be represented by a lawyer. The lawyer shall provide a written power of attorney to request for cassation. However, an accused or a convicted person, who is a minor, may be represented by a parent or guardian. In the latter case, the representative is not required to have the power of attorney.

A civil party may be represented by a lawyer, his spouse or a direct-line relative. The representative shall provide a written power of attorney to request for cassation.

A civil defendant may be represented by a lawyer, his spouse or a direct-line relative. The representative shall provide a written power of attorney to request for cassation.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 178

ŌŪ″ Ưư ŁũşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŲЧĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝š Article 423 Signature on Request for Cassation

Ġ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝šŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ ιijе₧₣¤ ŁŲ₧ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ņЊĕЮşйşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮ◦ ⅜ņБŠųФĕ ιΒĖ˝ijе₧₣ŪijСŷĩŚЊijŪŌņаř¤ ŲЊŠЊijŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċЊŪijСŷЯijļą ĠсďņУŎĕЕ₣ĵ˝ŏ₤НеĠŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŠſй΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤сŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ ιŠſйŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝šΖş◦◦УŲģĕ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧýŊ ĕЮþЧŀŁũĠĕųеΒſБЮ◦¤ Ū˝ΐĠŃąБŪijСŷũ₣ЮĈ₤ĮЊĕњŎ .ƠƠƠ (Ūģеĵĕс) ЮũЬŲ¤ Ūģ˝сĮЊĕњŎЮĕйŪijСŷŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲЮĝ ĖО₣⅜ŲřБŁũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤

The request for cassation shall be signed by the clerk and the requester or his representative. If the requester does not know how to sign, he or his representative shall emplace a finger-print. A power of attorney shall be attached with the request for cassation.

If there is no date or clerk’s signature, a request for cassation is still acceptable if there is no evidence of forgery. In this case, the clerk shall be fined 5000 (Five thousand) Riels. This fine shall be declared in the judgment of the Supreme Court.

ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ Article 424 Forwarding Case Files to Supreme Court

Юĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠųБĠеĩНij Ū˝ΐĠŃąБаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чЮũЬĠşе₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ Ю΅ЧŎĠŃąСĕЮĉŪ˝ΐĠŃąБijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ¤

The clerk of Court of Appeal shall bring the case file up to date for forwarding it without delay to the clerk of the Supreme Court.

ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũşНйĠŃą Баĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĝijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ Article 425 Registration of Case Files at Supreme Court

ЮĝЮĮŲЯřŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ģĕЮĉřŲсijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ Ū˝ΐĠŃąБŪijСŷşНйĠŃąБ¤ The clerk of the Supreme Court shall register the case file upon receipt.

ŌŪ″ Ư Łũ″е₣ЮņēŷВ Article 426 Appointment of Lawyers

ļÐБΖş″е₣ЮņēŷВģĕČĠс″е₣ĮБЮĮŲşНйĠŃą Б₤ее‗НеЮũЩ₣ Ю΅ЧŎŗл ₣ŎРũĠеĩНijũ΅РijřŲсņНĕаℓĞЮĠЧ˝₤ŷĜŁũ ơ (ņУŎ) аℓФ ļÐБŪijСŷĠŃąСĕЮěŊ йЮņēŷВũĠ₤сŠųФĕďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũόŏřŲсŪ˝ΐĠŃąБijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ¤

The parties may appoint a lawyer from the date the case file has been registered. They shall submit the lawyer’s name in writing to the clerk of the Supreme Court no later than one day before the hearing.

ŌŪ″ Ư ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠс₤ũЮ₤ũ⅜ũ₧ Article 427 Time Limit for Writing Briefs

Ū˝ΐĠŃąБijНŵŁũ еĮРŲόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсÐРļÐБΒеĮБŁũşНйĠŃą Баĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣¤ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơƠ (řĠс) аℓĞ ЮŪŁŎŁũόŏřе‗Е₣Юĕй Ū˝ΐĠŃąБόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š▫ŠųФĕŌĕℓЊũЮŷŵ

ƯƠ (аņĸ) аℓĞ ЮřЧņġБЮĩńЧĄРĕ₤ļŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ ĕРŷ⅜ũ₧ņУŎЯřŲŠųФĕŪijСŷЮũЬĠŬĠсΒеĮБņЮĊŜģŎž₣şĤĠс¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝šģĕ″е₣ЮņēŷВ ĕЊ₣ģĕĠŃąСĕЮěŊ йЮņēŷВЮĕйЮĉŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣Юĕй˝єŪijСŷЮĩńЧЮĉЮņēŷВĩ₣Яřũ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 179

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝šģĕĄРĕ⅜ũ₧ Ū˝ΐĠŃą Бόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсļÐБřа◦Ю◦Ьij ĕЊ₣ďŎ▫Ю΅ijНřŲсЮņēŷВЯřŲŌĕℓЊũЮŷŵ ƯƠ (аņĸ) аℓĞ Яřũ ЮřЧņġБЮđųЧŎijĠЮĉĕЕ₣⅜ũ₧ũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š¤

The clerk of the Supreme Court shall notify the parties about the registration of the case file. Within 10 days after the notification, the clerk shall notify the requester that he has 20 days

to submit a legal brief on the questions of law to the President of the Criminal Chamber of the Supreme Court. If the requester has already appointed a lawyer and the lawyer’s name has already been given to the clerk, the clerk shall also notify the lawyer.

If a brief is submitted by the requester, the clerk shall notify the other parties and their lawyers and notify them that they have 20 days to respond to the requester’s brief.

ŌŪ″ Ư7 ŁũŢ˝с₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ĄРĕĮЊĕЊijŏ Article 428 Presentation of Case Files for Examination

₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ŪijСŷŢ˝сĄРĕЮņēŷВĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲ″ņŪijСŷŁũ ĕЊ₣ЮĊſЧŁũşņų₣ ЮŢŎ⅜ņБŠųФĕďΒĖ˝ЮşŀЮ⅜΅пНŎ¤ The case file shall be freely accessible to the lawyers. The case file can be copied at any time at the expense of the relevant parties.

ŌŪ″ Ưo ŁũĮĕŜũũŎкЮĮŲаĕŁũ₤ũЮ₤ũ⅜ũ₧ Article 429 Extension of Time Limit for Writing Briefs

ŁŲ₧ũŎкЮĮŲ ƯƠ (аņĸ) аℓĞЮĕйņЊĕŪÐĠсŪýĕсЮ◦ ļÐБΖş₤НеЮĉřŲсŪĠēĕ₤ļŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź όŏĮĕŜũЮĮŲ¤ ŁũĮĕŜũЮĮŲЮĕйņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ ơƠ (řĠс) аℓĞЮ◦¤

If the twenty-day period is insufficient, any party may request an extension from the President of the Criminal Chamber. The duration of the extension shall not exceed ten days.

ŌŪ″ ưƠ ŁũČijс″е₣ЮčŪ˝ņũģŎŁũ‗ч Article 430 Appointment of Reporting Judge

ŲНйřŲсĩНijũŎкЮĮŲ е‗ijсЮřЧņġБĄРĕ⅜ũ₧ ŪĠēĕČijс″е₣ЮčŪ˝ņũģŎŁũ‗чŌĖ с ĕЊ₣ĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮĕй ЮŢŎŌĕļą Ġс⅜ũ₧ЮĉďņУŎĩ₣¤

Upon expiration of the period for submitting briefs, the President of the Criminal Chamber shall nominate one reporting judge and forward him the case file with the attached briefs.

ŌŪ″ ươ Łũ₤ũЮ₤ũũģŎŁũ‗ч Article 431 Written Report

ũģŎŁũ‗чďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũŪijСŷŌĕЮũЬĠŬĠсΒеĮБк − ĕБijЊŷЋĊБ ĕЊ₣ЮũЩ₣Ю΅ijН − şе‗НşşĤĠсЯřŲļÐБģĕЮŲЧ − řеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎЯřŲЮčŪ˝ņũģŎŁũ‗чЮ₤Ė Ч₤Не¤ ũģŎŁũ‗чŪijСŷĠŃĆСŲЮĉ ĖО₣₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣¤

The written report shall elaborate: − The proceedings and facts of the case; − The specific legal issues raised by the parties; − The solution suggested by the reporting judge. The report shall be included in the case file.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 180

ŌŪ″ ưƯ ŁũĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ Article 432 Delivery of Case File to General Prosecutor and Written Submission

₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮŢŎŌĕ⅜ũ₧ ĕЊ₣ũģŎŁũ‗чļą ĠсďņУŎĩ₣ ŪijСŷĠŃąСĕЮĉΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒņijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ¤

ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒņijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ ЮũЬĠşеЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕ₤НеďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ ЯřŲŪijСŷĠŃĆСŲЮĉ ĖО₣₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣¤

₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ŪijСŷĠŃąСĕŪijΌĠсЮĉŪĠēĕ₤ļŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ŷЋŀ¤ The case file with attached briefs and the written report shall be forwarded to the General

Prosecutor attached to the Supreme Court. The General Prosecutor attached to the Supreme Court shall make a written submission which shall be included in the case file.

The case file shall be returned to the President of the Criminal Chamber.

ŌŪ″ ưư ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũşеЮĵйļÐБ Article 433 Notification of Hearing Date to Parties

ŪĠēĕ₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź ˝е‗ijсŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣ĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijсřŲсΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũЮĕй¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń όŏřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦Юĕй řŲсļÐБ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ¤

Łũόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНе řŲсĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЯřŲþНеŠųФĕ ιřŲсĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũЮĝ ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ĠijŜĠњĕ ŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣″ņũЮĠЬĠřРşijЮĉк

− ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijс ι − ″ņũŎкŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ¤ Łũόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ιĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮĝЮŪłþНе ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б

ĕЊ₣řŲсЮņēŷВ ŪijСŷЮĊſЧřРşijЮĉк − ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijс − ″ņĩųСŷũřťģŲ ι − ″ņũŎкΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□¤ ŁŲ₧Łũόŏřе‗Е₣ŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijс Ū˝ΐĠŃąБşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũόŏřе‗Е₣ЮĉЮŲЧ₤е‗Не

ЮũЩ₣¤ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ιЮņēŷВ şНй΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗Бřа◦Ю◦Ьij Łũόŏřе‗Е₣ŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮŢŎŌĕĠİĕсаřĠŔą с▫ģĕ◦◦УŲ ₤ŪŌĠс◦Н˝ď₤Ōð Ųс¤ The President of the Criminal Chamber shall determine whether the case file is up to date

and if so, shall set a hearing date. He shall orally inform the General Prosecutor of the hearing date. The General Prosecutor shall inform the parties and the lawyers of the hearing date.

A detained accused, a detained convicted person, or a person subject to extradition procedures, shall be informed either:

− orally; or − through the chief of prison or detention center.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 181

A convicted person or an accused who is at liberty, a civil party, a civil defendant and lawyer shall be informed either:

− orally; − through administrative means; or − through police or military police units.

When the notification is made orally, the court clerk shall note the date of the notification in the case file. The convicted person, the accused, the civil party, the civil defendant or the lawyer shall add their signatures.

In the remaining cases, the notification shall be made upon acknowledgement of receipt.

ŌŪ″ ư ⅜ēũ‗ļĮаĕ˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ

Article 434 Public Hearing

ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲŪijСŷŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũď⅜ēũ‗к¤ ļÐБņЊĕŪijСŷģĕ₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź аĕijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņų ЧŎЮ◦ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣Яij ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б ЯřŲŪĠēĕĠİð Ġс

όŏşРŲņ˝ĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņũģŎŁũ‗чЮĊſЧЮ₤ş˝ŚБŬŎŁũ‗ч¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮĊſЧЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕ₤Не¤ ЮņēŷВЮĊſЧЮ₤ş˝ŚБ

₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕŁũĵũ¤ ЮŪŁŎЮĮŲĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ₤ļŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ℓŎŠųФĕЮĉĮЊļ˝⅝₤ЮŪņş ĕЊ₣Яij₣⅜ŲřБŁũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤

⅜ŲřБŁΖşŪijСŷŪĠŁ₤ ĖО₣аℓĞďņУŎЮĜйЯijņŚ₣ ι єЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮŲЧ˝ЮŪŁŎЯřŲŪijСŷ˝е‗ijсЮŢŎijНŵŁũ¤ Юĝ ĖО₣ŪÐĠс˝ũ‗Б ijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲņЊĕΖşĮЊļ˝⅝₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧЮũЩ₣₧ņУŎЮŢŎýŊ ĕЮĊſЧŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ

ЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ ŪÐĠсļÐБĈе₣Β₤сΖşŢ сĄРĕ⅜ũ₧ ι⅜ũ₧ℓŊБЮ◦Ьij ũ΅РijřŲсĠЊ◦ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ¤

The hearing shall be held in public. The parties shall not be heard personally by the Criminal Chamber of the Supreme Court

unless the President had ordered their appearance. The reporting judge shall present his report. The General Prosecutor shall present his

submission. The lawyers shall present their submissions. After the hearing, the Criminal Chamber shall and draft its judgment. The judgment may be

issued on the same day or at a subsequent hearing date set by the court. Under no circumstances may the Supreme Court deliberate on a case regarding which no hearing has taken placed.

Any party may submit a brief or supplementary briefs until the closing of the hearing has been declared.

ŌŪ″ ư ΖĕНļĮĠ₣∆₣саĕĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝š Article 435 Effect of Request for Cassation

Юĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠсЮĊſЧĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝šЮĜй ŁũΒĕНŷijŚ⅜ŲřБŁũĠ₤с⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чŪijСŷĠ₣∆₣с₤Њĕ¤ Ġ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝šŌĕΖĕНļĮĮŏФũ¤ ŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯřŲŪijСŷijǻм ЮĕйŪijСŷЯijĠ₣∆₣с ĖО₣Š‗кЯřŲijНŵŁũ

˝еĮРŲņЊĕĈĕсģĕ₤ЮŪņş¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 182

ĠлНЯĕŚ ŁũΒĕНŷijŚŢ сĮĕċĜýũņЊĕŪijСŷĠ₣∆₣сЮ◦ Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ģĕĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ĖО₣ůĕкďĄĕďĠсþНеЮĜй¤

řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕЮĝЯijŌĕΖĕНļĮ¤ ŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЮĝЯijĠĕŚΒĕНŷijŚ¤ ĠНÐðŲďĠсþНеЮĝ ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗Ź ĕБijЊŷЋĊБĠijŜĠњĕЮĝЯijďĠсþНеřЯřŲ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁũ₤ЮŪņşόŏũУşŠųФĕ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪijСŷģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ¤

As long as the time limit for a request for cassation has not yet expired, the execution of the judgment of the Court of Appeal shall be suspended. A request for cassation has the effect of suspending [the execution of judgment]. The execution of a contested decision shall be suspended while the Supreme Court has not yet made a decision.

Where a detained accused had appeared before the Court of Appeal, the execution of a sentence of imprisonment shall not be suspended. An eventual arrest warrant shall remain in force. A provisional detention order continues to be enforceable.

A detained person who is subject to an extradition procedure shall remain in detention. In case of acquittal, the accused shall be released.

ŌŪ″ ư Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĠŔΆ ÐijЊŎНijŚ Article 436 Decision on Questions of Law

ijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲŪijСŷ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĠŔΆ şĤĠсЯřŲЮŲЧ˝ЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š ĕЊ₣ЯřŲŌĕЮũЬĠŬĠсЮĝ ĖО₣⅜ũ₧¤

The Supreme Court shall make a decision on the questions of law which were raised by the requester and described in his briefs.

ŌŪ″ ư ŁũЮģйĠ₣сЮČŲĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н š Article 437 Waiver of Request of Cassation

ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ĠНÐðŲЯřŲŪijСŷЮÐĈņĈũ ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ĠijŜĠњĕ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşЮģйĠ₣сЮČŲĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝šũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ ŁũЮģйĠ₣сЮČŲЮĕй ŪijСŷĮЊĕЊijŏ˝ijсŪ″ЮŢŎŪĠēĕ₤ļŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź аĕijНŵŁũ еĮРŲ¤

An accused, a convicted person, a person who is subject to extradition procedures, a civil party or a civil defendant may drop his request for cassation. The waiver shall be recorded by the President of the Criminal Chamber of the Supreme Court.

ŌŪ″ ư7 ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠс₤ЮŪņşЮ₤ş ŚБ Article 438 Time Period for Decision

ijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲŪijСŷ₤ЮŪņş ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл ₣ŎРũ (ŪģеņУŎ) ЯŠ ÐЊijĮБЮĮŲ◦◦УŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯijŌĕŁŲкЮ◦₤кЯřŲņЊĕΖşĄеĕйģĕ¤

The Supreme Court shall make its decision within no later than 6 months from the date of receiving the case file, unless there are circumstances that cannot be overcome.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 183

ŌŪ″ ưo ĄеĮР˝аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ Article 439 Categories of Judgments of Supreme Court

₤ļŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź аĕijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲΖşк − ĠřЊЮ₤ĊĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝šĈе₣Ū₤О₣ ιņУŎЯĩĖ˝ − ĠřЊЮ₤Ċ⅜ŲřБŁũĠ₤с⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чЯřŲЮÐijǻм ЮĕйЮČŲĈе₣Ū₤О₣ ιņУŎЯĩĖ˝¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝šŪijСŷģĕĠřЊЮ₤Ċ ЮĜйЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯřŲijǻмŌĕΖďń Β₤сĄеĕНе¤ ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝šņЊĕŪijСŷģĕΒĕНŔň ijόŏĠŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝šďℓŊБņŚ₣Ю◦Ьij ΒеĮБ⅜ŲřБŁřЯřŲЮĜйЮ◦¤ ŁŲ₧ijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯřŲЮÐijǻм ijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣ ĕЊ₣ÐРļÐБЮĝşеЮĵй

ņНŠ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чņУŎЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьij ιЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чřЯřŲ ĠлНЯĕŚŌĕ₤Ō₤ļĮℓŊБЮĩ℮₣ĮБ₤Ō₤ļĮņНĕ¤ The Criminal Chamber of the Supreme Court may:

− reject the request for cassation in whole or in part; − reverse a judgment of the Court of Appeal in whole or in part. If the request for cassation is rejected, the contested decision becomes a res judicata. The appellant shall not be authorized to bring another request for cassation against the same

judgment. If the Supreme Court reverses a contested decision, it shall return the case and the parties to

another Court of Appeal or to the same Court of Appeal. However, in the latter case the composition of the bench shall be different than the previous composition.

ŌŪ″ Ơ ŁũĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮŢŎýŊ ĕĠ₣ſЊŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ Article 440 Reversal Judgment without Returning of Case

ŁŲ₧ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсņЊĕЯņĕďĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤Ю◦ ijНŵŁũ еĮРŲŪĠŁ₤ĠřЊЮ₤Ċ⅜ŲřБŁũĠ₤с⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чЮŢŎýŊ ĕĠ₣ſЊŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮĉŷЋŀЮΌЧŎ¤

If the charged act was not an offense, the Supreme Court shall reverse the judgment of the Court of Appeal without returning the case [to a Court of Appeal].

ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮŢŎŌĕŁũĠ₣ſЊŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ Article 441 Reversal Judgment with Returning of Case

ŁŲ₧ijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮĜй ďĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤Юĩ℮₣ΒеĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤Юĝ ĖО₣Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯřŲЮÐijǻм ĠлНЯĕŚ Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЮĕйŪijСŷĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤řРşýĖ ijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲЮŢŎņЊĕČеģşсŪĠŁ₤ĠřЊЮ₤Ċ ΖşЯ˝ЯŪĠŪĠЮķ◦ÐijЊŎНijŚаĕΒ₣ðЮ΅ijНďℓŊБ ЮŢŎũ˝⅝ЮĈ₤ЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤Ю΅ЧŎ ĕЊ₣Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĝřЯřŲ¤

ŁŲ₧ijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮĜй ďĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤Юĩ℮₣ĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤Юĝ ĖО₣Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯřŲЮÐijǻм Ю΅ЧŎĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЮĕйŪijСŷĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤Юĩ℮₣ЮĜй ijНŵŁũ еĮРŲŪijСŷĠřЊЮ₤Ċ⅜ŲřБŁ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ĕЊ₣Ġİð ĠсόŏĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣Юĉ⅜ŵĄŪņй ŚБŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆ ЮřЧņġБĄеĕНеĄŪņй¤

If the Supreme Court finds that the offense was different from the offense for which the accused was convicted in the contested decision, but the offenses have the same terms of sentence, it may - without reversing the judgment - alter the legal qualification of the offense and uphold the declared sentence and any existing decision issued on the civil part.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 184

If the Supreme Court finds that the offense was different from the offense for which the accused was convicted in the contested decision, and the offenses have different terms of sentences the Supreme Court shall reverse the judgment of the Court of Appeal and refer the case to the competent court.

ŌŪ″ Ư ⅜ŲřБŁĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮĮŀΒ₣ð Article 442 Judgment of Plenary

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧijНŵŁũ◦◦УŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ Ġ₣ſЊŲņЊĕΒĕНЮŵņ″ņ⅜ŲřБŁ◦БņУŎũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲЮ◦ Ю΅ЧŎŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧņЮĊŜģŎřЯřŲŪijСŷģĕЮŲЧ˝Ŏ˝ņ˝ЮĊſЧď₤еΖ₣ ₤ŪŌĠсĠ‗Ś Е₣⅜◦Н˝šЮŲЧ˝◦БĮБũ ijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲЯřŲĄеĕНеĄŪņйď₤ļЮĮŀΒ₣ðЮĜй ₤ЮŪņşЮ₤ş ŚБЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ΅ijН ĕЊ₣Β₣ðşĤĠс ЮŢŎЮşŀ⅜ŲřБŁ⅜□ ĮũņУŎ¤

If a court that receives a returned case does not follow the first judgment of the Supreme Court and a second request for cassation is submitted, the final judgment on the questions of law and fact shall be made by the plenary of the Supreme Court.

ŌijЊŁ◦Б Ư: Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВЮũЩ₣ ŚБ TITLE 2: MOTION FOR REVIEW OF PROCEEDING

ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВЮũЩ₣ ŚБ UNITARY CHAPTER: MOTION FOR REVIEW OF PROCEEDING

ŌŪ″ ư Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВ Article 443 Motion for Review

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВ ÐЙďĩųСŷijǻмņУŎŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ĕЊ₣⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲ⅜□ Įũ Ю΅ЧŎЯřŲŌĕΖďń Β₤сĄеĕНе¤ ₤ļЮĮŀΒ₣ðаĕijНŵŁũ еĮРŲŌĕ₤ņij□ ЊşĆЮŲЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВ¤ A motion for review is a procedure whereby a party contests against a final judgment which

already has the res judicata effect. The competence to decide on a motion for review rests with the Supreme Court in a plenary

hearing.

ŌŪ″ Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВ ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź Article 444 Review of Criminal Case

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВΖşŪijСŷЮĊſЧģĕЮĝ ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ЮĈйĠБijНŵŁũЯřŲģĕ₤ЮŪņşЮĜйďijНŵŁũ₧˝єЮŢŎ ĕЊ₣ЮĈйĠБЮĈ₤ЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤ЮĜйďЮĈ₤ΒſБ єЮŢŎ¤

A motion for review may be filed in any criminal case regardless of the court which made the decision and regardless of the sentence pronounced.

ŌŪ″ ˝ũ‗БЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤ЧЮũВЮũЩ₣ ŚБ Article 445 Cases of Review of Proceeding

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВЮũЩ₣ ŚБΖşЮĊſЧģĕЯijЮĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БřРşijЮĉĠлНЮ₧‼ й: ơ- ŁŲ₧ЮŪŁŎĮБŁũĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ĮБĠ◦ņĕН₤℮¹ijŌĕЮŲşijŪņОŎŗл ₣ŪÐĠсŪýĕс ЯřŲΒĕНŔň ijόŏÐЊij

▫Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýйЮĜйЮĝũ₤сŬĕŌĕĄБŷЋijЮĝЮΌЧŎ¤ Ư-ŁŲ₧ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ĮБũĜ сŪijСŷģĕĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ şеЮĵйĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤řЯřŲЮĕй ЮŢŎŁũĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤Ĉе₣ĮБũ

ЮĕйņЊĕşНй₤ŪņО₣ýĖ Ю◦¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 185

ư-ŁŲ₧⅜˝℮Б₧ņУŎŪijСŷģĕĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ ЮĊſЧď⅜˝℮БЮŢŎЯ˝ų₣ŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤

-ŁŲ₧ŌĕΒ₣ðЮ΅ijНℓŊБ ιŲЊŠЊij ιķ₤ŚО″₣ℓŊБЯřŲĜеόŏЮÐ₤₣℮њŎЮŲЧĮЊũН◦ċļĮаĕ◦‗Ź Њij¤ A motion for review may be filed:

1. If, after conviction for a crime of murder, sufficient evidence appears to permit the belief that the victim is still alive;

2. Where two accused have been convicted for the same crime and the two judgments are not consistent with each other;

3. Where any witness was convicted for giving false testimony against the accused; 4. Where new facts, documents, or other new evidence lead to reasonable doubt as to

the guilt of a convicted person.

ŌŪ″ ĠНÐðŲЯřŲΖşĠŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮũВЮũЩ₣ ŚБ Article 446 Persons Entitled to Make Motion for Review

₤Њ◦ċЊĠŚЕ₣₤НеόŏЮ₤ЧЮũВЮũЩ₣ ŚБď₤Њ◦ċЊũĠ₤ск ơ-ũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх Ư-◦‗Ź Њij ιΒĖ˝ijе₧₣Ū₤ĠşĤĠс ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦‗Ź ЊijЮĕйďΒ₤ņij□Ąĕ ư-₤΅Įњ◦ċ ΰĮН˝ ŌŚ Ŏ Рĕ ĕЊ₣ď◦РЮĉ Ąĕ₧ЯřŲŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕчž₣₤Ōĸ ũк ιž₣ĩųСŷşЊijŚ ĖО₣ŁũŲĠсĠеģijс◦‗Ź ˝ņŊЮĕй ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲ◦‗Ź Њijģĕ◦◦УŲņũ‗ļĮ ιģijсŠųФĕ¤

ũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх ņНĕĕЕ₣ЮĉĠŚЕ₣ijНŵŁũ еĮРŲ Ζş₤НеřŲсΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЯřŲŌĕ₤ņij□ ЊşĆž₣ЯřĕřБόŏЮĊſЧŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷĠЯĕ□ņ¤

The right to file a motion for review of a case shall rest with: 1. The Minister of Justice; 2. A convicted person; or his legal representative if the convicted person is

incapacitated; 3. The spouse, parents, children, or, generally, any person who has a material or

immaterial interest in the removal of the conviction if the convicted person has died or disappeared.

Before filing a motion for review with the Supreme Court, the Minister of Justice may request the General Prosecutor who has territorial jurisdiction to conduct further investigations.

ŌŪ″ ŁũşНйĠŃą БĠ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮĠЧ˝ĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ Article 447 Registration of Motion for Review and Examination of Case File

ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеЮ₤ЧЮũВŪijСŷşНй ĖО₣ĠŃą БЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБаĕijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ¤ ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣аĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВ ΖşĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲģĕЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБаĕijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ

ЮŢŎΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣₤НеЮ₤ЧЮũВ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ ЮņēŷВΖşşņų₣₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣Юĕйģĕ¤ ŁŲ₧Ġ‗Ś Е₣₤НеģĕЮĊſЧЮŢŎũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ΖşĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲģĕЮŢŎ◦‗Ź Њij ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ

ũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б◦‗Ź ЊijģijсŠųФĕ ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ΖşŪijСŷĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲģĕ ЮŢŎ₤΅Įњ◦ċ ΰĮН˝ ŌŚ Ŏ ι˝РĕũĠ₤сŠųФĕģĕ¤ The application for review shall be recorded in a register by the clerk of the Supreme Court.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 186

A person who applies for review or his lawyer may examine the case file at the office of the clerk of the Supreme Court. The lawyer may make a copy of such file.

If the motion for review is made by the Minister of Justice, the case file may be examined by the convicted person and his lawyer. If the convicted person has disappeared, the file may be examined by his spouse, parents or children.

ŌŪ″ 7 ĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮ₤ЧЮũВк ũŎкЮĮŲ Article 448 Procedure of Review: Time Limit

Ū˝ΐĠŃąБĩŚŲсřе‗Е₣řŲсЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣▫ ŠųФĕŌĕũŎкЮĮŲ ưƠ (⅜ņ₤ЊĠ) аℓĞ ЮřЧņġБĠеЮĮŀĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ ďŲ˝š‗кĮЊЮ₤₤ ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕйΖşĮĕŜũģĕЮŢŎŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ еĮРŲ¤

ĩНijũŎкЮĮŲЮĕй ŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ еĮРŲČijс″е₣ЮčŪ˝ņũģŎŁũ‗чŌĖ с¤ ŁŲ₧ũģŎŁũ‗чЮĊſЧũУşЮ΅ЧŎ ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ŪijСŷĠŃąСĕЮĉΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒņijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮĊſЧřБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ưƠ (⅜ņ₤ЊĠ) аℓФ

The court clerk shall inform the requester that he has thirty days to complete his request. In exceptional cases, this time limit may be extended by the President of the Supreme Court.

At the expiration of the time limit, the President of the Supreme Court shall designate a reporting judge. After the report has been written, the case file shall be forwarded to the General Prosecutor attached to the Supreme Court. The General Prosecutor, thereafter, prepares his written submission within thirty days.

ŌŪ″ o Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĠ₣∆₣сŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤ Article 449 Decision to Suspend Execution of Sentence

₤ļŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź аĕijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮũВ Ζş₤ЮŪņşĮŏФũŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤ģĕ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕņРŲЮ΅ijНşĤ₤сŵ₤с¤

The Criminal Chamber of the Supreme Court which received the motion for review may suspend the execution of the sentence if there are specific reasons.

ŌŪ″ Ơ ŁũĠŃąСĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВЮĉijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ Article 450 Delivery of Motion for Review to Supreme Court

ŁŲЮĠЧ₤ļŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ₤ЮŪņş▫ Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕЮĜй ₤ļŪijСŷĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣аĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВЮĉijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ ЮřЧņġБĄеĕНеĄŪņйď₤ļЮĮŀΒ₣ð ĕЊ₣₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ΅ijН ĕЊ₣Β₣ðşĤĠсЮŢŎ⅜ŲřБŁ⅜□ Įũ¤

If the Criminal Chamber declares a motion for review admissible, the case file shall be forwarded to the Supreme Court for organizing a plenary hearing to decide on the questions of law and fact and render a final judgment.

ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣⅜ēũ‗ļĮаĕ ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ Article 451 Notification of Hearing Date and Public Hearing

ŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ˝е‗ijсŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣ĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijсřŲсΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũЮĕй¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũřŲсΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮũВ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ řРşģĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ ưư (ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũşеЮĵйļÐБ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВŪijСŷģĕЮĊſЧЮŢŎũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijʼnЊĊņх ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũřŲс◦‗Ź Њij ιřŲсŪÐФ⅜ũ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 187

ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĉЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ⅜ēũ‗к¤ ijНŵŁũ⅜Ś ĠсЮ₤ş ŚБŬŎŁũ‗чũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņũģŎŁũ‗ч ũУş⅜Ś ĠсЮņēŷВũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣₤Не¤ ŁŲ₧Ġ‗Ś Е₣

Ю₤ЧЮũВģĕЮĊſЧЮŢŎũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚĊņх ijНŵŁũ⅜Ś ĠсЮņēŷВũĠ₤с◦‗Ź Њij ιũĠ₤сŪÐФ⅜ũ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕч ijНŵŁũ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎ◦‗Ź Њij¤

ijНŵŁũ⅜Ś ĠсЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ΖşĕЊŗŎņŚ₣Ю◦Ьijģĕ¤ The President of the Supreme Court shall set a hearing date and give oral notification to the

General Prosecutor. The General Prosecutor shall notify the requester and his lawyer in accordance with Article 433 (Notification of Hearing Date to Parties) of this Code. If the application for review was made by the Minister of Justice, the General Prosecutor shall notify the convicted person or his family of the hearing date.

The hearing shall be conducted in public. The court shall hear the report of the reporting judge and then the lawyer of the requester. If

the motion for review was made by the Minister of Justice, the court shall hear the lawyer of the convicted person or his family. If it is considered useful, the court may hear the convicted person.

The court shall hear the observations of the General Prosecutor. The lawyer of the requester may make a rebuttal statement.

ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷĠЯĕ□ņ Article 452 Additional Investigations

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ЮũЩ₣ЮĜйŲŊņĄеĕНеĄŪņйģĕ ijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ₤ЮŪņşĮБĠ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВ″ņ⅜ŲřБŁņУŎЯřŲņЊĕΖşijǻмģĕЮ◦¤

Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĩĀОŎĮБЮĕй ijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲĠİð ĠсόŏЮĊſЧŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷĠЯĕ□ņ¤ ijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲČijс″е₣₤ŌĄЊ ũĠ₤сŠųФĕŌĖ сЮřЧņġБĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆЮĕй¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲČijс″е₣Юĕй ŌĕΒе₧şřРşЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯijŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĕЊ₣ŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ¤

ŁŲ₧ŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷģĕĠŃĆĠс ŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷЮĕйŪijСŷόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ όŏģĕřЕ₣¤ ŪĠēĕ˝е‗ijсŁŲĠũЋЮş◦₤ŷĜŁũ řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ ơ (ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ

₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣⅜ēũ‗ļĮаĕ˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ As soon as the Supreme Court considers the case to be ready for a decision, it shall decide

on the motion for review by final judgment. Otherwise, the Supreme Court shall order further investigations. It shall appoint one of its

members to carry them out. The appointed judge shall have the same authority as an investigating judge, except for provisional detention and judicial supervision.

The person who applied for review and his lawyer shall be notified when the additional investigations are completed.

The President [of the Supreme Court] shall set a new hearing date as provided for in Article 451 (Notification of Hearing Date to Parties and Public Hearing) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ ư Łũ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijНşеЮĵй⅜ŲřБŁ Article 453 Reasons for Judgment

⅜ŲřБŁŪijСŷЯijŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН¤ ⅜ŲřБŁЮĕйŪijСŷŪĠŁ₤ЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ⅜ēũ‗к¤ The judgment shall include reasons. It shall be declared in public.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 188

ŌŪ″ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĬ∆ ˝ŁũΒĕНŷijŚ◦‗Ź ˝ņŊ Article 454 Decision to Suspend Execution of Sentence

ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ◦◦УŲЮũЩ₣ ŚБĠŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮũВ ijНŵŁũ еĮРŲĄеĕНеĄŪņйď₤ļЮĮŀΒ₣ðΖşĠİð ĠсόŏĬ∆ ˝ŁũΒĕНŷijŚ◦‗Ź ˝ņŊģĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ¤ ijНŵŁũ еĮРŲ₤ЮŪņş″ņ⅜ŲřБŁЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН¤

After receiving a motion for review, the plenary of the Supreme Court may suspend the execution of the sentence at any time. Any such decision shall include reasons.

ŌŪ″ ĩŲŷЋģ˝аĕŁũΒĕНЮŪýйЮĈ₤ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮĈ₤ď◦РЮĉ ″ņĠ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВ Article 455 Consequence of Pardon and Amnesty on Motion for Review

ŁũΒĕНЮŪýйЮĈ₤ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮŲЧ ЯŲ₣ЮĈ₤ņЊĕЯņĕďΧĠ₤ÐðřŲсŁũĠŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮũВЮ◦¤ A pardon or amnesty shall not bar a motion for review.

Ðĕ□Б◦Б : řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс řБŁЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣řБŁĄРĕřе‗Е₣ BOOK SEVEN: CITATIONS, SUMMONS AND NOTIFICATIONS

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ơ: řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс TITLE 1: CITATIONS

ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс UNITARY CHAPTER: CITATIONS

ŌŪ″ řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųск ◦Ūņ₣с Article 456 Citation: Form

řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ (řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕйŪ⅜Ġс řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ ŲсÐЙďĠŔą řŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşĮБЮũЩ₣ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ¤

ЮřЧņřБŁЯřŲŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ◦Б˝Яĕų₣˝еЮ‗Чij ĕЊ₣ŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪijСŷЯijŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤

As provided in Article 46 (Citations) of this Code, a citation is an order to the accused to appear in the Court of First Instance which decides criminal offenses.

The original of the citation on which the date, place of birth, and residence of the accused is mentioned, shall be dated and signed by the Royal Prosecutor.

ŌŪ″ ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲŪijСŷЮýũĮũǻ₣ŁũŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ĕЊ₣ŁũĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ

Article 457 Time Limit between Delivery of Citation and Appearance

ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲŪijСŷЮýũĮũǻ₣ ŁũŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ ŲсόŏřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣аℓĞ˝е‗ijсόŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠijНŵŁũŪijСŷ е‗ijсřРşijЮĉк

− ơ (řĠсŪģе) аℓĞ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ũ₤сЮĝ ĖО₣ЯřĕřБаĕ◦Б⅜Ė ˝сŁũũĠ₤сijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ − ƯƠ (аņĸ) аℓĞ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ũ₤сЮĝ ĖО₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ņУŎЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьij ĖО₣ЯřĕřБďijЊ − Ư (ĮБũ) ЯŠ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ũ₤сЮĝ ĖО₣ũřťņУŎďĠсŪĮеЯřĕŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОď

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 189

− ư (ĠБ) ЯŠ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ũ₤сЮĝ ĖО₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣řа◦Юĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьij¤ The time period between delivery of a citation and the date to appear before the court shall

be determined as follows: − Fifteen days if the accused resides in the territorial jurisdiction of the Court of First

Instance; − Twenty days if the accused resides in another location in the national territory; − Two months if the accused resides in a neighboring country to the Kingdom of

Cambodia; − Three months if the accused resides in any other location.

ŌŪ″ 7 ŁũŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ ŲсЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń Article 458 Delivery of Citation by Prosecutor

řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ΖşŪijСŷŪĠÐŲсόŏĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсаřЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс řŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń

şНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤₤Ś БĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁ¤ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦şНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁЮĕй¤ The citation may be delivered by hand to the accused by the Royal Prosecutor. In this case, the Royal Prosecutor delivers a copy of the citation to the accused. The Royal

Prosecutor shall make a written note of the date and place of delivery on the original citation. The accused shall sign the original citation.

ŌŪ″ o ŁũŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ ŲсЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵ Article 459 Delivery of Citation by Bailiff

řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс˝єΖşŪijСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵģĕЯřũ¤ Ζďń ⅜ŵŪijСŷЮŪĠЧŪÐĠсņЮĊŜŎЮřЧņġБŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮĕйόŏĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮŢŎĬĀ Ųсаř¤ A citation may also be delivered by a bailiff. The bailiff shall use all his endeavors to deliver the citation by hand to the accused.

ŌŪ″ Ơ ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵřŲсĄĕďĠссЮČ◦ Article 460 Delivery of Copied Citation by Bailiff to Accused

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΖďń ⅜ŵĄУĠŪĠ◦йĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Юĝ ĖО₣ĩĀй ιЮĝ˝Яĕų₣řа◦Ю◦Ьij Ζďń ⅜ŵŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйřŲс⅜ņБŠųФĕ¤ Ζďń ⅜ŵČũЮ₤ş ŚБЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁ▫ ģĕŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ĬĀ Ųсаř¤ Ζďń ⅜ŵşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤₤Ś БĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣◦Б Яĕų₣аĕŁũŪĠÐŲс¤ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦şНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁ¤ ЮřЧņřБŁŪijСŷĠŃąСĕ ŷЋŲŪijΌĠсЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŷЋŀļų ņ¤

If the bailiff encounters the accused at his residence or at any other location, the bailiff shall deliver a copy of the citation to the named accused. The bailiff shall make a written note on the original citation that a copy of the original citation has been delivered personally by hand to the accused. The bailiff shall make a written note of the date and place of delivery on the original citation. The accused shall sign the original citation. The original citation shall be immediately sent to the Royal Prosecutor.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 190

ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ΒŷijŚŌĕ Article 461 Delivery of Copied Citation by Bailiff to Absent Accused

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ΒŷijŚŌĕĮБŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сŠųФĕ Ζďń ⅜ŵŪijСŷŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁόŏřŲсĠНÐðŲĈе₣ΐŎ₧ďĕБijЊĄĕЯřŲŌĕŷijŚŌĕЮĝŲеЮĝůĕЮĜй¤

Ζďń ⅜ŵşНйЮ₤ş ŚБЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁ▫ şН₣řБŁŪijСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏĠНÐðŲЯřŲŌĕŷijŚŌĕЮĝŲеЮĝůĕ¤ Ζďń⅜ŵŪijСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤₤Ś БĮБΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗аĕĠНÐðŲЮĜй ĕЊ₣ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũŪĠÐŲсřБŁ¤ ĠНÐðŲЯřŲ◦◦УŲşН₣řБŁŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁ¤ ЮřЧņřБŁŪijСŷĠ₣ſЊŲņ˝ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŷЋŀļų ņ¤

ĠНÐðŲЯřŲ◦◦УŲřБŁŪijСŷ₤ĕŜ▫ ĕЕ₣ŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮĕй ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл ₣ŠųБĠеĩНijόŏřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤ If the accused is not present at his residence, the bailiff shall deliver a copy of the original

citation to any adult who is present at such residence. The bailiff shall make a written note on the original citation that a copy of the original

citation has been delivered to the person who was present at the residence. The bailiff shall also add the identity of such person and the date of delivery. The person who received the citation shall sign the original citation. The original citation shall be immediately sent to the Royal Prosecutor.

The person who received the citation shall undertake to deliver the citation to the accused without delay.

ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İijс Article 462 Delivery of Copied Citation by Bailiff to Chief of Commune or Sangkat

Ζďń ⅜ŵŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁ όŏřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İijс ιĄе◦Ġс ιЮč₤İijсũ₣ Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БřРşijЮĉк − ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ņЊĕŪĮņ◦◦УŲřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс − ýŊ ĕĠНÐðŲ₧ŌĖ ˝сŌĕŷijŚŌĕЮĝ ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Ю◦ − ýŊ ĕĠНÐðŲ₧ŌĖ ˝сЯřŲŌĕŷijŚŌĕЮĝ ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŎŲсŪĮņ◦◦УŲřБŁЮŁйЮ◦¤ Ζďń ⅜ŵşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁ ΒеĮБΒijŚ₤őń ‗ ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲşН₣řБŁŪĮņĈе₣

ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũŪĠÐŲсřБŁ¤ ĠНÐðŲЯřŲ◦◦УŲşН₣řБŁşНй΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤сŠųФĕЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁ¤ ЮřЧņřБŁŪijСŷĠ₣ſЊŲŪijŲĠсĄРĕŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŷЋŀļų ņ¤

ĠНÐðŲЯřŲ◦◦УŲřБŁŪijСŷ₤ĕŜ▫ ĕЕ₣ŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮĜй ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠųБĠеĩНijόŏřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤ The bailiff shall deliver a copy of the citation to the chief or deputy chief of commune or

Sangkat in the following cases: − If the accused refused to receive the citation; − If no person was present at the residence of the accused; − If the person who was present at the residence of the accused refused to receive the

citation. The bailiff shall make a written note on the original citation of the identity and position of

the person who received the copy of the citation and of the date of delivery. The person who received the copy of the citation shall personally sign the original citation. The original citation shall be immediately sent to the Royal Prosecutor.

The person who received the citation shall undertake that he will deliver the citation to the accused without delay.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 191

ŌŪ″ ư ũЮĠЬĠЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬijаĕŁũŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс Article 463 Other Means of Delivery of Citation

řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс˝єΖşŪijСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсЮŢŎк − Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ − ″ņĩųСŷũřťģŲ − ЮŢŎŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪijСŷþНеŠųФĕĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤Юĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьij − ″ņũŎкΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□¤ Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ Ζďń ĊũũřťģŲ Ζďń ĊũĮĕċĜýũ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲďijЊ ιΖŷНĊ΅ij□ЯřŲŪĮйŬĄΖďń ₤Неόŏ

ŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ŪijСŷЯijЮýũĮ″ņĠŔą ũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ŪijСŷĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆЮĕйřРşŌĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ Ơ (ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵřŲсĄĕ

ďĠсЮČ◦) řŲсŌŪ″ Ư (ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İijс) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ A citation may also be delivered by:

− A court clerk; − Administrative means; − A chief of the prison or detention center if the accused is being detained for another

case; − A judicial police or military police officer. The court clerk, administrative authority, prison authority, judicial police or military officer

who has been instructed by the Royal Prosecutor to deliver the citation shall follow his instructions. Articles 460 (Delivery of Copied Citation by Bailiff to Accused) to 462 (Delivery of Copied

Citation by Bailiff to Chief of Commune or Sangkat) of this Code shall be applicable accordingly.

ŌŪ″ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ýŊ ĕŲеЮĝůĕ ιýŊ ĕ◦Б₤е₧ сЯřŲЮÐ⅜ð Ųс Article 464 Accused Who Has neither Domicile nor Known Residence

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ýŊ ĕŲеЮĝůĕ ι◦Б₤е₧ с ι˝єũ₤сЮĝЮŪłЯřĕřБďijЊŪĮйŬĄΖďń ˝єΖşЮĊſЧŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮŲЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Юĕй ″ņĩųСŷřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ ŲсģĕЯřũ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũЮĊſЧřБŁ ŪijСŷČijс◦Н˝▫ďŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũŪĠÐŲсřБŁ¤

If the accused has neither domicile nor known residence or is living outside the national territory, the Royal Prosecutor may still proceed against him by way of citation. In this case, the date of the delivery shall be deemed to be the date of issuance of the citation.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 192

ŌijЊŁ◦Б Ư: řБŁЮŁйЮΊĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ TITLE 2: SUMMONS OF ACCUSED TO HEARING

ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: řБŁЮŁйЮΊĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ UNITARY CHAPTER: SUMMONS OF ACCUSED TO HEARING

ŌŪ″ ◦Ūņ₣саĕřБŁЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ Article 465 Form of Summons

řРşЯřŲģĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ Ưt (ŁũЮŁйЮΊļÐБόŏşРŲũУņ ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ″ņřБŁĠŃąСĕ ι″ņ⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąСĕ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БаĕřБŁĠŃąСĕũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ι⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąСĕũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪijСŷЮŁйЮΊĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ¤

řБŁЮŁйЮΊĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũŪijСŷŌĕĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşijЮĉк − ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗аĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ − ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣˝еЮ‗ЧijаĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ − ŲеЮĝůĕаĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ − ŁũЮŗ₣řБŁ ι⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąСĕ − ijНŵŁũЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣ЮřЧņġБĄеĕНеĄŪņй − ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣ЮŌл ₣аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ − ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ řБŁЮŁйŪijСŷĠŔą ˝с▫ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ΖşΒņЮŢŎЮņēŷВ¤

As provided in Article 294 (Summons of Parties for Trial in case of Indictment) of this Code, if an indictment was issued by an investigating judge or by the Investigation Chamber, the Prosecutor shall summons the accused to appear at the hearing.

The summons shall indicate: − the identity of the accused; − the date and place of birth of the accused; − the residential address of the accused; − a reference to the indictment; − the competent court; − the location, date and time of hearing; − the date and signature of the Royal Prosecutor.

The summons shall indicate the right of the accused to be assisted by a lawyer.

ŌŪ″ ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲŪijСŷЮýũĮũǻ₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣ŁũĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ Article 466 Time Limit between Summons and Appearance

ũŎкЮĮŲũǻ₣ŁũŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁйЮΊόŏĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣аℓĞ˝е‗ijсόŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠijНŵŁũ ŪijСŷ˝е‗ijсřРşijЮĉк

− ơ (řĠсŪģе) аℓĞ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ũ₤сЮĝ ĖО₣ЯřĕřБаĕijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ − ƯƠ (аņĸ) аℓĞ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ũ₤сЮĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ņУŎЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬijаĕЯřĕřБďijЊ

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 193

− Ư (ĮБũ) ЯŠ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ũ₤сЮĝ ĖО₣ũřťņУŎďĠсŪĮеЯřĕŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОď − ư (ĠБ) ЯŠ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ũ₤сЮĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ņУŎЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьij¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪijСŷþНеŠųФĕ ýŊ ĕũŎкЮĮŲ₧ņУŎŪijСŷģĕĈņĈũЮΌЧŎ ũǻ₣ŁũŪĠÐŲсřБŁřŲс

ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣аℓĞ˝е‗ijсόŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠijНŵŁũ¤ The minimum time period between the delivery of the summons and the date to appear

before the court shall be determined as follows: − Fifteen days, if the accused resides in the territorial jurisdiction of the Court of First

Instance; − Twenty days, if the accused resides in another location in the national territory; − Two months, if the accused resides in a neighboring state to the Kingdom of Cambodia;

and − Three months, if the accused resides in any other location. However, no minimum time period between the delivery of the summons and the date to

appear before the court shall be applicable if the accused is being detained.

ŌŪ″ řБŁЮŁйЮΊЯřŲŪĠÐŲсόŏЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсаřЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń Article 467 Hand-Delivery of Summons by Royal Prosecutor

řБŁЮŁйЮΊΖşŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсаřЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕйŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйόŏřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń şНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁ ΒеĮБ

ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ŪĠÐŲс¤ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦şНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁЮŁйЮĕй¤ The summons may be hand-delivered to the accused by the Royal Prosecutor.

In this case, the Royal Prosecutor shall deliver a copy of the summons to the accused. The Royal Prosecutor shall make a written note of the date and place of delivery on the original summons. The accused shall sign on the original summons.

ŌŪ″ 7 řБŁЮŁйЮΊЯřŲŪĠÐŲсЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсаřЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵ Article 468 Hand-Delivery of Summons by Bailiff

řБŁЮŁй єΖşŪijСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵĩ₣Яřũ¤ Ζďń ⅜ŵŪijСŷЮŪĠЧŪÐĠсņЮĊŜģŎЮřЧņġБŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁйЮΊ řŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮŢŎĬĀ Ųсаř¤

The summons may also be delivered by a bailiff. The bailiff shall use all his endeavors to hand-deliver the summons to the accused.

ŌŪ″ o ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮΊЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ Article 469 Delivery of Copied Summons by Bailiff to Accused

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΖďń ⅜ŵĄУĠŪĠ◦йĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Юĝ ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕ ιЮĝ˝Яĕų₣řа◦Ю◦Ьij Ζďń ⅜ŵŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊόŏřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Юĕй¤

Ζďń ⅜ŵČũЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁЮŁйЮΊ▫ şН₣řБŁŪijСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮŢŎĬĀ Ųсаř¤ Ζďń ⅜ŵşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲģĕŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁйЮΊ¤ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦şНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁ¤ ЮřЧņřБŁЮŁйЮΊЮĕй ŪijСŷĠ₣ſЊŲĄРĕņ˝ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŷЋŀļų ņ¤

If the bailiff encounters the accused at his residence or at any other location, the bailiff shall deliver a copy of the summons to the accused.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 194

The bailiff shall make a written note on the original summons that a copy of the original summons has been given personally by hand to the accused. The bailiff shall make a written note of the date and place of delivery on the original summons. The accused shall sign the original summons. The original summons shall be immediately sent to the Royal Prosecutor.

ŌŪ″ Ơ ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БΒŷijŚŌĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ Article 470 Delivery of Copied Summons by Bailiff to Absent Accused

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ΒŷijŚŌĕĮБŲеЮĝůĕ Ζďń ⅜ŵŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйόŏřŲсĠНÐðŲĈе₣ΐŎ₧ďĕБijЊĄĕ ЯřŲŌĕŷijŚŌĕ ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕ¤

Ζďń ⅜ŵČũЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁЮŁй▫ şН₣řБŁЮŁйŪijСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲсĠНÐðŲЯřŲŌĕŷijŚŌĕЮĝŲеЮĝůĕ¤ Ζďń ⅜ŵşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ΒеĮБΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗аĕĠНÐðŲЮĕй ĕЊ₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁй¤ ĠНÐðŲЯřŲ◦◦УŲşН₣řБŁЮŁйşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁ¤ ЮřЧņřБŁЮŁйЮĕйŪijСŷĠ₣ſЊŲĄРĕЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŷЋŀļų ņ¤

ĠНÐðŲЯřŲ◦◦УŲřБŁЮŁйŪijСŷ₤ĕŜ▫ ĕЕ₣ŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮĕйřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŠųБĠеĩНij¤ If the accused is not present at his residence, the bailiff shall deliver a copy of the original

summons to any adult who is present at such residence. The bailiff shall make a written note on the original summons that a copy of the original

summons has been delivered to the person who was present at the residence. The bailiff shall make a written note of the identity of such person and the date of delivery. The person who received the summons shall sign the original summons. The original summons shall be immediately sent to the Royal Prosecutor.

The person who received the summons shall undertake to deliver the summons to the accused without delay.

ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İijс Article 471 Delivery of Copied Summons by Bailiff to Chief of Commune or Sangkat

Ζďń ⅜ŵŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйόŏřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İijс ιĄе◦Ġс ιЮč₤İijсũ₣₧ņУŎ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БřРşijЮĉк − ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ņЊĕŪĮņ◦◦УŲřБŁЮŁй − ýŊ ĕĠНÐðŲ₧ŌĕŷijŚŌĕЮĝ ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Ю◦ − ýŊ ĕĠНÐðŲ₧ŌĖ ˝сЯřŲŌĕŷijŚŌĕЮĝ ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŎŲсŪĮņ◦◦УŲřБŁЮŁйЮ◦¤ Ζďń ⅜ŵşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁЮŁйΒеĮБΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲşН₣řБŁ ŪĮņ

Ĉе₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũŪĠÐŲс¤ ĠНÐðŲЯřŲ◦◦УŲřБŁЮŁйşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁЮŁй¤ ЮřЧņřБŁЮŁйŪijСŷĠ₣ſЊŲĄРĕЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŷЋŀļų ņ¤

ĠНÐðŲЯřŲ◦◦УŲřБŁЮŁйŪijСŷ₤ĕŜ▫ ĕЕ₣ŪĠÐŲсřБŁόŏřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Юĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠųБĠеĩНij¤ The bailiff shall deliver a copy of the summons to the chief or deputy chief of commune or

Sangkat in the following cases: − If the accused refused to receive the summons; − If no person was present at the residence of the accused; − If the person who was present at the residence of the accused refused to receive the

summons. The bailiff shall make a written note on the original summons of the identity and position of

the person who received the copy of the summons and the date of delivery. The person who

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 195

received the copy of the summons shall personally sign the original summons. The original summons shall be immediately sent to the Royal Prosecutor.

The person who received the summons shall undertake that he will deliver the summons to the accused without delay.

ŌŪ″ Ư ũЮĠЬĠЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬijаĕŁũŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁйЮΊ Article 472 Other Means of Delivery of Summons

řБŁЮŁй єΖşŪijСŷŪĠÐŲсόŏк − ЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ − ″ņĩųСŷũřťģŲ − ЮŢŎŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪijСŷþНеĮБЮũЩ₣ņУŎЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьij − ″ņũŎкΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□¤ Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ Ζďń ĊũũřťģŲ Ζďń ĊũĮĕċĜýũ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲďijЊ ιΖŷНĊ΅ij□ЯřŲŪĮйŬĄΖďń ₤НеόŏŪĠÐŲс

řБŁЮŁй ŪijСŷЯijЮýũĮ″ņĠŔą ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ЊşĆЮĕйŪijСŷЮĊſЧřРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ t (ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵ řŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦)

řŲсŌŪ″ ơ (ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵ řŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İijс) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ A summons may also be delivered by: − A court clerk; − Administrative means; − A chief of the prison or detention center if the accused is being detained for another

case; − A judicial police or military police officer. The court clerk, administrative authority, prison authority, judicial police or military police

officer who has been instructed by the Royal Prosecutor to deliver the summons shall follow his instructions.

Articles 469 (Delivery of Summons by Bailiff to Accused) to 471 (Delivery of Copied Summons by Bailiff to Chief of Commune or Sangkat) of this Code shall be applicable accordingly.

ŌŪ″ ư ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ýŊ ĕŲеЮĝůĕ ĕЊ₣ýŊ ĕ◦Б₤е₧ сЯřŲЮÐ⅜ð Ųс Article 473 Accused Who Has neither Domicile nor Known Residence

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ýŊ ĕŲеЮĝůĕ ι◦Б₤е₧ с ιŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮĝЮŪłЯřĕřБďijЊ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ˝єΖşЮŁйЮΊĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ όŏņ˝Łĕс₤ŷĜŁũģĕЯřũ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũЮĊſЧřБŁЮŁйŪijСŷČijс◦Н˝ďŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁй¤ Even if the accused has neither domicile nor known residence or is living outside the national territory, the Prosecutor may still proceed against him by way of summons. In this case, the date of the delivery shall be deemed to be the date of issuance of the summons.

ŌŪ″ υ˝⅜ũļą ĠсЮĉĕЕ₣şН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊ Article 474 Documents Attached to Summons

Юĝ ĖО₣ŪÐĠс˝ũ‗БĈе₣Β₤сŲЊŠЊijşņų₣ņУŎşĤĠсаĕřБŁ ι⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣ЮĉijНŵŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņй ŪijСŷļą ĠсďņУŎĕЕ₣şН₣řБŁЮŁй¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 196

In all cases, a copy of the indictment shall be attached to the summons.

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ư: řБŁЮŁйЮΊĄĕЮŪłĮБĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ TITLE 3: SUMMONS ORDERING PERSONS OTHER THAN ACCUSED TO HEARING

ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: řБŁЮŁйЮΊĄĕЮŪłĮБĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ UNITARY CHAPTER: SUMMONS ORDERING PERSONS OTHER THAN ACCUSED TO HEARING

ŌŪ″ řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 475 Summons to Civil Party

řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БόŏşРŲņ˝Łĕс₤ŷĜŁũŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşijЮĉк − ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б − ŲеЮĝůĕЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б − ЮěŊ йĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс − ijНŵŁũЯřŲŪijСŷĄеĕНеĄŪņй − ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣ЮŌл ₣аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ − ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ řБŁЮŁйŪijСŷĠŔą ˝с▫ ĠНÐðŲĵ сĮњĕċŪijСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊ ĖО₣ůĕкďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ A summons issued to a civil party shall include: − the identity of the civil party; − the residence of the civil party; − the name of the accused and the type of offense; − the competent court; − the location, date and time of hearing; − the date and signature of the Royal Prosecutor. The summons shall indicate that the addressee is being summonsed as a civil party.

ŌŪ″ řБŁЮŁйЮΊĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй Article 476 Summons to Victim

řБŁЮŁйЮΊĄĕũ₣ЮŪýйόŏşРŲņ˝Łĕс₤ŷĜŁũ ŁŲ₧ĄĕЮĕйņЊĕģĕ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЮĝņНŠЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮ◦¤ řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮĕйŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşijЮĉк

− ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýй − ŲеЮĝůĕĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй − ЮěŊ йĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс − ijНŵŁũЯřŲŪijСŷĄеĕНеĄŪņй − ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣ЮŌл ₣аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ − ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤

řБŁЮŁйЮΊŪijСŷĠŔą с▫ ĠНÐðŲĵ˝сĮњĕċŪijСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊ ĖО₣ůĕкďĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 197

A summons to a victim who has not filed a civil party application before the investigating judge, shall include:

− the identity of the victim; − the residence of the victim; − the name of the accused and the type of offense; − the competent court; − the location, date and time of hearing; − the date and signature of the Royal Prosecutor. The summons shall indicate that the addressee is being summonsed as a victim.

ŌŪ″ řБŁЮŁйЮΊ⅜˝℮Б Article 477 Summons to Witness

řБŁЮŁйЮΊ⅜˝℮Бόŏņ˝Łĕс₤ŷĜŁũŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşijЮĉк − ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗⅜˝℮Б − ŲеЮĝůĕ⅜˝℮Б − ЮěŊ йĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ − ijНŵŁũЯřŲŪijСŷĄеĕНеĄŪņй − ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣ЮŌл ₣₤ŷĜŁũ − ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ řБŁЮŁйЮΊŪijСŷĠŔą ˝с▫к − ĠНÐðŲĵ сĮњĕċŪijСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊ ĖО₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮Б − ŁũņЊĕşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ŁũņЊĕŪĮņЮđųЧŎόŏĮњijхŌĕ ĖО₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮Б ιŁũЮđųЧŎόŏ

ĮњijхŌĕЯ ų₣Łų ŎŪijСŷĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤″ņşĤĠс¤ A summons issued to a witness to appear in court shall include:

− the identity of the witness; − the residence of the witness; − the name of the accused; − the competent court; − the location, date and time of hearing; − the date and signature of the Royal Prosecutor. The summons shall indicate that: − the addressee is being summonsed as a witness; − any failure to appear before the court, refusal to provide information as a witness or

giving false testimony shall be punished according to the law.

ŌŪ″ 7 řБŁЮŁйЮΊΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ Article 478 Summons to Expert

řБŁЮŁйЮΊΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀόŏşРŲņ˝Łĕс₤ŷĜŁũŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşijЮĉк − ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ΒĖ ĄеĜŀ − ŲеЮĝůĕΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 198

− ЮěŊ йĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ − ijНŵŁũЯřŲŪijСŷĄеĕНеĄŪņй − ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣ЮŌл ₣аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ − ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ řБŁЮŁйЮΊŪijСŷĠŔą ˝с▫ ĠНÐðŲĵ сĮњĕċŪijСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊ ĖО₣ůĕкďΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ¤

A summons issued to an expert to appear in court shall include: − the identity of the expert; − the residence of the expert; − the name of the accused; − the competent court; − the location, date and time of hearing; − the date and signature of the Royal Prosecutor. The summons shall indicate that the addressee is being summonsed as an expert.

ŌŪ″ o řБŁЮŁйЮΊΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ Article 479 Summons to Interpreter/Translator

řБŁЮŁйЮΊΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠόŏşРŲņ˝Łĕс₤ŷĜŁũŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşijЮĉк − ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ΒĖ Ġ˝ЯŪĠ − ŲеЮĝůĕΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ − ЮěŊ йĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ − ijНŵŁũЯřŲŪijСŷĄеĕНеĄŪņй − ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣ЮŌл ₣аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ − ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ řБŁЮŁйŪijСŷĠŔą ˝с▫ ĠНÐðŲĵ сĮњĕċŪijСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊ ĖО₣ůĕкďΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ¤

A summons issued to an interpreter/translator to appear in court shall include: − the identity of the interpreter/translator; − the residence of the interpreter/translator; − the name of the accused; − the competent court; − the location, date and time of hearing; − the date and signature of the Royal Prosecutor.

The summons shall indicate that the addressee is being summonsed as an interpreter/translator.

ŌŪ″ 7Ơ řБŁЮŁйЮΊΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 480 Summons to Civil Defendant

řБŁЮŁйЮΊΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗БόŏşРŲņ˝Łĕс₤ŷĜŁũ ŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşijЮĉк − ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ΒĖ ◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б − ŲеЮĝůĕΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 199

− ЮěŊ йĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ − ijНŵŁũЯřŲŪijСŷĄеĕНеĄŪņй − ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣ЮŌл ₣аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ − ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ řБŁЮŁйЮΊŪijСŷĠŔą ˝с▫ ĠНÐðŲĵ сĮњĕċŪijСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊ ĖО₣ůĕкďΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤

A summons issued to a civil defendant to appear in court shall include: − the identity of the civil defendant; − the residence of the civil defendant; − the name of the accused; − the competent court; − the location, date and time of hearing; − the date and signature of the Royal Prosecutor. The summons shall indicate that the addressee is being summonsed as a civil defendant.

ŌŪ″ 7ơ Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊũУņ Article 481 Common Provisions

řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýй ⅜˝℮Б ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗БόŏşРŲņ˝Łĕс₤ŷĜŁũ ŪijСŷ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņĠ◦ĠġŃňijʼnЊаĕŌŪ″ (řБŁЮŁйЮΊЯřŲŪĠÐŲсόŏЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсаřЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ) řŲсŌŪ″ Ư (ũЮĠЬĠЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬijаĕŁũŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁйЮΊ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

A summons that orders a civil party, a victim, a witness, an expert, an interpreter/translator, or a civil defendant to appear in court is subject to Articles 467 (Hand-Delivery of Summons by Royal Prosecutor) to 472 (Other Means of Delivery of Summons) of this Code.

ŌijЊŁ◦Б : řБŁόŏřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ TITLE 4: WRIT OF NOTIFICATION OF COURT DECISIONS

ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: řБŁόŏřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ UNITARY CHAPTER: WRIT OF NOTIFICATION OF COURT DECISIONS

ŌŪ″ 7Ư ˝ņŊŷij□ОаĕřБŁόŏřе‗Е₣ Article 482 Purpose of Writ of Notification

řБŁόŏřе‗Е₣ÐЙďŲЊŠЊijЯřŲόŏřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ ЯřŲĠŃňijŚЊşĤĠсijŪņСŷόŏĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċ ЮřЧņġБόŏļÐБĵ сĮњĕċ◦◦УŲģĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĜй¤

řБŁόŏřе‗Е₣ŪijСŷЮĊſЧ″ņÐеĕЊijЮĩŚЧņũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιũĠ₤сļÐБ¤ A writ of notification is the act by which, where so required by the law, a court decision is

notified to the involved parties to ensure their knowledge about it. The writ of notification shall be made at the initiative of the Prosecutor, the General

Prosecutor or one of the parties.

ŌŪ″ 7ư ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷşНйЮŲЧřБŁόŏřе‗Е₣ Article 483 Information Stated in Writ of Notification

řБŁόŏřе‗Е₣ŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşijЮĉк

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 200

− ŪĠЮķ◦ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮŗ₣аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯřŲŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ − ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ ĕЊ₣ŲеЮĝůĕаĕļÐБЯřŲŪijСŷ◦◦УŲřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş − ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ЯřŲЮĊſЧŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣¤ řБŁόŏřе‗Е₣ĠŔą ˝сŪģĠсΒеĮБĩųСŷijǻм ЯřŲΖşЮĊſЧģĕ ŪĠĂе₣ЮĉĕЕ₣Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯřŲŪijСŷģĕĄРĕřе‗Е₣¤ ŲЊŠЊijşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş ЯřŲŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ŪijСŷļą ĠсЮĉĕЕ₣řБŁόŏřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤с

ijНŵŁũ¤ The writ of notification shall include the following information:

− the type and reference of the decision that is being notified; − the identity and residence of the party being notified; − the date and signature of the person delivering the writ of notification. The writ of notification shall indicate the legal procedures under which the party may

challenge the notified decision. A copy of the decision which is being formally served shall be attached to the writ of

notification.

ŌŪ″ 7 ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЯřŲЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń Article 484 Writ of Notification Served by Prosecutor

ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсļÐБĵ сĮњĕċΖşŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊijşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũόŏřŲсļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċ¤

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń şНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЮŲЧЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣аĕŁũŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊijşņų₣¤ ļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮĝЮŲЧЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņЮĕй¤ A writ of notification may be served by the Prosecutor.

In this case, the Royal Prosecutor shall deliver a copy of the judicial decision to the involved party.

The Royal Prosecutor shall make a written note on the original decision of the date and place of delivery. The involved party shall add their signatures.

ŌŪ″ 7 ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЯřŲЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵ Article 485 Writ of Notification Served by Bailiff

ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣˝єΖşŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵĩ₣Яřũ¤ Ζďń ⅜ŵЮŪĠЧŪÐĠсņЮĊŜģŎ ЮřЧņġБĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсĠНÐðŲĵ˝сĮњĕċΒеĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ¤

A writ of notification may also be served by a bailiff. The bailiff shall use all his endeavors to notify the decision to the involved individual.

ŌŪ″ 7 ŁũŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊijşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş ĄРĕřŲсļÐБЯřŲĵ сĮњĕċЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵ Article 486 Delivery of Copied Decision to Involved Party by Bailiff

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΖďń ⅜ŵĄУĠŪĠ◦йļÐБĵ сĮњĕċЮĝ ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕ ιЮĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣řа◦Ю◦Ьij Ζďń ⅜ŵŪijСŷŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊijşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşřŲсļÐБĵ сĮњĕċ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 201

Ζďń ⅜ŵŪijСŷČũЮŲЧЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņ▫ ŲЊŠЊijşņų₣ŪijСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏļÐБĵ сĮњĕċЮŢŎĬĀ Ųсаř¤ Ζďń ⅜ŵşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲģĕŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊijşņų₣¤ ļÐБĵ сĮњĕċşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŲЧЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņ¤ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņЮĕй ŪijСŷĠ₣ſЊŲЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŷЋŀďĠĜĀ ĕс¤

If the bailiff encounters the involved party at his residence or at any other location, the bailiff shall deliver a copy of the decision to him.

The bailiff shall make a written note on the original decision that a copy of the original decision has been delivered personally by hand to the involved party. The bailiff shall make a written note of the date and place of delivery on the original decision. The involved party shall sign the original decision. The original decision shall be immediately sent to the Royal Prosecutor.

ŌŪ″ 7 ˝ũ‗БΒŷijŚŌĕаĕļÐБЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ Article 487 Absence of Involved Party

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċΒŷijŚŌĕĮБŲеЮĝůĕ Ζďń ⅜ŵŪijСŷŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊijşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşόŏĠНÐðŲďĕБijЊĄĕЯřŲŌĕŷijŚŌĕЮĝ ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕ¤

Ζďń ⅜ŵŪijСŷČũЮŲЧЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņ▫ŲЊŠЊijşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş ŪijСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲсаřĠНÐðŲЯřŲŌĕŷijŚŌĕЮĝ ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕ¤ Ζďń ⅜ŵŪijСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ΒеĮБΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗аĕĠНÐðŲЮĜй ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊijşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş¤ ĠНÐðŲЯřŲ◦◦УŲŲЊŠЊijŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮĝЮŲЧЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņ¤ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņЮĕйŪijСŷĠ₣ſЊŲЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŷЋŀļų ņ¤

ĠНÐðŲЯřŲ◦◦УŲŲЊŠЊijşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşŪijСŷ₤ĕŜ▫ ĕЕ₣ŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲсļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠųБĠеĩНij¤

If the involved party is not present at his residence, the bailiff shall deliver a copy of the original decision to any adult who is present at such residence.

The bailiff shall make a written note on the original decision that a copy of the original decision has been delivered to the person who was present at the residence. The bailiff shall make a written note of the identity of such person and the date of delivery. The person who received the decision shall sign the original decision. The original decision shall be immediately sent to the Royal Prosecutor.

The person who received the decision shall undertake to deliver the decision to the involved party without delay.

ŌŪ″ 77 ŁũŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊijşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İijс Article 488 Delivery of Copied Decision to Chief of Commune or Sangkat

Ζďń ⅜ŵŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊijаĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĉЮņþНе ιЮč₤İijс ιЮĉĄе◦Ġс ιЮč₤İijсũ₣₧ņУŎ Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БřРşijЮĉк

− ļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċņЊĕŪĮņ◦◦УŲЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş − ýŊ ĕĠНÐðŲ₧ŌĖ ˝сŌĕŷijŚŌĕЮĝ ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċЮ◦ − ýŊ ĕĠНÐðŲ₧ŌĖ ˝сЯřŲŌĕŷijŚŌĕЮĝ ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċŎŲсŪĮņ◦◦УŲЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş

ЮĜйЮ◦¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 202

Ζďń ⅜ŵşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЮĝЮŲЧЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņΒеĮБΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲŲЊŠЊijşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş ŪĮņĈе₣ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũŪĠÐŲс¤ ĠНÐðŲЯřŲ◦◦УŲŲЊŠЊijşņų₣şНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮĝЮŲЧЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņ¤ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņŪijСŷĠ₣ſЊŲĄРĕЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŷЋŀļų ņ¤

ĠНÐðŲЯřŲ◦◦УŲŲЊŠЊijşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşŪijСŷ₤ĕŜ▫ ĕЕ₣ŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲсļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŠųБĠеĩНij¤ The bailiff shall deliver a copy of the decision to the chief or deputy chief of commune or

Sangkat in the following cases: − If the involved party refused to receive the decision; − If no person was present at the residence of the involved party; − If the person who was present at the residence of the involved party refused to receive

the decision. The bailiff shall make a written note on the original decision of the identity and position of

the person who received the copy of the decision and the date of delivery. The person who received the copy of the decision shall personally sign the original decision. The original decision shall be immediately sent to the Royal Prosecutor.

The person who received the decision shall undertake to deliver the summons to the involved party without delay.

ŌŪ″ 7o ũЮĠЬĠЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬijаĕŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ Article 489 Other Means of Service of Notification

ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣˝єΖşŪĠÐŲсόŏĩ₣Яřũк − ЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ − ″ņĩųСŷũřťģŲ − ЮŢŎŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪijСŷþНеŠųФĕĮБĠ◦řа◦Юĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьij − ″ņũŎкΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□¤ Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ Ζďń ĊũũřťģŲ Ζďń ĊũĮĕċĜýũ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲďijЊ ιΖŷНĊ΅ij□ЯřŲŪĮйŬĄΖďń ₤НеόŏĄРĕ

řе‗Е₣ĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ ŪijСŷЯijЮýũĮ″ņĠŔą ũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ ЊşĆЮĕйŪijСŷЮĊſЧřРşŌĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ � (ŁũŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊijşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĄРĕřŲсļÐБЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ

ЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵ) řŲсŌŪ″ �� (ŁũŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊijşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İijс) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ A notification may also be delivered by: − A court clerk; − Administrative means; − A chief of the prison or detention center if the accused is being detained for another

case; − A judicial police or military police officer. The court clerk, administrative authority, prison authority, judicial police or military police

officer who has been instructed by the Royal Prosecutor to deliver the notification of the decision shall follow his instructions.

Articles 486 (Delivery of Copied Decision to Involved Party by Bailiff) to 488 (Delivery of Copied Decision to Chief of Commune or Sangkat) of this Code shall be applicable accordingly.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 203

ŌŪ″ oƠ ļÐБЯřŲĮНеŌĕŲеЮĝůĕ ι◦Б₤е₧˝сЯřŲЮÐ⅜ð Ųс Article 490 Party that Has neither Domicile nor Known Residence

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċýŊ ĕŲеЮĝůĕ ι◦Б₤е₧˝сЮ◦ ιŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċЮĕйũ₤сЮĝЮŪłЯřĕřБďijЊ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ єΖşĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲс⅜ņБŠųФĕģĕЯřũ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşijНŵŁũŪijСŷČijс◦Н˝▫ďŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣¤

If the involved party has neither domicile nor known residence or is living outside the national territory, the decision of the court may be notified by writ of notification. In this case, the date of the delivery shall be deemed to be the date of issuance of the writ of notification.

ŌijЊŁ◦Б : Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊũУņ TITLE 5: COMMON PROVISIONS

ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊũУņ UNITARY CHAPTER: COMMON PROVISIONS

ŌŪ″ oơ ĩŲŷЋģ˝аĕŁũĮНеģĕЮýũĮũŎкЮĮŲ Article 491 Consequence of Non-Compliance with Time Limit

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲũŎкЮĮŲĠŃňijŚЊЮŢŎŌŪ″ (ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲŪijСŷЮýũĮũǻ₣ŁũŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ĕЊ₣ŁũĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ (ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲŪijСŷЮýũĮũǻ₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣ŁũĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ņЊĕģĕЮýũĮЮ◦ ŪijСŷЮĊſЧřРşijЮĉЮĕй:

− ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ņЊĕşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮ◦ ijНŵŁũĮЊĕЊijŏЮŌþļĮаĕřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ιřБŁЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ¤ ijНŵŁũĠİð ĠсόŏЮşŀřБŁЮŁйĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ιřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠİð ĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕďℓŊБņŚ₣Ю◦Ьij ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ ЯijĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ŪijСŷĩНijũŲijс¤

− ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦şРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ijНŵŁũΖşĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲЮũЩ₣ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŎŲсŪĮņŗл ₣ď сŵ˝сόŏĄеĕНеĄŪņйļų ņ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ņЊĕŪĮņόŏĄеĕНеĄŪņйļų ņЮ◦ ijНŵŁũĠİð ĠсόŏЮŲЧ˝ЮũЩ₣ЮĕйЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮŪŁŎЮ◦Ьij¤

If the time limits specified in Articles 457 (Time Limit between Delivery of Citation and Appearance) and 466 (Time Limit between Summons and Appearance) of this Code have not been complied with, the following rules shall apply:

− If the accused did not appear, the court shall declare the annulment of the citation or summons. The court shall order that a new citation or summons be delivered unless the criminal action has been extinguished;

− If the accused appeared for the hearing before the court, the court may conduct an immediate trial if the accused expressly agrees, otherwise the court shall order the postponement of the case to a later hearing.

ŌŪ″ oƯ ЮŌþļĮаĕřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ĕЊ₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊ Article 492 Annullment of Citation and Summons

ЮŌþļĮаĕřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ΖşĕЕ₣ŪĠŁ₤ģĕ ŁŲ₧řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮĕйŌĕΖĕНļĮЮĊſЧόŏĠлйĵŲсřŲсĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕчĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯijĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 204

ЮŌþļĮаĕřБŁЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũЯřŲŪĠÐŲсόŏĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ιЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ιΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşĕЕ₣ŪijСŷŪĠŁ₤ģĕ ŁŲ₧řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮĕй ŌĕΖĕНļĮЮĊſЧόŏĠлйĵŲсřŲсĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕчũĠ₤сļÐБĵ сĮњĕċЯijĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤ A citation issued may be annulled only if it has affected the interests of the accused.

A summons delivered to an accused, a civil party, or a civil defendant may be annulled if it has affected the interests of the involved party.

ŌŪ″ oư ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷ˝ijсŪ″ЮĝЮŲЧřБŁЮŁйĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ιřБŁЮŁйЮΊ Article 493 Information to be Stated in Citation or Summons

ŁŲ₧řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ιřБŁЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲŠųФĕ ŪijСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵ ЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ ″ņĩųСŷũřťģŲ ЮŢŎŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ι ņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ ι″ņũŎкΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮĜйŪijСŷŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşijЮĉк

− ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ŪĠÐŲсřБŁ − ΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ŪĠÐŲсřБŁ¤ Where a citation or summons is delivered by a bailiff, a court clerk, an administrative

authority, the chief of a prison or detention center, or through a police or military police unit, the citation or summons shall include the following:

− the identity and position of the person who delivers the citation or summons; − the signature of the person who delivers the citation or summons.

ŌŪ″ o ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪijСŷ˝ijсŪ″ЮŲЧЮŪ⅜ņ₤еĠНŪij Article 494 Information to be Stated on Envelope

Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ЮŢŎŌŪ″ ơ (ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ΒŷijʼnŌĕ) ŌŪ″ Ư (ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İijс) ŌŪ″ Ơ (ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БΒŷijʼnŌĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ ơ (ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮŢŎΖďń ⅜ŵřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İijс) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй şН₣řБŁŪijСŷŪĠÐŲс ŪijСŷŢ˝с ĖО₣ЮŪ⅜ņ₤еĠНŪijĠЊ◦ĄЊijЮŢŎŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşijЮĉк

− ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣Ζ₤ŎŢť ĕũĠ₤с⅜ņБŠųФĕЯřŲŪijСŷ◦◦УŲřБŁЮĝЯĩĖ˝ž₣ņНŠЮŪ⅜ņ₤еĠНŪij − Ū″ũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮĝЯĩĖ˝ž₣ЮŪŁŎЮŪ⅜ņ₤еĠНŪij¤ Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊЮĕйŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijŚЮĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗Бόŏřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ¤

In cases provided for in Articles 461 (Delivery of Copied Citation by Bailiff to Absent Accused), 462 (Delivery of Copied Citation by Bailiff to Chief of Commune or Sangkat), 470 (Delivery of Copied Summons to Absent Accused), and 471 (Delivery of Copied Summons by Bailiff to Chief of Commune or Sangkat) of this Code, a copy of the citation or summons shall be sent to the interested person in a sealed envelope with the following information:

− The name and address of the addressee on the front side of the envelope; − The seal of the person who is delivering the citation or summons on its reverse side. The provisions shall also apply to writs of notification.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 205

ŌŪ″ o ΅ij□ЮŲž ĕЊ₣⅜Ė ņŪŌņаř Article 495 Signature and Finger Print

Юĝ ĖО₣ŪÐĠс˝ũ‗БЯřŲijŪņСŷόŏŌĕşНй΅ij□ЮŲžũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲ₧ŌĖ ˝с ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲЮĝЮŲЧŲЊŠЊij₧ņУŎ ΅ij□ЮŲžЮĕйΖşŪijСŷģĕĄеĕУ₤ЮŢŎŁũĩŚЊijŪŌņаř ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠНÐðŲЮĜйņЊĕЮşйşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮ◦¤

In every case which requires the signature of the addressee on any document, such signature may be substituted by the finger print if the person does not know how to sign.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 206

Ðĕ□Б◦Б 7: ĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪĠijЊĠijŚЊ BOOK EIGHT: ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURE

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ◦РЮĉ TITLE 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS

ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ◦РЮĉ UNITARY CHAPTER: GENERAL PROVISIONS

ŌŪ″ o ŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤ ĕЊ₣◦‗Ź ˝ņŊũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 496 Execution of Sentence and Civil Part of Judgment

ŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤ ĕЊ₣ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎŪijСŷЮĊſЧ″ņÐеĕЊijЮĩŚЧņũĠ₤сΒŎŏŁũ¤ ŁũΒĕНŷijŚ◦‗Ź ˝ņŊũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŪijСŷЯijЮĊſЧ″ņÐеĕЊijЮĩŚЧņũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ The execution of a sentence and any imprisonment in lieu of payment shall be initiated by

the competent Prosecutor. The execution of any eventual civil part of the judgment shall be made at the initiative of

the civil party.

ŌŪ″ o Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş⅜□ Įũ Article 497 Final Decision

ΒŎŏŁũЮĊſЧŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤ ЮĝЮĮŲЯřŲЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ ģĕŁų ŎЮĉď⅜□ Įũ¤ ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠсĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ņЊĕЯņĕďΧĠ₤ÐðřŲсŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤Ю◦¤ The Prosecutor may enforce the sentence only after it has become final. The period of appeal of the General Prosecutor does not bar the execution of the sentence.

ŌŪ″ o7 ŁũŪĠņРŲŪģ˝сĮЊĕњŎ ĕЊ₣Ūģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ Article 498 Collection of Fines and Proceeding Taxes

ŁũŪĠņРŲŪģ сĮЊĕњŎ ĕЊ₣Ūģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮŢŎļĖ сİũũijĜýũ ЮĝЮŪŁņόǻ◦ũĠ₤сΒŎŏŁũ¤ Ūģ˝сĮЊĕњŎ ĕЊ₣Ūģ сĮĕċаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБЯřŲŪĠņРŲģĕЮĕй ŪijСŷĠ₣сşРŲℓŷЋŁũřť¤

ŪÐĠсЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ď⅜□ Įũ ŌĕijеаŲďĠŔą όŏĠ₣сŪģ˝сĮЊĕњŎ ĕЊ₣Ūģ сĮĕċаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ¤ The collection of fines and proceeding taxes shall be done by treasury agents under the

supervision of the competent Prosecutor. All fines and proceeding taxes that have been collected shall be transferred to the national budget.

With the sentencing decision becoming final, the order to pay fines and proceeding taxes becomes enforceable.

ŌŪ″ oo Łũ₤Не˝₣˝Ōų е₣⅜ēũ‗к Article 499 Use of Public Forces

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ζş₤Не˝₣˝Ōų е₣⅜ēũ‗к ЮřЧņġБēĜŬмĠсũ₣ŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤¤ The Royal Prosecutor and the General Prosecutor may seek the assistance of all public

forces to ensure the execution of the sentence.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 207

ŌŪ″ ƠƠ ŁũŲеģ˝Ĉ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤ Article 500 Difficulty in Execution of Sentence

ŁũŲеģ˝Ĉе₣ΐŎЯřŲĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤ ŪijСŷЯijЮŲЧ˝ĄРĕijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ιijНŵŁũďĕсŠį₤с ЯřŲģĕ₤ЮŪņşĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ЮĜй ЮŢйŪ⅜Ŏ¤

ijНŵŁũ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣ ″ņĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сΒŎŏŁũ ιũĠ₤сļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċ¤ ijНŵŁũЮĕй₤ЮŪņşЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ⅜ē‗к ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ⅜Ś ĠсΒŎŏŁũ ļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċ ĕЊ₣ďŎ▫Ю΅ijН ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сļÐБЮĕй¤

ŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤ΖşŪijСŷģĕĮŏФũЮŢŎijНŵŁũ¤ Any difficulties in the execution of the sentence shall be referred to the court which

imposed the sentence. The court shall be seized by a request submitted by the Prosecutor or the involved party.

After hearing the Prosecutor, the involved party, and eventually the lawyers of these parties, the court shall make a decision in a public hearing.

The execution of the sentence may be suspended by the court.

ŌŪ″ Ơơ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏŪ₤СĠЮĈ₤ĠŃĆСŲýĖ Article 501 Request for Consolidation of Sentences

ĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏŪ₤СĠЮĈ₤ĠŃĆСŲýĖ ŪijСŷЮŲЧ˝ЮĝņНŠijНŵŁũЯřŲģĕ₤ЮŪņşşН₣ЮŪŁŎЮФ ijНŵŁũЮĕй◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣ ″ņĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ũĠ₤ссΒŎŏŁũ ιũĠ₤сļÐБĵ сĮњĕċ¤ ijНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņş ĖО₣ЮĮŲ

₤ŷĜŁũ⅜ēũ‗к ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ⅜Ś ĠсΒŎŏŁũ ļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċ ĕЊ₣ďŎ▫Ю΅ijН ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сļÐБЮĕй¤ A request for consolidation of sentences shall be raised before the court which has made the

final decision. The court shall be seized by the Prosecutor or the involved party. After hearing the

Prosecutor, the involved party, and eventually the lawyers of these parties, the court shall make a decision in a public hearing.

ŌijЊŁ◦Б Ư: ŁũŪĠijЊĠijʼnЊŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĕЊ₣ЮĈ₤ř˝ РijЮ₤ũВļĮ TITLE 2: CARRYING OUT PROVISIONAL DETENTION AND PUNISHMENT DEPRIVING OF

FREEDOM

ĄеĮР ◦Б ơ: ŷЋēĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũþНеŠųФĕ CHAPTER 1: RULES GOVERNING DETENTION

ŌŪ″ ƠƯ ŁũÐ‗ĜℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũŢ˝сĮĕċĜýũ Article 502 Calculation of Duration of Imprisonment

ЮĈ₤Ţ˝сĮĕċĜýũ ĖО₣ ơ (ņУŎ) аℓĞ ŌĕℓЊũЮŷŵ Ư (аņĸĠУĕ) ЮŌл ₣¤ ЮĈ₤Ţ˝сĮĕċĜýũ ĖО₣ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ŌĕℓЊũЮŷŵ ưƠ (⅜ņ₤ЊĠ) аℓФ ЮĈ₤Ţ˝сĮĕċĜýũЮŲЧ₤ĮБ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ŪijСŷÐЊij″ņЮŲŠЮũЬ₣аĕаℓĞ ĖО₣ЯŠ◦Б ơ (ņУŎ) ЮĉЮŲŠЮũЬ₣аĕаℓĞ ĖО₣ЯŠ

ņУŎЮ◦Ьij¤ ◦‗Ź ЊijЯřŲģĕΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤ũĠ₤сŠųФĕũУşЮ΅ЧŎ ŪijСŷЮŢйЯŲ₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣şЮĜų йĮБЮŌл ₣ (ŪģеņУŎ) ŪĮЕ˝ řŲс

ЮŌл ₣ ơ� (řĠсŪģеĠБ)¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 208

One-day imprisonment sentence is 24 hours. One-month imprisonment sentence is 30 days. Duration of the imprisonment sentence which is more than one month shall be calculated

based on the calendar day of the first month to the calendar day of another month. A convicted person whose sentence is served shall be released between 6 am and 6 pm.

ŌŪ″ Ơư ŁũÐЊijĠŃĆСŲℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ Article 503 Deduction of Duration of Provisional Detention

ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ŪijСŷģĕÐЊijĠŃĆСŲĈе₣Ū₤О₣Юĉ ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕЮĈ₤ ЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤ ιďŎ▫Ю΅ijНаĕℓЊũЮŷŵ₤ũНĠаĕЮĈ₤ЯřŲŪijСŷ◦◦УŲũ₣ ĠĜĀ ĠсĮБŁũŪ₤СĠЮĈ₤ĠŃĆСŲýĖ ¤

The duration of any provisional detention shall be deducted from the sentence decided by the court or the total duration of the sentences that has been imposed following the consolidation of sentences.

ŌŪ″ Ơ ŁũЮũЬĠşеĮĕċĜýũ Article 504 Prison Organization

ŁũЮũЬĠşе ĕЊ₣ũĠĠаĩĀ ĖО₣аĕĮĕċĜýũ ĕЊ₣ņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ ŪijСŷ˝е‗ijсЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤ũĠ₤сŪ˝₤У₣ЯřŲŪÐĠсŪÐ₣ĮĕċĜýũ¤

ŪĠŁ₤Юĕй е‗ijсĩ₣Яřũ ΒеĮБŲ˝šŠ‗Ź аĕŁũЯĠ₣Яş˝◦‗Ź ЊijЮĝ″ņĮĕċĜýũ ĕЊ₣ņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕĜĜ ΒеĮБЯĠĠĠ◦ΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤ř˝΅РijЮ₤ũВļĮ ĕЊ₣ΒеĮБũĠĠþНеŠųФĕ¤

The organization and internal management of prisons and detention centers shall be determined by ministerial regulation “Prakas” of the Ministry in charge. The Prakas shall also specify the allocation of convicted persons to various prisons and detention centers, and the procedures for the serving of sentences depriving freedom and the management of detention.

ŌŪ″ Ơ ĠŃąБĄĕďĠсþНе Article 505 Detainee Registry

ŪÐĠсĮĕċĜýũ ĕЊ₣ņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕĈе₣Β₤с ŪijСŷŌĕĠŃąБņУŎЯřŲşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ΒеĮБΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ĠНÐðŲþНеŠųФĕ ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦þНеŠųФĕ ĕЊ₣ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ЮŢйЯŲ₣¤ ĠŃą БЮĕйŪijСŷģĕŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏďЮũЩŎ6 ЮŢŎΒŎŏŁũ¤ ◦еĮњũĕБņУŎ6 ŪijСŷЯijşНй◦ЊŢť ŁũЮŢŎΒŎŏŁũ¤

ŪÐĠсļĖ сİũаĕũřťģŲĮĕċĜýũ ĕЊ₣ņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ ŪijСŷЯijĄРĕĠŃą БЮĉЮčŪ˝ņĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲ″ņŁũЮ₤Ė Ч₤Не ŪĮņĈе₣ĠİΆ ŀřŲсņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЯřŲĠеЮĮŀļũ ЊşĆ″ņŁũŪĠÐŲсΒе₧şĮБΖďń ĊũijНŵŁũ¤

All prisons and detention centers shall have a registry in which the detainee’s identity, the date of detention, and the date of release shall be recorded. The registry shall be inspected frequently by the competent Prosecutor. There shall be an approval signature of the Prosecutor on each page of the registry.

All administrative agents of the prisons and detention centers shall submit this registry to any judge upon his request and also shall let the judicial police officers have access to that registry if they are performing their mission through a delegation of power by the judicial authority.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 209

ŌŪ″ Ơ ŲЊŠЊijþНеŠųФĕ Article 506 Detention Authorization

ýŊ ĕļĖ сİũũřťģŲĮĕċĜýũ₧Ζş◦◦УŲ ĕЊ₣þНеŠųФĕĠНÐðŲ₧ŌĖ сЮŢŎýŊ ĕŲЊŠЊijЮşŀЮŢŎΖďń ĊũijНŵŁũģĕЮΌЧŎ¤

ļĖ сİũũřťģŲĮĕċĜýũ₧ЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲ ĕЊ₣þНеŠųФĕĠНÐðŲ₧ŌĖ сЮŢŎýŊ ĕŲЊŠЊijЮşŀЮŢŎΖďń ĊũijНŵŁũЮ◦ЮĜй ŪijСŷďĠсĮЊũН◦ċĮБĠ◦Ġİš е₣ņĕН₤℮ЮŢŎŠН₤şĤĠс¤

No administrative agent of prisons or detention centers may receive and detain any person without a written judicial authorization.

Any administrative agent of prisons or detention centers who has received and detained any person without a written judicial authorization shall be guilty of illegal confinement.

ŌŪ″ Ơ ŁũþНеŠųФĕЮŢŎŠН₤şĤĠс Article 507 Illegal Detention

ŪÐĠсЮčŪ˝ņĈе₣Β₤с ЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣₤Ś БĮБŁũþНеŠųФĕĠНÐðŲ₧ŌĖ ˝сЮŢŎŠН₤şĤĠс ŪijСŷЮĊſЧŁũЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀ ijсďČеģşсļų ņ¤

Any judge or prosecutor who has received a complaint regarding any illegal detention shall immediately examine it.

ŌŪ″ Ơ7 ŁũĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕĄĕďĠсþНе″ņŁũЮ₤Ė Ч₤Не Article 508 Presentation of Detainee Upon Request

ŪÐĠсļĖ сİũũřťģŲĮĕċĜýũ ŪijСŷЯijĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕĄĕďĠсþНеřŲсЮčŪ˝ņ″ņŁũЮ₤Ė Ч₤Не ŪĮņĈе₣řŲсņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЯřŲĠеЮĮŀļũ˝ЊşĆ ″ņŁũŪĠÐŲсΒе₧şĮБΖďń ĊũijНŵŁũ¤

An administrative agent of prisons or detention centers shall present every detainee to a judge or to a judicial police officer performing his mission through a delegation of power by the judicial authority, if they so request.

ŌŪ″ Ơo ΒĊЊŁũ ЊşĆĮĕċĜýũ Article 509 Prison Inspection

ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷЮĊſЧΒĊЊŁũ˝ЊşĆЮŲЧĮĕċĜýũďŪĠČе¤

The General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal, the Royal Prosecutor, the President of the Investigation Chamber, and the investigating judges shall perform regular inspections of the prisons.

ŌŪ″ ơƠ Łũ₤ĕĀĜũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсþНеďņУŎĕЕ₣ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сŠųФĕ Article 510 Communication of Detainee with His Lawyer

ĄĕďĠсþНеŪijСŷЯijŌĕ₤Њ◦ċЊ₤ĕĀĜď₤ŌĞ ijсďņУŎĕЕ₣ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ A detainee is entitled to have confidential communication with his lawyer.

ŌŪ″ ơơ ŁũĩŚŲсřе‗Е₣řŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕΧĠġijŚЊЮ΅ijНĊĞĕсĊĞũ Article 511 Provision of Information to Prosecutor in Case of Serious Incidents

ŪÐĠсΧĠġijŚЊЮ΅ijНĊĞĕсĊĞũЮĝ ĖО₣ĮĕċĜýũ ĖО₣ņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ ŪijСŷЯijĄРĕřе‗Е₣ļų ņřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 210

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲΒĖ˝ЮĈ₤ũijсЮşŀĮБĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠųФĕ ЮĜйŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮşŀĠŔą Я₤ſ ₣ũ˝ČĠсŠųФĕ ĕЊ₣Čijс ŷЋēĕŁũďĠĜĀ ĕс ЮřЧņġБΒĕНŷijʼnĠŔą Я₤ſ ₣ũ˝ČĠсŠųФĕ ЮŢŎΒĕНЮŵņ″ņĠŃňijЊʼnЯřŲЯş₣ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ơt (řБŁĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ĠĕʼnĠĜĀ ĠсаĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

The Royal Prosecutor shall be immediately informed about any serious incident occurring in a prison or detention center.

In case a prisoner escapes from a prison or a detention center, the Royal Prosecutor shall issue a special arrest warrant and shall immediately take all measures to enforce it in accordance with Article 196 (Arrest Warrants) and subsequent provisions of this Code.

ĄеĮР ◦Б Ư: ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ šŠ‗Ź CHAPTER 2: PAROLE

ŌŪ″ ơƯ Ų˝šŠ‗Ź Ĉ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ÐеĕЊijŌũŗ◦ Article 512 Conditions Relative to Behavior

ŪÐĠс◦‗Ź ЊijЯřŲŪijСŷ◦◦УŲЮĈ₤ĮĕċĜýũņУŎ ιЮŪşЧĕ ΖşŪijСŷģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦‗Ź ЊijЮĕйģĕĠİΆ ŀόŏЮþЧŀ▫ ŠųФĕŌĕÐеĕЊijŌũŗ◦Ų∆ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲďĠсþНе ĕЊ₣Ōĕ₤ņġĈЯřŲΖşĠŃĆСŲŠųФĕЮĉĖО₣₤₣ðņŷЋŀģĕ¤

Any convicted person who is serving one or more imprisonment sentences may be paroled, provided that he has shown good behavior during imprisonment and appears to be able to reintegrate into society.

ŌŪ″ ơư Ų˝šŠ‗Ź Ĉ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕЮĈ₤ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕ◦◦УŲũУşŬŲсЮ΅ЧŎ Article 513 Conditions Relative to Duration of Sentence Already Served

ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ΖşŪijСŷĩŚŲсόŏřŲс◦‗Ź Њij ЯřŲ◦◦УŲũ₣ЮĈ₤ďĠсĮĕċĜýũк − şеĕУĕĵ˝с˝₧Ś ŲаĕЮĈ₤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮĈ₤ЮĜйijЊşď₣ ιЮ₤Ŋ Ч ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖ е − şеĕУĕĮБũļÐĠБаĕЮĈ₤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьij¤ ◦‗Ź ЊijЯřŲŪijСŷďĠсĮĕċĜýũΒ₤сņУŎĄБŷЋij Ζş◦◦УŲŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦‗Ź Њijģĕ

◦◦УŲЮĈ₤ďĠсĮĕċĜýũŗл ₣ijЊşĠеĩНij ƯƠ (аņĸ) ĂĖ е ũУşņ˝Ю΅ЧŎ¤ Parole may be granted to a convicted person who has served: − Half of his sentence if the duration of the sentence is less than or equal to one year; − Two-thirds of the sentence in other cases. A convicted person who has served at least 20 years of a life imprisonment sentence is also

eligible for parole.

ŌŪ″ ơ Ζďń ĊũŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆ₤ŪŌĠсĩŚŲсŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź Article 514 Authority Competent to Grant Parole

ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ŪijСŷĩŚŲсόŏЮŢŎŪĠēĕijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣аĕ◦Б˝Яĕų₣þНеŠųФĕ¤ ŪĠēĕijНŵŁũЮĕй ₤ЮŪņşЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ◦◦УŲЮŗĠŲсĮБÐ‗к˝ņŊŁũďijЊЯřŲŪijСŷŪĠĄНеЮĝŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх¤

Ð‗к˝ņŊŁũďijЊũУņŌĕк − ₤ŌĄЊ Ư (ĮБũ) ũРĠ Čijс″е₣ЮŢŎũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх ЯřŲ ơ (ņУŎ) ũРĠďŪĠēĕ

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 211

− ŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιijе₧₣ ď₤ŌĄЊ ¤ The President of the Court of First Instance at the place of detention has the authority to

grant parole to a convicted person. He shall make this decision after having received the opinion from a national commission which meets at the Ministry of Justice.

The national commission shall be composed of: − Two members appointed by the Minister of Justice – one of whom shall serve as

chairperson of the commission; − The Chief of the Prison Administration or his representative – as a member.

ŌŪ″ ơ ЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤сÐ‗к˝ņŊŁũďijЊ Article 515 Opinion of National Commission

ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ŪĠēĕijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ĠŃąСĕЮĉÐ‗к˝ņŊŁũďijЊĕРŷк

− ĵ˝ŏ₤Не − ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ι⅜ŲřБŁĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ − ďŎ▫Ю΅ijН⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ĕЊ₣⅜ŲřБŁĈе₣ΐŎ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦‗Ź Њij◦◦УŲЮĈ₤ЮŪşЧĕ − ŪĮЕijŚЊĠŪijЮŲŠơ аĕĠŃąБЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤ − ЮŗĠŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń − ŪÐĠсŲЊŠЊijĈе₣Β₤сЯřŲŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕч¤ Ð‗к˝ņŊŁũďijЊĠЮŃĆŀЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤сŠųФĕЮĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл ₣ŠųБĠеĩНij¤ ЮŗĠŲсЮĕйЮĊſЧďŵŎŲ˝š‗ч

Β˝℮ũ ĕЊ₣Ōĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijНŪijСŷЮĩńЧĄРĕЮĉŪĠēĕijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ļų ņ¤ After an application for parole has been filed, the President of the Court of First Instance

shall deliver to the national committee:

− the application; − the sentencing judgment; − all other sentencing judgments if the convicted person had been subject to several

penalties; − Bulletin No. 1 of the criminal record; − the opinion of the Royal Prosecutor; − All other useful documents. The national commission shall issue its opinion without delay. This opinion shall be in

writing and include reasons. The opinion shall be submitted to the President of the Court of First Instance immediately.

ŌŪ″ ơ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź Article 516 Decisions on Parole

ŪĠēĕijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ņЊĕŪijСŷďĠсĄеĵ˝сĕЕ₣ЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤сÐ‗к˝ņŊŁũďijЊЮ◦¤ ŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņş″ņřБŁЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН¤ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŪĠēĕijНŵŁũЮĕй ΖşŪijСŷijǻм ЮĉŪĠēĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чģĕ ĖО₣ũŎк ЮĮŲ (Ūģе) аℓФ

Ġ‗Ś Е₣ijǻм Юĕй ΖşЮĊſЧģĕЮŢŎΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ιŪĮйŬĄΖďń аĕijНŵŁũ⅜ņБЯijĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 212

ŁŲ₧ŪĠēĕijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ Ġİð ĠсόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĕйýŊ ĕΖĕНļĮΒĕНŷijŚЮ◦ Юĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ЯřŲЯş₣ ĖО₣˝▫Š‗Ź ◦Б ư аĕŌŪ″Юĕй¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕŁũijǻм Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĕйýŊ ĕΖĕНļĮΒĕНŷijŚЮ◦ ũ΅РijřŲсŌĕřБŁũĠ₤ссŪĠēĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤

ŪĠēĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч₤ЮŪņş″ņřБŁЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН ĕЊ₣ņЊĕΖşijǻмģĕЮΌЧŎ¤ The President of the Court of First Instance shall not be bound by the opinion of this

national commission. The decision made by the court president shall include reasons. The decision of the court president may be appealed to the President of the Court of Appeal

within 5 days. This appeal may be made by the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal or the Royal Prosecutor of the court that made the decision.

When the President of the Court of First Instance has granted parole, the decision shall not take effect in the first 5 days as stated in paragraph 3 of this Article. If there is an appeal, the parole decision shall not take effect until the decision of the President of the Court of Appeal is issued.

The President of the Court of Appeal shall make a decision including reasons and this decision cannot be appealed.

ŌŪ″ ơ ЯĠĠĠ◦аĕŁũΒĕНŷijŚ ĕЊ₣Ų˝šŠ‗Ź аĕŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź Article 517 Enforcement and Conditions of Parole

Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ŪijСŷ е‗ijсЯĠĠĠ◦аĕŁũΒĕНŷijŚ ĕЊ₣Ų˝šŠ‗Ź аĕŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣◦‗Ź Њij¤

Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĕй е‗ijсũŎкЮĮŲ⅜˝Ųġ₣ ЯřŲņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБℓЊũЮŷŵаĕЮĈ₤ ЯřŲЮĝ₤ŲсņЊĕĈĕсģĕ◦◦УŲũ₣ЮΌЧŎ¤

A decision granting parole shall designate the means by which it should be enforced and the requirements the convicted person has to follow.

This decision shall determine a probation period, which shall not exceed the term of the sentence which is not yet served.

ŌŪ″ ơ7 Łũř˝΅РijЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş Article 518 Revocation of Decision

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁũĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ďℓŊБ ι ĖО₣˝ũ‗БņЊĕЮýũĮŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ЯřŲ˝е‗ijсЮŢŎřБŁЮ◦ ŪĠēĕijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣Ζşř˝΅РijЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŠųФĕŷЋŀģĕ¤

Where a new sentence is imposed or if the convicted person violates the requirements determined in the decision to grant parole, the President of the Court of First Instance may revoke his decision.

ŌŪ″ ơo ŁũČĠсŠųФĕ◦‗Ź ЊijЯřŲŪijСŷģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣ Article 519 Arrest of Released Convicted Person

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠĜĀ ĕс ŪĮйŬĄΖďń аĕijНŵŁũ⅜ņБ ΖşĠİð ĠсόŏČĠсŠųФĕ◦‗Ź ЊijЯřŲģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮĜйģĕ¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсŪĠēĕijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ļų ņ¤

In cases of urgency, the Royal Prosecutor of the court which issued the parole decision may issue a special order to re-arrest the released convicted person. The Royal Prosecutor shall immediately inform the President of the Court of First Instance.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 213

ŌŪ″ ƯƠ Łũř˝΅РijŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź Article 520 Revocation of Parole

ĖО₣˝ũ‗Бř˝΅РijŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ◦‗Ź ЊijŪijСŷ◦◦УŲЮĈ₤ũĠ₤сŠųФĕЯřŲЮĝЮ₤₤₤Ųс¤ ũŎкЮĮŲЮ₤₤₤Ųс ŪijСŷÐЊijČĠсĮБЮĮŲЯřŲ◦‗Ź Њijģĕ◦◦УŲЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦‗Ź ЊijŪijСŷģĕČĠсŠųФĕЮŢŎΒĕНŷijʼn″ņŌŪ″ ơt (ŁũČĠсŠųФĕ◦‗Ź ЊijЯřŲŪijСŷģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣) аĕ

Ū˝ņЮĕй ũŎкЮĮŲþНеŠųФĕũ΅Рijņ˝◦ŲсĕЕ₣Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşř˝΅РijŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź Юĕй ŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ÐЊij ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕЮĈ₤ЯřŲЮĝЮ₤₤₤Ųс¤

Where parole is revoked, the convicted person shall serve the remaining sentencing term. The remaining sentencing term shall be calculated from the date of which the convicted

person has received the parole decision. If the convicted person has been arrested based on the enforcement of Article 519 (Arrest of

Released Convicted Person) of this Code, the period from the date of the arrest to the date of the revocation of parole shall be deducted from the remaining sentencing term.

ŌŪ″ Ươ ĩŲŷЋģ˝аĕŁũņЊĕř˝΅Рij Article 521 Consequence of Non-Revocation

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ņЊĕŪijСŷģĕř˝΅Рij ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ⅜˝Ųġ₣Ю◦ ŲНйĩНijũŎкЮĮŲ⅜˝Ųġ₣ЯřŲ˝е‗ijс″ņŌŪ″ ơ (ЯĠĠĠ◦аĕŁũΒĕНŷijŚ ĕЊ₣Ų˝šŠ‗Ź аĕŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣Łų ŎЮĉď⅜□ Įũ¤

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕйЮĈ₤ŪijСŷČijс◦Н ▫ģĕ◦◦УŲ″е₣ĮБаℓĞЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ņ˝Юņųлй¤ If parole is not revoked during the probation period, as specified in Article 517

(Enforcement and Conditions of Parole) of this Code, the release shall become definitive. In that case the sentence shall be considered served from the date the parole has been

granted.

ŌŪ″ ƯƯ ŪĠŁ₤ũĠ₤сŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх Article 522 Prakas of Ministry of Justice

ЯĠĠĠ◦аĕŁũ¹ų еЮņЧŲ″ņŢĕ ŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ ĕЊ₣ŁũĠŃĆСŲЮĉ ĖО₣₤₣ðņŷЋŀаĕ◦‗Ź Њij ЯřŲЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ŪijСŷ˝е‗ijсЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤ũĠ₤сŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚĊņх¤ ŪĠŁ₤ЮĕйΖşŪĠÐŲсόŏ⅜□ Ġњĕ⅜ēũ‗к ιυ˝Ąĕ ĕРŷŁũŎ˝şЊijŚ◦Н˝Ţ˝сēĜŬмĠсũ₣ЮŲЧŁũĠŃĆСŲ◦‗Ź ЊijЮĉ ĖО₣₤₣ðņŷЋŀ¤

The modalities of monitoring, supervising, and reintegrating a convicted person into society shall be determined in the Prakas of the Ministry of Justice. This Prakas may entrust public or private institutions with the social reintegration of the convicted person.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 214

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ư: ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ TITLE 3: IMPRISONMENT IN LIEU OF PAYMENT

ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ UNITARY CHAPTER: IMPRISONMENT IN LIEU OF PAYMENT

ŌŪ″ Ưư ˝ũ‗БΒĕНŷijŚŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ Article 523 Implementation of Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment

ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ ŪijСŷΒĕНŷijŚЮŲЧĠНÐðŲЯřŲŪijСŷĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ЮŢŎijНŵŁũŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź Ю΅ЧŎЯřŲņЊĕĠ₣ск − Ūģ сĮЊĕњŎ − Ūģ сĮĕċаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ − Ūģ с₤е‗₣ ĕЊ₣ĄņĞЙşЊijŚЯřŲŪijСŷĠ₣сόŏЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ Imprisonment in lieu of payment shall be applicable against a person who has been found

guilty by the criminal court and has not paid: − Fines; − Proceeding Taxes; − Compensation and any damage to a civil party.

ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮŢŎЮĮŀŲ˝š‗кşĤĠс Article 524 Enforcement of Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment

ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎŪijСŷΒĕНŷijŚЮŢŎЮĮŀŲ˝š‗кşĤĠс¤ ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎņЊĕČеģşсŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎijНŵŁũЮ◦¤

Imprisonment in lieu of payment shall be automatically enforceable and it does not require the court to issue a decision.

ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БņЊĕĠ₣сŪģ сĮЊĕњŎ ιŪģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ Article 525 Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment for Failure to Pay Fines or Proceeding Taxes

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦‗Ź ЊijņЊĕĠ₣сŪģ˝сĮЊĕњŎ ιŪģ сĮĕċаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮ◦ Β₣ðļĮũijĜýũĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń аĕijНŵŁũΒņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣¤

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń е‗ijсũŎкЮĮŲşН₣ЮŪŁŎřŲс◦‗Ź Њij ЮřЧņġБĠ₣сŪģ˝сЮĜй Ю΅ЧŎόŏřе‗Е₣▫ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧņЊĕĠ₣сЮ◦ЮĜй ⅜ņБŠųФĕΖşŪijСŷĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ¤ ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕйņЊĕΖşijЊşď₣ ơƠ (řĠс) аℓĞ Ю◦¤

Łũόŏřе‗Е₣ŪijСŷЮĊſЧк − ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌijс ι − ″ņĩųСŷũřťģŲ ι − ″ņũŎкΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□¤ ŪijСŷЯijŌĕЮĊſЧ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤Ś БĮБŁũόŏřе‗Е₣Юĕй¤ ˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЮĕйŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎ◦‗Ź Њij¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ

◦‗Ź ЊijņЊĕЮşйşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮ◦ ◦‗Ź ЊijŪijСŷĩŚЊijŪŌņаř¤ If the convicted person fails to pay the fines or the proceeding taxes the treasury entity shall

inform the competent Royal Prosecutor attached to the Court of First Instance.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 215

The Prosecutor shall determine a final time limit for a convicted person to pay the due amount and inform him that if he fails to do so, he shall be subject to imprisonment in lieu of payment. This final time limit shall not be shorter than ten days.

The notification shall be served through: − oral communication; − administrative means; − police and military police. There shall be a written record of the notification. This record shall be signed by the

convicted person. If the convicted person does not know how to sign he shall emplace his finger-print.

ŌŪ″ Ư ĠŔą όŏĠ₣šе ĕЊ₣όŏþНеŠųФĕ Article 526 Special Detention Order

ŲНйĩНijũŎкЮĮŲ е‗ijс ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦‗Ź ЊijņЊĕģĕĠ₣сŪģ˝сЮĜйЮ◦ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮşŀĠŔą όŏĠ₣šе ĕЊ₣όŏþНеŠųФĕ¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşĠ₣∆₣сЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĕйģĕ ЮŢŎņРŲЮ΅ijНņĕН₤℮Ċņх ďΖ◦Џ řРşď⅜□ ĕļĮаĕ₤НŠļĮũĠ₤с◦‗Ź Њij¤

ĠŔą όŏĠ₣šеĕЊ₣όŏþНеŠųФĕŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşijЮĉк − ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗аĕ◦‗Ź Њij − ŪĠЮķ◦ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮŗ₣аĕ◦‗Ź ˝ņŊ − ŁũЮŗ₣аĕřБŁόŏřе‗Е₣ЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ Ư (ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БņЊĕĠ₣сŪģ с

ĮЊĕњŎ ιŪģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй − şеĕУĕ◦Е˝Ūģ сЯřŲņЊĕģĕĠ₣с − ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ¤ ĠŔą ЮĕйŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ₤Неόŏ˝Ōų е₣⅜ēũ‗кČĠс ĕЊ₣þНеŠųФĕ◦‗Ź Њij¤ If the convicted person has fails to make a payment when the time limit for payment

expires, the Royal Prosecutor shall issue a special detention order. He may suspend the enforcement of his decision on humanitarian grounds, such as the health conditions of the convicted person.

The special detention order shall include: − the identity of the convicted person; − type of offence and its reference; − reference to the notification provided for in Article 525 (Imprisonment in Lieu of

Payment for Failure to pay Fines or Proceeding Taxes) of this Code; − the unpaid amount; − the duration of imprisonment in lieu of payment. The order shall be signed and sealed by the Royal Prosecutor. The Royal Prosecutor may request the competent authorities to arrest and detain the

convicted person.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 216

ŌŪ″ Ư Łũijǻм ĕЕ₣ĠŔą όŏĠ₣šе ĕЊ₣όŏþНеŠųФĕ Article 527 Objection to Special Detention Order

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮĮŲČĠсŠųФĕ þНеŠųФĕ ιЮŪŁŎņ˝◦‗Ź Њijijǻм ΒеĮБЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ◦‗Ź ЊijŪijСŷģĕЮÐĜеŠųФĕЮĉĄРĕŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ¤

ŪĠēĕijНŵŁũĮЊĕЊijŏЮņЧŲĕБijŜĕН˝РŲļĮаĕĠŔą όŏĠ₣šе ĕЊ₣όŏþНеŠųФĕ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁũĠеĵĕşĤĠс ŪĠēĕijНŵŁũŲНĠЮČŲĠŔą όŏĠ₣šе ĕЊ₣όŏþНеŠųФĕЮĕй¤

ŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņş″ņřБŁЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН¤ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŪĠēĕijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ΖşŪijСŷijǻм ЮĉŪĠēĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чģĕ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ Ư (ĮБũ)

аℓФ Ġ‗Ś Е₣ijǻм ЮĕйΖşЮĊſЧģĕЮŢŎΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ ι◦‗Ź Њij¤ ŁŲ₧ŪĠēĕijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ŲНĠЮČŲĠŔą όŏĠ₣šе ĕЊ₣όŏþНеŠųФĕ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĕй ýŊ ĕΖĕНļĮΒĕНŷijŚ

Ю◦ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ Ư (ĮБũ) аℓĞ řРşŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝▫Š‗Ź ◦Б аĕŌŪ″Юĕй¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕŁũijǻм Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĕйýŊ ĕΖĕНļĮΒĕНŷijŚ ũ΅РijřŲсŌĕřБŁũĠ₤сŪĠēĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤

ŪĠēĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч₤ЮŪņş″ņřБŁŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН ĕЊ₣ņЊĕΖşijǻмģĕ¤ If the convicted person objects to the decision of the Prosecutor at the time of arrest,

detention, or afterwards, he shall be presented to the court president. The court president shall examine the legality of the special detention order. If there is a

violation of law the president shall invalidate the order. The court president shall make a decision with statement of reasons. This decision may be appealed to the President of the Court of Appeal within 2 days. The

appeal may be filed by the General Prosecutor, the Royal Prosecutor, or by the convicted person. If the President of the Court of First Instance has decided to invalidate the special detention

order, the decision does not take effect during the 2 day period mentioned in paragraph 4 of this Article. In case of appeal, this decision shall not take effect until the decision of the President of Court of Appeal has been issued.

The President of Court of Appeal shall make a decision with a statement of reasons. This decision is final.

ŌŪ″ Ư7 ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮŷЋŀ Article 528 Release

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŲНĠЮČŲĠŔą όŏĠ₣šе ĕЊ₣όŏþНеŠųФĕЮĜй ◦‗Ź ЊijŪijСŷЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮŷЋŀ¤ In the case of annulment of a special detention order the convicted person shall be released.

ŌŪ″ Ưo Ų˝šŠ‗Ź řРşýĖ ЮĉĕЕ₣ŁũŢ сĮĕċĜýũ Article 529 Assimilated Conditions

ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź řРşýĖ ĕЕ₣ŁũďĠсЮĈ₤ĮĕċĜýũЯřũ¤ The conditions of imprisonment in lieu of payment shall be the same as those for regular

imprisonment.

ŌŪ″ ưƠ ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ Article 530 Duration of Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment

ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎŪijСŷ˝е‗ijсřРşijЮĉк

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 217

− ơƠ (řĠс) аℓĞ ŁŲ₧◦Е˝Ūģ˝сЯřŲņЊĕĠ₣сЮĜйŌĕşеĕУĕņЊĕЮŲЧ₤ĮБ ƯƠ,ƠƠƠ (ĮБũЯ₤ĕŪģеņНЙĕ) ЮũЬŲ¤

− ƯƠ (аņĸ) аℓĞ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦Е˝Ūģ˝сЮĕйŌĕşеĕУĕĮБ ƯƠ,ƠƠơ (ĮБũЯ₤ĕŪģеņНЙĕņУŎ) ЮũЬŲ řŲс ƠƠ,ƠƠƠ (ŪģеЯ₤ĕ) ЮũЬŲ¤

− ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦Е˝Ūģ сЮĕйŌĕşеĕУĕĮБ ƠƠ,ƠƠơ (ŪģеЯ₤ĕņУŎ) ЮũЬŲ řŲс ơ,ƠƠƠ,ƠƠƠ (ņУŎŵĕ) ЮũЬŲ¤

− Ư (ĮБũ) ЯŠ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦Е˝Ūģ сЮĕйŌĕşеĕУĕĮБ ơ,ƠƠƠ,ƠƠơ (ņУŎŵĕņУŎ) ЮũЬŲ řŲс Ư,ƠƠ,ƠƠƠ (ĮБũŵĕŪģеЯ₤ĕ) ЮũЬŲ¤

− ư (ĠБ) ЯŠ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦Е˝Ūģ сЮĕйŌĕşеĕУĕĮБ Ư,ƠƠ,ƠƠơ (ĮБũŵĕŪģеЯ₤ĕņУŎ) ЮũЬŲ řŲс ,ƠƠƠ,ƠƠƠ (Ūģеŵĕ) ЮũЬŲ¤

− (ŪģеņУŎ) ЯŠ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦Е˝Ūģ сЮĕйŌĕşеĕУĕĮБ ,ƠƠƠ,ƠƠơ (ŪģеŵĕņУŎ) ЮũЬŲ řŲс ơƠ,ƠƠƠ,ƠƠƠ (řĠсŵĕ) ЮũЬŲ¤

− ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖ е ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦Е˝Ūģ˝сЮĕйŌĕşеĕУĕĮБ ơƠ,ƠƠƠ,ƠƠơ (řĠсŵĕŎ) ЮũЬŲ řŲс ƯƠ,ƠƠ,ƠƠƠ (аņĸŵĕŪģеЯ₤ĕ) ЮũЬŲ¤

− ơ� (řĠсŪģеĠБ) ЯŠ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦Е˝Ūģ сЮĕйŌĕşеĕУĕĮБ ƯƠ,ƠƠ,ƠƠơ (аņĸŵĕŪģеЯ₤ĕņУŎ) ЮũЬŲ řŲс Ơ,ƠƠƠ,ƠƠƠ (Ή₤ЊĠŵĕ) ЮũЬŲ¤

− Ư (ĮБũ) ĂĖ е ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦Е˝Ūģ сЮĕйŌĕşеĕУĕЮŲЧ₤ĮБ Ơ,ƠƠƠ,ƠƠƠ (Ή₤ЊĠŵĕ) ЮũЬŲ¤ ŁŲ₧ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎēĜŁũŪĠņРŲΟ‗Ю◦ŎŏЮŪşЧĕЮĜй ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũĠ₣šеЮĕй ŪijСŷ˝е‗ijсЮŢŎ

ÐЊijÐРũ″ņşеĕУĕ₤ũНĠаĕ◦‗Ź ˝ņŊ¤ The duration of imprisonment in lieu of payment shall be determined as follows: − Ten days if the amount of unpaid money does not exceed 250,000 Riels; − Twenty days if the amount of money is from 250,001 Riels to 500, 000 Riels; − One month if the amount of money is from 500,001 Riels to 1,000,000 Riels; − Two months if the amount of money is from 1,000,001 Riels to 2,500,000 Riels; − Three months if the amount of money is from 2,500,001 Riels to 5,000,000 Riels; − Six months if the amount of money is from 5,000,001 Riels to 10,000,000 Riels; − One year if the amount of money is from 10,000,001 Riels to 20,500,000 Riels; − Eighteen months if the amount of money is from 20,500,001 Riels to 50,000,000 Riels; − Two years if the amount of money exceeds 50,000,000 Riels. If the imprisonment in lieu of payment is enforced to ensure the payment of various debts,

the duration of the imprisonment shall be determined by the total amount due.

ŌŪ″ ươ ŁũũУşŠųФĕĮБŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ Article 531 Freedom from Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment

ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ ņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧЮĉЮŲЧ◦‗Ź ЊijďΒĕБijЊĄĕЮĝЮĮŲŪĠŪĮЕijŚĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ ЮĉЮŲЧū₤Ś БЯřŲŌĕΖŎНČĠсĮБ (΅Н˝₤ЊĠŪģе) ĂĖ е ЮΌЧ₣Юĉ ĕЊ₣ЮĉЮŲЧĠНũ₤ΖŎНČĠсĮБ Ơ (şЊij₤ЊĠ) ĂĖ е ЮΌЧ₣ЮĉģĕЮΌЧŎ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 218

ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧģĕŪĮņďņУŎýĖ ЮĉЮŲЧĠŚБ ĕЊ₣ŪĠĮĕċģĕЮ◦ ЮĈйĠБďŁũĠ₣šеЮĕйЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ ЮřЧņġБŪĠņРŲĊĕ◦‗Ź Юĩ℮₣ýĖ ˝єЮŢŎ¤ Imprisonment in lieu of payment may not be imposed on a convicted person who is a minor at the time of the commission of the offense, on women of 65 years or more and on men of 70 years or more.

Imprisonment in lieu of payment may not be imposed on a husband and wife at the same time even if the imprisonment is made to collect different monetary penalties.

ŌŪ″ ưƯ ļĮЮĝЯijņЊĕũУşĮБĠе‗НŲřЯřŲ Article 532 Indebtedness Obligations

◦‗Ź ЊijЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲŁũĠ₣šеũРĠŁŎũУşЮ΅ЧŎЮĜй ЮĝЯijĄеĵ˝сşеĕУĕ◦Е˝Ūģ˝сЯřŲŪijСŷĠ₣сřЯřŲ¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ◦‗Ź ЊijЮĕйņЊĕŪijСŷ◦◦УŲũ₣ŁũĠ₣šеũРĠŁŎşеЮĵйĠе‗НŲřЯřŲЮĕйЮ◦ЬijЮ◦¤ Even though the convicted person has served the imprisonment in lieu of payment, he shall remain debtor of the amount due. However, he may not be imprisoned again for the same debt.

ŌŪ″ ưư ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ″ņĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Article 533 Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment Requested by Civil Party

ŁŲ₧ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БņЊĕģĕ◦◦УŲŪģ с₤е‗₣ ĕЊ₣ĄņĞЙşЊijŚĮБ◦‗Ź Њij ιĮБΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖş₤НеřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń όŏЮĊſЧŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎģĕ¤

ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎЮřЧņġБĈũ₤е‗₣ ĕЊ₣ĄņĞЙşЊijŚ ΖşΒĕНŷijŚģĕЯijЮĝЮŲЧ◦‗Ź ЊijĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŪijСŷĄРĕķ₤ŚО ″₣▫ ŠųФĕģĕЮŪĠЧΒ₤сņЮĊŜģŎΒĕНŷijŚЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ ĖО₣şĤĠсřРşďŁũ

ũЖĠΒР₤şŲĕŷij□О ιΒşŲĕŷij□ОďЮřЧņ¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşЮΊЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БόŏЮĊſЧĕБijЊŷЋĊБℓŊБ ЮřЧņġБ⅜˝Ųġ₣ĈũŪģ˝с₤е‗₣ ĕЊ₣ĄņĞЙşЊijŚЮĕй¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦‗Ź Њijņ˝ŪĮņĠ₣с ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijʼnЮĝ ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗Ź ЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ Ưư (ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БņЊĕĠ₣сŪģ˝сĮЊĕњŎ ιŪģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ) řŲсŌŪ″ ưƯ (ļĮЮĝЯijņЊĕũУşĮБĠе‗НŲřЯřŲ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁũŪĠЯĄ₣ýĖ ũǻ₣Ūģ˝сĮЊĕњŎ Ūģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ ĕЊ₣Ūģ˝с₤е‗₣ ĕЊ₣ĄņĞЙşЊijʼnЮĜй Ūģ с₤е‗₣ ĕЊ₣ĄņĞЙşЊijʼnŪijСŷŌĕΖ◦ЊļĮ◦◦УŲ₤₣ņНĕЮФ

If a civil party does not receive any payment for damages or compensation from the convicted person or from the civil defendants, he may request the Royal Prosecutor to impose imprisonment in lieu of payment.

Imprisonment in lieu of payment for demanding damages or compensation may be enforced only against the convicted person.

The civil party shall provide evidence that he has used all means of enforcement provided in the law such as seizing personal or real property. The Prosecutor may ask the civil party to take additional measures to try to obtain payment for damages or compensation.

If the convicted person does not pay, the imprisonment in lieu of payment shall be applicable under the conditions stated in Articles 523 (Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment for Failure to pay Fines or Proceeding Taxes) to 532 (Indebtedness Obligation) of this Code. If the debt consists of fines, proceeding taxes, damages and compensation, then the enforcement of damages and compensation shall be prioritized.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 219

ŌijЊŁ◦Б : ŁũĩŚŲс ĕЊ₣ŁũŌĕĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ TITLE 4: RESTORATION OF LEGAL CAPACITY AND REHABILITATION

ĄеĮР ◦Б ơ: ŁũĩŚŲсĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ CHAPTER 1: JUDICIAL REHABILITATION

ŌŪ″ ư ⅜ŵĄŪņй ŚБЯřŲŌĕ₤ņij□ ЊşĆŪĠŁ₤ŁũĩŚŲсόŏŌĕĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ Article 534 Competent Court to Decide Rehabilitation

ŁũĩŚŲсόŏŌĕĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ ΖşŪijСŷģĕĩŚŲсόŏ ιņЊĕŪĮņĩŚŲсόŏЮŢŎ₤ļŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Źаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ЯřŲŌĕŁũŪĠŁ₤ĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ЮŢŎijНŵŁũЮĝ ĖО₣₤ņij□˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чЮĕй¤

Judicial rehabilitation may be granted or rejected by the Criminal Chamber of the Court of Appeal in whose territorial jurisdiction the sentence has been announced.

ŌŪ″ ư Ų šŠ‗Ź ЮŲЧũŎкЮĮŲĈ с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏŌĕŁũĩŚŲсĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ Article 535 Time Conditions Relative to Application for Rehabilitation

ĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏŌĕĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ ΖşĕЕ₣Ţ сĄРĕ₤ļŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ĮЊĕЊijŏģĕ ŲНйŪ″ЯijĩНijũŎкЮĮŲřРşijЮĉк − (Ūģе) ĂĖ е şеЮĵйĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť − ư (ĠБ) ĂĖ е şеЮĵйĠ◦ņĄęЊņ − ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖ е şеЮĵйĠ◦Ų΅Н¤ ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕйČĠсЮĩŚЧņÐЊijк − ĮБŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤ũУş − ĮБŁũΒĕНŷijŚŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎũУş Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣˝▫Š‗Ź ◦БƯ ŌŪ″ ư

(ŁũĩŚŲсķ₤ŚО″₣Čеģşс) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ The application for rehabilitation may be submitted to the Criminal Chamber of the Court of

Appeal only after the following duration is expired: − Five years for a felony; − Three years for a misdemeanor; − One year for a petty crime. This duration shall commence: − From the date of completion of sentence; − From the date of completion of imprisonment in lieu of payment as provided in

paragraph 2 of Article 536 (Provision of Necessary Evidence) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ ư ŁũĩŚŲсķ₤ŚО″₣Čеģşс Article 536 Provision of Necessary Evidence

◦‗Ź ЊijŪijСŷĄРĕķ₤ŚО″₣ЯřŲĠŔą с▫ ŠųФĕģĕĠ₣сŪģ˝сĮЊĕњŎ Ūģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ ĕЊ₣Ūģ с₤е‗₣ ĕЊ₣ĄņĞЙşЊijŚũУşЮ΅ЧŎ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БģĕЮģйĠ₣сЮČŲņЊĕĈũŪģ˝с₤е‗₣ ĕЊ₣ĄņĞЙşЊijŚЮ◦ ◦‗Ź ЊijŪijСŷĩŚŲсŁũĠŔą сΒеĮБŁũЮģйĠ₣сЮĕй ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣Яijũ˝ЮřЧņ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БņЊĕЮþЧŀ¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦‗Ź ЊijŪijСŷģĕĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ ŁũņЊĕĠ₣сŪģ˝сĮЊĕњŎ Ūģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ ιŪģ˝с₤е‗₣ ĕЊ₣ĄņĞЙşЊijŚ ņЊĕЯņĕďΧĠ₤ÐðřŲсŁũόŏŌĕĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀЮ◦ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦‗Ź ЊijĄРĕ ķ₤ŚО ″₣▫ ŠųФĕ₤□ Њij ĖО₣ļĮΒ⅜ĊĕБ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 220

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣₤НеŪijСŷģĕĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ĮБĠ◦ĕЊ◦ċĕļĮ ⅜ņБŠųФĕŪijСŷĄРĕķ₤ŚО ″₣ЯřŲĠŔą с▫ ģĕ◦РĈijсŪģ сĠе‗НŲаĕŁũ˝℮њŎĊĕũУşЮ΅ЧŎ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĆ ₤сĠе‗НŲģĕЮģйĠ₣сЮČŲņЊĕόŏ◦РĈijсŪģ˝сĠе‗НŲЮĕйЮ◦ ◦‗Ź ЊijŪijСŷĩŚŲсŁũĠŔą сĮБŁũЮģйĠ₣сЮĕй¤

The convicted person shall prove that he has paid the fine, proceeding taxes, damages and compensation. If the civil party has abandoned the claim for damages and compensation, the convicted person shall provide evidence of the waiver unless the civil party cannot be found.

If the convicted person has been placed under imprisonment in lieu of payment; failure to pay a fine, proceeding taxes or damages and compensation is not a prejudice for his rehabilitation if the convicted person proves that he is insolvent.

If the applicant has been punished for insolvency offense, he shall provide evidence to prove that he has already settled the debts of the bankruptcy. If the creditors have waived the right to the debts, the convicted person shall prove such waiver.

ŌŪ″ ư ◦Ūņ₣саĕĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏŌĕŁũĩŚŲсĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ Article 537 Form of Application for Rehabilitation

◦‗Ź ЊijЮĊſЧĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏŌĕŁũĩŚŲсĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀĄРĕЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЯřŲŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆž₣ЯřĕřБ¤ ◦‗Ź ЊijŪijСŷş₣∆ОŲĠİΆ ŀŪĠЮķ◦аĕ◦‗Ź ˝ņŊЯřŲŠųФĕģĕũ₣ ĕЊ₣ĠŔą сĮБ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲŠųФĕģĕũ₤сЮĝ″е₣ĮБЮĮŲЯřŲŠųФĕŪijСŷģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮŷЋŀ¤ The convicted person may apply for rehabilitation to the competent Royal Prosecutor. The convicted person shall state the type of sentence that he served and the place where he has been living since he was released.

ŌŪ″ ư7 ŁũĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĄРĕΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Article 538 Forwarding Case File by Prosecutor to General Prosecutor

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ČijсЮĊſЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣ijΒеĮБ₤БŲĊņхЮĝŪÐĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ЯřŲ◦‗Ź Њijēų Ġсģĕũ₤сЮĝ ″е₣ĮБЮĮŲŠųФĕŪijСŷģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮŷЋŀ¤

ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ₤НеόŏЮÐŪĠÐŲсņ˝ŠųФĕĕРŷк − ŲЊŠЊijşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ − ŲЊŠЊijĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤ũУşЮ ЧŎ − ŪĮЕijŚЊĠŪijЮŲŠ ơ аĕĠŃą БЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĠŃąСĕ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ ЮŢŎŌĕЮŗĠŲсЯřŲŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijНũĠ₤сŠųФĕļą ĠсďņУŎ ЮĉΒÐðŪĮйŬĄ

Ζďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤ The Prosecutor shall undertake an investigation on the morality of the convicted person at the places where he has been living since he was released.

The Prosecutor shall ask for: − A copy of the sentencing decision; − The notification of the date of sentence completion; − Bulletin No. 1 of the criminal record. The Royal Prosecutor shall submit the case file together with his observations which have to

be supported by reasons to the General Prosecutor of the Court of Appeal.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 221

ŌŪ″ ưo ĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч Article 539 Proceedings before Court of Appeal

ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĠŚЕ₣Юĉ₤ļŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź аĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũřŲсΒĖ ĠŚЕ₣₤Не ĕЊ₣řŲсЮņēŷВ¤ ijНŵŁũŪijСŷ₤ЮŪņşЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ⅜ēũ‗к ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ⅜Ś Ġс◦‗Ź Њij ЮņēŷВ ĕЊ₣ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤ The General Prosecutor seizes the Criminal Chamber of the Court of Appeal. The General Prosecutor notifies the date of the hearing to the applicant and the lawyer. The court makes its decision at a public hearing after hearing the convicted person, his

lawyer and the General Prosecutor.

ŌŪ″ Ơ ŁũĠřЊЮ₤Ċĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏŌĕŁũĩŚŲсĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ Article 540 Rejection of Application for Rehabilitation

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲijНŵŁũĠřЊЮ₤Ċĵ˝ŏ₤Не ⅜ņБĄĕņЊĕΖşĄРĕĵ˝ŏ₤НеℓŊБЮ◦Ьij ņНĕĩНijũŎк ЮĮŲ Ư (ĮБũ) ĂĖ е ģĕЮΌЧŎ¤

ĠлНЯĕŚŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮŲЧ˝◦Б ơ ŪijСŷģĕijНŵŁũĠřЊЮ₤Ċņ˝ĮБņЊĕЮýũĮũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ ư (Ų˝šŠ‗Ź ЮŲЧũŎкЮĮŲĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏŌĕŁũĩŚŲсĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ĵ˝ŏ₤НеℓŊБΖşЮĊſЧģĕČĠсĮБĩНijũŎкЮĮŲЮĜй¤

If the court rejects the application for rehabilitation, the applicant shall not be entitled to submit a new application before the expiration of a two year period.

However, if the first application was rejected by the court as a result of non-compliance with the duration stated in Article 535 (Time Conditions Relative to Application for Rehabilitation) of this Code, the new application may be made at the expiration of this period.

ĄеĮР ◦Б Ư: ŁũŌĕĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀЮŢŎЮĮŀŲ š‗кşĤĠс CHAPTER 2: REHABILITATION BY LAW

ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũŌĕĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀЮŢŎЮĮŀŲ˝š‗кşĤĠс Article 541 Rehabilitation by Law

ĕБijЊ₤ņġĈŪijСŷŌĕЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀЮŢŎЮĮŀŲ˝š‗кşĤĠсЮĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БřРşijЮĉк − ЮĝЮĮŲĩНijũŎкЮĮŲ (Ūģе) ĂĖ е ÐЊijĮБаℓĞΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤ũУşЮ΅ЧŎ ιЮĝЮĮŲЮĈ₤ŪijСŷĩНijΖďń ŎНŁŲ

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲĠНÐðŲЮĜй ŪijСŷģĕijНŵŁũĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤Ţ сĮĕċĜýũņЊĕЮŲЧ₤ĮБ (Ūģе) ĂĖ е Ю◦ ι˝єĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ĮЊĕњŎ¤

− ЮĝЮĮŲĩНijũŎкЮĮŲ ơƠ (řĠс) ĂĖ е ÐЊijĮБаℓĞΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤ũУşЮ΅ЧŎ ιЮĝЮĮŲЮĈ₤ŪijСŷĩНijΖďń ŎНŁŲ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲĠНÐðŲЮĜй ŪijСŷģĕijНŵŁũĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤Ţ сĮĕċĜýũЮŲЧ₤ĮБ (Ūģе) ĂĖ е¤

The convicted person shall by law automatically obtain rehabilitation in the following cases: − After five years calculated from the date of serving the sentence or from the expiry date

of the statute of limitations of the conviction if the sentence did not exceed five years or was a fine.

− After ten years calculated from the date of serving the sentence or from the expiry date of the statute of limitations of the conviction if the sentence exceeded five years.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 222

ŌijЊŁ◦Б : ĠŃą БЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤ TITLE 5: CRIMINAL RECORD

ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: ĠŃą БЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤ UNITARY CHAPTER: CRIMINAL RECORD

ŌŪ″ Ư ŁũŪÐĠсŪÐ₣₤ŵ˝ĠŪijĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤аĕĠŃąБЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤ Article 542 Management of Sentence Bulletin of Criminal Record

ĠŃąБЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤ŪijСŷģĕŁĕсŁĠсЮŢŎΒ₣ðļĮņУŎаĕŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх¤ şеЮĵйĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮ˝ЧijЮĝ˝ņįОď ĠŃą БЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤Юĕй ◦◦УŲ₤ŵ˝ĠŪijЯřŲ˝ijсŪ″к − ŪÐĠсŁũĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤şеЮĵйņНŠ ŁũĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ЯřŲ◦Н˝ďşеЮĵйņНŠ ĕЊ₣ŁũĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ЮŢŎ˝еģе₣ņНŠĈе₣Β₤с

ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎijНŵŁũŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ˝ņįОď − ŁũĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎijНŵŁũĠũЮ◦₤ Ю΅ЧŎЯřŲΒĕНŷijŚ″ņ˝ЊşĆŪĮņЮŪĮЭ₣ΒĕŚũďijЊ

ŪijСŷģĕĄРĕřе‗Е₣ņ˝řŲсΖďń Ċũ˝ņįОď − ŷЋēĕŁũЮŲЧ ЯŲ₣ЮĈ₤ ĕЊ₣ĠĕċСũĠĕ□ŎЮĈ₤ ЯřŲŪĠĈĕЮŢŎŪĮйņΉ˝℮Ūijаĕ ŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОď − Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź − Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş₤Ś БĮБŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ − ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ι⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲŪĠŁ₤Łũ˝℮њŎĊĕ − Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşόŏŌĕŁũĩŚŲсĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ − Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĠЮ‗Ś ŀĄĕĠũЮ◦₤¤ ŁŲ₧◦‗Ź Њijģĕ◦◦УŲЮĈ₤ĮĕċĜýũ ιŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎũУşŬŲсЮ΅ЧŎ ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤

ιŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎЮĕй ŪijСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Юĝ ĖО₣ĠŃąБЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤¤ ŁŲ₧◦‗Ź ЊijģĕĠ₣сŪģ˝сĮЊĕњŎ ĕЊ₣Ūģ сĮĕċаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũĠ₣сŪģ˝сЮĕй ŪijСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Юĝ ĖО₣

ĠŃąБЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤¤ ŁŲ₧ŁũĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤₧ņУŎŪijСŷģĕ◦◦УŲĕБijЊ₤ņġĈďℓŊБЮŢŎЮĮŀŲ˝š‗кşĤĠсЮĜй ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЮĕйŪijСŷşНй

Юĝ ĖО₣ĠŃą БЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤¤ ŪijСŷř˝ЮşŀĮБĠŃą БЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤к − ŁũĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎ˝еģе₣ņНŠ ŁŲ₧ŁũĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ЮĕйŪijСŷ◦Н ďΒ⅜ũĠ₣сĠĜĀ ĠсĮБŌĕ

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с − ŁũĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕŲНĠŵ₣ЮŢŎŁũЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮĈ₤ď◦РЮĉ − ŁũĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ЯřŲЮ˝Чijņ˝ЮŢŎŁũķĕŚњŪşΌеΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ − ŁũĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕČijс◦Н˝ďΒ⅜ũĠ₣сЮŢŎĕБijЊŷЋĊБаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ю₤ЧЮũВ¤

A criminal record is held by an entity under the Ministry of Justice. For persons born in Cambodia, the criminal record comprises the following information:

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 223

− All non-default, deemed non-default, or default convictions declared by Cambodian criminal courts;

− punishments declared by a foreign court which on the basis of an international treaty have been notified to Cambodian authorities;

− All amnesty and commutation measures granted by the King of the Kingdom of Cambodia;

− All parole decisions; − All decisions on imprisonment in lieu of payment; − Judgments declaring bankruptcy; − Decisions on judicial rehabilitation; − Decisions for deportation of foreigners. If the convicted person served imprisonment or imprisonment in lieu of payment, the date of

the execution of the sentence or the serving of the imprisonment in lieu of payment shall be recorded in the criminal record.

If the convicted person paid a fine and proceeding taxes, the date of payment shall be recorded in the criminal record.

If the convicted person has been rehabilitated by law, this shall be recorded in the criminal record.

The following information shall be removed from the criminal record: − A default judgment if it is considered null and void after filing an opposition motion; − A conviction cancelled by an amnesty; − A conviction based on a mistake of identity; − A conviction which is considered null and void after a motion for review.

ŌŪ″ ư ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Ĉ с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ Article 543 Information Related to Identity

ĠŃąБЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤˝є◦◦УŲĩ₣ЯřũĕРŷ₤ŵ˝ĠŪijЯřŲĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣к − ĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮ˝ЧijЮĝυĠũЮ◦₤ − ĠНÐðŲЯřŲΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ņЊĕΖşЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀ ijсЮņЧŲģĕ ιЯřŲÐУũόŏ₤₣њ℮Ŏ¤ Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б◦БĮБũЮĕй ŪijСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ĮЊЮ₤₤Юĝ ĖО₣ĠŃą БЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤▫ ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ņЊĕΖşЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀ ijсЮņЧŲģĕ

ιΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ÐУũόŏ₤₣њ℮Ŏ¤ The criminal record also contains bulletins concerning:

− Persons who were born abroad; − Persons whose identities could not be identified or are doubtful. In the second case, a special notation shall be recorded in the criminal record that the

identity could not be identified or is doubtful.

ŌŪ″ ĮњijхŌĕаĕĠŃą БЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤ Article 544 Information of Criminal Record

Ū˝ΐĠŃąБijНŵŁũ ŪijСŷЯijЮĩńЧĄРĕΒ₣ðļĮаĕĠŃą БЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤ ЮŪŁņŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏũĠ₤сŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ ĕРŷ₤ŵ˝ĠŪijşеЮĵйЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĕБņУŎ6ЯřŲŪijСŷşНй ĖО₣ĠŃą БЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤¤

ŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсΒ₣ðļĮĠŃąБЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤ ιŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎũУşŬŲсЮ΅ЧŎ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 224

Β₣ðļĮũijĜýũĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсΒ₣ðļĮĠŃąБЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤ΒеĮБŁũĠ₣сŪģ˝сĮЊĕњŎ ĕЊ₣Ūģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ¤ Β₣ðļĮĠŃąБЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤ŬмĠсũ₣◦◦УŲĮњijхŌĕ ΒеĮБŷЋēĕŁũЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮĈ₤ ĕЊ₣ĠĕċСũĠĕ□ŎЮĈ₤ ЯřŲŪĠĈĕЮŢŎŪĮй

ņΉ ℮Ūij ĕЊ₣Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĠЮ‗Ś ŀĄĕĠũЮ◦₤¤ The court clerk shall, under the control of the court president, send a bulletin of each decision which shall be recorded in the criminal record to the criminal record entity.

The chiefs of prison shall inform the entity in charge of the criminal record about the date of sentence execution or the date of the serving of imprisonment in lieu of payment.

The treasury entity shall inform the criminal record entity about the payment of fines and proceeding taxes.

The criminal record entity shall be responsible for collecting information about any amnesty and commutation measures granted by the King and the decisions for deporting foreigners.

ŌŪ″ ĮњijхŌĕаĕĠŃą БЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤Ĉ с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĕБijЊĠНÐðŲ Article 545 Information in Criminal Record regarding Legal Entities

ĠŃą БЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤ŪijСŷ◦◦УŲşНй₤ŵ˝ĠŪijĈе₣ΐŎЯřŲĠŔą ˝сĮБ ŁũĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ŪÐĠсŪĠЮķ◦ ЮŢŎijНŵŁũŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź şеЮĵйĕБijЊĠНÐðŲ¤ The criminal record entity shall also receive and record the bulletins indicating the information of all nature announced by the criminal courts against legal entities.

ŌŪ″ ŁũЮşŀŪĮЕijŚЊĠŪij Article 546 Disclosing Bulletins

Β₣ðļĮĠŃąБЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤ΖşЮşŀŪĮЕijŚЊĠŪijĠŃąБЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤¤ ŪĮЕijŚЊĠŪijÐЙď₤еũ₣саĕĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Ĉе₣Β₤с ιņУŎЯĩĖ˝ЯřŲŌĕşНйЮĝ ĖО₣ĠŃąБЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤şеЮĵйĠНÐðŲ₧ņУŎď е‗ijс¤

The criminal record entity may disclose bulletins of the criminal record. The Bulletin shall include all or part of the information described in the criminal record regarding a specific person.

ŌŪ″ ŪĮЕijŚЊĠŪijЮŲŠ ơ Article 547 Bulletin No. 1

ŪĮЕijŚЊĠŪijЮŲŠ ơ аĕĠŃą БЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤ ũУņŌĕĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Ĉе₣Β₤сЯřŲşНйЮĝ ĖО₣ĠŃą БЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤ĠНÐðŲĕБņУŎ6¤ ŪĮЕijŚЊĠŪijЮŲŠ ơ ΖşЮşŀόŏřŲсΖďń ĊũijНŵŁũЯijĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤ Bulletin No. 1 of the criminal record includes an overview of all notations recorded in the

criminal record for a specific person. Bulletin No. 1 may only be disclosed to judicial authorities.

ŌŪ″ 7 ŪĮЕijŚЊĠŪijЮŲŠ Ư Article 548 Bulletin No. 2

ŪĮЕijŚЊĠŪijЮŲŠ Ư ŌĕĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Ĉе₣Β₤сЯřŲşНйЮĝ ĖО₣ŪĮЕijŚЊĠŪijЮŲŠ ơ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣Яijк − ŁũĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕŲНĠĠеģijсЮŢŎŁũĩŚŲсĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ ιЮŢŎЮĮŀ

Ų˝š‗кşĤĠс − ŁũĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ĮŏФũЮŢŎýŊ ĕŁũř˝΅Рij − ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ι⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲŪĠŁ₤Łũ˝℮њŎĊĕ ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б◦◦УŲģĕĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ¤ ŪĮЕijŚЊĠŪijЮŲŠ Ư ŪijСŷЮşŀόŏřŲск

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 225

− Ζďń ĊũijНŵŁũ − Ζďń ĊũЮŗēЯřŲ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏ₤НеşРŲĠеЮũВ ĖО₣˝₣◦њĮ − ļĖ сİũЯřŲŁĕсĠŃąБĵ‗ЊĄą˝ņŊ ŪĮЕijŚĠњŪijЮŲŠ Ư Юĕй єΖşŪijСŷЮşŀόŏřŲссΒķЊģŲЮŠijŚ Ū О₣ ĕЊ₣Β₣ðļĮũřťĩ₣Яřũк − ŁŲ₧ΒķЊģŲЮŠijŚ Ū О₣ ĕЊ₣Β₣ðļĮũřťģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſЧŁũİũũřť − ŁŲ₧ΒķЊģŲЮŠijŚ Ū О₣ ĕЊ₣Β₣ðļĮũřť ģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏЮ₤Ė Ч₤Ś БĮБŁũİũ⅜ēũ‗к ι

ΖĠ‗₤Ŕň ⅜ēũ‗к − ŁŲ₧ΒķЊģŲЮŠijŚ Ū О₣ ĕЊ₣Β₣ðļĮũřťģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĠЧ˝ŪÐЕй⅜□ ĕЯřŲŪijСŷЯijŌĕŁũΒĕНŔň ij − Юĝ ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗Ź аĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБž₣ŷЋĕњŎ¤ Bulletin No. 2 contains all notations recorded in Bulletin No. 1, except: − convictions eliminated by judicial rehabilitation or automatically by law; − convictions suspended without revocation; − judgments declaring bankruptcy, in case of rehabilitation. Bulletin No. 2 can be disclosed to: − Judicial authorities; − Military authorities which have been seized with application for military service; or − Commercial registrars. Bulletin No. 2 may also be disclosed to the provincial and municipal governors or state

entities: − If the provincial or municipal governors or state entity received an application for a

public position; − If the provincial or municipal governors or state entity received a bid to conduct public

work; − If the provincial or municipal governors or state entity received an application to start a

business which requires a license; − For disciplinary procedures.

ŌŪ″ o ŪĮЕijŚЊĠŪijЮŲŠ ư Article 549 Bulletin No. 3

ŪĮЕijŚЊĠŪijЮŲŠ ư ŌĕşНйЯijŁũĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ďĠсĮĕċĜýũЮŢŎýŊ ĕŁũĮŏФũЮĈ₤ ЯřŲŪĠŁ₤ЮĉЮŲЧĠНÐðŲ₧ņУŎĮБĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιņĄęЊņĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤

ĠлНЯĕŚ ŁũĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀЮ ЧŎ ýŊ ĕşНй ĖО₣ŪĮЕijŚЊĠŪijЮŲŠ ư Ю◦¤ ŪĮЕijŚЊĠŪijЮŲŠ ư ŪijСŷЮşŀόŏřŲс⅜ņБĄĕЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б₧˝єЮŢŎ ŪĮЕijŚЊĠŪijЮŲŠ ư ņЊĕŪijСŷЮşŀ

όŏřŲсijijЊŎĄĕЮ◦¤ Bulletin No. 3 contains only unsuspended imprisonment punishments declared against the

person for a felony or misdemeanor. However, sentences for which there has been rehabilitation shall not be recorded in Bulletin

No. 3. Bulletin No. 3 shall be disclosed to the concerned person. Bulletin No. 3, in any case, must

not be disclosed to third persons.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 226

ŌŪ″ Ơ ŁũŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĉаĕĠŃą БЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤к ŪĠŁ₤ Article 550 Functioning of Criminal Record Entity: Prakas

ŪĠŁ₤ũĠ₤сŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх ˝е‗ijсŷЋēĕŁũĈе₣ΐŎ₧ЯřŲČеģşс₤ŪŌĠсŁũŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĉаĕΒ₣ðļĮĠŃąБЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤¤ ŪĠŁ₤Юĕй˝е‗ijсďΖ◦Џ ĕРŷŲ˝šŠ‗Ź Ĉе₣ΐŎЯřŲ₤ŵ˝ĠŪijŪijСŷģĕĠЮ₣˛ЧijЮΌЧ₣ ŪijСŷģĕŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ ĕЊ₣ŪijСŷģĕĠŃąСĕЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ ŪĮņĈе₣Ų˝šŠ‗Ź Ĉе₣ΐŎаĕŁũĠЮ₣˛Чij ŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮşŀŪĮЕijŚЊĠŪij¤

A Prakas of the Ministry of Justice shall determine the necessary measures for the functioning of the entity in charge of criminal record. The Prakas determines, for instance, the conditions under which the records are created, controlled and forwarded by court clerks as well as the conditions under which the bulletins are created, controlled and issued.

ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũЯ˝ijŪņСŷĠŃą БЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤ Article 551 Correction of Criminal Record

ŁŲ₧ĠНÐðŲ₧ņУŎŪijСŷģĕĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ЮŢŎŌĕŁũŠН₤ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ ΒŎŏŁũŪijСŷЯij₤НеόŏЮĊſЧŁũЯ˝ijŪņСŷĠŃąБЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤ļų ņ¤

If any person has been convicted by a mistake of identity, the Royal Prosecutor shall immediately request the correction of the criminal record.

ŌŪ″ Ư ΖĕНļĮаĕŁũ◦◦УŲģĕĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ Article 552 Effects of Rehabilitation

ŁũόŏŌĕĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ ŲНĠŵ₣ЮČŲ◦‗Ź ˝ņŊŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ЮĈ₤ЮĕйЮĝЯijŌĕşНйЮĝ ĖО₣ĠŃąБЮ▫ŲЮĈ₤řЯřŲ ЮŢŎŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤▫ ŪijСŷģĕĕБijЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ¤

The rehabilitation has the effect to remove the criminal sentences. However, the sentences shall remain in the criminal record with the notation “Rehabilitated”.

ŌijЊŁ◦Б : Ūģ˝сŪĠŢĠс ŚБ TITLE 6: COURT FEES

ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: Ūģ˝сŪĠŢĠс ŚБ UNITARY CHAPTER: COURT FEES

ŌŪ″ ư Ūģ˝сŪĠŢĠс ŚБ Article 553 Court Fees

Ūģ˝сŪĠŢĠс ŚБďĠĕĀО˝ũĠ₤сũřť¤ ĠŃą БаĕŪģ сŪĠŢĠс ŚБ ″Ŭ₣ijаņųаĕŪģ сŪĠŢĠс ŚБ ĕЊ₣ŷЋĊБ◦РЮĉŪijСŷ˝е‗ijсЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤¤ The court fees shall be the responsibility of the State. The list of court fees, rates tables of the court fees and the general modalities shall be

determined by Prakas.

ŌŪ″ Ūģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ Article 554 Proceeding Taxes

◦‗Ź ЊijŌĖ ˝с6 ŪijСŷĠ₣сĮĕċ₤ũНĠаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБĄРĕũřť¤ şеĕУĕŪģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБΖşЯŪĠŪĠФŲЮĉ″ņŪĠЮķ◦ЮũЩ₣ ŚБ¤ şеĕУĕŪģ сĮĕċаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪijСŷ е‗ijсЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 227

Each convicted person is required to pay a lump sum of proceeding taxes to the State. The amount of the proceeding taxes may vary depending on the type of case.

The amount of the proceeding taxes shall be determined by Prakas.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 228

Ðĕ□Б◦Б o: ĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮŢŎЯΌ˝ BOOK NINE: SPECIAL PROCEEDINGS

ŌijЊŁ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĠНÐðŲ TITLE 1: PROVISIONS CONCERNING PERSONS

ĄеĮР ◦Б ơ: ЮčŪ˝ņ CHAPTER 1: JUDGES

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: Łũř˝ŠųФĕЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ SECTION 1: SELF RECUSAL

ŌŪ″ ņРŲЮ΅ijНŪijЕņŪijСŷаĕŁũř˝ŠųФĕ Article 555 Legitimate Reasons for Self Recusal

ЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲŌĕņРŲЮ΅ijНŪijЕņŪijСŷņЊĕŪĮņşРŲũУņ ĖО₣ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ιŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮũЩ₣₧ņУŎЮĜйΖş₤НеόŏЮÐĄеĕУ₤ŠųФĕģĕ¤ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĕйŪijСŷĄРĕЮĉŪĠēĕijНŵŁũũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ņРŲЮ΅ijНЮĕйŪijЕņŪijСŷ ŪĠēĕijНŵŁũČijсЮčŪ˝ņЮĩ℮₣ĄеĕУ₤ЮčŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŪĠēĕijНŵŁũņЊĕΖşijǻмģĕЮΌЧŎ¤

A judge who has legitimate reasons for not participating in an investigation or a trial of a specific case may request to be replaced. The replacement request shall be submitted to the president of the court to which he belongs. If the court president finds that the reasons are legitimate, he shall arrange the replacement. The replacement decision is not subject to appeal.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: Ġ‗Ś Е₣řЊijşЊijŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк SECTION 2: CHALLENGE OF JUDGE

ŌŪ″ ņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк Article 556 Grounds for Challenging Judge

Ġ‗Ś Е₣řЊijşЊijŚΖşŪijСŷ◦◦УŲģĕĵ˝сĮњĕċЯijЮčŪ˝ņž₣Ζ₤ĕкĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤ ЮčŪ˝ņĈе₣ΐŎ ΖşŪijСŷĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚ ЮŢŎņРŲЮ΅ijНřРşž₣ЮŪŁņЮĕй: − ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņ ι₤΅Įњ◦ċũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ ιΒijБij₤΅Įњ◦ċũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ ďļÐБ₧ņУŎ ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ ŚБ − ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņďőijЊЮŵ΅Њijũ΅РijřŲс▫Ė с◦Б ιőijЊĮĕċũ΅РijřŲс▫Ė ˝с◦Б ư ιΒijБijőijЊĮĕċ

ũ΅РijřŲс▫Ė ˝с◦Б ư ũĠ₤сļÐБ₧ņУŎ − ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņďΒĖ˝Ζ₧ĮŜģŲũĠ₤сļÐБ₧ņУŎ − ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠĕĀО˝ЮũЩ₣ ŚБ ēų Ġс ι еĮН₣ŌĕŷЋǻ◦ЮĝijНŵŁũďņУŎļÐБ₧ņУŎ − ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņģĕЮĊſЧď⅜˝℮Б ιΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ ŚБ − ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņď ιēų ĠсďΒĖ˝ijе₧₣ ιďΒĖ˝ĄеĕУŎόŏļÐБşеЮĵйЮũЩ₣ ŚБ ι − ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņģĕşРŲũУņ ĖО₣Łũ₤ЮŪņşЮ₤ş ŚБ ĖО₣Ĝņď ņĄęijŚ˝ũşеЮĵйЮũЩ₣ ŚБ ιģĕşРŲũУņ ĖО₣Łũ

₤ЮŪņşЮ₤ş ŚБЮĝ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ЯřŲģĕĠŚЕ₣ΧģŪ₤њŎ ιŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņйаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЯřŲģĕΧģŪ₤њŎ ιĠİΆ ŀņijЊЮŗĠŲсЯ‗ĜеЯĩĖ˝şĤĠсşеЮĵйЮũЩ₣ ŚБ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 229

An application for disqualification is admissible only if it is directed against a judge. Every judge may be challenged on the following grounds: − If the judge or his spouse, regardless of any possible divorce, is one of the parties; − If the judge is linked with one of the parties by parental link up to the sixth degree or by

alliance up to the third degree or was formerly linked by alliance up to the third degree; − If the judge is a guardian of one of the parties; − If there is a pending litigation between the judge and one of the parties; − If the judge is a witness or was called to witness as expert in the case; − If the judge is or was a representative or assistant to one of the parties; or − If the judge has participated in the decision on the case:

• As an arbitrator; • At the Court of First Instance in the matter; • At the Court of Appeal in the matter; or • Has given legal opinion in the matter.

ŌŪ″ ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк Article 557 Application for Disqualification

ļÐБЯřŲş₣сĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк₧ņУŎ ŪijСŷЯijĄРĕĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣″е₣ĮБЮĮŲŠųФĕģĕřЕ₣ĮБņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚ ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮşĖйЮ◦ ņЊĕΖş◦◦УŲģĕЮΌЧŎ¤

ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б₧ єЮŢŎ ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚЮčŪ˝ņņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧģĕЮΌЧŎ ЮĝЮŪŁŎЮĮŲĠЊ◦ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ¤ The party who wishes to apply for disqualification of a judge shall file the application as

soon as he becomes aware of the causes. Failure to do so shall cause the application to be inadmissible. In no case can an application for disqualification be made after the closing of the hearing.

ŌŪ″ 7 ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк Article 558 Recipients of Application for Disqualification of Judge

ļÐБŪijСŷĄРĕĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣Юĉк − ŪĠēĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ŁŲ₧ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚЮĜйĈ с◦₣řŲсŪĠēĕ ιЮčŪ˝ņijНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ − ŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ ŁŲ₧ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚЮĜйĈ˝с◦₣řŲсЮčŪ˝ņаĕijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ řŲсŪĠēĕ

⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ι ЮčŪ˝ņ₧ņУŎаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤ ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ŪijСŷЯijş₣∆ОŲόŏşĤ₤сŵ₤сΒеĮБņРŲЮ΅ijНаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚ Ю΅ЧŎŪijСŷŌĕķ₤ŚО ″₣ĠŔą сşĤ₤сŵ₤с

ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮČĖ йЮ◦ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ĮНеΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕЮΌЧŎ¤ The party shall file the application to:

− The President of the Court of Appeal if it is directed against the President or a judge of the Court of First Instance;

− The President of the Supreme Court if it is directed against a judge of the Supreme Court, the President or a judge of the Court of Appeal.

The application for disqualification shall clearly state the grounds for the challenge, supported by evidence, otherwise the application is inadmissible.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 230

ŌŪ″ o ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк Article 559 Notification of Application for Disqualification of Judge

ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲЮÐĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮĕйŪijСŷř˝ŠųФĕЮşŀ ĖО₣ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ι ĖО₣ŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņй¤

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠĜĀ ĕс ЮčŪ˝ņЮĜйŪijСŷģĕĄеĕУ₤ЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņŌĖ сЮ◦Ьij ЯřŲŪijСŷČijс″е₣ЮŢŎŪĠēĕijНŵŁũũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤

The application shall be notified to the judge against whom it is made. This judge shall cease to participate in the investigation or trial.

In urgent cases, the challenged judge shall be replaced by another judge to be appointed by the president of the court to which he belongs.

ŌŪ″ Ơ ũģŎŁũ‗чũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņĵ˝сĮњĕċĕЕ₣ŁũĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚ Article 560 Report of Challenged Judge

ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ � (ŪģеĠБ) аℓĞ ĠĜĀ ĠсĮБŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣Юĕй ЮčŪ˝ņĵ сĮњĕċŪijСŷŪģĠсόŏřЕ₣Юĝ ĖО₣ũģŎŁũ‗чЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН▫ ŠųФĕŎŲсŪĮņ ιĄеĈ₤сĕЕ₣ŁũĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚЮĕй¤ ũģŎŁũ‗чЮĕйŪijСŷĠŃąСĕЮĉŪĠēĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ιŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲЮŗ₣Юĉ″ņ˝ũ‗Б ЮřЧņġБ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚЮĕй¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮĕй ŎŲсŪĮņ″ņŁũřЊijşЊijŚ ⅜ņБŠųФĕŪijСŷģĕЮčŪ˝ņЮĩ℮₣ĄеĕУ₤ļų ņ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮĕйĄеĈ₤сĕЕ₣ŁũřЊijşЊijŚЮĜй ŪijСŷЮĊſЧŁũ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧņРŲ˝ļĮаĕĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣Юĕй¤

Within eight days of the notification, the relevant judge shall respond in a reasoned statement that he accepts or refuses the challenge. The statement shall be submitted to the President of the Court of Appeal or the President of the Supreme Court, as the case may be, to decide on the application.

If the judge agrees to the challenge, he shall be immediately replaced by another judge. If the judge rejects the challenge, a decision on the grounds of the application shall be made.

ŌŪ″ ơ ŁũĮЊĕЊijŏĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк Article 561 Examination of Application for Disqualification of Judge

ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ŪijСŷģĕĮЊĕЊijŏЮŢŎņЊĕČеģşс⅜Ś ĠсļÐБ ιЮčŪ˝ņĵ˝сĮњĕċЮ◦¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁũĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚŪijСŷģĕ◦◦УŲŎ˝ ЮĜйŪijСŷЮĊſЧŁũČijс″е₣ЮčŪ˝ņℓŊБĄеĕУ₤ЮčŪ˝ņĵ˝сĮњĕċ¤ Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĩĀОŎĮБЮĕй ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚΖşŪijСŷ◦◦УŲĮЊĕњŎņЊĕЮŲЧ₤ĮБ ƯƠƠ.ƠƠƠ (ĮБũЯ₤ĕ) ЮũЬŲ

ЮŢŎņЊĕĈĕсÐЊijřŲс₤е‗₣ĄņĞЙşЊijŚ ЯřŲΖşŪijСŷĩŚŲсόŏЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲŪijСŷЮÐĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚЮĜйЮ◦¤ For the examination of the application no hearing of the parties or the relevant judge is necessary. If the challenge is accepted, a new judge replacing the recused judge shall be appointed.

If the challenge is rejected, the applicant for disqualification may be fined 200,000 Riels, without prejudice to any damage payable to the challenged judge.

ŌŪ″ Ư Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк Article 562 Decision on Application for Disqualification of Judge

Ζďń ĊũŌĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ � (ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijʼnЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ₤ЮŪņş″ņřБŁņУŎЯřŲņЊĕΖşĠŚЕ₣ijǻмģĕ¤ řБŁЮĕйŪijСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ řŲсЮčŪ˝ņĵ сĮњĕċ ĕЊ₣řŲсΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣₤НеřЊijşЊijʼn¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 231

The authority specified in Article 558 (Recipients of Application for Disqualification of Judge) of this Code shall decide on the challenge by an order which is not subject to appeal. The relevant judge and the applicant for disqualification shall be notified of the order by the court clerk.

ŌŪ″ ư ˝ЊşĆЯřŲŪijСŷģĕĠеЮĮŀņНĕЮĮŲĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ Article 563 Activities Performed Before Notification of Challenge

ЊşĆЯřŲģĕĠеЮĮŀЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņ ЯřŲŪijСŷЮÐĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚņНĕŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚЮĜй ņЊĕΖşŪijСŷЮ₤ЧЮũВģĕЮΌЧŎ¤

Any activities performed by the challenged judge prior to the notification of an application for disqualification shall not be affected.

ŌŪ″ ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣şеЮĵйЮčŪ˝ņЮŪşЧĕũРĠ Article 564 Application for Disqualification against Several Judges

ŁŲ₧ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ş₣с₤НеĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮčŪ˝ņЮŪşЧĕũРĠ ЯřŲЮΌЧ₣ĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮĝ ĖО₣Ū Оņ₤ņР ļĮ ďņУŎýĖ ЮĜй ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ΖşŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ЯijņУŎÐijс¤ ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ΖşŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ĠЯĕ□ņ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕņРŲЮ΅ijНℓŊБаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚģĕЮŲşЮΌЧ₣″ņЮŪŁŎ¤

If the applicant wishes to challenge several judges of the same chamber, he may file one application. The applicant may file additional motions if new grounds for the challenge appear later.

ŌŪ″ ŁũĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲņЊĕόŏĄеĕНеĄŪņй Article 565 Application for Disqualification of President of Supreme Court

ŁŲ₧ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊijşЊijŚЮĉЮŲЧŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ еĮРŲЮĜй ŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲŪijСŷ₤ЮŪņş″ņ₤ņġĄŃňк▫ ЮijЧŪijСŷ ιņЊĕŪijСŷř˝ŠųФĕĮБŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņй¤

If the application for disqualification is directed against the President of the Supreme Court, he himself shall decide based on his own conscience whether or not to withdraw.

ĄеĮР ◦Б Ư: ĠijŜĠњĕ CHAPTER 2: EXTRADITION

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: ĠijŜĠњĕЯřŲЮ₤ĖЧ₤НеЮŢŎũřťĠũЮ◦₤ SECTION 1: EXTRADITION REQUESTED BY FOREIGN STATE

˝▫ļÐ◦Б ơ: ĠijŜĠњĕ SUB-SECTION 1: EXTRADITION

ŌŪ″ ĠijŜĠњĕаĕΖ‗Њ˝ĄĕĠũЮ◦₤ЮŲЧЯřĕřБ Article 566 Extradition of Foreign Resident in Cambodia Territory

ŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОďΖşŎŲсŪĮņŪĠÐŲсřŲсũřťĠũЮ◦₤ ĕРŷΖ‗Њ˝ĄĕĠũЮ◦₤ЯřŲ⅜Ė ˝сЮĝЮŲЧЯřĕřБ˝ņįОď Ю΅ЧŎЯřŲк

− ď˝ņŊŷij□ОаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũЮĝ ĖО₣ũřťЮĕй ι − ŪijСŷģĕĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ЮŢŎŢ˝сĮĕċĜýũЮŢŎijНŵŁũаĕũřťЮĕй¤ The Kingdom of Cambodia may agree to extradite to a foreign State a foreign citizen who is

currently present in the Kingdom of Cambodia and who is:

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 232

− subject to criminal proceedings in that State; or − has been convicted to imprisonment by a court of that State.

ŌŪ″ ₤ĕċЊ₤Ŕň ĕЊ₣ΒĕН₤Ŕň ΒĕŚũďijЊ Article 567 International Conventions and Treaties

ĠijŜĠњĕΖ‗Њ˝ĄĕĠũЮ◦₤ ЯřŲŪijСŷČĠсŠųФĕЮĝЮŲЧЯřĕřБаĕŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОďŪijСŷģĕŪÐĠсŪÐ₣ЮŢŎĠ◦ĠġŃňijŚ Њаĕ₤ĕċЊ₤Ŕň ĕЊ₣ΒĕН₤Ŕň ΒĕŚũďijЊЯřŲŪijСŷģĕ◦◦УŲ₤ČĆ ĠњĕĮБŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОď¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б ýŊ ĕ₤ĕċЊ₤Ŕň ιΒĕН₤Ŕň ΒĕŚũďijЊЯřŲŪijСŷģĕ◦◦УŲ₤ČĆ ĠњĕĮБŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОďЮ◦ Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚ ЊаĕĄеĮР˝ЮĕйŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijŚ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯijŌĕĠŃňijŚ ЊĮЊЮ₤₤Юĝ˝ĖО₣şĤĠсЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьij¤

The extradition of a foreign resident who has been arrested in the territory of the Kingdom shall be governed by the provisions of international conventions and treaties ratified by the Kingdom of Cambodia. If there is no such treaty or convention, the provisions of this Chapter shall apply, unless otherwise provided in a separate law.

ŌŪ″ 7 ĕЊŎņĕњŎк ũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч ĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ Article 568 Definition: Requesting State and Wanted Person

Юĝ ĖО₣ЯĩĖ˝ЮĕйŪijСŷŌĕЮěŊ йЮΊ▫к − ũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч ÐЙũřťĠũЮ◦₤ЯřŲЮ₤Ė Ч₤НеόŏЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕΖ‗Њ˝ĄĕĠũЮ◦₤ − ĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ ÐЙďΖ‗Њ˝ĄĕĠũЮ◦₤ЯřŲ⅜Ė сЮĝЮŲЧЯřĕřБаĕŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОď ĕЊ₣ЯřŲ

ď˝ņŊŷij□Оаĕĵ˝ŏЮ₤Ė Ч₤НеόŏЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕ¤ For the purposes of this section: − “Requesting State” shall mean a foreign State which requests the extradition of a foreign

citizen; − “Wanted person” is a foreign citizen who is currently present in the Kingdom of

Cambodia and who is the subject of an extradition request.

˝▫ļÐ◦Б Ư: Ų šŠ‗Ź аĕĠijŜĠњĕ SUB-SECTION 2: CONDITIONS OF EXTRADITION

ŌŪ″ o Ų˝šŠ‗Ź аĕĠijŜĠњĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒеЮĮЧ Article 569 Conditions of Extradition Relative to Act

ĠijŜĠњĕΖşЮĊſЧЮĉģĕŲНйŪ″ЯijΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŪijСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮŲЧĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũЮĜй ďĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤″ņşĤĠсũĠ₤сũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Чĩ₣ ĕЊ₣″ņşĤĠс˝ņįОďĩ₣ ЮĈйĠБďк

− ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲďĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ ₤□ ЊijЮĝ ĖО₣ŪĠЮķ◦Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ņЊĕřРşýĖ ŚБ ι − ЮěŊ йĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ ŁũЮŪĠЧĠЮşĆ˝₤њĮĀ ιĕЊŎņĕњŎ ιŁũ˝е‗ijсŲ˝š‗кĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ņЊĕřРşýĖ ŚБ ι − ēijНĩ℮ еĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤аĕşĤĠсũĠ₤сũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч ŠН₤ýĖ ĮБēijНĩ℮ еĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲ е‗ijсЮŢŎşĤĠс˝ņįОď˝єЮŢŎ

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĮЊČũ₧ЮĉЮŲЧşеĕУĕ₤ũНĠаĕΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŪijСŷģĕĠİΆ ŀЮŢŎũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗ЧÐЙďŁũŪĠŪĮЕijŚЊ Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤″ņĠŃňijŚЊаĕşĤĠсďĊũŌĕЮĝ˝ņįОď¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 233

An extradition may be made only if the prosecuted facts against the wanted person constitute an offense under the laws of both the requesting State and the Kingdom of Cambodia, even though:

− The type of offense might be defined differently; or − The legal qualification of the offense, the use of terminology, the definition or the

determination of characteristics of the offense is different; or − Elements characterizing the offense under the laws of the requesting State are different

from those under the laws of the Kingdom of Cambodia, provided that the whole set of elements of the facts presented by the requesting State constitute an offense under the provisions of the laws in force in Cambodia.

ŌŪ″ Ơ ˝ũ‗БаĕŁũĠлНĕĠл₣ŪĠŪĮЕijŚЊĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ ĕЊ₣Łũ₤ņÐеĕЊij Article 570 Attempted Offenses and Conspiracy

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŪijСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс″ņşĤĠсаĕũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч ďŁũĠлНĕĠл₣ŪĠŪĮЕijŚЊĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ ĠijŜĠњĕΖşЮĊſЧЮĉģĕ ŲНйŪ″ЯijŁũĠлНĕĠл₣ŪĠŪĮЕijŚЊĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЮĜйŪijСŷģĕĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤″ņşĤĠс˝ņįОďЯřũ¤

Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊаĕŌŪ″Юĕй ŪijСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijŚĩ₣ЯřũЮŲЧ˝ũ‗Б₤ņÐеĕЊij¤ If the prosecuted facts under the laws of the requesting State constitute an attempt to commit an offense, the extradition is possible only if the attempt can be prosecuted under the laws of the Kingdom of Cambodia.

The provisions of this Article shall apply accordingly to accomplices.

ŌŪ″ ơ Ų˝šŠ‗Ź Ĉ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ЮĈ₤ĮĕċĜýũ Article 571 Conditions Relative to Imprisonment Sentence

ĠijŜĠњĕΖşЮĊſЧģĕ ŲНйŪ″ЯijΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŪijСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮĉЮŲЧĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũЮĜй Ōĕ˝ŪņЊijΒijЊĠũŌаĕЮĈ₤ĮĕċĜýũŗл ₣ijЊşЮ₤Ŋ ЧĕЕ₣ Ư (ĮБũ) ĂĖ е ″ņşĤĠсаĕũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч¤

ĠлНЯĕŚĠijŜĠњĕ˝єΖşЮĊſЧģĕЯřũ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũЮĜй ŪijСŷģĕijНŵŁũаĕũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗ЧĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤Ţ˝сĮĕċĜýũŗл ₣ijЊşĠеĩНijЮ₤Ŋ ЧĕЕ₣ (ŪģеņУŎ) ЯŠ Ю΅ЧŎЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ЮĕйģĕşРŲď⅜□ ĮũũУşЮ΅ЧŎ ЮĈйĠБďЮĈ₤ЯřŲ е‗ijсЮŢŎşĤĠсŌĕℓЊũЮŷŵĠлНĜŊ ĕ єЮŢŎ¤

An extradition order may be issued if under the law of the requesting state the punishment against the wanted person amounts to at least two year imprisonment.

However, an extradition order may also be issued if the wanted person has been finally sentenced by the court of the requesting state to at least six month imprisonment, regardless of the maximum length of imprisonment provided by the law.

ŌŪ″ Ư Ų˝šŠ‗Ź Ĉ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ŪĠŪĮЕijŚЊĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ Article 572 Conditions Relative to Place of Commission of Offense

ŁŲ₧ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŪijСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮŲЧĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ ŪijСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĝЮŲЧЯřĕřБаĕũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч ĠijŜĠњĕ˝єΖşЮĊſЧģĕЯřũ ЮĈйĠБďĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũņЊĕŌĕ₤Ŕą ijЊũĠ₤сũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч˝єЮŢŎ¤

ŁŲ₧ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŪijСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮŲЧĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũЮĜй ŪijСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĝЮŪłЯřĕřБаĕũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч ĠijŜĠњĕΖşĕЕ₣ŪijСŷЮĊſЧģĕ ŲНйŪ″ЯijĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũЮĜйŌĕ₤Ŕą ijЊũĠ₤сũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч¤

If the act charged against the wanted person was committed in the territory of the requesting state, an extradition order may be issued whether or not the wanted person is a citizen of the requesting state.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 234

If the act charged against the wanted person was committed outside the territory of the requesting state, an extradition order may be issued only if the wanted person is a citizen of the requesting state.

ŌŪ″ ư ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŌĕŲ˝š‗кĕЮŗģŎ Article 573 Acts of Political Nature

ĠijŜĠњĕņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧģĕЮ◦ ŁŲ₧ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŪijСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ŌĕŲ š‗кĕЮŗģŎ¤ ĠлНЯĕŚņЊĕŪijСŷČijс◦Н˝▫ ďĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ĕЮŗģŎЮ◦ şеЮĵйΒеЮĮЧ΅Њ₣⅝ЯřŲЮĊſЧόŏŌĕЮŪýй▫Ė сřŲсĄБŷЋij řŲс

ĠРũ‗ļĮž₣ũРĠŁŎ ιřŲсЮ₤ũВļĮũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲ¤ An extradition order may not be issued where the prosecuted facts are of political nature. However, violent acts involving the risk of death or injury to life, body or to individual

freedom shall not be deemed political.

ŌŪ″ ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŪijСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮŲЧЯřĕřБ ĕЊ₣ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕĄеĕНеĄŪņйď⅜□ ĮũũУşЮ ЧŎ Article 574 Acts committed in Cambodia and Tried by Final Judgment

ĠijŜĠњĕņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧģĕЮ◦ ŁŲ₧ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŪijСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĝЮŲЧЯřĕřБ˝ņįОď Ю΅ЧŎŪijСŷģĕĄеĕНеĄŪņйď⅜□ ĮũũУşЮ΅ЧŎЮĝ˝ņįОď¤

An extradition order may not be issued where the prosecuted facts were committed in the territory of the Kingdom of Cambodia and a trial has been concluded by final judgment.

ŌŪ″ ŁũũŲijсаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń Article 575 Extinction of Criminal Actions

ĠijŜĠњĕņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧģĕЮ◦ Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ģĕĩНijũŲijс″ņşĤĠсũĠ₤сũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч¤ ŁŲ₧ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŪijСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĝЮŲЧЯřĕřБ ņįОď ĠijŜĠњĕņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧģĕЮ◦ Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲ

Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ŪijСŷģĕĩНijũŲijс″ņşĤĠс˝ņįОď¤ An extradition order may not be issued where the offenses cannot be prosecuted anymore

under the law of the requesting State (Article 7: Extinction of Criminal Actions). If the prosecuted acts were committed in the territory of the Kingdom of Cambodia, an

extradition may not be made if the offenses cannot be prosecuted anymore under the laws of the Kingdom of Cambodia (Article 7: Extinction of Criminal Actions).

ŌŪ″ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕďЮŪşЧĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĠНÐðŲЯijŌĖ с Article 576 Multiple Extradition Requests against Same Person

ŁŲ₧ŌĕũřťĠũЮ◦₤ЮŪşЧĕģĕ₤НеЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕ₤еЮţЮŲЧĠНÐðŲЯijŌĖ ˝сřРşýĖ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕЮĜй ŪijСŷĮЊČũ₧ŪÐĠс⅜□ ĕļĮřРşž₣ЮŪŁņк

− ŁijĮſ ЊşĆ₤ĕċЊ₤Ŕň ĵ сĮњĕċ − ļĮĊĞĕсĊĞũаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ − ЮĮŲЮŷŵ ĕЊ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣аĕŁũŪĠŪĮЕijŚЊĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ − ŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣ŲеŢĠсņ˝řŲсаĕ₤еЮ‗Ч₤Не − ₤Ŕą ijЊ ŲеЮĝůĕ ◦Б₤е₧ саĕĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ ĕЊ₣Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýй − Ų◦ċļĮŪĠÐŲсņ˝ŷЋŀĕРŷĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũũĠ₤сũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 235

When there is more than one foreign State requesting extradition of the same person, and if the extradition is possible, the extradition order shall be issued after consideration of:

− The obligations under the treaties concerned; − The seriousness of the offense; − The time and place of the commission of the offense; − The date and order of the receipt of requests; − The nationality, domicile, residence of the wanted person and of the victim; − The possibility of delivery of the wanted person to the requesting state.

ŌŪ″ Ų˝šŠ‗Ź ЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕĈ с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĵ˝ŏ₤Не Article 577 Conditions of Extradition Relative to Request

ĠijŜĠњĕΖşЮĊſЧģĕ ŲНйŪ″ЯijũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗ЧЮĜй₤ĕŜ▫ ņЊĕЮĊſЧŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤₧ņУŎЮĩ℮₣ЮŪłĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ĵ˝ŏЮ₤Ė Ч₤НеόŏЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕЮĜйЮ◦ Ю΅ЧŎŁŲ₧Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЮĜйģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚņНĕЮĮŲČĠсŠųФĕĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ¤

ĠлНЯĕŚŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсΖşЮĊſЧЮĉģĕŲНйŪ″ЯijŌĕŁũŎŲсŪĮņĮБŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОď¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗ЧŪijСŷĄРĕĵ˝ŏЮ₤Ė Ч₤НеĠЯĕ□ņņ˝Ζďń Ċũ˝ņįОď¤

An extradition order may be issued only if the requesting State guarantees not to prosecute any offense not specified in the extradition request, if this offense was committed before the arrest of the wanted person.

However, the former offense may be prosecuted if approved by the Kingdom of Cambodia. In this case, the requesting State shall file an additional request with the Cambodian authorities.

ŌŪ″ 7 ŁũĮŏФũĠijŜĠњĕ Article 578 Suspension of Extradition

ŁŲ₧ĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũЮĜй ŪijСŷģĕЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũЮĝ˝ņįОď ĠijŜĠњĕ ŪijСŷĮŏФũ ĖО₣Š‗кЯřŲŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс еĮН₣ŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĉ ι ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ЮĜй ĠijŜĠњĕŪijСŷĮŏФũЯřũ ĖО₣Š‗кЯřŲЮĈ₤ņЊĕĈĕсŪijСŷģĕΒĕНŷijŚ¤

ĠлНЯĕŚ ŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОď ΖşŎŲсŪĮņόŏЮĩĀũĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũЮĜй ďĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЮĉόŏũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч ЮřЧņġБĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮĝ◦БЮĜй¤ ũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗ЧŪijСŷ₤ĕŜ▫ ĕЕ₣ŪĠÐŲсĠНÐðŲĵ˝сĮњĕċņ˝όŏΖďń Ċũ˝ņįОďŷЋŀ ЮŪŁŎЮĮŲĠŃĆĠсĕБijЊŷЋĊБĄеĕНеĄŪņй¤

If the wanted person is subject to criminal proceedings in the Kingdom of Cambodia, the extradition shall be suspended during the course of these proceedings or until the sentence has been served.

However, the Kingdom of Cambodia may agree to transfer the wanted person temporarily to the requesting state for trial. The requesting state shall guarantee to return such person to the Kingdom of Cambodia after the completion of its trial proceedings.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 236

˝▫ļÐ◦Б ư: ĕБijЊŷЋĊБаĕĠijŜĠњĕ SUB-SECTION 3: EXTRADITION PROCEDURES

ŌŪ″ o ŁũĠŔą ˝с▫ŪijЕņŪijСŷşеЮĵйĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕ Article 579 Validation of Extradition Request

ŪÐĠсĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕŪijСŷЯijĄРĕũŢť ķЊģŲ˝ņįОď″ņĩųСŷ◦Рij¤ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĕйŪijСŷŌĕŲЊŠЊijĠŔą ˝сķ₤ŚО ″₣ΒņďņУŎĩ₣¤

ŲЊŠЊijĠŔą ˝сķ₤ŚО ″₣ŪijСŷŌĕк − υ˝⅜ũЯřŲŌĕŲ˝š‗кŪÐĠсŪýĕс ĖО₣Łũ е‗ijсΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ − ũģŎŁũ‗чΒеĮБΒ₣ðЮ΅ijНЯřŲŪijСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮŲЧĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ − Βij□Ġ◦şĤĠсЯřŲΒĕНŷijŚЮĉЮŲЧΒеЮĮЧЮĜй ĕЊ₣ЮĈ₤ЯřŲŪijСŷ◦◦УŲũ₣ − ŲЊŠЊijşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĩŚĜĀ ЮĈ₤ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕ¤ υ˝⅜ũĈе₣Β₤сŪijСŷşНй΅ij□ЮŲž ЮģйŪ″ďĩųСŷŁũ ĕЊ₣ĠЊ◦ЮŪ⅜ņ Ю΅ЧŎŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧņЊĕЯņĕďļ⅜ЯŠŊũ ģŬе₣

ιΒ₣сЮÐų₤ ŪijСŷЯijļą Ġсņ˝ďņУŎĕРŷυ˝⅜ũĠ˝ЯŪĠďļ⅜ņУŎаĕļ⅜Ĉе₣ĠБЮĕй ЮŢŎŌĕЮ₤ş ŚБĠŔą сĩ₣¤ All extradition requests shall be submitted to Royal Government of Cambodia through the

diplomatic channel. Each request shall contain the supporting documents. The supporting documents shall include: − Documents adequate for identifying the wanted person; − A report of the acts for which the wanted person is prosecuted; − The legal provisions applicable to such offense and the possible sentence; and − A copy of the sentence decision, if any. All documents shall be signed, officially sealed and enveloped. If they are not in the Khmer,

French or English language, the request shall be accompanied by a certified translation of the documents into one of the three languages.

ŌŪ″ 7Ơ ŁũĠŃąСĕĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕ Article 580 Forwarding of Extradition Request

ũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŁũĠũЮ◦₤˝ņįОďĠŃąСĕĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕ ĕЊ₣ŲЊŠЊijĠŔą ˝сķ₤ŚО ″₣ЮĉũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх¤ ũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņхЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀ ijсЮņЧŲĕЊŎijļĮаĕĵ˝ŏ₤Не ĕЊ₣ĠŃąСĕĵ˝ŏЮĜйЮĉΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чķĖеЮĮŀ¤

The Minister of Foreign Affairs of the Kingdom of Cambodia shall forward the request together with the supporting documents to the Minister of Justice. The Minister of Justice shall examine the regularity of the request and then forward it to the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal of Phnom Penh.

ŌŪ″ 7ơ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏČĠсŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ Article 581 Request of Provisional Arrest

ũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗ЧόŏЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕ Ζş₤НеόŏČĠсŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĕРŷĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ¤ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠĜĀ ĕсĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏČĠсŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ΖşЮĊſЧņНĕĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌŪ″

t (ŁũĠŔą с▫ŪijЕņŪijСŷşеЮĵйĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 237

ĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏČĠсŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ЯřŲŌĕЮýŲЮţŬŬе₣ŁũЮÐşŠųФĕĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ ņЊĕijŪņСŷόŏЮýũĮ◦Ūņ₣сЯĠĠĠ◦ЮŢŎЯΌ˝ЮΌЧŎ¤

ĠНÐðŲЯřŲŪijСŷ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņĕБijЊŷЋĊБаĕŁũČĠсŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ŪijСŷЯijģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŬĄũŢť ķЊģŲĮНеģĕ◦◦УŲυ˝⅜ũĈе₣ΐŎřРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ t (ŁũĠŔą ˝с▫ŪijЕņŪijСŷşеЮĵйĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ Ư (ĮБũ) ЯŠ ÐЊijĮБаℓĞČĠсŠųФĕ Ю◦ЮĜй¤

The state requesting extradition may request the provisional arrest of the wanted person. In case of urgency, the request for provisional arrest may be made prior to the extradition

request provided in Article 579 (Validation of Extradition Request) of this Code. The request for provisional arrest, which is aimed at preventing the wanted person from

escaping, does not need to follow a special format. The person detained under provisional arrest procedures shall be automatically released if

the Royal Government of Cambodia does not receive all the documents specified in Article 579 (Validation of Extradition Request) within two months from the date of the arrest.

ŌŪ″ 7Ư ĠŔą όŏČĠсŠųФĕ ĕЊ₣þНеŠųФĕşеЮĵйĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ Article 582 Special Detention Order against Wanted Persons

ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чЮĝķĖеЮĮŀΖşЮşŀĠŔą όŏČĠс ĕЊ₣þНеŠųФĕĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ¤ ĠŔą ЮĕйŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşijЮĉк − ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗аĕĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ − ŁũЮŗ₣аĕĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏČĠсŠųФĕďĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖũĠ₤сũřťĠũЮ◦₤ − ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲЮşŀĠŔą Юĕй¤ ĠŔą ЮĕйŪijСŷŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ij□ЮŲžЮŢŎΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤ ĠŔą όŏČĠс ĕЊ₣þНеŠųФĕŌĕΖĕНļĮΒĕНŷijŚЮĝЮŲЧЯřĕřБ ņįОďĈе₣ņРŲ¤ The General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal of Phnom Penh may issue a special

detention order against the wanted person. This order shall include: − the identity of the wanted person; − a reference to the request for provisional arrest made by the foreign State; − the full name and position of the Prosecutor who issued such order. The above order shall be dated, signed and sealed by the General Prosecutor. The special

detention order shall be enforceable within the entire territory of the Kingdom of Cambodia.

ŌŪ″ 7ư ŁũĠİΆ ŀĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũĄРĕŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЯřŲŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆ Article 583 Presentation of Wanted Person to Royal Prosecutor or General Prosecutor

ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČĠсŠųФĕĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ ŪijСŷЯijĜеЮĉĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠųБĠеĩНijřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЯřŲŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆž₣ЯřĕřБ ЯřŲŪijСŷόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсĠНÐðŲЮĜй ΒеĮБĠŔą όŏČĠсĕЊ₣þНеŠųФĕ Ю΅ЧŎĕЊ₣◦◦УŲşЮņųЧŎĮБĠНÐðŲЮĕй¤

ĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũŪijСŷЮĩĀũņ˝þНеŠųФĕЮĝĮĕċĜýũķĖеЮĮŀ¤ ĠНÐðŲЮĜйΖş₤НеόŏΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чķĖеЮĮŀ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņų ЧŎŠųФĕ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 238

In case of arrest, the wanted person shall be brought without delay before the Prosecutor who has territorial competence and who shall notify such person of the special detention order and take that person’s statement.

The wanted person shall be transferred to a Phnom Penh prison for detention. He may request the General Prosecutor attached to the Phnom Penh Court of Appeal to take his statement.

ŌŪ″ 7 ŁũĠŚЕ₣Юĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 584 Filing Case with Investigation Chamber

ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮũЬĠşе₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ ЮřЧņġБĠŚЕ₣Юĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чķĖеЮĮŀ¤ The General Prosecutor shall bring the case file up to date and seize the Investigation Chamber of the Phnom Penh Court of Appeal.

ŌŪ″ 7 ĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 585 Proceedings before Investigation Chamber

ĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ ŪijСŷЯijşРŲĠİΆ ŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ĠНÐðŲЮĕйΖşŪijСŷΒņЮŢŎЮņēŷВЯřŲŠųФĕЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ ιЯřŲČijс″е₣ЮŢŎΒĕНŷijŚ″ņşĤĠс₤Ś БĮБŲ˝šĕŚЊ˝кЮņēŷВ¤

ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĉЮĝ ĖО₣ĠĕĀĠс₤ŌĞ ijс¤ Юĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČеģşс ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮΊũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ¤

ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕ₤НеũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕŁũĵũũĠ₤сЮņēŷВũУşņ˝ ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĩŚŲсЮŗĠŲсď⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ijН₤Ś БĮБĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕЮĕй¤

The wanted person shall appear before the Investigation Chamber. He may be assisted by a lawyer of his choice or by a lawyer appointed pursuant to the Law on the Bar.

The hearing shall be conducted in camera. The Investigation Chamber may call on an interpreter/translator, if necessary.

After hearing the statement of the wanted person and the submissions of the General Prosecutor and the defense lawyer, the Investigation Chamber shall decide by an order, including reasons, on the extradition request.

ŌŪ″ 7 ЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 586 Decision of Investigation Chamber

₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĩŚŲсЮŗĠŲсņЊĕŎŲсŪĮņ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫Ų˝šŠ‗Ź şĤĠсаĕĠijŜĠњĕņЊĕŪijСŷģĕĠеЮĮŀЮ◦¤

The Investigation Chamber may issue an order rejecting the extradition request if it finds that the legal requirements for extradition are not met.

ŌŪ″ 7 ĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНеũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ Article 587 Application for Release of Wanted Person

ĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ Ζş₤НеόŏЮÐЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНеģĕ¤ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеŪijСŷЮĊſЧďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ¤ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеŪijСŷŢ сĄРĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕ₤Не

ũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕŁũĵũũĠ₤сЮņēŷВ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 239

The wanted person may request to be released from detention. The motion shall be made in writing. The motion shall be submitted to the Investigation Chamber which will make its decision

after hearing the wanted person’s statement, the submissions of the General Prosecutor and the defense lawyer.

ŌŪ″ 77 ŁũŎŲсŪĮņόŏЮÐЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕ Article 588 Agreement to Extradition

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ ŎŲсŪĮņόŏЮÐĠŃąС ĕŠųФĕ″ņĵ˝ŏ₤НеũĠ₤сũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ◦◦УŲĮњijхŌĕЮĮŀЮŲŀΒеĮБĩŲŷЋģ˝аĕŁũŎŲсŪĮņşеЮĵйĠijŜĠњĕ ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЮĕйЮĝ˝ĖО₣⅜ŲřБŁũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤

If the wanted person agrees to be extradited pursuant to the request of the requesting State after having been fully informed of the consequences of that agreement, the Investigation Chamber shall mention such agreement in its order.

ŌŪ″ 7o ΖĕНļĮаĕЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 589 Effects of Decision of Investigation Chamber

ŁŲ₧ģĕЮĉď⅜□ ĮũũУşЮ΅ЧŎ ⅜ŲřБŁаĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪijСŷģĕĄРĕřе‗Е₣ļų ņřŲсũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĩŚŲсЮŗĠŲсņЊĕŎŲсŪ₤ĠЮ◦ ĠijŜĠњĕņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧģĕЮŢŎŬĄũŢť ķЊģŲ˝ņįОďЮ◦¤ ĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũŪijСŷģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮŷЋŀļų ņ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯijĠНÐðŲЮĕй ď˝ņŊŷij□ОаĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşόŏþНеŠųФĕĮБЮũЩ₣Юĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьij¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЮŃĆŀЮŗĠŲсŎŲсŪĮņ ũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņхΖşĠŃąСĕЮũЩ₣ЮĕйЮĉŬĄũŢť ķЊģŲ ЮřЧņġБЮşŀΒĕНŪ˝ЕijŏĠİð ĠсόŏЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕşеЮĵйĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũЮĜй¤

ŁŲ₧ĠijŜĠњĕŪijСŷģĕĠİð Ġс ĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũŪijСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲсũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч¤ Ю⅜ пНŎ ĖО₣ŁũЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕďĠĕĀО˝ũĠ₤сũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч¤ ЮĝЮĮŲЯřŲĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũЮĜй Č˝ЮşŀĩНijĮБЯřĕřБ ņįОď ˝ġФĕŁũĵũŪijСŷ◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪijСŷЮŢŎũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч ņЊĕģĕČĠсЮĩŚЧņĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮĊſЧŌijНķРņЊĕЊŷijŚĕчЮĝ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ưƠ (⅜ņ₤ЊĠ) аℓĞ ĠĜĀ ĠсĮБŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБΒĕНŪ ЕijŏĠİð ĠсόŏЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕЮ◦ ĠНÐðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũŪijСŷģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮŷЋŀ¤

When the order of the Investigation Chamber becomes final, the Minister of Justice shall be immediately informed.

If the Investigation Chamber makes a rejection order, the extradition cannot be made by the Cambodian government. The wanted person shall be released immediately unless such person is subject to detention for another case.

If the Investigation Chamber grants the extradition request, the Minister of Justice shall propose that the Royal Government issues a sub-decree ordering the extradition of the wanted person.

After the extradition has been ordered, the wanted person shall be handed over to the requesting State. The expenses of extradition shall be borne by the requesting State. The security and protection of the wanted person while he is outside the Kingdom of Cambodia shall be the responsibility of the requesting State.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 240

If the requesting State fails to initiate measures for repatriation within 30 days after the notification of the sub-decree ordering the extradition, the wanted person shall be released.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ĠijŜĠњĕЯřŲЮ₤ĖЧ₤НеЮŢŎŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОďşеЮĵйũřťĠũЮ◦₤ SECTION 2: EXTRADITION REQUESTED BY KINGDOM OF CAMBODIA TO FOREIGN STATE

ŌŪ″ �Ơ ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 590 Competence of Investigation Chamber

₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чķĖеЮĮŀ ďΒ₣ðŁũЯijņУŎÐijсЯřŲŌĕ₤ņij□ ЊşĆЮřЧņġБĮЊČũ₧ЮŲЧĕЊŎijļĮаĕĠijŜĠњĕЯřŲŬĄũŢť ķЊģŲ˝ņįОďģĕ◦◦УŲ¤

ĠНÐðŲЯřŲŪijСŷģĕЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕ ŌĕũŎкЮĮŲ ơ (řĠсŪģе) аℓĞ ÐЊijĮБЮĮŲЯřŲ⅜ņБŠųФĕņ˝řŲс˝ņįОď ЮřЧņġБЮŲЧ˝ΒеĮБЮŌþļĮаĕĠijŜĠњĕ¤

ĵ˝ŏ₤НеŪijСŷЮĊſЧďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ¤ The Investigation Chamber of the Phnom Penh Court of Appeal is the only body competent

to examine the regularity of any extradition to the Cambodian government. The extradited person shall have fifteen days from the date on which he arrived in the

Kingdom of Cambodia to raise the invalidity of such extradition. The motion shall be made in writing.

ŌŪ″ oơ ĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Article 591 Proceedings before Investigation Chamber

₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĊſЧŁũ₤ЮŪņş ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲЯřŲŪijСŷģĕЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕ Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕ₤НеũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢť ĕŁũĵũũĠ₤сЮņēŷВ¤

The Investigation Chamber shall make a decision after hearing the statement of the wanted person, the submissions of the General Prosecutor and the defense lawyer.

ŌŪ″ oƯ ΖĕНļĮņЊĕĬ∆ ˝аĕĠ‗Ś Е₣₤НеЮŌþļĮ Article 592 No Suspending Effect of Motion to Invalidate Extradition Request

ĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮŌþļĮаĕĠijŜĠњĕ ņЊĕĬ∆ ˝ĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЯřŲ˝еĮН₣ЮĊſЧЮĉЮŲЧĄĕЯřŲŪijСŷģĕЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕЮΌЧŎ¤

The motion to invalidate an extradition shall not suspend the proceedings against the wanted person.

ŌŪ″ oư ΖĕНļĮаĕЮŌþ˝ņŊşеЮĵйĠijŜĠњĕ Article 593 Effect of Invalidation of Extradition

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠijŜĠњĕŪijСŷģĕČijс◦Н˝ďЮŌþк ЮŢŎЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşď⅜□ ĮũũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЯřŲ еĮН₣ŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĉŪijСŷĠŃĆĠс¤ ĠНÐðŲЯřŲŪijСŷģĕЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕŪijСŷģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮŷЋŀ ĕЊ₣ŌĕŲ◦ċļĮČ˝ЮşŀЮŢŎЮ₤ũВĮБЯřĕřБ ņįОď¤

ĠлНЯĕŚ ŲНйĩНijũŎкЮĮŲ ưƠ (⅜ņ₤ЊĠ) аℓĞ ÐЊijČĠсĮБаℓĞЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ĠНÐðŲЯřŲŪijСŷģĕЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕ ΖşŪijСŷģĕЮÐČĠсŠųФĕņŚ₣Ю◦ЬijЮĝЮŲЧЯřĕřБ ņįОď ĕЊ₣ŪijСŷď˝ņŊŷij□ОаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсďℓŊБşеЮĵйΒеЮĮЧЯřŲĜеόŏŌĕŁũЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕĠНÐðŲЮĕйģĕ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 241

If the extradition is invalidated by a final decision of the Investigation Chamber, all proceedings against the wanted person shall be terminated. The extradited person shall be released and is free to leave the Kingdom of Cambodia.

However, at the expiration of a thirty day period after the release, the extradited person can be re-arrested, if he is still in the territory of the Kingdom of Cambodia and is subject to prosecution for the charges leading to the extradition.

ŌŪ″ o ŁũŎŲсŪĮņũĠ₤сũřťЯřŲģĕŪĠÐŲсΖ‗Њ Ąĕņ ŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОď Article 594 Consent of State That Has Delivered Foreign Resident to Cambodia

ŁŲ₧ŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОďģĕ◦◦УŲĠijŜĠњĕаĕΖ‗Њ ĄĕĠũЮ◦₤ Ю΅ЧŎЮŪŁŎņ˝Ю◦Ьijģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеόŏЮĊſЧĠijŜĠњĕĮБũřťĠũЮ◦₤₧ņУŎЮĩ℮₣ ŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОďĕЕ₣ΖşŎŲсŪĮņ″ņĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеЮĕйģĕ ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ◦◦УŲŁũŎŲсŪĮņĮБũřťЯřŲģĕŪĠÐŲсΖ‗Њ˝ĄĕЮĕй ņ˝ŬĄũŢť ķЊģŲ˝ņįОď¤

ĠлНЯĕŚŁũŎŲсŪĮņž₣ЮŲЧЮĕйņЊĕďŁũČеģşсЮ◦ ŁŲ₧Ζ‗Њ˝ĄĕĠũЮ◦₤ЮĕйŌĕŲ◦ċļĮČ˝ЮşŀЮŢŎЮ₤ũВĮБЯřĕřБ ņįОďũУşЮĉЮ ЧŎ ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ưƠ (⅜ņ₤ЊĠ) аℓФ

If the Kingdom of Cambodia receives an extradited foreign resident and later receives a request for extradition for the same person from another state, the Kingdom of Cambodia may agree to the extradition request only with the consent of the State that extradited the person to Cambodia.

However, the above consent is not necessary if the foreign resident has had the opportunity of leaving Cambodian territory in the thirty day period.

ĄеĮР ◦Б ư: Łũđų₣Łijс CHAPTER 3: TRANSIT

ŌŪ″ o ĵ˝ŏ₤Неđų₣Łijс Article 595 Transit Request

Łũđų₣ŁijсЯřĕřБ ņįОď ЮŢŎĠНÐðŲ₧ŌĖ ˝сЯřŲ₤□ ЊijЮĝ ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗Ź аĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБĠijŜĠњĕ ΖşŪijСŷģĕΒĕНŔň ij ŁŲ₧ĠijŜĠњĕЮĕйņЊĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ĕЮŗģŎЮ◦¤ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеŪijСŷЮĊſЧ″ņĩųСŷ◦Рij¤ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеŪijСŷЯijŌĕŲЊŠЊijĠŔą сķ₤ŚО ″₣ĠŔą ˝с▫ŪijЕņŪijСŷΒņďņУŎĩ₣¤

Transit of a person subject to an extradition procedure through Cambodian territory is allowed, as long as the extradition is not in connection with a political offense. The application shall be made through the diplomatic channel. It shall include the supporting documents.

ĄеĮР ◦Б : Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊЮŢŎЯΌ˝₤ŚБĮБŁũŪĠijЊĠijŚЊЮĈ₤ņУŎşеĕУĕ CHAPTER 4: SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING EXECUTION OF CERTAIN PENALTIES

ŌŪ″ o Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ₤Ś БĮБŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤ņУŎşеĕУĕ Article 596 Special Provisions Concerning Execution of Sentences

şеЮĵйŷЋǻ◦Ĉ с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĈ₤ ЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣Ū˝ņŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ijНŵŁũ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣ĮБŪĮйŬĄΖďń ″ņũŎкĵ˝ŏ₤НеĊņŊ″¤ ΒŎŏŁũόŏřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ řŲсļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċ¤

Disputes related to the execution of sentences stated in the Criminal Code shall be referred to the competent court by simple request of the Prosecutor. He shall inform the interested parties of the hearing date.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 242

ĄеĮР ◦Б : ĕБijЊĠНÐðŲ CHAPTER 5: LEGAL ENTITIES

ŌŪ″ o ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĕБijЊĠНÐðŲ Article 597 Jurisdiction related to Legal Entity

şеЮĵйŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣ŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņйĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮŢŎĕБijЊĠНÐðŲ Ζďń ĊũŌĕ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆŌĕřРşijЮĉк

− ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣⅜ŵřеĠР₣аĕ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲŌĕŁũŪĠŪĮЕijŚЊĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ − ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣⅜ŵřеĠР₣аĕ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲĕБijЊĠНÐðŲ″е₣◦Б⅜Ė сŁũũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ The prosecution, the investigation and the trial of offenses committed by legal entities shall

be the competence of the following: − The Royal Prosecutor, the investigating judge, and the Court of First Instance of the

place of commission of the offense; − The Royal Prosecutor, the investigating judge and the Court of First Instance of the

place of business of the legal entity.

ŌŪ″ o7 Łũijе₧₣ĕБijЊĠНÐðŲЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠijНŵŁũ Article 598 Representation of Legal Entity in Court

ŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсŪijСŷģĕΒĕНŷijŚŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ĕБijЊĠНÐðŲ ″ņũŎкΒĖ˝ijе₧₣Ū₤ĠşĤĠс ĖО₣ЮĮŲЮĊſЧŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮĜй¤ ΒĖ˝ijе₧₣Ū₤ĠşĤĠс ijе₧₣όŏĕБijЊĠНÐðŲ ĖО₣ŁũĠеЮĮŀŪÐĠс˝ЊşĆĈе₣Β₤саĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ¤

ŁŲ₧ΒĖ˝ijе₧₣Ū₤ĠşĤĠсŌĕĊНũк ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşЮ₤Ė Ч₤НеřŲсŪĠēĕ⅜ŵřеĠР₣όŏČijс″е₣Ζ‗ijŚЊý΅˝ŌĖ с ЮřЧņġБijе₧₣όŏĕБijЊĠНÐðŲ¤

ŁŲ₧ŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮБĠ◦ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ŪijСŷģĕЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣şеЮĵйΒ₣ðЮ΅ijНřЯřŲ ιşеЮĵйΒ₣ðЮ΅ijНĈ с◦₣ýĖŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ĕБijЊĠНÐðŲ ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝ijе₧₣Ū₤ĠşĤĠсаĕĕБijЊĠНÐðŲЮĕй ΒĖ˝ijе₧₣Ū₤ĠşĤĠсЮĕй ΖşĠŚЕ₣₤НеřŲсŪĠēĕ⅜ŵřеĠР₣όŏČijс″е₣Ζ‗ijŚЊý΅˝ŌĖ ˝сЮřЧņġБijе₧₣ĕБijЊĠНÐðŲ¤

Ġ‗Ś Е₣₤НеЮĕй ΖşЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣″ņũŎкĵ˝ŏ₤НеďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ¤ Proceedings against a legal entity shall be made through the legal representative at the time

of the proceedings. The legal representative shall represent the legal entity in all stages of the proceedings.

When the legal representative is hindered, the Royal Prosecutor may ask the President of the Court of First Instance to assign an agent to represent the legal entity.

When the proceedings for the same causes or connected causes have been initiated against both the legal entity and its legal representative, the legal representative may ask the President of the Court of First Instance to appoint an agent to represent the legal entity.

The request shall be made in writing.

ŌŪ″ oo ΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗аĕΒĖ˝ijе₧₣ũĠ₤сĕБijЊĠНÐðŲ Article 599 Identity of Representative of Legal Entity

ĠНÐðŲЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠĕĀО˝ijе₧₣όŏĕБijЊĠНÐðŲ ŪijСŷЯijĠİΆ ŀΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗ũĠ₤сŠųФĕşеЮĵйijНŵŁũЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣¤ ŁũĠİΆ ŀΒijŚ₤Ŕň ‗Юĕй єŪijСŷЮĊſЧřРşýĖ ĩ₣Яřũ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĬų ₤сĠŚСũΒĖ˝ijе₧₣Ū₤ĠşĤĠс ĖО₣ЮĮŲřеЮ‗ЧũŁũĕБijЊŷЋĊБ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 243

The person responsible for representing a legal entity shall identify himself at the court which has been seized with the matter. The same applies, if the legal representative changes during the course of proceedings.

ŌŪ″ ƠƠ ŷЋēĕŁũĠ₣šеЯřŲŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijŚşеЮĵйĕБijЊĠНÐðŲ Article 600 Coercive Measures against Legal Entity

ĖО₣ůĕкďΒĖ˝ijе₧₣όŏĕБijЊĠНÐðŲ ΒĖ˝ijе₧₣ЮĕйĮНеΖş◦◦УŲũ₣ŷЋēĕŁũĠ₣šе₧ņУŎģĕЮΌЧŎ ЮŪłĮБ ŷЋēĕŁũЯřŲΖşŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷijŚģĕşеЮĵй⅜˝℮Б¤

The representative of a legal entity may not, in his capacity of representative, be subject to any coercive measures other than those applicable to witnesses.

ŌŪ″ Ơơ ŁũŢ˝сĕБijЊĠНÐðŲόŏ₤□ ЊijЮŪŁņŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ Article 601 Placement under Judicial Supervision of Legal Entity

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşŢ сĕБijЊĠНÐðŲόŏ₤□ ЊijЮŪŁņŁũŪijФijĮЊĕЊijŏ″ņĩųСŷijНŵŁũ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮĕй ΖşŪĠŁ₤ģĕĕРŷŁijĮſ ЊşĆřРşijЮĉк

ơ-Ţ сŪģ сēĜ ЯřŲŌĕ е‗ijсşеĕУĕ◦Е˝Ūģ˝с ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũĠ₣с ĕЊ₣ЯĠĠĠ◦Ĉе₣ΐŎ¤ Ư-ņЊĕŪijСŷΒĕНŷijŚ₤˝ņŊļĮŷЋďą ĄБŷкņУŎşеĕУĕ¤ ư-₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũ″ņŢĕũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵņУŎЯřŲ ņЊĕЮŲЧ₤ĮБ (ŪģеņУŎ) ЯŠ¤

Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊijЮĝЮŪŁņŁũ″ņŢĕũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ Ġ₧Ś ŲόŏŌĕŁũČijс″е₣Ζ‗ijŚЊý΅˝ž₣ijНŵŁũŌĖ ˝с ЯřŲŌĕЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊŪijСŷģĕĠŔą ˝сЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

An investigating judge may place a legal entity under judicial supervision. The judge may announce the following obligations:

1. To provide a guarantee of an amount and to comply with the fixed period and formalities;

2. Not to carry out specific professional activities; 3. To be placed under judicial supervision not exceeding six months.

The decision to place a legal entity under judicial supervision necessitates an appointment of an agent by the investigating judge. The mission of such agent shall be clearly stated.

ŌŪ″ ƠƯ řБŁЮŁй ĕЊ₣řБŁĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсĕБijЊĠНÐ№ÐŲ Article 602 Summons and Writ of Notification of Decisions to Legal Entity

řБŁЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĈе₣ΐŎ ЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣Ū˝ņЮĕй ŪijСŷģĕĠŃąСĕĕЊ₣όŏřе‗Е₣ЮĉĕБijЊĠНÐðŲ ″ņũŎкΒĖ˝ijе₧₣Ū₤ĠşĤĠсũĠ₤сĕБijЊĠНÐðŲЮĜй Юĝ ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗Ź řРşýĖ ĕЕ₣Ų˝šŠ‗Ź ЯřŲŌĕЯş₣₤ŪŌĠсũРĠŷћĕŚĠНÐðŲЯřũ¤

The summons and decisions stipulated in this Code shall be delivered by writ of notification to the legal entity, through the legal representative, under the same conditions as those applicable to individuals.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 244

ŌijЊŁ◦Б Ư: ŁũģijсĠ₣сŲЊŠЊij⅜Ė ņ ŁũĠ˝Ū⅜Ŏ ĕЊ₣ŁũЯ˝₤ŪņФŲЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş TITLE 2: LOSS OF DOCUMENTS, INTERPRETATION AND MODIFICATION OF DECISIONS

ĄеĮР ◦Б ơ: ŁũģijсĠ₣сŲЊŠЊij⅜Ė ņ CHAPTER 1: LOSS OF DOCUMENTS

ŌŪ″ Ơư Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊЯřŲΒĕНŷijŚ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БģijсĠ₣сŲЊŠЊij⅜Ė ņ Article 603 Provisions Applicable in case of Loss of Documents

Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊаĕŌijЊŁЮĕйŪijСŷΒĕНŷijŚЮĝ ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁũĠеĩųЊşĠеĬų ŀ ŁũĠеģijс ιŁũģijсĠ₣сŲЊŠЊij⅜Ė ņřРşž₣ЮŪŁņк

− Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ ι − ŲЊŠЊijаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ¤ The provisions of this title shall apply to all cases where destruction, damage, or loss occurs

to the following documents: − The original copy of a judicial decision; or − Any document of the proceedings.

ŌŪ″ Ơ ŲЊŠЊijşņų₣ЯřŲĄеĕУ₤ŲЊŠЊijЮřЧņ Article 604 Substituted Copy for Original

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧģĕŲЊŠЊijşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ ЯřŲŌĕĠŔą ˝с▫ŪijЕņŪijСŷ″ņşĤĠсЮřЧņЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ ιЮŢŎΖďń ĊũņУŎЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьij ŲЊŠЊijşņų₣ЮĜйŪijСŷČijс◦Н˝▫ ďЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ¤ ΒĖ˝ЯřŲŌĕŲЊŠЊijşņų₣ЮŢŎŌĕĠŔą с▫ŪijЕņŪijСŷ″ņşĤĠсЮřЧņŪijСŷЯijŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊijЮĜй řŲсŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ″ņŁũЮ₤Ė Ч₤НеũĠ₤сŪĠēĕijНŵŁũ¤ ŲЊŠЊijşņų₣ℓŊБņУŎЯřŲŌĕĠŔą ˝с▫ŪijЕņŪijСŷ″ņşĤĠсЮřЧņ ŪijСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲс⅜ņБĄĕЮĜй ЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБ¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧýŊ ĕŲЊŠЊijşņų₣ЮŢŎŌĕĠŔą с▫ ŪijЕņŪijСŷ″ņşĤĠсЮřЧņЮ◦ ЮĜйЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşℓŊБņУŎŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ ЮŢŎЯĩ∆˝ЮĉЮŲЧŲЊŠЊijşņų₣ е‗ijсЮ΅ijН₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣υ˝⅜ũЯřŲŌĕЮĝ ĖО₣₤ее‗НеЮũЩ₣¤ If there is a copy of the court decision, certified true and accurate by the court clerk or other authority, the certified copy shall be considered as the original copy of the court decision. Any person who bears a copy of the court decision which is certified as true copy shall give it to the court clerk upon his request. A copy of the court decision which is certified as a true copy of the original shall be given to the interested person by the court clerk.

If there is no copy of the court decision which is certified as a true copy of the original, a new original decision shall be issued based on the copied documents, the hearing records, and other documents in the case file.

ŌŪ″ Ơ ŁũĠ₣˛ЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀĕРŷŲЊŠЊijаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБ Article 605 Reconstruction of Procedural Documents

ŲЊŠЊijаĕĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪijСŷĠ₣ЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ″ņŲЊŠЊijşņų₣ ЯřŲũ˝⅝◦Н˝ЮŢŎΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ ļÐБ ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ Ū˝ΐĠŃąБ ιĠНÐðŲЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьij¤

Procedural documents shall be reconstructed based on the copied documents kept by the judicial police or military police units or other parties, experts, the court clerk, or other persons.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 245

ĄеĮР ◦Б Ư: ŁũĠ˝Ū⅜Ŏ ĕЊ₣ŁũЯ˝ijŪņСŷЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş CHAPTER 2: INTERPRETATION AND MODIFICATION OF COURT DECISIONS

ŌŪ″ Ơ ₤ņij□˝ЊşĆũĠ₤сijНŵŁũЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņş Article 606 Competence of Court that Renders Decision

ŪÐĠсŁũŲеģ˝ ĖО₣ŁũĠ˝Ū⅜ŎЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũ ŪijСŷŢ сĄРĕijНŵŁũЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĜйĮЊĕЊijŏ¤

ijНŵŁũЮĕй ˝єΖşŌĕ₤ņij□ ЊşĆЮřЧņġБЮĊſЧŁũЯ˝ijŪņСŷŁũķњĕŚŪşΌеž₣₤Ōĸ ũк₤Н◦ċ⅜Ċ ЯřŲŌĕЮĝ ĖО₣Ю₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŠųФĕ¤ ijНŵŁũ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ĮБΒŎŏŁũ ″ņÐеĕЊijЮĩŚЧņũĠ₤сŠųФĕĬĀ Ųс ι″ņĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сļÐБ¤ ΒŎŏŁũόŏřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũřŲсļÐБЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ¤ Юĝ ĖО₣ŪÐĠс˝ũ‗БĈе₣Β₤с ΒŎŏŁũŪijСŷόŏЮŗĠŲсЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ¤

Any ambiguity in the interpretation of a judicial decision shall be referred to the court which made that decision.

This court shall also be competent to correct a material mistake appearing in its decision. The court shall be seized by a request from the Prosecutor, on his own initiative or through the request of a party. The Prosecutor shall notify the relevant party of the hearing date. In all cases, the Prosecutor shall provide his opinion at the time of the hearing.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 246

Ðĕ□Б◦Б ơƠ: ΒĕŚũĠġŃňijŚЊ BOOK 10: TRANSITIONAL PROVISION

ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: ΒĕŚũĠġŃňijŚЊ UNITARY CHAPTER: TRANSITIONAL PROVISION

ŌŪ″ Ơ Ų˝šŠ‗Ź аĕŁũĩŚŲсÐН‗₤ņġijŚЊďņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхşеЮĵйĜŎĕÐũģŲďijЊ ĕЊ₣ĜŎĈΉĕ аĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□

Article 607 Qualifications of Judicial Police Officers and Military Police Officers

ĜŎĕÐũģŲďijЊ ЯřŲŌĕŷЋŔň ĠĕĠњŪijĠŔą ˝сŁũ₤Њ˝⅝₤Ś БĮБņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ņНĕЮĮŲŪ˝ņЮĕйşРŲďĊũŌĕ ŪijСŷ◦◦УŲģĕЮŢŎ₤ſ њŎŪĠŷijŚЊ ĕРŷ₤Ŕň ĠњŪijďĕсŠį₤сž₣ĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Ю΅ЧŎŪijСŷЯij₣″е₣ďņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņхЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤ũУņũĠ₤сŪ˝₤У₣ņΉаĩĀ ĕЊ₣Ū˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх¤

ĜŎĈΉĕаĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ij□ ЯřŲŌĕŷЋŔň ĠĕĠњŪijаĕņūĕŚБĠлРŲБ₤ijНŵŁũņНĕŪ˝ņЮĕйşРŲďĊũŌĕ ŪijСŷ◦◦УŲģĕЮŢŎ₤ſ њŎŪĠŷijŚЊ ĕРŷ₤Ŕň ĠњŪijďĕсŠį₤сž₣ĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх Ю΅ЧŎŪijСŷЯij₣″е₣ďņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijŚЊĊņх ЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤ũУņũĠ₤сŪ˝₤У₣ŁũĵũďijЊ ĕЊ₣Ū˝₤У₣ŎНijŚЊĊņх¤

ĠĜĀ ĠсĮБŪ˝ņЮĕйşРŲďĊũŌĕ ЮřЧņġБ◦◦УŲģĕĕРŷÐН‗₤ņġijЊʼnďņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņх ŪijСŷĠеЮĮŀŲ˝šŠ‗ŹЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣ŌŪ″ Ơ (ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНijʼnЊĊņх) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

The national police officers already holding diplomas indicating study of judicial police before this Code comes into effect shall automatically obtain a Higher Degree of Judicial Police and be appointed as the judicial police officers by Inter-ministerial Prakas of the Ministry of National Defense and Ministry of Justice.

The military police officers already holding diplomas of judicial police before the entry into force of this Code shall automatically obtain a Higher Degree of Judicial Police and be appointed as the judicial police officers by Inter-ministerial Prakas of the Ministry of National Defense and Ministry of Justice.

After this Code enters into force, to obtain a status of judicial police officer, a person shall fulfill the conditions stated in Article 60 (Judicial Police Officers) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ Ơ7 ŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲЮŷŵ ĕРŷũŎкЮĮŲаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ Article 608 Time Limit for Provisional Detention

ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ şеЮĵйЮũЩ₣ ŚБ еĮН₣ČijсŁũ ÐЙďũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ ĖО₣şĤĠсČ₤с ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣Ġ◦ΧŪ˝ЊřťŪĠĂе₣ņĕН₤℮ďijЊ Ġ◦ΧŪ˝ЊřťŪĠŲњŎĮРĄ⅜₤ĕч ιĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť₤ūİð ņ¤

The time limits for provisional detention for a pending case shall remain as those provided for in the old law, except for cases of crimes against humanity, genocide or war crimes.

ŌŪ″ Ơo ŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲЮŷŵ ĕРŷũŎкЮĮŲаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣ΧģŪ₤њŎ ĕЊ₣Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с Article 609 Time Limit for Appeal and Objection

ŬŲсЮ₤ş ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сijНŵŁũЯřŲЮşŀЮĝņНĕŪ˝ņЮĕйşРŲďĊũŌĕ ŪijСŷЮýũĮ″ņũŎкЮĮŲаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣ΧģŪ₤њŎ ĕЊ₣Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤с ″ņĠ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊаĕşĤĠсČ₤с¤

All decisions rendered before the entry into force of this Code shall be challengeable within the time limits set forth in the old law.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 247

ŌŪ″ ơƠ ŁũΒĕНŷijŚЮĝ ĖО₣ЮĮŲЮŷŵ ĕРŷŷЋēĕ₤Ś БĮБΖďń ŎНŁŲаĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ĕЊ₣Ζďń ŎНŁŲаĕЮĈ₤ Article 610 Time Limit for Statute of Limitations of Criminal Actions and Sentence

Ζďń ŎНŁŲ аĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Ζďń ĕЊ₣Ζďń ŎНŁŲаĕЮĈ₤ şеЮĵйĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲŪijСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕijŚЮĝņНĕŪ˝ņЮĕйşРŲďĊũŌĕ ŪijСŷΒĕНŷijŚ″ņĠ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊаĕşĤĠсČ₤с¤

The statute of limitations for a criminal action and that of a sentence for offenses committed before the entry into force of this Code shall be governed by the provisions of the old law.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 248

Ðĕ□Б◦Б ơơ: Βŷ⅜ĕĠġŃňijŚЊ BOOK 11: FINAL PROVISION

ĄеĮР ЮĈŲ: Βŷ⅜ĕĠġŃňijŚЊ UNITARY CHAPTER: FINAL PROVISION

ŌŪ″ ơơ ĕЊŬ˝ũ‗чаĕΒij□Ġ◦şĤĠс₤Ś БĮБĕБijЊŷЋĊБĮБņНĕ Article 611 Abrogation of Previous Laws

Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊřРşijЮĉЮĕйŪijСŷ◦Н˝ďĕЊŬ˝ũ‗чк − ŬŲсĠ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ₤Ś БĮБĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ņНĕĂĖ е ơttƯ − Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ₤Ś БĮБĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź аĕĠ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ₤Ś БĮБŪĠĮњĕċijНŵŁũ şĤĠсŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ĕЊ₣ĕБijЊŷЋĊБ

ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ₤еŬĠсΒĕНŷijŚЮĝŪĠЮ◦₤˝ņįОď ĖО₣₤ņњŎΒĕŚũŁŲ şНйаℓĞ◦Б ơƠ ЯŠ˝Ŕň ĂĖ е ơttƯ − şĤĠс₤Ś БĮБĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ŪĠŁ₤όŏЮŪĠЧЮŢŎŪ ЕijŏЮŲŠ Ươ Ū˝ şНйаℓĞ◦Б Ơ� ЯŠņБĜ ĂĖ е ơttư − ŪĮйŬĄŪ˝ņЮŲŠ Ơ�tt/Ơt şНйаℓĞ◦Б Ư ЯŠ₤БΉ ĂĖ е ơttt ЯřŲŪĠŁ₤όŏЮŪĠЧşĤĠс₤Ś БĮБũŎкЮĮŲ

аĕŁũþНеŠųФĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ − şĤĠс₤Ś БĮБŷЋЮ⅜Ċĕ˝ņŊŌŪ″ ư ŌŪ″ ư� ŌŪ″ tƠ ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ tơ аĕşĤĠс₤Ś БĮБĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź

ЯřŲŪĠŁ₤όŏЮŪĠЧЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄŪ˝ņЮŲŠ ĕ₤/ũ˝ņ/ƠơƠƯ/ƠƠ şНйаℓĞ◦Б ơƠ ЯŠņ˝Ŭ ĂĖ е ƯƠƠƯ Ġ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊ₤Ś БĮБĕБijЊŷЋĊБаĕşĤĠс₤Ś БĮБŁũČijс″е₣ ĕЊ₣₤˝ņŊļĮũĠ₤с⅜ŵĄеũй ŚБаĕũřť˝ņįОď ЯřŲŪĠŁ₤όŏ

ЮŪĠЧЮŢŎŪ˝ЕijŏЮŲŠ Ơ Ū˝ şНйаℓĞ◦Б Ơ� ЯŠ Нņĸк ĂĖ е ơttư ĮНеΖşΒĕНŷijŚşеЮĵйЮũЩ₣ŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź ģĕЮΌЧŎ¤ The following provisions shall be abrogated: − All provisions governing criminal procedures before 1992; − The provisions of criminal procedures of UNTAC Law concerning the provisions

relative to judicial systems, criminal law and criminal procedure applicable in the Kingdom of Cambodia during the transitional period adopted on 10 September 1992;

− The Law on Criminal Procedure promulgated by Decree 21 dated 8 March 1993; − Kram No.0899/09 dated 26 August 1999 concerning the duration of provisional

detention; − The Law on Amendment of Article 36, 38, 90, and 91 of the Law on Criminal Procedure

promulgated by Royal Kret No. 0102/005 dated 10 January 2002. The procedural provisions of the law on the organization and activities of the courts of the

Sate of Cambodia, promulgated by Kret No. 06 dated 8 February 1993 shall not apply to criminal cases.

ŌŪ″ ơƯ ŁũΒĕНŷijŚļų ņĕРŷŪ˝ņĕБijЊŷЋĊБŪĮ Ŋ◦‗Ź Article 612 Immediate Entry into Force of Code of Criminal Procedure

Ū˝ņЮĕйŪijСŷΒĕНŷijŚļų ņ şеЮĵйŪÐĠс˝ЊşĆĕБijЊŷЋĊБЮŪŁŎŪ˝ņЮĕйşРŲďĊũŌĕ¤ ŁũΒĕНŷijŚļų ņĕРŷĠ◦ĠġŃňijŚЊаĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ĮНеŌĕΖĕНļĮЮŲЧ₤НĮŲļĮаĕ˝ЊşĆĕБijЊŷЋĊБĈе₣ΐŎЯřŲŪijСŷģĕĠеЮĮŀ

ũУşŬŲсЮ΅ЧŎ ЮŢŎΒĕНЮŵņ″ņşĤĠсČ₤сЮΌЧŎ¤ This Code shall immediately be applicable to all criminal proceedings which are conducted

after the entry into force of this Code.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 249

The immediate application of the provisions of this Code has no effect on the validity of the procedures completed in compliance with the old law.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 250

ΧĠ₤ņįњĕċ ĕБijЊŷЋĊБ˝ĖО₣ŁũЮĊſЧ₤ņġℓ

ŁũЮĊſЧ₤ČĆ ŪĠ‗Њēĕ ŪijСŷřЕ ĜеЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃąБņУŎũРĠ Ю΅ЧŎŪijСŷЮĊſЧЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠŷij□О₤ ŚЊ₤Њ◦ċЊ Юĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣аĕijНŵŁũĕБņУŎ6¤

ņНĕĕЕ₣ČĠсЮĩŚЧņЮĊſЧ₤ņġℓ ΒĖ˝₤ġℓŪijСŷΒНĄЮ◦Ьĕ ĊРĠ ĠРďşеЮĵйŷij□О₤ ŚЊ₤Њ◦ċЊЯřŲŠųФĕŪijСŷ₤ġℓЮĜй¤ ĠĜĀ Ġсņ˝Ū˝ΐĠŃąБŪijСŷΖĕŪģũĮċǻ◦žų е₣6 şĤ₤с6 όŏΒĖ˝₤ġℓ⅜Ś Ġс ũУşΖĕ ĵ˝ŏ₤ČĆ ŪĠ‗Њēĕ όŏΒĖ˝₤ġℓ ▫″ņ¤

ЮŪŁŎĮБЮĊſЧ₤ņġℓũУş Ū˝ΐĠŃąБŪijСŷЮĊſЧ е‗ijсЮ΅ijНЯřŲģĕόŏ₤ġℓЮĜй ĠŔą ˝с▫ ģĕЮĊſЧŪijЕņŪijСŷЮ΅ЧŎЮ₤ş ŚБģĕЮşŀǻČόŏ₤ġℓŗл ₣₧ ŪijСŷ˝ijс ĖО₣˝е‗ijсЮ΅ijНŗл ₣ЮĜйĩ₣¤

Ūģũωǻ◦ ĠĮЊŪijΒ₤сЮ◦ŪĮ˝℮ ΖũН˝šΖũ˝℮ΒĖ˝″ ĕЊ₣ģũņБřє₤ ŚЊ₤Њ◦ċЊ ŌĕŪĮйΒ₣ðř₣Ю˝Чũ ŪĮйΒ₣ð Ū˝ĮНеĘР˝ ŪĮйΒ₣ðЮ₤ſ ijđŪij ŪĮйΒ₣ðЮş˝ ŪĮйΒ₣ðşņ ΒĖ˝″¹ų е₣ЮņЩ₣ ΒĖ˝″Ū˝΅ņ˝ Юŵ˝″řеĠ₣Яř˝ Юŵ˝″řеĠ₣Ū˝ŀС₣ Юŵ˝ŗŎЮ◦Į ŪĮйΒ₣ðŷЋΉũ₤УÐх ŪĮйΒ₣ðŪĮй ĄБŷшŷijŚģŬŎ‗ч ŪĮйΒ₣ðŷijŚķĖеЯŠų₣ ďЮřЧņ ₤Рņŗ₣ΒЮŃąЧŀņ˝ЮĊſЧďΒĊЊĠijБ ĖО₣ĮЊĊБ₤ņġℓЮĕй ijġЊijÐР Ś БЮĕйģĕЮěų йĈ₤сЯ◦₣ýĖ Ю΅ЧŎΒйΖ₣ЮŲЧ⅜˝℮Б▫ďΒĖ˝ģĕřЕ₣ ģĕЮþЧŀ ģĕο ĕЊ₣ģĕş₣ČеЮŢŎĬĀ Ųс Ю΅ЧŎşĤĠсijŪņСŷόŏŎ˝ΒĖ˝Ĉе₣Юĕй ņ˝ЮĊſЧď⅜˝℮Б όŏЮđųЧŎόŏģĕЮ◦Ь₣Ūij₣с″ņĮЊij¤ ЮĠЧΒĖ˝₧ЮđųЧŎņЊĕĮЊij ″ņЯřŲŠųФĕģĕřЕ₣ ģĕЮþЧŀ ģĕο ĕЊ₣ģĕČеЮ◦ ₤РņΒ₤сЮ◦ŪĮ˝℮ ΖũН˝šΖũ˝℮ΒĖ˝″ ŗŎЮ◦Į ĕЊ₣ģũņБřє₤ ŚЊ₤Њ◦ċ Њ ĠеĬų ŀόŏŵŀ όŏ⅜ų ĠсаijЮΉ₣ ŗл ₣Юŷ◦Ĝ ЮŢŎŪýĠсŁеЮķųЧ₣ ЯŠ℮ЮķųЧ₣đ˝с ũĕĀйģŀс žų žе Į₤сşЕ˝ ŲНйΒĜÐijďijЊ όŏŪĵijсŪģ₤ΰĮН˝ŌŚ Ŏ Ġ₣Ġ∆Сĕ ˝РĕЮč όŏŪ˝ũЮ΅ņũΉņ Š℮ijсŪ◦Įŏ ũ₣◦Н˝Юŷ◦Ĝ Β₤сŪģеũŎďijЊ¤ ЮĠЧΒĖ˝₧ЮđųЧŎόŏŁũ‗чЮŢŎĮЊijŪij₣с ņЊĕЮŷЬşЮŷũ ņЊĕķРij˝Н΅˝ ņЊĕŲеЮΒЬ₣ ЮŪĵйďőijЊ⅜Юŵ΅Њij ņЊĕ₤ņÐеĕЊij ЮŪĵйžų ş ЮŪĵй₤∆ Ġс ЮŪĵйŵķ₤Łũк ЮŪĵй₤НБ₤е‗Р˝Ю◦ ₤РņΒ₤сЮ◦ŪĮ˝℮ ΖũН˝šΖũ˝℮ΒĖ˝″ ŗŎЮ◦Į ĕЊ₣ģũņБřє₤ ŚЊ₤Њ◦ċ Њ ĖО₣Юŵ˝ĄУŎόŏЮÐŌĕΖŎНŎЙĕŎРũ Ōĕ₤НŠļĮŲ∆ ŌĕŪ◦Įŏ₤ņġijŚЊ₤ņġСũ‗ч РũЮ΅Ьũ ŌĕőijЊЮĭЮýũĮŪ₤ΐŀс ŬĠсΖĕ ŲНйΒĜÐijďijЊģĕĄУĠЯijЮ₤ş ŚБŲ∆ şŪņО₣şЮŪņЧĕ ℓ˛ОеЮℓЧ₣ ũН₣ЮũЩ₣ ₤ņřРşЮ₤ş ŚБĠе‗₣Ġл₣Ūģ▫Ė ˝НеĠБΖ˝сžĕЮΌЧŎ¤

ĵ˝ŏ₤ČĆ ŪĠ‗Њēĕ ŠńОе₤РņЮđųЧŎЯijŁũĮЊij ЯřŲŠńОеģĕЮþЧŀ ģĕο ģĕřЕ₣ ĕЊ₣ģĕČеĬĀ Ųс¤

ЮĠЧŠńОеЮđųЧŎņЊĕĮЊij ЮŢŎŪĠŁũ₧ņУŎ ₤РņΒ₤сЮ◦ŪĮ˝℮ Ζũ˝℮ΒĖ˝″ ĕЊ₣ģũņБřє₤ ŚЊ₤Њ◦ċЊĈе₣Β₤с ĠŬņНŠŠńОе όŏŷЋĜ₤ŵŀ ΒĕŚŬŎŪ◦Įŏ₤ņġijŚЊ ĕЊ₣⅜ų ĠсаijЮΉ₣ ŗл ₣Юŷ◦Ĝ ЯijЮĠЧŠńОеЮđųЧŎĮЊijŪij₣с ₤РņЮ◦ŷ″ĄУŎόŏŠńОе ŌĕŪ◦Įŏ₤ņġijŚЊ₤ņġСũ‗ч РũЮ΅Ьũ ĕЊ₣ũ₤сЮĝŪĠ˝ĠЮŢŎЮ₤ş ŚБ₤НŠЮ˝℮ņ˝⅝ĕŚ ĄУĠĄНеĠ₣Ġ∆Сĕ őijЊЮĭ₤ĜŚ ĕ ďЮũЬ₣ũ΅РijŪÐĠсďijЊ˝НеĠБΖ сžĕЮΌЧŎ¤

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 251

Annex

Legal procedure of swearing the oath

The swearing of the oath shall be led by a Greffier, and shall be done in the presence of a sacred object at the court. Before beginning the oath, the person taking the oath shall light a candle and incense sticks in worship of the sacred object upon which that oath is to be taken. Next, the Greffier shall clearly read aloud the Introductory Statement for the person taking the oath, and then read The Oath for the person taking the oath to repeat. After administering the oath, the Greffier shall establish a written record, confirming that it was properly administered and that the oath in verbatim was recorded.

Introductory Statement

May all the guardian angels, forest guardians, and powerful sacred spirits of Preah Àng Dâng Kae, Preah Àng Krâpum Chouk, Preah Àng Svēt Chhăt, Preah Àng Chēk, Preah Àng Châm, Năkta Khlăng Moeung, Năkta Khrâhâmkâ, Lôkta Dâmbâng Dèk, Lôkta Dâmbâng Krâ Nhoung, Lôk Yeay Tēp, Preah Àng Vihea Suor, Preah Àng Preah Chiviwăt Baray and Preah Àng Wăt Phnom Khlèng come forward to preside over this swearing ceremony, since the parties to this matter are in dispute and have alleged that witnesses personally know, have seen, have heard, and have recalled, and the law requires bringing these people to serve as witnesses and to give truthful and accurate testimony. Should anyone answer untruthfully about what they know, have seen, have heard, and remember, may all the guardian angels, forest guardians, Yeay Tēp and powerful sacred spirits utterly and without mercy destroy them, and bestow upon them a miserable and violent death by means of bullets, electricity, lightning, tiger bites, and snake strikes, and in their future reincarnation separate them from their parents, siblings, children, and grandchildren, impoverish them, and subject them to miseries for 500 reincarnations. Anyone testifying truthfully without evasion, without lying, without bias because of bloodline, without collusion arising from fear, hatred, material greed, or having taken bribes, may all the guardian angels, forest guardians, Yeay Tēp and powerful sacred spirits in the world assist them in long life, good health, an abundance of material possessions and having respectful and loving families until future reincarnation, encountering only good deeds, progress, prosperity and flourish, in accordance with their aspirations.

The Oath

I will answer only the truth, in accordance with what I have personally seen, heard, know, and remember. If I answer falsely on any issue, may all the guardian angels, forest guardians and powerful sacred spirits destroy me, may my material possessions be destroyed, and may I die a miserable and violent death. But, if I answer truthfully, may the sacred spirits assist me in having abundant material possessions and living in peace and happiness along with my family and relatives forever, in all my reincarnations.

 

Code de procédure pénale du Royaume du 

Cambodge 

 

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 2

Livre 1 : L’ACTION PUBLIQUE ET L’ACTION CIVILE

Titre 1 : Principes généraux Chapitre 1 : Principes généraux

Article 1. (finalité du code de procédure pénale)

Le code de procédure pénale a pour finalité d’énoncer les règles à respecter et

appliquer de manière rigoureuse afin de déterminer clairement l’existence d’une infraction pénale.

Les dispositions du présent Code seront appliquées pour la matière pénale chaque fois que des règles particulières n'auront pas été prévues par des lois spéciales.

Article 2. (action publique et action civile)

L’action publique et l’action civile sont deux actions en justice.

L’action publique a pour objet de constater l’existence d’une infraction, d’établir la culpabilité de son auteur et d’infliger à celui-ci les peines prévues par la loi.

L’action civile a pour objet de réparer le préjudice causé à la victime d’une infraction et de permettre à la victime d’obtenir des dommages intérêts suffisants par rapport au préjudice subi.

Titre 2 : L’action publique Chapitre 1 : L’action publique

Article 3. (objet de l’action publique)

L’action publique s’exerce contre toute personne, physique ou morale, sans distinction de race, de nationalité, de couleur, de sexe, de langue, de croyance, de religion, de tendance politique, de l’origine nationale, de situation sociale, de ressource ou d’autres situations.

Article 4. (déclenchement de l’action publique par le parquet)

L’action publique est exercée, au nom de l’intérêt général, par le parquet.

Le parquet engage les poursuites pénales et requiert l’application de la loi devant les juridictions d’instruction et de jugement.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 3

Article 5. (mise en mouvement de l’action publique par la victime)

La victime d’un crime ou d’un délit peut déposer une plainte avec constitution de partie civile auprès du juge d’instruction. La plainte avec constitution de partie civile a pour effet de saisir le juge d’instruction de l’action publique, dans les conditions prévues par les articles 139 (transmission de la plainte au procureur du Royaume) et 140 (versement de consignation).

Les juridictions pénales peuvent également être saisies par des fonctionnaires auxquels des lois particulières accordent ce pouvoir.

Article 6. (dépôt de plainte par la victime)

Toute personne qui se déclare victime d’une infraction peut déposer plainte. La plainte simple n’a pas pour effet d’engager les poursuites pénales.

Dans le cas où une plainte est restée sans réponse ou a été classée sans suite par le procureur du Royaume, la victime peut saisir le procureur général près la cour d’appel selon les modalités prévues par l’article 41 (classement sans suite).

Article 7. (extinction de l’action publique)

Les causes d’extinction de l’action publique sont :

1° la mort de l’auteur de l’infraction;

2° la prescription;

3° l’amnistie;

4° l’abrogation de la loi pénale;

5° l’autorité de la chose jugée.

Lorsque l’action publique est éteinte, les poursuites pénales ne peuvent plus être engagées ou doivent cesser.

Article 8. (autres causes d’extinction de l’action publique)

Lorsque des lois particulières le prévoient expressément, l’action publique peut également s’éteindre :

1° par une transaction avec l’Etat;

2° par le retrait de la plainte, dans le cas où la plainte est la condition nécessaire des poursuites pénales;

3° par le paiement d’une amende forfaitaire ou transactionnelle.

Article 9. (crimes imprescriptibles)

Les crimes contre l’humanité, de génocide et de guerre sont imprescriptibles.

Article 10. (prescription de l’infraction)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 4

Sous réserve des dispositions de l’article 9 (crimes imprescriptibles), les délais de prescription de l’action publique sont les suivants :

- 15 ans pour les crimes ;

- 5 ans pour les délits ;

- un an pour les contraventions.

Article 11. (interruption du délai de prescription)

Le délai de prescription court à compter de la commission de l’infraction. La prescription est interrompue par tout acte de poursuite ou d’instruction. La fin de chaque acte de poursuite ou d’instruction fait courir un nouveau délai de prescription, suivant les distinctions de l’article 10 (prescription de l’infraction). Le nouveau délai est opposable à toutes les personnes impliquées dans la cause.

Article 12. (autorité de la chose jugée)

En application du principe de l’autorité de la chose jugée, toute personne définitivement acquittée ne peut plus être poursuivie pour les mêmes faits, même sous une qualification juridique différente.

Titre 3 : Action civile Chapitre 1 : Action civile

Article 13. (action civile et préjudice)

L’action civile est exercée par la victime de l’infraction.

Pour donner lieu à réparation, le préjudice doit être :

- la conséquence directe de l’infraction;

- personnel;

- né et actuel.

Le préjudice peut être matériel, corporel ou moral.

Article 14. (réparation du préjudice)

Le préjudice peut être réparé par le paiement de dommages-intérêts, par la restitution du bien dont la victime a été privée ou par la remise en état du bien détérioré.

Les dommages-intérêts doivent être proportionnels au préjudice subi.

Article 15. (demandeur à l’action civile)

L’action civile peut être exercée, au nom de la victime, par son représentant légal, lorsque la victime est mineure ou lorsqu’il s’agit d’une personne majeure soumise à un régime légal de protection.

Article 16. (action civile des héritiers de la victime)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 5

En cas de décès de la victime, l’action civile peut être intentée ou poursuivie par ses ayants-droit.

Article 17. (association de lutte contre les violences sexuelles, familiales ou les violences contre les enfants)

Toute association régulièrement déclarée depuis au moins trois ans avant la date de l’infraction, et dont l’objet statutaire comporte la lutte contre les violences sexuelles ou les violences exercées contre la famille ou les enfants, peut exercer les droits reconnus à la partie civile en ce qui concerne les infractions suivantes :

- atteintes volontaires à la vie ;

- atteintes à l’intégrité des personnes ;

- atteintes sexuelles.

Article 18. (association contre l’enlèvement, le trafic des êtres humains)

Toute association régulièrement déclarée depuis au moins trois ans à la date de l’infraction, et dont l’objet statutaire comporte la lutte contre l’enlèvement, le trafic et l’exploitation sexuelle des êtres humains, peut exercer les droits reconnus à la partie civile en ce qui concerne les infractions prévues par la loi relative à la lutte contre l’enlèvement, le trafic et l’exploitation.

Article 19. (association de lutte contre le racisme et discrimination)

Toute association régulièrement déclarée depuis au moins trois ans à la date de l’infraction, et dont l’objet statutaire comporte la lutte contre le racisme et l’assistance de victimes de discriminations fondées sur leur origine nationale, ethnique, raciale ou religieuse, peut exercer les droits reconnus à la partie civile en ce qui concerne les infractions suivantes, lorsque ces infractions sont commises à raison de l’origine nationale d’une personne ou de son appartenance, vraie ou supposée, à une ethnie, une race ou une religion déterminée :

a. discriminations,

b. atteintes volontaires à la vie ou à l’intégrité de la personne,

c. destructions et détériorations.

Article 20. (recevabilité des actions des associations)

Dans les cas prévus par l’article 17 (association de lutte contre les violences sexuelles, familiales ou violence contre les enfants) à l’article 19 (association de lutte contre le racisme et discrimination) du présent code, l’association n’est recevable dans son action que si elle justifie avoir reçu l’accord sur les droits de la victime ou de son représentant légal. En cas d’atteinte à la vie, l’association n’est recevable dans son action que si elle justifie avoir reçu l’accord sur les droits des ayants-droit de la victime.

Article 21. (défendeurs à l’action civile)

L’action civile est exercée contre tous ceux qui sont tenus de réparer le préjudice résultant de l’infraction :

- les auteurs et coauteurs de l’infraction;

- les complices;

- les personnes civilement responsables.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 6

Article 22. (articulation des compétences des juridictions pénales et civiles)

L’action civile peut être exercée en même temps que l’action publique devant la juridiction pénale.

Elle peut aussi être exercée devant la juridiction civile. Dans ce cas, elle peut être suspendue tant qu’une décision définitive n’a pas été prononcée sur l’action publique.

Article 23. (déclaration préalable de culpabilité)

La juridiction pénale ne peut réparer le préjudice que si elle a préalablement constaté les éléments constitutifs de l’infraction pénale et déclaré l’accusé coupable.

Article 24. (décès de l’accusé)

La partie civile peut demander la réparation de son préjudice aux ayants-droit de l’accusé si celui-ci décède au cours du procès pénal. Malgré l’extinction de l’action publique, la juridiction pénale demeure compétente pour statuer sur l’action civile exercée contre les ayants-droit.

Article 25. (renonciation et désistement de la victime)

La victime peut renoncer à présenter une demande d’indemnisation ou se désister de sa demande. La renonciation et le désistement de la victime ne peuvent arrêter ni suspendre l’exercice de l’action publique sauf les dispositions prévues par l’article 8- 2° (d’autres causes d’extinction de l’action publique) de ce code.

Article 26. (prescription de l’action civile)

L’action civile se prescrit selon les règles du code civil. Toutefois cette action ne peut plus être engagée devant la juridiction pénale après l’expiration du délai de prescription de l’action publique.

Livre 2 : Autorités chargées de la poursuite, de l’instruction et de l’enquête

Titre 1 : Le parquet Chapitre 1 : Dispositions générales

Article 27. (rôle du parquet)

Le parquet engage les poursuites pénales et requiert l’application de la loi. Il assure l’exécution des décisions pénales et veille à la diffusion des mandats d’arrêt.

Dans l’exercice de leurs fonctions, les magistrats du parquet ont le droit de requérir directement la force publique.

Un magistrat du parquet doit être présent à toute audience d’une juridiction de jugement en matière pénale.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 7

Article 28. (magistrats du parquet)

Les magistrats du parquet sont :

1° le procureur général, les procureurs généraux adjoints et les procureurs près la Cour suprême;

2° les procureurs généraux, les procureurs généraux adjoints et les procureurs près les cours d’appel;

3° les procureurs du Royaume et les procureurs adjoints près les tribunaux de première instance.

Article 29. (hiérarchisation du parquet)

Le ministre de la Justice peut dénoncer au procureur général près la cour d’appel ou au procureur près les tribunaux de première instance les infractions dont il a connaissance, lui enjoindre, par des instructions écrites versées au dossier, d’engager ou de faire engager des poursuites, ou de prendre telle réquisition qu’il juge opportune. Il ne peut lui enjoindre de classer sans suite une affaire pénale.

Le procureur général près la cour d’appel a autorité sur tous les magistrats du parquet du ressort de la cour d’appel. Il peut leur enjoindre d’engager ou de faire engager des poursuites ou de prendre telle réquisition qu’il juge opportune.

Le procureur du Royaume a autorité sur les magistrats du parquet du ressort du tribunal.

Il peut leur enjoindre d’engager ou de faire engager des poursuites ou de prendre telle réquisition qu’il juge opportune.

Article 30. (réquisitions orales)

Les magistrats du parquet sont tenus de se conformer aux injonctions de leurs supérieurs hiérarchiques.

Toutefois, à l’audience, ils exposent librement les observations orales qu’ils estiment conformes à leur conscience. Aucune poursuite disciplinaire ne peut être engagée contre un magistrat du parquet à raison des propos qu’il tient à l’audience.

Chapitre 2 : Attributions du procureur général près la Cour suprême

Article 31. (représentation du parquet auprès de la Cour suprême)

Le procureur général, les procureurs généraux adjoints et les procureurs près la Cour suprême représentent le parquet auprès de cette juridiction.

Article 32. (rôle du procureur général auprès la Cour suprême)

Le procureur général près la Cour suprême concourt au respect de la loi à l’occasion des pourvois en cassation, des demandes de révision et des autres recours soumis à la Cour suprême.

Chapitre 3 : Attributions du procureur général près la cour d’appel

Article 33. (représentation du parquet auprès de la cour d’appel)

Le procureur général, les procureurs généraux adjoints et les procureurs près la cour d’appel représentent le parquet auprès de cette juridiction.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 8

Article 34. (rôle du procureur général auprès la cour d’appel)

Le procureur général près la cour d’appel veille à l’application de la loi dans le ressort de la cour d’appel.

Il peut effectuer des inspections dans les parquets de son ressort.

En cas d’infraction grave, le procureur général en informe le ministre de la Justice.

Article 35. (pouvoirs du procureur général auprès la cour d’appel)

Le procureur général près la cour d’appel exerce la surveillance et le contrôle de la police judiciaire.

Il peut convoquer les responsables des services de police judiciaire pour s’entretenir avec eux des questions intéressant le fonctionnement de ces services.

Il peut charger tout officier ou agent de police judiciaire d’accomplir les actes qu’il estime utiles à la bonne administration ou au bon fonctionnement de la police judiciaire.

Il peut effectuer à tout moment des inspections dans les services de police judiciaire. Il peut assister aux auditions. Il peut contrôler l’exécution des mesures de garde à vue, en particulier le respect des formalités légales et la tenue des locaux.

Tout chef de service de police judiciaire, officier de police judiciaire ou agent de police judiciaire est tenu de se conformer aux injonctions du procureur général près la cour d’appel.

Chapitre 4 : Attributions du procureur du Royaume près le tribunal de première instance Section 1 : Organisation du parquet auprès du tribunal de première instance

Article 36. (représentation du parquet auprès du tribunal de première instance)

Le procureur du Royaume et les procureurs adjoints près le tribunal de première instance représentent le parquet auprès de cette juridiction.

Article 37. (pouvoirs du procureur du Royaume)

Le procureur du Royaume dirige et coordonne l’action de tous les officiers et agents de police judiciaire de son ressort. Toutefois lorsqu’ils exécutent une commission rogatoire, les officiers de police judiciaire sont placés sous l’autorité du juge d’instruction.

Le procureur du Royaume dispose de tous les pouvoirs reconnus par le présent code aux officiers de police judiciaire en matière d’enquête.

Il peut se rendre sur les lieux d’une enquête et donner toutes instructions utiles aux officiers et agents de police judiciaire. En cas de besoin, il peut dessaisir des officiers et agents de police judiciaire et organiser leur remplacement.

Il peut effectuer à tout moment des inspections dans les services de police judiciaire. Il peut assister aux auditions. Il peut contrôler l’exécution des mesures de garde à vue, en particulier le respect des formalités légales et la tenue des locaux.

Article 38. (pouvoirs des procureurs adjoints)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 9

Les procureurs adjoints, placés sous l’autorité du procureur du Royaume, disposent de tous les pouvoirs reconnus à ce dernier en matière de recherche et de poursuite des infractions.

Article 39. (compétence territoriale des procureurs du Royaume)

Sont compétents :

- le procureur du Royaume du lieu de l’infraction;

- celui de la résidence de la personne soupçonnée d’avoir commis cette infraction;

- celui du lieu d’arrestation de la personne soupçonnée d’avoir commis l’infraction. Section 2 : Exercice de l’action publique

Article 40. (choix des poursuites)

Le procureur du Royaume apprécie la suite à donner aux plaintes et aux dénonciations dont il est directement saisi ou qui lui sont transmises par les officiers de police judiciaire.

Il peut soit ordonner un classement sans suite, soit exercer des poursuites pénales. Avant de statuer, il peut ouvrir une enquête ou prescrire des investigations complémentaires.

En cas d’infraction grave, le procureur du Royaume informe le procureur général près la cour d’appel qui informe par la suite le ministre de la justice.

Article 41. (classement sans suite)

Lorsqu’une plainte est classée sans suite, le procureur du Royaume avise le plaignant de sa décision dans les plus brefs délais, et au plus tard dans le délai de deux mois à compter de l’inscription de la plainte au registre mentionné à l’article 50 (registre des plaintes) de ce code.

Le classement sans suite doit être motivé en droit et en fait. Il n’a pas autorité de chose jugée.

Le procureur du Royaume peut revenir sur sa décision tant que l’action publique n’est pas éteinte.

Si le plaignant conteste la décision de classement sans suite, il peut former un recours auprès du procureur général près la cour d’appel.

Le recours doit être exercé dans le délai de deux mois à compter de la notification du classement. Il est formé par simple déclaration au parquet concerné. Le dossier est ensuite transmis sans délai au procureur général par le représentant du parquet près du tribunal de première instance.

S’il estime le recours fondé, le procureur général enjoint au procureur du Royaume d’exercer des poursuites. Il le fait par instructions écrites. Dans le cas contraire, le procureur général confirme la décision de classement sans suite; il en avise le plaignant.

Article 42. (dénonciation obligatoire de crime ou délit)

Toute autorité publique ou tout fonctionnaire qui, dans l’exercice de ses fonctions, a connaissance d’un crime ou d’un délit, est tenu d’en aviser sans délai l’officier de la police judiciaire ou le procureur du Royaume et de transmettre à ce magistrat tous les renseignements, procès verbaux, actes et pièces à conviction qui concernent cette infraction.

Il ne peut y avoir d’autres exceptions que celles résultant du secret professionnel, dans les cas où la loi le prévoit expressément.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 10

Article 43. (exercice des poursuites)

Les poursuites pénales peuvent être engagées :

- soit par l’ouverture d’une instruction;

- soit par la citation directe;

- soit par la procédure de comparution immédiate.

Article 44. (ouverture d’une information)

En cas de crime, le procureur du Royaume doit ouvrir une instruction.

L’instruction est ouverte par un réquisitoire introductif qui saisit le juge d’instruction. Elle peut être ouverte contre une ou plusieurs personnes nommément désignées, ou contre X.

Le réquisitoire introductif comporte :

- l’exposé sommaire des faits;

- la qualification juridique retenue;

- l’indication des textes de loi qui définissent et répriment l’infraction;

- le cas échéant, le nom de la personne ou des personnes contre qui l’instruction est ouverte.

Le réquisitoire introductif doit être daté et signé.

Ces formalités sont prescrites à peine de nullité.

Article 45. (exercice des poursuites en cas de délit)

En cas de délit, le procureur du Royaume peut :

- soit ouvrir une instruction, en procédant comme il est dit à l’article 44 (ouverture d’une information) de ce code ;

- soit citer directement l’accusé devant le tribunal de première instance, en procédant comme il est dit à l’article 46 (citation directe) de ce code ;

- soit faire comparaître immédiatement l’accusé devant le tribunal de première instance, en procédant comme il est dit aux articles 47 (comparution immédiate) et 48 (procédure de comparution immédiate) de ce code.

Article 46. (citation directe)

La citation directe est l’ordre donné à l’accusé de comparaître devant le tribunal de première instance.

La citation directe comporte :

- l’identité de l’accusé;

- l’exposé sommaire des faits;

- la qualification juridique retenue;

- l’indication des textes de loi qui définissent et répriment l’infraction.

Elle indique la juridiction saisie ainsi que le lieu, la date et l’heure de l’audience. Elle précise que l’accusé peut se faire assister d’un avocat.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 11

Article 47. (comparution immédiate)

Le procureur du Royaume peut faire comparaître immédiatement l’accusé devant le tribunal de première instance si les conditions suivantes sont réunies :

- le délit est flagrant au sens des articles 86 (définition du crime ou délit flagrant) et 88 (arrestation en cas de crime ou de délit flagrant) de ce code.

- il est puni d’une peine d’emprisonnement d’un an au moins et de cinq ans au plus;

- la personne poursuivie est majeure;

- l’affaire paraît en état d’être jugée.

Article 48. (procédure de comparution immédiate)

Lorsqu’il décide de recourir à la procédure de comparution immédiate, le procureur du Royaume doit :

- constater l’identité de la personne qui lui est déférée;

- lui notifier les faits qui lui sont reprochés et la qualification juridique retenue;

- recueillir les déclarations de la personne, si elle désire en faire;

- établir un procès verbal de comparution immédiate.

Le procureur du Royaume informe l’accusé qu’il a droit à l’assistance d’un avocat de son choix, ou désigné conformément à la loi sur le statut des avocats.

L’avocat choisi ou désigné est avisé sans délai. Il peut consulter le dossier et communiquer avec l’accusé.

Mention de ces formalités est faite au procès verbal, à peine de nullité de la procédure.

Le tribunal de première instance est saisi par le procès verbal de comparution immédiate.

L’accusé est retenu sous escorte jusqu’à sa présentation devant le tribunal, qui doit avoir lieu le jour même.

Lors de cette présentation, le tribunal, après avoir vérifié l’identité de l’accusé et exposé les faits qui lui sont reprochés, indique à l’accusé qu’il peut disposer d’un délai pour préparer sa défense.

Si l’accusé demande un délai, ou si le tribunal estime que l’affaire n’est pas en état d’être jugée immédiatement, l’affaire est renvoyée à une audience ultérieure.

Le tribunal peut placer l’accusé en détention provisoire par un jugement motivé. Il doit, dans ce jugement, se référer aux conditions de l’article 205 (motifs de détention provisoire) de ce code. Il délivre un mandat de dépôt.

Le jugement sur le fond doit être prononcé dans un délai qui ne peut excéder deux semaines à compter de la présentation au tribunal. La détention provisoire cesse de plein droit à l’expiration du délai de deux semaines.

Si le tribunal, saisi selon la procédure de comparution immédiate, estime que les conditions de l’article 47 (comparution immédiate) de ce code ne sont pas remplies, ou que la complexité de l’affaire nécessite des investigations supplémentaires approfondies, il renvoie le dossier au procureur du Royaume en vue de l’ouverture d’une information. L’accusé doit être présenté le jour même devant le juge d’instruction, faute de quoi il est remis d’office en liberté.

Article 49. (citation directe en cas de contravention)

S’il s’agit d’une contravention, le procureur du Royaume cite directement l’accusé devant le tribunal, en procédant comme il est dit à l’article 46 (citation directe) de ce code.

Article 50. (registre des plaintes)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 12

Il est institué dans chaque tribunal de première instance un registre du parquet sur lequel sont enregistrées les plaintes dont est directement saisi le procureur du Royaume ou qui lui sont transmises par les officiers de police judiciaire.

Toute plainte doit figurer sur le registre, avec les indications suivantes :

- identité du plaignant;

- date de réception de la plainte par le parquet;

- origine de la plainte, plainte adressée directement au procureur du Royaume ou transmise par un officier de police judiciaire;

- nature des faits dénoncés par le plaignant;

- suite réservée à la plainte, classement sans suite ou engagement de poursuites pénales.

Le registre des plaintes est tenu par le secrétariat du parquet sous le contrôle du procureur du Royaume. Il peut être consulté par toutes les autorités judiciaires, notamment par le procureur général près la cour d’appel.

Titre 2 : Le juge d’instruction Chapitre 1 : Le juge d’instruction

Article 51. (désignation par le président du tribunal)

Lorsqu’un juge d’instruction ne peut assurer ses fonctions par suite de congé, de maladie ou toute autre cause, un autre juge d’instruction du même tribunal est chargé temporairement par le président d’assurer les fonctions de l’instruction.

A défaut de juge d’instruction, tout autre juge du tribunal peut être désigné temporairement par le président du tribunal.

Le président rend une ordonnance de désignation insusceptible de voie de recours.

Pour le surplus, les dispositions de l’article 26 du Code de Procédure Civile seront observées.

Article 52. (répartition des dossiers par le président du tribunal)

Lorsqu’il existe plusieurs juges d’instruction dans un tribunal, les dossiers sont répartis par le président.

Article 53. (dessaisissement du juge d’instruction)

Le dessaisissement du juge d’instruction au profit d’un autre juge d’instruction peut être demandé au président du tribunal dans l’intérêt d’une bonne administration de la justice. Cette demande est faite par requête motivée du procureur du Royaume agissant soit spontanément soit à la demande des parties.

Les causes de dessaisissement du juge d’instruction sont fondées sur les dispositions de l’article L.911-2 (motifs de récusation de magistrat du siège) de ce code.

Article 54. (cas d’abstention à peine de nullité)

Le juge d’instruction ne peut pas participer au jugement des affaires pénales qu’il a connues en qualité de juge d’instruction, à peine de nullité du jugement.

Il exerce les pouvoirs résultant du présent code.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 13

Titre 3 : La chambre d’instruction Chapitre 1 : La chambre d’instruction

Article 55. (formation spéciale de la Cour d’Appel)

Il existe au sein de la Cour d’Appel une formation appelée la Chambre d’instruction. La chambre d’instruction est compétente pour juger les appels formés contre les décisions du juge d’instruction.

Un membre de la chambre d’instruction ne peut participer au jugement d’une affaire pénale qu’il a connue comme juge d’instruction à peine de nullité de l’arrêt.

Titre 4 : La police judiciaire Chapitre 1 : Dispositions générales

Article 56. (missions de la police judiciaire)

La police judiciaire est l’auxiliaire du pouvoir judiciaire.

Elle est chargée de constater les crimes, les délits et les contraventions, d’identifier et d’arrêter leurs auteurs et de rassembler les preuves.

Article 57. (composition de la police judiciaire)

La police judiciaire comprend :

1° les officiers de police judiciaire;

2° les agents de police judiciaire.

3° les fonctionnaires et autre agents publics auxquels des lois particulières attribuent le pouvoir de constater certaines infractions dans leur ressort territorial.

Article 58. (coordination de la police judicaire)

Le procureur du Royaume dirige et coordonne, dans son ressort territorial, l’action de tous les officiers et agents de police judiciaire.

Il a autorité sur les fonctionnaires et autres agents publics mentionnés à l’article 82 (habilitation de certains fonctionnaires et autres agents publics) de ce code lorsqu’ils exercent leurs fonctions de police judicaire.

Lorsqu’ils exécutent une commission rogatoire, les officiers de police judiciaire sont placés sous l’autorité du juge d’instruction.

Article 59. (contrôle de la police judiciaire)

La police judiciaire est placée sous la surveillance et le contrôle du procureur général près la cour d’appel.

Le procureur général près la cour d’appel exerce le pouvoir disciplinaire sur la police judiciaire.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 14

Chapitre 2 : Officiers de police judiciaire Section 1 : Obtention de la qualité d’officier de police judiciaire

Article 60. (officier de police judicaire)

Ont la qualité d’officier de police judiciaire :

1° les officiers de police, ayant au moins le grade de sous-lieutenant, comptant au moins deux ans de service dans la police nationale, après avoir obtenu le diplôme supérieur de police judiciaire.

2° les officiers de la gendarmerie royale comptant au moins deux ans de service dans la gendamerie royale, après avoir obtenu le diplôme supérieur de police judiciaire.

3° les titulaires des grades et fonctions suivantes :

a) Gouverneur et vice-gouverneur de province et municipalité, Gouverneur et vice-gouverneur de district et Khan et Mékhum et Chau Sangkat,

b) Directeur et sous directeur de la direction centrale de la police judiciaire ; directeur et sous directeur de la direction centrale de sécurité ; directeur et sous directeur de la direction centrale de l’ordre public du commissariat général de la police nationale.

c) Directeurs et sous directeurs de la direction ; chef et chef adjoint de bureau ; chef et chef adjoint de service, chargés des affaires pénales et placés sous l’autorité de la direction centrale de la police judiciaire, de la direction centrale de sécurité et de la direction centrale de l’ordre public.

d) Directeurs et sous directeurs de la direction ; chef et chef adjoint de bureau ; chef et chef adjoint de service :

- de la direction de la police de la frontière pour « infraction interétatique »,

- de la direction anti-drogue

- de la direction de la police de tourisme

- du commissaire spécial de protection du patrimoine.

e) Commissaires et commissaires adjoints de la police provinciale et municipale,

f) Chef et Chef adjoint de bureau ; chef et chef adjoint de service chargés des affaires pénales de la police provinciale et municipale:

- du bureau de la police pénale pour les affaires graves et du bureau de la police pénale pour les affaires moins graves,

- du bureau de la lutte contre le trafic d’être humain et de la protection des mineurs,

- du bureau de la police économique,

- du bureau technique scientifique criminel,

- du bureau anti-drogue,

- du bureau anti-terrorisme et

- du bureau d’immigration.

g) Inspecteur et inspecteur adjoint, chef et chef adjoint de service pénal de l’inspection de la police de district et de Khan,

h) Chef et chef adjoint de bureau de la police de circulation ; chef et chef adjoint de service de la police de la circulation « pour infraction de la circulation » ; chef et chef adjoint du bureau de l’administration des armes ; chef et chef adjoint du service du bureau de l’administration des armes « pour les infractions relatives aux armes » ; chef et chef adjoint d’unité, chef et chef adjoint du bureau de la police de tourisme, chef et chef adjoint de service du bureau de la police de tourisme.

i) Chef et chef adjoint de police administrative de commune et sangkat « pour affaire pénale »,

j) Comandant et commandant adjoint de la Gendarmerie Royale chargé des affaires pénales,

k) Commandants et commandant adjoint de province et de municipalité de la Gendarmerie Royale chargé des affaires pénales,

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 15

l) Commandants et commandant adjoint de district et d’arrondissement de la Gendarmerie Royale chargé des affaires pénales,

m) Chef et sous-chef de bureau, chef et chef adjoint de service chargé des affaires pénales de la Gendarmerie Royale

n) chef et chef adjoint d’autres unités chargées d’enquête des infractions pénales, qui seront créées en cas de nécessité.

Les Ministres ayant respectivement autorité sur les différents officiers de police et de gendarmerie visés aux 1°, 2° et 3° du présent article, se chargent de nommer, par prakas commun avec le ministre de la justice, les officiers de police et de gendarmerie qui sont amenés à exercer les fonctions d’officier de police judiciaire.

Article 61. (diplôme supérieur de police judiciaire)

Le diplôme supérieur de police judiciaire est délivré à l’issue d’un examen professionnel qui comporte les épreuves suivantes :

1° une épreuve portant sur le droit pénal khmer;

2° une épreuve portant sur la procédure pénale khmère;

3° une épreuve portant sur la déontologie, telle qu’elle résulte notamment des Codes de conduite élaborés par l’Organisation des Nations-Unies. Ce diplôme est cosigné par les ministres concernés avec leur sceau.

Article 62. (jury d’examen)

Le jury de l’examen est présidé par le procureur général près la Cour suprême ou par un magistrat du parquet général délégué à cet effet.

1. En ce qui concerne les fonctionnaires de la police nationale, le jury est composé de :

- un juge d’instruction désigné par le président de la Cour suprême;

- un magistrat du parquet désigné par le procureur général près la Cour suprême;

- deux représentants du ministère de l’Intérieur.

2. En ce qui concerne les militaires de la gendarmerie royale, le jury est composé de :

- un juge d’instruction désigné par le président de la Cour suprême;

- un magistrat du parquet désigné par le procureur général près la Cour suprême;

- deux représentants du ministère de la Défense nationale.

Les modalités de délivrance du diplôme sont fixées par prakas conjoints des ministres concernés.

Article 63. (serment des officiers de police judiciaire)

Chaque officier de police judiciaire doit prêter serment d’accomplir loyalement ses fonctions. Le serment est prêté devant la cour d’appel. Il n’a pas à être renouvelé lors de l’obtention ultérieure de l’habilitation de l’officier de police judiciaire. La formule du serment est fixée par prakas du ministre de la Justice.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 16

Section 2 : Fautes commises dans l’exercice des fonctions

Article 64. (procédure disciplinaire)

Toute faute commise par un officier de police judiciaire dans l’exercice de ses fonctions doit être signalée par le procureur du Royaume ou par le juge d’instruction au procureur général près la cour d’appel. Le procureur général près la cour d’appel avise, selon le cas, le ministre de l’Intérieur ou le ministre de la Défense nationale en vue de l’engagement d’une procédure disciplinaire. Le procureur général près la cour d’appel est informé des suites de la procédure disciplinaire.

Article 65. (sanctions disciplinaires)

Les sanctions disciplinaires du ministre de l’Intérieur ou du ministre de la Défense nationale ne font pas obstacle à l’exercice de poursuites pénales si une infraction a été commise.

Lorsqu’un officier de police judiciaire commet une infraction dans l’exercice de ses fonctions, la juridiction d’instruction ou de jugement chargée de l’affaire peut, dans l’intérêt d’une bonne administration de la justice, être dessaisie par la Cour suprême au profit d’une autre juridiction, et informer immédiatement le service intéressé.

La requête en dessaisissement est présentée par le procureur du Royaume.

Article 66. (interdiction d’exercer les fonctions d’officier de police judiciaire)

Lorsque le procureur général près la cour d’appel estime que la gravité de la faute commise par un officier de police judiciaire est incompatible avec l’exercice des fonctions, il a qualité pour prononcer les mesures suivantes :

1° l’interdiction d’exercer les fonctions d’officier de police judiciaire à titre temporaire, pour une durée de cinq ans au plus;

2° l’interdiction d’exercer les fonctions d’officier de police judiciaire à titre définitif.

Avant de prendre sa décision, le procureur général convoque l’officier de police judiciaire et recueille ses observations. L’intéressé peut demander à être assisté d’un avocat ou d’un conseiller de son choix.

La décision d’interdiction est motivée. Elle est notifiée, selon le cas, au Ministre de l’Intérieur ou au Ministre de la Défense nationale.

Cette décision peut faire l’objet d’un recours au ministre de la Justice qui peut déclarer refuser la décision d’interdiction ou réduire la durée d’interdiction fixée par le procureur général. Le ministère intéressé de l’officier de police judiciaire interdit par le procureur général peut transmettre ses observations au ministre de la Justice.

L’officier de police judiciaire interdit par le procureur général peut faire un recours motivé dans un délai de quinze jours à compter de la réception de la notification de la décision d’interdiction.

Le ministre de Justice doit statuer sur le recours susvisé dans un délai d’un mois au plus tard à compter de la réception du recours. Cette décision est insusceptible de recours.

Pendant le délai de recours et celui de la décision sur le recours, l’officier de police judiciaire interdit par le procureur général ne peut exercer les fonctions d’officier de police judiciaire. Il peut reprendre l’exercice de ses fonctions d’officier de police judiciaire lorsque le ministre de la Justice décide de rejeter la décision d’interdiction ou de réduire la durée d’interdiction.

Les actes accomplis par un officier de police judiciaire au mépris d’une décision d’interdiction du procureur général près la cour d’appel sont frappés de nullité.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 17

Section 3 : Compétence territoriale de l’officier de police judiciaire

Article 67. (circonscription administrative d’affectation)

Chaque officier de police judiciaire a compétence dans les limites territoriales de la circonscription administrative à laquelle il est affecté.

Dans la ville de PHNOM-PENH, les officiers de police judiciaire ont compétence sur toute l’étendue de la ville, quel que soit le service d’affectation.

Les décisions de nomination des officiers de police judiciaire doivent préciser la circonscription administrative à laquelle ils sont affectés. Elles sont notifiées au procureur général près la cour d’appel.

Article 68. (extension de la compétence territoriale)

En cas de crime ou de délit flagrant au sens des articles 86 (définition du crime ou délit flagrant) et 87 (arrestation en cas de crime ou de délit flagrant) de ce code et s’il y a urgence, le procureur du Royaume peut autoriser un officier de police judiciaire à opérer sur toute l’étendue du territoire national. L’autorisation peut être donnée verbalement; toutefois elle doit être mentionnée dans les pièces de l’enquête.

Dans le cadre de l’instruction, lorsque le juge d’instruction délivre une commission rogatoire, il peut, en cas d’urgence, autoriser un officier de police judiciaire à opérer sur toute l’étendue du territoire national.

Lorsqu’un officier de police judiciaire opère en dehors de sa circonscription territoriale, il doit solliciter la collaboration d’un officier de police judiciaire territorialement compétent.

Le magistrat ayant autorisé l’extension de compétence doit informer, par tout moyen, le procureur du Royaume territorialement compétent.

Article 69. (conséquences du non respect des règles de compétence)

Les règles de compétence territoriale prévues par les articles qui précèdent sont prescrites à peine de nullité des actes accomplis par les officiers de police judiciaire.

Article 70. (ordres des autorités judiciaires)

Les officiers de police judiciaire ne peuvent, dans l’exercice de leur mission, recevoir d’ordre ou demander des ordres que des autorités judiciaires. Section 4 : Missions des officiers de police judiciaire

Article 71. (constatations des infractions)

Les officiers de police judiciaire reçoivent les plaintes et les dénonciations. Ils constatent les infractions.

Ils effectuent des enquêtes de flagrance et des enquêtes préliminaires dans les conditions prévues par les articles 84 (différences de pouvoirs des OPJ suivant les enquêtes) à 110 (pouvoir d’appréciation des magistrats) .

Lorsqu’une instruction est ouverte, ils exécutent les commissions rogatoires du juge d’instruction dans les conditions prévues par les articles 173 (commission rogatoire) à 184 (transmission des procès verbaux par l'officier de police judiciaire au procureur) de ce code.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 18

Article 72. (procès-verbal)

Toute plainte reçue par un officier de police judiciaire donne lieu à l’établissement d’un procès verbal.

Le procès verbal reproduit fidèlement les déclarations du plaignant. En cas de besoin, l’officier de police judiciaire fait appel à un interprète qui prête serment de traduire fidèlement les déclarations, conformément à sa religion ou à sa croyance. L’interprète ne peut en aucun cas être choisi parmi les policiers ni les gendarmes qui participent à la coopération.

Le procès verbal de dépôt de plainte doit comporter les indications suivantes :

- le nom et la qualité de l’officier de police judiciaire;

- le service auquel il appartient;

- la date.

Chaque page doit être signée par l’officier de police judiciaire et par le plaignant.

Les ratures, les ajouts et les renvois doivent être authentifiés par la signature, en marge, de l’officier de police judiciaire et du plaignant.

Avant de signer ou de poser son empreinte digitale, le plaignant doit relire le procès verbal. En cas de besoin, l’officier de police judiciaire lit à haute voix le contenu du procès verbal.

Article 73. (registre des plaintes)

Il est tenu dans chaque service de police judiciaire un registre des plaintes. Toutes les fois qu’une plainte est déposée, l’officier de police judiciaire inscrit dans le registre les mentions suivantes :

- identité du plaignant;

- date du dépôt de la plainte;

- nom et qualité de l’officier de police judiciaire qui a établi le procès verbal de dépôt de plainte;

- nature des faits dénoncés par le plaignant;

- suite réservée à la plainte notamment transmission au procureur du Royaume ou ouverture d’une enquête.

Le registre des plaintes est tenu en permanence à la disposition de l’autorité judiciaire.

Article 74. (suites des dépôts de plaintes)

L’officier de police judiciaire qui reçoit une plainte doit, immédiatement, soit ouvrir une enquête, soit transmettre le procès verbal de dépôt de plainte au procureur du Royaume qui appréciera la suite à donner.

Il peut, avant d’ouvrir une enquête, solliciter les instructions du procureur du Royaume.

Lorsqu’il reçoit une dénonciation qui ne parait pas manifestement infondée, l’officier de police judiciaire en informe le procureur du Royaume et sollicite ses instructions.

Article 75. (atteintes à l’action de la justice)

En aucun cas, un officier de police judiciaire n’est autorisé à classer sans suite une affaire pénale, même après réconciliation entre l’auteur et la victime ou retrait de la plainte.

Tout officier de police judiciaire qui retient volontairement des procès verbaux ou des pièces à conviction, ou en dissimule l’existence à l’autorité judiciaire, commet un délit puni des peines prévues par le code pénal en ce qui concerne le chapitre relatif à la recherche des preuves.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 19

Chapitre 3 : Agents de police judiciaire

Article 76. (obtention de l’habilité d’agent de police judiciaire (APJ))

Ont la qualité d’agent de police judiciaire :

1° les officiers, sous officiers qui n’ont pas d’habilité d’officier de police judiciaire;

2° les autres agents de la police nationale;

3° les officiers de la gendarmerie royale qui n’ont pas d’habilité d’officier de police judiciaire.

4° les autres militaires de la gendarmerie royale.

Article 77. (serment d’un APJ)

Chaque agent de police judiciaire doit prêter serment d’accomplir loyalement ses fonctions. Le serment est prêté devant le tribunal de première instance. Il n’a pas à être renouvelé lors de l’obtention ultérieure de l’habilité d’agent de police judiciaire. La formule du serment est fixée par prakas du ministre de la Justice.

Article 78. (missions des APJ)

Les agents de police judiciaire ont pour missions :

1° de constater les infractions, notamment les contraventions;

2° d’assister les officiers de police judiciaire dans leurs fonctions.

Pour la constatation des infractions, les agents de police judiciaire établissent des rapports. Ces rapports valent à titre de simple renseignement.

En aucun cas, les agents de police judiciaire ne peuvent accomplir des actes réservés aux officiers de police judiciaire. Les actes accomplis au mépris de cette interdiction sont frappés de nullité.

Article 79. (fautes commises dans l’exercice des fonctions)

Toute faute commise par un agent de police judiciaire dans l’exercice de ses fonctions doit être signalée par le procureur du Royaume ou par le juge d’instruction au procureur général près la cour d’appel. Le procureur général avise, selon le cas, le ministre de l’Intérieur ou le ministre de la Défense nationale en vue de l’engagement d’une procédure disciplinaire. Le procureur général est informé des suites de la procédure disciplinaire.

Article 80. (sanctions disciplinaires)

Les sanctions disciplinaires du ministre de l’Intérieur ou du ministre de la Défense nationale ne font pas obstacle à l’exercice de poursuites pénales si une infraction a été commise.

Lorsqu’un agent de police judiciaire commet une infraction dans l’exercice de ses fonctions, la juridiction d’instruction ou de jugement chargée de l’affaire peut, dans l’intérêt d’une bonne administration de la justice, être dessaisie par la Cour suprême au profit d’une autre juridiction.

La requête en dessaisissement est présentée par le procureur du Royaume.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 20

Chapitre 4 : Détermination des compétences entre la police nationale et la gendarmerie royale

Article 81. (détermination de compétences)

En matière de police judiciaire, la police nationale et la gendarmerie royale ont des compétences prévues par l’article 56 (missions de la police judiciaire) de code.

De plus, pour les infractions militaires, seule la gendarmerie royale est habilitée d’officier de police judiciaire.

L’opération et la coopération entre les officiers de police nationale et les officiers de la gendarmerie royale dans l’accomplissement de fonction d’officier de police judiciaire sont déterminées par un sous décret.

Des services de police judiciaire à compétence nationale peuvent être créés par un Krêt royal.

Chapitre 5 : Fonctionnaires et autres agents publics spécialement habilités à constater certaines infractions

Article 82. (habilitation de certains fonctionnaires et agents publics)

Les autres fonctionnaires et agents publics auxquels des lois particulières confient le pouvoir de constater certaines infractions sont placés sous l’autorité du procureur du Royaume lorsqu’ils exercent ces fonctions.

Les modalités et la procédure de l’habilitation sont fixées par prakas commun entre le ministère de la Justice et les ministères concernés.

Ils prêtent serment d’exercer loyalement leurs fonctions. Le serment est prêté devant le tribunal de première instance. La formule du serment est fixée par prakas du ministre de la Justice.

Pour la constatation des infractions, ces fonctionnaires et agents établissent des rapports. Ces rapports valent à titre de simple renseignement.

Toute faute commise par un fonctionnaire ou un agent dans l’exercice de ses fonctions doit être signalée par le procureur du Royaume ou par le juge d’instruction au procureur général près la cour d’appel. Le procureur général avise le ministre dont relève le fonctionnaire ou l’agent en vue de l’engagement d’une procédure disciplinaire. Le procureur général est informé des suites de la procédure disciplinaire. Les sanctions disciplinaires ne font pas obstacle à l’exercice de poursuites pénales si une infraction a été commise.

Livre 3 : Enquêtes

Titre 1 : Dispositions générales Chapitre 1 : Dispositions générales

Article 83. (secret de l’enquête)

L’enquête est secrète. Les personnes qui participent à une enquête, en particulier les magistrats du parquet, les avocats, les greffiers, les policiers, les gendarmes, les fonctionnaires, les experts, les interprètes, les médecins et les personnes qualifiées mentionnées à l’article 95 (examen technique ou scientifique) de ce code, sont soumises au secret professionnel.

Toutefois le respect du secret professionnel ne peut faire obstacle à l’exercice des droits de la défense.

Par ailleurs le procureur du Royaume est autorisé à rendre publics des communiqués lorsqu’il estime que des informations fausses ont été diffusées sur une affaire.

La violation du secret de l’enquête et de l’instruction est un délit puni des peines prévues par la loi pénale en vigueur.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 21

Article 84. (différences de pouvoirs des OPJ suivant les enquêtes)

Les pouvoirs reconnus aux officiers de police judiciaire sont différents selon qu’ils agissent dans le cadre d’une enquête de flagrance ou dans le cadre d’une enquête préliminaire.

Titre 2 : Enquêtes de flagrance Chapitre 1 : Crimes ou délits flagrants

Article 85. (pouvoir des OPJ dans le cas d’enquête de flagrance)

En cas de crime ou délit flagrant, les officiers de police judiciaire doivent se conformer aux dispositions du présent titre.

Article 86. (définition du crime ou délit flagrant)

Est qualifié crime ou délit flagrant :

- celui qui se commet actuellement;

- celui qui vient de se commettre.

Il y a également crime ou délit flagrant lorsque, peu de temps après l’infraction :

- la personne soupçonnée est poursuivie par la clameur publique;

- une personne est trouvée en possession d’objets, ou présente des traces ou d’autres indices apparents qui conduisent à penser qu’elle a commis ou participé à l’infraction.

Article 87. (arrestation en cas de crime ou délit flagrant)

En cas de crime ou de délit flagrant, toute personne peut arrêter le délinquant et l’amener à l’officier de police judiciaire le plus proche.

Article 88. (assimilation au crime ou délit flagrant)

Est assimilé au crime ou au délit flagrant tout crime ou délit qui, même en dehors des cas prévus par l’article 86 (définition du crime ou délit flagrant), a été commis dans un lieu dont l’occupant demande au procureur du Royaume ou un officier de police judiciaire, ou à défaut de ce dernier, à l’agent de police judiciaire, de venir le constater. Dans ce dernier cas, l’agent de police judiciaire doit informer immédiatement l’officier de police judiciaire pour qu’il accomplisse ses missions.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 22

Chapitre 2 : Mesures d’investigation

Article 89. (premières mesures en cas de crimes ou délits flagrants)

En cas de crime ou délit flagrant, l’officier de police judiciaire doit immédiatement informer le procureur du Royaume.

L’officier de police judiciaire se transporte sur les lieux pour procéder aux constatations utiles. Il veille à la conservation des indices de preuve susceptibles de disparaître. Il peut interdire à toute personne de s’éloigner du lieu de l’infraction jusqu’à la fin de ses opérations.

Le procureur du Royaume peut, s’il l’estime utile, se transporter sur les lieux et prendre la direction de l’enquête.

S’il y a urgence, le procureur du Royaume peut, dans les conditions prévues par l’article 68 (extension de la compétence territoriale) de ce code, autoriser un officier de police judiciaire à opérer sur toute l’étendue du territoire national.

Article 90. (procès verbal des recherches et constations)

L’officier de police judiciaire établit un procès verbal de ses recherches et de ses constatations.

Article 91. (perquisitions)

L’officier de police judiciaire peut procéder à des perquisitions. Il doit recueillir préalablement l’autorisation, même verbale, du procureur du Royaume.

Il doit procéder à la perquisition en présence de l’occupant des lieux ou, à défaut, de deux témoins. Les témoins sont désignés par l’officier de police judiciaire; ils ne peuvent être des policiers ni des gendarmes.

L’officier de police judiciaire ne peut commencer la perquisition avant six heures le matin et après dix-huit heures le soir, sauf :

- dans le cas prévue par l’article 86 (définition du crime ou délit flagrant) de ce code ;

- dans le cas prévu par l’article 88 (assimilation au crime ou délit flagrant);

- en cas d’appel de secours de l’intérieur du lieu ;

- en cas de perquisition dans un lieu ouvert au public:

- en cas de perquisition dans un lieu où des personnes se livrent à la prostitution ou aux jeux;

- en cas de perquisition dans un lieu où sont produits, conservés, trafiqués, distribués, consommés des produits stupéfiants.

L’officier de police judiciaire doit établir un procès verbal de perquisition, dans lequel figurent :

- l’autorisation du procureur du Royaume, avec l’indication du jour et de l’heure de cette autorisation;

- l’identité de l’occupant des lieux ou de chacun des témoins.

L’officier de police judiciaire ne peut procéder à une perquisition au cabinet d’un avocat. Seul le procureur ou le juge d’instruction peut y procéder, en présence du bâtonnier de l’ordre des avocats ou de son représentant ou de l’avocat concerné.

L’officier de police judiciaire ne peut procéder à une perquisition dans les locaux d’un journal, d’une entreprise de presse écrite ou d’une entreprise de presse audiovisuelle qu’en présence d’un procureur ou d’un juge d’instruction qui veille à ce que la perquisition ne porte pas atteinte au libre exercice de la profession de journaliste, et ne retarde pas cette diffusion de l’information de manière injustifiée.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 23

Article 92. (mise sous scellés des pièces à conviction)

L’officier de police judiciaire peut saisir les pièces à conviction. Il doit les placer sous scellés.

Après avoir présenté les objets saisis à l’occupant des lieux ou à deux témoins, il établit un procès verbal de saisie comportant l’inventaire des objets saisis. Le procès verbal de saisie est signé ou comporter l’empreinte digitale par l’occupant des lieux ou par deux témoins.

Article 93. (procès verbal d’audition)

L’officier de police judiciaire peut interpeller et conduire dans les locaux du service toute personne soupçonnée d’avoir participé à l’infraction. Il procède à son audition.

Chaque audition donne lieu à l’établissement d’un procès verbal.

Le procès verbal reproduit fidèlement les déclarations de la personne entendue. En cas de besoin, l’officier de police judiciaire fait appel à un interprète qui prête serment de traduire fidèlement les déclarations, conformément à sa religion ou à sa croyance. L’interprète ne peut en aucun cas être choisi parmi les policiers, les gendarmes ni les personnes impliquées dans la même affaire.

Chaque page du procès verbal est signée par la personne entendue ou comporter son empreinte digitale.

Avant de signer ou de poser son empreinte digitale, la personne entendue doit relire le procès verbal. En cas de besoin, l’officier de police judiciaire peut lire à haute voix le contenu du procès verbal; il peut faire appel à l’interprète. Lorsqu’une personne refuse de signer ou de poser son empreinte digitale, l’officier de police judiciaire le mentionne sur le procès verbal.

Article 94. (ordre de comparaître - enquête de flagrance)

L’officier de police judiciaire peut convoquer et entendre toutes les personnes susceptibles de fournir des renseignements sur les faits.

La personne convoquée est tenue de comparaître. En cas de refus, l’officier de police judiciaire avise le procureur du Royaume qui peut délivrer un ordre de comparaître. L’ordre de comparaître comporte l’identité de la personne concernée; il est daté et signé par le procureur du Royaume et revêtu de son sceau. L’ordre de comparaître autorise l’officier de police judiciaire à faire appel à la force publique pour contraindre la personne à comparaître devant lui. Les alinéas 2 à 5 de l’article 93 (procès verbal d’audition) de ce code sont applicables.

Article 95. (examen technique ou scientifique)

S’il y a lieu de procéder à des examens techniques ou scientifiques qui ne peuvent être différés, l’officier de police judiciaire peut faire appel à toute personne qualifiée. Si elle n’est pas déjà inscrite sur la liste nationale des experts mentionnée à l’article 163 (liste nationale des experts) de ce code, la personne requise prête serment d’apporter loyalement son concours à la justice, conformément à sa religion ou à sa croyance.

Chapitre 3 : La garde à vue

Article 96. (placement en garde à vue)

Pour les nécessités de l’enquête, l’officier de police judiciaire peut placer en garde à vue une personne soupçonnée d’avoir participé à l’infraction. L’officier de police judiciaire peut également placer en garde à vue une personne susceptible de fournir des renseignements sur les faits, si les conditions ci-dessous sont remplies :

- Les personnes en mesure de fournir les informations refuser de le faire.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 24

- L’accord écrit autorisant la garde à vue est requis du procureur.

Il en informe immédiatement le procureur du Royaume et lui communique tous les éléments justifiant le placement en garde à vue. La durée de la garde à vue est de quarante huit heures. Le point de départ de ce délai est l’heure de l’arrivée de l’intéressé dans le service de police ou de gendarmerie.

Pour le crime, lorsqu’il existe contre une personne placée en garde à vue des indices de culpabilité, l’officier de police judiciaire peut solliciter une prolongation de la garde à vue si cette mesure parait indispensable au bon déroulement de l’enquête. La prolongation est demandée au procureur du Royaume qui doit en vérifier le bien-fondé. L’autorisation de prolongation, écrite et motivée, est versée au dossier de la procédure. La prolongation de la garde à vue doit rester exceptionnelle. Elle ne peut excéder vingt-quatre heures sans tenir compte de la durée nécessaire pour le transport.

Aucune prolongation ne peut être accordée si la personne gardée à vue est mineure.

En matière criminelle, le mineur âgé de 14 à moins de 16 ans ne peut être placé en garde à vue pour une durée supérieure à 36 heures.

En matière délictuelle, le mineur âgé de 14 à moins de 16 ans ne peut être placé en garde à vue pour une durée supérieure à 24 heures.

En matière criminelle, le mineur âgé de 16 à moins de 18 ans ne peut être placé en garde à vue pour une durée supérieure à 48 heures.

En matière délictuelle, le mineur âgé de 16 à moins de 18 ans ne peut être placé en garde à vue pour une durée supérieure à 36 heures.

Un mineur âgé de moins de 14 ans ne peut être placé en garde à vue.

Article 97. (procès verbal de garde à vue)

Lorsqu’il place une personne en garde à vue, l’officier de police judiciaire doit immédiatement notifier sa décision à la personne concernée et lui en indiquer les motifs. Il l’informe également des droits résultant de l’article 98 (assistance de l’avocat pendant la garde à vue) de ce code. Il peut, en cas de besoin, faire appel à un interprète.

L’officier de police judiciaire établit sur-le-champ un procès verbal de placement en garde à vue comportant les indications suivantes :

- nom et qualité de l’officier de police judiciaire qui a ordonné le placement en garde à vue;

- identité de la personne gardée à vue;

- motifs du placement en garde à vue;

- jours, mois, année et heures du début de la garde à vue;

- notification des droits résultant de l’article 98 (assistance de l’avocat pendant la garde à vue);

- le cas échéant, nom de l’interprète.

Ce procès verbal doit être signé par la personne gardée à vue ou comporter son empreinte digitale après l’avoir lu ou si elle est analphabète, l’officier de police judiciaire lui a lu le procès verbal. Si elle refuse de signer ou de poser son empreinte digitale, l’officier de police judiciaire le mentionne. Le procès verbal est joint à la procédure.

Article 98. (assistance de l’avocat pendant la garde à vue)

Lorsque vingt quatre heures se sont écoulées depuis le début de la garde à vue, la personne gardée à vue peut demander à s’entretenir avec un avocat ou avec une personne de son choix, à condition que cette personne ne soit pas impliquée dans la même affaire. La personne choisie est informée de cette demande par tout moyen et sans délai. Elle peut se présenter sur les lieux de la garde à vue et communiquer avec l’intéressé pendant trente minutes, dans des conditions garantissant le secret de l’entretien. A l’issue de l’entretien, elle peut faire des observations écrites qui seront jointes à la procédure.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 25

Article 99. (assistance du médecin pendant la garde à vue)

A tout moment, le procureur du Royaume ou l’officier de police judiciaire peut ordonner que la personne gardée à vue soit examinée par un médecin. Le médecin vérifie si l’état de santé de la personne est compatible avec la garde à vue.

Si le médecin estime que l’état de santé de la personne n’est pas compatible avec la garde à vue, l’officier de police judiciaire en informe immédiatement le procureur du Royaume. Le médecin délivre un certificat médical qui est joint à la procédure. L’officier de police judiciaire mentionne sur un procès verbal le nom du médecin ainsi que le jour et l’heure de l’examen médical.

Le procureur du Royaume peut se rendre sur place pour vérifier les conditions de la garde à vue.

Article 100. (mineur gardé à vue)

Lorsqu’un mineur est placé en garde à vue, l’officier de police judiciaire doit en informer par tout moyen ses parents, son représentant légal ou la personne qui en a la charge.

Article 101. (registre des gardes à vue)

Il est tenu, dans chaque local de police ou de gendarmerie susceptible de recevoir des personnes gardées à vue, un registre de garde à vue.

Tout placement en garde à vue doit figurer sur le registre, avec les indications suivantes :

- nom et qualité de l’officier de police judiciaire qui a ordonné le placement en garde à vue;

- identité de la personne gardée à vue;

- jours et heures du début de la garde à vue et de la fin de la garde à vue;

- nom et qualité du magistrat qui, le cas échéant, a autorisé la prolongation de la garde à vue;

- nom du médecin qui, le cas échéant, a examiné la personne gardée à vue;

- nature de la décision prise par l’autorité judiciaire à l’expiration du délai de garde à vue.

Ce registre doit être tenu en permanence à la disposition de l’autorité judiciaire.

Article 102. (procès verbal récapitulatif de garde à vue)

Toute garde à vue donne lieu à l’établissement d’un procès verbal récapitulatif de garde à vue.

Ce procès verbal récapitulatif doit comporter les mentions suivantes :

- nom et qualité de l’officier de police judiciaire qui a ordonné le placement en garde à vue;

- identité de la personne gardée à vue;

- motifs du placement en garde à vue;

- date et heure du début de la garde à vue;

- modalités de l’information donnée au procureur du Royaume;

- modalités de l’information donnée en application de l’article 100 (mineur gardé à vue) de ce code ;

- nom du médecin qui, le cas échéant, a examiné la personne gardée à vue;

- identité de celui qui, le cas échéant, s’est entretenu avec la personne gardée à vue, conformément à l’article 98 (assistance de l’avocat pendant la garde à vue) de ce code ;

- nom et qualité du magistrat qui, le cas échéant, a autorisé la prolongation de la garde à vue;

- durée de chaque audition et durée des temps de repos qui ont séparé les auditions;

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 26

- date et heure de la fin de la garde à vue;

- nature de la décision prise par l’autorité judiciaire à la fin de la garde à vue;

- conditions du déroulement de la garde à vue et incidents éventuels.

Le procès verbal récapitulatif de garde à vue est joint à la procédure.

Chapitre 4 : Le déférement

Article 103. (déférement du gardé à vue)

A l’expiration du délai de garde à vue, la personne gardée à vue est :

- soit déférée au procureur du Royaume,

- soit remise en liberté.

La décision est prise par le procureur du Royaume.

Article 104. (délai de déferrement)

Lorsque la personne gardée à vue doit être déférée au procureur du Royaume, elle est immédiatement conduite devant ce magistrat.

Si, pour des raisons exceptionnelles dues aux difficultés de transport ou aux distances, la présentation ne peut avoir lieu le jour même, un délai supplémentaire peut être accordé par le procureur.

Dans tous les cas, la présentation doit avoir lieu dans les meilleurs délais.

Les motifs du retard doivent être consignés dans un procès verbal remis par un officier de police judiciaire au procureur du Royaume.

Chapitre 5 : Règles concernant l’enquête de flagrance

Article 105. (interdiction notamment des écoutes d’office)

L’officier de police judiciaire n’a pas de pouvoir pour ordonner l’écoute et l’enregistrement de conversations téléphoniques. Il n’a pas de pouvoir pour ordonner l’interception et l’enregistrement de correspondances émises par le moyen des télécommunications, telle que les messages fax ou les messages internet.

Article 106. (durée de l’enquête de flagrance)

La durée de l’enquête de flagrance ne peut excéder sept jours à compter de la commission de l’infraction. Les actes de l’enquête doivent se succéder sans interruption au cours de ce délai. Si l’enquête n’est pas terminée au bout de sept jours, l’officier de police judiciaire en réfère au procureur du Royaume.

Article 107. (transmission des procès verbaux au procureur)

A l’issue de l’enquête, l’officier de police judiciaire transmet au procureur du Royaume l’ensemble des procès verbaux ainsi que les pièces à conviction.

Lorsqu’une personne est déférée au procureur du Royaume, cette transmission doit avoir lieu en même temps que la présentation de la personne.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 27

Article 108. (mentions portées aux procès verbaux)

Tout procès verbal établi par un officier de police judiciaire doit comporter les indications suivantes :

- le nom et la qualité de l’officier de police judiciaire;

- le service auquel il appartient;

- la date.

Chaque page doit être signée par l’officier de police judiciaire.

Les ratures et les renvois doivent être approuvés par la signature, en marge, de l’officier de police judiciaire.

Les procès verbaux d’audition ou de garde à vue doivent comporter l’identité de la personne concernée.

Article 109. (règles prescrites à peine de nullité)

Les règles et formalités prévues par les articles :

90 (procès verbal des recherches et constations)

91 (perquisitions),

92 (mise sous scellés des pièces à conviction),

93 (procès verbal d’audition),

94 (ordre de comparaître - enquête de flagrance),

95 (examen technique ou scientifique),

96 (placement en garde à vue),

97 (procès verbal de garde à vue),

98 (assistance de l’avocat pendant la garde à vue),

99 (assistance du médecin pendant la garde à vue),

100 (mineur gardé à vue),

105 (interdiction notamment des écoutes d’office),

106 (durée de l’enquête de flagrance) et

108 (mentions portées aux procès verbaux) de ce code,

sont prescrites à peine de nullité.

Article 110. (pouvoir d’appréciation des magistrats)

En principe, les procès verbaux ont simplement la valeur de renseignement. Toutefois, les procès verbaux de l’officier de police judiciaire ont la valeur probante « documents originaux », c'est-à-dire qu’on doit garder ces documents comme valables jusqu’à la preuve contraire. La preuve contraire peut être apportée librement au juge par tous les moyens conformément à la loi.

Les procès verbaux établis par les officiers de police judiciaire dans le cadre d’une enquête de flagrance sont soumis à la libre appréciation des magistrats.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 28

Titre 3 : Enquêtes préliminaires Chapitre 1 : Enquêtes préliminaires

Article 111. (ouverture d’une enquête préliminaire)

Lorsqu’ils ont connaissance de faits susceptibles de constituer un crime, un délit ou une contravention, les officiers de police judiciaire peuvent effectuer des enquêtes préliminaires soit d’office, soit à la demande du procureur du Royaume.

Article 112. (règles applicables aux enquêtes préliminaires)

Les dispositions des articles

90 (procès verbal des recherches et constations),

95 (examen technique ou scientifique),

105 (interdiction notamment des écoutes d’office),

107 (transmission des procès verbaux au procureur) et

108 (mentions portées aux procès verbaux) de ce code

sont applicables aux enquêtes préliminaires.

Article 113. (perquisition)

Lorsqu’une enquête préliminaire est relative à un crime ou à un délit, l’officier de police judiciaire peut procéder à la perquisition et à la saisie des pièces à conviction.

L’officier de police judiciaire doit recueillir préalablement l’accord exprès et réel de l’occupant du lieu.

Cet accord doit être écrit et rédigé à la main par l’occupant du lieu. Si ce dernier est analphabète, il est indiqué dans le procès verbal que l’occupant du lieu est analphabète et accepte la perquisition.

En cas d’absence ou de refus de l’occupant du lieu, le président du tribunal de première instance territorialement compétent peut autoriser, par ordonnance, la perquisition sur réquisitions du procureur. Le procureur doit diriger en personne cette perquisition. La perquisition doit s’opérer en présence de l’occupant des lieux ou, à défaut, de deux témoins. Les témoins sont désignés par le procureur ; ils ne peuvent être des policiers ni des gendarmes qui participent à l’opération de la perquisition. La perquisition ne peut être commencée avant six heures du matin et après dix-huit heures du soir.

Les dispositions de l’article 92 (la mise sous scellés des pièces à conviction) de ce code s’appliquent également à la saisie des pièces à conviction.

Article 114. (ordre de comparaître –enquête préliminaire)

L’officier de police judiciaire peut convoquer et entendre toute personne soupçonnée d’avoir participé à une infraction ou susceptible de fournir des renseignements sur les faits.

La personne convoquée est tenue de comparaître. En cas de refus, l’officier de police judiciaire avise le procureur du Royaume qui peut délivrer un ordre de comparaître. L’ordre de comparaître comporte l’identité de la personne concernée; il est daté et signé par le procureur du Royaume et revêtu de son sceau.

L’ordre de comparaître autorise l’officier de police judiciaire à faire appel à la force publique pour contraindre la personne à comparaître devant lui.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 29

Article 115. (procès verbal d’audition –enquête préliminaire)

Chaque audition donne lieu à l’établissement d’un procès verbal.

Le procès verbal reproduit fidèlement les déclarations de la personne entendue. En cas de besoin, l’officier de police judiciaire fait appel à un interprète qui prête serment de traduire fidèlement les déclarations, conformément à sa religion ou à sa croyance. L’interprète ne peut en aucun cas être choisi parmi les policiers, les gendarmes ni les personnes impliquées dans la même affaire.

Chaque page du procès verbal est signée par la personne entendue.

Avant de signer ou de poser son empreinte digitale, la personne entendue doit relire le procès verbal. En cas de besoin, l’officier de police judiciaire peut lire à haute voix le contenu du procès verbal; dans ce cas il peut faire appel à l’interprète. Lorsqu’une personne refuse de signer, l’officier de police judiciaire le mentionne sur le procès verbal.

Article 116. (garde à vue de la personne soupçonnée)

Lorsqu’une enquête préliminaire est relative à un crime ou à un délit, les dispositions des chapitres 3 et 4 du titre 2 du présent livre relatives à la garde à vue et au déférement sont applicables.

Article 117. (règles prescrites à peine de nullité)

Dans le cadre d’une enquête préliminaire, les règles et formalités prévues par les articles

96 (placement en garde à vue),

97 (procès verbal de garde à vue),

100 (mineur gardé à vue),

105 (interdiction des écoutes d’office),

107 (transmission des procès verbaux au procureur),

113 (perquisition), et

114 (ordre de comparaître –enquête préliminaire) de ce code,

sont prescrites à peine de nullité.

Article 118. (pouvoir d’appréciation des magistrats)

En principe, les procès verbaux ont simplement la valeur d’enseignement. Toutefois, les procès verbaux de l’officier de police judiciaire ont la valeur probante « documents originaux », c'est-à-dire qu’on doit garder ces documents comme valables jusqu’à la preuve contraire. La preuve contraire peut être apportée librement au juge par tous les moyens conformément à la loi.

Les procès verbaux établis par les officiers de police judiciaire dans le cadre d’une enquête préliminaire sont soumis à la libre appréciation des magistrats.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 30

Titre 4 : Restitutions d’objets saisis dans le cadre des enquêtes Chapitre 1 : Restitution d’objets saisis dans le cadre des enquêtes

Article 119. (autorité compétente pour ordonner la restitution)

Le procureur du Royaume est compétent pour ordonner la restitution des objets saisis au cours d’une enquête préliminaire si ces objets ne sont plus utiles à la manifestation de la vérité et si la propriété n’en est pas sérieusement contestée.

Toutefois les objets dangereux pour les personnes ou pour les biens, tels que les armes ou les explosifs, ainsi que les objets dont la détention est illégale ne peuvent être restitués. Ils deviennent propriété de l’Etat ou doivent être détruits.

En cas de refus de restitution, le demandeur peut exercer un recours devant le procureur général.

Le procureur du Royaume et le procureur général sont incompétents pour la restitution lorsque des poursuites ont été engagées devant une juridiction d’instruction ou de jugement. Ils demeurent compétents lorsqu’une instruction a été clôturée par une décision de non-lieu devenue définitive.

Article 120. (restitution d’objets saisis)

Lorsqu’une juridiction saisie a rendu une décision définitive et n’a pas statué sur la restitution des objets, le procureur du Royaume ou le procureur général selon le cas, est compétent pour décider d’office sur requête de la restitution des objets lorsque la propriété n’en n’est pas sérieusement contestée.

Livre 4 : L’instruction

Titre 1 : Le juge d’instruction Chapitre 1 : Dispositions générales

Article 121. (secret de l’instruction)

L’instruction est secrète.

Les personnes qui participent à une instruction, en particulier les magistrats, les avocats, les greffiers, les policiers, les gendarmes, les fonctionnaires, les experts, les interprètes, les médecins et les personnes qualifiées mentionnées à l’article 95 (examen technique ou scientifique) de ce code, sont soumises au secret professionnel.

Toutefois le respect du secret professionnel ne peut faire obstacle à l’exercice des droits de la défense.

Par ailleurs le procureur du Royaume est autorisé à rendre publics des communiqués lorsqu’il estime que des informations fausses ont été diffusées sur une affaire.

La violation du secret de l’instruction est un délit puni des peines prévus par la loi pénale en vigueur.

Article 122. (ouverture d’une instruction)

L’instruction est obligatoire pour les crimes, facultative pour les délits.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 31

Article 123. (compétence territoriale)

Sont compétents :

- le juge d’instruction du lieu de l’infraction;

- celui de la résidence de la personne soupçonnée d’avoir commis l’infraction;

- celui du lieu d’arrestation de la personne soupçonnée d’avoir commis l’infraction.

En cas de conflit entre plusieurs juges d’instruction relevant des tribunaux de première instance différents et ayant été saisis d’une même affaire pénale, ce conflit est transmis au président de la chambre d’instruction pour trancher.

Les conflits de compétences territoriales entre plusieurs chambres d’instructions sont tranchés par le président de la cour suprême.

Cette décision est insusceptible de recours.

Article 124. (réquisitoire introductif)

Conformément à l’article 44 (ouverture d'une information) de ce code, l’instruction est ouverte par un réquisitoire introductif du procureur du Royaume.

Ainsi qu’il est dit à l’alinéa 2 de l’article 44 (ouverture d'une information) de ce code, l’instruction peut être ouverte contre une ou plusieurs personnes nommément désignées dans le réquisitoire introductif, ou contre X.

Le juge d’instruction ne peut accomplir aucun acte d’instruction en l’absence de réquisitoire introductif.

Lorsque le juge d’instruction reçoit une plainte avec constitution de partie civile, il procède ainsi qu’il est dit aux articles 139 (transmission de la plainte au procureur du Royaume) et 140 (versement de consignation) de ce code.

Lorsque le juge d’instruction reçoit une plainte simple, il la transmet au procureur du Royaume.

Article 125. (étendue de la saisine)

Le juge d’instruction est saisi des faits visés dans le réquisitoire introductif. Il est tenu d’instruire sur ces faits seulement.

Si, au cours de l’instruction, apparaît un fait nouveau susceptible de constituer une infraction pénale, le juge d’instruction en informe le procureur du Royaume. Le procureur du Royaume peut, par un réquisitoire supplétif, saisir le juge d’instruction du fait nouveau. En l’absence de réquisitoire supplétif, le juge d’instruction n’a pas de pouvoir pour instruire sur le fait nouveau.

Toutefois, le juge d’instruction n’est pas tenu de solliciter un réquisitoire supplétif si le fait nouveau est une circonstance aggravante du fait visé dans le réquisitoire introductif.

Article 126. (mise en examen)

Le juge d’instruction a le pouvoir de mettre en examen les personnes nommément désignées dans le réquisitoire introductif.

Il peut mettre en examen toute personne contre laquelle existent des indices précis et concordants affirmant que celle-ci a participé à la commission de l’infraction, même si elle n’est pas nommément désignée dans le réquisitoire introductif.

Il peut mettre en examen cette personne en qualité d’auteur, d’instigateur ou de complice.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 32

Article 127. (instruction à charge et à décharge)

Le juge d’instruction effectue, conformément à la loi, tous les actes d’instruction qu’il juge utiles à la manifestation de la vérité.

Il a le devoir d’instruire tant à charge qu’à décharge.

Article 128. (assistance du greffier)

Le juge d’instruction est toujours assisté d’un greffier. Le greffier ne peut en aucun cas accomplir des actes qui relèvent de la compétence du juge d’instruction.

Article 129. (fonctions du greffier)

Le dossier d’instruction est tenu par le greffier. Dans toute la mesure du possible, le greffier établit une copie de chaque pièce du dossier. La copie doit être certifiée conforme à l’original par le greffier. Les copies sont classées dans un dossier de sauvegarde.

Toutes les pièces du dossier doivent être cotées par le greffier, dans l’ordre chronologique.

Le dossier et le dossier de sauvegarde sont déposés au bureau du greffe, au cabinet du juge d’instruction ou dans un autre local du tribunal offrant des conditions de sécurité suffisantes.

L’avocat ou son secrétaire peut être autorisé par le juge d’instruction à effectuer, à ses frais et sous le contrôle du greffier, des photocopies des pièces du dossier.

Article 130. (transports du juge d’instruction et du greffier)

Le juge d’instruction peut se transporter, avec son greffier, sur toute l’étendue du ressort du tribunal de première instance pour effectuer les actes d’instruction qu’il juge utiles, notamment des constatations matérielles, des perquisitions ou des saisies des pièces à conviction.

Il en avise le procureur du Royaume qui a la faculté de l’accompagner.

Si les nécessités de l’information l’exigent, il peut se transporter, avec son greffier, sur toute l’étendue du territoire national. Il doit aviser au préalable le procureur du Royaume près le tribunal de première instance dans le ressort duquel il se déplace.

Il doit dresser un procès verbal de ses opérations.

Article 131. (commission rogatoire)

Le juge d’instruction peut demander, par voie de commission rogatoire, à un autre juge, à un officier de police judiciaire ou à un service de police judiciaire d’effectuer certains actes dans les conditions prévues par les articles 173 (commission rogatoire) à 184 (transmission des procès verbaux par l’officier de police judiciaire au procureur) de ce code.

Article 132. (demande d’actes par le procureur du Royaume)

A tout moment de l’instruction, le procureur du Royaume peut demander au juge d’instruction de procéder à un acte d’instruction qu’il estime utile.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 33

Si le juge d’instruction refuse de suivre les réquisitions du procureur du Royaume, il doit rendre, dans les quinze jours, une ordonnance de rejet. Cette ordonnance doit être motivée. Elle est notifiée au procureur du Royaume dans le plus bref délai.

Si le juge d’instruction n’a pas statué dans les quinze jours, le procureur du Royaume peut, par voie de requête, saisir directement la chambre d’instruction qui statue à la place du juge d’instruction.

Article 133. (demande d’actes par le mis en examen)

A tout moment de l’instruction, le mis en examen peut demander au juge d’instruction de procéder à son interrogatoire, à l’audition de la partie civile ou d’un témoin, à une confrontation ou à un transport sur les lieux. La demande doit être présentée par écrit et motivée.

Si le juge d’instruction refuse de faire droit à cette demande, il doit rendre une ordonnance de rejet dans le mois qui suit la réception de la demande. Cette ordonnance doit être motivée. Elle est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au procureur du Royaume et au mis en examen.

Si le juge d’instruction n’a pas statué dans le délai d’un mois, le mis en examen peut, par voie de requête, saisir directement la chambre d’instruction qui statue à la place du juge d’instruction.

Article 134. (demande d’actes par la partie civile)

A tout moment de l’instruction, la partie civile peut demander au juge d’instruction de procéder à son audition, à l’audition d’un témoin, à l’interrogatoire du mis en examen, à une confrontation ou à un transport sur les lieux. La demande doit être présentée par écrit et motivée.

Si le juge d’instruction refuse de faire droit à cette demande, il doit rendre une ordonnance de rejet dans le mois qui suit la réception de la demande. Cette ordonnance doit être motivée. Elle est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au procureur du Royaume et à la partie civile.

Si le juge d’instruction n’a pas statué dans le délai d’un mois, la partie civile peut, par voie de requête, saisir directement la chambre d’instruction qui statue à la place du juge d’instruction.

Article 135. (communication du dossier au procureur du Royaume)

Le procureur du Royaume peut à tout moment consulter le dossier de l’instruction ou en obtenir communication, à charge de le rendre dans les vingt-quatre heures.

Article 136. (présence du procureur du Royaume aux actes d’instruction)

Le procureur du Royaume peut assister à tous les actes d’instruction, en particulier aux interrogatoires du mis en examen, confrontations et auditions.

Article 137. (constitution de partie civile par voie d’intervention)

Lorsqu’une instruction est ouverte, toute personne qui se déclare victime peut, à tout moment, se constituer partie civile auprès du juge d’instruction.

La constitution de partie civile par voie d’intervention n’est soumise à aucune forme.

Lorsqu’elle est formée par lettre, celle-ci est versée au dossier. Lorsqu’elle est formée verbalement, le juge d’instruction établit un procès verbal.

Le juge d’instruction doit notifier au procureur du Royaume et au mis en examen la constitution de partie civile.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 34

Article 138. (plainte avec constitution de partie civile)

La victime d’un crime ou d’un délit peut déposer une plainte avec constitution de partie civile auprès du juge d’instruction compétent. La plainte peut être déposée, au nom de la victime, par un avocat.

Article 139. (transmission de la plainte au procureur du Royaume)

Le juge d’instruction constate, par ordonnance, le dépôt de la plainte avec constitution de partie civile. Il communique cette plainte au procureur du Royaume.

Au vu de la plainte avec constitution de partie civile, le procureur du Royaume saisit le juge d’instruction par un réquisitoire introductif. Le réquisitoire introductif peut être contre X même si la plainte avec constitution de partie civile met en cause nommément une ou plusieurs personnes.

Le procureur du Royaume peut demander au juge d’instruction de ne pas instruire si l’action publique est éteinte ou si les faits ne constituent pas une infraction pénale.

Dans le cas où le juge d’instruction décide de ne pas instruire, il rend une ordonnance motivée qui est notifiée dans le plus bref délai à la partie civile.

Dans le cas où le juge d’instruction, décide néanmoins d’instruire, il rend une ordonnance motivée. Cette ordonnance est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au procureur du Royaume.

Article 140. (versement de consignation)

En fonction des ressources de la partie civile et des difficultés prévisibles de l’affaire, le juge d’instruction fixe par ordonnance le montant de la consignation que la partie civile devra verser, ainsi que le délai de versement.

Si les ressources de la partie civile sont insuffisantes, le juge peut la dispenser de consignation. L’ordonnance est notifiée dans le plus bref délai à la partie civile.

En cas de versement d’une consignation, la partie civile reçoit un récépissé signé par le président du tribunal, le procureur du Royaume et le greffier.

Si la consignation n’est pas versée dans le délai fixé par le juge, la plainte avec constitution de partie civile est déclarée irrecevable par le juge d’instruction. Ce dernier statue par une ordonnance qui doit être notifiée dans le plus bref délai à la partie civile.

La consignation est restituée en fin de procédure, sous réserve des dispositions de l’article 141 (plainte abusive ou dilatoire) de ce code.

La consignation est déposée sur un compte spécial ouvert dans un établissement bancaire, ou conservée dans un local offrant les plus grandes garanties de sécurité. Ce local est choisi d’un commun accord par le président du tribunal et le procureur du Royaume.

Article 141. (plainte abusive ou dilatoire)

Lorsqu’une information ouverte à la suite d’une plainte avec constitution de partie civile est clôturée par une ordonnance de non-lieu, le juge d’instruction peut, dans son ordonnance, s’il estime que la procédure était abusive ou dilatoire, condamner la partie civile à une amende civile dont le montant ne peut excéder celui de la consignation. L’ordonnance qui condamne la partie civile lui est notifiée dans le plus bref délai.

Article 142. (demande de réparation)

Lorsqu’une instruction ouverte à la suite d’une plainte avec constitution de partie civile a été clôturée par une décision de non-lieu devenue définitive, la personne visée dans la plainte peut demander réparation au plaignant si la procédure était abusive ou dilatoire.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 35

La demande en réparation est présentée au tribunal de première instance où l’affaire a été instruite. Le tribunal peut demander la communication du dossier.

Chapitre 2 : Investigations du juge d’instruction Section 1 : Notification de la mise en examen

Article 143. (notification de mise en examen)

Lors de la première comparution, le juge d’instruction constate l’identité du mis en examen, lui fait connaître les faits qui lui sont reprochés et indique la qualification juridique retenue. Il avertit le mis en examen qu’il est libre de ne faire aucune déclaration. Mention de cet avertissement est faite au procès verbal de première comparution.

Si le mis en examen désire faire des déclarations, celles-ci sont immédiatement reçues par le juge d’instruction.

Le juge d’instruction avise le mis en examen de son droit de choisir un avocat ou de s’en faire désigner un en application de la loi sur le statut des avocats.

Le mis en examen mineur doit toujours être assisté par un avocat. A défaut de choix par le mis en examen, l’avocat est désigné dans les conditions prévues par la loi sur le statut des avocats.

A l’issue de la première comparution, le mis en examen laissé en liberté doit déclarer au juge d’instruction son adresse personnelle. Il est avisé :

- qu’il doit signaler au juge d’instruction tout changement d’adresse;

- que toute notification faite à la dernière adresse déclarée sera réputée faite à sa personne.

Mention de ces avis ainsi que de la déclaration de changement d’adresse est faite au procès verbal de première comparution.

Article 144. (concours d’un interprète)

En cas de besoin, le juge d’instruction fait appel à un interprète. Celui-ci prête serment d’apporter son concours à la justice et de traduire fidèlement les déclarations, conformément à sa religion ou à sa croyance. L’interprète ne peut en aucun cas être choisi parmi les magistrats du tribunal, les greffiers, les policiers, les gendarmes, les parties ni les témoins. Section 2 : Interrogatoires du mis en examen

Article 145. (présence de l’avocat à l’interrogatoire)

Lorsque le mis en examen est assisté d’un avocat, le juge d’instruction doit convoquer l’avocat au moins cinq jours avant tout interrogatoire. Au cours de ce délai, l’avocat peut consulter le dossier de la procédure.

Le mis en examen ne peut être interrogé qu’en présence de son avocat. Toutefois si l’avocat, régulièrement convoqué, ne se présente pas au jour et à l’heure indiqués, le juge d’instruction peut interroger le mis en examen en l’absence de son avocat. Mention de cette absence est faite au procès verbal d’interrogatoire.

A titre exceptionnel, le juge d’instruction peut interroger le mis en examen sans avoir convoqué son avocat si le mis en examen renonce expressément à la présence de ce dernier. Cette renonciation doit figurer dans un procès verbal distinct du procès verbal d’interrogatoire et signé par le mis en examen.

Le juge d’instruction peut également, en cas d’urgence, procéder à un interrogatoire sans avoir convoqué l’avocat. L’urgence doit résulter d’un danger de mort ou d’un risque de disparition d’indices. La nature de l’urgence doit être mentionnée au procès verbal.

Ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 144 (concours d’un interprète) de ce code, le juge d’instruction peut faire appel à un interprète.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 36

Article 146. (questions avec autorisation du juge d’instruction)

Lors des interrogatoires du mis en examen, le procureur du Royaume et les avocats peuvent poser des questions avec l’autorisation du juge d’instruction.

En cas de refus, il en est fait mention dans le procès verbal.

Article 147. (confrontations)

Les dispositions des articles 145 (présence de l’avocat à l’interrogatoire) et 146 (questions avec autorisation du juge d’instruction) de ce code sont applicables en cas de confrontation du mis en examen.

Article 148. (délai minimum pour interrogatoire)

Lorsqu’il s’est écoulé un délai de quatre mois à compter de l’interrogatoire de première comparution sans que le mis en examen ait été interrogé ou confronté, le juge d’instruction est tenu de recevoir ses déclarations si le mis en examen en fait la demande. Si le juge d’instruction s’abstient de convoquer le mis en examen dans le mois qui suit la demande, le mis en examen peut saisir directement la chambre d’instruction qui reçoit elle-même ses déclarations. Le procès verbal est ensuite transmis au juge d’instruction.

Article 149. (droits de la défense)

L’avocat d’un mis en examen détenu peut communiquer librement avec son client à l’intérieur de la prison ou du centre de détention. La conversation entre l’avocat et le mis en examen ne peut être ni écoutée, ni enregistrée. L’avocat peut lire à son client les pièces du dossier. En revanche il ne peut communiquer à son client des photocopies des pièces du dossier. Section 3 : Auditions de la partie civile

Article 150. (audition de la partie civile)

La partie civile peut être assistée par un avocat.

Dans ce cas, le juge d’instruction doit convoquer l’avocat de la partie civile au moins cinq jours avant toute audition. Au cours de ce délai, l’avocat peut consulter le dossier de la procédure.

La partie civile ne peut être entendue qu’en présence de son avocat. Toutefois si l’avocat, régulièrement convoqué, ne se présente pas au jour et à l’heure indiqués, le juge d’instruction peut entendre la partie civile en l’absence de son avocat. Mention de cette absence est faite au procès verbal d’audition.

A titre exceptionnel, le juge d’instruction peut entendre la partie civile sans avoir convoqué son avocat si la partie civile renonce expressément à la présence de ce dernier. Cette renonciation doit figurer dans un procès verbal distinct du procès verbal d’audition et signé par la partie civile.

Le juge d’instruction peut également, en cas d’urgence, entendre la partie civile sans avoir convoqué l’avocat. L’urgence doit résulter d’un danger de mort ou d’un risque de disparition d’indices. La nature de l’urgence doit être mentionnée au procès verbal.

Ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 144 (concours d’un interprète) de ce code, le juge d’instruction peut faire appel à un interprète.

Article 151. (questions avec autorisation du juge d’instruction)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 37

Lors des auditions, le procureur du Royaume et les avocats peuvent poser des questions avec l’autorisation du juge d’instruction. En cas de refus, il en est fait mention dans le procès verbal.

Article 152. (confrontation)

Les dispositions des articles 150 (audition de la partie civile) et 151 (questions avec autorisation du juge d’instruction) de ce code, sont applicables en cas de confrontation de la partie civile. Section 4 : Auditions de témoins

Article 153. (audition des témoins)

Le juge d’instruction peut entendre toute personne dont la déposition parait utile à la manifestation de la vérité.

Il entend les témoins séparément, hors la présence du mis en examen et de la partie civile. Il peut également organiser des confrontations entre le mis en examen, la partie civile et les témoins.

Toute personne convoquée par le juge d’instruction en qualité de témoin est tenue de comparaître.

En cas de refus, le juge d’instruction peut faire appel à la force publique pour contraindre le témoin à comparaître devant lui. Il délivre un ordre de comparaître. L’ordre de comparaître comporte l’identité du témoin; il est daté et signé par le juge d’instruction et revêtu de son sceau.

Article 154. (serment des témoins)

Avant de répondre aux questions posées, chaque témoin prête serment de dire la vérité conformément à sa religion ou à sa croyance. Les formes du serment sont soumises à celles fixées par l’annexe du présent code.

Article 155. (concours d’un interprète)

Ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 144 (concours d’un interprète) de ce code, le juge d’instruction peut faire appel à un interprète pour entendre un témoin.

Article 156. (témoins dispensés du serment)

Sont entendus sans prestation de serment les témoins suivants :

1° le père, la mère et tout ascendant du mis en examen;

2° le fils, la fille et tout descendant du mis en examen;

3° les frères et sœurs du mis en examen;

4° les beaux-frères et belles-sœurs du mis en examen;

5° le mari ou la femme du mis en examen, même après divorce;

6° les enfants âgés de moins de quatorze ans.

Article 157. (impossibilité d’audition de certains témoins)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 38

Afin de préserver les droits de la défense, le juge d’instruction ne peut entendre en qualité de témoin une personne contre laquelle existent des indices de culpabilité. Dans ce cas, le juge d’instruction appliquera l’article 143 (notification de mise en examen) de ce code.

Article 158. (transport au domicile du témoin)

Si le témoin est malade ou ne peut se déplacer, le juge d’instruction et le greffier peuvent se rendre au domicile du témoin, ou au lieu où il se trouve, pour recueillir ses déclarations. Section 5 : Perquisitions et les saisies

Article 159. (règles applicables aux perquisitions)

Le juge d’instruction peut procéder à des perquisitions.

Il doit perquisitionner en présence de l’occupant des lieux ou, à défaut, de deux témoins qu’il désigne. Les témoins ne peuvent être des policiers ni des gendarmes qui participent à la coopération de perquisition.

Il ne peut commencer la perquisition avant six heures le matin et après dix-huit heures le soir, sauf :

- en cas de perquisition dans un lieu ouvert au public:

- en cas de perquisition dans un lieu où des personnes se livrent à la prostitution ou aux jeux;

- en cas de perquisition dans un lieu où sont produits, conservés, trafiqués, distribués ou consommés des produits stupéfiants.

Les perquisitions au cabinet d’un avocat doivent être faites en présence du bâtonnier de l’ordre des avocats ou de son délégué.

Le juge d’instruction doit établir un procès verbal de perquisition, signé par lui et par le greffier, et par l’occupant des lieux ou deux témoins.

Le procès verbal mentionne l’identité de l’occupant des lieux ou de chacun des deux témoins. Lorsque la perquisition a lieu au cabinet d’un avocat, le procès verbal mentionne la présence du bâtonnier ou de son délégué.

Article 160. (mise sous scellés des pièces à conviction)

Le juge d’instruction peut saisir les pièces à conviction. Il doit les placer sous scellés.

Après avoir présenté les objets saisis à l’occupant des lieux ou aux deux témoins, il établit un procès verbal de saisie comportant l’inventaire des objets saisis. Le procès verbal de saisie est signé par le juge d’instruction et par le greffier, et par l’occupant des lieux ou deux témoins. Il mentionne l’identité de l’occupant des lieux ou de chacun des témoins.

Article 161. (restitution des objets saisis par le juge d’instruction)

Tant que l’ordonnance de règlement n’est pas rendue, le juge d’instruction est compétent pour restituer les objets saisis, lorsque la propriété n’en est pas sérieusement contestée. Il statue par ordonnance motivée, après avoir recueilli l’avis du procureur du Royaume. L’ordonnance est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au demandeur et à son avocat s’il en a désigné un.

Il n’y pas lieu à restitution lorsque cette mesure est de nature à faire obstacle à la manifestation de la vérité.

Les objets dangereux pour les personnes ou pour les biens, tels que les armes ou les explosifs, ainsi que les objets dont la détention est illégale, ne peuvent être restitués. Ils deviennent propriété de l’Etat.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 39

Section 6 : Expertises

Article 162. (nécessité d’une expertise)

Dans le cas où se pose une question technique, le juge d’instruction peut, d’office ou à la demande du procureur du Royaume, du mis en examen ou de la partie civile, ordonner une expertise.

Lorsque le juge d’instruction refuse de faire droit à une demande d’expertise, il doit statuer par une ordonnance motivée. L’ordonnance doit être rendue dans le délai de cinq jours si la demande émane du procureur du Royaume, et d’un mois si elle émane du mis en examen ou de la partie civile. Elle est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au demandeur.

Article 163. (liste nationale des experts)

Il est institué une liste nationale des experts. Cette liste est établie par le ministre de la Justice. Les modalités d’inscription et de radiation sur la liste sont fixées par prakas.

Les experts inscrits sur la liste nationale des experts prêtent serment, devant la cour d’appel de PHNOM-PENH, d’apporter loyalement leur concours à la justice, conformément à leur religion ou à leur croyance. Les experts inscrits sur la liste n’ont pas à renouveler leur serment chaque fois qu’ils sont commis.

Article 164. (désignation d’un expert ne figurant pas sur la liste)

Le juge d’instruction doit normalement choisir l’expert sur la liste nationale des experts.

Il peut, par ordonnance spécialement motivée, désigner un expert ne figurant pas sur cette liste. Dans ce cas l’expert doit prêter serment d’apporter loyalement son concours à la justice, conformément à sa religion ou à sa croyance.

Article 165. (ordonnance de désignation d’un expert)

L’expert est désigné par une ordonnance du juge d’instruction. L’ordonnance précise la mission de l’expert ainsi que le délai dans lequel elle doit être accomplie.

La mission ne peut concerner que des questions d’ordre technique.

S’il y a lieu, le juge d’instruction remet à l’expert une partie ou l’ensemble des objets saisis. Il établit un procès verbal de remise des objets saisis. L’expert est autorisé à briser les scellés pour procéder à l’expertise. Si l’expertise est de nature à entraîner la dégradation ou la destruction des objets saisis, l’expert doit, avant de commencer ses opérations, en informer le juge d’instruction et solliciter son autorisation.

Article 166. (contrôle de la mission de l’expert par le juge d’instruction)

L’expert remplit sa mission sous le contrôle du juge d’instruction. Il doit le tenir informé du déroulement de sa mission, notamment des difficultés qu’il peut rencontrer.

Si l’expert ne respecte pas le délai imparti par le juge d’instruction, celui-ci procède au remplacement de l’expert. Toutefois si les circonstances le justifient, le juge peut, par ordonnance, accorder une prolongation du délai.

Article 167. (actes nécessaires à l’accomplissement de la mission de l’expert)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 40

L’expert peut, pour l’accomplissement de sa mission, entendre toute personne autre que le mis en examen. Les déclarations reçues par l’expert ne valent qu’à titre de simple renseignement. Aucune personne entendue par l’expert ne prête serment.

S’il estime nécessaire d’entendre le mis en examen, l’expert doit solliciter l’autorisation du juge d’instruction. Le mis en examen peut demander à être entendu par l’expert en présence de son avocat.

Toutefois lorsque le juge d’instruction désigne un médecin ou un psychologue pour examiner le mis en examen, l’examen médical ou psychologique de ce dernier a lieu hors la présence de l’avocat.

Article 168. (rapport de l’expert)

Lorsque les opérations d’expertise sont terminées, l’expert établit un rapport dans lequel il décrit avec précision l’ensemble de ses opérations et formule ses conclusions. L’expert doit attester avoir personnellement accompli les opérations décrites dans le rapport. Le rapport est daté et signé.

Lorsque l’expert a brisé des scellés pour examiner des objets saisis, il le mentionne dans son rapport.

Lorsque l’expert remet son rapport, il restitue au juge d’instruction les objets saisis. Si les scellés ont été brisés, le juge d’instruction place de nouveau les objets sous scellé. Un procès verbal de restitution des objets et, le cas échéant, de placement sous scellé est établi.

Lorsque l’expertise a entraîné la dégradation ou la destruction des objets saisis, l’expert doit mentionner dans son rapport l’autorisation du juge d’instruction prévue par l’article 165 (ordonnance de désignation d’un expert), alinéa 3 et troisième phrase de ce code.

Dans toute la mesure du possible, l’expert établit une copie du rapport et la remet au juge d’instruction.

Article 169. (désignation de plusieurs experts)

Si les circonstances le justifient, le juge d’instruction peut désigner plusieurs experts.

Dans ce cas, si les experts sont d’un avis différent, chacun d’eux indique son opinion personnelle ou ses réserves.

Article 170. (notification des conclusions de l’expertise)

Lorsque le rapport d’expertise est déposé, le juge d’instruction en informe le procureur du Royaume.

Le rapport est versé au dossier d’instruction.

Le juge d’instruction convoque le mis en examen et son avocat pour leur donner connaissance des conclusions de l’expertise.

Le juge d’instruction convoque également la partie civile et son avocat pour leur donner connaissance des conclusions de l’expertise.

Le juge d’instruction fixe un délai au procureur du Royaume, au mis en examen et à la partie civile pour présenter une demande de complément d’expertise ou de contre-expertise. Le délai ne peut être inférieur à dix jours. Pendant ce délai, le dossier, comportant le rapport d’expertise, peut être consulté par les avocats.

Toute demande de complément d’expertise ou de contre-expertise doit être motivée et présentée par écrit.

Lorsque le juge d’instruction refuse de faire droit à une demande de complément d’expertise ou de contre-expertise, il doit statuer par une ordonnance motivée. L’ordonnance doit être rendue dans le délai de cinq jours si la demande émane du procureur du Royaume, et d’un mois si elle émane du mis en examen ou de la partie civile. L’ordonnance est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au demandeur.

Toute demande de complément d’expertise ou de contre-expertise formée après l’expiration du délai fixé par le juge d’instruction est classée au dossier.

Si le juge d’instruction, saisi d’une demande d’expertise, de complément d’expertise ou de contre-expertise, s’abstient de statuer dans les délais prévus soit par l’article 162 (nécessité d’une expertise) (alinéa

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 41

2) de ce code, soit par le présent article, le demandeur peut, par voie de requête, saisir directement la chambre d’instruction qui statue à la place du juge d’instruction.

Article 171. (les frais d’expertise)

Les frais d’expertise sont à la charge du demandeur.

Lorsque le juge d’instruction, le procureur ou les officiers de police judiciaire demandent un complément d’expertise ou une contre-expertise, les frais qui en résultent sont à la charge de l’Etat Section 7 : Ecoutes téléphoniques

Article 172. (écoutes téléphoniques ordonnées par le juge d’instruction)

Le juge d’instruction peut, pour les besoins de la manifestation de la vérité, ordonner l’écoute et l’enregistrement de conversations téléphoniques. Il peut également ordonner l’interception et l’enregistrement de toute correspondance émise par le moyen des télécommunications, telle que les messages fax ou les messages internet.

Il peut demander à tout service public ou à tout fonctionnaire qualifié d’installer le dispositif technique et de procéder aux enregistrements. Le juge d’instruction précise dans son ordonnance la nature des liaisons à intercepter, ainsi que la durée de la mission.

Le service public ou le fonctionnaire désigné est tenu de satisfaire à la demande du juge d’instruction. Au cours de l’exécution de la mission, il tient le juge d’instruction informé du déroulement de celle-ci, notamment des difficultés éventuelles. Lorsque la mission est accomplie, il établit une transcription écrite des enregistrements; cette transcription doit refléter fidèlement le contenu des enregistrements. Les enregistrements sont remis au juge d’instruction et placés sous scellé.

Le juge d’instruction peut à tout moment se rendre dans les locaux où sont effectués les interceptions et les enregistrements. L’accès à ces locaux ne peut lui être interdit pour quelque motif que ce soit, même s’il s’agit de locaux militaires.

Le juge d’instruction peut également procéder par voie de commission rogatoire. Section 8 : Commissions rogatoires

Article 173. (commission rogatoire)

Le juge d’instruction peut demander, par voie de commission rogatoire, à un juge de son tribunal ou d’un autre tribunal, à un officier de police judiciaire ou à un service de police judiciaire d’effectuer des actes d’instruction.

Article 174. (contenu de la commission rogatoire)

La commission rogatoire précise la nature des actes à effectuer. Ces actes doivent être en relation directe avec l’infraction poursuivie. La commission rogatoire ne peut être générale et doit être précise.

Le juge d’instruction fixe le délai dans lequel la commission rogatoire doit être exécutée.

La commission rogatoire est datée et signée par le juge d’instruction et revêtu de son sceau.

Le juge d’instruction peut, à tout moment, rapporter la commission rogatoire.

Article 175. (commission rogatoire délivrée à un autre juge)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 42

Lorsque la commission rogatoire est délivrée à un juge, celui-ci dispose de tous les pouvoirs du juge d’instruction.

Article 176. (commission rogatoire délivrée à un officier de police judiciaire)

Lorsque la commission rogatoire est délivrée à un officier de police judiciaire, ce dernier dispose des pouvoirs prévus par les articles 178 (procès verbal de recherches et de constatations) à 184 (procès verbaux établis par l’officier de police judiciaire) de ce code.

Pour l’exécution de la commission rogatoire, l’officier de police judiciaire est placé sous l’autorité du juge d’instruction et n’a de compte à rendre qu’à ce magistrat.

Article 177. (exécution de la commission rogatoire par un officier de police judiciaire)

L’officier de police judiciaire effectue les actes visés dans la commission rogatoire dans son ressort territorial, sous réserve des dispositions de l’article 68 (extension de la compétence territoriale) (alinéas 2 et 3).

Article 178. (procès verbal de recherches et de constatations)

L’officier de police judiciaire établit un procès verbal de ses recherches et constatations.

Article 179. (règles concernant les auditions effectuées par l’officier de police judiciaire)

L’officier de police judiciaire peut convoquer et entendre des témoins.

Avant de répondre aux questions posées, chaque témoin prête serment de dire la vérité, conformément à sa religion ou à sa croyance. Toutefois les témoins énumérés par l’article 156 (témoins dispensés du serment) sont dispensés de serment. Afin de préserver les droits de la défense, l’officier de police judiciaire ne peut entendre en qualité de témoin une personne contre laquelle existent des indices de culpabilité. Lorsque l’audition d’un témoin fait apparaître contre lui des indices de culpabilité, l’officier de police judiciaire doit interrompre l’audition et en référer au juge d’instruction. L’officier de police judiciaire peut faire appel à un interprète qui prête serment d’apporter son concours à la justice, conformément à sa religion ou à sa croyance.

La personne convoquée en qualité de témoin est tenue de comparaître. En cas de refus, l’officier de police judiciaire avise le juge d’instruction qui peut délivrer un ordre de comparaître. L’ordre de comparaître comporte l’identité du témoin; il est daté et signé par le juge d’instruction et revêtu de son sceau. L’ordre de comparaître autorise l’officier de police judiciaire à faire appel à la force publique pour contraindre le témoin à comparaître devant lui.

Les alinéas 2 à 5 de l’article 93 (procès verbal d'audition) de ce code sont applicables au procès verbal d’audition du témoin.

Article 180. (auditions ne pouvant être effectuées par l’officier de police judiciaire)

L’officier de police judiciaire ne peut interroger un mis en examen ni entendre une partie civile.

Article 181. (perquisitions et saisies effectuées par l’officier de police judiciaire)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 43

L’officier de police judiciaire peut effectuer des perquisitions et des saisies dans les conditions prévues par les articles 91 (perquisitions) et 92 (mise sous scellés des pièces à conviction) de ce code. Toutefois l’autorisation prévue par la deuxième phrase du premier alinéa de l’article 91 (perquisitions) de ce code est donnée par le juge d’instruction.

Article 182. (garde à vue dans le cadre d’une commission rogatoire)

Les dispositions des articles 96 (placement en garde à vue) à 102 (procès verbal récapitulatif de garde à vue) relatives à la garde à vue sont applicables dans le cadre de l’exécution d’une commission rogatoire. Toutefois les pouvoirs attribués par ces articles au procureur du Royaume sont exercés par le juge d’instruction. Pour l’application des articles 103 (déférement du gardé à vue) et 104 (délai de déferrement) de ce code, la personne est conduite devant le juge d’instruction à l’expiration de la garde à vue.

Article 183. (écoutes dans le cadre d’une commission rogatoire)

Lorsque la commission rogatoire prévoit l’écoute et l’enregistrement de conversations téléphoniques, ou l’interception et l’enregistrement de toute correspondance émise par le moyen des télécommunications, telle que les messages fax ou les messages internet, l’officier de police judiciaire exerce les pouvoirs attribués au juge d’instruction par la deuxième phrase de l’alinéa 1er et l’alinéa 2 de l’article 172 (écoutes téléphoniques ordonnées par le juge d’instruction) de ce code.

Article 184. (procès verbaux établis par l’officier de police judiciaire)

Les procès verbaux établis par un officier de police judiciaire dans le cadre de l’exécution d’une commission rogatoire sont soumis aux dispositions de l’article 108 (mentions portées aux procès verbaux) de ce code.

Chapitre 3 : Mesures de sûreté ; Section 1 : Mandats

Article 185. (mandats délivrés)

Le juge d’instruction peut délivrer un mandat de comparution, un mandat d’amener, un mandat d’arrêt et un mandat de dépôt.

Section 2 : Mandat de comparution ;

Article 186. (mandat de comparution)

Le juge d’instruction peut délivrer un mandat de comparution.

Le mandat de comparution est l’ordre donné à une personne de comparaître devant le juge d’instruction.

Le mandat de comparution peut être délivré à l’encontre d’un mis en examen ou d’une personne contre laquelle existent des indices de culpabilité.

Article 187. (mentions portées sur le mandat de comparution)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 44

Le mandat de comparution comporte les mentions suivantes :

- l’identité de la personne concernée;

- l’infraction reprochée et les textes de loi qui la définissent et la répriment;

- le jour, l’heure et le lieu de la comparution devant le juge d’instruction;

- le nom et la qualité du magistrat qui délivre le mandat.

Il est daté et signé par le juge d’instruction, et revêtu de son sceau.

Article 188. (notification du mandat de comparution)

Le mandat de comparution est notifié à la personne concernée par un officier de police judiciaire, un agent de police judiciaire ou un huissier.

La personne concernée reçoit une copie du mandat et doit signer l’original, qui est retourné au juge d’instruction.

L’officier de police judiciaire, l’agent de police judiciaire ou l’huissier doit aviser le juge d’instruction de toute difficulté dans l’exécution de la mission. Section 3 : Mandat d’amener ;

Article 189. (délivrance du mandat d’amener par le juge d’instruction)

Le juge d’instruction peut délivrer un mandat d’amener.

Article 190. (mandat d’amener)

Le mandat d’amener est l’ordre donné à la force publique d’arrêter une personne et de la conduire devant le juge d’instruction.

Le mandat d’amener peut être délivré à l’encontre d’un mis en examen ou d’une personne contre laquelle existent des indices de culpabilité.

Article 191. (mentions portées sur le mandat d’amener)

Le mandat d’amener comporte les mentions suivantes :

- l’identité de la personne concernée;

- l’infraction reprochée et les textes de loi qui la définissent et la répriment;

- le nom et la qualité du magistrat qui délivre le mandat.

Il est daté et signé par le juge d’instruction, et revêtu de son sceau.

Article 192. (exécution du mandat d’amener)

L’exécution des mandats d’amener est confiée aux officiers de police judiciaire.

En cas d’urgence, le mandat d’amener est diffusé auprès des services de police ou de gendarmerie par tout moyen. L’original du mandat est remis dans les plus brefs délais à l’officier de police judiciaire chargé de l’exécution. L’officier de police judiciaire ne peut s’introduire au domicile où réside la personne concernée avant six heures le matin et après dix-huit heures le soir. Il doit aviser le juge d’instruction de toute difficulté dans l’exécution de sa mission.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 45

Article 193. (présentation sur mandat d’amener)

Si, en raison des circonstances, la personne concernée ne peut être présentée au juge d’instruction aussitôt après son arrestation, elle est conduite dans un local de police ou de gendarmerie, dans une prison ou dans un centre de détention. Elle doit être présentée le lendemain au plus tard au juge d’instruction ou à son remplaçant. Si la présentation ne peut avoir lieu le lendemain, la personne concernée est remise en liberté.

Article 194. (imputation de la durée de la détention provisoire)

Lorsqu’une personne, arrêtée en exécution d’un mandat d’amener, est incarcérée, la durée de cette incarcération s’impute, s’il y a lieu, sur la durée de la détention provisoire. Section 4 : Mandat d’arrêt ;

Article 195. (délivrance du mandat d’arrêt par le juge d’instruction)

Le juge d’instruction peut délivrer un mandat d’arrêt.

Article 196. (mandat d’arrêt)

Le mandat d’arrêt peut être délivré à l’encontre d’un mis en examen ou d’une personne contre laquelle existent des indices de culpabilité.

Le juge d’instruction ne peut délivrer un mandat d’arrêt que si :

1° l’infraction reprochée est un crime ou un délit puni d’une peine d’emprisonnement;

2° la personne concernée est en fuite, réside en un lieu inconnu ou réside hors du territoire du Royaume.

Le mandat d’arrêt est l’ordre donné :

- à la force publique de rechercher une personne, de l’arrêter et de la conduire dans une prison ou un centre de détention;

- au directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention de recevoir et d’incarcérer cette personne.

Article 197. (mandat d’arrêt et avis du procureur)

Avant de délivrer un mandat d’arrêt, le juge d’instruction doit recueillir l’avis du procureur du Royaume. Il délivre ce mandat avec indication des motifs après avoir recueilli l’avis du procureur.

Le procureur du Royaume veille à la diffusion des mandats d’arrêt.

Article 198. (mentions portées sur mandat d’arrêt)

Le mandat d’arrêt comporte les mentions suivantes :

- l’identité de la personne concernée;

- l’infraction reprochée et les textes de loi qui la définissent et la répriment;

- le nom et la qualité du magistrat qui délivre le mandat.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 46

Il est daté et signé par le juge d’instruction, et revêtu de son sceau.

Article 199. (exécution du mandat d’arrêt)

L’exécution des mandats d’arrêt est confiée aux officiers de police judiciaire.

En cas d’urgence, le mandat d’arrêt est diffusé auprès des services de police ou de gendarmerie par tout moyen. L’original du mandat est remis dans les plus brefs délais à l’officier de police judiciaire chargé de l’exécution.

L’officier de police judiciaire ne peut s’introduire au domicile où réside la personne concernée avant six heures le matin et après dix-huit heures le soir. Il doit aviser le juge d’instruction de toute difficulté dans l’exécution de sa mission.

Article 200. (diffusion internationale du mandat d’arrêt)

En cas de besoin, les mandats d’arrêt peuvent faire l’objet d’une diffusion internationale, par l’intermédiaire du ministère de la Justice, à l’aide des mécanismes efficaces.

Article 201. (présentation sur mandat d’arrêt)

Le directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention est tenu de recevoir et d’incarcérer un mis en examen qui fait l’objet d’un mandat d’arrêt. Il conserve l’original du mandat ou une copie certifiée conforme.

La personne concernée doit être présentée au juge d’instruction ou à son remplaçant dans les plus brefs délais, si elle est encore dans la phase d’instruction.

Si cette présentation nécessite un transfert de la personne concernée vers une autre prison ou un autre centre de détention, ce transfert est organisé par le parquet.

Si la personne concernée n’est pas présentée au juge d’instruction ou à son remplaçant le lendemain du jour de son arrestation, elle doit être entendue par le procureur du Royaume du lieu de détention. Celui-ci établit un procès verbal d’audition qui sera transmis au juge d’instruction.

Article 202. (imputation de la durée de la détention provisoire)

Lorsqu’une personne, arrêtée en exécution d’un mandat d’arrêt, est incarcérée, la durée de cette incarcération s’impute, s’il y a lieu, sur la durée de la détention provisoire. Section 5 : Détention provisoire

Article 203. (principe de la détention provisoire)

En principe, le mis en examen reste libre. Il peut, à titre exceptionnel, être placé en détention provisoire dans les conditions prévues par la présente section.

Article 204. (cas de détention provisoire)

La détention provisoire n’est applicable qu’en cas de mise en examen pour un crime ou pour un délit puni d’une peine égale ou supérieure à un an d’emprisonnement.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 47

Article 205. (motifs de détention provisoire)

La détention provisoire peut être ordonnée lorsqu’elle est nécessaire :

1° pour mettre fin à l’infraction ou prévenir son renouvellement;

2° pour empêcher soit une pression sur les témoins ou les victimes, soit une concertation entre le mis en examen et complice;

3° pour conserver les preuves ou les indices matériels;

4° pour garantir le maintien du mis en examen à la disposition de la justice;

5° pour protéger le mis en examen;

6° pour préserver l’ordre public du trouble causé par l’infraction.

Article 206. (des observations du mis en examen et motivations de l’ordonnance)

Le juge d’instruction qui envisage, soit de sa propre initiative, soit sur les réquisitions du procureur du Royaume, de placer un mis en examen en détention provisoire, en informe le mis en examen et recueille ses observations. Lorsque le mis en examen est assisté par un avocat, ce dernier présente ses moyens de défense.

Le juge d’instruction place le mis en examen en détention provisoire par une ordonnance motivée. Il doit, dans son ordonnance, se référer aux dispositions de l’article 205 (motifs de détention provisoire) de ce code. L’ordonnance est notifiée immédiatement au procureur du Royaume et au mis en examen.

Le juge d’instruction délivre un mandat de dépôt dans les conditions prévues aux articles 220 (définition du mandat de dépôt), 221 (mentions portées sur le mandat de dépôt) et 222 (exécution du mandat de dépôt) de ce code.

Article 207. (ordonnance de refus de mise en détention provisoire)

Lorsque le juge d’instruction, saisi de réquisitions du procureur du Royaume tendant à obtenir le placement du mis en examen en détention provisoire, refuse d’y faire droit, il doit rendre dans les cinq jours une ordonnance de refus qui n’a pas à être motivée. L’ordonnance est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au demandeur.

Si le juge d’instruction n’a pas statué dans le délai de cinq jours, le procureur du Royaume peut, par voie de requête, saisir la chambre d’instruction qui statue à la place du juge d’instruction.

Article 208. (durée de la détention provisoire en matière criminelle)

Pour le majeur poursuivi pour un crime, la détention provisoire ne peut excéder six mois. Toutefois à l’expiration de ce délai, le juge d’instruction peut prolonger la détention provisoire pour une durée de six mois à chaque fois par une ordonnance motivée et précise.

Il ne peut ordonner que deux prolongations.

Article 209. (durée de la détention provisoire en matière correctionnelle)

Pour le majeur poursuivi pour un délit, la détention provisoire ne peut excéder quatre mois. Toutefois à l’expiration de ce délai, le juge d’instruction ne peut prolonger qu’une seule fois la détention provisoire pour une durée qui ne peut excéder deux mois par une ordonnance motivée et précise.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 48

La durée de la détention provisoire ci-dessus ne doit pas excéder la moitié du minimum de la peine prévue par la loi.

Article 210. (durée de la détention provisoire en cas de crime contre l’humanité

Dans le cas de poursuites pour crime contre l’humanité, crime de génocide ou crime de guerre, la détention provisoire ne peut excéder un an pour chacune de ces infractions. Toutefois à l’expiration de ce délai, le juge d’instruction peut prolonger la détention provisoire pour une durée qui ne peut excéder un an par une ordonnance motivée et précise.

Il ne peut ordonner que deux prolongations.

Article 211. (prolongation de la détention provisoire)

Lorsqu’il envisage de prolonger la détention provisoire, le juge d’instruction en informe le mis en examen et recueille ses observations. Lorsque le mis en examen est assisté par un avocat, ce dernier présente ses moyens de défense.

Le juge d’instruction prolonge la détention provisoire par une ordonnance motivée. Il doit, dans son ordonnance, se référer aux dispositions de l’article 205 (motifs de détention provisoire) de ce code. L’ordonnance est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au mis en examen.

Article 212. (décision concernant les mineurs de moins de 14 ans)

Les mineurs âgés de moins de quatorze ans ne peuvent être placés en détention provisoire. Le juge d’instruction peut décider de remettre ces mineurs à leurs tuteurs ou dans le cas où ils n’en ont pas, les remettre au centre d’éducation et d’entretien provisoire en attendant la décision du juge.

Article 213. (durée de la détention provisoire en matière criminelle relative au mineur âgé de quatorze ans à moins de dix-huit ans)

Pour le mineur âgé de quatorze ans à moins de dix-huit ans et poursuivi pour un crime, la durée de la détention provisoire est suivante :

1. La détention provisoire ne peut excéder quatre mois lorsqu’il est âgé de moins de seize ans.

2. La détention provisoire ne peut excéder six mois lorsqu’il est âgé de seize ans à moins de dix-huit ans.

Article 214. (durée de la détention provisoire en matière correctionnelle relative au mineur âgé de quatorze ans à moins de dix-huit ans)

Pour le mineur âgé de quatorze ans à moins de dix-huit ans et poursuivi pour un délit, la durée de la détention provisoire est suivante :

1. La détention provisoire ne peut excéder deux mois lorsqu’il est âgé de moins de seize ans.

2. La détention provisoire ne peut excéder quatre mois lorsqu’il est âgé de seize ans à moins de dix-huit ans.

La durée de la détention provisoire selon les 1er et 2e points du présent article ne doit pas excéder la moitié du minimum de la peine fixée par la loi pour ces mineurs.

Article 215. (mise en liberté du mis en examen par le juge d’instruction)

Le juge d’instruction peut ordonner à tout moment la mise en liberté d’un mis en examen.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 49

Lorsqu’il envisage de mettre le mis en examen en liberté, il en informe le procureur du Royaume afin de recueillir son avis, et lui communique le dossier. Le procureur du Royaume doit formuler son avis dans le plus bref délai. Le juge d’instruction statue au plus tard dans les cinq jours qui suivent la communication du dossier.

En cas d’urgence, le juge d’instruction peut ordonner la mise en liberté immédiate du mis en examen sans attendre l’avis du procureur du Royaume. Il doit indiquer le motif d’urgence dans son ordonnance.

Article 216. (mise en liberté du mis en examen sur réquisitions du procureur du Royaume)

Le procureur du Royaume peut requérir à tout moment la mise en liberté du mis en examen. Le juge d’instruction doit statuer dans le délai de cinq jours.

Si le juge d’instruction n’a pas statué dans le délai de cinq jours, le procureur du Royaume peut, par voie de requête, saisir la chambre d’instruction qui statue à la place du juge d’instruction.

L’ordonnance qui refuse la mise en liberté doit être motivée.

Article 217. (mise en liberté sur demande du mis en examen)

Le mis en examen peut présenter à tout moment une demande de mise en liberté. Le juge d’instruction la transmet immédiatement pour avis au procureur du Royaume et lui communique le dossier. Le procureur du Royaume doit formuler son avis dans le plus bref délai. Le juge d’instruction statue au plus tard dans les cinq jours qui suivent la communication du dossier.

Le mis en examen peut présenter à nouveau une autre demande de mise en liberté au juge d’instruction ou à la chambre d’instruction dans le délai d’un mois à compter de la décision de refus de la demande précédente. Le juge d’instruction ou la chambre d’instruction statue sur cette demande dans le délai de cinq jours à compter de la réception de la demande.

L’ordonnance qui refuse la mise en liberté doit être motivée.

Si le juge d’instruction n’a pas statué dans le délai de cinq jours, le mis en examen peut, par voie de requête, saisir la chambre d’instruction qui statue à la place du juge d’instruction.

Article 218. (notification de l’ordonnance de mise en liberté)

L’ordonnance de mise en liberté est notifiée immédiatement au procureur du Royaume et au directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention. Les dispositions de l’article 276 (mise en liberté d’un mis en examen détenu) de ce code sont applicables.

L’ordonnance qui refuse la mise en liberté est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au procureur du Royaume et au mis en examen.

Lorsqu’il ordonne la mise en liberté d’un mis en examen, le juge d’instruction peut le placer sous contrôle judiciaire dans les conditions prévues aux articles 223 (obligations du contrôle judiciaire) à 230 (soustraction du mis en examen aux obligations du contrôle judiciaire) de ce code. Section 6 : Mandat de dépôt

Article 219. (délivrance du mandat de dépôt par le juge d’instruction)

Le juge d’instruction peut délivrer un mandat de dépôt.

Article 220. (définition du mandat de dépôt)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 50

Le mandat de dépôt est l’ordre donné au directeur d’une prison ou d’un centre de détention de recevoir et d’incarcérer un mis en examen.

Le juge d’instruction ne peut délivrer un mandat de dépôt que si le mis en examen fait l’objet d’une ordonnance de placement en détention provisoire.

Article 221. (mentions portées sur le mandat de dépôt)

Le mandat de dépôt comporte les mentions suivantes :

- l’identité du mis en examen;

- la nature de la mise en examen et les textes de loi qui définissent et répriment l’infraction;

- le nom et la qualité du magistrat qui délivre le mandat.

Il est daté et signé par le juge d’instruction, et revêtu de son sceau.

Article 222. (exécution du mandat de dépôt)

Le directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention est tenu de recevoir et d’incarcérer un mis en examen qui fait l’objet d’un mandat de dépôt, jusqu’à ce qu’il reçoive notification de sa mise en liberté. Il conserve l’original du mandat de dépôt ou une copie certifiée conforme. Section 7 : Contrôle judiciaire

Article 223. (obligations du contrôle judiciaire)

Le juge d’instruction peut, à tout moment, placer le mis en examen sous contrôle judiciaire si ce dernier est poursuivi d’une infraction punie d’une peine d’emprisonnement.

Le contrôle judiciaire a pour effet de soumettre un mis en examen libre à une ou plusieurs des obligations suivantes :

1° ne pas sortir des limites territoriales fixées par le juge d’instruction;

2° ne pas changer de domicile sans l’autorisation du juge d’instruction;

3° ne pas se rendre en certains lieux fixés par le juge d’instruction;

4° se présenter périodiquement à un service de police ou de gendarmerie désigné par le juge d’instruction;

5° répondre à toute convocation de toute personne désignée par le juge d’instruction;

6° remettre au greffe tout document d’identité;

7° ne pas conduire un véhicule automobile;

8° ne pas recevoir ou rencontrer certaines personnes désignées par le juge d’instruction;

9° fournir une caution dont le montant et le délai de versement sont fixés par le juge d’instruction compte tenu des ressources du mis en examen;

10° ne pas détenir ni porter d’arme; remettre au greffe les armes dont le mis en examen est détenteur;

11° se soumettre à un traitement médical ou à des soins, éventuellement sous le régime de l’hospitalisation;

12° ne pas exercer certaines activités professionnelles.

Pour l’application du 12° ci-dessus, le juge d’instruction ne peut interdire l’exercice de mandats électifs ni d’activités syndicales.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 51

Article 224. (non application du contrôle judiciaire aux mineurs de moins de 14 ans)

Les mineurs âgés de moins de quatorze ans ne peuvent être placés sous contrôle judiciaire.

Article 225. (remise de récépissés)

Dans les cas prévus par les 6°, 9° et 10° de l’article 223 (obligations du contrôle judiciaire), le mis en examen reçoit un récépissé de remise du document d’identité, de la caution ou des armes. Le récépissé de remise du document d’identité est signé par le greffier.

Le récépissé de remise de la caution ou des armes est signé conjointement par le président du tribunal, le procureur du Royaume et le greffier.

La caution est déposée sur un compte spécial ouvert dans une banque, ou conservée dans un local offrant les plus grandes garanties de sécurité. Ce local est choisi d’un commun accord par le président du tribunal et le procureur du Royaume.

Les armes sont conservées dans le local précité

.

Article 226. (ordonnance de placement sous contrôle judiciaire)

Le juge d’instruction place le mis en examen sous contrôle judiciaire soit de sa propre initiative, soit sur les réquisitions du procureur du Royaume. Il précise dans son ordonnance les obligations imposées au mis en examen.

L’ordonnance de placement sous contrôle judiciaire est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au procureur du Royaume et au mis en examen.

Lorsque le juge d’instruction, saisi de réquisitions du procureur du Royaume tendant à obtenir le placement du mis en examen sous contrôle judiciaire, refuse d’y faire droit, il doit rendre dans les cinq jours une ordonnance de rejet.

L’ordonnance est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au procureur du Royaume.

Si le juge d’instruction n’a pas statué dans le délai de cinq jours, le procureur du Royaume peut, par voie de requête, saisir la chambre d’instruction qui statue à la place du juge d’instruction.

Article 227. (modification d’office du contrôle judiciaire par le juge d’instruction)

Le juge d’instruction peut à tout moment modifier le contenu de certaines obligations, en supprimer ou en imposer de nouvelles.

Il peut également mettre fin au contrôle judiciaire.

Il statue par une ordonnance qui est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au procureur du Royaume et au mis en examen.

Article 228. (demande de modifications du contrôle judiciaire par le procureur du Royaume)

Le procureur du Royaume peut requérir à tout moment la mainlevée ou la modification du contrôle judiciaire. Le juge d’instruction doit statuer dans le délai de cinq jours. L’ordonnance est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au procureur du Royaume.

Si le juge d’instruction n’a pas statué dans ce délai, le procureur du Royaume peut, par voie de requête, saisir la chambre d’instruction qui statue à la place du juge d’instruction.

L’ordonnance qui refuse de faire droit aux réquisitions doit être motivée.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 52

Article 229. (demande de modifications du contrôle judiciaire par le mis en examen)

Le mis en examen peut présenter à tout moment une demande de mainlevée ou de modification du contrôle judiciaire. Le juge d’instruction la transmet immédiatement pour avis au procureur du Royaume et lui communique le dossier. Il statue au plus tard dans les cinq jours qui suivent la communication du dossier au procureur du Royaume. L’ordonnance est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au procureur du Royaume et au mis en examen.

Lorsqu’une demande de mainlevée ou de modification du contrôle judiciaire est présentée avant que le juge d’instruction ou la chambre d’instruction ait statué sur une précédente demande, le délai de cinq jours ne commence à courir qu’à compter de la décision rendue sur la précédente demande. L’ordonnance qui refuse de faire droit à la demande doit être motivée.

Si le juge d’instruction n’a pas statué dans le délai de cinq jours, le mis en examen peut, par voie de requête, saisir la chambre d’instruction qui statue à la place du juge d’instruction.

Article 230. (soustraction du mis en examen aux obligations du contrôle judiciaire)

Si le mis en examen se soustrait volontairement aux obligations du contrôle judiciaire, le juge peut le placer en détention provisoire quelle que soit la durée de la peine d’emprisonnement encourue et même si le mis en examen a déjà été placé en détention provisoire pour la durée maximum prévue par les articles 208 (durée de la détention provisoire en matière criminelle) à 210 (durée de la détention provisoire en cas de crime contre l’humanité), 213 (durée de la détention provisoire en matière criminelle relative au mineur âgé de quatorze ans à moins de dix-huit ans) et 214 (durée de la détention provisoire en matière correctionnelle relative au mineur âgé de quatorze ans à moins de dix-huit ans) de ce code.

Lorsqu’il envisage, pour ce motif, de placer le mis en examen en détention provisoire, le juge d’instruction en informe le mis en examen et recueille ses observations. Si le mis en examen est assisté par un avocat, ce dernier présente ses moyens de défense.

Le juge d’instruction place le mis en examen en détention provisoire par une ordonnance motivée. L’ordonnance est immédiatement notifiée au procureur du Royaume et au mis en examen.

La détention provisoire ordonnée en application du présent article ne peut excéder quatre mois pour un majeur et deux mois pour un mineur.

Chapitre 4 : Convocations et notifications Section 1 : Dispositions générales

Article 231. (délais communs)

Tous les délais prévus par le présent livre pour l’accomplissement d’un acte ou d’une formalité expirent le dernier jour à vingt-quatre heures. Le délai qui expirerait normalement un samedi, un dimanche ou un jour férié est prorogé jusqu’au premier jour ouvrable suivant.

Dans tous les cas où la signature d’une personne est requise sur un acte, la signature peut être remplacée par une empreinte digitale lorsque la personne ne sait pas signer.

Article 232. (modes de convocations)

Le mis en examen libre, la partie civile et le témoin sont convoqués par la voie postale, par la voie administrative ou par l’intermédiaire des services de police ou de gendarmerie.

La convocation au mis en examen est effectuée à la dernière adresse déclarée, ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 143 (notification de la mise en examen) de ce code.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 53

En cas de nécessité, la convocation peut être faite par tout moyen.

Article 233. (convocation du mis en examen détenu)

Le mis en examen détenu est convoqué par l’intermédiaire du directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention.

Article 234. (convocation des avocats)

Les avocats sont convoqués par la voie postale ou par la voie administrative.

En cas de nécessité, la convocation peut être faite par tout moyen.

Article 235. (mentions des convocations au dossier)

Le mode de convocation et la date de celle-ci sont mentionnés par le greffier dans le dossier.

Article 236. (notification d’ordonnance aux avocats)

Toutes les fois qu’une ordonnance doit être notifiée au mis en examen, le juge d’instruction doit également la notifier à son avocat, si le mis en examen est assisté par un avocat.

Toutes les fois qu’une ordonnance doit être notifiée à la partie civile, le juge d’instruction doit également la notifier à son avocat, si la partie civile est assistée par un avocat.

Article 237. (notification d’ordonnance au procureur du Royaume)

Les ordonnances du juge d’instruction sont notifiées verbalement au procureur du Royaume.

Le greffier mentionne la date de la notification en marge de l’ordonnance. Le procureur du Royaume appose sa signature.

Le procureur général est informé des ordonnances du juge d’instruction par le procureur du Royaume selon les modalités qu’il fixe.

Article 238. (notification d’ordonnance au mis en examen)

Les ordonnances du juge d’instruction sont notifiées au mis en examen détenu ainsi qu’il suit :

- soit verbalement;

- soit par l’intermédiaire du directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention.

Elles sont notifiées au mis en examen non détenu, à la partie civile et aux avocats ainsi qu’il suit :

- soit verbalement;

- soit par la voie administrative;

- soit par l’intermédiaire des services de police ou de gendarmerie.

Lorsque la notification est faite verbalement, le greffier mentionne la notification en marge de l’ordonnance. Le mis en examen, la partie civile appose sa signature.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 54

Dans les autres cas, la notification est faite par la remise d’une copie de l’ordonnance, contre récépissé.

Article 239. (remise de convocation ou d’ordonnance)

Tout fonctionnaire, toute autorité administrative, tout policier ou gendarme à qui le juge d’instruction demande de remettre une convocation ou une ordonnance est tenu de se conformer à ses ordres.

La personne, le service ou l’autorité désigné par le juge d’instruction doit remettre la convocation ou l’ordonnance à son destinataire, contre récépissé. Le récépissé est retourné dans le plus bref délai au juge d’instruction. Section 2 : Règles particulières

Article 240. (mentions portées obligatoirement au procès verbal du juge d’instruction)

Tout procès verbal du juge d’instruction doit comporter les indications suivantes :

- nom du juge d’instruction;

- nom du greffier;

- numéro, date de la procédure;

- date du réquisitoire introductif;

- nature des infractions visées dans le réquisitoire introductif;

- date d’établissement du procès verbal.

Chaque page du procès verbal doit être signée par le juge d’instruction et par le greffier.

Le procès verbal ne doit comporter aucun interligne. Les ratures et les renvois doivent être authentifiés par la signature, en marge, du juge d’instruction et du greffier.

Article 241. (signature du procès verbal de première comparution)

Chaque page du procès verbal de première comparution mentionné à l’article 143 (notification de la mise en examen) de ce code, est signée, en marge, par le juge d’instruction, le greffier et l’intéressé.

Lorsque le mis en examen fait des déclarations, celles-ci doivent être reproduites fidèlement dans le procès verbal.

Article 242. (règles pour la rédaction des procès verbaux)

Chaque interrogatoire, audition ou confrontation donne lieu à l’établissement d’un procès verbal.

Le procès verbal reproduit fidèlement les questions, les réponses et les déclarations spontanées.

Chaque page du procès verbal d’interrogatoire est signée par le mis en examen et le cas échéant par l’interprète.

Chaque page du procès verbal d’audition de la partie civile est signée par la partie civile et le cas échéant par l’interprète.

Chaque page du procès verbal d’audition de témoin est signée par le témoin et le cas échéant par l’interprète.

Chaque page du procès verbal de confrontation est signée par toutes les personnes confrontées et le cas échéant par l’interprète.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 55

Avant de signer, le mis en examen, la partie civile ou le témoin relit le procès verbal. Si la personne ne sait pas lire, le greffier lit à haute voix le procès verbal. L’interprète en donne la traduction. Si la personne refuse de signer, le juge en fait mention dans le procès-verbal.

Article 243. (mentions portées obligatoirement sur l’ordonnance du juge d’instruction)

Toute ordonnance du juge d’instruction doit comporter les indications suivantes :

- nom du juge d’instruction;

- nom du greffier;

- numéro et date de la procédure;

- date du réquisitoire introductif;

- nature des infractions visées dans le réquisitoire introductif;

- si une mise en examen a été prononcée, l’identité du mis en examen, sa date de naissance, son lieu de naissance, son domicile;

- numéro et date d’établissement de l’ordonnance.

Chaque page de l’ordonnance doit être signée par le juge d’instruction et par le greffier.

L’ordonnance ne doit comporter aucun interligne. Les ratures et les renvois doivent être authentifiés par la signature, en marge, du juge d’instruction et du greffier.

Article 244. (ordonnance de transmission de pièces)

Lorsque le juge d’instruction communique une pièce du dossier au procureur du Royaume, il rend une ordonnance de transmission de pièces.

Lorsqu’il communique le dossier au procureur du Royaume, il rend une ordonnance de transmission du dossier.

Les dispositions de l’article 243 (mentions portées obligatoirement sur l’ordonnance du juge d’instruction) de ce code, sont applicables aux ordonnances de transmission.

Article 245. (demandes présentées par l’avocat)

Toutes les fois que le présent code autorise le mis en examen à présenter une demande au juge d’instruction, la demande peut être formulée par l’avocat du mis en examen.

Toutes les fois que le présent code autorise la partie civile à présenter une demande au juge d’instruction, la demande peut être formulée par l’avocat de la partie civile.

Toute demande de restitution d’objet saisi formulée par une personne étrangère à la procédure d’instruction peut être présentée par un avocat.

Chapitre 5 : Clôture de l’instruction

Article 246. (réquisitoire définitif du procureur du Royaume)

Lorsque le juge d’instruction estime que l’instruction est terminée, il en informe le procureur du Royaume, le mis en examen, la partie civile et les avocats.

A l’issue d’un délai de deux jours, il communique le dossier au procureur du Royaume.

Si le procureur du Royaume estime que de nouveaux actes d’instruction sont nécessaires, il procède conformément à l’article 132 (demande d’actes par le procureur du Royaume) de ce code.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 56

Dans le délai de quinze jours si le mis en examen est détenu, et d’un mois dans le cas contraire, le procureur du Royaume retourne le dossier au juge d’instruction, accompagné du réquisitoire définitif. Le délai court à compter de la réception du dossier par le procureur du Royaume.

S’il estime, comme le juge d’instruction, que l’information est terminée, il établit un réquisitoire définitif qui doit être écrit et motivé. Le procureur du Royaume peut requérir soit le renvoi du mis en examen devant la juridiction de jugement, soit le non-lieu.

Article 247. (ordonnance de règlement)

Le juge d’instruction clôture l’instruction par une ordonnance de règlement. L’ordonnance de règlement peut être une ordonnance de renvoi ou une ordonnance de non-lieu.

S’il estime que les faits constituent un crime, un délit ou une contravention, le juge d’instruction ordonne le renvoi du mis en examen devant le tribunal. L’ordonnance énonce les faits reprochés et la qualification juridique retenue.

Le juge d’instruction rend une ordonnance de non-lieu dans les cas suivants :

1° les faits ne constituent ni un crime, ni un délit, ni une contravention;

2° l’auteur des faits est resté inconnu;

3° il n’existe pas de charge suffisante contre le mis en examen.

L’ordonnance de règlement doit toujours être motivée. Le juge d’instruction n’est pas lié par le réquisitoire définitif du procureur du Royaume. L’ordonnance peut être de renvoi pour certains faits, et de non-lieu pour d’autres.

L’ordonnance de règlement est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au procureur du Royaume, au mis en examen et à la partie civile.

Article 248. (restitution d’objets saisis)

Dans l’ordonnance de règlement, le juge d’instruction statue sur la restitution des objets saisis. Les dispositions de l’article 119 (autorité compétente pour ordonner la restitution) (alinéa 2) de ce code sont applicables.

Article 249. (dispositions de l’ordonnance de règlement relative à la détention provisoire et au contrôle judiciaire)

L’ordonnance de règlement met fin à la détention provisoire. Les dispositions de l’article 276 (mise en liberté d’un mis en examen détenu) de ce code sont applicables.

Néanmoins, le juge d’instruction peut, par une disposition particulière de l’ordonnance de règlement, maintenir le mis en examen en détention provisoire jusqu’à sa comparution devant le tribunal. Il doit, dans son ordonnance, se référer aux conditions de l’article 205 (motifs de détention provisoire) de ce code.

La décision de maintien en détention provisoire cesse de produire effet au bout d’un délai de quatre mois. Si le mis en examen n’a pas comparu devant le tribunal dans ce délai, il est mis en liberté provisoire d’office.

L’ordonnance de règlement met fin au contrôle judiciaire.

Lorsque le juge d’instruction a astreint le mis en examen au versement d’une caution, à la remise d’un document d’identité ou à la remise d’une arme, la caution, le document d’identité ou l’arme, si cette dernière n’a pas servi à commettre l’infraction, sont restitués par le greffier, contre récépissé signé par le mis en examen.

Toutefois, le juge d’instruction peut, par une disposition particulière de l’ordonnance de règlement, maintenir le mis en examen sous contrôle judiciaire jusqu’à sa comparution devant le tribunal.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 57

Article 250. (transmission en vue d’audiencement)

S’il rend une ordonnance de renvoi, le juge d’instruction transmet sans délai le dossier au président du tribunal en vue de la fixation de l’audience de jugement.

Article 251. (réouverture de l’information sur charges nouvelles)

Lorsque après une ordonnance ou un arrêt de non-lieu devenu définitif apparaissent des charges nouvelles, l’instruction peut être réouverte à l’initiative du procureur du Royaume.

Chapitre 6 : Les nullités de l’instruction

Article 252. (règles prescrites à peine de nullité)

Sont prescrites à peine de nullité les règles et formalités prévues par les articles suivants relatifs aux dispositions générales de la procédure d’instruction :

- 122 (ouverture d’une instruction),

- 123 (compétence territoriale),

- 124 (réquisitoire introductif) (alinéa 3),

- 125 (étendue de la saisine) (alinéas 1er et 2) et

- 128 (assistance du greffier) de ce code.

Il y a également nullité lorsque la méconnaissance d’une règle ou d’une formalité substantielle, prévue par le présent code ou toute disposition de procédure pénale, porte atteinte aux intérêts de la partie qu’elle concerne. Ont notamment un caractère substantiel les règles ou formalités qui sont destinées à assurer le respect des droits de la défense.

Article 253. (saisine de la chambre d’instruction)

Seule la chambre d’instruction a qualité pour constater la nullité d’une pièce de la procédure.

Si le juge d’instruction estime qu’une pièce de la procédure est frappée de nullité, il saisit la chambre d’instruction par une ordonnance motivée, et en informe le procureur du Royaume, le mis en examen et la partie civile.

Si le procureur du Royaume estime qu’une pièce de la procédure est frappée de nullité, il présente une requête motivée à la chambre d’instruction et en informe le juge d’instruction.

Si le mis en examen ou la partie civile estime qu’une pièce de la procédure est frappée de nullité, il présente une requête motivée à la chambre d’instruction et en informe le juge d’instruction. La requête peut être présentée par l’avocat du mis en examen ou de la partie civile.

Les requêtes mentionnées au présent article sont enregistrées par le greffe de la chambre d’instruction. Le greffier demande aussitôt au juge d’instruction de lui transmettre le dossier de la procédure.

Les ordonnances susceptibles d’appel ne peuvent pas faire l’objet d’une demande d’annulation.

Article 254. (renonciation d’une partie à se prévaloir d’une nullité)

Lorsque la méconnaissance d’une règle ou d’une formalité substantielle a porté atteinte aux intérêts d’une partie, celle-ci peut renoncer à se prévaloir de la nullité et régulariser ainsi la procédure. Cette renonciation doit être constatée par le juge d’instruction dans un procès-verbal. Lorsque la partie est assistée par un avocat, le juge d’instruction doit convoquer l’avocat au moins cinq jours avant la date d’établissement du procès-verbal. Dans ce délai, l’avocat peut consulter le dossier de la procédure.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 58

Article 255. (poursuite de l’instruction en cas de saisine de la chambre de l’instruction)

Lorsque la chambre d’instruction est saisie d’une demande d’annulation, le juge d’instruction peut poursuivre son instruction, sauf décision contraire du président de la chambre d’instruction ; cette décision est insusceptible de recours.

Article 256. (couverture des nullités par l’ordonnance de règlement)

L’ordonnance de règlement devenue définitive couvre, s’il en existe, les nullités de la procédure antérieure. Aucune nullité de la procédure antérieure ne peut plus être invoquée devant la juridiction de jugement.

Titre 2 : La chambre d’instruction Chapitre 1 : Dispositions générales

Article 257. (registre des appels et requêtes)

Il est tenu, au greffe de la chambre d’instruction, un registre des appels et des requêtes. Après avoir reçu la demande, le greffier de la chambre d’instruction doit immédiatement informer le juge d’instruction

Lorsque la chambre d’instruction est directement saisie par voie de requête, le greffier de la chambre d’instruction demande au greffier du juge d’instruction de lui adresser le dossier de la procédure ou le dossier de sauvegarde.

Article 258. (notification de la date d’audience)

Le président de la chambre d’instruction vérifie si le dossier est en état et fixe la date d’audience. Il notifie verbalement la date d’audience au procureur général près la cour d’appel. Le procureur général notifie la date d’audience aux parties et aux avocats.

La notification est faite au mis en examen détenu ainsi qu’il suit :

- soit verbalement;

- soit par l’intermédiaire du directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention.

La notification est faite au mis en examen non détenu, à la partie civile et aux avocats ainsi qu’il suit :

- soit verbalement;

- soit par la voie administrative;

- soit par l’intermédiaire des services de police ou de gendarmerie.

Lorsque la notification est faite verbalement, le greffier mentionne la date de la notification en marge de l’ordonnance. Le mis en examen, la partie civile ou l’avocat appose sa signature.

Dans les autres cas, la notification est faite par la remise d’une copie de l’ordonnance, contre récépissé.

Article 259. (consultation du dossier et mémoire)

Le procureur général près la cour d’appel et les avocats peuvent consulter le dossier jusqu’à l’audience.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 59

Le procureur général doit remettre au greffier, au plus tard la veille de l’audience, ses réquisitions écrites.

Les parties et les avocats peuvent remettre au greffier des mémoires.

Les réquisitions écrites et les mémoires sont visés par le greffier, avec indication de la date, et immédiatement versés au dossier.

Les parties et les avocats sont admis à présenter des mémoires jusqu’au début de l’audience.

Article 260. (déroulement des débats)

Les débats se déroulent en chambre du conseil.

Après le rapport du président de la chambre d’instruction, le procureur général près la cour d’appel et les avocats présentent des observations sommaires.

La chambre d’instruction peut ordonner la comparution personnelle des parties, y compris du mis en examen détenu, ainsi que la production des pièces à conviction.

Lorsque les débats sont terminés, la chambre d’instruction délibère hors la présence du procureur général près la cour d’appel, des parties et des avocats.

L’arrêt est rendu en audience non publique, soit le jour même, soit lors d’une audience ultérieure. L’arrêt doit être motivé et comporter les éléments nécessaires au contrôle de la Cour suprême. Il est signé par le président de la chambre d’instruction.

L’arrêt est notifié verbalement dans le plus bref délai au procureur général près la cour d’appel. Le greffier mentionne la date de notification en marge de l’arrêt. Le procureur général appose sa signature pour l’avoir reçu.

L’arrêt est notifié aux parties et aux avocats ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 238 (notification d’ordonnance au mis en examen) de ce code.

Article 261. (examen de la régularité de la procédure)

Chaque fois qu’elle est saisie, la chambre d’instruction examine la régularité de la procédure et s’assure du bon déroulement de celle-ci.

Elle peut, d’office, lorsqu’elle constate des causes de nullité, annuler tout ou partie de la procédure. Elle procède ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 280 (effet de l’annulation) de ce code.

Article 262. (actes d’instruction complémentaires)

La chambre d’instruction peut ordonner tout acte d’instruction complémentaire qu’elle juge utile.

Elle commet pour y procéder soit l’un de ses membres, soit un juge d’instruction qu’elle délègue.

Le magistrat chargé de procéder aux actes d’instruction complémentaires dispose, dans les limites fixées par la chambre d’instruction, des pouvoirs accordés au juge d’instruction.

Lorsque les actes d’instruction sont accomplis, le dossier de la procédure est déposé au greffe de la chambre d’instruction. Le président de la chambre d’instruction fixe une nouvelle date d’audience. Les dispositions de l’article 259 (consultation du dossier et mémoire) de ce code sont applicables.

Article 263. (extension de la mise en examen à des infractions connexes)

La chambre d’instruction peut, d’office ou sur réquisitions du procureur général près la cour d’appel, ordonner que la mise en examen soit étendue à des infractions connexes à celles visées par le juge d’instruction, dés lors que ces infractions résultent du dossier de la procédure.

Les infractions sont connexes :

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 60

- lorsqu’elles ont été commises en même temps par plusieurs personnes réunies;

- lorsqu’elles ont été commises par différentes personnes, même en des temps ou des lieux différents, mais à la suite d’une concertation;

- lorsque des choses enlevées, détournées ou obtenues à l’aide d’une infraction ont été recelées par d’autres personnes.

Article 264. (extension de la mise en examen à d’autres personnes)

La chambre d’instruction peut ordonner que soient mises en examen d’autres personnes que celles visées par le juge d’instruction, sous réserve des dispositions de l’article 12 (autorité de la chose jugée) de ce code.

Article 265. (réouverture de l’information sur charges nouvelles)

Lorsque après une ordonnance ou un arrêt de non-lieu devenu définitif apparaissent des charges nouvelles, l’instruction peut être réouverte à l’initiative du procureur du Royaume.

Chapitre 2 : Appel des ordonnances du juge d’instruction

Article 266. (appel des ordonnances du juge d’instruction par le procureur général près la cour d’appel et le procureur du Royaume)

Le procureur général et le procureur du Royaume peuvent faire appel de toutes les ordonnances du juge d’instruction.

Article 267. (appel des ordonnances du juge d’instruction par le mis en examen)

Le mis en examen peut faire appel des ordonnances suivantes :

- ordonnance refusant de faire droit à une demande d’acte d’instruction prévu par le deuxième alinéa de l’article 133 (demande d’actes par le mis en examen) de ce code ;

- ordonnance refusant la restitution d’objets saisis prévu par les articles 161 (restitution des objets saisis par le juge d’instruction) et 248 (restitution d’objets saisis) de ce code;

- ordonnance refusant une demande d’expertise prévue par l’alinéa 2 de l’article 162 (nécessité d’une expertise) de ce code;

- ordonnance refusant une demande de complément d’expertise ou de contre-expertise prévu par l’alinéa 7 de l’article 170 (notification des conclusions de l’expertise) ;

- ordonnances en matière de détention provisoire et de contrôle judiciaire prévu par la section 5 (détention provisoire) et la section 7 (contrôle judiciaire) du chapitre 3 (mesure de sûreté) du titre 1 du présent livre et de l’article 249 (dispositions de l’ordonnance de règlement relative à la détention provisoire et au contrôle judiciaire) de ce code.

Article 268. (appel des ordonnances du juge d’instruction par la partie civile)

La partie civile peut faire appel des ordonnances dont la liste suit :

- ordonnance refusant de faire droit à une demande d’acte d’instruction prévue à l’alinéa 2 de l’article 134 (demande d’actes par la partie civile) de ce code;

- ordonnance de refus d’instruire prévue à l’alinéa 4 de l’article 139 (transmission de la plainte au procureur du Royaume) de ce code;

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 61

- ordonnance fixant le montant de la consignation prévue à l’alinéa 1 de l’article 140 (versement de consignation) de ce code;

- ordonnance déclarant irrecevable la plainte avec constitution de partie civile prévue à l’alinéa 4 de l’article 140 (versement de consignation) de ce code;

- ordonnance condamnant la partie civile prévue à l’article 141 (plainte abusive ou dilatoire) de ce code;

- ordonnance refusant la restitution d’objets saisis prévue aux articles 161 (restitution des objets saisis par le juge d’instruction) et 148 (restitution d’objets saisis) de ce code;

- ordonnance refusant une demande d’expertise prévue à l’alinéa 2 de l’article 162 (nécessité d’une expertise) de ce code;

- ordonnance refusant une demande de complément d’expertise ou de contre-expertise prévue à l’alinéa 7 de l’article 170 (notification des conclusions de l’expertise) de ce code et

- ordonnance de règlement prévue à l’article 247 (ordonnance de règlement) de ce code.

Article 269. (appel d’ordonnance de refus de restitution des objets saisis)

Toute personne étrangère à la procédure d’instruction qui, conformément à l’article 161 (restitution des objets saisis par le juge d’instruction) de ce code, demande la restitution d’un objet saisi, peut faire appel de l’ordonnance du juge d’instruction qui rejette cette demande.

Article 270. (délais d’appel)

L’appel du procureur général près la cour d’appel est formé dans le délai d’un mois à compter du prononcé de l’ordonnance.

L’appel du procureur du Royaume est formé dans le délai de cinq jours à compter de la notification de l’ordonnance.

L’appel du mis en examen, de la partie civile et de la personne mentionnée à l’article 269(appel d’ordonnance de refus de restitution des objets saisis) de ce code est formé dans le délai de cinq jours à compter de la notification de l’ordonnance.

Lorsque la notification est faite par remise d’une copie de l’ordonnance contre récépissé, le délai d’appel court à compter de la date du récépissé.

Article 271. (compétence de la chambre d’instruction)

L’appel est porté devant la chambre d’instruction de la cour d’appel.

Article 272. (formes de la déclaration d’appel)

L’appel est formé par déclaration au greffe du tribunal de première instance. Il est enregistré sur le registre des appels du tribunal.

L’appel peut être formé par l’avocat du mis en examen, de la partie civile ou de la personne mentionnée à l’article 269 (appel d’ordonnance de refus de restitution des objets saisis) de ce code.

L’appel du mis en examen détenu est formé par déclaration au directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention. Le directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention remet aussitôt un exemplaire de l’acte d’appel au greffier du tribunal de première instance. Cet exemplaire est annexé au registre des appels.

Article 273. (transmission du dossier à la chambre d’instruction)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 62

Lorsqu’il est saisi d’un appel, le greffier du tribunal avise aussitôt le juge d’instruction.

Le greffier du juge d’instruction met le dossier en état et le transmet à la chambre d’instruction, accompagné d’une copie de l’acte d’appel. Cette copie est établie par le greffier du tribunal au vu des mentions du registre d’appel.

Le dossier doit être transmis au greffe de la chambre d’instruction dans les cinq jours qui suivent l’acte d’appel, sauf circonstances insurmontables.

Article 274. (dossier de sauvegarde)

Lorsque, conformément à l’article 129 (fonctions du greffier) de ce code, un dossier de sauvegarde a été établi, le juge d’instruction conserve le dossier original; le dossier de sauvegarde est transmis à la chambre d’instruction.

Article 275. (poursuite de l’instruction en cas d’appel)

En cas d’appel d’une ordonnance autre qu’une ordonnance de règlement, le juge d’instruction peut poursuivre son instruction, sauf décision contraire du président de la chambre d’instruction; cette décision est insusceptible de recours.

Article 276. (mise en liberté d’un mis en examen détenu)

Lorsque le juge d’instruction ordonne la mise en liberté d’un mis en examen placé en détention provisoire, le mis en examen est maintenu en prison jusqu’à l’expiration du délai d’appel du procureur du Royaume, à moins que ce dernier consente à sa mise en liberté immédiate. La décision, écrite, du procureur du Royaume est versée au dossier de la procédure.

Il en va de même en cas d’ordonnance de non-lieu, lorsqu’elle a pour effet d’entraîner la mise en liberté d’un mis en examen détenu.

En cas d’appel par le procureur du Royaume d’une ordonnance de mise en liberté ou de non-lieu, le mis en examen détenu est maintenu en prison jusqu’à ce que la chambre d’instruction ait statué sur l’appel.

Article 277. (appel contre une ordonnance de non lieu)

Lorsqu’elle est saisie d’un appel formé contre une ordonnance de non-lieu, la chambre d’instruction statue ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 281 (conséquences de l’annulation) (alinéa 3) de ce code.

Chapitre 3 : Détention provisoire

Article 278. (arrêt rendu sur la détention provisoire)

En matière de détention provisoire, l’arrêt doit être rendu dans les quinze jours qui suivent la réception du dossier au greffe de la chambre d’instruction. A l’expiration de ce délai, le mis en examen est mis en liberté sauf si des vérifications ont été ordonnées ou si des circonstances imprévisibles ou insurmontables mettent obstacle au prononcé de l’arrêt dans le délai.

Lorsque la chambre d’instruction ordonne un placement en détention provisoire, elle doit motiver son arrêt par référence aux dispositions de l’article 205 (motifs de détention provisoire) de ce code. Le président de la chambre d’instruction délivre un mandat de dépôt.

Il est fait retour du dossier sans délai au juge d’instruction après exécution de l’arrêt.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 63

Chapitre 4 : Nullités

Article 279. (irrecevabilité d’une requête en annulation)

La chambre d’instruction peut déclarer irrecevable une requête en annulation dans les cas suivants :

- la requête n’est pas motivée;

- elle concerne une ordonnance susceptible d’appel;

- elle est manifestement infondée.

Sa décision est insusceptible de recours.

Lorsqu’une requête est déclarée irrecevable, le dossier est aussitôt renvoyé au juge d’instruction.

Article 280. (effet de l’annulation)

Lorsqu’elle est saisie d’une demande d’annulation d’un acte ou d’une pièce de procédure, la chambre d’instruction, lorsqu’elle fait droit à cette demande, décide si l’annulation doit porter sur d’autres actes ou d’autres pièces.

Les actes ou pièces annulés sont retirés du dossier et classés au greffe de la chambre d’instruction.

Article 281. (conséquences de l’annulation)

Après annulation, la chambre d’instruction peut :

- soit renvoyer le dossier au juge d’instruction;

- soit dessaisir le juge d’instruction et renvoyer le dossier à un autre juge d’instruction;

- soit poursuivre elle-même l’instruction de l’affaire.

Article 282. (pouvoir de poursuivre l’instruction par la chambre d’instruction)

Lorsque la chambre d’instruction décide poursuivre l’instruction, elle confie la poursuite de l’instruction à l’un de ses membres, qui dispose des pouvoirs du juge d’instruction, à l’exception de ceux visés au chapitre cinq (clôture de l’instruction) du titre 1 (le juge d’instruction) du présent livre.

Lorsque l’instruction parait terminée, le dossier de la procédure est déposé au greffe de la chambre d’instruction. Le président de la chambre d’instruction fixe une date d’audience. Les dispositions de l’article 259 (consultation du dossier et mémoire) de ce code sont applicables.

La chambre d’instruction clôture l’instruction par un arrêt de règlement. Les dispositions des articles 247 (ordonnance de règlement (renvoi ou non lieu)) à 250 (transmission en vue d’audiencement) relatives à l’ordonnance de règlement du juge d’instruction de ce code sont applicables à l’arrêt de règlement de la chambre d’instruction. Toutefois la décision de mise en liberté du mis en examen détenu est immédiatement exécutoire; les dispositions de l’article L.422-11 (mise en liberté d’un mis en examen détenu) de ce code ne sont pas applicables.

Chapitre 5 : Pouvoirs propres du président de la chambre d’instruction

Article 283. (pouvoirs du président de la chambre d’instruction)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 64

Le président de la chambre d’instruction s’assure du bon fonctionnement des cabinets d’instruction des juges d’instruction. Il vérifie notamment les conditions d’application des dispositions relatives à la détention provisoire, aux mandats de justice, aux commissions rogatoires et aux expertises.

Il veille à ce que les procédures ne subissent pas de retard injustifié.

Il peut procéder à des inspections dans les cabinets d’instruction.

Article 284. (état nominatif des affaires)

Chaque juge d’instruction doit établir à la fin de chaque trimestre un état nominatif de toutes les affaires, avec mention du dernier acte d’instruction accompli.

Article 285. (inspection d’un cabinet d’instruction)

Toute inspection d’un cabinet d’instruction par le président de la chambre d’instruction donne lieu à un rapport qui est adressé au président de la cour d’appel.

Article 286. (demandes de clôture du dossier)

Le mis en examen peut, à l’expiration du délai d’un an à compter de la mise en examen, demander au juge d’instruction de clôturer son instruction. Dans le délai d’un mois à compter de la réception de la demande, le juge d’instruction doit statuer. S’il ne statue pas dans ce délai, le mis en examen peut saisir le président de la chambre d’instruction qui enjoint au juge d’instruction de statuer.

La partie civile peut, à l’expiration du délai d’un an à compter de la constitution de partie civile, demander au juge d’instruction de clôturer son instruction. Dans le délai d’un mois à compter de la réception de la demande, le juge d’instruction doit statuer. S’il ne statue pas dans ce délai, la partie civile peut saisir le président de la chambre d’instruction qui enjoint au juge d’instruction de statuer.

Les pouvoirs reconnus par le présent article au mis en examen et à la partie civile peuvent être exercés par leurs avocats.

Livre 5 : Le jugement

Titre 1 : Jugement en première instance Chapitre 1 : Compétence et saisine du tribunal Section 1 : Dispositions générales

Article 287. (organisation territoriale des tribunaux)

Il existe, au chef-lieu de chaque province ou municipalité, un tribunal de première instance dont la compétence s’étend à tout le territoire de la province ou de la municipalité.

Article 288. (incompatibilités entre différentes fonctions de magistrat)

Il y a incompatibilité absolue entre les fonctions de juge et celles de procureur ou de procureur adjoint.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 65

Tout magistrat qui a connu une affaire en qualité de procureur, de procureur adjoint ou de juge d’instruction ne peut participer au jugement de cette affaire, à peine de nullité du jugement. Section 2 : Compétence matérielle et territoriale ;

Article 289. (compétences du tribunal de première instance)

Le tribunal de première instance juge les crimes, les délits et les contraventions. Il statue en formation collégiale composée de trois juges pour les crimes ainsi que pour les délits et les contraventions connexes.

Il statue à juge unique pour les délits et les contraventions.

Article 290. (conflits de compétences entre tribunaux de première instance)

Est territorialement compétent :

Article 20. le tribunal du lieu de l’infraction,

Article 21. celui de la résidence de l’accusé ou

Article 22. celui du lieu d’arrestation de l’accusé.

Dans le cas où deux ou plusieurs tribunaux d’une cour d’appel sont saisis d’une même affaire, le président de la cour d’appel désigne celui qui sera en charge du dossier.

Les conflits de compétences territoriales entre plusieurs juridictions du même degré sont tranchés par le président de la juridiction du degré supérieur.

Cette décision est insusceptible de recours.

La compétence à l’égard d’un accusé s’étend à tous les coauteurs, instigateur et complices. Si le tribunal saisi s’estime territorialement incompétent, il le déclare par jugement et ordonne le renvoi du

dossier au procureur du Royaume afin qu’il le transmette au tribunal territorialement compétent. Le tribunal statue, s’il y a lieu, sur le maintien de l’accusé en détention ou sous contrôle judiciaire. Section 3 : Saisine du tribunal

Article 291. (modes de saisine du tribunal)

En matière pénale, le tribunal de première instance est saisi :

- soit par l’ordonnance de renvoi du juge d’instruction ou l’arrêt de renvoi de la chambre d’instruction;

- soit par la citation directe du procureur du Royaume;

- soit par le procès verbal de comparution immédiate, établi par le procureur du Royaume.

Toute personne déférée devant le tribunal par l’une des procédures énoncées ci-dessus est appelée l’accusé.

La victime d’une infraction peut se constituer partie civile devant le tribunal, si elle ne l’a pas déjà fait devant le juge d’instruction.

Est qualifiée de civilement responsable toute personne qui, en application de la loi, est tenue de réparer le préjudice causé à la victime d’une infraction.

Article 292. (audiencement)

Sauf dans le cas de la procédure de comparution immédiate, la date de l’audience est fixée par le président du tribunal.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 66

Dans le cas d’une citation directe, d’une ordonnance de renvoi du juge d’instruction ou d’un arrêt de renvoi de la chambre d’instruction, le président du tribunal doit tenir compte, pour la fixation de la date d’audience, des délais prévus par les articles 457 (délais à respecter entre la citation et la comparution) et 466 (délais à respecter entre la convocation et la comparution) de ce code.

Cette date est notifiée verbalement au procureur du Royaume.

Article 293. (délais communs)

Tous les délais prévus par le présent code pour l’accomplissement d’un acte ou d’une formalité expirent le dernier jour à vingt-quatre heures. Le délai qui expirerait normalement un samedi, un dimanche ou un jour férié est prorogé jusqu’au premier jour ouvrable suivant.

Dans tous les cas où la signature d’une personne est requise sur un acte, la signature peut être remplacée par une empreinte digitale lorsque la personne ne sait pas signer.

Article 294. (convocation des parties à l’audience sur ordonnance ou arrêt de renvoi)

Dans le cas d’une ordonnance de renvoi du juge d’instruction ou d’un arrêt de renvoi de la chambre d’instruction, le procureur du Royaume doit convoquer à l’audience :

- l’accusé;

- la partie civile;

- la victime, lorsqu’elle ne s’est pas constituée partie civile devant le juge d’instruction;

- les témoins;

- les experts;

- les interprètes;

- le civilement responsable, sur les indications fournies par l’accusé ou la partie civile.

Les convocations à l’audience sont effectuées ainsi qu’il est dit au titre 2 (convocation à l’audience de l’accusé) du livre 7 (citation direction, convocation, signification) de ce code.

Une copie de l’ordonnance de renvoi ou de l’arrêt de renvoi est jointe à la convocation destinée à l’accusé.

Article 295. (convocations des parties sur citation directe)

Dans le cas d’une citation directe, le procureur du Royaume doit convoquer à l’audience :

- la victime;

- les témoins;

- les interprètes;

- le civilement responsable, sur les indications fournies par l’accusé ou la partie civile.

Les convocations à l’audience sont effectuées ainsi qu’il est dit au titre 1 (citation directe) du livre 7 (citation directe, convocation, signification) de ce code.

Article 296. (convocations des parties dans le cas de comparution immédiate)

Dans le cas de la procédure de comparution immédiate, le procureur du Royaume doit convoquer à l’audience :

- la victime;

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 67

- les témoins;

- les interprètes;

- le civilement responsable, sur les indications fournies par l’accusé ou la partie civile.

Les convocations à l’audience sont effectuées ainsi qu’il est dit au titre 1 (citation directe) du livre 7(citation directe, convocation, signification) de ce code. Toutefois en cas d’urgence, le procureur du Royaume peut convoquer la victime, les témoins, les interprètes et le civilement responsable par tout moyen, même verbalement.

Article 297. (convocations de témoins)

Tout témoin à charge qui n’a jamais été confronté à l’accusé doit être convoqué pour l’audience.

Article 298. (convocations de témoins par l’accusé et la partie civile)

L’accusé et la partie civile peuvent convoquer pour l’audience, à leurs frais, des témoins qui n’ont pas été convoqués par le procureur du Royaume. Cette convocation doit être effectuée selon les modalités prévues au titre 3 (convocation des personnes autres que l’accusé) du livre 7 (citation directe, convocation, signification) de ce code.

Article 299. (jonction de procédures)

Lorsque le tribunal est saisi de plusieurs procédures visant des faits connexes, il peut en ordonner la jonction.

Chapitre 2 : Comparution des parties Section 1 : Comparution de l’accusé

Article 300. (comparution personnelle de l’accusé)

L’accusé est tenu de comparaître personnellement aux audiences du tribunal.

Il peut être assisté par un avocat de son choix. Il peut également demander qu’un avocat lui soit désigné dans les conditions prévues par la loi sur le statut des avocats.

Article 301. (assistance d’un avocat)

L’assistance d’un avocat est obligatoire dans les cas suivants :

1° en cas de crime;

2° lorsque l’accusé est mineur. A défaut de choix par l’accusé, l’avocat est désigné à l’initiative du président du tribunal dans les conditions prévues par la loi sur le statut des avocats.

Article 302. (comparution libre de l’accusé)

Dans le cas d’une citation directe, l’accusé comparaît libre à l’audience.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 68

Article 303. (comparution sous escorte de l’accusé)

Dans le cas de la procédure de comparution immédiate, l’accusé est retenu sous escorte jusqu’à sa comparution devant le tribunal.

Ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 48 (procédure de comparution immédiate) de ce code, le tribunal peut placer l’accusé en détention provisoire.

Le jugement sur le fond doit intervenir dans un délai qui ne peut excéder deux semaines à compter de la présentation au tribunal.

La détention provisoire cesse de plein droit à l’expiration du délai de deux semaines.

Article 304. (procédure de comparution immédiate)

Lorsqu’il décide de recourir à la procédure de comparution immédiate, le procureur du Royaume doit :

- constater l’identité de la personne qui lui est déférée;

- lui notifier les faits qui lui sont reprochés et la qualification juridique retenue;

- recueillir les déclarations de la personne, si elle désire en faire;

- établir un procès verbal de comparution immédiate.

Le procureur du Royaume informe l’accusé qu’il a droit à l’assistance d’un avocat de son choix, ou désigné conformément à la loi sur le statut des avocats.

L’avocat choisi ou désigné est avisé sans délai. Il peut consulter le dossier et communiquer avec l’accusé.

Mention de ces formalités est faite au procès verbal, à peine de nullité de la procédure.

Le tribunal de première instance est saisi par le procès verbal de comparution immédiate.

L’accusé est retenu sous escorte jusqu’à sa présentation devant le tribunal, qui doit avoir lieu le jour même.

Lors de cette présentation, le tribunal, après avoir vérifié l’identité de l’accusé et exposé les faits qui lui sont reprochés, indique à l’accusé qu’il peut disposer d’un délai pour préparer sa défense.

Si l’accusé demande un délai, ou si le tribunal estime que l’affaire n’est pas en état d’être jugée immédiatement, l’affaire est renvoyée à une audience ultérieure.

Le tribunal peut placer l’accusé en détention provisoire par un jugement motivé. Il doit, dans ce jugement, se référer aux conditions de l’article 205 (motifs de détention provisoire) de ce code. Il délivre un mandat de dépôt.

Le jugement sur le fond doit être prononcé dans un délai qui ne peut excéder deux semaines à compter de la présentation au tribunal. La détention provisoire cesse de plein droit à l’expiration du délai de deux semaines.

Si le tribunal, saisi selon la procédure de comparution immédiate, estime que les conditions de l’article 47 (comparution immédiate) de ce code ne sont pas remplies, ou que la complexité de l’affaire nécessite des investigations supplémentaires approfondies, il renvoie le dossier au procureur du Royaume en vue de l’ouverture d’une information. L’accusé doit être présenté le jour même devant le juge d’instruction, faute de quoi il est remis d’office en liberté.

Article 305. (comparution de l’accusé sur ordonnance ou arrêt de renvoi)

Dans le cas d’une ordonnance de renvoi du juge d’instruction ou d’un arrêt de renvoi de la chambre d’instruction, l’accusé comparaît libre, sauf si le maintien en détention provisoire a été ordonné par le juge d’instruction ou par la chambre d’instruction.

Le procureur du Royaume prend les dispositions nécessaires pour que l’accusé détenu soit conduit à l’audience par la force publique.

Ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 249 (dispositions de l'ordonnance de règlement relative à la détention provisoire et au contrôle judiciaire) de ce code, la décision de maintien en détention provisoire cesse de

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 69

produire effet au bout d’un délai de quatre mois ; si l’accusé n’a pas comparu devant le tribunal dans ce délai, il est mis en liberté d’office.

Le jugement sur le fond doit intervenir dans un délai raisonnable.

L’accusé qui comparaît détenu à l’audience demeure détenu jusqu’au jugement sur le fond, sauf si le tribunal ordonne sa mise en liberté.

Article 306. (mise en liberté d’office de l’accusé détenu)

Le tribunal peut, à tout moment, ordonner la mise en liberté d’un accusé détenu ou maintenir l’accusé en détention en se référant à l’article 205 (motifs de détention provisoire) de ce code.

Il statue après avoir entendu l’accusé, son avocat et le procureur du Royaume.

Article 307. (demande de mise en liberté de l’accusé détenu)

L’accusé détenu peut demander sa mise en liberté au tribunal, soit verbalement lors d’une audience, soit par une lettre adressée au greffier.

La demande de mise en liberté peut également être présentée par l’avocat de l’accusé détenu, soit verbalement lors d’une audience, soit par une lettre adressée au greffier.

Lorsque la demande est présentée verbalement, elle est consignée par le greffier sur les notes d’audience. Lorsqu’elle est présentée par lettre, le greffier mentionne sur celle-ci la date de réception, et la transmet immédiatement au président du tribunal.

Le tribunal statue après avoir entendu l’accusé, son avocat et le procureur du Royaume. Il doit se prononcer dans les plus brefs délais, et au plus tard dans les dix jours de la demande, lorsqu’elle est présentée verbalement, ou de la réception de la demande, lorsqu’elle est présentée par écrit.

Article 308. (maintien en détention jusqu’à expiration du délai d’appel du procureur du Royaume)

Lorsque le tribunal ordonne la mise en liberté de l’accusé détenu, celui-ci est maintenu en prison jusqu’à l’expiration du délai d’appel du procureur du Royaume, à moins que ce magistrat consente à sa mise en liberté immédiate. La décision, écrite, du procureur du Royaume est versée au dossier de la procédure.

En cas d’appel du procureur du Royaume contre un jugement ordonnant la mise en liberté d’un accusé, l’accusé est maintenu en prison jusqu’à ce que la cour d’appel ait statué sur l’appel.

Article 309. (accusé ne pouvant comparaître)

Si l’accusé ne peut, en raison de son état de santé ou pour des motifs graves, comparaître devant le tribunal, le président de l’audience peut ordonner que l’accusé sera interrogé au lieu où il se trouve.

Le tribunal fixe la date de l’interrogatoire.

L’interrogatoire est effectué par le président de l’audience en présence du procureur du Royaume, du greffier, et de l’avocat de l’accusé, sauf si l’accusé renonce expressément à la présence de son avocat.

Il est dressé un procès verbal de l’interrogatoire.

Article 310. (mandat d’amener décidé par le tribunal)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 70

Si le prévenu ne comparaît pas, le tribunal peut, en matière correctionnelle et criminelle, ordonner le renvoi de l’affaire et délivrer un mandat d’amener. Le tribunal doit préciser la date de la nouvelle audience.

Le mandat d’amener comporte les mentions suivantes :

- l’identité de l’accusé;

- l’infraction reprochée et les textes de loi qui la définissent et la répriment;

- le nom et la qualité du magistrat qui délivre le mandat.

Il est daté et signé par le président de l’audience, et revêtu de son sceau.

Les dispositions de l’article 192 (exécution du mandat d'amener) de ce code sont applicables.

L’accusé est conduit dans un local de police ou de gendarmerie, dans une prison ou dans un centre de détention jusqu’à sa comparution devant le tribunal. Il peut demander à être entendu par le procureur du Royaume qui établit un procès verbal d’audition. Section 2 : Comparution de la partie civile

Article 311. (constitution de partie civile en cours d’audience)

Au cours de l’audience, la constitution de partie civile se fait par simple déclaration au greffier. Cette déclaration est mentionnée sur les notes d’audience.

Aucune constitution de partie civile n’est recevable après les réquisitions du procureur du Royaume sur le fond.

La victime qui s’est constituée partie civile au cours de l’instruction n’a pas à renouveler cette formalité devant le tribunal.

Article 312. (incompatibilité de la qualité de partie civile et celle de témoin)

La partie civile ne peut jamais être entendue en qualité de témoin.

Article 313. (assistance et représentation de la partie civile)

La partie civile peut être assistée par un avocat de son choix. Elle peut aussi se faire représenter soit par un avocat, soit par son conjoint, soit par un parent en ligne directe; le représentant, s’il n’est pas avocat, doit être muni d’une procuration écrite. Section 3 : Comparution du civilement responsable

Article 314. (comparution du civilement responsable)

Le civilement responsable peut être assisté par un avocat. Il peut aussi se faire représenter soit par un avocat, soit par son conjoint, soit par un parent en ligne directe; le représentant, s’il n’est pas avocat, doit être muni d’une procuration écrite. Section 4 : Comparution des témoins

Article 315. (comparution des témoins)

Les témoins sont tenus de déférer aux convocations et de comparaître devant le tribunal. Le tribunal peut faire appel à la force publique pour contraindre les témoins à se présenter.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 71

Chapitre 3 : Débats, Section 1 : Publicité des débats et conduite de l’audience

Article 316. (publicité des débats et huis-clos des débats)

Les débats ont lieu en audience publique.

Toutefois si le tribunal estime que la publicité est dangereuse pour l’ordre public ou pour les mœurs, il peut, par une décision motivée, ordonner le huis-clos pour tout ou partie des débats. Le tribunal statue par un jugement distinct du jugement sur le fond, ou par une disposition spéciale du jugement sur le fond.

La décision du tribunal ordonnant le huis-clos est insusceptible de voie de recours.

Article 317. (prononcé du jugement)

Dans tous les cas, le jugement est prononcé en audience publique.

Article 318. (police de l’audience)

Le président de l’audience dirige les débats. Il doit veiller au libre exercice des droits de la défense. Toutefois il peut rejeter des débats tout ce qui tend à les prolonger inutilement sans contribuer à la manifestation de la vérité.

Il a la police de l’audience.

Il peut interdire l’accès de la salle d’audience aux mineurs ou à certains d’entre eux.

Il peut ordonner l’expulsion de toute personne qui trouble la sérénité des débats.

Il peut, dans l’exercice de ses fonctions, faire appel à la force publique.

Article 319. (communication du dossier)

Avant l’audience, les avocats peuvent prendre communication du dossier au greffe du tribunal, sous le contrôle du greffier.

L’avocat ou son secrétaire peut être autorisé par le président du tribunal à effectuer à ses frais, et sous le contrôle du greffier, des photocopies de pièces du dossier.

Article 320. (infraction commise au cours de l’audience)

Si une infraction est commise au cours de l’audience, le président de l’audience établit un procès-verbal constatant les faits.

Il peut faire procéder à l’arrestation immédiate de l’auteur de l’infraction et le faire conduire sur-le-champ devant le procureur du Royaume, qui appréciera la suite à donner.

Lorsque l’infraction est une contravention ou un délit, le tribunal peut juger son auteur immédiatement si le procureur du Royaume le requiert, et si l’auteur de l’infraction y consent. Section 2 : Règles de preuve

Article 321. (appréciation des preuves par le tribunal)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 72

Sauf disposition contraire de la loi, la preuve en matière pénale est libre.

Le tribunal apprécie souverainement la valeur des preuves qui lui sont soumises, en fonction de son intime conviction.

Le tribunal ne peut fonder sa décision que sur des preuves qui figurent au dossier ou qui ont été produites au cours de l’audience.

L’aveu, comme tout autre mode de preuve, est soumis à l’appréciation du tribunal.

Les déclarations recueillies sous la contrainte physique ou morale sont sans valeur probante.

La preuve ne peut résulter de la correspondance échangée entre l’accusé et son avocat. Section 3 : Déroulement des débats

Article 322. (règles concernant les parties présentes à l’audience)

Le greffier appelle l’accusé, la partie civile, le civilement responsable, la victime, les témoins et les experts, et vérifie leur identité.

Lorsque la partie civile est représentée par son conjoint ou par un parent en ligne directe, le greffier vérifie l’identité du représentant et la validité de la procuration; il en va de même pour le civilement responsable. Le greffier en réfère au président de l’audience en cas de besoin.

Chaque partie occupe la place qui lui est assignée dans la salle d’audience.

Les accusés ne doivent pas communiquer entre eux.

Les experts et les témoins se retirent dans une salle d’attente qui leur est réservée, et depuis laquelle ils ne peuvent ni voir ni entendre ce qui se passe dans la salle d’audience.

Au cours de l’audience et dans la salle d’attente, les témoins ne doivent pas communiquer entre eux.

Article 323. (contestations sur les irrégularités de convocations)

Les contestations sur la régularité de la citation directe, du procès verbal de comparution immédiate ou de la convocation à l’audience doivent, à peine d’irrecevabilité, être soulevées avant l’interrogatoire de l’accusé sur le fond.

Article 324. (audition d’un témoin non convoqué)

Au moment de l’ouverture des débats, une partie peut demander au tribunal d’entendre en qualité de témoin une personne présente dans la salle mais qui n’a pas été régulièrement convoquée. L’audition du témoin est soumise à l’accord du président de l’audience. Le greffier relève l’identité du témoin et l’invite à se retirer dans la salle d’attente.

Article 325. (interrogatoire de l’accusé)

Le président de l’audience fait connaître à l’accusé les faits qui lui sont reprochés et procède à son interrogatoire. Il pose toutes les questions qu’il juge utiles à la manifestation de la vérité. Il a le devoir d’interroger tant à charge qu’à décharge.

Après l’interrogatoire du président de l’audience, le procureur du Royaume, les avocats et les parties peuvent être autorisés à poser des questions à l’accusé. Toutes les questions sont posées sur l’autorisation du président. Sauf les questions posées par le représentant du parquet et les avocats, les autres questions sont posées par l’intermédiaire du président de l’audience. En cas de contestation, le président décide souverainement si la question doit être posée.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 73

Article 326. (audition des parties)

Le président de l’audience entend, dans l’ordre qu’il estime utile, la partie civile, le civilement responsable, la victime, les témoins et les experts. Il peut entendre, en qualité de témoins, les officiers et agents de police judiciaire qui ont participé à l’enquête.

Le procureur du Royaume, les avocats et les parties peuvent être autorisés à poser des questions. Toutes les questions sont posées sur l’autorisation du président. Sauf les questions posées par le représentant du parquet et les avocats, les autres questions sont posées par l’intermédiaire du président de l’audience. En cas de contestation, le président décide souverainement si la question doit être posée.

Article 327. (opposition à l’audition d’un témoin)

Le procureur du Royaume, les avocats et les parties peuvent s’opposer à l’audition d’un témoin dont la déposition est estimée inutile à la manifestation de la vérité. En cas de contestation, le président de l’audience décide souverainement si le témoin doit être entendu.

Article 328. (prestation de serment du témoin)

Le président de l’audience demande à chaque témoin s’il est parent ou allié de l’accusé, de la partie civile ou du civilement responsable, ou s’il est à leur service.

Avant de répondre aux questions posées, chaque témoin prête serment de dire la vérité conformément à sa religion ou à sa croyance.

Chaque témoin, après son audition, doit rester à la disposition du tribunal; le tribunal peut lui permettre de se retirer si sa présence n’est plus nécessaire.

Les dispositions de l’article 156 (témoins dispensés du serment) de ce code s’appliquent également.

Article 329. (dénonciateur)

Le dénonciateur qui a reçu une récompense pour sa dénonciation peut être entendu à titre de renseignement.

Article 330. (concours et serment de l’interprète)

En cas de besoin, le président fait appel à un interprète. Celui-ci prête serment d’apporter son concours à la justice et de traduire fidèlement les déclarations, conformément à sa religion ou à sa croyance. L’interprète ne peut en aucun cas être choisi parmi les magistrats du tribunal, les greffiers, les policiers, les gendarmes, les parties ni les témoins. Les dispositions de l’article 156 (témoins dispensés du serment) de ce code s’appliquent également.

Article 331. (sourd-muet)

Lorsqu’une question doit être posée à un sourd-muet, le greffier écrit la question et la fait lire à l’intéressé qui répond par écrit. Dans le cas où l’intéressé ne sait pas lire ou ne sait pas écrire, le président du tribunal fait appel à un interprète dans les conditions prévues par l’article 330 (concours et serment de l’interprète) de ce code.

Il peut aussi faire appel à toute personne ayant l’habitude de communiquer avec lui. Cette personne prête serment d’apporter son concours à la justice et de traduire fidèlement les déclarations, conformément à sa religion ou à sa croyance.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 74

Article 332. (présentation des pièces à conviction)

Le président de l’audience peut faire présenter les pièces à conviction.

Article 333. (recherche de la vérité en cas d’absence de l’accusé)

Même si l’accusé est absent, le tribunal doit rechercher la manifestation de la vérité, entendre les autres parties et les témoins, examiner les pièces à conviction.

Article 334. (dépôt des conclusions jusqu’à la clôture des débats)

Jusqu’à la clôture des débats, l’accusé, la partie civile et le civilement responsable peuvent déposer des conclusions écrites et produire toutes les pièces qu’ils estiment utiles à la manifestation de la vérité.

Les conclusions écrites sont visées par le président de l’audience et par le greffier, et jointes au dossier.

Article 335. (droit de parole des parties à l’issue des débats)

A l’issue des débats, le président de l’audience donne successivement la parole :

- à la partie civile, au civilement responsable, à l’accusé pour de brèves observations;

- à l’avocat de la partie civile pour sa plaidoirie;

- au procureur du Royaume pour ses réquisitions;

- à l’avocat du civilement responsable puis à l’avocat de l’accusé pour leurs plaidoiries.

La partie civile et le procureur du Royaume peuvent répliquer. Toutefois l’accusé et son avocat ont toujours la parole en dernier.

L’accomplissement de ces formalités doit être indiqué dans les notes d’audience et dans le jugement.

Article 336. (réquisitions orales du procureur du Royaume)

Le procureur du Royaume prend les réquisitions orales qu’il estime convenables au bien de la justice.

Article 337. (délibéré du tribunal)

Le tribunal se retire dans la chambre des délibérés. Aucune demande ne peut plus être présentée au tribunal; aucun argument ne peut plus être invoqué.

Le procureur du Royaume et le greffier ne sont pas admis à participer au délibéré.

Article 338. (transport du tribunal)

Le tribunal peut se transporter en tout lieu du territoire national, dans l’intérêt de la manifestation de la vérité.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 75

Il est toujours accompagné du procureur du Royaume et du greffier. L’accusé, la partie civile, le civilement responsable et les avocats peuvent, s’ils en font la demande, accompagner le tribunal.

Il est dressé un procès verbal de ces opérations.

Article 339. (supplément d’information ordonné par le tribunal)

S’il apparaît que de nouvelles investigations sont nécessaires, le tribunal peut, par jugement, ordonner un supplément d’information.

Sont compétents pour procéder au supplément d’information :

- le président d’audience;

- l’un des juges de la formation lorsque le tribunal statue en formation collégiale.

- tout autre juge du tribunal de première instance.

Le jugement qui ordonne le supplément d’information désigne le magistrat chargé d’y procéder.

Ce magistrat peut, dans les mêmes conditions qu’un juge d’instruction :

- se transporter sur toute l’étendue du ressort du tribunal ou sur toute l’étendue du territoire national,

- entendre des témoins,

- procéder à des perquisitions,

- effectuer des saisies

- ordonner des expertises.

Pour l’exécution du supplément d’information, il peut délivrer des commissions rogatoires.

Article 340. (affaire mise en continuation)

Si les débats ne sont pas terminés au cours de la même audience, le tribunal met l’affaire en continuation à une autre audience dont il fixe la date.

Article 341. (rédaction des notes d’audience)

Lors de l’audience, le greffier rédige des notes d’audience qui ont pour objet de donner les moyens à la cour d’appel de contrôler la légalité de la procédure et de prendre connaissance des débats.

Le greffier doit s’efforcer de relater avec soin le déroulement de l’audience, et de reproduire aussi fidèlement que possible les questions posées ainsi que les déclarations de l’accusé, de la partie civile, du civilement responsable, des témoins et des experts.

Les notes d’audience sont signées par le greffier et visées, après vérification, par le président d’audience dans un délai de dix jours après le prononcé du jugement.

Le greffier qui fait preuve de négligence dans la tenue des notes d’audience est passible de sanctions disciplinaires. Section 4 : Exceptions

Article 342. (compétence du tribunal en matière d’exceptions)

Le tribunal saisi de l’action publique est compétent pour statuer sur toutes les exceptions soulevées par les parties, sauf si la loi en dispose autrement.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 76

Il est notamment compétent pour statuer sur les exceptions de nullité de procédure qui lui sont soumises, sauf lorsqu’il est saisi par une ordonnance de renvoi du juge d’instruction ou un arrêt de renvoi de la chambre d’instruction.

Article 343. (questions préjudicielles et sursis à statuer)

Le tribunal doit surseoir à statuer lorsqu’une partie soulève une question préjudicielle dont l’examen relève de la compétence exclusive d’une autre juridiction.

Une question préjudicielle n’est recevable que si elle est de nature à retirer au fait reproché à l’accusé le caractère d’une infraction.

En matière civile, les questions relatives au droit de propriété, aux autres droits réels immobiliers et à l’état des personnes relèvent de la compétence exclusive de la juridiction civile.

Article 344. (présentation des exceptions)

Les exceptions doivent être présentées avant toute défense au fond, sous peine d’irrecevabilité.

Article 345. (admission de la question préjudicielle)

Le tribunal ne peut déclarer irrecevable une question préjudicielle que par jugement motivé. Lorsqu’une exception n’est pas admise, les débats sont continués.

Lorsqu’une question préjudicielle a été soulevée et admise par le tribunal, celui-ci doit surseoir à statuer et fixe le délai dans lequel la juridiction compétente doit être saisie par la partie concernée.

A l’expiration de ce délai, si la partie concernée justifie avoir saisi la juridiction compétente, le tribunal accorde un nouveau délai pour obtenir une décision sur cette question. La juridiction saisie est avisée de ce délai par le procureur du Royaume.

A défaut de décision dans le délai imparti par le tribunal, l’instance pénale reprend son cours si le retard est imputable à la négligence de la partie concernée.

Article 346. (jugement sur les exceptions)

Le tribunal doit statuer par un jugement distinct du jugement sur le fond sur les exceptions.

Toutefois il peut également joindre l’incident au fond et statuer par un seul et même jugement sur les exceptions et sur le fond.

Chapitre 4 : La décision Section 1 : Prononcé du jugement

Article 347. (prononcé du jugement)

Le jugement est rendu à l’audience à laquelle ont eu lieu les débats, ou à une audience ultérieure. Dans ce dernier cas, le président de l’audience informe les parties présentes du jour où le jugement sera prononcé.

Article 348. (champ de la saisine du tribunal (faits))

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 77

Le tribunal ne peut statuer que sur les faits mentionnés dans l’arrêt de renvoi, l’ordonnance de renvoi, la citation directe ou le procès verbal de comparution immédiate.

Dans le cas où le tribunal, statuant en formation collégiale, estime que les faits dont il est saisi constituent un délit ou une contravention, il demeure compétent pour les juger.

Dans le cas où le tribunal, statuant à juge unique, estime que les faits dont il est saisi constituent un crime, il renvoie le dossier au procureur du Royaume afin que celui-ci ouvre une instruction.

Article 349. (champ de la saisine du tribunal (personnes))

Le tribunal ne peut juger que les personnes traduites devant lui en qualité d’accusé.

Si une personne convoquée devant le tribunal en qualité de témoin est susceptible d’être mise en cause comme auteur ou complice, elle ne pourra être jugée qu’après avoir été poursuivie ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article L.214-8 (exercice des poursuites).

Article 350. (déclaration de culpabilité)

Le tribunal examine :

- si les faits constituent un crime, un délit ou une contravention;

- si l’accusé a commis les faits qui lui sont reprochés.

S’il retient la culpabilité de l’accusé, le tribunal prononce les peines prévues par la loi.

Si le tribunal estime que les faits ne constituent pas une infraction ou que l’accusé n’est pas coupable, l’accusé est acquitté.

Article 351. Article L.514-5 (absence de l’accusé)

Le doute doit toujours profiter à l’accusé.

Lorsque l’accusé est absent, le tribunal, s’il le déclare coupable de l’infraction poursuivie, doit prononcer la peine qui lui parait juste.

Article 352. Article L.514-6 (fin du contrôle judiciaire)

Le contrôle judiciaire prend fin au moment du prononcé du jugement.

Article 353. Article L.514-7(mandat de dépôt et mandat d’arrêt ordonnés par le tribunal)

Si le tribunal prononce une peine d’au moins un an d’emprisonnement sans sursis, il peut, par une décision spéciale et motivée, décerner à l’audience :

- un mandat de dépôt contre l’accusé présent;

- un mandat d’arrêt contre l’accusé absent.

Le mandat de dépôt et le mandat d’arrêt sont immédiatement exécutoires.

Ils comportent les mentions suivantes :

- l’identité du coupable;

- la nature de la condamnation et les textes de loi qui la fondent;

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 78

- le nom et la qualité du magistrat qui délivre le mandat.

Ils sont datés et signés par ce magistrat, et revêtus de son sceau.

Le coupable arrêté en exécution d’un mandat d’arrêt est présenté dans les plus brefs délais au procureur du Royaume du lieu d’arrestation, qui lui notifie le mandat et procède à son incarcération.

Lorsque le jugement a été rendu par défaut, le coupable qui décide de former opposition doit être présenté dans les plus brefs délais au tribunal qui a prononcé le jugement. Le coupable peut présenter une demande de mise en liberté; le tribunal statue ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 43 (demande de mise en liberté de l’accusé détenu) de ce code.

Article 354. (restitution d’objets saisis)

Le tribunal est compétent pour statuer sur la restitution des objets saisis.

Article 355. (jugement sur intérêts civils)

Dans le même jugement, le tribunal statue sur les intérêts civils. Il apprécie la recevabilité de la constitution de partie civile et se prononce sur les demandes de la partie civile tant à l’égard de l’accusé que du civilement responsable. Lorsque le tribunal n’est pas en mesure de statuer sur les intérêts civils, il peut renvoyer à une audience ultérieure et accorder une provision.

Les personnes condamnées pour une même infraction sont tenues solidairement des réparations.

Article 356. (absence de la partie civile à l’audience)

Si la partie civile a présenté avant l’audience une demande de réparation, mais fait défaut à l’audience, le tribunal, s’il déclare l’accusé coupable, doit dédommager la victime en fonction des éléments du dossier.

Article 357. (rédaction du jugement (motifs et dispositif))

Tout jugement comporte deux parties :

- les motifs, c’est à dire les arguments de fait et de droit qui ont déterminé la décision du tribunal;

- le dispositif, c’est à dire la décision elle-même.

Les faits doivent être précis et sans équivoque. Le tribunal doit examiner chacun des chefs d’accusation et chacun des arguments soulevés à l’audience.

Dans les motifs, le tribunal doit répondre aux conclusions écrites déposées par les parties.

Le dispositif doit mentionner les infractions dont l’accusé est reconnu coupable, les textes de loi applicables, la peine et les condamnations civiles.

Article 358. (mentions portées sur le jugement)

Le jugement est signé par le président et par le greffier.

Le jugement doit comporter les indications suivantes :

- date de l’audience ou des audiences;

- date à laquelle le jugement a été rendu;

- noms et qualité du magistrat ou des magistrats composant le tribunal;

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 79

- nom et qualité du représentant du parquet;

- nom et qualité du greffier;

- noms, domicile, date et lieu de naissance, profession de l’accusé, de la partie civile et du civilement responsable;

- noms des avocats.

Après avoir été signé par le président et le greffier, l’original du jugement est déposé au greffe du tribunal, au plus tard dans les huit jours suivant la date à laquelle il est rendu. Le greffe doit toujours conserver l’original; il peut délivrer des copies, notamment en cas d’appel.

Article 359. (prononcé du jugement en audience publique)

Tout jugement doit être prononcé en audience publique. Le dispositif est lu à haute voix par le président de l’audience. Section 2 : Nature du jugement

Article 360. (jugement contradictoire)

Si l’accusé comparaît à l’audience, le jugement est contradictoire à son égard. Le jugement contradictoire à l’égard de l’accusé n’est pas signifié à ce dernier; il est susceptible d’appel.

Le jugement reste contradictoire même si l’accusé quitte la salle d’audience.

Le jugement est également contradictoire lorsque l’accusé a été interrogé dans les conditions prévues par l’article 309 (accusé ne pouvant comparaître) de ce code.

Article 361. (jugement réputé contradictoire)

Si l’accusé ne comparaît pas à l’audience alors qu’il a eu connaissance de la citation directe ou de la convocation, le jugement est réputé contradictoire à l’égard de l’accusé.

Le jugement réputé contradictoire est signifié à l’accusé; il est susceptible d’appel.

Dans le cas où l’accusé absent fournit une excuse reconnue valable par le tribunal, ce dernier peut renvoyer l’affaire à une autre audience.

Article 362. (jugement par défaut)

Si l’accusé ne comparaît pas à l’audience, et s’il n’est pas établi qu’il a eu connaissance de la citation directe ou de la convocation, le jugement est rendu par défaut à son égard.

Le jugement par défaut à l’égard de l’accusé est signifié à ce dernier; il est susceptible d’opposition.

Article 363. (jugement rendu à l’égard de la partie civile)

Si la partie civile comparaît à l’audience ou est valablement représentée, le jugement est contradictoire à son égard. Le jugement contradictoire à l’égard de la partie civile n’est pas signifié à celle-ci; il est susceptible d’appel.

Si la partie civile ne comparaît pas à l’audience et n’est pas valablement représentée, le jugement est rendu par défaut à son égard. Le jugement par défaut à l’égard de la partie civile est signifié à cette dernière; il est susceptible d’opposition.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 80

Article 364. (jugement rendu à l’égard du civilement responsable)

Si la personne convoquée en qualité de civilement responsable comparaît à l’audience ou est valablement représentée, le jugement est contradictoire à son égard. Le jugement contradictoire à l’égard du civilement responsable n’est pas signifié à celui-ci; il est susceptible d’appel.

Si la personne convoquée en qualité de civilement responsable ne comparaît pas à l’audience et n’est pas valablement représentée, le jugement est rendu par défaut à son égard. Le jugement par défaut à l’égard du civilement responsable est signifié à ce dernier; il est susceptible d’opposition. Section 3 : Opposition au jugement par défaut

Article 365. (opposition au jugement par défaut)

Le coupable peut former opposition au jugement rendu par défaut à son égard.

Article 366. (formes et recevabilité de l’opposition)

L’opposition est formée par déclaration écrite :

- soit au greffe du tribunal qui a prononcé le jugement;

- soit au procureur du Royaume, aux services de police ou de gendarmerie ou au directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention.

Le coupable peut être représenté par un avocat. L’avocat doit être muni d’une déclaration écrite l’autorisant à former opposition. Toutefois un coupable mineur peut être représenté par son père, sa mère ou son tuteur; dans ce cas le représentant est dispensé de procuration.

Lorsqu’ils reçoivent une opposition, le procureur du Royaume, les services de police et de gendarmerie ainsi que le directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention la transmettent immédiatement au greffier du tribunal qui a prononcé le jugement.

Lorsque l’opposant ne sait pas signer, il appose une empreinte digitale.

Article 367. (registre des oppositions)

Le greffier du tribunal tient un registre des oppositions, qui peut être consulté librement par les parties et les avocats.

Article 368. (délais pour faire opposition)

L’opposition doit être formée dans le délai de quinze jours à compter :

- soit de la signification du jugement par défaut, lorsque le jugement a été remis en main propre au coupable;

- soit, lorsque le jugement n’a pas été remis en main propre au coupable, du jour où ce dernier en a effectivement connaissance.

Article 369. (opposition limitée aux dispositions civiles)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 81

L’opposition peut être limitée aux dispositions civiles du jugement.

Article 370. (effets de l’opposition)

Lorsque l’opposition porte sur l’ensemble du jugement, celui-ci est mis à néant. L’exécution du jugement est suspendue.

Toutefois le mandat d’arrêt continue de produire effet. Le tribunal est compétent pour statuer sur la mise en liberté de l’accusé.

Lorsque l’opposition porte sur les dispositions civiles, seules celles-ci sont mises à néant. Leur exécution est suspendue.

Article 371. (jugement sur opposition)

L’affaire est portée devant le même tribunal.

Les parties sont convoquées à l’initiative du procureur du Royaume.

Après avoir examiné la recevabilité de l’opposition, le tribunal statue de nouveau sur le fond.

Si l’opposant, régulièrement convoqué, ne comparaît pas à l’audience, le tribunal déclare l’opposition non avenue. Le jugement frappé d’opposition ne peut être modifié; il produit tous ses effets à l’égard des parties. L’opposant conserve la possibilité de former appel dans les conditions prévues par l’article 382 (délais d’appel des accusé, partie civile, civilement responsable) de ce code.

Article 372. (opposition formée par la partie civile ou le civilement responsable)

La partie civile peut également former opposition au jugement rendu par défaut à son égard. L’opposition est limitée aux dispositions civiles du jugement.

L’opposition doit être formée dans le délai de quinze jours à compter :

- soit de la signification du jugement par défaut, lorsque le jugement a été remis en main propre à la partie civile;

- soit, lorsque le jugement n’a pas été remis en main propre à la partie civile, du jour où cette dernière en a effectivement connaissance.

L’opposition est formée par déclaration écrite au greffe du tribunal qui a prononcé le jugement.

La partie civile peut être représentée soit par un avocat, soit par son conjoint, soit par un parent en ligne directe. Le représentant doit être muni d’une procuration écrite l’autorisant à former opposition.

Les dispositions du présent article sont applicables à la personne déclarée civilement responsable par le tribunal.

Titre 2 : Appel des jugements Chapitre 1 : Compétence de la chambre pénale de la cour d’appel

Article 373. (compétence de la chambre pénale de la cour d’appel)

La chambre pénale de la cour d’appel connaît des appels formés contre les décisions rendues par les tribunaux de première instance de son ressort en matière pénale.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 82

Article 374. (abstention de certains magistrats)

Un magistrat ayant accompli un acte de poursuite ou d’instruction ou ayant participé au jugement en première instance d’une affaire ne peut siéger en cause d’appel comme président ou juge pour la même affaire.

Chapitre 2 : Recevabilité de l’appel

Article 375. (personnes pouvant faire appel)

Ont la faculté de former appel :

- le procureur du Royaume du tribunal de première instance et le procureur général près la cour d’appel;

- l’accusé;

- la partie civile en ce qui concerne les intérêts civils;

- le civilement responsable en ce qui concerne les intérêts civils.

Article 376. (formes de l’appel par les procureur, accusé, partie civile et civilement responsable)

L’appel du procureur du Royaume, de l’accusé, de la partie civile et du civilement responsable est formé par déclaration au greffe du tribunal qui a prononcé le jugement.

L’accusé peut être représenté par un avocat. L’avocat doit être muni d’une procuration écrite l’autorisant à former appel. Toutefois un accusé mineur peut être représenté par son père, sa mère ou son tuteur; dans ce cas le représentant est dispensé de procuration.

La partie civile peut être représentée soit par un avocat, soit par son conjoint, soit par un parent en ligne directe. Le représentant doit être muni d’une procuration écrite l’autorisant à former appel.

Le civilement responsable peut être représenté soit par un avocat, soit par son conjoint, soit par un parent en ligne directe. Le représentant doit être muni d’une procuration écrite l’autorisant à former appel.

Le greffier inscrit l’appel sur un registre spécial qui est conservé au registre du tribunal. L’acte d’appel est signé par le greffier et l’appelant ou son représentant. La procuration doit être annexée à l’acte d’appel.

Article 377. (déclaration d’appel de l’accusé détenu)

L’accusé détenu peut faire connaître sa volonté de former appel au directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention. Il remplit une déclaration d’appel qui doit être datée et signée.

La déclaration d’appel est enregistrée par le directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention sur un registre spécial. Le détenu appose sa signature en marge du registre.

Le directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention transmet dans les plus brefs délais la déclaration d’appel au greffier du tribunal, qui la mentionne sur le registre des appels du tribunal.

Article 378. (appelant analphabète)

Lorsque l’appelant ne sait pas signer, il appose une empreinte digitale.

Article 379. (formes de l’appel du procureur général)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 83

L’appel du procureur général est formé par déclaration au greffe de la cour d’appel.

Le greffier inscrit l’acte d’appel sur un registre spécial qui est conservé au greffe de la cour. L’acte d’appel est signé par le greffier et par le procureur général.

Article 380. (consultation des registres des appels)

Le registre des appels du tribunal et celui de la cour d’appel peuvent être consultés librement par les parties et par les avocats.

Article 381. (délais d’appel des procureur du Royaume et procureur général)

L’appel du procureur du Royaume doit être formé dans le délai d’un mois.

L’appel du procureur général doit être formé dans le délai de trois mois.

Le délai d’appel court à compter du prononcé du jugement.

Article 382. (délais d’appel des accusé, partie civile, civilement responsable)

L’appel de l’accusé, de la partie civile et du civilement responsable doit être formé dans le délai d’un mois.

Lorsque le jugement est contradictoire, le délai d’appel court à compter du prononcé du jugement.

Lorsque le jugement est réputé contradictoire, le délai d’appel court à compter de la signification du jugement, quel qu’en soit le mode.

Article 383. (délais supplémentaires pour faire appel (appel incident))

En cas d’appel d’une des parties pendant les délais ci-dessus, les autres parties disposent d’un délai supplémentaire de sept jours pour former un appel incident. Le délai supplémentaire commence à courir à l’expiration du délai normal.

Article 384. (délais d’appel en cas de détention (procureur du Royaume, accusé))

En matière de détention, l’appel doit être formé par le procureur du Royaume dans le délai de quarante-huit heures, et par l’accusé dans le délai de cinq jours. Ce délai court à compter de la décision du tribunal sur la détention.

Article 385. (appel d’un jugement avant-dire droit)

Lorsque le tribunal rend un jugement avant-dire droit, l’appel est immédiatement recevable si ce jugement met fin à la procédure. Dans le cas contraire, le jugement avant-dire droit ne peut être soumis à la cour d’appel qu’en même temps que le jugement sur le fond.

Chapitre 3 : Procédure devant la cour d’appel

Article 386. (transmission du dossier à la cour d’appel)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 84

En cas d’appel, le greffier du tribunal met le dossier en état en vue de sa transmission à la cour d’appel.

Il doit adresser dans les plus brefs délais au greffe de la cour :

- le dossier de la procédure;

- une copie certifiée conforme de chaque acte d’appel;

- une copie certifiée conforme du jugement.

En cas d’appel contre une décision du tribunal relative à la détention de l’accusé, le dossier doit être transmis dans les dix jours de l’appel, sauf circonstances insurmontables qui doivent être précisées dans la transmission.

Article 387. (audiencement et délais pour statuer)

Dès que le dossier parvient à la cour, le président de la chambre pénale vérifie si le dossier est en état et fixe la date d’audience.

La cour doit statuer dans un délai raisonnable. En cas d’appel contre une décision du tribunal relative à la détention de l’accusé, elle doit statuer dans les plus brefs délais, et au plus tard dans les quinze jours de la réception du dossier.

Article 388. (notification et convocation à l’audience)

Le président de la chambre pénale notifie la date d’audience au procureur général près la cour d’appel.

Le procureur général convoque l’accusé, la partie civile et le civilement responsable dans les conditions prévues aux titres 2 (convocation à l’audience de l’accusé) et 3 (convocation à l’audience des personnes autres que l’accusé) du livre 7 (citation directe, convocation et signification).

Article 389. (transfèrement de l’accusé détenu)

L’accusé détenu doit être transféré dans le délai le plus court, sur ordre du procureur général, à la prison ou au centre de détention le plus proche du siège de la cour d’appel.

Article 390. (rapport d’appel)

Le président désigne un juge rapporteur. Le rapporteur peut être soit le président, soit un des assesseurs.

Le rapport a pour objet d’exposer les faits de la cause et de donner connaissance du jugement déféré à la cour. Il est rédigé par écrit et doit figurer au dossier. Il doit être suffisamment développé pour permettre à la cour d’être complètement informée.

Article 391. (consultation du dossier et dépôt des mémoires)

Le procureur général et les avocats peuvent consulter le dossier jusqu’à l’audience.

Les parties et leurs avocats peuvent remettre des mémoires au greffier. Les mémoires sont visés par le greffier, avec indication de la date, et immédiatement versés au dossier.

Article 392. (publicité des débats et huis-clos)

Les débats se déroulent en audience publique.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 85

Toutefois, si la cour estime que la publicité est dangereuse pour l’ordre public ou pour les mœurs, elle peut, par une décision motivée, ordonner le huis-clos pour tout ou partie des débats. La cour statue par un arrêt distinct de l’arrêt sur le fond, ou par une disposition spéciale dans l’arrêt sur le fond.

La décision de la cour ordonnant le huis-clos est insusceptible de recours.

Article 393. (interrogatoire de l’accusé)

Après la lecture du rapport, le président interroge l’accusé.

Le procureur général, les avocats et les parties peuvent être autorisés à poser des questions à l’accusé. Toutes les questions sont posées par l’intermédiaire du président. En cas de contestation, le président décide souverainement si la question doit être posée.

Article 394. (auditions des partie civile, civilement responsable, experts, témoins)

Après l’interrogatoire de l’accusé, le président entend, dans l’ordre qu’il estime utile, la partie civile et le civilement responsable.

Les témoins et les experts ne sont entendus que si la cour ordonne leur audition.

Article 395. (ordre de parole)

Le procureur général et les avocats prennent la parole dans l’ordre des appels.

Dans tous les cas, l’accusé a la parole le dernier. Son avocat est autorisé à formuler de brèves observations complémentaires.

Article 396. (Extension à la cour d’appel des règles applicables au tribunal)

Pour le surplus, les règles applicables au tribunal de première instance sont également applicables à la cour d’appel.

Chapitre 4 : Effets de l’appel

Article 397. (effet dévolutif de l’appel)

L’affaire est dévolue à la cour d’appel dans les limites fixées par l’acte d’appel et par la qualité de l’appelant.

Article 398. (effet de l’appel sur l’exécution du jugement)

Pendant le délai d’appel, il est sursis à l’exécution du jugement.

Toutefois, l’accusé qui a comparu détenu devant le tribunal reste en prison pendant le délai d’appel du procureur du Royaume, et en cas d’appel sur les dispositions pénales, jusqu’à ce que la cour d’appel ait statué. En cas d’acquittement par le tribunal de première instance ou de condamnation à une peine d’emprisonnement d’une durée au moins égale à celle de la détention provisoire, le procureur du Royaume peut consentir à la mise en liberté de l’accusé avant l’expiration du délai d’appel.

Le délai d’appel du procureur général ne fait pas obstacle à l’exécution de la peine.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 86

Article 399. (effet du seul appel de l’accusé)

La cour d’appel, lorsqu’elle est saisie par le seul appel de l’accusé, ne peut aggraver son sort. Elle peut modifier le jugement uniquement dans un sens qui lui est favorable. Elle ne peut ajouter à la peine principale une peine accessoire.

La cour peut substituer à la qualification retenue par le tribunal une autre qualification, mais elle ne peut aggraver les condamnations prononcées contre l’accusé.

Si le tribunal a omis de prononcer une peine accessoire obligatoire, la cour annule le jugement, évoque et statue de nouveau sur la peine.

La cour ne peut, lorsqu’elle est saisie par le seul appel de l’accusé, augmenter le montant des réparations allouées à la partie civile.

Article 400. (effets de l’appel du procureur du Royaume et du procureur général)

L’appel du procureur du Royaume et du procureur général remet en cause les dispositions pénales du jugement.

La cour peut, le cas échéant, infirmer un jugement d’acquittement, ou aggraver la peine prononcée par le tribunal. Elle peut toujours acquitter l’accusé si sa culpabilité ne lui parait pas démontrée.

Elle peut prononcer les peines accessoires obligatoires que le tribunal aurait omis de prononcer.

Article 401. (requalifications par la cour d’appel)

La cour d’appel peut modifier les qualifications juridiques adoptées par le tribunal, sous réserve de n’introduire aucun élément nouveau sur lequel ce dernier n’a pas été appelé à statuer.

Article 402. (effets de l’appel de la partie civile ou du civilement responsable)

L’appel de la partie civile ou du civilement responsable ne peut porter que sur les intérêts civils.

La partie civile ne peut, devant la cour d’appel, former une demande nouvelle qui n’aurait pas été soumise au tribunal.

Article 403. (forme et signature des arrêts)

Les règles concernant la forme et la signature des jugements sont applicables aux arrêts de la cour d’appel.

Article 404. (appel irrecevable)

Lorsque la cour d’appel estime que l’appel est tardif ou formé dans des conditions irrégulières, elle déclare l’appel irrecevable.

Article 405. (infirmation du jugement)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 87

Lorsque la cour d’appel estime que la culpabilité de l’accusé n’est pas établie, ou que les faits ne constituent pas une infraction, elle infirme le jugement et acquitte l’accusé.

Article 406. (droit d’évocation de la cour d’appel)

Lorsque la cour d’appel constate que le jugement est entaché de nullité, elle peut évoquer et statuer sur le fond comme le tribunal de première instance.

Article 407. (mandat de dépôt ou mandat d’arrêt décernés par la cour d’appel)

Si la cour prononce une peine d’au moins un an d’emprisonnement sans sursis, elle peut, par une décision spéciale et motivée, lorsqu’une mesure de sûreté s’impose, décerner à l’audience :

- un mandat de dépôt contre l’accusé présent;

- un mandat d’arrêt contre l’accusé absent.

Le mandat de dépôt et le mandat d’arrêt sont immédiatement exécutoires.

Ils comportent les mentions suivantes :

- l’identité du coupable;

- la nature de la condamnation et les textes de loi qui la fondent;

- le nom et la qualité du magistrat qui délivre le mandat.

Ils sont datés et signés par ce magistrat, et revêtus de son sceau.

Le coupable arrêté en exécution d’un mandat d’arrêt est présenté dans les plus brefs délais au procureur général du lieu d’arrestation, qui lui notifie le mandat et procède à son incarcération.

Lorsque l’arrêt a été rendu par défaut, le coupable qui décide de former opposition doit être présenté dans les plus brefs délais à la cour d’appel qui a prononcé l’arrêt. Le coupable peut présenter une demande de mise en liberté; la cour d’appel statue ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 307 (demande de mise en liberté de l’accusé détenu) de ce code.

Article 408. (nature des arrêts)

Les arrêts rendus par la cour d’appel sont contradictoires, réputés contradictoires ou par défaut selon les distinctions applicables aux jugements rendus par le tribunal de première instance.

Chapitre 5 : Opposition à l’arrêt rendu par défaut

Article 409. (opposition à un arrêt par défaut)

Le condamné peut former opposition à l’arrêt rendu par défaut à son égard.

Article 410. (formes de l’opposition)

L’opposition est formée :

- soit par déclaration écrite au greffe de la cour d’appel qui a prononcé l’arrêt;

- soit par déclaration écrite au procureur général, aux services de police ou de gendarmerie ou au directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 88

Le coupable peut être représenté par un avocat. L’avocat doit être muni d’une déclaration écrite l’autorisant à former opposition. Toutefois un coupable mineur peut être représenté par son père, sa mère ou son tuteur; dans ce cas le représentant est dispensé de procuration.

Lorsqu’ils reçoivent une opposition, le procureur général, les services de police et de gendarmerie ainsi que le directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention la transmettent immédiatement au greffier de la cour d’appel qui a prononcé l’arrêt.

Lorsque l’opposant ne sait pas signer, il appose une empreinte digitale.

Article 411. (registre des oppositions)

Le greffier de la cour d’appel tient un registre des oppositions, qui peut être consulté librement par les parties et les avocats.

Article 412. (délais d’opposition)

L’opposition doit être formée dans le délai de quinze jours à compter :

- soit de la signification de l’arrêt par défaut, lorsque l’arrêt a été remis en main propre au condamné;

- soit, lorsque l’arrêt n’a pas été remis en main propre au condamné, du jour où ce dernier en a effectivement connaissance.

Article 413. (opposition limitée aux dispositions civiles)

L’opposition peut être limitée aux dispositions civiles de l’arrêt.

Article 414. (opposition portant sur les dispositions pénales ou civiles de l’arrêt)

Lorsque l’opposition porte sur l’ensemble de l’arrêt, celui-ci est mis à néant. L’exécution de l’arrêt est suspendue. Toutefois le mandat d’arrêt continue de produire effet. La cour d’appel est compétente pour statuer sur la mise en liberté de l’accusé.

Lorsque l’opposition porte sur les dispositions civiles, seules celles-ci sont mises à néant. Leur exécution est suspendue.

Article 415. (arrêt sur opposition)

L’affaire est portée devant la même cour d’appel.

Les parties sont convoquées à l’initiative du procureur général.

Après avoir statué sur la recevabilité de l’opposition, la cour statue de nouveau sur le fond.

Si l’opposant, régulièrement convoqué, ne comparaît pas à l’audience, la cour déclare l’opposition non avenue. L’arrêt frappé d’opposition ne peut être modifié; il produit tous ses effets à l’égard des parties. Toutefois le condamné conserve la faculté de former un recours devant la Cour suprême.

Article 416. (opposition par la partie civile ou civilement responsable (délais, formes, représentation))

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 89

La partie civile peut également former opposition à l’arrêt rendu par défaut à son égard. L’opposition est limitée aux dispositions civiles de l’arrêt.

L’opposition doit être formée dans le délai de quinze jours à compter :

- soit de la signification de l’arrêt par défaut, lorsque l’arrêt a été remis en main propre à la partie civile;

- soit, lorsque l’arrêt n’a pas été remis en main propre à la partie civile, du jour où ce dernier en a effectivement connaissance.

L’opposition est formée par déclaration écrite au greffe de la cour d’appel qui a prononcé l’arrêt.

La partie civile peut être représentée soit par un avocat, soit par son conjoint, soit par un parent en ligne directe. Le représentant doit être muni d’une procuration écrite l’autorisant à former opposition.

Les dispositions du présent article sont applicables à la personne déclarée civilement responsable par la cour d’appel.

Livre 6 : La cour suprême

Titre 1 : Pourvoi en cassation Chapitre 1 : Pourvoi en cassation

Article 417. (décisions susceptibles de pourvoi)

Les arrêts de la chambre d’instruction de la cour d’appel, y compris en matière d’extradition, ainsi que les arrêts rendus en dernier ressort par la chambre pénale de la cour d’appel peuvent faire l’objet d’un pourvoi en cassation.

Toutefois, cette voie de recours est exclue pour les arrêts de la chambre d’instruction qui ordonnent le renvoi d’un accusé devant le tribunal.

Article 418. (personnes pouvant former un pourvoi)

Le pourvoi en cassation peut être formé par :

- le procureur général près la Cour suprême;

- le procureur général près la cour d’appel;

- l’accusé ou le coupable;

- la personne réclamée dans le cas d’une procédure d’extradition;

- la partie civile;

- le civilement responsable.

Les pourvois en cassation sont examinés par la chambre pénale de la Cour suprême.

Article 419. (causes de pourvoi)

La Cour suprême peut casser une décision dans les cas suivants :

- composition illégale de la juridiction;

- incompétence de la juridiction;

- abus de pouvoir;

- violation de la loi ou fausse application de la loi;

- violation ou omission de formalités prescrites à peine de nullité par la loi;

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 90

- omission de statuer sur une demande présentée par le parquet ou par une partie, lorsque cette demande était formulée par écrit et dépourvue d’ambiguïté;

- dénaturation des faits;

- défaut de motif;

- contradiction entre les motifs et le dispositif.

Article 420. (délais pour former un pourvoi)

Le pourvoi en cassation doit être formé dans les délais suivants :

- un mois pour les arrêts rendus par la chambre pénale de la cour d’appel;

- quinze jours pour les arrêts rendus par la chambre d’instruction de la cour d’appel.

- cinq jours pour les avis rendus par la chambre d’instruction en matière d’extradition.

Lorsque l’arrêt attaqué est contradictoire, le délai commence à courir à compter du prononcé de l’arrêt.

Lorsque l’arrêt attaqué est réputé contradictoire, il commence à courir à compter de la signification.

Lorsque l’arrêt a été rendu par défaut, il court à compter de l’expiration du délai d’opposition.

Article 421. (pourvoi contre un arrêt avant-dire droit)

Lorsque la cour d’appel rend un arrêt avant-dire droit, le pourvoi en cassation est immédiatement recevable si cet arrêt met fin à la procédure. Dans le cas contraire, l’arrêt avant-dire droit ne peut être soumis à la Cour suprême qu’en même temps que l’arrêt sur le fond.

Article 422. (formes de la déclaration de pourvoi)

Le pourvoi est formé par déclaration au greffe de la cour d’appel qui a rendu la décision. Cette déclaration est inscrite sur un registre spécial qui est conservé au greffe de cette juridiction.

L’accusé, le coupable et la personne réclamée dans le cadre de la procédure d’extradition peuvent être représentés par un avocat. L’avocat doit être muni d’une procuration écrite l’autorisant à former un pourvoi. Toutefois un accusé ou un coupable mineur peut être représenté par son père, sa mère ou son tuteur; dans ce cas le représentant est dispensé de procuration.

La partie civile peut être représentée soit par un avocat, soit par son conjoint, soit par un parent en ligne directe. Le représentant doit être muni d’une procuration écrite l’autorisant à former un pourvoi.

Le civilement responsable peut être représenté soit par un avocat, soit par son conjoint, soit par un parent en ligne directe. Le représentant doit être muni d’une procuration écrite l’autorisant à former un pourvoi.

Article 423. (signatures du pourvoi)

Le pourvoi est signé par le greffier et par l’auteur du pourvoi ou son représentant. Lorsque l’auteur du pourvoi ne sait pas signer, il appose une empreinte digitale. La procuration doit être annexée à la déclaration de pourvoi.

S’il manque la signature du greffier, ou si la date n’est pas inscrite, la déclaration sera déclarée recevable si aucune fraude n’est décelée. Une amende de 5.000 RIELS sera infligée au greffier; cette amende sera prononcée par la Cour suprême dans son arrêt.

Article 424. (transmission du dossier à la cour suprême)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 91

Dans les plus brefs délais, le greffier de la cour d’appel met le dossier en état et le transmet au greffier de la Cour suprême.

Article 425. (enregistrement du dossier à la cour suprême)

Dès que le dossier lui parvient, le greffier de la Cour suprême procède à son enregistrement.

Article 426. (constitution d’avocat)

Les parties peuvent constituer avocat dès l’enregistrement du dossier, et au plus tard la veille de l’audience. Elles doivent communiquer par écrit le nom de leur avocat au greffier de la Cour suprême.

Article 427. (délais pour produire un mémoire)

Le greffier de la Cour suprême avise les parties de l’enregistrement du dossier.

Dans les dix jours qui suivent cet avis, le greffier notifie au demandeur qu’il dispose d’un délai de vingt jours pour adresser au président de la chambre pénale de la Cour suprême un mémoire dans lequel il exposera ses moyens de droit. Si l’auteur du pourvoi a constitué avocat et a communiqué le nom de celui-ci au greffier, cette notification est également adressée à son avocat.

Si le demandeur produit un mémoire, le greffier en informe les autres parties, et le cas échéant leurs avocats, qui disposent également d’un délai de vingt jours pour répondre au mémoire du demandeur.

Article 428. (mise à disposition du dossier)

Le dossier est tenu à la disposition des avocats qui peuvent en faire copie à leurs frais.

Article 429. (prolongation du délai de production du mémoire)

Lorsque le délai de vingt jours est insuffisant, une partie peut demander au président de la chambre pénale de la Cour suprême une prolongation du délai. Cette prolongation ne peut excéder dix jours.

Article 430. (désignation du juge rapporteur)

A l’expiration des délais impartis pour le dépôt des mémoires, le président désigne un juge rapporteur et lui transmet le dossier, accompagné des mémoires.

Article 431. (rédaction du rapport)

Le rapport, rédigé par écrit, doit exposer :

- la procédure et les faits;

- les points de droit soulevés par les parties;

- les solutions que propose le juge rapporteur.

Le rapport est versé au dossier.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 92

Article 432. (transmission du dossier au procureur général et réquisitions écrites)

Le dossier, accompagné des mémoires et du rapport, est transmis au procureur général près la Cour suprême.

Le procureur général près la Cour suprême prépare des réquisitions écrites qui sont versées au dossier.

Le dossier est retourné au président de la chambre pénale.

Article 433. (notification de la date d’audience aux parties)

Le président de la chambre pénale fixe la date de l’audience et la notifie verbalement au procureur général. Le procureur général notifie la date d’audience aux parties et aux avocats.

La notification est faite à l’accusé détenu, au coupable détenu ou à la personne réclamée en matière d’extradition ainsi qu’il suit :

- soit verbalement;

- soit par l’intermédiaire du directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention.

La notification est faite au coupable ou à l’accusé non détenu, à la partie civile, au civilement responsable et aux avocats ainsi qu’il suit :

- soit verbalement;

- soit par la voie administrative;

- soit par l’intermédiaire des services de police ou de gendarmerie.

Lorsque la notification est faite verbalement, le greffier mentionne la date de notification sur le dossier. Le coupable l’accusé, la partie civile, le civilement responsable ou l’avocat appose sa signature.

- Dans les autres cas, la notification est faite contre récépissé.

Article 434. (publicité des débats)

Les débats ont lieu en audience publique.

Les parties ne sont pas entendues par la chambre pénale de la Cour suprême, sauf si le président ordonne leur comparution.

Le juge rapporteur fait son rapport. Le procureur général prononce ses réquisitions. Les avocats plaident.

A l’issue des débats, la chambre pénale se retire pour délibérer et rédiger son arrêt. L’arrêt peut être rendu le jour même ou lors d’une audience ultérieure fixée par la cour.

En aucun cas la Cour suprême ne peut délibérer sur une affaire tant que les débats à l’audience n’ont pas eu lieu.

Toutes les parties peuvent déposer un mémoire, ou de nouveaux mémoires, jusqu’à la clôture des débats.

Article 435. (effet suspensif du pourvoi)

Pendant les délais du pourvoi en cassation, il est sursis à l’exécution de l’arrêt de la cour d’appel.

Le pourvoi en cassation a un effet suspensif. Il est sursis à l’exécution de la décision attaquée tant que la Cour suprême n’a pas statué.

Toutefois, il n’est pas sursis à l’exécution de la peine d’emprisonnement dans le cas où l’accusé avait comparu détenu devant la cour d’appel.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 93

Le mandat d’arrêt continue à produire effet.

La détention provisoire continue à s’exécuter.

La personne incarcérée dans le cadre d’une procédure d’extradition demeure détenue.

En cas d’acquittement, l’accusé est remis en liberté.

Article 436. (décision sur les questions de droit)

La Cour suprême doit statuer sur les questions de droit soulevées par le demandeur au pourvoi et exposées dans ses mémoires.

Article 437. (désistement de pourvoi)

L’accusé, le coupable la personne réclamée en matière d’extradition, la partie civile et le civilement responsable peuvent se désister de leur pourvoi. Le désistement est constaté par le président de la chambre pénale de la Cour suprême.

Article 438. (délai pour statuer)

La Cour suprême doit statuer dans le délai de six mois à compter de la réception du dossier, sauf circonstances insurmontables.

Article 439. (catégories de décision de la cour suprême)

La chambre pénale de la Cour suprême peut :

- rejeter en totalité ou partiellement le pourvoi;

- casser l’arrêt attaqué de la cour d’appel en totalité ou en partie.

Si le pourvoi est rejeté, la décision attaquée acquiert l’autorité de chose jugée. Le demandeur au pourvoi n’est pas admis à se pourvoir une nouvelle fois contre le même arrêt.

Lorsque la Cour suprême casse la décision attaquée, elle renvoie l’affaire et les parties devant une cour d’appel autre que celle qui a rendu la décision attaquée, ou devant la même cour d’appel autrement composée.

Article 440. (cassation sans renvoi)

Lorsque le fait poursuivi ne constitue pas une infraction, la Cour suprême prononce la cassation de l’arrêt sans renvoi.

Article 441. (cassation avec renvoi)

Lorsque la Cour suprême estime que les faits reprochés constituent une infraction autre que celle retenue dans la décision attaquée, mais punie de peines identiques, elle peut, sans prononcer la cassation, requalifier les faits en maintenant la peine prononcée ainsi que les dispositions civiles.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 94

Lorsque la Cour suprême estime que les faits reprochés constituent une infraction autre que celle retenue dans la décision attaquée, et punie de peines différentes, elle doit casser l’arrêt et ordonner le renvoi devant la juridiction compétente.

Article 442. (arrêt d’assemblée plénière)

Si la juridiction de renvoi ne s’incline pas devant son premier arrêt, et si les mêmes moyens sont présentés à l’appui d’un second pourvoi, la Cour suprême, réunie en assemblée plénière, statue en fait et en droit par un arrêt définitif.

Titre 2 : Les demandes de révision des procès Chapitre 1 : Les demandes de révision des procès

Article 443. (demandes de révision)

La révision est une voie de recours ouverte contre les jugements et arrêts qui sont devenus définitifs et ont acquis l’autorité de la chose jugée.

L’assemblée plénière de la Cour suprême est compétente pour connaître des demandes de révision.

Article 444. (révision en matière pénale)

La révision peut être demandée en matière pénale quelle que soit la juridiction qui a statué et la peine qui a été prononcée.

Article 445. (cas d’ouverture de révision des procès)

La révision des procès ne peut être demandée que dans les cas suivants :

1° lorsque, après une condamnation pour homicide, des indices suffisants permettent de penser que la prétendue victime est vivante;

2° lorsque deux accusés ont été condamnés pour les mêmes faits, les deux condamnations étant incompatibles;

3° lorsque l’un des témoins a été condamné pour faux témoignage à l’encontre de l’accusé;

4° lorsqu’un fait nouveau ou des pièces nouvelles font naître un doute sur la culpabilité du condamné.

Article 446. (personnes pouvant demander la révision d’un procès)

Le droit de demander la révision d’un procès appartient :

1° au ministre de la Justice;

2° au condamné ou à son représentant légal si celui-ci est frappé d’incapacité;

3° en cas de décès ou de disparition du condamné, à son conjoint, à ses parents, à ses enfants et en général à tous ceux qui ont un intérêt matériel ou moral à voir la condamnation effacée.

Le ministre de la Justice, avant de saisir la Cour suprême, peut demander au procureur général territorialement compétent de procéder à des investigations complémentaires.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 95

Article 447. (enregistrement de la demande de révision et consultation du dossier)

La demande de révision est enregistrée par le greffier de la Cour suprême.

Le dossier de la demande de révision peut être consulté au greffe de la Cour suprême par le demandeur et son avocat. L’avocat peut faire des copies du dossier.

Lorsque la demande a été présentée par le ministre de la Justice, le dossier peut être consulté par le condamné et son avocat; en cas de disparition du condamné, il peut être consulté par son conjoint, ses parents et ses enfants.

Article 448. (procédure de révision (délais))

Le greffier avise le demandeur qu’il dispose d’un délai de trente jours pour compléter sa demande. A titre exceptionnel, ce délai peut être prolongé par le président de la Cour suprême.

A l’expiration de ce délai, le président désigne un juge rapporteur. Une fois le rapport établi, le dossier est transmis au procureur général près la Cour suprême. Le procureur général établit un réquisitoire écrit dans un délai de trente jours.

Article 449. (décision de suspension de l’application de la peine)

La chambre pénale, de la cour suprême, qui a reçu la demande de révision peut décider de suspendre l’application des peines, s’il y a des motifs précis.

Article 450. (transmission de la demande de révision à la cour suprême)

Lorsque la chambre pénale décide de la recevabilité la demande de révision, elle doit transmettre le dossier de la demande de révision à la Cour suprême à fin de réunir en assemblée plénière et statuer en fait et en droit par un arrêt définitif.

Article 451. (notification de la date d’audience et publicité des débats)

Le président fixe la date de l’audience et la notifie verbalement au procureur général. Le procureur général notifie la date d’audience au demandeur et à son avocat ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 433 (notification de la date d’audience aux parties) de ce code. Si la demande a été présentée par le ministre de la Justice, il notifie la date d’audience au condamné ou à sa famille.

Les débats ont lieu en audience publique.

La cour entend le rapport du juge rapporteur, puis l’avocat du demandeur. Lorsque la demande a été présentée par le ministre de la Justice, elle entend l’avocat du condamné ou de sa famille. Si elle l’estime utile, la cour entend le condamné.

La cour entend les réquisitions du procureur général. L’avocat du demandeur peut reprendre la parole.

Article 452. (investigations complémentaires)

Si la Cour suprême estime que l’affaire est en état, elle statue sur la demande de révision par un arrêt insusceptible de voie de recours.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 96

Dans le cas contraire, la Cour suprême ordonne des investigations complémentaires. Elle désigne l’un de ses membres pour y procéder. Il dispose des pouvoirs reconnus au juge d’instruction, sauf en ce qui concerne la détention provisoire et le contrôle judiciaire.

Une fois les investigations accomplies, elles sont portées à la connaissance du demandeur et de son avocat.

Le président fixe une date d’audience ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 451 (notification de la date d’audience et publicité des débats) de ce code.

Article 453. (motivation de l’arrêt)

L’arrêt doit être motivé. Il est prononcé en audience publique.

Article 454. (décision de sursis à l’exécution de la condamnation)

Saisie de la requête en révision, la Cour suprême, réunie en assemblée plénière, peut à tout moment surseoir à l’exécution de la condamnation. Elle statue par un arrêt motivé.

Article 455. (conséquences de la grâce et de l’amnistie sur la demande de révision)

La grâce et l’amnistie ne font pas obstacle à une demande de révision.

Livre 7 : Citation directe, convocation et signification

Titre 1 : Citation directe Chapitre 1 : Citation directe

Article 456. (citation directe (formes))

Ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 46 (citation directe) de ce code, la citation directe est l’ordre donné à l’accusé de comparaître devant le tribunal de première instance statuant en matière pénale.

L’original de la citation directe, sur lequel sont mentionnés les date et lieu de naissance de l’accusé ainsi que son domicile, doit être daté et signé par le procureur du Royaume.

Article 457. (délais à respecter entre la citation et la comparution)

Le délai entre la délivrance de la citation directe à l’accusé et le jour fixé pour la comparution devant le tribunal est fixé comme suit :

- quinze jours si l’accusé demeure au siège du tribunal;

- vingt jours si l’accusé demeure en un autre lieu du territoire national;

- deux mois si l’accusé demeure dans un état limitrophe du Royaume du CAMBODGE;

- trois mois si l’accusé demeure en tout autre lieu.

Article 458. (délivrance de la citation par le procureur du Royaume)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 97

La citation directe peut être délivrée en mains propres à l’accusé par le procureur du Royaume.

Dans ce cas, le procureur du Royaume remet à l’accusé une copie de la citation directe. Il mentionne sur l’original la date et le lieu de la remise. L’accusé appose sa signature sur l’original.

Article 459. (délivrance de la citation par huissier)

La citation directe peut également être délivrée par un huissier de justice.

L’huissier de justice doit tout mettre en oeuvre pour remettre la citation directe en main propre à l’accusé.

Article 460. (remise de copie de la citation par l’huissier à l’accusé)

Si l’huissier de justice rencontre l’accusé à son domicile ou en tout autre lieu, il lui remet une copie de la citation directe. L’huissier de justice indique sur l’original que la copie a été remise à l’accusé en main propre. Il mentionne la date et le lieu de la remise. L’accusé appose sa signature sur l’original. L’original est immédiatement retourné au procureur du Royaume.

Article 461. (remise de copie de la citation par l’huissier en cas d’absence de l’accusé)

Si l’accusé est absent de son domicile, l’huissier de justice remet une copie de la citation directe à toute personne majeure présente au domicile.

L’huissier de justice indique sur l’original que la copie a été remise à une personne présente au domicile. Il mentionne l’identité de cette personne et la date de la remise. La personne qui reçoit la copie appose sa signature sur l’original. L’original est immédiatement retourné au procureur du Royaume.

La personne qui reçoit l’acte s’engage à le remettre dans les plus brefs délais à l’accusé.

Article 462. (remise de copie de la citation par l’huissier au chef de la commune ou du sangkat)

L’huissier de justice remet une copie de la citation directe au chef de la commune ou du sangkat, ou à un adjoint, dans les cas suivants :

- l’accusé refuse de recevoir la citation directe;

- aucune personne n’est présente au domicile de l’accusé;

- aucune des personnes présentes au domicile de l’accusé n’accepte de recevoir la citation directe.

L’huissier de justice mentionne sur l’original l’identité et la qualité de la personne qui a reçu la copie, ainsi que la date de la remise. La personne qui reçoit l’acte appose sa signature sur l’original. L’original est immédiatement retourné au procureur du Royaume.

La personne qui reçoit l’acte s’engage à le remettre dans les plus brefs délais à l’accusé.

Article 463. (autres modes de délivrance de la citation directe)

La citation directe peut également être délivrée :

- par un greffier;

- par la voie administrative;

- par le directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention si l’accusé est détenu pour autre cause;

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 98

- par l’intermédiaire des services de police ou de gendarmerie.

Le greffier, l’autorité administrative ou pénitentiaire, le policier ou le gendarme à qui le procureur du Royaume demande de délivrer une citation directe est tenu de se conformer à ses ordres.

Il est procédé ainsi qu’il est dit aux articles 460 (remise de copie de la citation par l’huissier à l’accusé) à 462 (remise de copie de la citation par l’huissier au chef de la commune ou du sangkat) de ce code.

Article 464. (accusé sans domicile ni résidence connue)

Si l’accusé est sans domicile ni résidence connue, ou si il demeure hors du territoire national, le procureur du Royaume peut néanmoins exercer des poursuites contre lui par voie de citation directe. Dans ce cas, la date de la délivrance est réputée être la date d’établissement de la citation directe.

Titre 2 : Convocation à l’audience de l’accusé Chapitre 1 : Convocation à l’audience de l’accusé

Article 465. (formes d’une convocation à l’audience)

Ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 294 (convocation des parties à l’audience sur ordonnance ou arrêt de renvoi) de ce code, dans le cas d’une ordonnance de renvoi du juge d’instruction ou d’un arrêt de renvoi de la chambre d’instruction, le procureur doit convoquer l’accusé à l’audience.

La convocation de l’accusé à l’audience comporte les mentions suivantes :

- identité de l’accusé;

- date et lieu de naissance de l’accusé;

- domicile de l’accusé;

- références de l’ordonnance ou de l’arrêt de renvoi;

- juridiction saisie;

- lieu, date et heure de l’audience.

- date et signature du procureur du Royaume.

La convocation précise que l’accusé peut se faire assister d’un avocat.

Article 466. (délais à respecter entre la convocation et la comparution)

Le délai entre la délivrance de la convocation à l’accusé et le jour fixé pour la comparution devant le tribunal est fixé comme suit :

- quinze jours si l’accusé demeure au siège du tribunal;

- vingt jours si l’accusé demeure en un autre lieu du territoire national;

- deux mois si l’accusé demeure dans un état limitrophe du Royaume du CAMBODGE;

- trois mois si l’accusé demeure en tout autre lieu.

Toutefois aucun délai n’est exigé entre la délivrance de la convocation à l’accusé et le jour fixé pour la comparution devant le tribunal dans le cas où l’accusé est détenu.

Article 467. (convocation délivrée en main propre par le procureur du Royaume)

La convocation peut être délivrée en main propre à l’accusé par le procureur du Royaume.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 99

Dans ce cas, le procureur du Royaume remet à l’accusé une copie de la convocation. Il mentionne sur l’original la date et le lieu de la remise. L’accusé appose sa signature sur l’original.

Article 468. (convocation délivrée en main propre par un huissier de justice)

La convocation peut également être délivrée par un huissier de justice.

L’huissier de justice doit tout mettre en oeuvre pour remettre la convocation en main propre à l’accusé.

Article 469. (remise de copie par l’huissier à l’accusé)

Si l’huissier de justice rencontre l’accusé à son domicile ou en tout autre lieu, il lui remet une copie de la convocation.

L’huissier de justice indique sur l’original que la copie a été remise à l’accusé en main propre. Il mentionne la date et le lieu de la remise. L’accusé appose sa signature sur l’original. L’original est immédiatement retourné au procureur du Royaume.

Article 470. (remise de copie par l’huissier en cas d’absence de l’accusé)

Si l’accusé est absent de son domicile, l’huissier de justice remet une copie de la convocation à toute personne majeure présente au domicile.

L’huissier de justice indique sur l’original que la copie a été remise à une personne présente au domicile. Il mentionne l’identité de cette personne et la date de la remise. La personne qui reçoit la copie appose sa signature sur l’original. L’original est immédiatement retourné au procureur du Royaume.

La personne qui reçoit l’acte s’engage à le remettre dans les plus brefs délais à l’accusé.

Article 471. (remise de copie de la convocation par l’huissier au chef de la commune ou du sangkat)

L’huissier de justice remet une copie de la convocation au chef de la commune ou du sangkat, ou à un adjoint, dans les cas suivants :

- l’accusé refuse de recevoir la convocation;

- aucune personne n’est présente au domicile de l’accusé;

- aucune des personnes présentes au domicile de l’accusé n’accepte de recevoir la convocation.

L’huissier de justice mentionne sur l’original l’identité et la qualité de la personne qui a reçu la copie, ainsi que la date de la remise. La personne qui reçoit l’acte appose sa signature sur l’original. L’original est immédiatement retourné au procureur du Royaume.

La personne qui reçoit l’acte s’engage à le remettre dans les plus brefs délais à l’accusé.

Article 472. (autres modes de délivrance de la convocation)

La convocation peut également être délivrée :

- par un greffier;

- par la voie administrative;

- par le directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention si l’accusé est détenu pour autre cause;

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 100

- par l’intermédiaire des services de police ou de gendarmerie.

Le greffier, l’autorité administrative ou pénitentiaire, le policier ou le gendarme à qui le procureur du Royaume demande de délivrer une convocation est tenu de se conformer à ses ordres.

Il est procédé ainsi qu’il est dit aux articles 469 (remise de copie par l’huissier à l’accusé) à 471 (remise de copie de la convocation par l’huissier au chef de la commune ou du sangkat) de ce code.

Article 473. (accusé sans domicile ni résidence connue)

Si l’accusé est sans domicile ni résidence connue, ou si il demeure hors du territoire national, le procureur du Royaume peut néanmoins le convoquer à l’audience. Dans ce cas, la date de la délivrance est réputée être la date d’établissement de la convocation.

Article 474. (pièces annexées à la copie de la convocation)

Dans tous les cas, une copie de l’ordonnance ou de l’arrêt de renvoi est annexée à la copie de la convocation.

Titre 3 : Convocation à l’audience des personnes autres que l’accusé Chapitre 1 : Convocation à l’audience des personnes autres que l’accusé

Article 475. (convocation de la partie civile)

La convocation de la partie civile à l’audience comporte les mentions suivantes :

- identité de la partie civile;

- domicile de la partie civile;

- indication du nom de la personne poursuivie et des faits qui sont reprochés à celle-ci;

- juridiction saisie;

- lieu, date et heure de l’audience.

- date et signature du procureur du Royaume.

La convocation précise que la personne concernée est convoquée en qualité de partie civile.

Article 476. (convocation de la victime)

La convocation de la victime à l’audience, lorsqu’elle ne s’est pas constituée partie civile devant le juge d’instruction, comporte les mentions suivantes :

- identité de la victime;

- domicile de la victime;

- indication du nom de la personne poursuivie et des faits qui sont reprochés à celle-ci;

- juridiction saisie;

- lieu, date et heure de l’audience.

- date et signature du procureur du Royaume.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 101

La convocation précise que la personne concernée est convoquée en qualité de victime.

Article 477. (convocation d’un témoin)

La convocation d’un témoin à l’audience comporte les mentions suivantes :

- identité du témoin;

- domicile du témoin;

- indication du nom de la personne poursuivie;

- juridiction saisie;

- lieu, date et heure de l’audience.

- date et signature du procureur du Royaume.

La convocation précise :

- que la personne concernée est convoquée en qualité de témoin ;

- que la non-comparution à l’audience, le refus de témoigner ou le faux témoignage sont punis par la loi.

Article 478. (convocation d’un expert)

La convocation d’un expert à l’audience comporte les mentions suivantes :

- identité de l’expert;

- domicile de l’expert;

- indication du nom de la personne poursuivie;

- juridiction saisie;

- lieu, date et heure de l’audience.

- date et signature du procureur du Royaume.

La convocation précise que la personne concernée est convoquée en qualité d’expert.

Article 479. (convocation d’un interprète)

La convocation d’un interprète à l’audience comporte les mentions suivantes :

- identité de l’interprète;

- domicile de l’interprète;

- indication du nom de la personne poursuivie;

- juridiction saisie;

- lieu, date et heure de l’audience.

- date et signature du procureur du Royaume.

La convocation précise que la personne concernée est convoquée en qualité d’interprète.

Article 480. (convocation du civilement responsable)

La convocation du civilement responsable à l’audience comporte les mentions suivantes :

- identité du civilement responsable;

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 102

- domicile du civilement responsable;

- indication du nom de la personne poursuivie;

- juridiction saisie;

- lieu, date et heure de l’audience.

- date et signature du procureur du Royaume

La convocation précise que la personne concernée est convoquée en qualité de civilement responsable.

Article 481. (dispositions communes)

La convocation à l’audience de la partie civile, de la victime, du témoin, de l’expert, de l’interprète et du civilement responsable est soumise aux dispositions des articles 467 (convocation délivrée en main propre par le procureur du Royaume) à 472 (autres modes de délivrance de la convocation) de ce code.

Titre 4 : Signification des décisions de justice Chapitre 1 : Signification des décisions de justice

Article 482. (objet de la signification)

La signification est l’acte par lequel, dans les cas prévus par la loi, une décision de justice est portée à la connaissance d’une partie concernée pour que celle-ci en ait connaissance.

La signification est effectuée à l’initiative du procureur du Royaume, du procureur général ou d’une partie.

Article 483. (mentions portées sur la signification)

La signification comporte les mentions suivantes :

- nature et référence de la décision signifiée;

- identité et domicile de la partie à qui la décision est signifiée;

- date et signature de celui qui procède à la signification.

La signification précise les voies de recours possibles contre la décision signifiée.

Une copie de la décision signifiée est annexée à l’acte de signification des décisions de justice.

Article 484. (signification effectuée par le procureur du Royaume)

La signification peut être effectuée à la partie concernée par le procureur du Royaume.

Dans ce cas, le procureur du Royaume remet à la partie concernée une copie de la décision de justice.

Il mentionne sur l’original la date et le lieu de la remise. La partie concernée appose sa signature sur l’original.

Article 485. (signification effectuée par un huissier de justice)

La signification peut également être effectuée par un huissier de justice.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 103

L’huissier de justice doit tout mettre en oeuvre pour signifier la décision à la personne concernée.

Article 486. (remise de copie de décision à la partie concernée par un huissier)

Si l’huissier de justice rencontre la partie concernée à son domicile ou en tout autre lieu, il lui remet une copie de la décision.

L’huissier de justice indique sur l’original que la copie a été remise à la partie concernée en main propre. Il mentionne la date et le lieu de la remise. La partie concernée appose sa signature sur l’original. L’original est immédiatement retourné au procureur du Royaume.

Article 487. (absence de la partie concernée)

Si la partie concernée est absente de son domicile, l’huissier de justice remet une copie de la décision à toute personne majeure présente au domicile.

L’huissier de justice indique sur l’original que la copie a été remise à une personne présente au domicile. Il mentionne l’identité de cette personne et la date de la remise. La personne qui reçoit l’acte appose sa signature sur l’original. L’original est immédiatement retourné au procureur du Royaume.

La personne qui reçoit l’acte s’engage à le remettre dans les plus brefs délais à la partie concernée.

Article 488. (remise de copie de décision au chef de la commune ou sangkat)

L’huissier de justice remet une copie de la décision au chef de la commune ou du sangkat, ou à un adjoint, dans les cas suivants :

- la partie concernée refuse de recevoir la décision;

- aucune personne n’est présente au domicile de la partie concernée;

- aucune des personnes présentes au domicile de la partie concernée n’accepte de recevoir la décision.

L’huissier de justice mentionne sur l’original l’identité et la qualité de la personne qui a reçu la copie, ainsi que la date de la remise. La personne qui reçoit l’acte appose sa signature sur l’original. L’original est immédiatement retourné au procureur du Royaume.

La personne qui reçoit l’acte s’engage à le remettre dans les plus brefs délais à la partie concernée.

Article 489. (autres modes de signification)

La signification peut également être effectuée :

- par un greffier;

- par la voie administrative;

- par le directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention si l’accusé est détenu pour autre cause;

- par l’intermédiaire des services de police ou de gendarmerie.

Le greffier, l’autorité administrative ou pénitentiaire, le policier ou le gendarme à qui le procureur du Royaume demande de signifier une décision de justice est tenu de se conformer à ses ordres.

Il est procédé ainsi qu’il est dit aux articles 486 (remise de copie de décision à la partie concernée par un huissier) à 488 (remise de copie de décision au chef de la commune ou sangkat) de ce code.

Article 490. (partie sans domicile ou résidence connue)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 104

Si la partie concernée est sans domicile ni résidence connue, ou si elle demeure hors du territoire national, la décision peut néanmoins lui être signifiée. Dans ce cas, la date de la signification est réputée être la date de la décision.

Titre 5 : Dispositions communes Chapitre 1 : Dispositions communes

Article 491. (conséquences de délais non respecté)

Dans le cas où les délais prescrits par les articles 457 (délais à respecter entre la citation et la comparution) et 466 (délais à respecter entre la convocation et la comparution) de ce code ne sont pas respectés, il est procédé ainsi qu’il suit.

- Si l’accusé ne se présente pas, la juridiction constate la nullité de la citation directe ou de la convocation à comparaître. Elle ordonne de délivrer une nouvelle citation directe ou une nouvelle convocation à comparaître, sauf si l’action publique est éteinte.

- Si l’accusé se présente à l’audience, la juridiction peut examiner l’affaire si l’accusé consent expressément à être jugé immédiatement. Si l’accusé refuse d’être jugé immédiatement, la juridiction ordonne le renvoi de l’affaire à une audience ultérieure.

Article 492. (nullité de citation et de convocation)

La nullité d’une citation directe ne peut être prononcée que lorsqu’elle a eu pour effet de porter atteinte aux intérêts de l’accusé.

La nullité d’une convocation délivrée à l’accusé, à la partie civile ou au civilement responsable ne peut être prononcée que lorsqu’elle a eu pour effet de porter atteinte aux intérêts de la partie qu’elle concerne.

Article 493. (mentions devant figurer sur une citation directe ou une convocation)

Lorsqu’une citation directe ou une convocation est délivrée par un huissier de justice, un greffier, par la voie administrative, par le directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention ou par l’intermédiaire des services de police ou de gendarmerie, elle doit comporter les mentions suivantes :

- identité et qualité de celui qui délivre l’acte;

- signature de celui qui délivre l’acte.

Article 494. (mentions devant figurer sur une enveloppe)

Dans les cas prévus par les articles 461 (remise de copie de la citation par l’huissier en cas d’absence de l’accusé), 462 (remise de copie de la citation par l’huissier au chef de la commune ou du sangkat), 470 (remise de copie par l’huissier en cas d’absence de l’accusé) et 471 (remise de copie de la convocation par l’huissier au chef de la commune ou du sangkat) de ce code, la copie de la citation directe ou de la convocation est remise sous enveloppe fermée, comportant les indications suivantes :

- sur la face avant, les nom, prénoms et adresse du destinataire de l’acte;

- sur la face arrière, le cachet de la personne qui a délivré l’acte.

Les présentes dispositions sont applicables en cas de signification d’une décision de justice.

Article 495. (signature et empreinte digitale)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 105

Dans tous les cas où la signature d’une personne, destinataire doit être apposée sur un acte, elle peut être remplacée par une empreinte digitale si la personne ne sait pas signer.

Livre 8 : Procédures d’exécution

Titre 1 : Dispositions générales Chapitre 1 : Dispositions générales

Article 496. (exécution des peines et des condamnations civiles)

L’exécution des peines et de la contrainte par corps est effectuée à l’initiative du parquet.

L’exécution des condamnations civiles est effectuée à l’initiative de la partie civile.

Article 497. (décision définitive)

Le parquet procède à l’exécution de la peine dès que la décision est devenue définitive.

Le délai d’appel du procureur général ne fait pas obstacle à l’exécution de la peine.

Article 498. (recouvrement des amendes et des droits de procédure)

Le recouvrement des amendes et des droits de procédure est effectué par les agents du Trésor, sous l’autorité du parquet. Le produit des amendes et des droits de procédure est versé au budget de l’Etat.

Toute décision de condamnation devenue définitive vaut commandement de payer l’amende et les droits de procédure.

Article 499. (recours à la force publique)

Le procureur du Royaume et le procureur général peuvent requérir la force publique pour assurer l’exécution des peines.

Article 500. (difficultés d’exécution d’une peine)

Les difficultés relatives à l’exécution d’une peine sont portées devant le tribunal ou la cour qui a prononcé la condamnation.

La juridiction est saisie sur requête du parquet ou de la partie concernée. Elle statue en audience publique, après avoir entendu le parquet, la partie concernée et le cas échéant son avocat.

L’exécution de la peine peut être suspendue par la juridiction.

Article 501. (demandes de confusion de peines)

Les demandes de confusion de peines sont portées devant la dernière juridiction qui a statué.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 106

La juridiction est saisie sur requête du parquet ou de la partie concernée. Elle statue en audience publique, après avoir entendu le parquet, la partie concernée et le cas échéant son avocat.

Titre 2 : Exécution de la détention provisoire et des peines privatives de liberté Chapitre 1 : Règles relatives à la détention

Article 502. (calcul de la durée d’emprisonnement)

La peine d’un jour d’emprisonnement dure vingt-quatre heures.

Celle d’un mois dure trente jours.

Celle de plus d’un mois est calculée de quantième à quantième.

Les condamnés ayant exécuté leur peine sont libérés entre six heures et dix-huit heures.

Article 503. (déduction de la durée de la détention provisoire)

La durée de la détention provisoire est entièrement déduite de la durée de la peine prononcée ou, le cas échéant, de la durée totale de la peine à subir après confusion.

Article 504. (organisation des prisons)

L’organisation et le régime intérieur des prisons et centres de détention sont déterminés par prakas du ministère chargé de la gestion pénitentiaire.

Il détermine également les conditions de répartition des condamnés entre les différentes prisons et les différents centres de détention, les modalités d’exécution des peines privatives de liberté et le régime de la détention.

Article 505. (registre des personnes détenues)

Toute prison et tout centre de détention est pourvu d’un registre mentionnant l’identité des personnes détenues, la date d’incarcération et la date de libération. Ce registre doit être contrôlé fréquemment par le parquet. Chaque page doit être visée par le parquet.

Tout agent de l’administration de la prison et du centre de détention est tenu de présenter le registre aux magistrats qui en font la demande, ainsi qu’aux officiers de police judiciaire agissant sur délégation de l’autorité judiciaire.

Article 506. (titre de détention)

Aucun agent de l’administration pénitentiaire ne peut recevoir et détenir une personne en l’absence d’un titre délivré par l’autorité judiciaire.

L’agent de l’administration pénitentiaire qui reçoit et détient une personne en l’absence d’un titre délivré par l’autorité judiciaire se rend coupable de séquestration.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 107

Article 507. (détention illégale)

Tout magistrat à qui est dénoncée une détention illégale est tenu de faire procéder immédiatement aux vérifications nécessaires.

Article 508. (présentation d’un détenu sur demande)

Tout agent de l’administration pénitentiaire est tenu de présenter un détenu aux magistrats qui en font la demande, ainsi qu’aux officiers de police judiciaire agissant sur délégation de l’autorité judiciaire.

Article 509. (inspection des prisons)

Le procureur général près la cour d’appel, le procureur du Royaume, le président de la chambre d’instruction et le juge d’instruction doivent inspecter périodiquement les prisons.

Article 510. (entretien du détenu avec son avocat)

Le détenu doit pouvoir s’entretenir confidentiellement avec son avocat.

Article 511. (information du procureur du Royaume en cas d’incident grave)

Tout incident grave à l’intérieur d’une prison ou d’un centre de détention doit être immédiatement porté à la connaissance du procureur du Royaume.

Dans le cas où un détenu s’est évadé de la prison ou du centre de détention, le procureur délivre un ordre d’arrestation et prend immédiatement toutes mesures pour l’exécution de cet ordre d’arrestation conformément aux dispositions de l’article 196 (mandat d'arrêt) et suivants de ce code. ¬

Chapitre 2 : Libération conditionnelle

Article 512. (condition relative au comportement)

Tout condamné ayant à subir une ou plusieurs peines d’emprisonnement peut bénéficier d’une libération conditionnelle s’il présente un bon comportement durant sa détention et parait apte à se réinsérer dans la société.

Article 513. (condition relative à la durée de la peine accomplie)

La libération conditionnelle peut être accordée aux condamnés ayant accompli :

- la moitié de la peine, si la peine est inférieure à un an;

- deux tiers de la peine dans les autres cas.

Les condamnés à l’emprisonnement à perpétuité peuvent bénéficier d’une libération conditionnelle s’ils ont accompli au moins vingt ans d’emprisonnement.

Article 514. (autorité compétente pour accorder la libération conditionnelle)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 108

La libération conditionnelle est accordée par le président du tribunal du lieu de détention. Il statue après avis d’une commission nationale qui siège au ministère de la Justice.

Cette commission est composée :

- de deux membres désignés par le ministre de la Justice, dont l’un est président ;

- du directeur de l’administration pénitentiaire ou de son représentant, qui sont membres.

Article 515. (avis de la commission nationale)

Saisi d’une demande de libération conditionnelle, le président du tribunal transmet à la commission nationale :

- la demande;

- le jugement ou l’arrêt de condamnation;

- le cas échéant les jugements et arrêts si le condamné purge plusieurs peines;

- le bulletin n° 1 du casier judiciaire;

- l’avis du procureur du Royaume;

- toutes pièces utiles.

La commission nationale émet son avis dans les plus brefs délais. L’avis, écrit et motivé, est aussitôt adressé au président du tribunal.

Article 516. (décisions relatives à la libération conditionnelle)

Le président du tribunal n’est pas lié par l’avis de la commission.

Il statue par une ordonnance motivée.

Sa décision peut faire l’objet, dans le délai de cinq jours, d’un recours devant le président de la cour d’appel. Ce recours ne peut être exercé que par le procureur général près la cour d’appel ou le procureur du Royaume du tribunal concerné.

Lorsque le président du tribunal ordonne la libération conditionnelle, sa décision n’est pas exécutoire pendant le délai de cinq jours prévu au troisième alinéa du présent article. Si un recours est exercé, sa décision n’est pas exécutoire jusqu’à l’ordonnance du président de la cour d’appel.

Le président de la cour d’appel statue par une ordonnance motivée et insusceptible de recours.

Article 517. (modalités d’exécution et conditions de la libération conditionnelle)

La décision accordant la libération conditionnelle fixe les modalités d’exécution et les conditions auxquelles est subordonnée la remise en liberté du condamné.

Elle fixe un délai d’épreuve qui ne peut excéder la durée de la peine restant à subir.

Article 518. (révocation de la décision)

En cas de nouvelle condamnation ou de non respect des conditions fixées par l’ordonnance, le président du tribunal peut révoquer sa décision.

Article 519. (arrestation du condamné libéré)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 109

En cas d’urgence, le procureur du Royaume du tribunal intéressé peut ordonner l’arrestation du condamné libéré. Il doit en aviser immédiatement le président du tribunal.

Article 520. (révocation de la libération conditionnelle)

En cas de révocation de la libération conditionnelle, le condamné doit subir le restant de sa peine.

La durée de la peine restant à subir doit être comptée à partir de la réception, par l’accusé, la décision de libération conditionnelle.

Si le condamné a été arrêté en application de l’article 519 (arrestation du condamné libéré) de ce code, la durée de la détention subie jusqu’à la décision de révocation s’impute sur la durée de la peine restant à subir.

Article 521. (conséquences de la non révocation)

Si la libération conditionnelle n’est pas révoquée avant l’expiration du délai d’épreuve fixé en application de l’article 517 (modalités d’exécution et conditions de la libération conditionnelle) de ce code, la libération devient définitive.

Dans ce cas, la peine est réputée exécutée depuis le jour de la libération conditionnelle.

Article 522. (prakas du ministère de la justice)

Un prakas du ministère de la Justice détermine les modalités de surveillance, de contrôle et de réinsertion des condamnés libérés conditionnels. Ce praka peut confier à des institutions publiques ou privées le soin de veiller à la réinsertion sociale des condamnés.

Titre 3 : Contrainte par corps Chapitre 1 : Contrainte par corps

Article 523. (cas d’application de la contrainte par corps)

La contrainte par corps est applicable aux personnes condamnées par une juridiction pénale qui ne paient pas :

- les amendes;

- les droits de procédure;

- la réparation et les dommages-intérêts dus aux parties civiles.

Article 524. (application de plein droit)

La contrainte par corps s’applique de plein droit. Elle n’a pas à être prononcée par le tribunal ou la cour.

Article 525. (contrainte par corps pour défaut de paiement des amendes ou droits de procédure)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 110

Si le condamné ne paie pas les amendes ou les droits de procédure, les services du Trésor en informent le procureur du Royaume près du tribunal de première instance.

Le procureur du Royaume fixe au condamné un ultime délai pour payer et l’informe qu’à défaut de paiement, il pourra faire l’objet d’une contrainte par corps. Ce délai ne peut être inférieur à dix jours.

La notification est faite :

- soit verbalement;

- soit par la voie administrative;

- soit par l’intermédiaire des services de police ou de gendarmerie.

Il est dressé un procès verbal de notification. Ce procès verbal est signé par le condamné. Si le condamné ne sait pas signer, il appose une empreinte digitale.

Article 526. (ordre de contrainte et d’incarcération)

A l’expiration du délai, si le condamné n’a pas payé, le procureur du Royaume délivre un ordre de contrainte et d’incarcération. Il peut surseoir à cette décision pour des motifs humanitaires, notamment en raison de l’état de santé du condamné.

L’ordre de contrainte et d’incarcération comporte les mentions suivantes :

- identité du condamné;

- nature et références de la condamnation;

- références de la notification prévue par l’article 525 (contrainte par corps pour défaut de paiement des amendes ou droits de procédure) de ce code;

- montant des sommes impayées;

- durée de la contrainte par corps.

Il est signé par le procureur du Royaume et revêtu de son sceau.

Le procureur du Royaume demande à la force publique de procéder à l’arrestation et à l’incarcération du condamné.

Article 527. (contestation de l’ordre de contrainte et d’incarcération)

Si, au moment de son arrestation, de son incarcération ou ultérieurement, le condamné conteste la décision du procureur du Royaume, il est conduit devant le président du tribunal.

Le président du tribunal vérifie la légalité de l’ordre de contrainte et d’incarcération. En cas de violation de la loi, il annule l’ordre de contrainte et d’incarcération.

Il statue par une ordonnance motivée.

Sa décision peut faire l’objet, dans le délai de deux jours, d’un recours devant le président de la cour d’appel. Ce recours peut être exercé par le procureur général, le procureur du Royaume ou le condamné.

Le président de la cour d’appel statue par une ordonnance motivée insusceptible de recours.

Lorsque le président du tribunal annule l’ordre de contrainte et d’incarcération, sa décision n’est pas exécutoire pendant le délai de deux jours prévu au quatrième alinéa du présent article. Si un recours est exercé, sa décision n’est pas exécutoire jusqu’à l’ordonnance du président de la cour d’appel.

Le président de la cour d’appel statue par ordonnance motivée et insusceptible de recours.

Article 528. (remise en liberté)

En cas d’annulation de l’ordre de contrainte et d’incarcération, le condamné est remis en liberté.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 111

Article 529. (assimilation à l’emprisonnement)

La contrainte par corps est subie dans les mêmes conditions que l’emprisonnement.

Article 530. (durée de la contrainte par corps)

La durée de la contrainte par corps est fixée ainsi qu’il suit :

- dix jours lorsque la somme impayée n’excède pas 250.000 Riels;

- vingt jours si elle est comprise entre 250.001 et 500.000 Riels;

- un mois si elle est comprise entre 500.001 et 1.000.000 Riels;

- deux mois si elle est comprise entre 1.000.001 et 2.500.000 Riels;

- trois mois si elle est comprise entre 2.500.001 et 5.000.000 Riels;

- six mois si elle est comprise entre 5.000.001 et 10.000.000 Riels;

- un an si elle est comprise entre 10.000.001 et 20.500.000 Riels;

- dix huit mois si elle est comprise entre 20.500.001 et 50.000.000 Riels;

- deux ans si elle excède 50.000.000 Riels.

Lorsque la contrainte par corps garantit le recouvrement de plusieurs créances, sa durée est fixée en tenant compte du total des condamnations.

Article 531. (exemptions de la contrainte par corps)

La contrainte par corps n’est pas exercée contre les condamnés mineurs au moment des faits, contre les femmes âgées d’au moins soixante cinq ans, ni contre les hommes âgés d’au moins soixante dix ans.

La contrainte par corps ne peut être exercée simultanément contre le mari et la femme, même pour le recouvrement de condamnations pécuniaires différentes.

Article 532. (non libération de la dette)

Le condamné qui a subi une contrainte par corps demeure débiteur de la somme à payer. Toutefois il ne peut faire l’objet d’une nouvelle contrainte par corps pour la même dette.

Article 533. (contrainte par corps à la demande de la partie civile)

Lorsque la partie civile ne parvient pas à obtenir le paiement des dommages-intérêts ni auprès du condamné, ni auprès du civilement responsable, elle peut demander au procureur du Royaume d’exercer la contrainte par corps.

La contrainte par corps pour le paiement des dommages-intérêts n’est applicable qu’au condamné.

La partie civile doit justifier avoir utilisé les moyens d’exécution prévus par la loi, tels que la saisie des biens mobiliers ou immobiliers. Le procureur du Royaume peut inviter la partie civile à engager de nouvelles procédures pour tenter d’obtenir le paiement des dommages-intérêts.

Si le condamné s’abstient de payer, la contrainte par corps est applicable dans les conditions prévues par les articles 523 (contrainte par corps pour défaut de paiement des amendes ou droits de procédure) à 532 (non libération de la dette) de ce code. En cas de concurrence entre l’amende, les droits de procédure et les dommages-intérêts, la préférence est accordée aux dommages-intérêts.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 112

Titre 4 : Habilitation et réhabilitation Chapitre 1 : Réhabilitation judiciaire

Article 534. (juridiction compétente pour prononcer la réhabilitation)

La réhabilitation judiciaire est accordée ou refusée par la chambre pénale de la cour d’appel dans le ressort de laquelle la condamnation a été prononcée.

Article 535. (conditions de délais relatives à la demande de réhabilitation)

La demande de réhabilitation ne peut être présentée à la chambre pénale qu’après l’expiration des délais suivants :

- cinq ans pour les crimes;

- trois ans pour les délits;

- un an pour les contraventions.

Ces délais partent à compter :

- de l’exécution de la peine;

- de l’exécution de la contrainte par corps dans le cas prévu par l’article 536 (justifications nécessaires) (alinéa 2) de ce code.

Article 536. (justifications nécessaires)

Le condamné doit justifier du paiement de l’amende, des droits de procédure et des dommages-intérêts. Si la partie civile a renoncé au recouvrement des dommages-intérêts, le condamné doit en fournir l’attestation, sauf si la partie civile est introuvable.

Si le condamné a fait l’objet d’une contrainte par corps, le non-paiement de l’amende, des droits de procédure ou des dommages-intérêts ne fait pas obstacle à sa réhabilitation si le condamné justifie être insolvable.

Si le demandeur a été condamné pour banqueroute, il doit justifier du règlement du passif de la faillite. Si les créanciers ont renoncé au règlement du passif, le condamné doit en fournir l’attestation.

Article 537. (forme de la demande de réhabilitation)

Le condamné adresse sa demande de réhabilitation au procureur du Royaume territorialement compétent. Il doit indiquer la nature de la condamnation ou des condamnations dont il a fait l’objet, et préciser les lieux où il a résidé depuis sa libération.

Article 538. (transmission du dossier par le procureur du Royaume au procureur général)

Le procureur du Royaume fait procéder à une enquête de moralité dans tous les lieux où le condamné a résidé depuis sa libération.

Il se fait délivrer :

- une copie des décisions de condamnation;

- la notification de la date d’exécution de la peine;

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 113

- un bulletin n° 1 du casier judiciaire.

Il transmet le dossier, avec son avis motivé, au procureur général près la cour d’appel.

Article 539. (procédure devant la cour d’appel)

Le procureur général saisit la chambre pénale de la cour d’appel.

Il notifie la date d’audience au demandeur et à son avocat.

La cour statue en audience publique, après avoir entendu le condamné, son avocat et le procureur général.

Article 540. (rejet d’une demande de réhabilitation)

En cas de rejet d’une demande, une nouvelle demande ne peut être présentée avant l’expiration d’un délai de deux ans.

Toutefois si la première demande a été rejetée par suite du non-respect des délais prévus par l’article 535 (conditions de délais relatives à la demande de réhabilitation) de ce code, la nouvelle demande peut être formée dès l’expiration de ces délais.

Chapitre 2 : Réhabilitation de plein droit

Article 541. (réhabilitation de plein droit)

La réhabilitation est acquise de plein droit dans les cas suivants :

- au bout d’un délai de cinq ans à compter de l’exécution ou de la prescription de la peine dans le cas où une personne a été condamnée à une peine d’emprisonnement n’excédant pas cinq ans ou à une amende;

- au bout d’un délai de dix ans à compter de l’exécution ou de la prescription de la peine dans le cas où une personne a été condamnée à une peine d’emprisonnement supérieure à cinq ans.

Titre 5 : Casier judiciaire Chapitre 1 : Casier judiciaire

Article 542. (gestion des fiches de condamnation du casier judiciaire)

Le casier judiciaire est tenu par un service placé sous l’autorité du ministère de la Justice.

Il reçoit, en ce qui concerne les personnes nées au CAMBODGE, les fiches constatant :

- toutes les condamnations contradictoires, réputées contradictoires et par défaut prononcées par les juridictions pénales cambodgiennes;

- les condamnations prononcées par les juridictions étrangères qui, en application d’un accord international, ont été notifiées aux autorités cambodgiennes;

- les mesures de grâce accordées par le Roi du Royaume du Cambodge;

- les décisions prises en matière de libération conditionnelle;

- les décisions relatives à la contrainte par corps;

- les jugements ou arrêts qui prononcent la faillite;

- les décisions de réhabilitation judiciaire;

- les décisions d’expulsion prises contre les étrangers.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 114

Lorsque le condamné a purgé une peine d’emprisonnement ou une contrainte par corps, la date d’exécution de la peine ou de la contrainte est mentionnée au casier judiciaire.

Lorsque le condamné a payé l’amende et les droits de procédure, la date du paiement est mentionnée au casier judiciaire.

Lorsqu’une condamnation est réhabilitée de plein droit, cette mention doit figurer au casier judiciaire.

Sont retirées du casier judiciaire :

- les condamnations par défaut, lorsque elles ont été mises à néant à la suite d’une opposition;

- les condamnations effacées par une amnistie;

- les condamnations résultant d’une erreur d’identité

- les condamnations mises à néant par une procédure de révision.

Article 543. (mentions relatives à l’identité)

Le casier judiciaire reçoit également les fiches qui concernent :

- les personnes nées à l’étranger;

- les personnes dont l’identité n’a pu être vérifiée ou apparaît douteuse.

Dans le second cas, une mention spéciale doit figurer au casier judiciaire identité non vérifiée ou identité douteuse.

Article 544. (informations du casier judiciaire)

Les greffiers des juridictions doivent, sous le contrôle du président de la juridiction, adresser au service du casier judiciaire une fiche pour chaque décision qui doit être inscrite au casier judiciaire.

Les directeurs de prison notifient au service du casier judiciaire les dates d’exécution de peines ou de contrainte par corps.

Les services du Trésor notifient au service du casier judiciaire le paiement des amendes et des droits de procédure.

Le service du casier judiciaire veille à être informé des mesures de grâce royale et des décisions d’expulsion des étrangers.

Article 545. (informations du casier judiciaire relatives aux personnes morale)

Le casier judiciaire reçoit les fiches constatant les condamnations de toute nature prononcées par les juridictions pénales à l’encontre des personnes morales.

Article 546. (délivrance des bulletins)

Le service du casier judiciaire peut délivrer des bulletins du casier judiciaire. Le bulletin est le relevé de tout ou partie des mentions qui figurent au casier judiciaire pour une personne déterminée.

Article 547. (bulletin n°1)

Le bulletin n° 1 du casier judiciaire comprend l’ensemble des mentions qui figurent au casier judiciaire d’une personne.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 115

Le bulletin n° 1 n’est délivré qu’aux autorités judiciaires.

Article 548. (bulletin n°2)

Le bulletin n° 2 comporte l’ensemble des mentions qui figurent au bulletin n° 1, à l’exception :

- des condamnations effacées par la réhabilitation judiciaire ou de plein droit;

- des condamnations assorties d’un sursis non révoqué;

- des jugements ou arrêts qui prononcent la faillite, en cas de réhabilitation.

Le bulletin n° 2 est délivré :

- aux autorités judiciaires;

- aux autorités militaires saisies de demandes d’engagement dans l’armée;

- aux agents qui tiennent le registre du commerce.

Il est également délivré aux gouverneurs de province ou de municipalité et aux services de l’Etat :

- lorsqu’ils sont saisis de demandes d’emploi public;

- lorsqu’ils sont saisis de propositions relatives à des travaux publics ou à des marchés publics;

- lorsqu’ils sont saisis de demande d’ouverture d’établissements soumis à autorisation;

- dans le cadre des procédures disciplinaires.

Article 549. (bulletin n°3)

Le bulletin n° 3 comporte exclusivement les condamnations à des peines d’emprisonnement sans sursis prononcées contre une personne pour crime ou délit.

Toutefois les condamnations réhabilitées n’y figurent pas.

Le bulletin n° 3 est délivré à la personne qu’il concerne. Il ne peut en aucun cas être délivré à un tiers.

Article 550. (fonctionnement du casier judiciaire (prakas))

Un prakas du ministère de la Justice détermine les mesures nécessaires au fonctionnement du service du casier judiciaire. Ce prakas détermine notamment les conditions dans lesquelles sont les fiches sont établies, contrôlées et transmises par les greffiers, ainsi que les conditions dans lesquelles les bulletins sont établis, contrôlés et délivrés.

Article 551. (rectification du casier judiciaire)

Lorsqu’un individu a été condamné sous une fausse identité, le parquet doit immédiatement demander une rectification du casier judiciaire.

Article 552. (effets de la réhabilitation)

La réhabilitation efface les condamnations pénales. Toutefois celles-ci continuent à figurer au casier judiciaire, assorties de la mention “réhabilité”.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 116

Titre 6 : Frais de justice Chapitre 1 : Frais de justice

Article 553. (frais de justice)

Les frais de justice sont à la charge de l’Etat.

La liste des frais de justice, leur tarif et les modalités générales sont déterminés par prakas.

Article 554. (droit de procédure)

Chaque condamné doit verser à l’Etat un droit forfaitaire de procédure. Le montant du droit de procédure peut varier suivant la nature du procès.

Un prakas détermine le montant des droits de procédure.

Livre 9 : Procédures particulières

Titre 1 : Dispositions concernant les personnes Chapitre 1 : Les magistrats Section 1 : Abstention

Article 555. (motifs légitimes d’abstention)

Le juge qui a des motifs légitimes de ne pas participer à l’instruction ou au jugement d’une affaire peut demander à être remplacé. La demande est présentée au président de la juridiction dont il dépend. S’il estime le motif légitime, le président de la juridiction procède à son remplacement. Sa décision est insusceptible de recours. Section 2 : Récusation

Article 556. (motifs de récusation de magistrat du siège)

La récusation n’est recevable qu’en ce qui concerne les magistrats du siège.

Tout juge peut être récusé pour les causes suivantes :

- Si le juge ou son conjoint, actuel ou ancien, sont l’une des parties ;

- Si le juge est lié par un degré de parenté allant jusqu’au 6ème degré ou par un degré d’alliance jusqu’au 3e degré ou était lié par un degré d’alliance jusqu’au 3e degré avec l’une des parties ;

- Si le juge a la garde de l’une des parties ;

- Si un litige est ou était pendant entre le juge et l’une des parties ;

- Si le juge est témoin ou appelé à titre d’expert dans l’affaire ;

- Si le juge est ou était représentant ou assistant de l’une des partie ;

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 117

- Si le juge a participé à la décision sur l’affaire en tant qu’arbitre, à la décision de première instance faisant l’objet de recours ou au jugement de l’appel faisant l’objet d’une recours ou a offert un conseil juridique de l’affaire.

Article 557. (demandes de récusation)

La partie qui veut récuser un juge doit, à peine d’irrecevabilité, présenter sa demande dès qu’elle a connaissance du motif de récusation.

En aucun cas, une demande de récusation ne peut être présentée après la clôture des débats.

Article 558. (destinataire de la requête en récusation)

La partie présente une requête :

- au président de la cour d’appel, lorsque la demande de récusation concerne le président ou un juge d’un tribunal de première instance;

- au président de la Cour suprême lorsque la demande de récusation concerne un magistrat de la Cour suprême, le président d’une cour d’appel ou un magistrat de cour d’appel.

La requête doit, à peine d’irrecevabilité, indiquer avec précision les motifs de la récusation et être accompagnée des pièces justificatives.

Article 559. (notification de la requête en récusation)

La requête est notifiée au magistrat dont la récusation est demandée. Ce dernier doit cesser de participer à l’instruction ou au jugement de l’affaire.

En cas d’urgence, il est remplacé par un autre magistrat désigné par le président de la juridiction dont il relève.

Article 560. (rapport du magistrat concerné par la récusation)

Dans les huit jours de la notification, le magistrat concerné indique dans un rapport motivé s’il accepte la récusation ou s’il s’y oppose. Ce rapport est transmis au président de la cour d’appel ou au président de la cour suprême selon le cas, afin de statuer sur la requête de récusation.

Si le magistrat accepte la récusation, il est aussitôt remplacé.

S’il s’y oppose, il doit être statué sur le bien-fondé de la requête.

Article 561. (examen de la requête en récusation)

La requête est examinée sans qu’il soit besoin d’entendre les parties ni le magistrat concerné.

Si la récusation est admise, il est procédé au remplacement du magistrat.

Dans le cas contraire, le demandeur peut être condamné à une amende de 200.000 Riels, sans préjudice des dommages-intérêts qui peuvent être alloués au magistrat mis en cause.

Article 562. (décision sur la requête en récusation)

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 118

L’autorité mentionnée à l’article 558 (destinataire de la requête en récusation) de ce code statue par une ordonnance insusceptible de recours. Cette ordonnance est notifiée par le greffier au magistrat concerné et au requérant.

Article 563. (actes accomplis avant notification de la requête)

Les actes accomplis par le magistrat récusé avant la notification de la demande de récusation ne peuvent être remis en cause.

Article 564. (requête visant plusieurs magistrats)

Quand le demandeur veut récuser plusieurs magistrats siégeant dans une même formation collégiale, il peut présenter une seule requête. Il peut déposer une requête complémentaire si un nouveau motif de récusation apparaît postérieurement.

Article 565. (récusation du président de la cour suprême)

Quand la récusation concerne le président de la Cour suprême, celui-ci décide en conscience s’il doit ou non s’abstenir.

Chapitre 2 : Extradition Section 1 : Extradition demandée par un état étranger Sous-Section 1 : Extradition ;

Article 566. (extradition d’un ressortissant étranger sur le territoire)

Le Royaume du CAMBODGE peut accepter de livrer à un Etat étranger un ressortissant étranger qui séjourne sur le territoire du CAMBODGE et qui :

- soit fait l’objet de poursuites judiciaires dans cet Etat;

- soit a été condamné à l’emprisonnement par une juridiction de cet Etat.

Article 567. (traités et conventions internationaux)

L’extradition d’un ressortissant étranger arrêté sur le territoire du CAMBODGE est régie par les dispositions des traité et convention internationaux ratifiés par le Royaume du Cambodge. A défaut de traité ou convention internationaux ratifiés par le Royaume du Cambodge, les dispositions du présent chapitre s’applique sauf les dispositions spéciales prévues par d’autres lois.

Article 568. (définitions “état requérant” “personne réclamée”)

Dans le présent chapitre, sont appelés :

- “Etat requérant”, l’Etat étranger qui demande l’extradition d’un ressortissant étranger;

- “personne réclamée”, le ressortissant étranger qui séjourne sur le territoire du CAMBODGE et fait l’objet d’une demande d’extradition.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 119

Sous-Section 2 : Conditions de l’extradition

Article 569. (conditions de l’extradition relatives aux faits)

L’extradition n’est possible que si les faits reprochés à la personne réclamée constituent une infraction à la fois dans la loi de l’Etat requérant et dans la loi cambodgienne malgré que :

- les faits délictuels soient qualifiés différemment ou

- la qualification juridique, l’emploi du terme technique ou la définition ou la détermination des caractéristiques de l’infraction s’effectuent différemment ou

- les éléments constitutifs de l’infraction selon la loi de l’Etat requérant sont différents de ceux retenus par la loi cambodgienne, si au regard de l’ensemble des éléments de fait présentés par l’Etat requérant, il s’agit d’une infraction prévue par les dispositions de la loi en vigueur au Cambodge.

Article 570. (cas de la tentative d’infraction et de la complicité)

Si les faits reprochés constituent, dans la loi de l’Etat requérant, la tentative d’une infraction, l’extradition n’est possible que si, pour la même infraction, la tentative est punie par la loi cambodgienne.

Les dispositions du présent article sont applicables à la complicité.

Article 571. (conditions relatives à la peine d’emprisonnement)

L’extradition n’est possible que si les faits reprochés à la personne réclamée sont punis, dans la loi de l’Etat requérant, d’une peine d’emprisonnement au moins égale à deux ans.

Toutefois l’extradition est également possible si la personne réclamée a été condamnée, par la juridiction de l’Etat requérant, à une peine d’emprisonnement au moins égale à six mois et la décision de condamnation est devenue définitive, quelle que soit la durée de la peine prévue par la loi.

Article 572. (conditions tenant au lieu de commission de l’infraction)

Lorsque les faits reprochés à la personne réclamée ont été commis sur le territoire de l’Etat requérant, l’extradition est possible même si la personne réclamée n’est pas de la nationalité de l’Etat requérant.

Lorsque les faits reprochés à la personne réclamée ont été commis en dehors du territoire de l’Etat requérant, l’extradition n’est possible que si la personne réclamée est de la nationalité de l’Etat requérant.

Article 573. (faits à caractère politique)

L’extradition n’est pas possible lorsque les faits reprochés ont un caractère politique.

Toutefois ne sont pas considérés comme infraction politique les actes de violence qui mettent en péril la vie, l’intégrité corporelle ou la liberté des personnes.

Article 574. (faits commis sur le territoire et ayant été jugés définitivement)

L’extradition n’est pas possible lorsque les faits reprochés ont été commis sur le territoire du Royaume du CAMBODGE et ont été jugés définitivement au Cambodge.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 120

Article 575. (extinction de l’action publique)

L’extradition n’est pas possible dans le cas où l’action publique est éteinte au regard de la loi de l’Etat requérant.

Lorsque les faits reprochés ont été commis sur le territoire du Royaume du CAMBODGE, l’extradition n’est pas possible dans le cas où l’action publique est éteinte au regard de la loi cambodgienne.

Article 576. (demandes d’extradition multiples concernant la même personne)

Lorsque plusieurs Etats étrangers ont adressé une demande d’extradition visant la même personne et si l’extradition est possible, il est tenu compte de toutes les situations suivantes :

- les obligations des conventionnelles concernées ;

- la gravité de l’infraction ;

- le temps et le lieu de la commission de l’infraction ;

- la date et l’ordre d’arrivée des demandes ;

- la nationalité, le domicile, la résidence de la personne réclamée et de la victime ;

- la possibilité de l’Etat requérant dans la remise de la personne réclamée.

Article 577. (conditions d’extradition relatives à la demande)

L’extradition n’est possible que si l’Etat requérant s’engage à ne pas exercer de poursuite pour une infraction différente de celle visée dans la demande d’extradition, lorsque cette infraction a été commise avant l’arrestation de la personne réclamée.

Toutefois des poursuites sont possibles avec l’accord du Royaume du CAMBODGE. Dans ce cas l’Etat requérant doit présenter une demande complémentaire aux autorités cambodgiennes.

Article 578. (suspension de l’extradition)

Lorsque la personne réclamée fait l’objet de poursuites judiciaires au CAMBODGE, l’extradition est suspendue tant que les poursuites sont en cours ou, en cas de condamnation, que la peine n’est pas exécutée.

Toutefois le Royaume du CAMBODGE peut consentir à ce que la personne réclamée soit transférée temporairement dans l’Etat requérant pour y être jugée. L’Etat requérant doit s’engager à remettre la personne extradée aux autorités cambodgiennes à l’issue de la procédure de jugement. Sous-Section 3 : Procédure de l’extradition

Article 579. (justifications de la demande d’extradition)

Toute demande d’extradition est adressée au gouvernement cambodgien par la voie diplomatique. Elle doit être accompagnée des pièces justificatives.

Les pièces justificatives doivent comporter :

- les documents suffisants pour identifier la personne réclamée ;

- un exposé des faits reprochés à la personne réclamée;

- les textes applicables à ces faits et la peine encourue;

- le cas échéant la copie de la décision de condamnation.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 121

Tous les documents doivent être signés, revêtus de sceau officiel et enveloppés, et si à défaut de version khmère, française ou anglaise, accompagnés de documents de traduction en khmer, en français ou en anglais avec certification.

Article 580. (transmission de la demande d’extradition)

Le ministre des affaires étrangères du CAMBODGE transmet la demande d’extradition et les pièces justificatives au ministre de la Justice. Le ministre de la Justice vérifie la régularité de la demande et la communique au procureur général près la cour d’appel de PHNOM-PENH.

Article 581. (demande d’arrestation provisoire)

L’Etat requérant peut demander l’arrestation provisoire de la personne réclamée.

En cas d’urgence, la demande d’arrestation provisoire peut précéder la demande d’extradition mentionnée à l’article 579 (justifications de la demande d’extradition) de ce code.

La demande d’arrestation provisoire, destinée à éviter la fuite de la personne réclamée, n’est soumise à aucune forme particulière.

La personne soumise à une procédure d’arrestation provisoire doit être libérée d’office si le gouvernement royal n’a pas reçu les documents prévus à l’article 579 (justifications de la demande d’extradition) de ce code dans un délai de deux mois à compter de l’arrestation.

Article 582. (ordre d’arrestation et d’incarcération de la personne réclamée)

Le procureur général près la cour d’appel de PHNOM-PENH peut délivrer un ordre d’arrestation et d’incarcération de la personne réclamée.

Cet ordre comporte les mentions suivantes :

- identité de la personne réclamée;

- références de la demande d’arrestation provisoire de l’Etat étranger;

- nom et qualité du magistrat qui délivre cet ordre.

Il est daté et signé par le procureur général, et revêtu de son sceau.

L’ordre d’arrestation et d’incarcération est exécutoire sur l’ensemble du territoire cambodgien.

Article 583. (présentation de la personne réclamée au procureur du Royaume ou au procureur général compétent)

En cas d’arrestation, la personne réclamée doit être présentée dans les plus brefs délais au procureur du Royaume territorialement compétent qui lui notifie l’ordre d’arrestation et d’incarcération, et reçoit ses déclarations.

Elle est incarcérée à la prison de PHNOM-PENH. Elle peut demander à être entendue par le procureur général près la cour d’appel de PHNOM-PENH.

Article 584. (saisine de la chambre d’instruction)

Le procureur général met le dossier en état en vue de la saisine de la chambre d’instruction de la cour d’appel de PHNOM-PENH.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 122

Article 585. (procédure devant la chambre d’instruction)

La personne réclamée doit comparaître devant la chambre d’instruction. Elle peut être assistée d’un avocat de son choix ou désigné en application de la loi sur le statut des avocats.

Les débats se déroulent en chambre du conseil. En cas de besoin, la chambre d’instruction fait appel à un interprète.

Après avoir entendu les déclarations de la personne réclamée, les réquisitions du procureur général et la plaidoirie de l’avocat, la chambre d’instruction émet, sous la forme d’un arrêt, un avis motivé sur la demande d’extradition.

Article 586. (avis de la chambre d’instruction)

La chambre d’instruction émet un avis défavorable si elle estime que les conditions légales de l’extradition ne sont pas remplies.

Article 587. (demande de mise en liberté de la personne réclamée)

La personne réclamée peut demander sa mise en liberté.

La demande doit être présentée par écrit.

La demande est soumise à la chambre d’instruction qui statue après avoir entendu les déclarations de la personne réclamée, les réquisitions du procureur général et la plaidoirie de l’avocat.

Article 588. (acquiescement à l’extradition)

Si la personne réclamée consent à être transférée selon la requête de l’Etat requérant après avoir été pleinement informée des conséquences de son consentement sur l’extradition, la chambre d’instruction le mentionne dans son arrêt.

Article 589. (effets des avis de la chambre d’instruction)

Lorsqu’il a acquis un caractère définitif, l’arrêt de la chambre d’instruction est immédiatement porté à la connaissance du ministre de la justice.

Si la chambre d’instruction émet un avis défavorable, l’extradition ne peut être accordée par le gouvernement cambodgien. La personne réclamée est aussitôt remise en liberté, sauf si elle fait l’objet d’un autre titre de détention.

Si la chambre d’instruction émet un avis favorable, le ministre de la Justice peut transmettre cette affaire au gouvernement qui prend un anukret ordonnant l’extradition de la personne réclamée.

Quand l’extradition est ordonnée, la personne réclamée est remise à l’Etat requérant. Les frais d’extradition sont à la charge de l’Etat requérant. L’escorte relève de la responsabilité de l’Etat requérant dès que l’extradé a quitté le sol cambodgien.

Si l’Etat requérant n’a pas engagé la procédure de rapatriement dans le délai de trente jours qui suit la notification de l’anukret ordonnant l’extradition, la personne réclamée est remise en liberté.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 123

Section 2 : L’extradition demandée par le Royaume du Cambodge à un état étranger

Article 590. (compétence de la chambre d’instruction)

La chambre d’instruction de la cour d’appel de PHNOM-PENH est seule compétente pour apprécier la régularité d’une extradition obtenue par le gouvernement cambodgien.

La personne extradée dispose d’un délai de quinze jours à compter de son arrivée sur le sol cambodgien pour soulever la nullité de l’extradition.

La demande doit être présentée par écrit.

Article 591. (procédure devant la chambre d’instruction)

La chambre d’instruction statue après avoir entendu les déclarations de l’extradé, les réquisitions du procureur général et la plaidoirie de l’avocat.

Article 592. (effet non suspensif d’une requête en nullité)

La requête en nullité ne suspend pas les poursuites en cours contre l’extradé.

Article 593. (effets de l’annulation de l’extradition)

Si l’extradition est annulée par une décision définitive de la chambre d’instruction, il est mis fin aux poursuites en cours. L’extradé est remis en liberté et a la possibilité de quitter librement le territoire cambodgien.

Toutefois, à l’expiration d’un délai de trente jours à compter de sa libération, l’extradé peut être arrêté sur le territoire cambodgien et de nouveau poursuivi pour les faits qui ont motivé son extradition.

Article 594. (consentement de l’Etat qui a livré le ressortissant au Royaume du Cambodge)

Lorsque le Royaume du CAMBODGE a obtenu l’extradition d’un ressortissant étranger et est saisi, ultérieurement, d’une demande d’extradition présentée par un Etat étranger, il ne peut faire droit à cette demande qu’après avoir obtenu le consentement de l’Etat qui avait livré ce ressortissant au gouvernement cambodgien.

Toutefois ce consentement n’est pas exigé lorsque le ressortissant étranger a pu, pendant un délai d’un mois, quitter librement le territoire du CAMBODGE.

Chapitre 3 : Transit

Article 595. (demande de transit)

Le transit, sur le territoire cambodgien, d’une personne sous le coup d’une procédure d’extradition est autorisé lorsque l’extradition ne concerne pas une infraction politique. La demande doit être présentée par la voie diplomatique. Elle doit être accompagnée des pièces justificatives nécessaires.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 124

Chapitre 4 : Dispositions particulières relative à l’exécution de certaines peines

Article 596. (dispositions relatives à l’exécution des peines)

Pour les conflits relatifs à l’application de peines prévus dans le code pénal, la juridiction est saisie par le parquet par voie de simple requête. Le parquet notifie la date d’audience aux parties concernées.

Chapitre 5 : Les personnes morales

Article 597. (compétence concernant les personnes morales)

Pour la poursuite, l’instruction et le jugement des infractions commises par les personnes morales, sont compétents :

- le procureur du Royaume, le juge d’instruction et le tribunal de première instance du lieu de l’infraction;

- le procureur du Royaume, le juge d’instruction et le tribunal de première instance du lieu où la personne morale a son siège.

Article 598. (représentation en justice de la personne morale)

La poursuite est exercée à l’encontre de la personne morale prise en la personne de son représentant légal au moment des poursuites. Ce dernier représente la personne morale à tous les actes de la procédure.

Lorsque le représentant légal est empêché, le procureur du Royaume peut demander au président du tribunal de première instance de désigner un mandataire pour représenter la personne morale.

Lorsque des poursuites pénales sont engagées pour les mêmes faits ou pour des faits connexes contre la personne morale et contre son représentant légal, celui-ci peut demander au président du tribunal de première instance de désigner un mandataire pour représenter la personne morale.

La demande est présentée par requête écrite.

Article 599. (identité du représentant de la personne morale)

La personne chargée de représenter la personne morale doit faire connaître son identité à la juridiction saisie. Il en va de même en cas de changement de représentant légal au cours de la procédure.

Article 600. (mesure de contrainte applicable à la personne morale)

Le représentant de la personne morale ne peut, en cette qualité, faire l’objet d’aucune mesure de contrainte autre que celle applicable aux témoins.

Article 601. (mise sous contrôle judiciaire de la personne morale)

Le juge d’instruction peut placer la personne morale sous contrôle judiciaire. Peuvent être prononcées les obligations suivantes :

1° fournir un cautionnement dont le montant, les délais de versement et les modalités sont fixées ;

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 125

2° ne pas exercer certaines activités professionnelles;

3° être placée sous surveillance judiciaire pendant un délai qui ne peut excéder six mois.

La décision de placement sous surveillance judiciaire entraîne la désignation d’un mandataire de justice dont le juge d’instruction précise la mission.

Article 602. (convocation et signification faites à la personne morale)

Les convocations et les décisions prévues par le présent code sont adressées et signifiées à la personne morale, prise en la personne de son représentant légal, dans les mêmes conditions que celles prévues pour les personnes physiques.

Titre 2 : Disparition de pièces ; interprétation et rectification des décisions Chapitre 1 : Disparition de pièces

Article 603. (dispositions applicables en cas de disparition de pièces)

Les dispositions du présent chapitre sont applicables en cas de destruction, de disparition ou de perte :

- soit de l’original d’une décision de justice;

- soit d’une pièce de procédure.

Article 604. (copie se substituant à l’original)

S’il existe une copie de la décision de justice, certifiée conforme par le greffier ou par une autre autorité, elle est considérée comme l’original. Le détenteur de la copie certifiée conforme est tenu, à la demande du président de la juridiction, de la remettre au greffier. Une nouvelle copie certifiée conforme lui est délivrée par le greffier.

A défaut de copie certifiée conforme, une nouvelle décision est établie en tenant compte des copies, des notes d’audience et des éléments figurant au dossier.

Article 605. (reconstitution des pièces de procédure)

Les pièces de procédure sont reconstituées au moyen de copies conservées par les services de police ou de gendarmerie, les parties, les experts, les greffiers ou toutes autres personnes.

Chapitre 2 : Interprétation et rectification des décisions

Article 606. (compétence de la juridiction qui a prononcé la décision)

Toutes les difficultés d’interprétation d’une décision de justice sont soumises à la juridiction qui l’a prononcée.

Cette juridiction est également compétente pour procéder à la rectification des erreurs purement matérielles contenues dans ses décisions. La juridiction est saisie par le parquet, soit de sa propre initiative, soit à la demande d’une partie. Le parquet notifie la date d’audience aux parties concernées. Dans tous les cas le parquet donne son avis à l’audience.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 126

Livre 10 : Dispositions transitoires

Titre 1 : Dispositions transitoires Chapitre 1 : Dispositions transitoires

Article 607. (conditions d’attribution de la qualité d’officier de police judiciaire aux officiers de la police nationale et de la gendarmerie royale)

Les officiers de la police nationale titulaires du certificat d’études d’officier de police judiciaire, avant l’entrée en vigueur du présent code, se verront attribuer automatiquement le diplôme supérieur de police judiciaire et seront nommés par prakas commun du Ministère de l’intérieur et du Ministère de la Justice.

Les officiers de la gendarmerie royale titulaires du certificat de l’officier de police judiciaire avant l’entrée en vigueur de ce code, se verront attribuer automatiquement le diplôme supérieur de police judiciaire et seront nommés par prakas commun du Ministère de la Défense et du Ministère de la Justice.

Après l’entrée en vigueur du présent code, afin d’obtenir la qualité d’officier de police judiciaire, il

faut remplir les conditions prévues à l’article 60 de ce code.

Article 608. (application dans le temps des délais de détention provisoire)

Les délais de détention provisoire pour les affaires en cours demeurent ceux prévus par la loi ancienne sauf le crime contre l’humanité, le crime de génocide ou le crime de guerre.

Article 609. (application dans le temps des délais de recours et d’opposition)

Toutes les décisions judiciaires rendues antérieurement à l’entrée en vigueur de ce code sont soumises aux délais de recours et d’opposition de la loi antérieure.

Article 610. (application dans le temps des règles de prescription de l’action publique et de la peine)

Les prescriptions de l’action publique et de la peine des infractions commises avant l’entrée en vigueur de ce code sont soumises aux dispositions de la loi ancienne.

Livre 11 : Dispositions finales

Titre 1 : Dispositions finales Chapitre 1 : Dispositions finales

Article 611. (abrogation des textes de procédure antérieurs)

Les dispositions suivantes sont abrogées :

- Toutes les dispositions de procédure pénale antérieures à 1992, - Les dispositions de procédure pénale de la loi APRONUC organisant les dispositions relatives au

système judiciaire, au droit pénal et à la procédure pénale applicables au Cambodge pendant la période transitoire, adoptées par le Conseil National Suprême le 10 septembre 1992.

- La loi du 8 février 1993 sur la procédure en matière pénale adoptée par le conseil de l’Etat du Cambodge et promulguée par le Kret n°21 kr du 8 mars 1993.

- Le kram n°0899/09 du 26 août 1999 portant sur la durée de la détention provisoire. - La loi portant amendement des articles 36, 38, 90 et 91 de la loi sur la procédure pénale, promulguée

par le Kret n° 0102/005 du 10 janvier 2002.

Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 127

Les dispositions de procédure de la loi du 8 février 1993 relative à l’organisation et aux activités des tribunaux, promulguée par le Kret n° 6 kr du 8 février 1993, sont inapplicables à la matière pénale.

Article 612. (application immédiate du code de procédure pénale)

Le présent Code est immédiatement applicable à tous les actes de procédure qui sont faits après l’entrée en vigueur du présent code.

L’application immédiate de ces dispositions est sans effet sur la validité des actes de procédure accomplis conformément à la loi ancienne.

Livre 1 : L’ACTION PUBLIQUE ET L’ACTION CIVILE

Titre 1 : Principes généraux Chapitre 1 : Principe généraux

Article 1.Article L.111-1 (finalité de ce code) Article 2.Article L.111-2 (action publique et action civile)

Titre 2 : L’action publique Chapitre 1 : L’action publique

Article 3.Article L.121-1 (objet de l’action publique) Article 4.Article L.121-2 (déclenchement de l’action publique par le parquet) Article 5.Article L.121-3 (mise en mouvement de l’action publique par la victime) Article 6.Article L.121-4 (dépot de plainte par la victime) Article 7.Article L.121-5 (extinction de l’action publique) Article 8.Article L.121-6 (autres causes d’extinction de l’action publique) Article 9.Article L.121-7 (crimes imprescriptibles)

Article 10.Article L.121-8 (délais de prescription) Article 11.Article L.121-9 (interruption du délai de prescription) Article 12.Article L.121-10 (autorité de la chose jugée)

Titre 3 : Action civile Chapitre 1 : Action civile

Article 13.Article L.131-1 (action civile et préjudice) Article 14.Article L.131-2 (réparation du préjudice) Article 15.Article L.131-3 (demandeur à l’action civile) Article 16.Article L.131-4 (action civile des héritiers de la victime) Article 17.Article L.131-5 (association de lutte contre les violences sexuelles ou familiales ou violence contre

les mineurs) Article 18.Article L.131-6 (association contre l’enlèvement, le trafic etc des êtres humains) Article 19.Article L.131-7 (association de lutte contre le racisme et discrimination) Article 20.Article L.131-8 (recevabilité des actions des associations) Article 21.Article L.131-9 (défendeurs à l’action civile) Article 22.Article L.131-10 (articulation des compétences des juridictions pénales et civiles) Article 23.Article L.131-11 (déclaration préalable de culpabilité) Article 24.Article L.131-12 (décès de l’accusé) Article 25.Article L.131-13 (renonciation et désistement de la victime) Article 26.Article L.131-14 (prescription de l’action civile)

Livre 2 : Autorités chargées de la poursuite, de l’instruction et de l’enquête Titre 1 : Le parquet

Chapitre 1 : Dispositions générales Article 27.Article L.211-1 (rôle du parquet) Article 28.Article L.211-2 (magistrats du parquet) Article 29.Article L.211-3 (hiérarchisation du parquet) Article 30.Article L.211-4 (réquisitions orales)

Chapitre 2 : Attributions du procureur général près la Cour suprême Article 31.Article L.212-1 (représentation du parquet auprès de la Cour suprême) Article 32.Article L.212-2 (rôle du procureur général auprès la Cour suprême)

Chapitre 3 : Attributions du procureur général près la cour d’appel Article 33.Article L.213-1 (représentation du parquet auprès de la cour d’appel) Article 34.Article L.213-2 (rôle du procureur général auprès la cour d’appel) Article 35.Article L.213-3 (pouvoirs du procureur général auprès la cour d’appel)

Chapitre 4 : Attributions du procureur du Royaume près le tribunal de première instance Section 1 : Organisation du parquet auprès du tribunal de première instance

Article 36.Article L.214-1 (représentation du parquet auprès du tribunal de première instance) Article 37.Article L.214-2 (pouvoirs du procureur du Royaume) Article 38.Article L.214-3 (pouvoirs des procureurs adjoints) Article 39.Article L.214-4 (compétence territoriale des procureurs du Royaume) Section 2 : Exercice de l’action publique

Article 40.Article L.214-5 (choix des poursuites) Article 41.Article L.214-6 (classement sans suite) Article 42.Article L.214-7 (dénonciation obligatoire de crime ou délit)

Article 43.Article L.214-8 (exercice des poursuites) Article 44.Article L.214-9 (ouverture d’une information) Article 45.Article L.214-10 (exercice des poursuites en cas de délit) Article 46.Article L.214-11 (citation directe) Article 47.Article L.214-12 (comparution immédiate) Article 48.Article L.214-13 (procédure de comparution immédiate) Article 49.Article L.214-14 (citation directe en cas de contravention) Article 50.Article L.214-15 (registre des plaintes)

Titre 2 : Le juge d’instruction Chapitre 1 : Le juge d’instruction

Article 51.Article L.221-1 (désignation par le président du tribunal) Article 52.Article L.221-2 (répartition des dossiers par le président du tribunal) Article 53.Article L.221-3 (désaisissement du juge d’instruction) Article 54.Article L.221-4 (cas d’abstention à peine de nullité)

Titre 3 : La chambre d’instruction Chapitre 1 : La chambre d’instruction

Article 55.Article L.231-1 (formation spéciale de la Cour d’Appel) Titre 4 : La police judiciaire

Chapitre 1 : Dispositions générales Article 56.Article L.241-1 (missions de la police judiciaire) Article 57.Article L.241-2 (composition de la police judiciaire) Article 58.Article L.241-3 (coordination de la police judicaire) Article 59.Article L.241-4 (contrôle de la police judiciaire)

Chapitre 2 : Officiers de police judiciaire Section 1 : Obtention de l’habilité d’officier de police judiciaire

Article 60.Article L.242-1 (officier de police judicaire) Article 61.Article L.242-2 (diplôme supérieur de police judiciaire) Article 62.Article L.242-3 (jury d‘examen) Article 63.Article L.242-4 (serment des officiers de police judiciaire) Section 2 : Fautes commises dans l’exercice des fonctions

Article 64.Article L.242-5 (procédure disciplinaire) Article 65.Article L.242-6 (sanctions disciplinaires) Article 66.Article L.242-7 (interdiction d’exercer les fonctions d’officiers de police judiciaire) Section 3 : Compétence territoriale de l’officier de police judiciaire

Article 67.Article L.242-8 (circonscription administrative d’affectation) Article 68.Article L.242-9 (extension de la compétence territoriale) Article 69.Article L.242-10 (conséquences du non-respect des règles de compétence) Article 70.Article L.242-11 (ordres des autorités judiciaires) Section 4 : Missions des officiers de police judiciaire

Article 71.Article L.242-12 (constatations des infractions) Article 72.Article L.242-13 (procès-verbal) Article 73.Article L.242-14 (registre des plaintes) Article 74.Article L.242-15 (suites des dépôts de plaintes) Article 75.Article L.242-16 (atteintes à l’action de la justice)

Chapitre 3 : Agents de police judiciaire Article 76.Article L.243-1 (obtention de l’habilité d’agent de police judiciaire (APJ)) Article 77.Article L.243-2 (serment d’un APJ) Article 78.Article L.243-3 (missions des APJ) Article 79.Article L.243-4 (fautes commises dans l’exercice des fonctions) Article 80.Article L.243-5 (sanctions disciplinaires)

Chapitre 4 : Détermination des compétences de la police nationale et la gendarmerie royale Article 81.Article L.244-1 (détermination de compétences)

Chapitre 5 : Fonctionnaires et agents publics spécialement habilités à constater certaines infractions Article 82.Article L.245-1 (habilitation de certains fonctionnaires et agents publics)

Livre 3 : Enquêtes Titre 1 : Dispositions générales

Chapitre 1 : Dispositions générales Article 83.Article L.311-1 (secret de l’enquête) Article 84.Article L.311-2 (différences de pouvoirs des OPJ suivant les enquêtes)

Titre 2 : Enquêtes de flagrance Chapitre 1 : Crimes ou délits flagrants

Article 85.Article L.321-1 (pouvoir des OPJ dans le cas d’enquête de flagrance) Article 86.Article L.321-2 (définition du crime ou délit flagrant)

Article L. 321-3 (arrestation en cas de crime ou délit flagrant) Article 87.Article L.321-4 (assimilation au crime ou délit flagrant)

Chapitre 2 : Mesures d’investigation Article 88.Article L.322-1 (premières mesures en cas de crimes ou délits flagrants) Article 89.Article L.322-2 (procès verbal des recherches et constations) Article 90.Article L.322-3 (perquisitions) Article 91.Article L.322-4 (mise sous scellés des pièces à conviction) Article 92.Article L.322-5 (procés verbal d’audition) Article 93.Article L.322-6 (ordre de comparaitre - enquête de flagrance) Article 94.Article L.322-7 (examen technique ou scientifique)

Chapitre 3 : La garde à vue Article 95.Article L.323-1 (placement en garde à vue) Article 96.Article L.323-2 (procès verbal de garde à vue) Article 97.Article L.323-3 (assistance de l’avocat pendant la garde à vue) Article 98.Article L.323-4 (assistance du médecin pendant la garde à vue) Article 99.Article L.323-5 (mineur gardé à vue)

Article 100.Article L.323-6 (registre des gardes à vue) Article 101.Article L.323-7 (procés verbal récapitulatif de garde à vue) Chapitre 4 : Le déférement Article 102.Article L.324-1 (déférement du gardé à vue) Article 103.Article L.324-2 (délai de déférement) Chapitre 5 : Règles concernant l’enquête de flagrance Article 104.Article L.325-1 (interdiction des écoutes d’office) Article 105.Article L.325-2 (durée de l’enquête de flagrance) Article 106.Article L.325-3 (transmission des procès verbaux au procureur) Article 107.Article L.325-4 (mentions portées aux procès verbaux) Article 108.Article L.325-5 (règles prescrites à peine de nullité) Article 109.Article L.325-6 (pouvoir d’appréciation des magistrats)

Titre 3 : Enquêtes préliminaires Chapitre 1 : Enquêtes préliminaires Article 110.Article L.331-1 (ouverture d’une enquête préliminaire) Article 111.Article L.331-2 (règles applicables aux enquêtes préliminaires)

Article L.331-3 (perquisitions) Article 112.Article L.331-4 (ordre de comparaître –enquête préliminaire) Article 113.Article L.331-5 ( procès verbal d’audition –enquête préliminaire) Article 114.Article L.331-6 (garde à vue de la personne soupçonnée) Article 115.Article L.331-7 (règles prescrites à peine de nullité) Article 116.Article L.331-8 (pouvoir d’appréciation des magistrats)

Titre 4 : Restitutions d’objets saisis dans le cadre des enquêtes Chapitre 1 : Restitutions d’objets saisis dans le cadre des enquêtes Article 117.Article L.341-1 (autorité compétente pour ordonner la restitution) Article 118.Article L.341-2 (restitution d’objets saisis)

Livre 4 : L’instruction Titre 1 : Le juge d’instruction

Chapitre 1 : Dispositions générales Article 119.Article L.411-1 (secret de l’instruction) Article 120.Article L.411-2 (ouverture d’une instruction) Article 121.Article L.411-3 (compétence territoriale) Article 122.Article L.411-4 (réquisitoire introductif) Article 123.Article L.411-5 (étendue de la saisine) Article 124.Article L.411-6 (mise en examen) Article 125.Article L.411-7 (instruction à charge et à décharge) Article 126.Article L.411-8 (assistance du greffier) Article 127.Article L.411-9 (fonctions du greffier)

Article 128.Article L.411-10 (transports du juge d’instruction et du greffier) Article 129.Article L.411-11 (commission rogatoire) Article 130.Article L.411-12 (demande d’actes par le procureur du Royaume) Article 131.Article L.411-13 (demande d’actes par l’inculpé) Article 132.Article L.411-14 (demande d’actes par la partie civile) Article 133.Article L.411-15 (communication du dossier au procureur du Royaume) Article 134.Article L.411-16 (présence du procureur du Royaume aux actes d’instruction) Article 135.Article L.411-17 (constitution de partie civile par voie d’intervention) Article 136.Article L.411-18 (plainte avec constitution de partie civile) Article 137.Article L.411-19 (transmission de la plainte au procureur du Royaume) Article 138.Article L.411-20 (versement de consignation) Article 139.Article L.411-21 (plainte abusive ou dilatoire) Article 140.Article L.411-22 (demande de réparation) Chapitre 2 : Investigations du juge d’instruction

Section 1 : Notification de l’inculpation Article 141.Article L.412-1 (notification d’inculpation) Article 142.Article L.412-2 (concours d’un interprète)

Section 2 : Interrogatoires de l’inculpe Article 143.Article L.412-3 (présence de l’avocat à l’interrogatoire) Article 144.Article L.412-4 (questions avec autorisation du juge d’instruction) Article 145.Article L.412-5 (confrontations) Article 146.Article L.412-6 (délai minimum pour interrogatoire) Article 147.Article L.412-7 (droits de la défense du mis en examen)

Section 3 : Auditions de la partie civile Article 148.Article L.412-8 (audition de la partie civile) Article 149.Article L.412-9 (questions avec autorisation du juge d’instruction) Article 150.Article L.412-10 (confrontation)

Section 4 : Auditions de témoins Article 151.Article L.412-11 (audition des témoins) Article 152.Article L.412-12 (serment des témoins) Article 153.Article L.412-13 (concours d’un interprète) Article 154.Article L.412-14 (témoins dispensés du serment) Article 155.Article L.412-15 (impossibilité d’audition de certains temoins) Article 156.Article L.412-16 (transport au domicile du témoin)

Section 5 : Perquisitions et les saisies Article 157.Article L.412-17 (règles applicables aux perquisitions) Article 158.Article L.412-18 (mise sous scellés des pièces à conviction) Article 159.Article L.412-19 (restitution des objets saisis par le juge d’instruction)

Section 6 : Expertises Article 160.Article L.412-20 (nécessité d’une expertise) Article 161.Article L.412-21 (liste nationale des experts) Article 162.Article L.412-22 (désignation d’un expert ne figurant pas sur la liste nationale) Article 163.Article L.412-23 (ordonnance de désignation d’un expert) Article 164.Article L.412-24 (contrôle de la mission de l’expert par le juge d’instruction) Article 165.Article L.412-25 (actes nécessaires à l’accomplissement de la mission de l’expert) Article 166.Article L.412-26 (rapport de l’expert) Article 167.Article L.412-27 (désignation de plusieurs experts) Article 168.Article L.412-28 (notification des conclusions de l’expertise) Article 169.Article L.412-29 (les frais d’expertise)

Section 7 : Ecoutes téléphoniques Article 170.Article L.412-30 (écoutes téléphoniques ordonnées par le juge d’instruction)

Section 8 : Commissions rogatoires Article 171.Article L.412-31 (commission rogatoire) Article 172.Article L.412-32 (contenu de la commission rogatoire) Article 173.Article L.412-33 (commission rogatoire délivrée à un autre juge) Article 174.Article L.412-34 (commission rogatoire délivrée à un officier de police judiciaire) Article 175.Article L.412-35 (exécution de la commission rogatoire par un officier de police judiciaire)

Article 176.Article L.412-36 (procès verbal de recherches et de constatations) Article 177.Article L.412-37 (règles concernant les auditions effectuées par l’officier de police judiciaire) Article 178.Article L.412-38 (auditions ne pouvant être effectuées par l’officier de police judiciaire) Article 179.Article L.412-39 (perquisitions et saisies effectuées par l’officier de police judiciaire) Article 180.Article L.412-40 (garde à vue dans le cadre d’une commission rogatoire) Article 181.Article L.412-41 (écoutes dans le cadre d’une commission rogatoire) Article 182.Article L.412-42 (transmission des procès verbaux par l’officier de police judiciaire au procureur) Chapitre 3 : Mesures de sûreté ;

Section 1: Mandat ; Article L. 413-1. (délivrance du mandat)

Section 2 : Mandat de comparution ; Article 183.Article L.413-2 (mandat de comparution) Article 184.Article L.413-3 (mentions portées sur le mandat de comparution) Article 185.Article L.413-4 (notification du mandat de comparution)

Section 3 : Mandat d’amener ; Article 186.Article L.413-5 (délivrance du mandat d’amener par le juge d’instruction) Article 187.Article L.413-6 (mandat d’amener) Article 188.Article L.413-7 (mentions portées sur le mandat d’amener) Article 189.Article L.413-8 (exécution du mandat d’amener) Article 190.Article L.413-9 (présentation sur mandat d’amener) Article 191.Article L.413-10 (imputation de la durée de la détention provisoire)

Section 4 : Mandat d’arrêt ; Article 192.Article L.413-11 (délivrance du mandat d’arrêt par le juge d’instruction) Article 193.Article L.413-12 (mandat d’arrêt) Article 194.Article L.413-13 (mandat d’arrêt et avis du procureur) Article 195.Article L.413-14 (mentions portées sur mandat d’arrêt) Article 196.Article L.413-15 (exécution du mandat d’arrêt) Article 197.Article L.413-16 (diffusion internationale du mandat d’arrêt) Article 198.Article L.413-17 (présentation sur mandat d’arrêt) Article 199.Article L.413-18 (imputation de la durée de la détention provisoire)

Section 4 : Détention provisoire Article 200.Article L.413-19 (principe de la détention provisoire) Article 201.Article L.413-20 (cas de détention provisoire) Article 202.Article L.413-21 (motifs de détention provisoire) Article 203.Article L.413-22 (des observations de l’inculpé et motivations de l’ordonnance) Article 204.Article L.413-23 (ordonnance de refus de mise en détention provisoire) Article 205.Article L.413-24 (durée de la détention provisoire en matière criminelle)

Article L. 413-25 (durée de la détention provisoire en matière délictuelle) Article 206.Article L.413-26 (durée de la détention provisoire en cas de crime contre l’humanité Article 207.Article L.413-27 (prolongation de la détention provisoire) Article 208.Article L.413-28 (décision concernant les mineurs de moins de 14 ans)

Article L. 413-29 (durée de la détention provisoire en cas de crime commis par un mineur de 14 ans à moins de 18 ans) Article L. 413-30 (durée de la détention provisoire en cas de délit commis par un mineur de 14 ans à moins de 18 ans)

Article 209.Article L.413-31 (mise en liberté de l’inculpé par le juge d’instruction) Article 210.Article L.413-32 (mise en liberté de l’inculpé sur réquisitions du procureur du Royaume) Article 211.Article L.413-33 (mise en liberté sur demande de l’inculpé) Article 212.Article L.413-34 (notification de l’ordonnance de mise en liberté)

Section 6 : Mandat de dépôt Article 213.Article L.413-35 (délivrance du mandat de dépôt par le juge d’instruction) Article 214.Article L.413-36 (définition du mandat de dépôt) Article 215.Article L.413-37 (mentions portées sur le mandat de dépôt) Article 216.Article L.413-38 (exécution du mandat de dépôt)

Section 7 : Contrôle judiciaire Article 217.Article L.413-39 (obligations du contrôle judiciaire) Article 218.Article L.413-40 (non application du contrôle judiciaire aux mineurs de moins de 14 ans) Article 219.Article L.413-41 (remise de récepissés)

Article 220.Article L.413-42 (ordonnance de placement sous contrôle judiciaire) Article 221.Article L.413-43 (modification d’office du contrôle judiciaire par le le juge d’instruction) Article 222.Article L.413-44 (demande de modifications du contrôle judiciaire par le procureur du Royaume) Article 223.Article L.413-45 (demande de modifications du contrôle judiciaire par l’inculpé) Article 224.Article L.413-46 (soustraction de l’inculpé aux obligations du contrôle judiciaire) Chapitre 4 : Convocations et notifications

Section 1 : Dispositions générales Article 225.Article L.414-1 (délais communs) Article 226.Article L.414-2 (modes de convocations) Article 227.Article L.414-3 (convocation de l’inculpé détenu) Article 228.Article L.414-4 (convocation des avocats) Article 229.Article L.414-5 (mentions des convocations au dossier ) Article 230.Article L.414-6 (notification d’ordonnance aux avocats) Article 231.Article L.414-7 (notification d’ordonnance au procureur du Royaume) Article 232.Article L.414-8 (notification d’ordonnance à l’inculpé ) Article 233.Article L.414-9 (remise de convocation ou d’ordonnance)

Section 2 : Règles particulières Article 234.Article L.414-10 (mentions portées obligatoirement au procès verbal du juge d’instruction) Article 235.Article L.414-11 (signature du procès verbal de première comparution) Article 236.Article L.414-12 (règles pour la rédaction des procès verbaux) Article 237.Article L.414-13 (mentions portées obligatoirement sur l’ordonnance du juge d’instruction) Article 238.Article L.414-14 (ordonnance de transmission de pièces) Article 239.Article L.414-15 (demandes présentées par l’avocat) Chapitre 5 : Clôture de l’instruction Article 240.Article L.415-1 (réquisitoire définitif du procureur du Royaume) Article 241.Article L.415-2 (ordonnance de réglement (renvoi ou non lieu)) Article 242.Article L.415-3 (restitution d’objets saisis) Article 243.Article L.415-4 (dispositions de l’ordonnance de réglement relative à la détention provisoire et au

contrôle judiciaire) Article 244.Article L.415-5 (transmission en vue d’audiencement) Article 245.Article L.415-6 (réouverture de l’information sur charges nouvelles) Chapitre 6 : Les nullites de l’instruction Article 246.Article L.416-1 (règles et formalités prescrites à peine de nullité) Article 247.Article L.416-2 (saisine de la chambre d’instruction) Article 248.Article L.416-3 (renonciation d’une partie à se prévaloir d’une nullité) Article 249.Article L.416-4 (poursuite de l’instruction en cas de saisine de la chambre de l’instruction) Article 250.Article L.416-5 (couverture des nullités par l’ordonnance de réglement)

Titre 2 : La chambre d’instruction Chapitre 1 : Dispositions générales Article 251.Article L.421-1 (registre des appels et requêtes) Article 252.Article L.421-2 (notification de la date d’audience) Article 253.Article L.421-3 (consultation du dossier et mémoire) Article 254.Article L.421-4 (déroulement des débats) Article 255.Article L.421-5 (examen de la régularité de la procédure) Article 256.Article L.421-6 (actes d’instruction complémentaires) Article 257.Article L.421-7 (extension de l’inculpation à des infractions connexes) Article 258.Article L.421-8 (extension de la mise en examen à d’autres personnes) Article 259.Article L.421-9 (réouverture de l’information sur charges nouvelles) Chapitre 2 : Appel des ordonnances du juge d’instruction Article 260.Article L.422-1 (appel des ordonnances du juge d’instruction par le procureur général et le procureur du

Royaume) Article 261.Article L.422-2 (appel des ordonnances du juge d’instruction par l’inculpé) Article 262.Article L.422-3 (appel des ordonnances du juge d’instruction par la partie civile) Article 263.Article L.422-4 (appel d’ordonnance de refus de restitution des objets saisis) Article 264.Article L.422-5 (délais d’appel) Article 265.Article L.422-6 (compétence de la chambre d’instruction) Article 266.Article L.422-7 (formes de la déclaration d’appel) Article 267.Article L.422-8 (transmission du dossier à la chambre d’instruction)

Article 268.Article L.422-9 (dossier de sauvegarde) Article 269.Article L.422-10 (poursuite de l’instruction en cas d’appel) Article 270.Article L.422-11 (mise en liberté d’un inculpé détenu) Article 271.Article L.422-12 (appel contre une ordonnance de non lieu) Chapitre 3 : Détention provisoire Article 272.Article L.423-1 (arrêt rendu sur la détention provisoire) Chapitre 4 : Nullités Article 273.Article L.424-1 (irrecevabilité d’une requête en annulation) Article 274.Article L.424-2 (effet de l’annulation) Article 275.Article L.424-3 (conséquences de l’annulation) Article 276.Article L.424-4 (pouvoir de poursuivre l’instruction par) la chambre d’instruction Chapitre 5 : Pouvoirs propres du president de la chambre d’instruction Article 277.Article L.425-1 (pouvoirs du président de la chambre d’instruction) Article 278.Article L.425-2 (état nominatif des affaires) Article 279.Article L.425-3 (inspection d’un cabinet d’instruction) Article 280.Article L.425-4 (demandes de clôture du dossier)

Livre 5 : Le jugement Titre 1 : Jugement en première instance

Chapitre 1 : Compétence et saisine du tribunal Section 1 : Dispositions générales

Article 281.Article L.511-1 (organisation territoriale des tribunaux) Article 282.Article L.511-2 (incompatibilités entre différentes fonctions de magistrat)

Section 2 : Compétence matérielle et territoriale ; Article 283.Article L.511-3 (compétences du tribunal de première instance) Article 284.Article L.511-4 (conflits de compétences entre tribunaux de première instance)

Section 3 : Saisine du tribunal Article 285.Article L.511-5 (modes de saisine du tribunal) Article 286.Article L.511-6 (audiencement) Article 287.Article L.511-7 (délais communs) Article 288.Article L.511-8 (convocation des parties à l’audience sur ordonnance ou arrêt de renvoi) Article 289.Article L.511-9 (convocations des parties sur citation directe) Article 290.Article L.511-10 (convocations des parties dans le cas de comparution immédiate) Article 291.Article L.511-11 (convocations de témoins) Article 292.Article L.511-12 (convocations de témoins par l’accusé et la partie civile) Article 293.Article L.511-13 (jonction de procédures) Chapitre 2 : Comparution des parties

Section 1 : Comparution de l’accusé Article 294.Article L.512-1 (comparution personnelle de l’accusé) Article 295.Article L.512-2 (assistance d’un avocat) Article 296.Article L.512-3 (comparution libre de l’accusé) Article 297.Article L.512-4 (comparution sous escorte de l’accusé) Article 298.Article L.512-5 (procédure de comparution immédiate) Article 299.Article L.512-6 (comparution de l’accusé sur ordonnance ou arrêt de renvoi) Article 300.Article L.512-7 (mise en liberté d’office de l’accusé détenu) Article 301.Article L.512-8 (demande de mise en liberté de l’accusé détenu) Article 302.Article L.512-9 (maintien en détention jusqu’à expiration du délai d’appel du procureur du Royaume) Article 303.Article L.512-10 (accusé ne pouvant comparaître) Article 304.Article L.512-11 (mandat d’amener décidé par le tribunal)

Section 2 : Comparution de la partie civile Article 305.Article L.512-12 (constitution de partie civile en cours d’audience) Article 306.Article L.512-13 (incompatibilité de la qualité de partie civile et celle de témoin) Article 307.Article L.512-14 (assistance et représentation de la partie civile)

Section 3 : Comparution du civilement responsable Article 308.Article L.512-15 (comparution du civilement responsable)

Section 4 : Comparution des témoins Article 309.Article L.512-16 (comparution des témoins) Chapitre 3 : Débats,

Section 1 : Publicité des débats et conduite de l’audience

Article 310.Article L.513-1 (publicité des débats et huis-clos) Article 311.Article L.513-2 (prononcé du jugement) Article 312.Article L.513-3 (police de l’audience) Article 313.Article L.513-4 (communication du dossier) Article 314.Article L.513-5 (infraction commise au cours de l’audience)

Section 2 : Règles de preuve Article 315.Article L.513-6 (appréciation des preuves par le tribunal)

Section 3 : Déroulement des débats Article 316.Article L.513-7 (règles concernant les parties présentes à l’audience) Article 317.Article L.513-8 (contestations sur les irrégularités de convocations) Article 318.Article L.513-9 (audition d’un témoin non convoqué) Article 319.Article L.513-10 (interrogatoire de l’accusé) Article 320.Article L.513-11 (audition des parties) Article 321.Article L.513-12 (opposition à l’audition d’un témoin) Article 322.Article L.513-13 (prestation de serment du témoin) Article 323.Article L.513-14 (dénonciateur ) Article 324.Article L.513-15 (concours et serment de l’interprète) Article 325.Article L.513-16 (sourd-muet) Article 326.Article L.513-17 (présentation des pièces à conviction) Article 327.Article L.513-18 (recherche de la vérité en cas d’absence de l’accusé) Article 328.Article L.513-19 (dépôt des conclusions jusqu’à la clôture des débats) Article 329.Article L.513-20 (droit de parole des parties à l’issue des débats) Article 330.Article L.513-21 (réquisitions orales du procureur du Royaume) Article 331.Article L.513-22 (délibéré du tribunal) Article 332.Article L.513-23 (transport du tribunal) Article 333.Article L.513-24 (supplément d’information ordonné par le tribunal) Article 334.Article L.513-25 (affaire mise en continuation) Article 335.Article L.513-26 (rédaction des notes d’audience)

Section 4 : Exceptions Article 336.Article L.513-27 (compétence du tribunal en matière d’exceptions) Article 337.Article L.513-28 (questions préjudicielles et sursis à statuer) Article 338.Article L.513-29 (présentation des exceptions) Article 339.Article L.513-30 (admission de la question préjudicielle) Article 340.Article L.513-31 (jugement sur les exceptions) Chapitre 4 : La décision

Section 1 : Prononcé du jugement Article 341.Article L.514-1 (prononcé du jugement) Article 342.Article L.514-2 (champ de la saisine du tribunal (faits)) Article 343.Article L.514-3 (champ de la saisine du tribunal (personnes)) Article 344.Article L.514-4 (déclaration de culpabilité) Article 345.Article L.514-5 (absence de l’accusé) Article 346.Article L.514-6 (fin du contrôle judiciaire) Article 347.Article L.514-7(mandat de dépôt et mandat d’arrêt ordonnés par le tribunal) Article 348.Article L.514-8 (restitution d’objets saisis) Article 349.Article L.514-9 (jugement sur intérêts civils) Article 350.Article L.514-10 (absence de la partie civile à l’audience) Article 351.Article L.514-11 (rédaction du jugement (motifs et dispositif)) Article 352.Article L.514-12 (mentions portées sur le jugement) Article 353.Article L.514-13 (prononcé du jugement en audience publique)

Section 2 : Nature du jugement Article 354.Article L.514-14 (jugement contradictoire) Article 355.Article L.514-15 (jugement réputé contradictoire) Article 356.Article L.514-16 (jugement par défaut) Article 357.Article L.514-17 (jugement rendu à l’égard de la partie civile) Article 358.Article L.514-18 (jugement rendu à l’égard du civilement responsable)

Section 3 : Opposition au jugement par défaut Article 359.Article L.514-19 (opposition au jugement par défaut)

Article 360.Article L.514-20 (formes et recevabilité de l’opposition) Article 361.Article L.514-21 (registre des oppositions) Article 362.Article L.514-22 (délais pour faire opposition) Article 363.Article L.514-23 (opposition limitée aux dispositions civiles) Article 364.Article L.514-24 (effets de l’opposition) Article 365.Article L.514-25 (jugement sur opposition) Article 366.Article L.514-26 (opposition formée par la partie civile ou le civilement responsable)

Titre 2 : Appel des jugements Chapitre 1 : Compétence de la chambre pénale de la cour d’appel Article 367.Article L.521-1 (compétence de la chambre pénale de la cour d’appel) Article 368.Article L.521-2 (abstention de certains magistrats) Chapitre 2 : Recevabilite de l’appel Article 369.Article L.522-1 (personnes pouvant faire appel) Article 370.Article L.522-2 ( formes de l’appel (procureur, accusé, partie civile et civilement responsable)) Article 371.Article L.522-3 (déclaration d’appel de l’accusé détenu) Article 372.Article L.522-4 (appelant analphabète) Article 373.Article L.522-5 (formes de l’appel du procureur général) Article 374.Article L.522-6 (consultation des registres des appels) Article 375.Article L.522-7 (délais d’appel (procureur du Royaume et procureur général)) Article 376.Article L.522-8 (délais d’appel (accusé , partie civile, civilement responsable)) Article 377.Article L.522-9 (délais supplémentaires pour faire appel (appel incident)) Article 378.Article L.522-10 (délais d’appel en cas de détention (procureur du Royaume, accusé)) Article 379.Article L.522-11 (appel d’un jugement avant-dire droit) Chapitre 3 : Procédure devant la cour d’appel Article 380.Article L.523-1 (transmission du dossier à la cour d’appel) Article 381.Article L.523-2 (audiencement et délais pour statuer) Article 382.Article L.523-3 (notification et convocation à l’audience) Article 383.Article L.523-4 (transfèrement de l’accusé détenu) Article 384.Article L.523-5 ( rapport d’appel) Article 385.Article L.523-6 (consultation du dossier et dépôt des mémoires) Article 386.Article L.523-7 (publicité des débats et huis-clos) Article 387.Article L.523-8 (interrogatoire de l’accusé) Article 388.Article L.523-9 (auditions (partie civile , civilement responsable, experts, témoins)) Article 389.Article L.523-10 (ordre de parole) Article 390.Article L.523-11 (Extension à la cour d’appel des règles applicables au tribunal) Chapitre 4 : Effets de l’appel Article 391.Article L.524-1 (effet dévolutif de l’appel) Article 392.Article L.524-2 (effet de l’appel sur l’exécution du jugement) Article 393.Article L.524-3 (effet du seul appel de l’accusé) Article 394.Article L.524-4 (effets de l’appel du procureur du Royaume et du procureur général) Article 395.Article L.524-5 (requalifications par la cour d’appel) Article 396.Article L.524-6 (effets de l’appel de la partie civile ou du civilement responsable) Article 397.Article L.524-7 (forme et signature des arrêts) Article 398.Article L.524-8 (appel irrecevable) Article 399.Article L.524-9 (infirmation du jugement) Article 400.Article L.524-10 (droit d’évocation de la cour d’appel) Article 401.Article L.524-11 (mandat de dépôt ou mandat d’arrêt décernés par la cour d’appel) Article 402.Article L.524-12 (nature des arrêts) Chapitre 5 : Opposition à l’arrêt rendu par défaut Article 403.Article L.525-1 (opposition à un arrêt par défaut) Article 404.Article L.525-2 (formes de l’opposition) Article 405.Article L.525-3 (registre des oppositions) Article 406.Article L.525-4 (délais d’opposition) Article 407.Article L.525-5 (opposition limitée aux dispositions civiles) Article 408.Article L.525-6 (opposition portant sur les dispositions pénales ou civiles de l’arrêt) Article 409.Article L.525-7 (arrêt sur opposition)

Article 410.Article L.525-8 (opposition par la partie civile ou civilement responsable (délais , formes , représentation))

Livre 6 : La cour suprême Titre 1 : Pourvoi en cassation

Chapitre 1 : Pourvoi en cassation Article 411.Article L.611-1 (décisions susceptibles de pourvoi) Article 412.Article L.611-2 (personnes pouvant former un pourvoi) Article 413.Article L.611-3 (causes de pourvoi) Article 414.Article L.611-4 (délais pour former un pourvoi) Article 415.Article L.611-5 (pourvoi contre un arrêt avant-dire droit) Article 416.Article L.611-6 (formes de la déclaration de pourvoi ) Article 417.Article L.611-7 (signatures du pourvoi) Article 418.Article L.611-8 (transmission du dossier à la cour suprême) Article 419.Article L.611-9 (enregistrement du dossier à la cour suprême) Article 420.Article L.611-10 (constitution d’avocat) Article 421.Article L.611-11 (délais pour produire un mémoire) Article 422.Article L.611-12 (mise à disposition du dossier) Article 423.Article L.611-13 (prolongation du délai de production du mémoire) Article 424.Article L.611-14 (désignation du juge rapporteur) Article 425.Article L.611-15 (rédaction du rapport) Article 426.Article L.611-16 (transmission du dossier au procureur général et réquisitions écrites) Article 427.Article L.611-17 (notification de la date d’audience aux parties) Article 428.Article L.611-18 (publicité des débats) Article 429.Article L.611-19 (effet suspensif du pourvoi) Article 430.Article L.611-20 (décision sur les questions de droit) Article 431.Article L.611-21 (désistement de pourvoi) Article 432.Article L.611-22 (délai pour statuer) Article 433.Article L.611-23 (catégories de décision de la cour suprême) Article 434.Article L.611-24 (cassation sans renvoi) Article 435.Article L.611-25 (cassation avec renvoi) Article 436.Article L.611-26 (arrêt d’assemblée plénière)

Titre 2 : Les demandes de révision des procès Chapitre 1 : Les demandes de révision des procès Article 437.Article L.621-1 (demandes de révision) Article 438.Article L.621-2 (révision en matière pénale) Article 439.Article L.621-3 (cas d’ouverture de révision des procès) Article 440.Article L.621-4 (personnes pouvant demander la révision d’un procés) Article 441.Article L.621-5 (enregistrement de la demande de révision et consultation du dossier) Article 442.Article L.621-6 (procédure de révision (délais)) Article 443.Article L.621-7 (décision de suspension de l’application de la peine) Article 444.Article L.621-8 (transmission de la demande de révision à la cour suprême) Article 445.Article L.621-9 (notification de la date d’audience et publicité des débats) Article 446.Article L.621-10 (investigations complémentaires) Article 447.Article L.621-11 (motivation de l’arrêt) Article 448.Article L.621-12 (décision de sursis à l’exécution de la condamnation) Article 449.Article L.621-13 (conséquences de la grâce et de l’amnistie sur la demande de révision)

Livre 7 : Citation directe, convocation et signification Titre 1 : Citation directe

Chapitre 1 : Citation directe Article 450.Article L.711-1 (citation directe (formes)) Article 451.Article L.711-2 (délais à respecter entre la citation et la comparution) Article 452.Article L.711-3 (délivrance de la citation par le procureur du Royaume) Article 453.Article L.711-4 (délivrance de la citation par huissier) Article 454.Article L.711-5 (remise de copie de la citation par l’huissier à l’accusé) Article 455.Article L.711-6 (remise de copie de la citation par l’huissier en cas d’absence de l’accusé) Article 456.Article L.711-7 (remise de copie de la citation par l’huissier au chef de la commune ou du sangkat) Article 457.Article L.711-8 (autres modes de délivrance de la citation directe)

Article 458.Article L.711-9 (accusé sans domicile ni résidence connue) Titre 2 : Convocation à l’audience de l’accusé

Chapitre 1 : Convocation à l’audience de l’accusé Article 459.Article L.721-1 (formes d’une convocation à l’audience) Article 460.Article L.721-2 (délais à respecter entre la convocation et la comparution) Article 461.Article L.721-3 (convocation délivrée en main propre par le procureur du Royaume) Article 462.Article L.721-4 (convocation délivrée en main propre par un huissier de justice) Article 463.Article L.721-5 (remise de copie par l’huissier à l’accusé) Article 464.Article L.721-6 (remise de copie par l’huissier en cas d’absence de l’accusé) Article 465.Article L.721-7 (remise de copie de la convocation par l’huissier au chef de la commune ou du sangkat) Article 466.Article L.721-8 (autres modes de délivrance de la convocation) Article 467.Article L.721-9 (accusé sans domicile ni résidence connue) Article 468.Article L.721-10 (pièces annexées à la copie de la convocation)

Titre 3 : Convocation à l’audience des personnes autres que l’accusé Chapitre 1 : Convocation à l’audience des personnes autres que l’accusé Article 469.Article L.731-1 (convocation de la partie civile) Article 470.Article L.731-2 (convocation de la victime) Article 471.Article L.731-3 (convocation d’un témoin) Article 472.Article L.731-4 (convocation d’un expert) Article 473.Article L.731-5 (convocation à l’audience d’un interprète) Article 474.Article L.731-6 (convocation du civilement responsable) Article 475.Article L.731-7 (dispositions communes)

Titre 4 : Signification des décisions de justice Chapitre 1 : Signification des décisions de justice Article 476.Article L.741-1 (objet de la signification) Article 477.Article L.741-2 (mentions portées sur la signification) Article 478.Article L.741-3 (signification effectuée par le procureur du Royaume) Article 479.Article L.741-4 (signification effectuée par un huissier de justice) Article 480.Article L.741-5 (remise de copie de décision à la partie concernée par un huissier) Article 481.Article L.741-6 (absence de la partie concernée) Article 482.Article L.741-7 (remise de copie de décision au chef de la commune ou sangkat) Article 483.Article L.741-8 (autres modes de signification) Article 484.Article L.741-9 (partie sans domicile ou résidence connue)

Titre 5 : Dispositions communes Chapitre 1 : Dispositions communes Article 485.Article L.751-1 (conséquences de délais non respecté)s Article 486.Article L.751-2 (nullité de citation et de convocation) Article 487.Article L.751-3 (mentions devant figurer sur une citation directe ou une convocation) Article 488.Article L.751-4 (mentions devant figurer sur une enveloppe) Article 489.Article L.751-5 (signature et empreinte digitale)

Livre 8 : Procédures d’exécution Titre 1 : Dispositions générales

Chapitre 1 : Dispositions générales Article 490.Article L.811-1 (exécution des peines et des condamnations civiles) Article 491.Article L.811-2 (décision définitive) Article 492.Article L.811-3 (recouvrement des amendes et des droits de procédure) Article 493.Article L.811-4 (recours à la force publique) Article 494.Article L.811-5 (difficultés d’exécution d’une peine) Article 495.Article L.811-6 (demandes de confusion de peines)

Titre 2 : Execution de la détention provisoire et des peines privatives de liberté Chapitre 1 : Règles relatives à la détention Article 496.Article L.821-1 (calcul de la durée d’emprisonnement) Article 497.Article L.821-2 (déduction de la durée de la détention provisoire) Article 498.Article L.821-3 (organisation des prisons) Article 499.Article L.821-4 (registre des personnes détenues) Article 500.Article L.821-5 (titre de détention) Article 501.Article L.821-6 (détention illégale) Article 502.Article L.821-7 (présentation d’un détenu sur demande)

Article 503.Article L.821-8 (inspection des prisons) Article 504.Article L.821-9 (entretien du détenu avec son avocat) Article 505.Article L.821-10 (information du procureur du Royaume en cas d’incident grave) Chapitre 2 : Libération conditionnelle Article 506.Article L.822-1 (condition relative au comportement) Article 507.Article L.822-2 (condition relative à la durée de la peine accomplie) Article 508.Article L.822-3 (autorité compétente pour accorder la libération conditionnelle) Article 509.Article L.822-4 (avis de la commission nationale) Article 510.Article L.822-5 (décisions relatives à la libération conditionnelle) Article 511.Article L.822-6 (modalités d’exécution et conditions de la libération conditionnelle) Article 512.Article L.822-7 (révocation de la décision) Article 513.Article L.822-8 (arrestation du condamné libéré) Article 514.Article L.822-9 (révocation de la libération conditionnelle) Article 515.Article L.822-10 (conséquences de la non révocation) Article 516.Article L.822-11 (prakas du ministère de la justice)

Titre 3 : Contrainte par corps Chapitre 1 : Contrainte par corps Article 517.Article L.831-1 (cas d’application de la contrainte par corps) Article 518.Article L.831-2 (application de plein droit) Article 519.Article L.831-3 (contrainte par corps pour défaut de paiement des amendes ou droits de procédure) Article 520.Article L.831-4 (ordre de contrainte et d’incarcération) Article 521.Article L.831-5 (contestation de l’ordre de contrainte et d’incarcération) Article 522.Article L.831-6 (remise en liberté) Article 523.Article L.831-7 (assimilation à l’emprisonnement) Article 524.Article L.831-8 (durée de la contrainte par corps) Article 525.Article L.831-9 (exemptions de la contrainte par corps) Article 526.Article L.831-10 (non libération de la dette) Article 527.Article L.831-11 (contrainte par corps à la demande de la partie civile)

Titre 4 : Réhabilitation Chapitre 1 : Réhabilitation judiciaire Article 528.Article L.841-1 (juridiction compétente pour prononcer la réhabilitation) Article 529.Article L.841-2 (conditions de délais relatives à la demande de réhabilitation) Article 530.Article L.841-3 (justifications nécessaires) Article 531.Article L.841-4 (forme de la demande de réhabilitation) Article 532.Article L.841-5 (transmission du dossier par le procureur du Royaume au procureur général) Article 533.Article L.841-6 (procédure devant la cour d’appel) Article 534.Article L.841-7 (rejet d’une demande de réhabilitation) Chapitre 2 : Réhabilitation de plein droit Article 535.Article L.842-1 (réhabilitation de plein droit)

Titre 5 : Casier judiciaire Chapitre 1 : Casier judiciaire Article 536.Article L.851-1 (gestion des fiches de condamnation du casier judiciaire) Article 537.Article L.851-2 (mentions relatives à l’identité) Article 538.Article L.851-3 (informations du casier judiciaire) Article 539.Article L.851-4 (informations du casier judiciaire relatives aux personnes morale)s Article 540.Article L.851-5 (délivrance des bulletins) Article 541.Article L.851-6 (bulletin n°1) Article 542.Article L.851-7 (bulletin n°2) Article 543.Article L.851-8 (bulletin n°3) Article 544.Article L.851-9 (fonctionnement du casier judiciaire (prakas)) Article 545.Article L.851-10 (rectification du casier judiciaire) Article 546.Article L.851-11 (effets de la réhabilitation)

Titre 6 : Frais de justice Chapitre 1 : Frais de justice Article 547.Article L.861-1 (frais de justice (prakas)) Article 548.Article L.861-2 (droit forfaitaire de procédure (prakas))

Livre 9 : Procédures particulieres Titre 1 : Dispositions concernant les personnes

Chapitre 1 : Les magistrats Section 1 : Abstention

Article 549.Article L.911-1 (motifs légitimes d’abstention) Section 2 : Récusation

Article 550.Article L.911-2 (motifs de récusation de magistrat du siège) Article 551.Article L.911-3 (demandes de récusation de magistrat du siège) Article 552.Article L.911-4 (destinataire de la requête en récusation de magistrat du siège) Article 553.Article L.911-5 (notification de la requête en récusation de magistrat du siège) Article 554.Article L.911-6 (rapport du magistrat concerné par la récusation) Article 555.Article L.911-7 (examen de la requête en récusation de magistrat du siège) Article 556.Article L.911-8 (décision sur la requête en récusation de magistrat du siège) Article 557.Article L.911-9 (actes accomplis avant notification de la requête) Article 558.Article L.911-10 (requête visant plusieurs magistrats) Article 559.Article L.911-11 (récusation du président de la cour suprême) Chapitre 2 : Extradition

Section 1 : Extradition demandée par un état étranger Sous-Section 1 : Extradition ;

Article 560.Article L.912-1 (extradition d’un ressortissant étranger sur le territoire) Article 561.Article L.912-2 (conventions internationales) Article 562.Article L.912-3 (définitions “état requérant” “personne réclamée”)

Sous-Section 2 : Conditions de l’extradition Article 563.Article L.912-4 (conditions de l’extradition relatives aux faits) Article 564.Article L.912-5 (cas de la tentative d’infraction et de la complicité) Article 565.Article L.912-6 (conditions relatives à la peine d’emprisonnement) Article 566.Article L.912-7 (conditions tenant au lieu de commission de l’infraction) Article 567.Article L.912-8 (faits à caractère politique) Article 568.Article L.912-9 (faits commis sur le territoire et ayant été jugés définitivement) Article 569.Article L.912-10 (extinction de l’action publique) Article 570.Article L.912-11 (demandes d’extradition multiples concernant la même personne) Article 571.Article L.912-12 (conditions d’extradition relatives à la demande) Article 572.Article L.912-13 (suspension de l’extradition)

Sous-Section 3 : Procédure de l’extradition Article 573.Article L.912-14 (justifications de la demande d’extradition) Article 574.Article L.912-15 (transmission de la demande d’extradition) Article 575.Article L.912-16 (demande d’arrestation provisoire) Article 576.Article L.912-17 (ordre d’arrestation et d’incarcération de la personne réclamée) Article 577.Article L.912-18 (présentation de la personne réclamée au procureur du Royaume ou au procureur

général compétent ) Article 578.Article L.912-19 (saisine de la chambre d’instruction) Article 579.Article L.912-20 (procédure devant la chambre d’instruction) Article 580.Article L.912-21 (avis de la chambre d’instruction) Article 581.Article L.912-22 (demande de mise en liberté de la personne réclamée) Article 582.Article L.912-23 (acquiescement à l’extradition) Article 583.Article L.912-24 (effets des avis de la chambre d’instruction)

Section 2 : L’extradition demandée par le Royaume du Cambodge à un état étranger Article 584.Article L.912-25 (compétence de la chambre d’instruction) Article 585.Article L.912-26 (procédure devant la chambre d’instruction) Article 586.Article L.912-27 (effet non suspensif d’une requête en nullité) Article 587.Article L.912-28 (effets de l’annulation de l’extradition) Article 588.Article L.912-29 (consentement de l’Etat qui a livré le ressortissant au Royaume du Cambodge) Chapitre 3 : Transit Article 589.Article L.913-1 (demande de transit) Chapitre 4 : Dispositions particulières relative à l’exécution de certaines peines Article 590.Article L.914-1 (dispositions relatives à l’exécution des peines) Chapitre 5 : Les personnes morales Article 591.Article L.915-1 (compétences concernant les personnes morales)) Article 592.Article L.915-2 (représentation en justice de la personne morale) Article 593.Article L.915-3 (identité du représentant de la personne morale)

Article 594.Article L.915-4 (mesure de contrainte applicable à la personne morale) Article 595.Article L.915-5 (mise sous contrôle judiciaire de la personne morale) Article 596.Article L.915-6 (convocation et signification faites à la personne morale)

Titre 2 : Disparition de pièces ; interprétation et rectification des décisions Chapitre 1 : Disparition de pièces Article 597.Article L.921-1 (dispositions applicables en cas de disparition de pièces) Article 598.Article L.921-2 (copie se substituant à l’original) Article 599.Article L.921-3 (reconstitution des pièces de procédure) Chapitre 2 : Interprétation et rectification des décisions Article 600.Article L.922-1 (compétence de la juridiction qui a prononcé la décision)

Livre 10 : Dispositions transitoires Titre 1 : Dispositions transitoires

Chapitre 1 : Dispositions transitoires Article 601.Article L.1011-1 (conditions d’attribution de la qualité d’officier de police judiciaire aux officiers de la

gendarmerie royale) Article 602.Article L.1011-2 (application dans le temps des délais de détention provisoire) Article 603.Article L.1011-3 (application dans le temps des délais de recours et d’opposition) Article 604.Article L.1011-4 (application dans le temps des règles de prescription de l’action publique et de la peine)

Livre 11 : Dispositions finales Titre 1 : Dispositions finales

Chapitre 1 : Dispositions finales Article 605.Article L.1111-1 (abrogation des textes de procédure antérieurs) Article 606.Article L.1111-2 (application immédiate du code de procédure pénale) Article 607.(conditions d’attribution de la qualité d’officier de police judiciaire aux officiers de la police nationale et

de la gendarmerie royale) Article 608.(application dans le temps des délais de détention provisoire) Article 609.(application dans le temps des délais de recours et d’opposition) Article 610.(application dans le temps des règles de prescription de l’action publique et de la peine) Article 611.(abrogation des textes de procédure antérieurs) Article 612.(application immédiate du code de procédure pénale)